we

pee eee ee

; pareve
are So 7 Oe UN nee
Reerirery ates oon

~ oe

0 ae :
+ eels ee oF

Spee wh canton NP Ar ewe Lia abeonioneg
PE ee adore Be RS | A ase Allien * yt a oe tire
ee ete Speke nortan —
OE eke Apennines f ptgmete eres raw = Foros + athe mae ~

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2009 with funding from
University of Toronto

http://www.archive.org/details/proceedingsO9dave

YY

es iii _

=

A ce tae
s
&

e/a gs ne

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOLUME 'IX.- (0

1901-1903

abacus Lah
Published trom the Mncome of the

Putnam (emorial Jund
1904

613966
1 SS

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE—1904

ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, Chairman

Dr. C. H. PRESTON EDWARD S. HAMMATT

PrRoF. SAMUEI, CALVIN J. H. PAARMANN

The authors of the various papers are alone responsible for what is contained in them.

The date of printing each form is given in the signature line.

EDWARD BORCHERDT, PR,

PREBACE

The Davenport Academy of Sciences takes pleasure in present-
ing to the scientific world Volume IX. of its Proceedings.

On account of unavoidable delays three years have elapsed
since the appearance of the last volume. Our publication fund
is now sufficient to enable us to publish oftener, and it is hoped
to send out each paper as soon as published.

The Academy exchanges publications with other institutions.
Current volumes are supplied free of charge to members, on
application.

The late Rev. Dr. Willis H. Barris, who was closely connected
with the work of the Academy from its organization in 1867, is
honored in this volume by a biographical sketch written by his
son-in-law, Mr. Edward S. Hammatt. Dr. Barris’s portrait forms
the frontispiece to this volume, and the crinoid, Dolatocrinus tria-
dactylus Barris, is represented in the stamp on the title page.

The synopsis of the proceedings and the statistics relating to
membership, museum, lectures, etc., were prepared by Mr. J. H.
Paarmann, and the index by Mr. John Andreas Udden.

Since beginning Volume IX. the Publication Committee has
suffered an irreparable loss in the death of its chairman, Mrs. M.
L. D. Putnam.

When, in 1875, the ambitious project of publishing the Pro-
ceedings of the Academy was first talked of, it was Mrs. Putnam
who found the ways for its accomplishment. She formed the
Women’s Centennial Association of Davenport, and interested its
members in paying the expenses of the first volume of Proceed-
ings by entertainments arid other means. In 1876 the completed
volume was taken by her to Philadelphia and deposited in the
Woman’s Building at the Centennial Exposition, as a sample of
what the women of the West could do for science.

The next four years were a trying period in the life of the
Academy. From abroad came words of praise and encourage-
ment, but there was no endowment, and the money for the suc-
ceeding volume was raised dollar by dollar, patiently and inde-
fatigably, through the efforts of Mrs. Putnam. After the death

of her son, J. Duncan Putnam, in 1881, Mrs. Putnam felt that
the publication of the Proceedings, a project ever near her heart,
was left to her as a special legacy. The loss of _the inspiring
presence of Mr. Putnam, who had put into his work the enthus-
iasm of a soul who knew that the years, even months, of his life
here were numbered, and the death of many of the founders of
the Academy, reacted in a discouraging manner. But Mrs. Put-
nam’s activity never ceased. No difficulties daunted her, and
with the kindly codperation of the community there came out
volume after volume of the Proceedings.

Brighter times came in 1895. Mrs. Mary Putnam Bull of Tar-
tytown, New York, left to Mrs. Putnam a legacy of $10,000 for
a memorial to her brother, Charles E., and her nephew, J. Duncan
Putnam. Unhesitatingly Mrs. Putnam decided to devote this
gift to an endowment for the publication of the Proceedings,
feeling that this would be a living monument.

Mrs. Putnam died suddenly on February 20, 1903. Her last
work, as she would have wished, was for the Academy. The
afternoon of that day was spent at an exhibition of Indian bas-
kets, for its benefit, and as usual she was the life and inspiration
of the company. As the evening shades deepened she returned
to her home, lay down to rest, and passed painlessly on to the
Final Rest. In her will she left her entire property to this institu-
tion. Feeling that the needs of the museum would appeal to the
friends of the Academy, she gave her legacy mainly to the endow-
ment of the publication fund, making an aggregate sum of nearly
$24,000, the greater part of the income from which will be avail-
able for the printing and distribution of the Proceedings.

In the planning of the present volume Mrs. Putnam took a deep
and active interest. She was especially gratified that it should
contain, among other papers, one by Dr. Samuel H. Scudder, he
being one of the last survivors of the group of eminent entomolo-
gists who, more than a score of years ago, recognized the work of
the young J. Duncan Putnam and welcomed him to their midst.

Volume X. will be a memorial to Mrs. Putnam, containing her
biography, with scientific papers by a number of her old friends.

In continuing the publication of the Proceedings the Academy
hopes to maintain the same enthusiasm as in the past, and trusts

that its work may be kept up to the high standard established by
its founders.

COM le NTS

Preface, i ; - : : : : :
List of Illustr Bohs,
Rev. Willis Hervey Barris, D. D., a ‘Bictseuieteal yet ye
S. Hammatt,
A First List of the Orthoptera of hoy Reticae Speuel H. Bay.
der and Theodore D, A. Cockerel!,
The Putnam Scale (Asfidiotus ancylus Putnam) — 7: D. A. eT)
Notes Upon the Ethnography of Southern Mexico —/vederick Starr,
Helicina occulta Say—B. Shimek, :
More Notched Bone Ratties —/vederick Stary.
North American Phylloxerine Affecting Hicoria (carya) aad Other
Trees— Theo. Pergande,
Synopsis of Proceedings of Davenport Adele of aes
‘Elections to Membership,
Visitors to the Museum,
Additions to the Museum,
Lecture Courses,
Index,

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Portrait of Dr. Willis H. Barris, p : : Frontispiece
PLATES

North American Phylloxerine Affecting Hicoria (Carya) and
Other Trees—By Theodore Pergande.

Plates I.-XXI., Following page 274

TEXT FIGURES

Notes upon the Ethnography of Southern Mexico.
By Frederick Starr.

Map of Mexico Showing Distribution of Primitive Tribes, 63
Decorated Water Vessel, : : . : : 69
Ground Plan of Maya House, : : : : ; 76
Figs. 1—52, Mexican Dress, Utensils, etc., : Viet : 163-171

More Notched Bone Rattles.
By Frederick Starr.

Figs. 1-3, Notched Rattles from Wisconsin, New York, and
Mexico, : : . : : ; ; 184

PLATES.

A First List of the Orthoptera of New Mexico.
By Scudder and Cockerell.

Plates I.-IV., : ; : ‘ F Following page 60

REV. WILLIS HERVEY BARRIS, D. D.

BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH.

BY EDWARD S. HAMMATT.

The biographical sketches of: the life of Rev. Willis Hervey
Barris, D. D., by his long-time friends, Dr. Charles A.
White of the Smithsonian Institution, for the October, rgor,
number of the Azxzals of Jowa, that by Dr. Charles H. Preston of
the Davenport Academy of Sciences, for the American Geologist
of December, 1901, and an appreciative notice by Rev. Alfred A.
Butler, D. D., warden of the Seabury Divinity School, in the Zzv-
ing Church for June 29, 1901, are all written with such loving
sympathy for the true character of the man they portray that
but little can be added in a brief record of his life. Yet, as the
requirements of the Davenport Academy of Sciences prevent re-
publication, we will again recall the main incidents of his career,
and in so doing will take the liberty of quoting freely from
these articles.

Rey. Joseph S. Barris, the father of Willis Hervey Barris, was
a Methodist minister in Pennsylvania, a man of very decided
opinions and not afraid to announce them. This characteristic
trait was seen in’ his pronounced abolitionist views on the slavery
question, which led to his withdrawal from the Methodist fold,
and to his becoming a minister in the Congregational church.
His upright, sturdy personality and the quiet, simple lives he and
his family led, won for them the esteem and love of the com-
munity in which they dwelt. His wife’s name was Mary Pepard,
and they were living at Brush Creek, Beaver County, Pennsyl-
vania, at the time of the birth of their son, Willis'Hervey Barris,
on July 9, 1821. Of his boyhood life we have only slight infor-
mation. He was kept closely at his books and allowed very lit-

Vill. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tle time for recreation, which resulted in our finding him reading
Virgil at nine years of age, and five years later, in 1835, entering
upon his college career at Alleghany College, Meadville, Pa.
From this institution he graduated in 1839 with the degree of A.
B. In the same year he began a post-graduate course in civil
engineering at Alleghany College, taking the degree of C. E. in
1841. It was his desire to take the military course at West
Point, but his father promptly vetoed the plan, and so we
find him working at civil engineering during the year fol-
lowing his graduation. Of his student record at Alle-
ghany College, Dr. John Barker, its President in 1858,
wrote: ‘‘ His career at college had been equally honorable
to the college and himself, and that he was an excellent scholar
in every department of the college course, with a decided pen-
chant for scientific pursuits.’’ Dr. Charles A. White also notices
the boy’s interest in biological studies at a time when
such studies were scarcely known. Hesays: ‘‘ At the time of
his graduation the study of geology and that of biological sciences
were not included in the curriculum of any American college; ~
but, as a boy, he became deeply interested in those studies and as
he grew up to manhood that interest developed into mastery of
several branches, of which geology and paleontology were his
favorites, and in which he prosecuted original studies with marked
success.’’ We also find him giving his attention .to physics,
for he once told the writer that when Daguerre, in 1839,
described his method of fixing a camera image on a sensitized
copper plate, he became greatly interested in the subject and at
once began making experiments with daguerreotypes, which were
among the earliest made in this country. Records show that
Dr. Barris was in Cleveland, Ohio, in 1841, and had a studio in
the Franklin Building, corner of Water and Superior streets,
where he was successful in making excellent daguerreotypes.

In the year 1842, at the age of twenty-one, he began his theo-
logical studies at the General Theological Seminary in New York,
the oldest Protestant Episcopal Seminary in the United States.
He completed the conrse in 1850, was ordained deacon and -
entered upon his chosen work as assistant to Rev. Henry Wash-
ington Lee at Saint Luke’s Church, Rochester, N. Y. On Sep-

HAMMATT—SKETCH OF REV. W. H. BARRIS, D. D. ieee

tember 19, 1852, he was ordained priest by Bishop DeLancey of
New York. The following year he received his first charge as
rector of Trinity Church, Brockport, N.Y. It was while in this
parish, in 1855, that he yielded to the earnest solicitation of
Bishop ‘Lee and accepted a call to Trinity Church, Iowa City.
Bishop Lee called to see him and found him confined to his bed
with geological books opened around him. Pointing toa plate
of beautiful fossils from the Burlington limestone, he said,
‘‘ Bishop, I should like to go there,’’ a wish which was gratified
in later years. It was at this time that Alleghany College con-
ferred upon him the honorary degree of A. M.

He went to Iowa City where he remained until 1859, when he
accepted a call to Christ Church, Burlington, Iowa, where he car-
ried on his parish work until 1866. In that year he was called
to the Ely professorship of Ecclesiastical History (including
Greek and Hebrew) in the theological department of Griswold
College at Davenport, Iowa.

Mr. Ely was a warm friend of Dr. Barris and this chair was
endowed mainly with reference to securing him as its occupant,
and he was given a life tenure of Ely House, which was built for
him. He filled this position with great honor to the college for
twenty-five years, giving the best period of his life to this
work. Of the work of these years, Dr. Alfred A. Butler, a pupil
of his at that time, states: ‘‘ Dr. Barris was one of the few men
born to teach and to be admired and loved by those who are
taught; yet neither his innate ability nor his great scholarship
ever tempted him to enter the class-room without special study.
More than one student who had neglected his books was shamed
into faithful work by the knowledge that his professor had spent
more time on the lesson than himself. Broad in his sympathies,
comprehensive in his grasp of truth, he was the most helpful
man I ever met.’’

In 1858, while at Iowa City as rector of Trinity Church, he
was elected and served on the Board of Trustees of the Iowa
State University.

In 1869 Griswold College recognized his ability by conferring
upon him the honorary degree of Doctor of Divinity. The same
year he was elected rector of St. John’s Church, Keokuk, and in

x. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

1870 was elected rector of Trinity Church, Davenport. . Neither
of these calls was accepted, although he frequently officiated at
Trinity Church, Davenport. In 1873 the Chair of Geology at
Iowa State University was tendered him and he was strongly
urged by scientific friends to accept, but he modestly declined,
saying, ‘‘ Paleontology is my play, theology my work.’’ At the
time of the election of the second Bishop of Iowa he was urged
by his former pupils from all parts of the state to allow his name
to be placed in nomination; they even consulted his physician as
to the probable effect on his health. The following clipping,
taken from a paper at the time, well expresses the universal feel-
ing in regard to him:

‘“Tf the Rev. Willis H. Barris, D. D., one of the Professors of
Griswold and at present President of the Standing Committee of the
diocese, had not such a sincere distrust of his physical powers and
mental qualifications as to shun the use of his name, it does seem
to us he could be selected with great unanimity. This gentle-
man, however, in the estimation of his friends, embodies the very
qualities most desirable for the exalted station of Bishop. Of
great and varied scholastic attainments, possessing a Christian
character noted for its integrity, firmness and simplicity, with an
address that wins to him lovingly all Christian people by reason
of his inspiring goodness, we cannot help wishing that the way
may be so opened and his conduct so ordered, as to make him the
successor of the universally esteemed and gifted Bishop Lee.’’

Notwithstanding such strong inducements he refused his con-
sent, saying that he was a teacher and had not the necessary
executive ability for that office.

Dr. Barris, at the time of his death, was the oldest
resident clergyman in the Episcopal diocese of Iowa, hav-
ing served faithfully in many important positions for nearly half
a century.

He was for twenty-five years President of the Standing Com-
mittee of the diocese, and several times represented the
diocese as a delegate to the General Convention. He was.
the first dean of Grace Cathedral, also Registrar of the diocese to
the date of his death, and one of the incorporators of the Iowa
Christian Home, and when that institution became St. Luke’s

HAMMATT—SKETCH OF REV. W. H. BARRIS, D. D. Xi:

Hospital he was made a trustee. He was for many years Exam-
ining Chaplain of the diocese, and only a few weeks before his
death gave a student a most vigorous examination in Greek and
Hebrew, showing that his brilliant mental faculties were in full
force to the last.

In 1877 the Trustees of Seabury Divinity School unanimously
elected him Professor of Exegesis. The late Bishop Whipple,
realizing the advantage of having a man with such character and
attainments at work in his diocese, urged him to accept this chair,
making a strong personal appealtohim. Dr. Barris felt, however,
that he could not desert the work he had undertaken and so

remained at the head of the Theological Department at Griswold

College. In after years it was a source of much gratification to
him that one of his former pupils, Dr. Alfred A. Butler, a
thorough student, was faithfully and efficiently filling the war-
den’s chair at Seabury.

Although Dr. Barris had no parish charge in Davenport, he
was so personally beloved that many of the older families of the
city called upon him for religious offices as long as he was able
to supply them. When he became too feeble to perform such
duties it was touching to see his deep regret that he could no
longer help and comfort old friends in trouble.

Eminent as he was in his chosen field of theology, we cannot
but feel that science should not have been deprived of work he
could have done in his beloved study of paleontology. We have
seen how the scientific proclivity first became noticeable in his
college studies, and we know that he began collecting fossils
while located in his first ministerial charge at Brockport, N. Y.

These early geological excursions to ‘‘ Ten Mile Creek ’’ were
often recalled with pleasure. On coming to Iowa City he
found an interesting geological field in the Devonian formation
of the Iowa River Valley.

In moving from Iowa City to Burlington, his early wish, ex-
pressed to Bishop Lee, was_realized, for he found himself among
the Burlington limestone quarries, rich in fossils, and especially
so in the most beautiful of fossil forms, the crinoids. He at once
began a thorough investigation of these fossils, of which he made
extensive collections. Portions of these collections were sent to the

xii. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

British Museum, the authorities of which institution wrote very
complimentary letters in reference to his work, and as a further
proof of their appreciation the trustees of the museum sent him a
copy of the great work of Etheridge and Carpenter, entitled, “‘ A
Catalogue of Blastoidea’’ (London, 1866). ‘The authors men-
tion Dr. Barris next to Dr. Wachsmuth, as first among their
scientific friends at home and abroad, to whom they expressed
their indebtedness. In the summer of 1866 Dr. Barris received
a visit from Prof. and Mrs. Louis Agassiz, who made this visit
for the express purpose of seeing his collection of crinoids. Prof.
Agassiz was so pleased with the collection that he negotiated the
purchase of it for the Museum of Comparative Zoology at. Cam-
bridge, Mass. Ina subsequent letter to Dr. Barris, Prof. Agassiz
wrote: ‘‘I owe it to you to say that I shall treat this collection
with all the regard it deserves and that I shall take good care to
have the scientific world know and understand that, while it will
become an ornament to the museum at Cambridge, it is yet
entirely your work. Every specimen will be furnished with a
label stating that it once formed a part of your collection, and I
believe I am within bounds in saying that it will commemorate
your scientific zeal and ability as surely as it would remaining in
your possession. Allow me to request you, therefore, not to feel
as if you had parted with your interest in science, but, on the
contrary, to continue your efforts in a direction in which you
have thus far been so eminently successful.”’

Of these crinoids many were new species discovered and
described by Dr. Barris. While Wachsmuth and Springer, in
their great monograph on the crinoids, Etheridge and Carpenter,
Hall and other geologists, used type specimens from his collec-
tion, which he was very generous in loaning. Parting
with his collection to Prof. Agassiz only served to increase
his zeal as a collector of fossils, for another collection was imme-
diately begun, not only of the Burlington fossils, but year by year
he made as many as ten excursions to the fossil beds of North-
ern Michigan, each time bringing back choice specimens found
only in that locality.

An incident may be mentioned to show his intense absorption
when fossilizing. One of the favorite Michigan fossil beds was

HAMMATT—SKETCH OF REV. W. H. BARRIS, D.D. xiii.

located under an overhanging cliff, and the fossils could only be
reached by wading. On this particular day the water was very
cold and he said to himself, ‘‘ I must not stay in the water more
than fifteen minutes.’’. He looked at his watch to time himself ;
it was nine o’clock. When he supposed the fifteen minutes had
passed he looked again; it was twelve o’clock !

At another time, when nearly seventy-five years of age, while
exploring the ravines below Davenport, he sprained his ankle,
yet so intent was he on his search for fossils that he forgot his
injury until three ravines had been thoroughly gone over.

He had a lively sense of humor, even though it was at his own
expense. At one time a man representing himself to be a geologist
and deaf and dumb, called to see his fossils. Conversation was
carried on by means of pencil and paper. The man exhibited a
familiarity with fossils and was shown the collection. Soon Dr.
Barris detected him slipping a fossil into his pocket, and as another
was disappearing, Dr. Barris ejaculated aloud, ‘‘ Confound the
fellow, there goes another fossil;’’ and in the course of the
interview a number of specimens disappeared. When asked why
he did not make the rascal give them up, he said, “Why, the fellow
seemed so fond of them I could not ask him to part with them.”’
This same imposter afterwards appeared in several places in the
same role, and as he proved to be neither deaf nor dumb, prob-
ably enjoyed the humor of the situation quite as much as the
doctor.

At the time of his death Dr . Barris considered his collection of
more scientific value than that placed in the Cambridge Museum.

It is interesting to know that while living in Burling-
ton Dr. Charles A. Wachsmuth was in such poor health that his
physician asked Dr. Barris to take him with him on his geo-
logical excursions, in the hope that he might prolong his life by
interesting him in some out-door work. They made many long
excursions together, Dr. Wachsmuth thus getting his first insight
into geology. The work soon grew to be of great interest to
him and was taken up as a life work, making him, as years went
by, a world-famous paleontologist. This intercourse was kept
up by a life-long correspondence between the two men. Among
the strongest ties that bind men together is that of mutual scien-

XIV. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tific interest. In Dr. Charles A. White, Dr. Barris found a most
congenial companion. Making excursions and working together °
among the Burlington crinoids, a friendship grew up between
them, and when Dr. Barris went to Davenport and Dr. White
was called as paleontologist to the Smithsonian Institution at
Washington, this friendship ripened and strengthened as the
years went by. ,

On taking up his residence in Davenport Dr. Barris began to
familiarize himself with the local geology of Scott County. The
results of these investigations were given in valuable papers
which he contributed to the reports of the Geological Survey of
Illinois and the Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences.
This latter institution was founded in 1867, and at the first
“meeting Dr. Barris was elected a Trustee, and continued to serve
as Trustee and member of the Publication Committee for many
years. In 1876 he was elected President and later he was made
a life member of the Academy through the kindness of Mrs. Mary
L. D. Putnam. The portrait which forms the frontispiece to this
volume was taken in 1876, while Dr. Barris was President of the
Academy. His eyesight had long troubled him through too
close application to his Greek and Hebrew text, and in 1r8go he
was obliged to relinquish most of his theological work. It was
at this time that he became Curator and Corresponding Secretary
of the Academy of Sciences. In 1892 he was appointed a mem-
ber of the Advisory Council of the International Congress of
Geologists, held during the World’s Columbian Exposition at
Chicago, Prof. Samuel Calvin and Dr. Charles Wachsmuth being
the only other geologists appointed to represent the State of Iowa.

Although nearing his eightieth year, he continued to serve the
Academy faithfully till within a few days of his death,
which occurred at his home at Ely House, Davenport, June to,
IgOl.

The family records show that Dr. Barris was married October
7, 1840, to Miss Caroline M. Harrison of Meadville, Pa. She
died in 1850, leaving him with two daughters, one of whom, Mary
Elizabeth, is living, and is the wife of Rev. S. R. J. Hoyt, D. D.,
of Davenport. His second marriage took place at LeRoy, N. Y.,
on May 9g, 1854, to Miss Caroline P. Rathbone, who was a most

HAMMATT—SKETCH OF REV. W. H. BARRIS. XV.

devoted and helpful companion through the many years of their
married life, taking a keen interest in all his work and study.
She survives him with three daughters, Carrie Rathbone, the wife
of Mr. Edward S. Hammatt of Davenport, Miss Amanda Ganson
and Miss Elizabeth Lovering Barris. The Davenport Academy
of Sciences, in its resolutions of respect, paid the following fitting
tribute to his memory: ‘‘Of a gentle and scholarly disposition,
holding close and loving communion with Nature’s visible
forms and their informing Spirit, he had neither time nor incli-
nation for business strife with his fellow men. The soul of kind-
liness in every relation of life, he made each one who came to
know him a friend.’’ Dr. Charles H. Preston thus speaks of him
in the American Geologist: ‘‘’To the writer, who knew him well,
he embodied the highest ideal of kindly, courteous and Christian
manhood. In him were united a soul pure as a child’s, the mod-
esty of great wisdom, and the simple dignity of a gentleman of
the old school.’’

Dr. Charles A. White writes of him in the Annals of Jowa ‘‘ As
leading a life of such usefulness to mankind, such devotion to
high principles, and of such value to the State of Iowa, of which
he was a citizen for forty-six years, as to make it fitting to have
a record of his life in the Azzals.’’ He further says: ‘‘It was
my good fortune to secure his confidence and my privilege to call
him my friend during more than forty years; and I never had
an interview with him or received a letter from him that did not
add to the sum of my life’s enjoyments, to my stock of knowl-
edge and to my confidence in humanity. He was an ideal friend
and eminently useful citizen, a profound scholar, a most efficient
teacher and a devoted Christian minister. The memory of such
a man is a blessing to the state.’’ The writer being closely
associated with him for years as a member of his family will
ever think of him with grateful remembrance; of his firm, gen-
tle, sympathetic nature, always showing such kindly interest in
others that no one could come in contact with him without being
the better for it. Those who knew of him revered him, those
who knew him loved him, those who knew him as a friend found
that friendship worth living for.

:
. - 7 7 NE 4 oe,” 2 bo >! > aaa gf ple
im - . ee a ;* - i pal -_ oe

A FIRST LIST OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF
NEW MEXICO.

BY SAMUEL H. SCUDDER AND THEODORE D. A. COCKERELL.

The only attempt that has been made at any systematic presenta-
tion of the Orthoptera of a southwestern State or Territory in the
Republic was given in a paper in Insect Life (vi., 29-32) by Town-
send on ‘‘ The Injurious and Other Locusts of New Mexico and Ari-
zona,’’ in which thirty-four Acridiide were listed, of which all but
five were credited to New Mexico. Collecting in the territory has
been desultory rather than systematic, and therefore this first attempt
to collate what has been published and to add to it such new material
as has been made available cannot expect to be nearly complete. It
is probably least so in the Locustidz ; but it is hoped that the publi-
cution of this list wili stimulate a closer study of the native fauna,
since the number of forms undiscovered must still be considerable.

The paper being a joint one, it is well to point out that the intro-
ductory remarks that follow upon the physicgraphy and faunal dis-
tricts of New Mexico are entirely written by the junior author, long
resident in the Territory, and those comparing the orthopteran faunas
of New Mexico and New England, by the senior author. The identi-
fication and description of species is also the work of the latter, based
mainly upon material supplied by the junior author, who is also
responsible for field-notes not otherwise credited.

DISTRIBUTION WITHIN NEW MEXICO.

Within the boundaries of New Mexico there exists the greatest
diversity of altitude, and therefore of climate. A line drawn from the
northeast to the southwest corners divides the Territory diagonally into
two parts, of which the northwestern half is mostly above 6,000 feet,
while the southeastern is mostly below that level. Most of the latter
portion is in reality a continuation of the staked plains, and possesses,
to a certain extent, a genuinely Texan fauna. As an example of this

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] I (February 24, 1902.)

2 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

we may cite the occurrence of the snail Polygyra texastana at Roswell,
where it was found by Prof. J. D. Tinsley. This lower eastern portion
of New Mexico, including principally the counties of Union, Guada-
lupe, Chaves and Eddy, has unfortunately not been explored for
Orthoptera since the time of Capt. Pope, who secured a number of
species there without noting exact localities.

Passing westward, we find in the counties of Lincoln and Otero,
still east of our diagonal line, a considerable group of mountains, con-
sisting of the White Mountains, the Sacramentos, and the Capitans.
These have a fauna and flora possessing some peculiar features, and from
the first two ranges we know a good many Orthoptera, as will be
explained below. Immediately to the west of Otero county is Dofa
Ana county, in which are the Mesilla Valley and the Organ Mountains,
only about 40 miles north of the Mexican boundary.

The other half of New Mexico is mountainous, with many more or
less isolated ranges. If one gives a certain color to all the elevations
over 8,o00 feet, the map of New Mexico presents the appearance of an
archipelago, and I have used the term ‘‘ boreal islands”’ to indicate
the isolated elevations. To the north, indeed, coming down to
within sight of Las Vegas and Santa Fé, is a high range which extends
continuously up into Colorado, and has on its summit a typically
Hudsonian fauna and flora. South of this, however, the boreal faune,
so far as they exist, are everywhere isolated, and there is a consequent
development of insular types, as it were. Unfortunately, compara-
tively few of these ‘‘islands’’ have been explored at all by the entom-
ologist, and none have been exhaustively examined, so that we really
know very little about them. However, putting together the available
data regarding plants, snails and insects, we can affirm that peculiar
forms have been evolved, and can rest assured that further exploration
will bring forth facts of the highest interest.

THE LIFE—ZONES,

Five Life-zones are recognized in New Mexico, as follows:

(1.) <Altddle Sonoran. Altitudes below 5,000 feet in the extreme
south, including the Mesilla Valley and Deming. For a considera-
tion of the differences between this and the Lower Sonoran, see
American Naturalist, April, 1goo.

(2.) Upper Sonoran. Altitudes from 4,500 or 5,000 ft. to about
6,500, varying according to latitude and exposure. Here I have

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 3

included Albuquerque, Silver City, Chaves, Organ Mountains, Raton,
Las Vegas, etc.

(3-) Transition. About 7,000 ft. Including Santa Fé, Las
Vegas Hot Springs, and a considerable part of the Sacramento Moun-
tains.

(4.) Canadian. About 8,000 ft. to 10,500. Includes Beulah and
Agua Fria Park.

(5.) Hudsonian. About 11,000 ft.; on the top of the Las Vegas
range (‘‘Sapello Ridge.’’) Taos Peak, 13,000 ft., is properly Arctic-
Alpine (i. e., above timber line), but it is a very small area in New
Mexico.

The zonal distribution of species and genera is most interesting, and
it is surprising how sharply defined the zone-faunz are on the moun-
tain slopes. It results from this that the citation of the nearest town
or post-office as the locality of specimens may often be extremely
misleading, and a great deal of perplexity and annoyance is caused by
collectors, who do not label their material with satisfactory data. It
is better to cite no locality at all than to say a thing came from a cer-
tain place when it was really from a thousand feet higher and in
another zone !

To test the validity of the Life-zones for insects I have chosen the
wild bees, because they have been more closely collected than any
other insects in New Mexico.

I find 414 species of bees recorded from the territory. These are
distributed in the zones as follows :

Middle Sonoran .......... 216 Canddian2 sor se oe wee 58
Mieper Sonoran. .......--.- 162 Hudsoninge2 tiie. « Gaaeee II
_S OS Sr LEY

It will be seen that there is a very regular decrease (44 to 59 to the
zone) as we go upwards. Only 153 species have been taken in two
or more zones. ‘The inter-zonal range of species is as follows:

Middle Sonoran to Upper Sonoran. .............. 66
es Be fn tn TARSTIOM. Sin oh ah cies wave acai « 28

a hee DA ACA ACIADY n'a: 4 Ghemenuie ey aeniete te ty mar 4

sg ae aoe ERGOT Eco oe migte aaa aa ese ooo fo)
wpper oenomn to Pransition’. 2. )t.< seis sete ss ss 62
a (See (Canadian 6,6 me ele e as 2 ee II

“e arappe? ¢ S Eimdsonian’ Sz), sels ~s eeo Se °

i PAMSOMNEO LG ANACIAN Ms 50°F: 3:20 « Was Rey sen mies 23
as ROSANA SIAN ox copie pekteds. «ws nie wiih oti

Canadian to Hudsonjan’,,,,.+:: ss eeseersryrree @

4 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The percentage of Upper Sonoran species (38%) given as ranging
to the Transition is slightly greater than it should be, because I have
counted Las Vegas as Upper Sonoran, while it is somewhat tinged
with Transition.

Of course, every season’s collection will modify the above figures,
but it is believed that the bees have been sufficiently collected to
afford results which are reliable in their broad features.

As regards genera, the most noticeable thing is the presence in the
Middle Sonoran of several distinctively southern or southwestern gen-
era, not or hardly extending further. Such among the bees are the
following :

Sphecodogastra, Ashm. One species; Middle Sonoran.

Callandrena, Ckll. One species; Middle Sonoran.

Fesperapis, Ckll. Three species; Middle Sonoran.

Perdita, Smith (sens. lat.). Sixty-nine, of which thirty-five are
only Middle Sonoran, and none go above the Transition.

Ericrocis, Cress. One species; Middle Sonoran.

Bombomelecta, Patton. Three species; Middle Sonoran.

Exomalopsts, Spinola. Four species; Middle Sonoran, but two of
them go to Upper Sonoran.

Centris, Fabr. Six species; Middle Sonoran.

Protoxea, Ckll. and Porter. One species; Middle Sonoran.

These find a parallel in such orthopterous genera as Homoeogamia,
Burm., Bacunculus, Burm., Bootettix, Bruner, Clematodes, Scudder,
and Hormitia, Stal, all found in the Mesilla Valley.

DISCONTINUOUS DISTRIBUTION.

Many animals, such as mammals (exclusive of the bats), snails and
the apterous Orthoptera, have to extend their range by pedestrian
means, and thus usually occupy a perfectly continuous territory.
When their distribution is discontinuous it may have become so in
such ways as the following:

(1.) The species may have once occupied the whole of the terri-
tory between the most distant points of its occurrence, but have
become extinct in the intermediate area.

(2.) The species may have been first divided as in the instance
just supposed, and then the two or more separate portions may have
extended their range, e. g., moved up the mountains in consequence
of an ameliorated climate.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 5

(3-) Individuals of the species may have been carried by man or
some other occasional agency to a distant spot, and have formed an
isolated colony.

The majority of the Orthoptera, however, are capable of flight, and
some are toa high degree migratory. Suppose a species to occupy
a given area, it is probable that every year a certain number of indi-
viduals will cross the normal boundary lines, and find themselves in a
strange country. Most of these migrating individuals will probably
perish, and the fact that Ae/anoplus spretus has never become estab-
lished in New Mexico is sufficient proof that mere migration, even in
countless numbers, will not necessarily insure the founding of a colony.

Occasionally, however, it may be fairly supposed that one or more
wandering females will succeed in depositing eggs, which will give
rise to a colony which may become permanent. In this way will be
established colonies of Orthoptera at varying distances from the origi-
inal habitats of the species, the intermediate country being unoccupied.

An examination of the records seems to indicate that what might
thus have been expected has actually taken place. Every locality
from which we have more than a very few records has one or more
species not found in other places in New Mexico. But many of these
species are of wide distribution elsewhere, and cannot be supposed to
have originated where we now find them. Their apparent restriction
to limited areas may in many cases be due to inadequate collections,
but there are some cases, at least, in which this explanation appears
improbable. Such are the following:

(1.) Melanoplus thomast, abundant at Tularosa; not found in the
Mesilla Valley, which has a similar climate and elevation. The insect
is a very conspicuous one, not easily overlooked. The only other
locality known is in the state of Durango, Mexico.

(2.) Aippiscus pardalinus, abundant at Las Vegas; not observed
elsewhere in New Mexico; also a very conspicuous species. Out of
New Mexico it extends to California, Nevada and Utah.

(3-) Audlocara elliott’, abundant at Johnson’s Basin; not seen else-
where in New Mexico. Extends to Texas, Wyoming and the Pacific.

(4.) Mermiria texana. The colony at Las Vegas Hot Springs
seems to be isolated from the general range of the species.

When isolated colonies are thus formed, it is probable that in most
cases modification will slowly take place, resulting eventually in the
development of distinct species. This will result partly from differ-

6 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ences in the environment, and partly from the fact that the individuals
starting the colony are likely to possess peculiarities which will be
transmitted to their progeny, free from the swamping effects of inter-
crossing with the main body of the species. It would be of great
interest to secure large quantities of any isolated colony of a species,
and determine by measurements and other detailed comparisons
whether there was an average or absolute deviation from the charac-
ters possessed by the main body of the original locality.*

The same phenomen doubtless occurs among other flying insects.
The beautiful butterfly Argynnrs nitocris nitrocerulea appears tu be
confined to an area of a few square miles in the Sapello Cafion, New
Mexico, repeated search in the upper parts of Sapello Cafion, and a
summer’s exploration by the University of Kansas party in the
adjacent Gallinas Cajon, having failed to discover it. Elsewhere, the
nitocris type occurs in northern Arizona, and a very distinct form in the
Sierra Madre of Chihuahua, but all the known colonies of the butterfly
are widely separated, and they have so far diverged from one another
as to be practically distinct species.

In some instances, it may be that a colony first isolated may spread
so as to become reunited with the main body of the species. Or two
colonies, at first separate, may become united. In such instances, if
the colonies have undergone any divergent evolution, it is possible
that they may fuse with the result of losing their distinctive characters,
or forming a new average different from both. Such fusion of already
distinct varieties is likely to lead to great variation, with the appear-
ance of atavistic peculiarities (see Scéence, March 15, 1901, p. 423).
Iam not aware that any such phenomena have been demonstrated
among the Orthoptera but they may be looked out for. As an illus-
tration of what may occur, I will take the malvaceous genus Zava-
tera. Off the coast of Southern and Lower California are various
islands, certain of which possess endemic species of Zavatera, as thus:

L. venosa; San Benito Islands, San Geronimo Island.

(Z. venosa, variety, grows at San Bartolomé Bay.)

L. insularis; Coronado Islands only.

L. occidentalis; Guadalupe Island only.

Last summer 1] had the pleasure of seeing the garden of Mr. and
Mrs. Brandegee at San Diego, Calif., in which these Lavateras are

* In Sctence Gossip, 1900, p. 367, will be found an account of such deviation in the Salt

aide” form of Welanoplus olivaceus, the statistics based, however, on too few indi,
yiduals, .

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL —ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 7

growing freely. As Mrs. Brandegee pointed out to me, there are some
new seedling plants which cannot be referred to any one of the three
species, and are apparently hybrids (see also Zoe, July, 1900, p. 25).
Isolated on the islands, the plants have developed peculiarities which
we regard as specific, but have had no need for physiological
barriers against crossing. Brought together on the mainland, they at
once become hopelessly mixed. The same phenomenon appears when
Aquilegia caerulea and A. chrysantha, naturally inhabiting different
groups of mountains, are grown together in gardens.

ENDEMIC SPECIES.

Most of the New Mexico Orthoptera are of more or less wide dis-
tribution, but it is possible that we have some truly peculiar species,
especially among those which are apterous or subapterous. The fol-
lowing are suggested as probably endemic:

(1.) TZrimerotropis cyanea; Organ and White Mountains, the range
corresponding to that of the beautiful Rosa ste//ata, Wooton.

(2.) MM. cockereli and M. sapellanus; top of Las Vegas range.

(3-) 4. neomexicanus; Las Vegas. Short-winged.

(4.) 4. quadratus and M. calidus; White Mountains. Short-
winged.

(5-) 4. snowt; Magdalena. Short-winged.

It seems not unlikely that every one of the ‘‘ boreal islands’’ of
any size will be found to exhibit one or more peculiar forms of
brachypterous Me/anopflus. It may be, also, that Ceuthophilus will
exhibit a somewhat similar local diversity.

Foop PLANTS.

While many of the Orthoptera are polyphagous, many are almost or
wholly restricted to certain food plants. Certain of the latter are
beautifully modified in color or otherwise to resemble their surround-
ings, as is seen in the two Larrea species, Lootettix argentatus and
Clematodes larree. One of the characteristic desert plants, Atriplex
canescens, grows abundantly on the campus of the Agricultural College
at Mesilla Park, and the writer had plenty of opportunity for studying
its special fauna. It is a large greyish-green bush, with curiously
winged fruits; a closely allied species with narrower leaves (4.
angustior, Ckll.= Obitone occidentalis angustifolia, Torrey, Bot. Mex.
Bound, 184, nom. preocc.) is found on the sandhills a mile away.

8 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

As an example of the insect-fauna of a desert shrub, I will cite the
species pertaining to Azriplex canescens in the Mesilla Valley, all
known to breed on the plant except the Orthoptera, some of which, at
least, may deposit their eggs in the soil beneath.

LEPIDOPTERA: Lycena exilis, Boisd.; Coleophora atriplicivora,
Ckll. The last is a case-maker.

DiptERA: Diplosis atriplicicola, Ckll.; Lastoptera wilistoni, Ckll. ;
Asphondylia atriplicis (Towns.); A. neomexicana (Ckll.). These are
all gall-makers.

Coccip#: Orthesia anne, Ckll., Lecantodiaspis rufescens (Ckll.);

Ceroplastes irregularis, Ckll.; Eriococcus neglectus,
Ckll.; £4. “sleyz, Ckll.; Phenacoccus solenopsis, Tins-
ley; Dactylopius atriplicis (Ckll.); Myttlaspis concolor
(Ckll.). Another Coccid, Solenococcus coloradensis
(Ckll.), has been found on A. canescens, but in Color-
ado only.

ORTHOPTERA: Acoloplus elegans, Scudd.; Dichopetala emarginata,
Brunn.; D. brevicauda, Scudd.; Plagiostira albofas-
ciata, Scudd. and Ckll.

DISCUSSION OF THE LOCALITIES.

MESILLA VALLEY.

This includes the localities cited as Mesilla, Mesilla Park, Las
Cruces, and Little Mountain. It is a broad, open valley, through
which flows the Rio Grande. The central portion, or valley proper,
is alluvial, and has an altitude of about 3,800 ft. It consists partly of
sand-hills and partly of adobe soil, the latter being mostly under cul-
tivation. Although the sand and adobe are adjacent to one another,
they support very different plants, and in consequence, different insect-
faunz. In the cultivated fields the most prominent Orthoptera are
certain species of Melanoplus, M. differentialis, M. femur-rubrum, M.
atlanis and J. /akinus. On the trees in the orchards one finds
(“canthus and Microcentrum; while Gry/lus inhabits the ground
beneath, and is seen at times stampeding before irrigation waters.
The sand-hills are the home of quite other species; some, like AZe/an-
oplus herbaceus, colored green like their food-plants; others, like cer-
tain of the Tryxalinz, the color of the sand. ‘The sides of the valley,

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 9

gradually sloping upwards, consist of gravelly soil, and support again
a different fauna and flora. The bottom of the slope adjacent to the
valley-bottom, is covered with Asriplex canescens and mesquite (Pro-
sopis glandulosa),and is golden in the early fall with the flowers of
Bigelovia or Isocoma heterophylla wrightit. A little higher up, com-
mencing as abruptly as if planted, begins the Larrea, which covers
many miles of country, giving it an olive-green tint sharply contrast-
ing with the grey-green of the 4/7zp/ex. It is in this ZLarrea-zone,
especially, that we meet with southern types. The bottom of the
valley is colder than the sides, owing to the downward flow of the cold
air, or upward flow of the warm, and the latest spring frosts are always
at the very lowest levels. Little Mountain, or Tuerto Mountain, is a
small rounded elevation in the midst of the Zarrea-zone.

In all, sixty-nine Orthoptera are recorded from the Mesilla Valley ;
a much larger number than from any other New Mexico locality.

OrGAN MOUNTAINS.

These mountains flank the Mesilla Valley on the east. The Orthop-
tera recorded for them have been collected at Fillmore Canon, La
Cueva and Dripping Spring, at elevations ranging from 5,000 to 5,800
ft. or thereabouts. These localities are very rocky, tolerably dry, and
shaded to a considerable extent by trees and bushes of the genera
Quercus, Celtis, Garrya, Prunus, etc., which do not occur at all in
“the valley. Thirty-two Orthoptera have been taken, of which only
seven have been found also in the Mesilla Valley. The same degree
of difference is found in the case of insects of other orders.

SACRAMENTO MOUNTAINS.

Going northwest from the Organ Mountains about fifty miles, we
come to the Sacramentos, rising abruptly from a grassy plain. At the
foot of these mountains, bit not in them, are the towns of Tularosa
and La Luz, where a few Orthoptera have been taken. From Tular-
osa the road runs up to the Mescalero Indian agency, which is on the
very borderland of the Upper Sonoran and Transition zones. Nine
miles up the road from Tularosa, at an elevation of about 5,000’, is
Little Round Mountain, where Wooton collected several Orthoptera,
the new plant, Wesperaster perennis,* and at the flowers of the latter
the new bee Perdita wootone.

* Mentzelia perennis, Wooton, 1898. Hesperaster is Bartonta, Nutt. (preocc ), as I have
set forth elsewhere.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 2 (March 6, 1902.]

Io DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

For a list of bees collected at Mescalero, see Entomologist, June,
1899, p. 156. For a general discussion of the Sacramento and White
Mountains, with many insect records, see Townsend, Zrans. Texas
Acad. Science, June, 1897, pp. 51-57-

WHITE MOUNTAINS.

These consist of Sierra Blanca (11,092 ft.) and the elevated coun-
try immediately adjoining, including the localities recorded as Eagle
Creek, Rio Ruidoso, and Ruidoso. These mountains are essentially
continuous with the Sacramentos, representing a more elevated,
northern extension of that range. They have a somewhat peculiar
fauna and flora, among the most interesting being several endemic
forms of Ashmunella,a genus of snails. The most distinct of these,
A. altissima (Ckll.), is confined to the summit of Sierra Blanca.
Among the bees we may note Andrena barbert, Ckll. (a peculiar spe-
cies, not taken elsewhere), and a great variety of Bomdus, including
B. sonorus, Say, originally described from Mexico. The plants include
a peculiar elder (Sambucus neomexicana, Wooton), and many other
interesting species. High up on Sierra Blanca is an endemic Pofen-
tilla, P. sierre-blance, Wooton and Rydberg.

The Orthoptera collected in these mountains number twenty-one
species. A striking feature is the occurrence of austral species at sur-
prisingly high altitudes, for example, Derotmema haydeni at 8,000’, a
circumstance which is paralleled in other groups.* The boreal fauna
is represented by Crrcotettix undulatus and Tettix incurvatus.

SILVER CITY.

This is in the northern part of Grant County, about fifty miles from
the Arizona line. Fifteen Orthoptera have been recorded, of which
seven have not been found elsewhere in New Mexico. There can be
no doubt that this region possesses a certain individuality in its fauna
and flora, combined with a tinge of Arizona types. This is made
evident by the records of Coleoptera obtained by Snow on Walnut
Creek, near Silver City, a large proportion of the species being not
otherwise known from New Mexico. The Orthoptera reported merely
from ‘‘ Grant Co.,’’ collected by W. J. Howard (the discoverer, in the
same region, of the splendid moth, Davittis howardi, Hy. Edw.), must
have come from different elevations; some, however, from the warm

* For instance, Townsend records the austral £rrstalis tricolor from the Ruidoso.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. II

southern part of the county. It is in this southern extremity of New
Mexico that we find some striking Mexican types, such as snails of
the genus /olospira, and the Orthopteran genus Zeniopoda. A rich
harvest undoubtedly awaits the Orthopterist who shall carefully explore

this region.
VALENCIA COUNTY.

In 1892 Townsend made a wagon trip across this county, and col-
lected various insects at La Vega de San José (Aug. 4), Chaves (Aug.
6), and Belen (Aug. 7). On Aug. 7 he also collected at Sabinal,
which is about ten miles south of Belen, but in Socorro Courty.
These places are all in the valley of the Rio Grande, some 150 miles
north of the Mesilla Valley and thirty or forty miles south of Albu-

querque.
Jounson’s Basin.

Orthoptera were collected here by Townsend on June 23, 1892. It
is in the extreme western part of Socorro County, west of Apache
Springs, and not far from the Arizona line. Of the seven species
taken, four are not otherwise recorded from New Mexico. For gen-
eral particulars of the region, see Townsend, Zrans. Texas Acad.
Science, Vol. 1, p. 76. Magdalena, also in Socorro County, is in the
mountains about twenty miles west of Socorro. Various insects were
collected there by a Kansas University party.

ALBUQUERQUE.

Situated on the Rio Grande, in Bernalillo County, Lat. 35° 05’,
altitude 5,026 ft. Eight Orthoptera are recorded, but the bees are
somewhat better known (31 species). The Coleoptera have been col-
lected by Wickham, and include a great many species not observed in
the Mesilla Valley. The flora differs to a considerable extent from
that of the Mesilla Valley, especially noticeable about the town being
Peritoma serrulatum, Anemtiopsis californica, and Ligelovia bigelovit.

Of the 31 Albuquerque bees (only a fraction of what must occur
there), 17 range to the Mesilla Valley, 9 to Las Vegas, and 7 to
Santa Fé.

Among the Orthoptera, a larger proportion of Albuquerque (and
indeed Las Vegas) species range to the Mesilla Valley than do those
of the closely adjacent Organ Mountains. ‘This is to be explained by
the fact that the first three localities are in many respects similar —
open and comparatively treeless; while the Organ Mountains are
rocky and have many trees and shrubs,

I2 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

GALLUP AND ForT WINGATE.

These are in the western part of Bernalillo County, not far from the
Arizona line. The Fort Wingate material, obtained by Dr. Shufeldt,
included two very interesting species of Ceuthophilus. There is no
doubt that a good collection of Orthoptera from this region would con-
tain many new or rare species.

Las VEGAS.

In San Miguel County, with an altitude of about 6,400 ft. While at
the base of the mountains, it is in comparatively open country, surrounded
to a great extent by grassy, treeless mesas. Its fauna as a whole is
Upper Sonoran, including some distinctively southwestern types, such
as the moth Aemileuca sororia olivie, Ckl\l., the males of which come
in numbers to the electric lights in the early fall. Equally character-
istic, in the spring, is the abundance of Avachnis zunt, Neum., a moth
hitherto considered of the rarest.

Las Vegas has 77 bees recorded; Santa Fé (7,000 ft), which is con-
sidered Transition, has 71. There are 36 species common to these
localities; that is, about half. Beulah, which is Canadian, has 45
bees, of which only six were found at Las Vegas, although the places
are not thirty miles apart! The Mesilla Valley has 23 bees in com-
mon with Las Vegas.

Twenty-three Orthoptera are recorded from Las Vegas; of these,
seven have been found in the Mesilla Valley.

Las Vegas Hot Springs, 7,000 ft., is only six miles from Las Vegas,
and is classed as Transition. A good deal of confusion has been
caused by collections from the Hot Springs (or further up the canon)
being reported as from ‘‘ Las Vegas.’’

Trout Spring is in the Gallinas Cafion, some miles above the Hot
Springs.

SANTA FE.

Altitude 7,000 ft., surrounded by mountains. Eleven or twelve
Orthoptera have been collected.

LA TREMENTINA.

A Mexican settlement in San Miguel County, about 45 miles east of
Las Vegas. Miss Alice Blake has collected there a number of Orthop-
tera, including the new genus Hufedetes. The species are in the main
those of the Upper Sonoran, but one (Camnula pellucida) isa boreal form

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 13

RATON.

In Colfax County, only a few miles from the Colorado line. The
Orthoptera are much the same as those of Las Vegas, and the material
so far obtained indicates nothing peculiar. Nevertheless, it is probable
that more extensive collecting would reveal some additions to the
fauna, as certain of the plants are entirely different from those
of the Las Vegas region. These inciude some of the most conspicu-
Ous species, such as Rodinta neomexicana, Hesperaster decapetala (Bar-
tonia decapetala, Pursh, 1812), and Delphinium robustum. The last
was only recently described by Rydberg, who cites ‘‘ Ruton, Albert,’’
meaning Raton, collected by Abert. I found it last year in Chicorico
Canon near Raton, and thought it probably new, before Rydberg’s
description appeared.

Robinia neomexicana, like the grasshopper Leprus wheeleri, is found
both at Raton and in the Organ Mountains.

AGUA FRIA Park.

This is an elevated country between 8,000 and 9,000 ft., in Colfax
County, about thirty miles west of Springer. Mr. Emerson Atkins
collected there a few Orthoptera, all alpine or boreal forms, similar to
those found at Beulah. At the same time he obtaineda series of the inter-
esting mammal Zhomomys fossor, Allen, new to the fauna of New Mexico.

BEULAH.

In the Las Vegas range, towards the upper part of Sapello Canon;
altitude about 8,oo0 ft. The fauna and flora are those of the Cana-
dian zone. Although the Las Vegas range is practically continuous
with the high mountains which in southern Colorado include the
Sangre de Cristo, it is remarkable that both fauna and flora, while
agreeing in general facies, present numerous differences from those of
the latter mountains. Thus the common species of Dedphinium, Ery-
simum, etc., are not the same.in the two ranges. At Beulah the
mountain-sides are covered with the beautiful Zewcampyx newberryt*,
not seen in the Sangre de Cristo. At Beulah a snail of the genus
Ashmunella abounds, but none of this genus occur in Colorado so far
as known. ‘These and other differences may be attributed in part to
differentiation of types proper to the mountains, and partly to the
invasion of the mountains by austral forms, which have become
adapted to a boreal climate.

* The Leucampyx has, however, been reported from Soda Springs, thirty-five miles
northwest of Cafion City, Colorado.

14 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Top or Las VEGAS RANGE.

Several visits have been paid to the top of the Las Vegas Range,
between the Sapello and Pecos Rivers (‘‘ Sapello Ridge’’), where the
altitude is about 11,000 ft., and the fauna and flora are typically
Hudsonian. Five species of Orthoptera were collected, three being
of the genus AZelanoplus. These latter were mature early in August,
but about the first of July not a single one could be found mature,
though an occasional Circotettix undulaius had reached that condition.

The flora of this alpine region is characterized by its small stature
and bright flowers, though this is not without various exceptions. The
open grassy land is gay with Pofentilla pulcherrima, Lehm., Dodecath-
con paucifiorum (Durand), Arenaria bifiora (L.), Erigeron homerus,
Gray, and a large-flowered form of Campanula rotundifolia, L., while
the common grasses are all of circumpolar types, namely Festuca ovina,
L., Zrisetum subspicatum (L.), Poa nemoralis, L., Phleum alpinum, L.,
and Deschampsia cespitosa, Beauv. ‘‘ Everlastings’’ of the species
Antennaria rosea (Eaton) and A. microphylla, Rydberg, grow in pro-
fusion in dry, stony places. Under and close to the tall spruce trees
is a different flora, including for example Dasiphora fruticosa (L.),
Viola adunca, Smith, and Primula angustifolia, Torrey. During the
latter part of August my wife found fringed gentians (Gez/fana elegans,
A. Nelson) in full flower and great abundance. These live in damper
spots, and other inhabitants of relatively damp ground are Z/ephant-
ella groenlandica (Retz.), Veronica wormskjoldii R. & S., Castilleta
alpina, (Porter), and Caltha rotundifolia chionophita (Caltha chionophila,
Greene, described from the same altitude in Colorado). Most of these
plants here find their southern limit, and are additions to the recorded
flora of New Mexico.

Taos Peak, 13,000 ft., where Carpenter collected some Orthoptera,
is on the eastern border of Taos County, in the northern continuation
of the Las Vegas Range, there known as the Taos Range. From its
elevation, it must have something of an arctic-alpine fauna and flora,
similar to that of the summits of the Colorado mountains. It is best
known to entomologists as the type-locality of the butterfly Azgynnzs
carpenterit, VW. H. Edw. No great distance from Taos Peak is South
Baldy Peak, near Elizabethtown, in Colfax County. Mrs. O. St. John
gave me a specimen of Cas///eia haydeni (a plant which grows above
timber-line in the Colorado mountains) which she collected at 12,000
ft. on this mountain, in 1898. It is much to be desired that the ento-
mology of this peak should be made known,

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 15

THE ORTHOPTERAN FauNA OF NEw Mexico AND NEW
ENGLAND COMPARED.

It will be interesting to compare the orthopteran fauna of New
Mexico, a southwestern Territory, with that of New England, a north-
eastern district, which though of only about half the size has an almost
similar physical diversity.* The number of species, as seen by the
following tables, is for New Mexico more than double that of New
England, as would be expected from the known increase of diversity
of forms in this country in passing west and south; but the number of
generic types is hardly more than half as many more. All the families
are represented in each region, and nearly all the American subfam-
ilies, but New Mexico has representatives of Corydinz (2), Plectop-
terinz (1), and Myrmecophilinze (2), while New England has none ;
and New England shows Panchlorine (2), Perispherinz (1), Pseudo-
phylline (1), and Tridactyline (1), unrepresented in New Mexico ;
though it should not be overlooked that the only representatives of
the two Blattid subfamilies are non-endemic species, and that the other
two subfamilies will almost surely be found to occur in New Mexico;
the two regions are therefore nearly identical in the subfamilies rep-
resented.

The two lists include together 1og genera, of which 87 occur in New
Mexico and 54 in New England, 32 being common to both; and 309
species, 230 in New Mexico and ror in New England, with only 22
species common to both. These 22 species are: A/attide, —Ischnop-
tera uhleriana, Blatta germanica, Stylopyga orientalis; Manttde,—Stag™
momantis carolina; Phasmide,—Diapheromera femorata; Acridiide,—
Tettix ornatus, Orphulella pelidna, Stenobothrus curtipennis, Chorto-
phaga viridifasciata, Camnula pellucida, Dissosteira carolina, Sphar-
agemon bolli, Schistocera alutacea, Melanoplus atlanis, M. dawsoni,
M. femur-rubrum ; ZLocustide;—Scudderia furcata, Xiphidium fascia-
tum ; Gry/ide,— Gryllus pennsylvanicus, G. abbreviatus, (Ecanthus
niveus, and (E. angustipennis. It will be at once seen that these are
all well-known species of wide range, and in nearly all cases very com-
mon wherever they occur.

* The basis of this comparison on the New England side is the list given in Psyche (ix.,
g9-106) with such alterations as have since been recognized. The list contains a number of
non-endemic species, but not enough greatly to alter the result.

16 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Comparative table of New Mexican and New England Orthoptera —

Numbers.
GENERA. SPECIES.
Common Common

N.M._ to both. N.E. N.M. toboth. N.E.

oriculidce sat a4): ozc% sialaqeiog.: 2 fo) 2 2 fo) 3
Ab eee octal as ines ieee ain ate ete 7 Aa Le 9 8 12
Mantidces ot. oa..0e nee eS tideos 3 I I 4 I I
Phasmida- eens: f2eee ees oS I I 6 I I
ME TING ERR A aa oe 2 2 4 6 I 5

SYR ELEN Ber ay eter 21 B 5 7 2 9

GMD OaIN Ee wae IQ a) II Or 4 5
ACHUTTINE 5 cranes. 2 4 6 05 g ms
Acridtidass, Vnes a -Aoerrant chiro 54 18 26 169 II 47
Phaneropterin@...... 5 2 3 0) I 8
Pseudophyllin@ ...... O fo) Ye O O i
Conocephalin@....... I z 3 2 zi &

I OA EL TRS SGASS SOO E i) oO i 5 ) 2
Stenopelmating...... 3 I i II te) g
WSOC US UIC ee fr ney ra eth er oats 12 4 9 27 2 23
(Cini boner acm aomiooe oak 6 4 5 13 4 14
TotalS-n.2 keene 87 32 54 230 22 IOI

Comparative Table of New Mexican and New England Orthoptera—

Percentages.
GENERA. SPECIES.

N.M. N. E. N.M. N.E.

BiOntiCtlidae ne asters che castle ats PAS Bu, 0.9 3.0
ARG cere ae arc, sake ee teeter 8.0 18.5 3.9 I1.9
Manitidee7 ne tee me anas Hee BES 1.9 cy, 1.0
PASO eis ts tcise dic temeeie ee 355 1.9 2.6 1.0
WAUSISUI Ost see ee 3a7 I5.4 3-0 0.0

LAV CRIINE eer ne eee ee 38.0 19.2 21.9 19.2
dihodines x isha 55-2 $2.3 FOL SLO
ACTIAUBE A os s0is Av ae. 23.2 58.5 3S 3

Z00 I00 100.I I00
AC VUAMCLOG ys. onccep 8's ig bis ois wee re 62.1 48.1 73.5 46.6
Phaneropterin@......... fl .7 SF -3 SF 3 F4.8
Pseudophyllin@......... 0.0 FalBod 0.0 4.3
Conocephalin@é.......... 8.3 SIF 7d 34.8
DECTREIMNE sa Ca I # ge I8 5 8.7
Stenopelmatin@......... 25.0 TIE 40.7 I7 4.
LOO ong, 99.9 90.9 roo.

PMOSEGEE san 5 cose ssa oi eee 13.8 16.7 Lin, 22.8
RAMEN TCLeSs, S Yies. 2 ¢a'y bty kotha monn 6.9 9-3 57 13.9

99.9 100.1 100. 100.2

z
SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 17

A comparison of the figures in the two tables shows that of the
smaller families — those represented in one or both regions by eleven
species or less —the Blattide and Gryllide are richer (not only rela-
tively but absolutely) in New England than in New Mexico. This
poverty of New Mexico is, however, probably due to insufficient col-
lecting, since it is here and in the Locustidz that the most consid-
erable additions to the New Mexican list are probably to be made.
The greatest interest, however, attaches to the two larger families,
which have therefore been more fully analyzed. Here the predomi-
nence of the Acridiidz in New Mexico, both relatively and actually,
but, of course, especially the latter, is very marked; though it is a
very curious fact that, while the subfamily Acridiine is very highly
developed in New Mexico, with double the number of genera and
much more than treble the number of species (largely due to its 40
species of Melanoplus), its proportion to the numbers of the other sub-
families of Acridiidz, whether in genera or species, is almost precisely
that obtaining in New England. The generic diversity of the New
Mexican Tryxalinz is remarkably high, while that of the Tettiginz is
higher in New England than in New Mexico.

As to the Locustidz, the absence of Pseudophylline in New Mex-
ico has been noted as probably due to imperfect knowledge. The
most marked feature of the table, surely due to the same cause, is the
meagre representation of the Conocephaline in New Mexico. The
preponderance of Stenopelmatine in New Mexico is marked and due
to the large number (8) of species of Ceuthophilus.

Finally it may be noted that all the genera containing in either area
more than five species are represented in both, as shown in this list.

N. M N. E
AGIRGUS. . .'0 c's: 2's 7, mie ois acer yal 12 2
MMMM MEISE ds cn cig) ia wig aa, SOS axis, Sale 17 I
Sa MME REE RN ers) a c-ariat eoke SNe tele eas, 8 7
MRM ae a Say age eh cht ey Fe ett a 4o II
SETS CL i A oe ee ene are 8 4
IE LAAS Pee oe bie & Fe. ole sti ols) Sw te 4 6

a list which contains more than a fourth of the New England species
and more than a third of those of New Mexico, and which shows the
prevailing genera of at least the New Mexican fauna. It includes,
however, only 6 of the species common to both areas.

[Proc. D, A. S., Vou. IX.] 3 (March 18, 1902.)

18 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

FORFICULIDE.

Spongophora brunneipennis (Serville).— Taken by Townsend at light
at La Cueva, Organ Mountains, c. 5300’, September 4.

It is figured in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 2, figs. 1-3, and in
Schultze’s Thierreich, xi., figs. 25 a-c.

Apterygida taeniata (Dohrn).— A specimen taken by P. H. Curran
at Las Cruces was determined as this species by Burr. It was found
on an imported strawberry, and was doubtless brought in fron: Mexico.

Figured in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 2, figs. 17-19.

BLATTID&.
BLATTINE.

Ischnoptera bolliana Saussure and Zehntner.— Originally described
from New Mexico and Texas.

Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure.— Credited to New Mexico without
further specification by Saussure and Zehntner. Platamodes unicolor
Scudd. and Zctobia lithophila Scudd. are synonyms.

It is figured in the Biol. centr, amer., pl. 3, figs. 21-23, and in Lug-
ger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 59.

Blatta germanica Linné.— There is no definite reference to this
commonest of cockroaches as found in New Mexico, except by Cock-
erell in Bull. 15 of the N. Mex. agric. coll., who found it in August at
Santa Fé. It has never been observed at Las Vegas, where S. orzent-
alis is now common.

Good figures will be found in Bull. 4 (n.s.) div. ent. U.S. dep.
agric., p. 92.

Temnopteryx texensis Saussure and Zehntner.— Originally described
from New Mexico and Texas.

It is figured in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 3, fig. 31.

NYCTOBORIN.

Nyctobora sp.— Las Vegas, in a bunch of bananas (Miss Vashti
Thomas); an immature specimen of a species at present indetermin-
able; bananas at Las Vegas are said to come from Bluefields, Nicaragua,
by way of New Orleans.

PERIPLANETINA.

Stiylopyga orientalis (Linné).— Santa Fé, July 6 (Cockerell); Las
Vegas, Aug. 18 (Cockerell); according to Cockerell it ‘‘ has become

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 19

established in Las Cruces, but is by no means universally distributed
in New Mexico.”’

Good figures will be found in Bull. 4 (n.s.) div. ent. U.S. dep.
agric., p. 92; and it is also figured in Bull. 35 New Mex. coll. agric.

CorRYDIN&.

Homeogamia bolliana Saussure.— It is credited to New Mexico by
Saussure and Zehntner and was taken at light in Las Cruces by Cock-
erell.

It is figured in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 5, fig. 3.

Homeogamia subdiaphana Scudder, sp. nov. (pl. 1, fig. 3).—Very
pale testaceous, the tegmina as well as the wings subdiaphanous, with-
out mottling or irroration. Head fusco-piceous, the eyes amber-
colored, the antenne fusco-testaceous with pallid incisures. Pronotum
elliptico-triangular, strongly arcuate in front, very broadly bent arcu-
ate behind, the front broadly, the lateral margins narrowly luteous, the
remainder fusco-castaneous, more or less obscurely dotted mesially
with luteous, the extreme posterior margin luteous, the surface, at least
in front, most minutely punctate, sparsely pilose. Tegmina ample,
apically rounded subacuminate, the marginal field brief (as compared
with that of A. do/zana), the oblique veins of discoidal field much
more longitudinal than in A. do/diana, the veins testaceous, those of
the anal area somewhat infuscated; wings much as in that species, but
shorter. Infragenital plate of male broad, apically broadly, roundly,
and considerably emarginate.

Length of body, 10.5 mm.; tegmina, 14.5mm.; pronotum, 3 mm.;
breadth of same, 3.5 mm.

1d. Las Cruces at light, Sept. (Cockerell).

PLECTOPTERINZ.

Chorisoneura texensis Saussure and Zentner.— Originally described
from New Mexico and Texas.

MANTID~.
MANTIN.

Litaneutria minor (Scudder).— Specimens have been taken at Aztec,
Animas Valley, 4500’, July 28-29; Las Vegas Hot Springs (Miss
Ada Springer); San Augustine Ranch, Organ Mountains, 5000’, Aug.
30 (Wooton in Morse’s coll.) ; and west of La Cueva, Mesilla Valley,
Aug. 16 (Cockerell).

20 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Stagmomantis carolina (Linné).— Las Cruces (Cockerell); Mesilla
Park, Sept. 20 (Cockerell). Immature specimens belonging either to
this or the next species were taken at Mesilla, July 1, by Morse. A
very abundant species in the Mesilla Valley; the eggs are parasatised
by the chalcidid Podagrion mantts Ashm.

Colored figures may be found in the Miss. scient. Mex., vi., pl. 5,
fig. 5, pl. 6, fig. 12, and also in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 2.

Stagmomantis limbata (Hahn).— Romerville near Las Vegas, Oct.
1 (W. Wells); La Trementina, Sept. 24, Oct. 7 (Alice Blake); in coitu
on Ligelovia graveolens glabrata, Oct. 2, at Mescalero by Cockerell ;
La Cueva, Organ Mountains, c. 5300’, Sept. 3 (Townsend); Las
Cruces (Cockerell). Both brown and green forms occur.

A colored figure is given in the Miss. scient. Mex., vi., pl. 6, fig. 11.

Oligonyx scuddert Saussure.— La Trementina, Sept. 19 (Miss Alice
Blake).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 13, fig. 11, pl. 16, fig. 11, and
in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 9, fig. 17.

PHASMID-.
BACUNCULINZ.

Diapheromera denticrus Stal.— Las Cruces (Cockerell).

A figure (reduced) may be found in Harper’s Magazine, Ixxxviii.,
P- 456.

Diapheromera femorata (Say).— Credited to Santa Fé by Halde-
man; near Organ Mountains, Mesilla Valley, Aug. (Cockerell).

It has been many times figured, originally by Say in his Amer. ent.,
pl. 37; see also Rep. U.S. ent., 1878, pl. 3.

Diapheromera veliei Walsh.— Albuquerque (Bruner); Pecos River,
—N. M., or Tex. (Pope).

Diapheromera mesillana Scudder.— Mesilla, about 2 miles on the
road toward Las Cruces, June 30 (Morse).

Bacunculus stramineus Scudder, sp. nov. (pl. 1, fig. 1).— Body very
slender, flavo-testaceous, the sides of the thorax, the under surface of
the metathorax, and most of the under surface of the middle femora
white or hoary, at least in the male, the tibia more or less tinged with
green in the female; the terminal abdominal segments are more or less
hoary (J) or green (2). Head a little longer than the pronotum

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 2

somewhat tumid in the female, laterally striped with white in the male,
in the latter with a pair of longitudinal rugz following behind the
inner margin of the antennal scrobes; antenne pale green (¢) or
testaceous, becoming apically infuscated (<'), very slender and shorter
than the body. Body smooth, the thorax with a feeble median carina.
Seventh abdominal segment of male nearly as long as the eighth and
ninth together, the ninth slightly longer than the eighth, the seventh
segment not inflated, bearing beneath a bulbous body not reaching
the extremity of the eighth segment with a cap which a little surpasses
it; ninth segment cylindrical, equal, truncate, bearing a pair of cerci,
—straight, rather stout, but compressed, equal and apically very
briefly and bluntly bifid plates, nearly as long as the segment.

Length of body, co’, 50 mm., 2, 42 mm.; antenne, d', 22 mm.,
eesormu- head, ¢', 2.5 mm., 9, 2.5 mm; thorax, ¢, 23 mm,
2,18.5 mm.; mesothorax, d', 12.5 mm., 2, 9 mm.; abdomen, o’,
23.5 mm., ¢, 22 mm.; fore femora, 0, 14 mm., 2, 10.5 mm.; mid-
dle femora, 3’, 11.5 mm., 2, 8 mm.; hind femora, 3,14 mm., 2,
10.5 mm.; width of metathorax in middle, %, 1 mm., , 1.5 mm.

16,1 2. Between Mesilla Park and Little Mountain, July 1 (A.
P. Morse).

The 2 is probably not quite mature. I have a distinct but allied
species from Texas.

BACILLINE.

Bacillus coloradus Scudder (pl. 1, fig. 4).— Barker’s ranch, Beulah,
Sapello Cafion, 8000’ on Monarda stricta (Willmatte P. Cockerell) ;
La Trementina (Alice Blake). The following description was taken
from the first specimen, which is that figured.

Testaceous, more or less clouded with fuscous dorsally. Head
striped feebly with fuscous, especially above and with five subequidis-
tant delicate longitudinal carine; whole thorax and abdomen similarly
carinate, but otherwise smooth except for very minute rather sparsely
scattered ferruginous granules between the dorsal and subdorsal caring;
second joint of antennz small and globular, the remainder consisting
of a hardly articulate, slightly depressed, lanceolate, bluntly pointed
mass.

Length of body, 48 mm.; antennz, 4.5 mm.; mesothorax, 10.5 mm.;
metathorax, 8.5 mm.; abdomen, 25 mm.; hind femora,12 mm.; width
of metathorax in middle, 1.5 mm.

22 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ACRIDITID/-.
TETTIGIN#.

Tettix acadicus (Scudder).—Northern New Mexico, Aug. -Sept. (Car-
penter).

Tettix crassus Morse.—In a marshy place at Las Vegas, April 13
(Cockerell). Determined by Morse.

Tettix incurvatus Hancock.—Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., 6500’, July
30 (Townsend). Determined by Morse.

Figured by Hancock, Amer. nat., xxix, 761.

Tettix ornatus (Say).—Credited to New Mexico by Bruner and by
Haldeman, the latter at Santa Fé. The determination is perhaps un-
certain.

Figured originally by Say in his Amer. ent., pl. 5, and since repeat-
edly; see Morse, Psyche, vii, pl. 6, fig. 2; Hancock, Trans. amer. ent.
soc., xxiii, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2, etc.; and Lugger, Orth. Minn., fig. 64.

Paratettix aztecus (Saussure).—Fillmore Canon, Organ Mts. c.5700’,
Sept. 7 (Townsend). Determined by Morse.

Paratettix toltecus (Saussure).—Santa Fé, 7000’ (Cockerell); east of
Santa Fé, 7475’ (Cockerell, no. 4335); Las Vegas Hot Springs, June
21 (Cockerell); Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., 6500’, July 30, Sept. 18, 30
(Townsend). Determinations by Morse.

Found in wet grassy places on the borders of streams.

Tettigidea parvipennis (Harris).— Alkali field, Albuquerque, Dec. 3
(Cockerell). Determiued as this species ‘‘ or very close to it’” by Morse.

This species is added after the paper was sent to the printer, and
hence is not included in our preliminary remarks.

TRYXALINZ.
? ,
Acantherus ( axav6npos) Scudder, gen. nov.

Body rather elongate, compressed. Head shorter than the prono-
tum, a little protuberant, feebly ascending, broader below than above,
apically blunt; vertex nearly plane, the fastigium brief, roundly sub-
triangular, projecting less than its width beyond the eyes, without dis-
tinct median carina; eyes moderate, elongate-elliptical, subvertical,
slightly less oblique than the face; frontal costa very narrow, rather
prominent, feebly broadening below, straight when viewed obliquely;
lateral foveole invisible from above, very broad triangular, rather

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 23

obscure, the apex of the triangle in the middle above; antennz half
as long as the tegmina, depressed triquetral, at least basally, slender
throughout and uniformly tapering. Pronotum rather long, the dorsum
nearly plane, the Jateral lobes nearly vertical, the median carina distinct
but slight, the lateral carinze forming rounded shoulders, subparallel
and not very distant on the prozona, gently divergent on the meta-
zona; prozona distinctly longer than the metazona; lateral lobes a
little inflexed above, longer than high, the front and hind margins
subparallel in lower half. Prosternum with a transverse quadrangular
blunt boss; mesosternal lobes separated by a quadrate space consider-
ably narrower than the lobes themselves, the metasternal lobes by a
space half as wide. Tegmina and wings reaching the tip of the abdo-
men, both slender, the latter unusually so. Hind legs slender, the
femora reaching the tip of the abdomen, the tibiz with about fifteen
spines on the outer side.
Only the female has been seen.

Acantherus piperatus Scudder,sp. nov. (PI. 3, fig. 3). —Dark cinereo-
fuscous, from blackish markings on a testaceous ground. Head red-
dish testaceous almost wholly overlaid with black longitudinal mark-
ings, on the summit broken into points except for a rather broad median
stripe; frontal costa as narrow above as the basal joint of the uniformly
luteous antennz, feebly sulcate below. Pronotum testaceous above,
reddish testaceous on lateral lobes, heavily sprinkled with black puncta
above, wanting on a narrow stripe bordering the lateral carine, heavily
striped or clouded with blackish on the lateral lobes, especially above,
and also punctate, the lateral carine faintly divergent in front, the
front margin faintly, the hind margin slightly convex. Tegmina
flecked with fuscous, pretty uniformly and rather sparsely and slightly
infuscated on basal fourth, the anal area subcinerous, flecked with fus-
cous; wings pellucid, growing gradually infuscated in distal half, the
base faintly tinged with greenish. Hind femora dull testaceous, more
or less infuscated, especially above, with three broad clouds, the outer
two separated by a pregenicular, broad, dull luteous annulus; hind
tibize with a similar but narrower and clearer postgenicular annulus
breaking the black proximal half, the distal half orange red, the spines
black except basally.

Length of body, 33 mm.; antennz, 12.5 mm.; tegmina, 25 mm.;
hind femora, 19 mm.; hind tibiz, 17.5 mm.

2 2. La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 3 (Carl H. Townsend).

24 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ; 2 oe

Mermiria texana Braner.—Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10 (Cock-
erell); Trout Spring, Apr. 27—immature and doubtful as to species
(Cockerell); Mesilla Park, July (Cockerell).

At Las Vegas Hot Springs it is dichroic, green and reddish-brown.
The latter is typical; the green form may stand as mut. zzrzdzs Cockerell.

Figured in Proc. U. S. nat. mus., xii, pl. 1, fig. 11.

Mermiria bivittata (Serville). —Sabinal, Aug. 7, on Aster spinosus
only (Townsend); Las Cruces, Aug. 19 (Townsend); Mesilla, June 28-
30, on bunch grass? (Morse).

Figured in Glover's Illustrations, pl. 6, figs. 24, 26, pl. 11, fig. 7. ©

Mermiria neomexicana (Thomas).—Originally described from north-
eastern New Mexico.

Figured in Glover's Illustrations, pl. 16, fig. 10.

Syrbula acuticornis Bruner. La Trementina, July 15, Aug. 4, Oct.
3, 4, and one immature Oct. 3 (Alice Blake); east of Mesilla Park, July
1 (Morse).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 2, fig. 10.

Syrbula fuscovitiata Thomas. Fillmore Canon, Organ Mts., 5700’,
Sept. 1 (Townsend).

Figured in Wheeler’s Report, v, pl. 45, fig. 7.

Syrbula admiraéilis (Ubler). La Trementina, Oct. 3 (Miss Alice
Blake).

Figured in Glover's Illustrations, pl. 4, fig. 13.

Acrolophitus hirtipfes (Say). Northern New Mexico (Thomas); Pecos
River,—N. Mex. or Tex. (Pope).

Figured in Say’s Amer. ent., iii, pl. 34; and in Glover’s Illustra-
tions, pl. 9, fig. 7-

Bootettix argentatus Brauner. Las Cruces, July 17, ‘‘found only on
Larrea; its color assimilates well with the peculiar green of the Larrea
leaves’? (Townsend); on Larrea at Mesilla Park, June 27, July 1, and
east toward Little Mt. (Morse).

Figured in Proc. U.S. nat. mus., xii, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5; and in Proc.
Dav. acad., vi, pl. 5, fig. 23.

Eritettix navicula (Scudder). Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter).

Eupedetes (20,2377 s) Scudder, gen. nov.

Of small size, compact, compressed. Head distinctly shorter than
the pronotum, in no way ascending, briefly truncate apically, the face

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 25

considerably oblique; vertex with dorsal and approximate subdorsal
rather coarse carinations; fastigium extending beyond the eyes as far
as its basal breadth, apically rectangulate but a little truncate; lateral
foveolz invisible from above, minute, trigonal; frontal césta narrow,
plane, subequal, but expanding below the ocellus; eyes parallel to
front, subelliptical, moderate; antennz a little longer than head and
prothorax together, filiform, not very slender, scarcely depressed.
Pronotum rather short, nearly uniform, the lateral carinz a very little
incurved in the middle, the median carina accompanied by a pair of
supplementary median carine, the front margin truncate, the hind
margin broadly obtusangulate; mesosternal lobes separated by a rather
wide space, broader than long. Tegmina and wings slightly surpassing
the abdomen and surpassed by the hind femora, which are moderately
slender and compressed.

It has much the general aspect of Amphitornus but has prominent
lateral carinz on the pronotum and supplementary carine on the head;
the supplementary carinz of the pronotum approach the median carina
much more nearly than in Eritettix, from which it further differs by its
non-clavate antennz.

Eupedetes cartnatus Scudder, sp. nov., (pl. 1, fig. 2).—Testaceous,
feebly marked with fuscous, beneath flavescent. Head with a broad
longitudinal light fuscous stripe behind the upper portion of the eyes,
with one or two faint lines behind the eyes below it; antennz flavo-
testaceous; median carina of vertex heaviest in front and especially in
the fastigium, which the supplementary carine do not enter. Prono-
tum testaceous, the lateral carine marking the outer limit of a light
fuscous stripe; supplementary carinz of pronotum less prominent than
the median carina; lateral lobes with a slightly oblique, fuscous-edged,
luteous stripe on the lower part of the metazona. Tegmina testaceous
flecked with fuscous mesially. Hind femora flavo-testaceous, faintly
infuscated above; hind tibiz flavous with ro-11 black spines on either
margin.

Length of body, 14.5 mm.; antennz, 5.5 mm.; pronotum, 3 mm.;
tegmina, 10.5 mm.; hind femora, ro mm.

1d. La Trementina, July 16 (Miss Alice Blake).

Amphitornus ornatus (Scudder).— Little Mt., east of Mesilla Park,
July 1 (Morse).

Opeia obscura (Thomas).— La Trementina, Sept. 16, Oct. 4 (Alice
Blake); Silver City (Bruner). Zy7teftix variaéiiis Bruner is asynonym.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 4 (March 20, 1902.]

26 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 2, fig. 7; and in Glover’s Illus-
trations, pl. 13, fig. 13.

Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure).— McNeill says it is found in
the Gulf States westward to Colorado and Arizona, and it is therefore
entered here, but I have not learned of its capture in New Mexico.

It is figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 3, fig. 13.

Alpha occtpitalis (Thomas).—Jvhnson’s Basin, June 22 (Townsend).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 4, fig. 18; and in Glover’s Illus-
trations, pl. 17, fig. 13.

Alpha cinerea (Bruner).—Sand hills near Mesilla, June 27, 30
(Morse). Determination not without doubt.

Alpha crenulata (Bruner).—Silver City (Bruner).

Phiibostroma quadrimaculatum (Thomas).—Plains of northern New
Mexico, eastern slope, Oct. 14-31 (Carpenter); Raton, Aug. 27 (Cock-
erell); La Trementina, Oct. 4 (Miss Alice Blake); Las Vegas, Oct. 13
(Cockerell).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 4, fig. 19; andin Glover’s Ilus-
trations, pl. 16, figs. 6, 7.

Orphulella salina Scudder.—Little Round Mt., 9g miles east of Tula-
rosa, 5000’, Aug. 24 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.).

Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister).— Albuquerque, on Helianthus an-
nuus, Sept. 16 (Cockerell(; Mesilla, June 29 (Morse).

Figured in Psyche, vi, 478, figs. 3, 4; and in Lugger’s Orth. Minn.,
fig. 72.

Chloealtis abdominalis (Yhomas).— Beulah, Aug. 15 (Cockerell);
Aug. 27 (W. P. Cockerell). This species differs from C. conspersa by
its relatively shorter antennz, tegmina, and hind legs. It has not be-
fore been reported from so far south.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 14, fig. 6.

Stenobothrus curtipennis (Harris).— Aqua Fria Park, Colfax Co., 8800’,
Aug. (E. Atkins); Beulah, on Soddago, Aug. 17 (T. D. A. and W. P.
Cockerell).

For illustrations, see Psyche, vii., pl. 7, fig. 12; and Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., figs. 75, 76; also several plates of Glover’s Illustrations.

Gomphocerus clavatus Thomas.— Credited to New Mexico by Mc-
Neill.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 16, fig. 8; and Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., fig. 761%.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 27

Gomphocerus clepsydra Scudder.—Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter). I have not been able to verify this determination by
recent examination of specimens; it is possible that they should be
referred to carpenterit Thom.

‘The species is figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 6, fig. 27.

Boopedon flavofasciatum Thomas.— Northern New Mexico (Thomas).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 10.

Boopedon nubitlum Say.— Northern New Mexico (Thomas); La Tre-
mentina, Oct. 7 (Miss Alice Blake).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 4, fig. 20.

Psoloessa ferruginea Scudder.— La Trementina, July ro (Miss Alice
Blake).

Details are figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 6, figs. 31ab.

Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder.—Johnson’s Basin, June 22 (Towns-
end).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 6, fig. 31.

Psoloessa texana Scudder.—This species also has never been reported
from New Mexico, but is known both from Texas and California and
probably occurs in New Mexico.

Details are figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 6, fig. 30¢.

Stirapleura ornata (Scudder).— Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter); Organ Mts., Aug. 30 (Townsend).

Stirapleura decussata Scudder.—La Trementina, July to, Aug. 3
(Alice Blake); Las Vegas, April 8; the first winged grasshopper of the
season, in 1901, and very common by April 12 (Cockerell). It occurs
on open ground, especially where it is dry.

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., i, pl. 36, figs. 3, 4; vi, pl. 6, fig. 30.

Stirapleura pusilla Scudder.—- La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Aug.
31 (Townsend); Mesiila Park, May 22, July 21 (Cockerell); on mesa
at Mesilla Park and east toward Little Mt., July 1 (Morse).

Ageneotettix deorum Scudder.— Mesilla Park, July 2 (Morse).

Figured in Proc. Dav. acad., vi, pl. 6, fig. 29.

Ageneotettix scuddert (Bruner).— Chaves, Aug. 6 (Townsend).

Figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 77.

Agencotettix sp.— Beulah, Aug. 18 (Cockerell). An apparently new
species, of which I await more specimens before describing. It has
slenderer hind legs than the known species and more prominent pro-
notal carinz.

28 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Aulocara rufum Scudder.— La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 3
(Carl H. Townsend).

Aulocara elliotti (Thomas).—Johnson’s Basin, June 22. <‘‘ Very
abundant in the short native grass. It occurred in large numbers and
caused considerable injury to the grass’? (Townsend). The next day
it occurred in valleys on the Springerfield Road near the Arizona line;
grain fields and alfalfa were allmost wholly destroyed repeatedly from
1889 to 1891, probably by this insect, according to Townsend.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 11.

(EDIPODIN&.

Arphia tenebrosa (Scudder).— Credited to New Mexico by Thomas
and Saussure. Taken at Las Cruces in Sept., by Townsend.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 9, fig. 2, and in Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., figs. 81, 82.

Arphia nietana (Saussure).— Raton, Aug. 27 (Cockerell); mouth of
Sapello Caton, Sept. 7 (Cockerell); La Trementina, Oct. 3, 4 (Miss
Alice Blake); Las Vegas, Oct. 26 (Cockerell); Rio Ruidoso, c. 6500’,
Aug.g (Townsend); Ruidoso Creek, White Mts., 2 miles west of Dool-
ing’s Mill, c. 6500’, Aug. 20 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Gilmore’s
Ranch, Eagle Creek, White Mts., 7o000%, Aug. 10-16 (Wooton, in
Morse’s coll.) ; Pecos River,—Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope); Mesilla Park,
Oct. 21 (Cockerell). :

Not before recorded from the United States. I have also seen speci-
mens from Colorado, 5500’, (Morrison); Pueblo and Manitou, Col.
(Scudder) ; Ft. Collins, Col. (Baker); and Utah—American Fk. Canon,
gooo’, Provo, and Salt Lake Valley (Scudder). I formerly thought the
species undescribed and distributed some specimens under the MS.
name 7zsignis.

Arphia arcta Scudder.— Trout Spring, April 27 (Martin Cockerell).

Arphia teporata Scudder.— Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept. (Car-
penter); Las Vegas, April 12, ‘‘ its first appearance in Igor ’’ (Cock-
erell); Las Cruces, May 9, in alfalfa fields, Sept. (Townsend); Little
Mt., Mesilla Park, July 1 (Morse). They make a rattling or crack-
ling noise as they fly; the color of the thorax, tegmina, etc., exactly
matches the soil of this vicinity — Las Vegas—so that when they
settle in a rut in the road they seem quite to disappear (Cockerell).

Chortophaga viridifasciata (De Geer).— Northern New Mexico,
Aug., Sept. (Carpenter); Las Vegas, April 13, in a marshy alkaline

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 29

grassy spot, where the grass is white with a saline deposit (Cockerell) ;
Mesilla (Cockerell, in Morse’s coll.).

A colored figure will be found in the 1862 edition of Harris’s Ins.
inj. veg., pl. 3, fig. 2; and details are shown in Psyche, vii, pl. 2, fig.
18, and Saussure’s Prodr. Oed., pl., figs. 7, 12.

LEncoptolophus costalis (Scudder).— Given doubtfully by Townsend
(Ins. life, vi, 31) as from Las Cruces, May 8-12, in alfalfa. Probably
the next species.

Encoptolophus parvus Scudder.— Near Las Vegas, in stomach of
herring gull, the species somewhat doubtful (Cockerell); Las Vegas,
Oct. 3 (John McNary), Oct. 5 (Cockerell); White Mts., Aug. 9 (Towns-
end); Gilmore’s Ranch, Eagle Creek, White Mts.. 7000’, Aug. 10-16
(Wooton, in Morse’s Coll.) ; Mescalero Reservation, Oct. (Cockerell) ;
Las Cruces, July 8 (Cockerell, Townsend); Mesilla, in alfalfa field, June
27-30 (Morse); Mesilla, Oct. 24, 18 (Cockerell, in Morse’s coll.).

Camnula pellucida (Scudder).— Aqua Fria Park, Colfax Co., 8800’,
Aug. (E. Atkins); ridge between Sapello and upper Pecos River, c.
11,000’, Aug. (Cockerell); Beulah, July 25, Aug. 13 (Cockerell) ;
Mountains above Beulah, Aug. 9 (Cockerell); La Trementina, Aug. 3
(Alice Blake); Johnson’s Basin, June 22 (Townsend); Valencia Co.,
at continental divide, Aug. 2 (Townsend).

For figures see Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 12, fig. 20; Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., figs. 87, 88; Report U. S. ent. comm., ii, fig. 10; and for
details, Psyche, viii, pl. 2, fig. 20.

Hippiscus pantherinus Scudder.— Five miles east of Tularosa, July
3 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Mesilla, sand hills (Morse).

Hippiscus haldemanii (Scudder).— Credited to New Mexico by
Thomas, but perhaps by mistake for another species.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 18, fig. 14.

Hippiscus saussurei Scudder.— Credited to New Mexico by Thomas,
but perhaps by mistake for another species.

Hippiscus corallipes (Haldeman).— Each side of the Raton Mts.
(Thomas); La Trementina, July 6, ro, 16, 18, Sept. 20 (Alice Blake);
Albuquerque (Bruner); Las Cruces (Townsend) ; Silver City (Bruner).

Figured in Stansbury’s Utah, pi. 10, fig. 2.

Hippiscus zapotecus (Saussure).— Taos and Albuquerque (Bruner) ;
Johnson’s Basin, June 23 (Townsend); Jornada del Muerto, north of
Las Cruces (Townsend); Silver City (Bruner).

30 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Fiippiscus conspicuus Scudder.— Silver City (Bruner).

_Hippiscus pardalinus (Saussure).— Las Vegas, April 23, very abund-
ant in open grassy places (Cockerell); credited to New Mexico by
Saussure. It is remarkable that this species, so abundant at Las Vegas,
should not have been seen elsewhere.

Hippiscus leprosus (Saussure).— Credited to New Mexico by Saus-
sure.

flippiscus paradoxus (Thomas).— Taos Valley, May 30 (Bruner);
Las Vegas, July 4 (Louisa Reed).

flippiscus pumilus Scudder. — Taos Valley (Bruner).

Hippiscus neglectus (Thomas).—Northeastern New Mexico (Thomas).

Figured in Rep. Wheeler’s Survey, v, pl. 44, fig. 3; and Proc. Dav.
acad., a 9) Oa Lo i vega om

Hippiscus montanus (Thomas).—+ Taos Valley (Bruner).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 12, fig. 12.

Leprus wheeleri (Thomas).— Credited to New Mexico by Saussure ;
Raton, Sept. (W. P. Cockereil); La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’,
Aug. 30 (Townsend ); Dripping Springs, Organ Mts. (Cockerell) ;
Grant Co. (W. J. Howard, fide Townsend). It frequents rocky places,
and when at rest accords remarkably well in color and markings with
the surroundings.

Figured in Rep. Wheeler’s Survey, v, pl. 44, fig. 1.

Tropidolophus formosus (Say).— Raton, Sept. (W. P. Cockerell) ;
Pecos River — Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope); Grant Co. (W. J. Howard,
fide Townsend); Mesilla Park, July 1, Sept. 21, Oct. 21 (Morse,
Cockerell); Mesilla, Oct. 14 (Cockerell). In the Mesilla Valley it
was found to occur on the sand hills, in the Pluchea region.

Figured in Say’s Amer. ent., iii, pl. 34; in Glover’s Illustrations,
pl. 9, fig. 5; and in Thomas’s Syn. Acrid., pl., fig. r.

Dissostetra carolina (Linné).— Credited to New Mexico by Thomas
and Scudder; Raton, Sept. (W. P. Cockerell); Gallup, Sept. 16, 17
(Larkin); Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12 (Cockerell); La Tremen-
tina, July ro (Alice Blake); Santa Fé (Cockerell); Las Vegas, Oct.
13 (Cockerell); South Fork of Eagle Creek, White Mts., c. 8000’,
Aug. 13 (Townsend); Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., c. 6500’, July: 19,
Aug. 9 (Townsend); Mescalero agency, 6300’, July 27 (Wooton, in
Morse’s coll.); Grant Co. (W. J. Howard, fide Townsend). Very
abundant where it occurs. In flight it has a curiously close resem-

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 31

blance to Huvanessa antiopa. At rest, its colors accord so closely
with the soil that it becomes almost invisible.

Often figured; among others, see Harris’s Ins. inj. veg., ed. 1862,
pl. 3, fig. 3; Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 5, fig. 3; and Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., fig. 95.

Dissosteira longipennis (Thomas).— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 13 (Carpenter) ; northeastern New Mexico (Bruner);
La Trementina, July 12 (Alice Blake); Las Vegas, Oct. 13 (Cock-
erell); Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., July 30 (Townsend). Last year
(1900) this insect invaded the town of Las Vegas in great numbers,
and crushed specimens were everywhere seen on the sidewalks.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 13, fig. 4; and in Bull. 28 div.
ent. U. S. dep. agric., figs. 19, 20

Spharagemon bolli Scudder.— Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12
(Cockerell) ; Chaves, Aug. 6 — the species queried (Townsend); Rio
Ruidoso, White Mts., c. 6500’, Aug. 9 (Townsend).

Figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 98; the details in Psyche,
viii, pl. 2, fig. 26.

Spharagemon cristatum Scudder.— La Trementina, Aug. 3 (Alice
Blake); Mesilla, in alfalfa field, June 29 (Morse).

Spharagemon tnornatum Morse.— Hot Springs, 7ooo’ (Bruner t.
Morse).

This species (and indeed all the others mentioned in the paper in
which it was described, Psyche, vii, 287-299) was carelessly omitted
from my Index to described Orthoptera.

Lactista pellepidus Saussure (pl. 3, fig. 1).— Organ Mts., Aug. 30
(Townsend); Organ Mts., 5100’, Sept. 28 (Cockerell); Fillmore
Cafion, Organ Mts., c. 5700’, Sept. 1 (Townsend).

New to the United States;.the specimens do not completely agree
with Saussure’s description and may be distinct and in that case
undescribed.

The generic name should perhaps be changed. Schiddte gave the
name Lactistes to a genus of Hemiptera in 1848.

Derotmema laticinctum Scudder.— La Cueva, Organ Mts.,c 5300’,
Aug. 31 (Townsend); Las Cruces (Cockerell, Townsend); Mesa east
of Las Cruces, c. 4000‘, Sept. ro (Carl H. Townsend); Mesilla, in
river bed and on sand hills, June 30 (Morse); Mesilla Park, on mesa,
June 30 (Morse). It especially frequents open ground.

32 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Derotmema cupidineum Scudder.— Northern New: Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter).

Derotmema haydeni (Thomas).— Raton, Aug. 27 (Cockerell);
Raton, Sept. (W. P. Cockerell); Rociada, Aug. 20 (Cockerell); Las
Vegas, Aug. 8, Oct. 5 (Cockerell); Oct. 4 (John McNary); South fork
of Eagle Creek, White Mts., c. 8000’, Aug. 19 (Townsend); Mesilla 8
Park, common (Cockerell).

As is well known, there are two forms, one with red, the other with
yellow wings; the former seems to be much the more common in New
Mexico, as everywhere, and may be regarded as the type; the yellow
winged form may bear the varietal name flavum Scudder.

Figurec in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 15, fig. 4.

Mestobregma asperum (Scudder).— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 14-31 (Carpenter); Raton, Aug. 27 (Cockerell) ;
Las Vegas, Oct. 26 (Cockerell); Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12
(Cockerell); La Trementina, Oct. 3 (Miss Alice Blake); Gilmore’s
Ranch, Eagle Creek, White Mts., 7ooo’, Aug. 10-16 (Wooton, in
Morse’s coll.); two miles west of Dooling’s Mill, Ruidoso Creek,
White Mts., 6500’, Aug. 20 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.) ; Mescalero
Reservation, Oct. 3 (Cockerell); Silver City (Bruner). Psznzdta
(Zrachyrachts) mexicana Sauss. is prohably a synonym.

Mestobregma coronatum (Scudder)— Northern New Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter).

Conozoa acuminata Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 2, fig. 4).— Ferrugineo-
fuscous. Head more or less infuscated above, the vertex but little
elevated, well rounded and feebly corrugated transversely, the fastigium
rather deeply sulcate with parallel sides, converging on anterior half,
nearly twice as long as broad, posteriorly with a slight median carina;
frontal costa sulcate, narrow, subequal; lateral foveolz minute, trigo-
nal; antennz (cj) shorter than hind femora, fuscous with broad pallid
annulations. Pronotum nearly uniform ferrugineo-fuscous with only
faint cloudy markings, the disk nearly plane and exceptionally smooth,
having only slight obscure granulations, the median carina slight and
nearly uniform throughout, though really more prominent on the pro-
zona, but at the same level seen laterally, the lateral carinee forming
sharp shoulders, the posterior process faintly obtusangulate, the lower
margin of the lateral lobes furnished posteriorly with a depending,
slightly produced, rectangulate dentation. Tegmina griseous, broadly
infuscated along costal margin, but twice interrupted with cinerous

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO, 33

after the fashion of Conozoa, the middle field mostly pellucid in distal
half; wings with the proximal half pale citron, beyond mottled, fusco-
infumate, with a subcostal taenia running half way to the base and a
large semi-pellucid subapical area. Hind femora fusco - testaceous,
twice obliquely fasciate with fuscous in the middle area; hind tibiz
red, pale luteous basally.

Length of body, 17 mm.; antennz,g mm.; tegmina, 19.5 mm.; hind
femora, 10 mm.

16. Mesilla, June 27, A. P. Morse.

Conozoa corrugata Scudder, sp. nov.— Dark ferrugineo-testaceous.
Head impure testaceous, more or less infuscated above and with small
fuscous blotches; vertex well elevated, strongly rounded, laterally
transversely corrugate; fastigium subpyriform with elevated margins,
but little longer than broad, open to the deeply sulcate frontal costa,
which is narrow, particularly between the antennz, but distinctly en-
larged at the ocellus; lateral foveolz very distinct with high walls but
open behind, trigonal, a trifle elongate; antennz (¥ ) much shorter
than the hind femora, ferruginous, apically infuscate and in the middle
half annulate with fuscous. Pronotum short, mesially constricted,
almost uniformly ferrugineo-testaceous, the disk rather heavily corru-
gate, with a distinct small scutellum on the posterior half of the pro-
zona, the median carina subequal, a little elevated, the lateral carinz
rather obscure, rounded, the posterior process rectangulate, the inferior
margin of the lateral lobes a little oblique and terminating posteriorly
in a subacutangulate process. Tegmina rather broader than usual in
the genus, the basal portion of the costal half with two conspicuous
blackish fuscous patches, each followed distally by a pallid cinereous
patch, the rest of the tegmina flecked rather minutely with fuscous but
beyond the outer cinereous patch mostly subpellucid; wings pale citron
in the proximal half, followed by a blackish fuscous band about as
broad as the metazona, but narrower in the middle, and in the costal
area sending a rather short tania baseward; beyond, the wing is pel-
lucid, though the costal margin is blackish fuscous and the veins in the
apical area are often blotched with fuscous. Hind femora brownish
testaceous, obscurely clouded with fuscous, with a pregenicular pallid
annulus, most distinct oninner side; hind tibiz very pale obscure glau-
cous, infuscated basally, and a little apically, the spines black-tipped.

Length of body, 29 mm.; antennz, c. 10.5 mm.; tegmina, 26 mm.;
hind femora, 14 mm.

1 2. Fillmore Cafion, Organ Mts., Aug. 27 (Cockerell).

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 5 {March 24, rgo2. J

34 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Conozoa melleola Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 2, fig. 2).—Cinereo-testa-
ceous, marked with fuscous. Head with all below a line from lower
margin of eyes to base of frontal costa pale clear luteous, above it dull
testaceous with a fuscous stripe behind the eyes heavily margined above
with luteous; vertex well elevated, smooth, with a transverse sulcus
between the eyes, the fastigium in front of it nearly twice as long as
broad with sharp and rather high walls, parallel behind, converging in
front and continuous with the margins of the narrow, deeply sulcate
frontal costa, which gradually broadens below the ocellus; lateral fove-
ole small, distinct, trigonal; antennze a little shorter than the hind
femora, pale testaceous and fusco-annulate in basal third or more, be-
coming wholly dark fuscous beyond. Pronotum very short and strongly
constricted mesially, luteous but heavily marked with ferrugineo-fus-
cous in a quadrate patch in the middle of the lateral lobes ir front,
and a stripe following the postocular stripe of the head, broken by a
narrow luteous stripe following the course of the lateral carinz, besides
which most of the disk of the metazona is dark; the disk is nearly
smooth, but there is a distinct small scutellum on the posterior half of
the prozona; the median carina is elevated on the front half of the
prozona, nearly obliterated between the sulci (in the scutellum) and
feeble on the metazona; lateral carinzee marked in color and hardly
otherwise; lower margin of lateral lobes oblique, meeting the posterior
margin in a slightly acute, rounded angle. Tegmina testaceous in
basal half, pellucid in apical half, with two rather heavy fuscous patches
nearly crossing the tegmina in basal half, and two or three similar but
exceedingly faint patches in apical half; wings bright citron in basal
half, followed by a very unequal curving fuscous band, at its broadest
equalling the length of the pronotum, beyond which the wings are
pellucid but for the infuscation of the veins and of the costal margin
and sometimes a few apical fuscous flecks. Hind femora cinereo-tes-
taceous with an oblique mesial fuscous stripe; hind tibize luteous with
black-tipped spines.

Length of body, 16.5 mm.; antenne, 10.5 mm.; tegmina, 19 mm.;
hind femora, 12 mm.

2¢. La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 23 (Townsend). Sub-
sequently sent from La Trementina, Aug. 3, by Miss Alice Blake.

Conoszoa picturata Scudder, sp. nov.— Fuscous, marked with pale
cinereous. Head colored much as in C. me//eofa, but darker above
behind the fastigium; vertex well elevated, somewhat corrugated trans-
versely behind; fastigium not much longer than broad with elevated

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 35

walls which converge abruptly in front but leave the fastigium open to
the irregularly sulcate frontal costa, which is narrow, contracted just
above the ocellus and hardly widens below; lateral foveole moderate,
distinct, trigonal; antennz (<j) slightly longer than the hind femora,
pale testaceous in proximal third, dark fuscous beyond. Pronotum
rather short, somewhat constricted mesially, variable in color, at ex-
treme dark fuscous, with the lower half of the lateral lobes, the lateral
carine in a broad band broadening anteriorly, and the margin of the
posterior process clay brown, the disk lightly corrugate and equally on
prozona and metazona, the prozona with a slight scutellum posteriorly;
median carina rather high, subequal, the pronotal portion independ-
ently rounded above; lateral carine present only as rounded shoulders
on the metazona; lateral lobes with a rounded angulation behind, the
lower margin sinuous. Tegmina fuscous in basal half with two large
blackish fuscous patches anteriorly, each followed by a cinereous patch,
the outer half or less pellucid, heavily flecked anteriorly with fuscous;
wings citron in basal half, followed by an arcuate fuscous band, at its
Narrowest as broad as the metazona, more or less mottled in anterior
half, sending a humeral tzenia nearly half way to the base, beyond pel-
lucid with fuscous veins, the extreme tip and costal margin fuscous.
Hind femora fuscous on inner side with pregenicular pallid annulus,
pale cinereo testaceous outside, bifasciate obliquely with fuscous especi-
ally above; hind tibiz pale glaucous with a fuscous base and faint
pale postgenicular annulus, the spines black-tipped, the tarsi testaceous.

Length of body, 18.5 mm.; antenne, 13 mm.; tegmina, 23 mm.;
hind femora, 12 mm.

2d. Fillmore Cafon, Organ Mts., c. 5700’, Sept. 1 (Townsend) ;
La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 3 (Townsend).

Trimerotropis texana (Bruner).— Las Cruces, May 19, Sept. 2, rather
common (Townsend); Las Cruces, July 8 (Cockerell); Mesa east of
Las Cruces, c. 4000’, Sept. to (Townsend); Mesilla and Mesilla Park,
June 27, 30 (Morse); Mesilla Park, July 17 (Cockerell).

Trimerotropis cincta (Thomas).— Originally described by Thomas
from New Mexico only; no others have been quoted from any partic-
ular part of the Territory.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 12, fig. 13.

Trimerotropis juliana Scudder.— Santa Fé, July (Cockerell).

Trimerotropis ceruleipes Scudder.— Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept.
12 (Cockerell), A single specimen appears to belong to this Pacific

36 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

coast species, although the transverse fuscous band is exceptionally
deep in color.

Trimerotropis tessellata McNeill.—- Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., c.
6700’, July 29; c. 6500’, Aug. 1 (Townsend).

Trimerotropis cyanea Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 2, fig. 3).— Griseous,
flecked with fuscous. Head plumbeo-testaceous, heavily flecked with
fuscous, above much infuscated; vertex nearly smooth, the fastigium
nearly twice as long as broad, with or without a slight median carina;
frontal costa narrow, subequal, punctate and plane above, at and
below the ocellus sulcate with heavy margins; antennz (d') slightly
shorter than hind femora, fuscous, annulate with dull ferruginous.
Pronotum normal, the metazona not greatly expanded, the disk deli-
cately granulate, the process rectangulate, the median carina moderate
and nearly uniform, highest on the anterior lobe of the prozona, and
on each lobe independently rounded, the lateral carinz rather pro-
nounced throughout, the lower posterior angle of the lateral lobes well
rounded. Tegmina rather broad, the space between the ulnar forks
rather narrow but with two rows of cells, the whole dark testaceous,
heavily flecked with fuscous, except just beyond median and pre-
median fuscous patches, crossing or almost crossing the tegmina;
wings moderately broad, blue on the basal half, sometimes tinged with
green, followed by a broad arcuate fuscous band, half as broad in the
middle as where it first strikes the margin, which it follows half way
to the anal angle; a stout tenia is emitted in the humeral area, run-
ning half way to the base; the costal area beyond is fuscous to the
apex, which also is heavily infuscated and the hyaline area before it is
sometimes reduced to slight dimensions, but is usually nearly as broad
as the median band and is crossed by fuscous veins. Hind femora
brownish testaceous, normally twice feebly fasciate with fuscous, the
inner surface black, twice crossed in apical haif by light bands; hind
tibiz bright blue with an obscure postgenicular pallid annulus follow-
ing a fuscous base; tarsi pallid.

Length of body, 22 mm.; antenne, 11 mm.; tegmina, 24 mm.;
hind femora, 12 mm.

3 0. South fork of Eagle Creek, White Mts., c. 8000’ (Town-
send) ; Dripping Spring, Organ Mts. (Cockerell); Fillmore Canon,
Organ Mts., c. 5700’ (Townsend). In the Organ Mts. it occurs in
company with Leprus wheeler, which also has blue wings.

Trimerotropis monticola Saussure.— Credited to New Mexico by
Saussure.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 237

Trimerotropis bruneri McNeill. — La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’,
Aug. 30 (Townsend). Hadrotettix gracilis Bruner is a synonym.

Trimerotropis fascicula McNeill.— Silver City (Bruner, t. McNeill).

Trimerotropis alliciens Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 2, fig. 1).—Arenace-
ous, marked with dull fuscous. Head more or less hoary excepting
above; vertex smooth with a faint median carina which extends
through the fastigium and is sometimes confined to it, the latter hardly
half as long again as broad; frontal costa narrow, contracted at apex
and below the ocellus, sulcate throughout excepting at apex; antennz
(3s) as long as the hind femora, fusco-ferruginous, lighter at base.
Pronotum with a slight ferruginous tinge, nearly uniform in color, but
somewhat hoary on the lateral lobes, the metazona somewhat expanded
and slightly tumid, the disk delicately rugulose and punctate, the pro-
cess rectangulate or faintly obtusangulate, its tip rounded; median
carina moderate and roundly bilobed on the prozona, slight on the
metazona; lateral carine pronounced throughout, the lower margin
with an obtusangulate tooth posteriorly. Tegmina moderately broad,
the space between the ulnar forks moderately broad with two or more
rows of cells, the proximal two-thirds or less arenaceous but infuscated
at base, crossed by three subequidistant fuscous patches, the outer and
sometimes the central more or less broken, the distal third hyaline
flecked feebly with fuscous; wings moderately broad, citron on basal
half, crossed beyond by an arcuate fuscous band broader than the
metazona, with a coarse humeral tenia running a third of the way to
the base, the costal margin beyond its summit bluish fuliginous, the
apex hyaline with fuscous veins and sometimes a slight fuscous patch.
Hind femora cinereous or cinereo-testaceous twice more or less dis-
tinctly banded with fuscous, within black crossed beyond the middle
by two flavous bands; hind tibiz red.

Length of body, 25 mm.;-antennz, 12 mm.; tegmina, 26 mm.;
hind femora, 12 mm.

2d. La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Aug. 31 (Townsend).

Trimerotropis modesta Bruner.— Little Round Mt., 9 miles east of
Tularosa, 5000’, Aug. 24 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Silver City
(Bruner).

Trimerotropis citrina Scudder.— Tularosa (Cockerell); Las Cruces
(Cockerell); Mesilla, in river bed, June 27, 28 (Morse).

Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure.— Credited to New Mexico by
McNeill; Las Vegas, Oct. 3 (M. D. Cockerell); South fork of Eagle

38 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Creek, White Mts., c. 8000’ (Townsend); Mescalero Reservation, Oct.
3 (Cockerell); Silver City (Bruner).

Mr. Cockerell took a pair in coitu at East Las vee Oct. 19, and
noted the following sexual differences: —

Male: Wind femora with only one light band on inner face; black
band of wings very large, its inner edge straight or nearly so.

Female: Hind femora with two light bands on inner face; black
band of wings not so broad, its inner edge strongly concave.

The species seems more particularly to affect the ranker vegetation
in (not always) relatively low spots.

Trimerotropis melanoptera McNeill.— Silver City (Bruner, t. Mc-
Neill.)

Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder.— Credited to New Mexico by
Bruner; Raton, Aug. 27 (Cockerell); Gallup, Sept. :6, 17 (R. R.
Larkin); Santa Fé, 7000’ (Cockerell); Las Vegas, Oct. 13, 26 (Cock-
erell); La Trementina, July 10, Aug. 3, Sept. 16, Oct. 3 (Alice Blake);
Mescalero Reservation (Cockerell); Northern end of Organ Mts., in
coitu, Nov. 26 (Townsend); La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 3000’, Aug Io
(Townsend); Las Cruces (Townsend); Mesilla, in river bed, and
Mesilla Park, June 27, 30, July 1 (Morse); Silver City (Bruner).

This species is found where (as compared with the haunts of 7.
Jaticincta) the land is higher and dryer, and the vegetation more
scanty.

Figured in Rep. U.S. ent. comm., ii, pl. 17, fig. 11.

Trimerotropis obscura Scudder.— Northern New Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter). 77m. fallax Sauss. is a synonym of this.

Trimerotropis nubila McNeill.— Hot Springs, 7ooo (Bruner, t.
McNeill); Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., c. 6500’, Aug. 30 (Townsend).

Circotettix sparsus (Thomas).— Originally described from New
Mexico. Not since recognized.

Figured in Rep. Wheeler’s Surv., v, pl. 45, fig. 6.

Circotettix undulatus (Thomas).— Aqua Fria Park, Colfax Co. ,
8800’, Aug. (E. Atkins); top of range between Sapello and upper
Pecos River, 11,000’ (Cockerell); Dailey Canon, c. 8100’, Aug. 10
(Cockerell) ; South fork of Eagle Creek, White Mts., c. 8000’, Aug.
to (Townsend).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 12, fig. 15; the wing in Saus-
sure’s Add. prodr. Oed., pl., fig. 6,

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 39

Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say).— Credited to New Mexico by
Thomas and Saussure; Northern New Mexico (Carpenter).

Figured in Say’s Amer. ent., iii, pl. 34; and in Glover’s Illustra-
tions, pl. 9, fig. 6.

Hleliastus aridus (Bruner). —Albuquerque (Bruner); Las Cruces, May
18 (Townsend); Mesa east of Las Cruces, c. 4000’, Sept. 10 (Towns-

end); Mesilla, on sand hills, and Mesilla Park on gravelly mesas,
June 27, July 1 (Morse).

Figured in Proc. U. S. nat. mus., xii, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3.

Brachystola magna (Girard).— Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter); Plains of northern New Mexico, eastern slope, Oct. 14-31
(Carpenter); Santa Fé (Thomas); Ruidoso Creek, White Mts., near
Dooling’s Mill, Aug. 20 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Rio Ruidoso,
White Mts., c. 6800’, Aug. 5 (A. C. Tyson); San Augustin ranch,
Organ Mts., 5000’, Aug. 30 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); West side of
Organ Mts.— Riley’s ranch or La Cueva — 5000’, Sept. 4 (Wooton,
in Morse’s coll.). Mrs. Cockerell found it common at Raton. It
frequents open, rocky ground.

For figures, see Marcy’s Red River, pl. 15, figs. 1-4; Glover’s Illus-
trations, pl. 7, fig. 11; Rep. U.S. ent. comm., i, fig. 8; and Standard
nat. hist., ii, fig. 270.

Brachystola virescens (Charpentier).— Credited to New Mexico by
Bruner.

Figured by Charpentier in his Orth. descr., pl. 51; and in Glover’s
Illustrations, pl. 9, fig. 3.

Haldemanella verruculata (Uhler).— La Cueva, Organ Mts., c.

5300, Aug. 31 (Townsend); Las Cruces (Townsend); Pecos River, —
Tex. or New Mex. (Pope).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 6, fig. 25.

“ACRIDIINZ.

Tentopoda pecticornis Stal.—Grant Co. (W. J. Howard, fide Towns-
end).

Paropomala virgata Scudder.— Mesilla on bunch grass, on road
toward Las Cruces and at sand hills, June 29 (Morse).

Clematodes larree Scudder.— On Larrea at Mesilla Park, May 22
(Cockerell).

Schistocerca zapoteca Scudder.— Las Vegas (Cockerell). New to
the United States.

Schistocerca vaga (Scudder).— Mesilla, Oct. 18 (Cockerell).

40 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Schistocerca alutacea (Harris).— Las Cruces, Aug. 19 (lownsend);
Mesilla, on road toward Las Cruces, June 30 (Morse).

Often figured; see among others Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig.
13, pl. 10, fig. 13; and Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 104; and for
details, Psyche, viii, pl. 7, fig. 32.

Schistocerca obscura (Fabricius). — White Sands, 30 miles south of
Tularosa, 3600’, Aug. 25 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); La Cueva,
Organ Mts., c. 5300’, in coitu Sept. 3 (Townsend).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 5, fig. 12; and in Ent. news,
iv, 48, fig. b.

Schistocerca albolineata (Thomas).— Las Cruces, Aug. 1g (Bruner) ;
Mesilla, on road toward Las Cruces, June 30 (Morse).

Figured in Rep. Wheeler’s Surv., v, pl. 43, fig. 1.

Schistocerca venusta Scudder.—It has never been reported from
New Mexico, but is sure to occur there as it has been found in Texas,
Arizona, and Utah.

Shistocerca shoshone (Thomas).— Pecos River — Tex. or N. Mex.
(Pope); Chaves, Aug. 6 (Townsend); Las Cruces, on mesquite, which
it often defoliates, early in July, Oct. 24 (Townsend); Las Cruces
(Cockerell); Mesilla, on road toward Las Cruces, June 30 (Morse) ;
Mesilla, July 4 (Cockerell).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 15, fig. 3; and in Rep. Wheel-
er’s Surv., v, pl. 43, fig. 2.

Conalcea neomexicana Scudder.— Silver City (Bruner).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 2, fig. 9.

Campylacantha vivax (Scudder).— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 14-31 (Carpenter); La Trementina, Oct. 4 (Miss
Alice Blake).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 4, fig. 6.

Campylacantha vegana Scudder and Cockerell, sp. nov.— Allied to
C. vivax Scudd., from which it differs as follows:

vegana. V1VaX.

Color: Lively sea green, the light | yellowish green with brownish

markings pure white. markings, the stripes of pro-

notum yellowish.

Longitudinal stripe on top of head | brown.

dark green, bordered broadly |

on each side with greenish |

yellow.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 4I

Antenne \ight vermillion, the first | light brown.
two joints white.

Pronotum as broad as head. narrowed behind head.

Tegmina very obtuse, broad. lanceolate.

;

Hind femora green, vittulate with _ yellow, obscurely bifasciate with
white, and with a white stripe | brown.
on lower outer margin, above
which is a yellow and then a
blue one.

Spines of the hind tibie white with | reddish.
black tips.

Median sulcus of supraanal plate of | extending to tip.
3 extending only one-half its
length.

Male cerci decurved, the lower mar- | straight, the lower margin straight.
gin arcuate.

30,72. Itisslightly smaller than C. vvax and was taken at Las
Vegas, Oct. 5,at an open grassy place by W. P. Cockerell, Ada Springer,
and T. D. A. Cockerell. It is a very lively grasshopper.

FHlesperotettix viridis (Thomas).— La Trementina, July 8,16 (Miss
Alice Blake) ; Chaves, Sept. 6 (Townsend); Mesilla Valley, quite com-
mon on BSigelovia heterophylla, var. wrightit; colored like its food
plant, which it never leaves for cultivated fields (Cockerell).

Figured rudely by Glover in his Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. 3; for
genitalia, see Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 4, fig. 8.

Hesperotetiix pacificus Bruner.— Eagle Creek, White Mts. (Wooton,
in Morse’s coll.).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. 1.

Hesperotettix pratensis Scudder.— Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex.
(Pope).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. 3.

Hesperotettix speciosus (Scudder).— Reported from New Mexico by
Bruner; Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. 1; genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. 4.

Azoloplus elegans Scudder.— Las Cruces, Aug. 8 (Cockerell);
Mesilla Park and road to Las Cruces, June 27,30, July 2 (Morse);
Mesilla Park, July 8, on Asriplex canescens, in coitu; the pair are very

[Proc. D.A. S., Vo. IX.] 6 [March 27, 1902. J

42 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

different in coloration, the 2 being nearly uniform green, the &
rather heavily marked with fuscous, after the style of 2. regads.

The tegmina are by no means always immaculate, as in the single
type.

Colored like food plant which it never leaves for the cultivated field
(Cockerell). It is extremely abundant on the A/7plex at Mesilla
Park.

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. 6.

oloplus regalis (Dodge).—Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope).
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. 7.

2oloplus crassus Scudder, sp. nov.—Robust. Head flavo-testa-
ous or olivaceous above, with a broad greenish blue stripe, sometimes
accentuated with fuscous, broadening posteriorly, and a postocular
fuscous band; frontal costa subequal, but slightly narrowest above,
about as broad as the interspace between the eyes, plane; antenne
dull ferruginous, apically infuscated. Pronotum obtusely angulate be-
hind, the angle rounded, truncate in front, the median carina feeble on
the prozona, obsolescent between the sulci, distinct on the metazona, the
lateral carinze forming rounded shoulders, the prozona with a transverse
submarginal sulcus most distinct on the lateral lobes; the whole vary-
ing from olivaceous to testaceous, more or less distinctly striped longi-
tudinally and broadly above with darker shades, the lateral lobes darker
on the prozona, the whole metazona generally olivaceous. Prosternal
spine coarse, conical, very blunt. Tegmina generally extending a
little beyond the abdomen, rather broad, tapering apically and well
rounded at tip, brownish fuscous, with quadrate alternating testaceous
and blackish fuscous patches along the middle; hind wings rather broad
and scarcely so long as the tegmina, pellucid with a faint bluish tinge
due in part at least to the color of the veins, very faintly infuscated at
extreme tip. Hind femora olivaceous sometimes inclining to testa-
ceous, thrice banded rather conspicuously and broadly with blackish
fuscous; hind tibize pale blue with a postgenicular fuscous annulus, the
spines black but pallid at base. ;

Length of body (largest specimen), 31 mm.; tegmina, 21.5 mm.;
hind femora, 17 mm.

4%. Mescalero Reservation (Cockerell); San Luis Potosi, Mex.
(Palmer).

Aoloplus turnbulli (Thomas).— Reported from New Mexico by
Bruner.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 43

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. 10; genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 5, fig. ro.

Holoplus plagosus (Scudder).— Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 6, fig. 1.

Podisma stupefacta (Scudder).— Taos Peak, 13,000’ (Carpenter).

Figured in Appalachia, viii, pl. 42, figs. 6, 7; the genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 7, fig. 6.

Melanoplus lakinus (Scudder).— Las Vegas, Sept. 29, Oct. 26
(Cockerell) ; La Trementina, Sept. 9, 10, Oct. 3 (Alice Blake); Mes-
calero, Oct. 2, on Aigelovia graveolens glabrata (Cockerell); Las
Cruces (Cockerell) ; Mesilla (Cockerell, in Morse’s coll.).

Both macropterous and brachypterous forms were found; the latter
appears to be the predominant form here as elsewhere, and may be
regarded as typical; the former may bear the varietal name refertus
Scudder.

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 10, fig. 2.

Melanoplus occidentalis (Thomas).— Ft. Wingate (U. S. nat. mus.) ;
Johnson’s Basin, June 22 (Townsend); Magdalena (Univ. Kans.).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. 2; the genitalia in
Scudder’s Rev. Mel, pl. ro, fig. 4.

Melanoplus cuneatus Scudder.— Silver City (U.S. nat. mus.).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 10, fig. 5.

Melanoplus flabellifer Scudder.— Johnson’s Basin, June 22 (Towns-
end).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 10, fig. 6.

Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner.— Albuquerque, Aug. (Snow); Las
Cruces (Townsend); Mesilla Park, ovipositing in October (Cockerell) ;
occurred in immense numbers on Pluchea borealis, which it resembles
in color and which it never leaves for cultivated fields.

Figured in Bull. 28, div. ent. U.S. dep. agric., fig. 13ab; the geni-
talia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 10, fig. ro.

Melanoplus flavescens Scudder.— Mesilla and Mesilla Park, June 27,
30 (Morse); Mesilla, Oct. 14 (Cockerell).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 1.

Melanoplus bowditchi Scudder.— Belen, Aug. 7 (Townsend) ; Sabinal
(Townsend) ; Chaves, Aug. 6 (Bruner); Las Cruces, July 8 (Cockerell),

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 3.

44 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Melanoplus flavidus Scudder.—Las Cruces, July 8 (Cockerell).
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 4.

Melanoplus elongatus Scudder.—Las Cruces, July 8 (Cockerell) ;
Mesilla and Mesilla Park, June 30 (Morse).
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 5.

Melanoplus glaucipes (Scudder).— Mesilla Park, June 27 (Morse).
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel. pl. 11, fig. 6.

Melanoplus brunert Scudder.— Beulah, July 25 (Cockerell).
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 7.

Melanoplus excelsus Scudder.—Aqua Fria Park, Colfax Co., 8800’,
Aug. (E. Atkins). This species has been found before only above
timber in Colorado. The specimen is somewhat slenderer than those
found at higher altitudes.

Figured in Appalachia, viii, pl. 42, figs. 4,5; the genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 11, fig. 9.

Melanoplus scitus Scudder, sp. nov.— Brownish fuscous, marked
with fuscous. Head plumbeo-fuscous, the vertex flavo-testaceous,
very broadly striped mesially with an expanding fuscous band and
followed behind the eyes with piceous; vertex rather tumid and
raised well above the level of the pronotum; interspace between the
eyes hardly broader than first antennal joint; fastigium rather shal-
lowly sulcate; frontal costa about as broad as interspace between the
eyes, subequal, reaching the clypeus, slightly sulcate at and below the
ocellus; eyes moderately prominent, longer than the infraocular por-
tion of the genz; antennz ferruginous, less than three-fourths as long
as hind femora. Pronotum brownish fuscous with the front margin
transverse, the hind margin obtusely angulate, the median carina dis-
tinct on the metazona, hardly perceptible on the prozona, the latter
transversely rounded and passing without carinz into the subvertical
lateral lobes, the disk smooth, subquadrate, barely longer than the
finely punctate metazona; lateral lobes with the upper half of the
posterior half of the metazona marked with fuscous _Prosternal spine
slightly inclined, rather long, feebly conical; interspace between
mesosternal lobes more than twice as long as broad, widening poster-
iorly; metasternal lobes attingent. Tegmina surpassing the tips of the
hind femora, rather feebly punctate with fuscous along the middle line.
Fore and middle legs dull flavo-testaceous; hind femora bright orange
beneath and within, without dull flavo-testaceous thrice obliquely fas-
ciate with fuscous; hind tibize glaucous. Extremity of male abdomen

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 45

barely clavate, not recurved, the supraannal plate with a deep percur-
rent median sulcus between high and narrow walls; furcula consisting
of a pair of flattened, arcuate, slightly outcurved fingers nearly reach-
ing the middle of the supraanal plate; cerci subequal compressed
straight but slightly incurved plates, about two and a half times as
long as broad, apically rounded, and the apical half of the outer face
dimpled; subgenital plate subhaustrate, the apical margin somewhat
elevated pyramidally but not to so great an extent as in the other
members of the utahensis series to which it appears to belong.

Length of body, 23 mm.; antenne, 9 mm.; tegmina, 21 mm.; hind
femora, 13.5 mm.

1d. la Trementina, Aug. 23 (Miss Alice Blake).

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).— South fork of Eagle Creek, White
Mts., c. 8000’, Aug. 19 (Townsend); Las Cruces (Cockerell) ; Mesilla,
June 20 (Morse).

The best figures will be found in the Rep. U. S. ent. comm., i, pl. 3.

Melanoplus spretus (Uhler). — Not a permanent inhabitant. Glover
in 1874 credited it to New Mexico: where it breeds according to
Dodge (Can. ent., vil, 134). Taos in 1875-1876 (Gusdorf in Rep. U.S.
ent. comm.); Taos Peak, 13,000’, July 1875 (Carpenter); Rio Ariba
Co., 1874 (Packard) ; Colfax Co., 1873 (Packard); Bernalillo Co., 1878
(Packard); Santa Fé Co., 1865, 1871, 1874, 1877 (Packard); Valen-
tia Co., 1868 (Packard). In the Rep. U. S. ent. comm., ii, 159,
Packard says that in the year 1868 it ‘‘seemed to have extended
farther south than [in] any year before or since, so far as we could
ascertain. As ex-Gov. Arny informed us, the farthest point south to
which they flew was 140 miles south of Santa Fé; this would carry
the southern limits of the region periodically visited by this species of
locust as far south as Ft. Craig on the Rio Grande River in Socorro
Co. So that we may infer that occasionally, though rarely, the north-
ern two-thirds of New Mexico, z. e., the portion lying north of the
34th parallel, are liable to invasion from locusts breeding in the
Arkansas and San Juan valleys of southern Colorado.’’

Nothing has been seen of it during the years (since 1893) that Mr.
Cockerell has lived in New Mexico; all reports of injury by grass-
hoppers have proved due to resident species.

The best figures will be found in the Rep. U.S. ent. comm., i, pl. 1.

Melanoplus aridus (Scudder).— Las Vegas Hot Springs, 7000’, Sept.
(Cockerell); Dripping Springs, Organ Mts., Aug. (Cockerell); about

46 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

two miles from Mesilla toward Las Cruces, on herbage, June 30 (Morse);
Mesilla, Oct. 14 (Cockerell). This species is usually found on grass in
the Mesilla Valley; though common, it seems not to enter cultivated
fields.

Figured in Rep. Wheeler’s Surv., v, pl. 45, figs. 1, 2; the genitalia
in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 14, fig. 3.

Melanoplus gillettei Scudder.— Beulah, Aug. (W. P. Cockerell). Top
of Las Vegas range, 11,000’, Sept. 1 (W. P. Cockerell). These speci-
mens appear to belong here, although the hind tibiz are pale reddish
and not glaucous and the furcula of the male is not so slender as in
the types.

Figured in Appalachia, viii, pl. 43, figs. 1, 2; the genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 14, fig. 7.

Melanoplus dawsoni (Scudder).— Northern New Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter).

Figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., figs. 109, 110; details in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 1, fig. a, pl. 15, fig. 5.

Melanoplus cockerelli Scadder.— Ridge between Sapello and upper
Pecos Rivers (Cockerell); Beulah, July 27 (Cockerell); Crew’s Mesa
above Beulah, c. 8800’, Aug. 9 (Cockerell).

Melanoplus palmeri Scudder.— Ft. Wingate (U.S. nat. mus.). Per-
sonally collected by Dr. Shufeldt.
Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 15, fig. 7.

Melanoplus altitudinum (Scudder).— Northern New Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter); Taos Peak, 13,000’ (Carpenter); ridge between
Sapello and upper Pecos Rivers, Aug. (Cockerell).

Figured in Appalachia, viii, pl. 43, figs. 3, 5; the genitalia in Scud-
der’s Rev. Mel., pl. 16, fig. 1. :

Melanoplus neomexicanus Scudder, sp. nov.—Of rather small size,
dark olivaceo-fuscous with black markings. Head hardly prominent,
darker above, with an obscure broad blackish postocular stripe; vertex
moderately tumid, elevated slightly above the pronotum, the interspace
between the eyes nearly twice as broad as the first antennal joint;
fastigium considerably declivent, broadly sulcate; frontal costa about
as broad as the interspace between the eyes, equal, plane, not reaching
the clypeus, seriately punctate laterally; eyes slightly prominent in
both sexes, about as long as the infraocular portion of the gene;
antenne dull ferruginous becoming infuscated apically, in the female

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 47

but little more than half as long asthe hind femora. Pronotum feebly
‘ expanding posteriorly, the lateral lobes with a blackish patch above on
the prozona; disk passing into the lateral lobes by a rounded shoulder,
more distinct in the female than in the male, the median carina slight
and equal but sometimes obsolescent between the sulci; front margin
faintly convex, hind margin roundly and very broadly angulate; pro-
zona longitudinally subquadrate, about a third longer than the feebly
punctate metazona. Prosternal spine short, blunt, conical; interspace
between mesosternal lobes about half as long again as broad in both
sexes. Tegmina abbreviate, slightly shorter (<’) or longer (2) than
the pronotum, attingent (c) or overlapping (2 ), subacuminate (2) or
rounded subacuminate (<). Fore and middle femora of male some-
what tumid; hind femora slender, fusco-olivaceous, banded and
streaked with fuscous, flavous on most of inner face; hind tibiz green
with black-tipped pallid spines. Extremity of male abdomen clavate,
a little recurved, the supraanal plate small, triangular, nearly plane,
but with a rather broad and shallow median sulcus; furcula wanting;
cerci erect, incurved, moderately broad at base, but immediately con-
tracting to form a slender equal compressed round-tipped finger; sub-
genital plate small, bluntly conical, with an obscure large apical tubercle.

Length of body, &,17.5 mm.; 2, 23 mm.; antenne, 2,7 mm.;
tegmina, d', 4mm., 2,5 mm.; hind femora, 9',11.5 mm., 2 ,12 mm.

16,22. Las Vegas, April 13 (M. D. Cockerell).

Belongs in the borckii series.

Malanoplus sapellanus Scudder.— Ridge between Sapello and upper
Pecos Rivers (Cockerell).

Melanoplus snowt Scudder.— Magdalena, July (Snow).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 18, fig. 7.

Melanoplus femur-rubrum (De Geer).— Tularosa (Cockerell); Little
Round Mt., east of Tularosa (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Las Cruces,
July 8 (Cockerell); Mesa east of Las Cruces, c. 4000’, Sept. 10
(Townsend); Mesilla (Morse).

The best figures will be found in the Rep. U. S. ent. comm., i, pl. 2.

Melanoplus terminalis Scudder.— La Trementina, Oct. 3 (Miss Alice
Blake); La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 3 (Carl H. Townsend).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 19, fig. 7.

Melanoplus cinereus Scudder.— Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex.
(Pope). It almost certainly occurs in New Mexico, for it has also
been taken in Utah and Arizona.

48 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Figured in Rep. U.S. ent. comm., ii, pl. 17, figs. 1, 4, 5; the gen-
italia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 19, fig. 9.

Melanoplus coccinetpfes Scudder.— La Trementina, Aug. 3 (Miss
Alice Blake). The specimens are unusually large and pale, and may
prove a distinct species.

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 20, figs. 3-5. Fs

Melanoplus packardii Scudder.— Santa Fé, June (Cockerell).

Figured in Rep. U.S. ent. comm., ii, pl. 17, figs. 7, 8; the genita-
lia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 21, figs. 1-4.

Melanoplus foedus Scudder.— Reported from New Mexico by
Bruner but perhaps by error.

Figured in Bull. 28, div. ent. U.S. dep. agric., fig. gab; the geni-
talia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 20, fig. g.

Melanoplus corpulentus Bruner.— Las Vegas, Oct. 4 (John McNary);
Oct. 13 (Cockerell); Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12 (Cockerell) ;
Eagle Creek, White Mts., 7000’, Aug. 10-16 (Wooton, in Morse’s
coll.); Ruidoso, White Mts. (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Silver City
(Marsh, t. Bruner).

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 20, fig. 10.

Melanoplus bicoloratus Scudder, sp. nov.— Medium sized, dark fus-
cous, more or less tinged with testaceous. Head moderately promi-
nent, fusco-testaceous, darker above with a broad black postocular
band; vertex gently tumid, scarcely elevated above the pronotum, the
interspace between the eyes somewhat broader than the first joint of
the antenne; fastigium steeply declivent, broadly and consider-
ably sulcate; frontal costa failing to reach the clypeus, subequal but
slightly narrowed at summit, fully as broad as the interspace between
the eyes, plane, but depressed at the ocellus, serially punctate at the
sides above; eyes moderate, about as long as the infraocular portion
of the gene; antenne ferrugineo-testaceous, apicaliy infuscated, about
three-fourths as long as the hind femora (o'). Pronotum rather stout,
enlarging somewhat on the metazona, the lateral lobes subpiceous on
the upper half of the prozona, the front margin tinged with testaceuus;
front margin slightly convex and faintly emarginate, hind margin dis-
tinctly angulate; median carina feeble on prozona, distinct on meta-
zona; lateral carinze distinct, percurrent ; prozona quadrate, as long as
the feebly punctate metazona. Prosternal spine moderately long, cyl-
indrical, blunt, slightly inclined; interspace between mesosternal

lobes (' ) subquadrate, the metasternal lobes attingent. Tegmina sur-

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 49

passing considerably the hind femora, brownish fuscous, punctate with
fuscous down the middle. Fore and middle femora a little tumid;
hind femora stout, fusco-testaceous marked with fuscous, especially
marked above with two blackish fuscous patches and a pregenicular
annulus, the inner and lower face red; hind tibiz glaucous with black-
tipped spines. Extremity of male abdomen clavate, a little recurved,
the supraanal plate formed of two portions, the basal subquadrate but
much broader than long, the apical on a lower plane, triangular; fur-
cula consisting of two minute, short, divergent fingers; cerci straight
but strongly incurved, subequal plates, a little constricted in the mid-
dle, the apex well rounded, the apical half externally sulcate and the
whole three or four times as long as middle width; subgenital plate
haustrate, the margin regularly rounded, of even elevation.

Length of body, 23.5 mm.; antenne,g.5 mm.; tegmina, 22 mm.;
hind femora, 13 mm.

16’. La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 3 (Townsend).

Belongs in the packardii series.

Melanoplus compactus Bruner.— La Trementina, Oct. 4 (Miss Alice
Blake). Found in the stomach of a gull shot near Las Vegas, but was
very likely not eaten by the gull in New Mexico; see Bull. 37, N. M.
agric. exper. stat., p. 40.

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 21, fig. 6.

Melanoplus calidus Scudder.— Eagle Creek, White Mts., 7000’,
Aug. 10-16 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); south fork of Eagle Creek,
White Mts. (t. Cockerell).

Melanoplus quadratus Scudder, sp. nov.—Of moderately large size.
Head olivaceo-fuscous with a rather broad postocular fuscous stripe,
hardly prominent, the vertex somewhat tumid especially in the male,
slightly elevated above the pronotum, the interspace between the eyes
a little wider, especially in the female, than the first antennal joint;
fastigium rather steeply declivent, very shallowly sulcate, enlarging and
well rounded anteriorly ; frontal costa broad, equal, plane, but depressed
slightly at the ocellus, percurrent, very feebly punctate; eyes scarcely
more prominent in the male than in the female, scarcely longer than
the infraocular portion of the gene; antennz three-fourths as long as
the hind femora in the male, ferruginous, apically infuscated. Prono-
tum fuscous, more or less tinged with testaceous or olivaceous, with
obscure paler stripes following the inner side of the lateral carinz, of
nearly equal breadth, but slightly enlarging posteriorly in the female,

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX. ] 7 [April 1, 1902.)

50 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the front border faintly convex, the hind border feebly angulato-con-
vex; median carina slight, equal, but in the male obolescent between
the sulci; the lateral carine fairly distinct; prozona slightly (° ) or
distinctly (#) longitudinal, a third longer than the feebly granulate
metazona. Prosternal spine long, conical, bluntly pointed, a little
retrorse; nieso- and metasternum coarsely, sparsely, and feebly punc-
tate; interspace between mesosternal lobes twice as broad as long (¢)
or subquadrate (2). Tegmina fusco-testaceous, abbreviate, attingent,
a little shorter than head and pronotum together, nearly twice as long
as broad, both margins, but especially the costal, considerbly convex,
the tip roundly pointed. Fore and middle femora somewhat tumid in
the male; hind femora dark olivaceous or testaceous, lighter beneath,
the hind tibiz red with black spines. Extremity of male abdomen a
little clavate, a little recurved, the supraanal plate long shield-shaped,
pointed, the sides sinuate witha rather narrow and deep median sulcus
in basal half; furcula very slight, consisting of hardly more*’than a
biangulate margin, the angles somewhat distant; cerci about twice as
long as broad, broadly and equally rounded apically, subrectangulate
but a little narrowed mesially, feebly incurved, reaching back almost
as far as the supraanal plate; subgenital plate rounded, a little elevated
and thickened apically.

Length of body, 3’, 22 mm., °, 27 mm.; antenne, d', 9 mm.; teg-
mina, 0,6mm., 2,7 mm.; hind femora, ¢, 12 mm., female, 13.5 mm.

16,12. South fork of Eagle Creek, White Mts., c. 8100’, in
coitu, Aug. 20 (Townsend).

Belongs in the texanus series.

Melanoplus differentiahs (Uhler). —La Trementina, Oct. 3 (Miss
Alice Blake); Albuquerque, Sept. 17 (Cockerell); Pecos River, June
20,— Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope); Sabinal, Aug. 7 (Townsend); Socorro,
May (U.S. nat. mus.); Tularosa (Cockerell); Las Cruces (Cockerell);
Mesilla, June 28 (Morse). A destructive species in the Mesilla Valley.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 12, pl. 9, fig. 4, pl. 11,
fig. 6; Bull. 28, div. ent. U.S. dep. agric., fig. 5; and Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., figs. 131, 132; the genitalia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 23,
figs. 3, 4.

Melgnoplus robustus (Scudder).— Organ Mts. (Wooton, in Morse’s
coll.).

The specimens probably belong here; if not, they represent a new
species.

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 51

The species is figured in Bull. 28, div. ent. U.S. dep. agric., figs.
6, 7; the genitalia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 25, fig. 5.

Melanoplus bivitattus (Say). — Taos (U.S. nat. mus.); Beulah, Aug.,
Sept. 3 (W. P. Cockerell); Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12 (Cocker-
ell); Santa Fé (Cockerell); Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope) ;
Las Vegas (Cockerell).

A species of relatively high altitudes, where it abounds, taking the
place of MZ. differentialis of lower down. Pope found both these spe-
cies on the Pecos River, but doubtless at very different places.

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 1, fig. 16; and Lugger’s Orth.
Minn., figs. 133, 134; the genitalia in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 24, fig. 4.

Melanoplus thomasi Bruner.— Tularosa, Sept. (Cockerell). It was
found abundantly at Tularosa, but nowhere else. It occurred in gar-
dens, and doubtless is capable of injury to crops.

Genitalia figured in Scudder’s Rev. Mel., pl. 25, fig. 1.

Phetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas).—It probably occurs in New
Mexico, for it is known from Texas, Mexico, Arizona, and northward.

Figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 137; details in Scudder’s
Rev. Mel., pl. 1, fig. e, pl. 25, figs. 6, 7.

Dactylotum pictum (Thomas).— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 14-31 (Carpenter); northern New Mexico, Aug.,
Sept. (Carpenter).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 4; and_in Spec. bull. 2,
dep. ent. univ. Nebr., fig. 4a.

Dactylotum variegatum (Scucder).— New Mexico (Bruner); Las
‘Vegas, July 31 (K. M. Chapman); La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’,
Sug. 30, 31 (Townsend); West side of Organ Mts. at Riley’s Ranch,
La Cueva, Sept. 14 (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.) ; Grant Co. (W. J.
Howard, fide Townsend).

LOCUSTID.
PHANEROPTERINE.

Dichopetala emarginata Bruner.— Mesilla Park, common on A/riplex
canescens (Cockerell).

Dichopetala brevicauda Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 4, fig. 1.)—Olivaceo-
testaceous, more or less rufescent on the body; the top of the head, a
postocular stripe, and on the pronotum a broken bent arcuate stripe on
either side in the position of lateral carinz, pallid. Pronotum mesi-

52 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

aliy constricted, especially in the male, the hind margin truncate (3)
or feebly emarginate (2). Tegmina in male about as long as prono-
tum, overlapping, the inner margin strongly rounded, in no way angu-
late, hrownish fuscous with pallid veins; in female minute lateral well-
rounded pads. Femora greenish becoming testaceous apically, the
hind pair more or less, generally little, punctate or blotched with fus-
cous on outer and inner faces. Dorsum of abdomen obscurely tinged
with ferruginous. Cerci of male stout, the basal half feebly tapering,
incurved, dividing apically into two incurved tapering hooks, the outer
one half the size of the inner; subgenital plate terminating in two
blunt conical processes, the interval between them somewhat acutan-
gulate. Ovipositor testaceous, apically infuscated especially on lower
margin, hardly longer than the fore femora, the margins of the apical
fourth finely serrato-dentate; subgenital plate of female deeply and
broadly rotundato-emarginate.

Length of body, o&, 14 mm., 2, 20.5 mm.; pronotum, d’, 3.75
mm., 2,5 mm.; fore femora, d', 11 mm., 2, 8 mm.; hind femora,
o', 21 mm., Y, 21.5 mm.; ovipositor, 7.5 mm.

1g¢,2¢. _ Riley’s ranch, Mesilla Valley, Aug. 16 (Cockerell); Col-
lege campus, Mesilla Park, on Afriplex canescens, Aug. 7, (Cockerell);
Mesilla Park, Sept. 11 (Cockerell). I have specimens also from Mexico.

The female is remarkable for the brevity of the fore femora and ovi-
positor.

Flormilia elegans Scudder.— Las Cruces, Oct. (Cockerell) ; two miles
from Mesilla on road to Las Cruces, along irrigation ditch, June 30
(Morse). A vagrant species, often wandering into the streets, or pre-
senting itself on private premises. 4

Figured in Proe. Dav. acad., viii, pl. 3, fig. 1.

Arethaea gracilipes (Thomas).—La Trementina, July 15 (Alice Blake).
Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. rr.

Arethaea constricta Brunner.—In an arroyo ten miles west of La Luz,
Aug.23 (Townsend); near Organ Mts., Mesilla Valley, Aug. (Cockerell).

Arethaea carita Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 4, fig. 5).— Green, the an-
tennze and tibiz luteous, the disk of the pronotum with a light luteous
patch or bar on front margin behind the upper edge of the eyes, and
with the hind margin luteous, delicately edged anteriorly with ferru-
ginous. Pronotum a little elevated anteriorly. Tegmina abbreviate,
less than twice as long as the pronotum, the apical half hardly more

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL——ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 53

than half as wide as the basal half, the radial vein with only three
branches; hind wings not surpassing the tegmina. Hind femora less
than a third longer than the body, the genicular lobes rather bluntly
acuminate.

Length of body, t9 mm.; pronotum, 4 mm.; tegmina, 7 mm ; fore
femora, to mm.; hind femora, 25.5 mm.; ovipositor, 4.5 mm.

12. Mesilla Park, Sept. 12 (Cockerell).

Scudderia furcifera Scudder.— Dripping Springs, Organ Mts (Cock-
erell); La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’, Sept. 2 (Townsend).

Genitalia figured in Proc. Amer. acad., xxxill, 282, pl., fig. 7.

Scudderia furcata Brunner.—New Mexico(Meske, t. Bruner); Raton,
Sept. (W. P. Cockerell).

Figured in Brunner’s Mon. Phan., fig. 72a; Biologia centr. amer.,
pl. 15, figs. 16,17; and Lugger’s Orth. Minn., figs. 141-143.

Microcentrum retinerve (Burmeister).— La Trementina (Miss Alice
Blake); Mesilla, Nov. 17 (Cockerell in Morse’s coll.).

Occurs on fruit trees, and may have been spread beyond its natural
range, the eggs being easily transported on young trees. It is never
abundant enough in New Mexico to be a serious cause of injury.

Figured in Glover’s [llustrations, pl. 4 fig. 3; Biologia centr. amer.,
pl. 17, figs. 6-8; and in Riley’s Rep. ins. Mo., vi, figs. 43-47.

CONOCEPHALIN~.

Xiphidium strictum Scudder.— Mesilla Park, July 16 (Cockerell) ;
Probably this species; only immature specimens seen. They occurred
in a grassy place on the College farm.

Xiphidium fasciatum (De Geer).— Las Vegas Hot Springs, Sept. 12
(Cockerell).

Often figured. See Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 4, fig. 10; and Lug-
ger’s Orth. Minn., figs. 157, 158.

DECTICIN#.

-

Stipator minutus (Thomas). — Northeastern New Mexico (Thomas) ;
La Trementina, July 18, 23 (Miss Alice Blake).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 11, fig. 17.

Stipator stevensonit (Thomas).— Northeastern New Mexico (Thomas).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 18, fig. 19.

54 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Anabrus coloradus Thomas.— Taos Peak (Carpenter); Aqua Frfa
Park, Colfax Co., 8800’, Aug. (E. Atkins); Beulah, Sept. 3, and top oi
ridge, Aug. 28 (W. P. Cockerell).

Anabrus purpurascens Uhler.— Northern New Mexico (Thomas).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 17, figs. 10, 11; Rep. U. S.
ent. comm., li, pl. 8, fig 6; and-Luzger’s Orth. Minn., figs. 161, 162.

Eremopedes scudderi Cockerell.— Mesilla Park, July, Aug. 4 (Cock-
erell). Female specimens found at the latter date, the dorsum having
‘*a broad ochreous band from vertex to end of abdomen,’’ are given
the varietal name Jdzcolor by Cockerell. The green form was named
viridis Cockerell.

This species was found hiding in an outhouse, and is doubtless noc-
turnal.

Eremopedes popeana Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 4, fig. 2).—Light olive
green, mottled with darker green and with luteous, especially on dor-
sum of pronotum and abdomen, but the whole oftea much embrowned.
Head full, uniformly olive green or testaceous, without markings, the
fastigium rather prominent, rounded; antennz very slender, about
twice as long as the body. Pronotum shaped as in Z. umico/or, trun-
cate behind in both sexes. Tegmina of male small, compact, full,
apically subtruncate, extending beyond pronotum by about one-third
its length, in the female reduced to minute ovate lateral pads. Legs
long and slender, the fore tibize with three spines above on outer mar-
gin and occasionally, at least in female, and sometimes only on one ~
side of the body, one or two spines on inner margin: Ovipositor fully
as long as the body and considerably longer than the hind femora,
considerably arcuate, but only in apical half, testaceous, becoming
infuscated apically along the edges, rather finely acuminate at tip.

Length of body, 3, 27 mm., 2 , 23 mm.; pronotum, do’, 7.25 mm.,
?,7mm.; antenne, J’, c. 45 mm.; fore femora, 7, 6 mm., &, 5.5 mm.;
hind femora, 2 , 21.5 mm.; ovipositor, 24 mm.

10,4. Little Round Mt., 9 miles east of Tularosa, 5000’, Aug.
24 (Wooton in Morse’s coll.); Pecos River, —Texas or N. Mex., June
27, June 30, Aug., (Capt. John Pope).

The occasional presence of spines on the inner margin of the fore
femora above shows that this distinction cannot strictly separate, as the
shape of the ovipositor does, Eremopedes from Cacopteris.

The known species of Eremopedes may be separated, as follows:

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL— ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 55

at. Ovipositor longer than hind femora, arcuate only in apical half.
popeana.

a®. Ovipositor shorter or at least no longer than hind femora, uni-
formly arcuate throughout.

b1. Hind femora more than three times as long as pronotum, and

longer than body; ovipositor barely shorter than hind femora.

scuddert.

b?. Hind femora distinctly less than three times as long as prono-

tum and a little shorter than body; ovipositor distinctly shorter than

hind femora. unicolor.

Steiroxys trilineata (Thomas).— Northeastern New Mexico (Thomas).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 5; and in Verhandl.
zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien, xxiv, pl. 5, figs. 64-69.

Plagiostira albonotata Scudder.— Northern New Mexico, Aug., Sept.
(Carpenter); Albuquerque, Sept. 17, (Cockerell).

Plagiostira albofasciata Scudder and Cockerell,sp.nov. (P1.3,fig.2).
Approaches Clinopleura by its relatively narrow pronotal disk, and
somewhat inclined lateral lobes. Apple green, conspicuously marked
with a pair of laterodorsal white stripes, edged on both sides with dull
pink, running from behind the upper edge of the eyes across the pro-
thorax and abdomen, on the prothorax converging to the anterior
sulcus and thereafter subparallel (marking the position of the lateral
carine, were they present), on the abdomen subparallel, but at first
diverging feebly and then converging a little more; the lower margin
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum edged as broadly with white, the
white margined above with pink, and this white stripe continues forward
upon the head embracing the lower margin of the eye; the vertical
sides of the fastigium are white basally, edged above with pink; eyes
yellow with a large dark purplish patch; antennz with the basal joints
green, beyond luteous, soon passing into testaceous. Legs green, the
fore and middle femora faintly infuscated. Dorsal scutes of abdomen
edged posteriorly and inferiorly with white, the white margined within
with pink. Ovipositor a little longer than the hind femora, green,
becoming testaceous apically, very feebly upcurved. Hind border of
pronotum slightly emarginate. Tegmina feeble pads concealed be-
neath the pronotum. Hind tibiz of the same length as the femora.

Length of body, 29 mm.; pronotum, 7 mm.; fore femora, 8 mm.;
hind femora, 27 mm.; ovipositor, 29 mm.

12. Mesilla Park, Aug. 12, on Afviplex canescens (Cockerell).

The chief colors were noted, as above, in life.

56 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

STENOPELMATIN.

Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder.— Eagle Creek, White Mts., 7000’
(Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); at light, Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., c.
6500’ (Townsend); Cantonment Burgoyne (t. Scudder); Las Cruces,
Sept. (Cockerell). Commonly known as the ‘‘ nina del tiena.’’

Haldeman described very insufficiently a species from Chihuahua,
Mex., and Santa Fé, N. Mex., under the name of S. fuscus, which is
pcessibly this.

Figured, under the name S. hydrocephalus, in the Biol. centr. amer.,
pl<=4; fis: 4:

Ceuthophilus ensifer Packard.— Mesilla Park, Sept. 12 (Miss Helen
Mac Gregor).

Figured in the Amer. nat., xv, pl. 7, fig. 4.

Ceuthophilus arizonensis Scudder.— Ft. Wingate (Shufeldt).

Ceuthophilus untformis Scadder.— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 14 (Carpenter).

Ceuthophilus valgus Scudder.— Santa Fé, July (Cockerell); Beulah,
Aug. g (Cockerell); White Mt. region, Aug. (Wooton, in Morse’s
coll.). At Beulah it occurs on a damp hillside.

Figured in Appalachia, viii, pl. 44, figs. 3, 4.

Ceuthophilus politus Scudder, sp. nov. (Pl. 4, fig. 3).— Body pol-
ished dark mahogany brown, nearly uniform, but the fore and middle
legs blackish. Antennz black, less than half as long again as body.
Dorsal surface of abdomen smooth. Legs rather short; fore femora
distinctly broader than the middle femora, of about the same length
as the pronotum and but little more than half as long as the hind
femora, unarmed beneath; middle femora with 3-4 spines on the front
carina, and two or three minute spines on the hind carina, the genic-
ular spine hardly perceptible; hind femora two-thirds as long as the
body, stout, about three times as long as broad, with a few scattered
raised points on upper surface, the distal half of the outer and to some
extent of the inner carina with distant rather small serrations; hind
tibize scarcely shorter than the femora, nearly straight, but faintly
arcuate in proximal half, moderately stout, armed beneath with one or
two preapical spines besides the apical pair; spurs opposite or sub-
Opposite, no longer than the tibial depth, set at an angle of about
50° with the tibia and divaricating about as much; inner middle
calcaria scarcely longer than the outer, about half as long again as the

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO. 57

others or as the spurs, only a little shorter than the first tarsal joint;
hind tarsi less than two-fifths as long as the tibiz, the first and last
joints subequal in length, the second about half as long again as the
third.

Length of body, 15.5 mm.; pronotum, 5.5 mm.; fore femora, 5.2
mm.; hind femora, 10.5 mm.; hind tibiz, 10 mm.

1d. Las Vegas, under a rock, Nov. 16 (Cockerell).

It is nearest to, but very distinct from, C. agass7zi7.

5

Ceuthophilus pallidus Thomas.— Plains of northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, Oct. 14-31 (Carpenter); Las Cruces, eating holes in
lace curtains (Townsend); Mesilla, Aug. 15 (Cockerell); Silver City
(Marsh).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 18, fig. 18.

Ceuthophilus neomextcanus Scudder. Fort Wingate (Shufeldt).

Ceuthophilus ater Scudder, sp. nov.— Uniform purplish black more
or less tinged with mahogany, the hind legs more or less mahogany
colored; [when alive so dark brown as to look black, the dorsum of
thorax largely ferruginous]. Legs short; fore femora somewhat
broader than the middle femora, no longer than the pronotum, half
as long as the hind femora, the inner carina with a subapical spine;
middle femora with only a subapical spine on the front carina; hind
femora about two-thirds as long as the body, twice as long as the fore
femora, moderately stout, about three times longer than broad, the
outer carina elevated almost uniformly. throughout, with 3-4 feeble
distant denticulations in the distal half, quite as prominent in the
female ,as in the male, the inner carina similariy but still more feebly
‘marked, the intervening sulcus very narrow; hind tibiz straight, as
long as the femora, beneath with a series of 3-4 recumbent spines on
distal half, besides the apical pair; spurs subopposite, about as long
as the tibial depth, set at an angle of about 40° with the tibia, and
divaricating as much; inner middle calcaria scarcely longer than the
outer, about a fourth longer than the others or than the spurs, about
as long as the first tarsal joint; hind tarsi hardly more than a third as
long as the hind tibiz, the first and last joints subequal, the second
but little longer than the third. Ovipositor very short, feebly arcuate,
armed apically beneath with two or three dull denticulations.

Length of body, oh’, 12.5 mm., 2, 13.5 mm.; pronotum, 0,45
mm., 2,4 mm.; fore femora, 7,4 mm.; hind femora, 7,9 mm.,
2,8 mm.; hind tibie, 7,9 mm., 2, 8mm.; ovipositor, 2.75 mm.

[Proc. D.A. S., Vor. IX.] 8 [April 8, 1902. }

58 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

19,1 2,3 immature. Las Vegas, under rocks by Gallinas River,
May 25 (Cockerell).

Appears to be most nearly allied to C. neomexicanus.

Udeopsylla nigra Scudder.— Santa Fé, Aug. 12 (Cockerell).

Udeopsylla robusta (Haldeman).— New Mexico (Brunner); north-
ern New Mexico, Aug., Sept. (Carpenter); Albuquerque (Wickham).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 8, fig. 9; and in Lugger’s
Orth. Minn., fig. 165.

GRYLLID.

GRYLLOTALPIN.

Gryllotalpa cultriger Uhler.— This species is found both in Texas
and California and may probably occur in New Mexico.
Details are figured in Mem. Peab. acad., i, pl. 1, figs. 13, 32, 33.

MyRMECOPHILIN.

Myrmecophila nebrascensis Bruner.— Santa Fé, under stones (Cock-
erell).

It is figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 169; and in Psyche, ix,
p- 114.

Ectatoderus borealis Scudder, sp.nov. (Pl. 4, fig. 4).— Castaneous,
covered with hoary scales, mostly abraded from specimens at hand.
Head castaneous or fusco castaneous, the facial protuberance with no
median impressed line but slightly emarginate mesially below;
antennz fuscous, about as long as the body; last joint of palpi fully
as long as the first, regularly enlarging, apically obliquely truncate.
Pronotum not at all produced posteriorly even in the male, but pos-
teriorly truncate and in the female even slightly and roundly emargi-
nate, in both sexes broader posteriorly than long, considerably broader
behind than in front, castaneous, without markings or surface sculp-
ture, margined narrowly in front and behind with black, the lateral
lobes inferiorly margined very broadly with black; tegmina wanting
in 9,in % larger than the pronotum, almost wholly exposed, the
oblique vein visible from its base, the speculum broader than long,
ovate; legs testaceo-castaneous, the hind femora slightly infuscated
apically and the hind tibiz with fuscous blotches; middle calcar of
inner side of hind tibiz half as long as the tarsus. Abdomen castan-
eous more or less and sometimes much infuscated, the cerci more than
half as long as the hind femora, bluntly rounded apically; ovipositor

SCUDDER AND COCKERELL—ORTHOPTERA OF NEW MEXICO, 59

slightly arcuate, fully half as long as body and more than two-thirds
as long as hind femora.

Length of body, ¥, 8.5 mm., 9, 10.25 mm.; pronotum, 4, 2 mm.,
?, 2.5 mm.; breadth of pronotum posteriorly, 4, 2.75 mm., 9, 3
mm.; length of tegmina beyond pronotum, ¥, 3.5 mm.; hind femora,
a, 5-5 mm., 9, 7 mm.; cerci, 4, 3.25 mm.; ovipositor, 5.5 mm.

Zh On ba Cueva, Organ Mts., N. Mex., Sept. 5 (C. H. T.
Townsend); Julian, San Diego Co., Cal., July (E. Palmer). Subse-
quently received from Dripping Springs, Organ Mts. (Cockerell).

This species is most nearly related to £. occidentalis (Mogoplistes
occidentalis Scudd., 1868, from Cape St. Lucas) but differs in being
smaller with a relatively shorter ovipositor and a relatively broader
and shorter pronotum, this part being of equal length and breadth in
£. occidentalis. It was only after seeing the present species that the
generic position of the Cape St. Lucas species (of which only imper-
fect females were known) was recognized.

GRYLLINZA. _

Nemobius pictus Scudder.— Colorado, near Rincon (Cockerell) ;
Mesilla Park (Cockerell). In both cases at light, single specimens
only.

LMemobius neomexicanus Scudder. — Las Cruces (Cockerell, in
Bruner’s coll.). Mesilla, common (Cockerell).

This and the last are attracted to light.

Figured in the Biol. centr. amer., pl. 11, fig. 25.

Gryllus integer Scudder.— Plains of northern New Mexico, eastern
slope (Carpenter); Ft. Buchanan (Nevin); Organ Mts., very common,
July to (Wooton, in Morse’s coll.); Las Cruces (O. J. Cockerell,
2301); Mesilla, May 2 (Cockerell); Mesilla, June 29, 30 (Morse);
Pecos River,— Tex. or N. Mex. (Pope).

Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister.— Santa Fé, June, Aug. (Cock-
erell); Las Vegas, under rocks by Gallinas River, May 25 (Cockerell);
Ft Buchanan (Nevin); Mesilla Park, July (Cockerell, in Morse’s
coll.).

Figured in Glover’s Illustrations, pl. 1, figs. 13, 14; and in Lug-
ger’s Orth. Minn., fig. 173.

Gryllus abbreviatus Serville.— Pecos River,— Tex. or New Mex.
(Pope). ;

Figured in Comstock’s Manual, fig. 135.

Gryllus personatus Uhler.— Pecos River,— Tex. or N, Mex. (Pope).

60 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

CECANTHIN.

CEcanthus latipennis Riley.—La Cueva, Organ Mts., c. 5300’,
Sept. 6 (C. H. Townsend); Fillmore Cation, Organ Mts, c. 5700,
Sept. 1 (Townsend); Dripping Spring, Organ Mts. (M. D. Cockerell);
Mesilla, on an apple tree (Cockerell); the last determined (oe
by Bruner, who says it is ‘‘a little delicate in texture for this species.’

The antennal characteristics figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., fig.
184; and in Ent. news, iii, 33, fig. 6.

Ecanthus niveus (De Geer). — Raton Mts., fide Thomas, perhaps by
mistake for one of the other species.

Figured in many places; for antennal markings, see Ent. news, iii,
33, fig. 4; and Bull. amer. mus. nat. hist., vi, 269, fig. 2.

(Ecanthus angustipennis Fitch.— Mesilla, June 28-30 ee Oct.
14 (Cockerell).

The antennal markings figured in Lugger’s Orth. Mind. , tig. Lye,
in Ent. news, iii, 33, fig. 5, and in Bull. amer. mus. nat. hist., vi, 270,
fig. 3.

(Ecanthus fasciatus Fitch.— Mescalero, on Bigelovia, Oct. 2 (Cock-
erell), determined by Linell; Mesilla, June 28-29 (Morse).

Figured in Lugger’s Orth. Minn., figs. 180-183; the antennal mark-
ings also in Ent. news, iii, 33, figs. 1, 2; and Bull. amer. mus. nat.
hist., vi, 270-271, figs. 4, 5-

;

seetiee ora ioc ane

es oe

ee en ee

Pee Ager ale

All the drawings are by J. Henry Blake, and are magnified two
diameters.

Fig. 1. Bacunculus stramineus.
2. Eupedetes carinatus.
3. Homceogamia semidiaphana.

4. Bacillus coloradus.

Proc, Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci. Vol. IX.

—————

Scudder and Cockerell,
Orthoptera , New Mexico.

J.Henry Bloke, a4 nat.

a
er bes
iat?
siete
fisted
‘ 5
oo
hd di
» wi,
By si

PLATE 2.

All the drawings are by J. Henry Blake, and are magnified two
diameters.

Fig. 1. Trimerotropis alliciens.

2. Conozoa melleola.

3. Trimerotropis cyanea.

4. Conozoa acuminata.

Proc. Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci Vol. IX.

as
i=
o

Scudder

o

: = -

»

z

7
;
’

a

PEATEs:

All the drawings are by J. Henry Blake, and are magnified two
diameters.
Fig. 1. Lactista pellepidus.

to

Plagiostira albofasciata.

3. Acantherus piperatus.

1 TIT
S4iiib

Proc. Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci: Vol. IX.

J. Henry Blake, del

Scudder and Cockereil,

Mavinr-
MEXICO.

ew

+:
» iN

Orthoptera

ii

PLATE: 4.

All the drawings are by J. Henry Blake, and are magnified two

diameters.

Figs 1.

2

nn -—- Ww

Dichopetala brevicauda.
Eremopedes popeana.
Ceuthophilus politus.
Ectatoderus borealis.

Arethzea carita.

Proc. Dav. Arad. Nat. Scx Vol 1X

Seudder and Cockere]], LBeary Blake. ast
Orthoptera , New Mexico,

Seti

THE PUTNAM SCALE. (Aspidiotus ancylus, Putnam.)

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

The insect now known as the Putnam Scale is one of the most wide-
spread and characteristic of North American Coccidz. The first allu-
sion to it in the literature of Entomology is believed to have appeared
in Asa Fitch’s 7hird Report of the Noxtous and other Insects of New
York (Trans. N. Y. Agricultural Society, 1856). On page 426 Fitch
describes the Circular Bark-louse, Aspidio/us circularis, found on cur-
rant (/zdes) stalks at Albany, N. Y. The scale is said to be blackish-
brown, with the centre pale yellow. Signoret, the French authority
on Coccidz, regarded this as a synonym of the European Asfidiotus
ostreaformis, which it might very well be, so far as the description goes.
However, Dr. Lintner found the genuine 4. amcy/us on black currant
at Albany, and it is nearly certain that it was the same thing that Fitch
had before him. Professor Comstock tried to settle the identity of
Fitch’s insect by examing his original type. But he found merely a
fragment of a scale gummed to a card, and stated that ‘‘ from this frag-
ment it would be impossible to recognize the species.’’ Under these
circumstances, the name A4sfidiotus circularis cannot be taken up, but
must be cited as frobab/y synonymous with A. ancylus.

The first urdoubted reference to the scale under consideration was
made by J. D. Putnam in Zransactions of the Lowa State Horticultural
Society for 1877, vol. xii, p. 321. It was here described as Diaspis
ancylus ; but the same author, in Proc. Davenport Academy, vol. ii, p.
346, gave it the name Asfidiotus ancylus, which is current to this day.

Prof. Comstock, in the Report of the Commisstoner of Agriculture for
1880, p. 292, gave a full account of Aspidiotus ancylus, recording a
variety, and adding to the original locality (Davenport, Iowa) two
others,— Washington and Western New York. In the same volume,
p- 360, Dr. L. O. Howard describes the parasite Coccophagus varicornis,
which was subsequently stated by Comstock to have been bred from
A. ancylus. This Coccophagus varicornis was subsequently made the

62 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

type of the genus Physcus, Howard. Dr. Howard in 1895 recorded
another parasite of Aspidiotus ancylus, namely Prospalta aurantit
(Howard).

Comstock did not propose any popular name for: Asfzdiotus ancylus,
but the present writer (Bull. 19, New Mexico Exper. Station, 1896, p.
106) designated it Putnam’s Scale, and the term ‘‘ Putnam Scale’’ has
now come into general use.

In 1896 (Tech. Bull. 6, Div. Ent., Dept. Agriculture) the present
writer took 4. ancylus as the type of the subgenus Draspidiotus, Berlese
and Leonardi, a subgenus which includes a series of species living in
the Holarctic Region, among them the dreaded San José Scale.

Owing to the invasion of the San José Scale (Aspidiotus perniciosus)
in the Eastern States, this whole group of scales came to be studied
anew, and Putnam’s Scale became especially important because of its
great similarity to the San José Scale, and its very general occurrence.
Although perhaps commonest on maple, A. amcy/us was found to infest
many kinds of trees, including various fruit trees. It was also found
in many different localities; even, for example, in the mountains of
New Mexico, at Pinos Altos. It apparently extends southward along
the table land of Mexico, for specimens taken by Koebele on the bark
of Quercus engelmanni at Amecameca, Mexico, May 25, 1897, appear
to be nothing but 4. ancy/us. In these Mexican specimens the cir-
cumgenital glands are as follows: posterior lateral groups, 6 to 7; an-
terior laterals, 10 to 11; median, 2.

The species undoubtedly varies in different parts of its wide range.
One variety (var. serratus, Newell and Ckll.), found on willow at Ames,
Iowa, has received a name. Another variety occurs at Ames on Acer
nigrum. Mr. W. Newell has noticed that the variation of A. ancyles
’ whereas on other plants he found it
very constant in the form of the lobes. A careful study of all these
variations would no doubt yield results of much interest.

In 1899 Mr. W. Newell gave an account of another variety of 4.
ancylus, for which he proposed the name /a#/odis. It was found on
Pyrus americana at Ames, Iowa. (For full particulars see Contr. Dept.
Zool. and Ent., No. 3, lowa Agricultural College, p. 9.)

on Acer nigrum ‘‘is enormous,’

NOTES UPON THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF
SOUTHERN MEXICO.

EXPEDITION OF 1901.
BY FREDERICK STARR.

In the preceding volume of the Proceedings of this Academy, the
author has published notes made, regarding sixteen or seventeen tribes,
during expeditions of 1898, 1899, and tgoo. In the present paper he
presents notes made, in 1gor, among eight tribes— Aztecs, Huaxtecs,
Mayas, Tehuantepecanos (Zapotecs), Zoques, Tzotzils, Tzendals, and
Chols. On the accompanying outline map the areas occupied by these
tribes are indicated, by numbers, as follows:

III., Aztecs. IX., Tehuantepecanos. 18, Huaxtecs. 19, Mayas.
20, Zoques. 21, Tzotzils. 22, Tzendals. 23, Chols.

THE AZTECS.

A few additional notes regarding the Aztecs are presented. They
relate to Aztecs in the State of Puebla, those (Tlaxcaltecs) of Tlaxcala,
and those of certain towns in Vera Cruz and Hidalgo. We have

64 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

already quite fully described the Feast of the Dead, as it is observed in
Cholula and various Tlaxcalan towns. In November, 1900, two friends
— Manuel Gonzales and Romualdo Quechol —secured, for me, a series
of objects used in this celebration, The list is long, but, as I know of
none that has been printed, I give it in full:

A.— OBJECTS OF POTTERY.

(a) Black ware: made at Puebla; heavily coated with a brilliant,
black, glaze. It is a particular favorite with the Indians of Huex-
otzinco, (Puebla) and San Martin (Tlaxcala), though it is also
used in other villages.
hueycopalkaxistl, (great copal vessel) or hueypopochkaxistl (great
smoke vessel); censer of large size and elaborate form. (Fig. 3.)
copalkaxtst/ (copal vessel) or popochkaxist/ (smoke vessel) ; censer.
(Fig. 3.)
pitchers, for holy water. (Fig. 3.) plates for dulces or sweet-
meats; these dulces are made of ayot/ (calabash) or a composition
of camotl and chillacayotd.
small cups, bowls, etc. (Fig. 2.)
candlesticks. (Fig. 4.)

(b) Glazed ware; black foundation with designs in red, pink,
green, and gilt.
vases, pitchers, mugs, cups, plates, and cencers of various sizes.
(Figs. 3, 5-)

(c) Coarse ware; coarsely painted in red, blue, and white.
candlesticks.

(d) Coarse, unglazed ware; crudely painted in red, yellow, and
white. Both ware and pigments are of Indian manufacture.
From the pueblo of Tlaxcalantzinco. (Puebla.)
censers. (Fig. 6.)
candlesticks. (Fig. 6.)
figurines of bulls (¢oforot/) and of human beings. (Figs. 7, 8, 9.)

3 —BASKETRY, ETC.
large carrying basket.
variety of smaller baskets, boxes, goblets, bird-shaped rattles, and
other toys of plaited palm, etc.
xochipetlat/ (flower-mat), pretty mats with colored designs, upon
which the offerings to the dead are spread. They are made,
especially, at Tepexitl.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 65

tepexomac (jicaras) or cups, bowls, and toys made of small gourds,
brilliantly lacquered. From the State of Guerrero.
C.—Copat, fragrant gum for incense; it is sold wrapped in corn husk.
Cigarettes of tobacco, with bright wrappers.
D.—Breaps, of various kinds. These are all used by the Indians,
though some of the varieties are also used by the mestizo pop-
ulation. The full page plate will show the forms: (Fig. 1.)

i a Ee
4- 5 6.7
8. 9. Io.

1. pan totopo: thin, hard, dark, sprinkled with white sugar, upon
which are strewn red designs.

2. pan tlacotonal.

3. pan liso: round, plain, two-layered, breaking and cracking, in
drying.

4. ; sugared, and red below.

5. pan ixtit/: small, round, with a navel-like spot at top; made

without shortening, and symbolizes purity.

7. pan de las animas, bread of the souls; tongue- or flame-shaped ;
white and red.

8. 10. ojoldres: brown and glossy above; sprinkled with seeds.

9. cocolochtl: crisp; some are sugared and red below.
maimon: sponge cakes, varying in size, rectangular, sugared on
top; are more sold to mestizos than to Indians.

While the plate gives a fair range, several favorites, as fax ‘fochti,
pan maitl, are not represented. Pan is the ordinary Spanish word for
bread ; ‘totopo, tlacotonal, ixtit# and cololocht/ are Aztec.

The great washing basket—/ueytlapacchichthuit/—when used for the
feast of the dead, should be new, never having been applied to any
ordinary service. In it the purchases made for the dead are placed.
Usually, separate portions are placed in it for each soul, and one por-
tion is added for those souls that have no surviving friend to make
provision for them. The xochifet/at/, with pretty colored designs, is
made expressly for the occasion. When it has been laid upon the
ground, flowers—particularly ‘‘the flower of the dead’’—are sprinkled
upon it, especially around the edges: the portions are then placed upon

[Proc. D.A. S., Vor. IX.] 9 [April 19, 1902.]

66 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

it and the souls are called upon to partake. The corners are sprinkled
with holy water, the ‘‘ flower of the dead’’ being employed as an asper-
gill. The cigarettes for the dead are made and used at San Martin;
they are not used near the city of Tlaxcala as there they say ‘‘the souls
do not smoke.” At Cuauhtengo, Tepetlapa, and other small pueblos
on the slopes of Popocatepetl, they believe that the souls cannot come
to partake of the feast until a special mass has been said. There, too,
the houses and yards are carefully swept, and so are the roads; dust-
whirls and butterflies are watched for, as they are signs that the souls
are coming. At this time of the feast of the dead, friends have the
right to go to houses, where a death has occurred during the year, and
to receive food and drink, after paying five or six cents. With the
money thus secured a sheep is bought: it is decorated with rib-
bons, streamers of colored paper, etc., and taken to the grave of the
dead man where it is left. Later the priest, or his representative, leads
it away, and must say a mass in return for it. At San Martin Texma-
lupa, the money is spent for a load of wheat, which is left, in the same
way, at the grave, for the cura.

Presumably in every part of the Aztec area stories would be found
associated with the various places in the neighborhood. Among such
stories, relative to localities near Santa Ana, are the following:

Manantial del Conejo (spring of the rabbit) ;—At the edge of the
town is a fine spring of cool water. It is said that a man of the vil-
lage was once in pursuit of a rabbit; the animal leaped into its burrow
and the pursuer began to dig it out with a stick; he came, finally,
upon— not the rabbit—but a fine spring of running water, which has
remained until the present time.

Tepantzole ( Teopantzoltic) ;—One day, from a cloudless sky, at half
past ten in the morning, there was heard a fearful crash of thunder,
such as accompanies the torrents from Malintzi. Rushing from their
houses to see what had happened, the people saw a body of water, like
a great lake, descending from that mountain. Of great depth, it
advanced slowly, with a smooth and brilliant surface. It overwhelmed
a church, carrying fragments of its walls to a considerable distance,
where they are still to be seen. The sheet of water was called /ezahav?,
‘«water of evil augury’’ or ‘‘ water of great depth.’’ Before that time
most of the many 4arrancas, or erosion gorges, of this district did not
exist or were much smaller than now; they then assumed their present
character.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 67

Barrio de Tezcacoac;—in the ward of Tezcacoac there were formerly
two gigantic ahuchuetls (cypresses). One day, in the middle of the
afternoon, a thunder-crash was heard. All rushed out to see what had
happened, believing that divine wrath thus punished some dreadful
sin. One of the ahuehuet/s had been struck by lightning and was
smoking. At its base was a little fellow, entirely naked, save for a red
band which diagonally girdled him; he was embracing the tree with
both arms and hiding his face from sight. The people crowded around
and the women, with kind words and blandishments, tried to attract
his attention, but to no purpose. Suddenly, there came another crash
of thunder and the zawake disappeared. The name wawake is generic
and ancient; their faces must never be seen. It is suggested that the
name comes from the verb “/anawatchkis, to embrace.

Barrio Cihuatcotla; Cthuatcome ;—between Ixcotla and San Ber-
nardino Contla. At this place young people are much given to night
strolling. On such occasions they often hear noises in the Jarranca,
as of women talking, laughing, singing, and quarreling. If one ap-
proaches cautiously he may see females, with garlands on their heads,
disporting themselves in the water. They signal to the observer, who
must refuse their advances.

Cuauhtlapanca (split head, or divided head) ;— Malintzi was a beau-
tiful woman; the neighboring mountain, a handsome youth, loved her,
had offered himself in marriage, and had been accepted. Just then
Popocatepetl, having lost his wife, Ixtaccihuatl, offered his hand and
heart to Malintzi. She, true to her lover, refused; Popocatepetl,
infuriated, hurled a mighty rock at his rival and split open his head.
Cuauhtlapanca, with his cleft head, may still be seen just to the north
of Malintzi.

The Indians of many Aztec towns in the States of Puebla and Vera
Cruz carry burdens in a contrivance which consists of two frames,
filled with a network of leathern thongs, lashed together along the
lower edge and free to separate above. Articles to be carried are
placed in this, which is then borne upon the shoulders by the usual
carrying straps. (Fig. 10.) The specimen figured is from Jonotla
Puebla and was presented to me by Mr. W. S. Spencer.

In the Auaxteca veracruzana are a number of prosperous Aztec
towns. They are conservative and Aztec is the daily speech. We
visited Tamalin. The houses at this town are well built. Several
buildings are irregularly set in the yard, which is surrounded by stone

68 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

walls or neat fences of horizontal poles. Gateways are left in the fence,
but are usually filled to a height of a foot or so with a guard of poles
or sticks, set upright, side by side, and firmly lashed together. The
teopantzintl has walls of poles carefully covered with a smooth coating
of mud mixed with chopped straw. This is applied by hand and then
smoothed with a simple wooden trowel—a rectangular block with a
projecting ridge handle extending along the middle of the upper side
the whole length of the block. In the better class houses of this
district—at Ozuluama, Tamalin, Tantima, etc.,— those of mestizos as
well as Indians, the heavier timbers of the ceilings and walls are
neatly covered with this mixture of mud and straw. The process is
often so developed as to produce paneling, with squared or rounded
edges. When whitened the effect is pleasing. The roofs are com-
posed of a thick thatching of palm, which projects well beyond and
below the tops of the walls and is neatly trimmed straight and square
at the bottom; this thatch is handsomely finished off, on the top, by a
crest which rides the ridge closely and is firmly fastened down. The
lower line of this cresting is the only break in the smooth, uniform
slope of the roof. Many houses have little window openings, near
the top of the wall, which are usually barred, at intervals, with vertical
poles or sticks (these are, frequently, poles used in the construction of
the house walls, which have not been cut out in making the window).
The upper line of the wall is not in contact with the roof, which has
its independent supports. The cook-house is less substantially built
than the Zeopantzintl, the walls often consisting of poles set vertically,
side by side, without a mud coating. The ¢emascal (sweat-bath-
house) here has a rectangular ground form; the walls are of upright
poles set closely; a horizontal pole at a little less than half the height
serves as a strengthener, to which the uprights are Jashed; the roof is
arched or vaulted and made of longitudinal poles lashed side by side.
This construction is well coated with mud and chopped straw neatly
smoothed. The floor is paved with irregular, flat stones of various
sizes. An ol/a or two for water and a handful of leaves or herbs are
usually to be seen within. In one of the back corners is an irregu-
larly-shaped fireplace of stones with a slab covering the opening. A
door of cedar closes the ¢emasca/. A cross, worked in the mud and
straw material, is on the front wall over the door. The old-fash-
ioned weaving of cotton cloth occurs here, but rarely. A few enxaguas,
and even fewer Awipilis, of native material are worr, chiefly by old
women. Most of them are plain white, without decoration. One old

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 69

woman was seen with an ezagua of native cloth decorated with black-
embroidered designs. Such evaguas and the old-fashioned guzchigue-
mils are worn by the w/ejita (old woman) in the dance of the Vieos.
The ordinary camisas, made of purchased cotton cloth, are decorated
at the neck and armholes with a band of heavy and coarse open-work
in which geometrical, bird, and animal patterns occur. No faa, or
belt, is worn, the waist-band of the skirt fastening tightly over the
camisa. Little girls wear a single piece garment, a camisa, or huiptlt,
with the open-work neck-band.— The variety of breads made of
maize is astonishing. TZor#i//as, of course, are general: but there are

<2 FNe
he eae
<2” Ay 6
ao “

5
R)
aX
3
:

:

also cocoles, chavacanes, and pemol. Cocoles are flat, round, cakes of
maize, about two inches across and three-eights of an inch thick; they
contain shortening and are served hot. Chavacanes are thin, flat,
square, crisp crackers of flakey texture, made of corn meal, eggs, and
shortening; they come hot from the griddle but are also eaten cold.
Pemol is made in horse-collar-shaped cakes of some size; they contain
sugar and shortening and are baked in an oven; they are crumbly in
texture and sweet in taste. In the markets of Tampico certain
water vessels are sold which in form and decoration more nearly
resemble the wares of the Pueblos of New Mexico and Arizona than
any other Mexican pottery we have seen. There are two kinds of these.

7O- DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The finer is a yellowish-gray or cream-colored ware with brown pat-
terns; this is made at the Aztec town of Huejutla in the State of
Hicalgo. The other ware is made into similar o//as, but is coarser,
red in color, and with white decoration: it is made at Panuco. Both
these wares are unglazed. The Huejutla ware is a favorite and is widely
used in all the Aztec, Huaxtec and mestizo towns of this region. Be-
sides o//as it is made into neat flasks or canteens and into flower- pots.
The decorations on this ware are notably curious and conventional-
ized. (Figs. 11, 12, 13, 14; also accompanying cut.)

Danzas, or dances, are in vogue in these Aztec towns of the Huax-
teca. At Tamalin the annual fesfa, which lasts four days, begins on
December 12th, the day of Our Lady of Guadalupe. At this time
four dances are simultaneously in progress—Santiago, El Gadbilan, La
Lagarta, and El Toro de cuero. \n November, at the time of the feast
of the dead, they dance Zos Vieyos. At San Sebastian they have much
the same dances, but their festival begins January 2zoth. At Tantima
the festa is January 20th. As elsewhere, the feast of the dead, here-
abouts, requires several days. Their names are:

conetzitzin: day of the little souls.
huchueyin: day of the adult souls.
tlatiochihualistli: day of commemoration of the dead.

In regard to some of these danzas a few additional words may be said:

Danza de Santiago.—This is really a dramatic performance with
definite dialogue between Pilate and Santiago. This isin Aztec. Some
twenty dancers take part; they are divided into two parties, which
line up facing each other. Santiago is inside a framework represent-
ing a horse, the upper part of his body projecting above, as if he were
riding the animal. He goes prancing back and forth between the two
lines, followed bya little lad who represents his guardian angel. King
Pilate is masked and walks back and forth behind the two lines.
He attempts to attack the Saint and they exchange blows whenever
possible. All the other players try to prevent these battles and to pro-
tect Santiago. Each of these players wears a band around his head
to which a sort of bonnet is attached. Two musicians, with aborig-
inal instruments, furnish music, which is special to the occasion. One
plays the A/to, (Fig. 15b) a cane pipe with blow hole and five holes for
the escape of air, one of which is below, four above. The other beats
upon the Auchuetl, a wooden cylinder with a piece of peccary skin
stretched across one end. (Fig. 16.) The music is simple. With

ome difficulty we secured part of the Aztec text of this little play. It

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 7

is a portion of the dialogue of the escv7dano, scribe, or secretary. The
person repeating this said that his father used always to play the part
of the escrzbano, and that he himself formerly had all the parts written
out but had lost them. He declares that it will be but a little time
before the dance will here be without words, as it already is at some
places.

El Toro de cuero (The leather bull).—In this danza a bull fight is
represented. The bull is represented by a man within a light frame-
work covered with leather. Two /oreadores, two picadores, and at
least ten others participate. A fcfo and a ¢ambour (drum) furnish
music. The /z¢o is quite different from that used in the Santiago.
The cane is longer, has but four escape holes and the mouthpiece is
different, consisting of a small tube set in a mass of black gum. (Fig.
15a.) Four different pieces are played during the danza. The first is
loud and shrill and is played at the beginning when the village saint
is carried in procession; the second, played during the greater part of
the dancing, is monotonous, consisting ‘chiefly of the repetition of two
shrill notes, with a succession of three notes differently arranged, in-
serted here and there; the third and fourth are more varied, though
consisting of but few combinations, with much repetition. These four
pieces have their individual names:

(a) Halpuwalulixtli—the first.

(b) Acawetete.

(c) k¢tdayitisi —when preparing to kill the bull.
(d) Acmzktisc—when the bull is dying.

Los Negros (the negroes).— There are two players, /Vegrvo (negro)
and Pafol (Spaniard.) They wear suitable wooden masks, painted,
and supplied with coarse fibre, for hair. This is an exceedingly lively
dance, with vociferous Spanish dialogue. The two players often speak
at once. Small rattles made of cow’s horns are used and are hung, by
a loop of cord, from the wrist. Each player also carries a wooden gun
over his left arm. (Figs. 17, 18.)

Los Viejos (the old ones).— Takes place at the time of Zodos Santos
(All Saints). Bands of three players go from door to door, through
the streets, begging. They are called e/ viejo (the old man), /a viejtva
(the old woman), and e/ mozo (the servant). / viejo wears only an
ayatl (carrying cloth); the old woman wears an exagua and a guicht-
quemil, the dress of the olden time (Figs. 20, 2t); the servant is naked
and carries a gourd vessel for receiving donations. All wear small and

72 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

simple masks of leather (Fig. 19), that of the old man being bearded
with zx¢/ fibre. They sing asong, in Aztec words, in which they state
that they have come from afar to visit the gved/o and see how their
descendants fare.

At Chontla they have as dances the Montezuma, la Chenchera, and
los Gabilanes. The chenchera is also danced at Tantima. It has been
described to us as follows: A pole is erected, in which some holes are
excavated; several sticks are set and mats (fe/a/es) are stretched in
such a way as to enclose, and presumably to conceal, a man within,
who by means of cords manipulates various animal figures. First three
woodpeckers (chencheras)—-one large, the next medium, and the third
small—follow each other up the pole, pecking, as they go, at the holes,
in a life-like manner. At the top of the pole is an apple of paper,
which opens. Men outside the enclosure try, by means of cries, shouts,
and shooting of arrows, to scare the birds and drive them away from
the fruit. A mapachi/ (badger) also makes the ascent. Next a squirrel,
with many rapid movements and turns, does thesame. Finally asnake
crawls up the pole, engages in a battle with the squirrel, and having
conquered, begins to devour it. The people have constantly been
attacking, with arrows and wooden swords, but at this point strike the
snake down and rush upon it to despatch it.

The local priest at Tantima has a short vocabulary of Aztec, written
down by an Indian boy at Citlaltepec. It is badly spelled but we print
it as it stands to show the local dialect. (Appendix I.)

THE HUAXTECS.

The land of the Huaxtecs, the modern Huwaxfeca and the ancient
Huaxtecapan, is today divided into the Huaxteca potosina (in the State
of San Luis Potosi) and the Huaxteca veracruzana (in the State of Vera
Cruz). Orozco y Berra, in his Geografia de las lenguas de Mexico,
names ten towns in the former, eighteen in the latter region, where
Huaxtec was spoken. The area of the tribe was formerly continuous
and more extensive, as is shown by the evidence of geographical
names. Names of places beginning with /am or ¢an in this part of
Mexico are almost invariably Huaxtecan and indicate ancient locations
of the tribe.

The huaxteco, cuaxteco, guaxteco, is a language of the great Mayan
family and the isolated occurrence, so far to the northward, of an off-
shoot of that southern stock is interesting. The language has been

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 73

considerably studied; in 1767, Carlos Tapia Zenteno published a
Gramatica; in 1890, Marcelo Alejandre published his Cart#zl/a Huas-
teca, printed by the Mexican government; and in 1896, Serapio Lor-
enzano’s little /wterprete Huasteco was also printed by the government.
Marcelo Alejandre, a pure Indian of Huaxtec blood, lived at Ozuluama
when we passed through there in January, and had just completed his
seventy-fourth year.

The ancient Huaxtecs were reputed good warriors. Orozco y Berra
says: ‘‘they formed a semi-barbarous and valiant population, which
knew how to defend its independence against the kings of Tetzcoco
and against the emperors of Mexico: the arms of the latter penetrated
into their (Huaxtec) territory as proved by the hieroglyphic annals;
but the invasion was transitory and not converted into a conquest.”’
The ancient Huaxtecan culture was peculiarly interesting, but it has
been little investigated. The present condition of the Huaxtecs is
curious and, in a degree, painful. They and their language are losing
ground. Of the Huaxteca potosina, we can say nothing from personal
observation. In the Huaxteca veracruzana, people and language are
yielding, not only to the mestzzos, which might be expected, but also
before the Aztec. In their old home the name of Huaxtec is almost
a by-word and their language is scorned while the ‘‘noble Mexicano’”’
(Aztec) is held worthy of cultivation. To know Aztec is almost a
necessity, while to know Huaxtec is almost a disgrace, outside of a few
purely Huaxtec towns. In 1864 Orozco y Berra listed eighteen Huax-
tec towns in the Auaxteca veracruzana, of which twelve were in the
district of Tampico and six in the district of Tuxpan. Of the latter
we know nothing: of the former Pueblo viejo, Ozuluama, Tantima,
and Chontla cannot be called Huaxtec towns. Pueblo viejo and
Ozuluama are mestizo towns with Spanish speech: Tantima contains
many mestizos and its Indians are Aztecs. In Chontla there are three
divisions of the population, occupying distinct sections of the town:
the portion at the foot of the mountain is divided between the gen/e de
razon (mestizos) and Huaxtecs; the third section, on the slope, is occu-
pied by arrieros, presumably Aztecs and Aztec’mestizos. The three in-
dustries of Chontla are maize, cattle, and wax. There is considerable
trade in the latter and bees are regularly hived. In Orozco’s list
we find Congregacion de Tamalin. So far as we could learn the whole
village of Tamalin is Aztec. We are inclined to identify this congre-
gacion with the little village of Gutierrez Zamora, less than a league
from Tamalin, on the road to Ozuluama. This town is truly Huax-

[Proc. D.A. S., Vor. 1X.] 10 [April 21, 1902.)

74 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tecan, though a few Aztec families live together on its border. The
only really Huaxtecan town we visited was Tancoco, in the district of
Tuxpan. The town is upon a crest, from which one looks over a sea
of green forest, from which hill islands rise here and there. The

houses are not characteristic. Somewhat like those of Tamalin, they

are less carefully built and less neatly thatched. (Sup. Pl. xlii.) -Yet
the town is notably clean and well kept and there is an air of general

comfort. Men and women dress in mestizo dress; all wear good shoes;

there is a resident tailor, of Huaxtec blood. In all the houses there

are petroleum lamps and, in most, sewing machines. A town clock

strikes the hours. There isa viliage band with European instruments.

We saw no aboriginal musical instruments. If they have character-

istic danzas we failed to discover them. They dance the Santiago

dance, but with Aztec dialogue. They explain this by stating that the
dance was introduced among them by an Aztec congregacion of their
municipality. They dance Jos Negros, using Spanish words. They

dance the J/onarca and in it use a rattle made from the shell of a fruit,

which is decorated with feathers. In disposition the people appear
gentle and timid; curiously interested in our work, they touched noth-
ing belonging to us; they never entered our house without asking per-
mission; they were remarkably respectful to their officials; there was
no disorder, even in cases of drunkenness. The physical type is
well defined; it is characterised by notable flattening of the head be-
hind, flat and broad face, thick lips, and oblique eyes. (Sup. Pl. xliii,

xliv, xlv.) Although all speak the native tongue they are forget-
ting many words. Numerals beyond sixty or seventy were recalled
with difficulty, Spanish or Aztec words coming more naturally to mind.

Some strange mongrels occur; thus, for four hundred, for which there
should have been one simple word, we could get only chectentos—che
(Huax. four) and czezfos (Spanish hundreds). My informant suggested
that perhaps some old person might know how to say it. Weaving
palm hats is a considerable industry. Quantities of palm are laid out
to dry upon the roof or on the ground in front of houses. Both sexes,

and all ages, braid palm as they walk on the street or sit in their door-
ways. Some of the work is rarely fine and delicate and the best grades
are made by women.

THE Mayas.

We need say nothing of the ancient Mayas. The ruins of their
cities have been explored, described, and pictured for more than half
a century; their manuscripts and inscriptions have baffled scores of

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 75

students. Their culture was one of the most interesting and perhaps
the most advanced of the native cultures of North America. The
Mayas still live and today form the mass of the population of Yucatan.
Writers have already emphasized the vitality of the Maya language; it
has not only continued to exist in the presence of the intruding Spanish;
it has forced itself upon the Spanish invaders. We saw too little of
Yucatan to make dogmatic assertions, but we believe that the language
still holds its own and that even the Indian blood is gaining ground.

The Maya is the type language of a well defined linguistic family,
which occupies parts of the States of Vera Cruz, Tabasco and Chiapes,
a large part of the Republic of Guatemala and a portion of Honduras.
About thirty languages are included in the family. In Southern Mex-
ico, besides the Huaxteco, already mentioned, the Tzendal, Tzotzil,
Chol, Chaneabal, Punctunc, Chontal, and Mam, are languages or dia-
lects of this family. The Lacandons speak Maya. Some authors con-
nect the Totonaco with the Huaxteco.

In character, the Maya Indian is conservative and suspicious. In
Yucatan the mestizos have a proverb, Z/ indio nacido robando—y muere
dudando: ‘‘the Indian is born a robber and dies a doubter.’’——— The
physical type is more varied than we had anticipated. The color varies
considerably but, on the whole, is dark; the head is rarely flattened
behind; it is clearly brachycephalic; the face is frequently broad and
round, with a curiously retreating chin; the nose is often aqniline, but
is low rather than high. It is matter of common belief among mestizos
that every pure-blooded Maya has a violet or purple spot on the back
at the vertex coccygeus: this is called the wzts (bread) and it is a com-
The common

mon insult to refer to it—e. g. to say ‘‘@d@* hd wits.”’
attitude of rest is a squat position, with the knees slightly forward and
the hams resting upon the thighs, the weight being thrown upon the
balls of the soles of the feet. All travelers mention the fastidious
neatness of the Mayas. Both body and dress are kept scrupulously
clean. Personally, we doubt whether this is completely praiseworthy,
suspecting that it stands in relation to the survival of certain ancient
vices; our observations permit no definite statement, however.
Houses in Maya towns, and many of those in the city of Merida
itself, are peculiar. The ground form is elliptical, the long axis being
transverse; there are often two doors, opposite each other, at the ends
of the short axis. The base of the house is built of stones, often slabs
set on edge; the walls rising from the base are thinner than it, so that
the basal part projects somewhat. The walls may be of poles and sticks

76 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

daubed with mud, or they may be constructed of stones of irregular
form closely set with mud; the roofs are of thatch. (Sup. Pl. xlvii.)
Often two such houses stand together, one directly in front of the other;
when this is so the house in front has two doors as described, while the
other may have but one. The front house of such a pair is the more
carefully built. It may have the walls firm and substantial, smoothed
and neatly plastered, while the rear house may be badly constructed,
with the walls irregularly and incompletely mud-daubed. Quite a
characteristic feature of the Maya house is the guarding of tRe sides of

the front doorway by two well-built walls, reaching obliquely outward.
These are frequently as high as the doorway itself and may be neatly
plastered. Properly, they are.continued into the fencing wall of the
yard about the house; they have, however, become so normal a feature
of construction that they are often built even when there is no fencing
wall for them to merge into.

Fire is still made, when matches or flint and steel are lacking, by
friction ot two pieces of wood. A piece of 2.2. (canuZ) is taken for
the lower piece and a stick of some hard wood for the upright; the
latter is whirled between the hands, its lower pointed end being set in
a notch in a piece of 2aka. Among the chief articles of food are
pipian, frijoles, posole, and atole. A method of cooking, similar to
the Polynesian oven, is not uncommon; it is de v7geur in the ‘‘milpa
mass’’ and at the chdéchak. Both the oven itself and the food cooked
therein are called fzd.

Men wear low-crowned, broad-brimmed palm hats; trousers of white
cotton, not so loose as is common among Indians further north; the
shirt is neatly made, often pleated, sometimes starched, but it is worn
outside the trousers; men working at railroad stations, or other places
involving the handling of dirty burdens, wear an apron of ticking,
wrapped tightly around the body over the clothing. Women wear
two ample white garments, both hanging from the neck; the lower,
longer, reaches to the ankles; the other is a huzpi//, reaching quite to
the knees; neither is confined at the waist bya belt. These garments

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 77

are bordered at the neck and arm-holes with colored or black orna-
mental patterns and may be fringed with lace. These bordering pat-
terns were formerly done in needlework; at present they usually are
strips of white cotton stamped with red, blue, green, yellow, purple or
black designs, which are sewed to the garments. (Fig. 22.) This style
of dress is not peculiar to Indian women but is also worn by many
mestizo women.

Women generally wear a medal or cross of gold
hanging from a long necklace or rosary which may be spaced with gold
coins. The money value of these ornaments must often amount to
several hundred pesos. The women tend to grow stout with years,
and as they tread with a highly independent air, a middle-aged, well-
dressed woman presents a notable picture. Young women do up
the hair at the back of the head in a large, projecting knot, which is
quite characteristic. (Sup. Pl. li.)

Warm water bathing is general. There appear to be no ¢emascals
and no bath-tubs; the water is heated in an o//a by dropping into ita
heated stone of considerable size. This is handled with two sticks.
Anil (indigo) has special virtue and a cross of it marked upon the fore-
head protects the person against azre, (the air) which here, as in cen-
tral Mexico, is held responsible for a long list of diseases. When
cattle are troubled with Aesze, four of the best foros are killed and buried
in pits at the corners of their enclosure. When savampzion (measles)
appears, they believe it to be a child, amused and pleased with childish
things, so they set food and toys by the door that it may stop to play
and eat and thus fail to enter. For vrue/a (smallpox) they prepare
susaca (maize soaked, but without lye, and carefully ground), fill jecaras
with it and place them at the eaves, where the disease will partake and
depart without harm. When a person has smallpox he takes scabs
from himself and pricks them into others of the household, thus spread-
ing the disease; the purpose of this appears uncertain. The heart
of a golondrina (swallow), burned and powdered, is a potent love-charm:
it must be sprinkled on the hair of the person whose love is to be
secured. The heart, plucked from a living go/ondrina, eaten raw, cures
epilepsy. Santigual: when a child is ill, the parents may send for
aconjuror. After examining the patient, if he decides that it can be
cured, he calls for a jcara and a candle. ‘The candle is placed at the
head, the jzcara at the feet of the patient; all others withdraw; the
conjuror mutters incantations and makes passes over the body, includ-
ing the form of the cross. He then delivers the child, cured of his
disease, which was due to are. Chechem: a certain tree which, at

78 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

night, becomes damp with dew; if drops of this fall upon a white man
it causes irritation and swelling; upon an Indian they produce no effect.

vispas (wasps) also regard the Indian; whereas they swarm out to
attack a white man, an Indian may handle them with impunity ——W hen
a man has been given up to die, neither water nor food is given to him.
Senor Don Manuel Sosa Romero, to whom I am indebted for much
information regarding the Mayas, tells of one case occurring within his
own experience. He knew a well-to-do Maya who owned land, a
good house, many cattle, much maize, etc. He had three children
and owned the houses in which they lived. All was going well when
Don Manuel and another official were summoned to hear the Indian’s
‘last words.’’ Arrived at his house, they found the man sitting in his
hammock, awaiting them, apparently in perfect health. He told them
he had summoned them to hear his last wishes. Though agreeing that
a man in sound health had a ~gf¢ to make his will, they remonstrated
with him; in vain they argued; he insisted that he was about to die:
he had had his “#zazfa (dream). He gave to one child a house, ani-
mals, corn, poultry; to the second his share; to the third likewise.
Then he laid himself down in his hammock, took no food or drink,
spoke to no one, and in six days was dead. Such cases of self-destruc-
tion are said not to be rare. When a person dies the neighbors go
to the house to mourn; should one of these mourners die, not long
after, flowers are sent to the first deceased, by him. If it be the be-
reaved father who gives the flowers he says: cin kubentic tt tech nictea
utial a satt in huxmeyen,; if the mother, wtal sat ual quen kuchquetch
At the feast of the dead, October 31 is the time for the child
souls; the food for them is prepared without chz//; a table is adorned
and spread; a sam/ifo (saint) is placed upon it; sweetmeats and other
things which a child loves are set out; there is a candle and a special
portion of food for each dead child of the family; no one touches any
of the food until after the ~osario (evening prayer) shows that the little
souls have had their chance: the door is opened for their entrance.
On November rst the adult souls eat; their food is seasoned with chz/’;
individual preferences are considered—thus aguardiente may be placed
fora man addicted to drink, chocolate for one known to be fond of it,
etc. On neither of these two days do hunters take the field, fearing
that the soul of some friend may be in the animal hunted. On No-
vember 2nd, after mass, chocolate is set out as a final offering to start
the souls on their way. The feast of the dead is called yanalpiyam.
Ghosts return, often in dreams. Often a man will say; Amatka

LUX.

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 79

axbe utanken uptyan t mama: yala tene yaiem boté hunpel misa; yokol
upixan zakim boté—‘‘1 dreamed last night that my mother’s spirit
came and asked a mass of me: I go to arrange for a mass.’’ Xtabay
is a form, which the evil one may assume to lure people to their destruc-
tion: it may be male or female. As a female it is usually a beautiful
lady in white, with her lowered hair falling down upon her shoulders;
she is most likely to be seen at night under large and spreading trees.
She asks the passer whither he goes; suggests a ramble; even forcibly
siezes and drags him to the edge of a precipice or cavern, over which,
or into which, he is hurled. The heart of the victim is then torn out.
A lover gives his sweetheart a present called muwhu/: it consists of
definite articles in fixed quantity—a pound of cacao, two reales’ worth
of wheaten bread, four pounds of sugar, three centavos’ worth of salt,
two reales’ worth of soap, one pound of starch, one real’s worth of
indigo, six centavos’ worth of black pepper, one pound of leaf tobacco,
a flask of anisette. All of these articles are placed ina basket of special
form called aéujo. If the gift is accepted the girl is bound to marry
the sender. At the wedding feast the bride and groom sit at the
head of the table. His god-father sits next to the groom: her god-
mother sits next to the bride. The god-father dips a morsel of food
into sauce and offers it to the groom; the god-mother dips one and
offers it to the bride; the bride and groom then exchange the same
courtesy: the guests then fall to eating. The sunkul, or native
drum, corresponds to the Aztec /eponast/; it has largely gone out of
use, but is said to still figure at some village festivals; the caraco/, or
shell trumpet, is used in rural places tosummon the people: rattles for
dances are made from a calabash-like fruit in which the dry seeds serve
to give the noise; horns of cattle with a sort of mouth-piece set with
wax are sometimes used as trumpets; a small bow, or arch, made from
a bejuco (vine), strung with a cord, is held with the cord to the mouth;
air is breathed upon it and it is caused to vibrate by being struck with
asmall stick. This instrument is called ju. At an eclipse of the
sun or moon, they believe that a creature, named dadoa/, is devouring
the luminary and make a great din to scare it; a pregnant woman
must not touch any part of her body with her hand during an eclipse,
lest she injure-that part of the babe, which is to be born. Cama-
Jonga: there is sold in the portales of Merida, and at other towns gen-
erally, what is called camalonga. This is an irregularly round object,
dark in color, looking somewhat like a pebble; it is perforated and
strung upon a bit of cord: it is said to be an imported root. It is

80 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

dipped into water, which is then taken internally asa remedy; it may
be dipped into amsefte, and the liquor is then applied as an external
wash. <A camadlonga may also be carried upon the person, worn at the
neck or the wrist. Such an object is often put in a little capsule of
gold or silver and tied at the wrist of a child, to protect it against
convulsions. Ke'esh are sold everywhere. They are little human
figures of silver or gold: they are votive offerings, but the name means
‘‘an exchange,’’ ‘‘to exchange,’’ and in describing their use this idea
of exchange, or substitution, is clearly brought out: — ‘‘if a man is sick
and near to death, he gives the san¢ito one of these in exchange for
himself.’’ (Fig. 23.) Among the votives and gifts to saints in the
churches are clusters of pretty little orange-yellow gourd-like fruits,
called chuchitos; this Spanish word, derived undoubtedly from chzchz,
a woman’s breast, is given on account of the form. Father Juan
Blanco, cura at Tekax, to whom I am indebted for much information,
says that they are not edible, and that they are used only as toys for
children and gifts to saints. Personally, we believe that their name
and form indicate some special significance as gifts to saints.

The Kudpal, (entrega de cabeza de cerdo, carrying the pig’s head),
is celebrated on the third of May. One Indian serves as hermano
mayor, Older brother; he invites the hermanos menores, younger
brothers. Each contributes a vweda, wheel. At the centre of each of
these is fastened a living bird or reptile. A vamada, leafy bower, is
prepared beforehand. In it the various rwedas are suspended. A
carrier leads the line bearing the xweda of the hermano mayor, which
consists of a great loaf of bread, of wheat flour, set around its circum-
ference with pesos. The hermano mayor bears an entire, cooked, pig’s
head. All dance to music. After the dance all partake of the feast
which is set out on a table in the ramada. The x¢oles, formerly
danced every carnival season in Merida, is falling into disuse. Still,
we saw a band of these dancers in 1901. They are Indians, or are
intended to represent them. Their dress is peculiar, characteristic,
and, in part at least, survival. In the company we saw there were four-
teen dancers and a standard-bearer; of the dancers seven represented
females and wore the usual female garments and necklaces of coral
beads, gold chains, pendants, etc.; their breasts were indicated as
exaggeratedly developed. The other dancers wore the usual men’s
white shirts and drawers, but the latter had a red stripe down the side
of the leg; jingling hawkbells were hung to various parts of the dress;

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 81

red fajas (belts), were worn about the waist. Most of the dancers
wore sandals. All wore crowns, consisting of a circlet of tin, from
which rose two curving strips of tin, which crossed above the middle
of the head; from this circlet at spaced intervals rose four feathers —
either real feathers or imitations in tin; two of these crowns, with
real feathers and of unusual magnificence, denote the king and the
queen. Under these crowns, covering the top of the head and hang-
ing down behind over the shoulders and back, were gay red and blue
kerchiefs. All were masked, mostly with old bits of brown cloth,
with eye perforations and with nose and chin pinched up and devel-
oped by tying. The men wore a baldric, or bandolier, which was
probably of ancient type. It was wide, square at the ends, made of
cotton, with inwoven designs — geometrical, animal, bird, etc.— in
colors; at the ends hung bivalve shells. (Fig. 27.) The rattles used
had an oval body set into a conical bunch of splints, uniting down-
ward into a handle; these rattles were painted gaily. (Fig. 24.)
Fans were carried by some of the dancers; they had a wooden frame
and handle, decorated with the national colors; the body was made
of the handsome feathers of the ocellated turkey; the handle is made
of aturkey’s leg. (Fig. 26.) There were two musicians, one with a
pito, or whistle, with a small mouthpiece gummed at the end of a long
tin tube pierced with note holes; the other carried a painted tin
drum of the Awehuet/ type; this he played with his hands. Hung to
the side of the drum, near the top, was a turtle-shell upon which the
drummer struck with a deer’s horn. (Fig. 25.) The standard con-
sisted of a long pole, surmounted by a tin disk, representing the sun’s
face with a protruding tongue; on the cotton banner were painted
’ the sun, two men dancing, a serpent, and the words Sudurbio de San-
tiago, 1900. ‘The leader of the dance, the queen, carried a cord of
San Francisco, with which to strike unskillful performers and intruders.
Besides their own musicians, they had an accompanying band, which
played music like their own; it played before and after the dancing
and when the company passed from house to house. During the
dance itself the f/tero and drummer perform. The music was peculiar
and may be both old and Indian. The words sung were Mayan.
Signals were given by the fifo — one, music; éwo, prepare; ¢hree and
four, dance; five, stand. At the beginning of the dance, the king,
queen and two musicians were in the centre, the dancers circling
around them in a double circle ; they then formed into two files, fac-
ing, alternately, men and women; salutes were given and pairs danced;

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] II [April 28, 1902.)

82 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

a man danced, first with one, then with the other, of his immediate
neighbors. There was a good deal of indecent suggestion in the
dance. The fans anc rattles were used in graceful movements among
which crossings were frequent. After the dancing there was a good
deal of rough and extravagant pretense of love making between the
fictitious couples. The American Consul, Edward H. Thompson, has
made a careful study of this curious dance, taking phonograph records
of the music and cinematograph pictures of the movements. We
understand that he considers it ancient and aboriginal and claims that
it is represented in the mural paintings of ancient ruins. At carni-
val time we saw, at Progreso, a band of mest#zzo dancers who gave a
pretty dance with fadifos, or staves; they had a standard, music, and
leader, and were wonderfully trained. Their songs were in Spanish.
The movements were almost exactly the same as those of the X7o/es,
and the leader insisted that the music was the same, that of the X7o/es,
being translated from that of the Padtos. A careful comparison
would decide which is the original, and which the copy, if they are
really related. At the Museo Yucateco in Merida, we photographed
three old wooden masks which were ‘‘ worn by Indians at Carnival ;’’
they were well carved. One is believed to represent the conqueror,
Montejo; it has been painted white and has a long beard; the second
is also bearded, has hair gummed on, and likewise shows signs of white
paint; the third is smaller, is whitened, but has no beard. (Fig. 28.)
In the same museum, there is a board, nearly four feet long and
one foot five inches wide, which bears in high relief figures said to
have been carved by Indians; the date is uncertain, but the piece
appears quite old. A rural scene is represented; an Indian, squat
behind a well, is drinking; three birds are at a tank of water; behind
this is an Indian carrying a basket of bottles. (Fig. 29.)

The *’men is the medicine man, the conjuror, the oracle, among
the Mayas and he still plies his trade briskly. He says the ‘‘ milpa
mass,’’ performs witch-craft, consults crystals. Don Manuel says that
a good many years ago a /’men was offered some trifling sum for his
services; he was greatly offended and said that any cura, or priest,
would repeat mass for a peso-and-a-half, but that Ze must have five
pesos. This having been reported to the parish priest, he made a
charge against the old man, who was cited to appear before a joint
commission, ecclesiastical and judicial, at Valladolid. At its order
the old man went through with his performance, erecting his platform,
repeating his formule, and making his symbolic movements. The

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 83

commission decided that he was merely repeating mass in Maya and
let him go. At harvest the 4’men performs “ch. A platform is
erected upon four poles or posts, and a cross is set upon it. A hole
is dug and lined with stones and a fire is built therein; bread is pre-
pared, and large cakes, which are wrapped in leaves and baked in this
oven; dalche, a special drink, fermented bark of the balche tree mixed
with honey, is prepared. This fzd and da/che are the bread and wine
of his mass. With the liquid he sprinkles the four winds and invokes
them and the wells for leagues around: the largest and thickest loaf of
bread is then treated as the wafer in the Christian mass. Two assist-
ants participate in the ceremonial.

Chachak is the corresponding
ceremony at seedtime. The #’men makes much use of sastun, the
magic crystal. Ofsuch, he frequently has six or eight, the smallest of
which he calls by the same term of endearment that is applied to the

youngest of a family of children. These precious objects are usually
glass stoppers from bottles or bits of prisms from chandeliers. Into
them he gazes for visions. Don Manuel states that in the town
where he formerly lived, there was a /’men who was his compadre. On
one occasion a boy sickened and his father, suspecting that the /’ men
had bewitched him, went to the Judge (Don Manuel). The h’men,
summoned and questioned, replied: ‘No, compadre, it was not I, but
I can discover who it was.’’ Calling for a candle, salt, aguardiente,
and cigarettes, he withdrew with the judge. After drinking and smok-
ing, he lighted the candle and held his sastwn between his eye and the
flame: no result. Near midnight he tried again; still no vision. At
the third trial, at daybreak, he saw the witch and described his loca-
tion. He offered to transfer the bewitchment from the boy to the
witch, but the boy’s father feared consequences; on inquiry, he found
that the accused really was at the place indicated at the time of the
vision. This added to his fears, which became terror, when he saw the
h’ men cautiously burying something near his house. Hurrying to the
judge he communicated his suspicions. The 4’men was again sum-
moned and ordered to dig up what he had buried. On refusing, he
was beaten. Finally he yielded and dug up a little figure of black
wax, representing the witch upon whom he wished to turn the force of
his own conjuration.—— It is said that the Indians foretell the weather
for the year by observation of the days in January. The days from
the first to the twelfth give the weather for the corresponding months ;
those from the thirteenth to the twenty-fourth, taken in inverse order,
modify or verify the observations. Thus the thirteenth gives the ver-

84 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ification for December, the fourteenth for November, and soon. The
portions of the day give the prediction for the part of the month cor-
responding to them in position. To us, this seems doubtfully of
Indian origin.

THE ZAPOTECS OF TEHUANTEPEC.

For general statements regarding these we may refer the reader to
the preceding series of Votes. We have but few additional matters to
offer. The Zapotec town of Huilotepec, a few leagues from Tehuan-
tepec, possesses a well-preserved, ancient ‘‘ Mapa,’’ painted on a strip
of coarse, native, cotton cloth, 1.555 by .54om. Three colors are
used in the painting—blue, red, and black. All are somewhat faded.
Mountains and hills, sea, river, and lagoons are in blue; red is used
for division and enclosure lines; black outlines kings, horses, church,
tiger, shield, two roads, etc. The two upper rulers wear pink capes;
the third is in pink garments, the fourth wears a crown and garments
of pink; all sit cn black seats. In the group of eleven persons below,
or at the side, of these four, the mid one in the second line has a blue
cape ; the first and third of the lower line sit on pink seats; two indi-
viduals near them are darkened, as if with a wash of india ink. The
serrate base of the mountains near the sea is black. In front of the
two figures, which are included in the triangular space between the
road, river, and sea, are three designs in pale blue; in the space above
are two faint designs ; in the other space near the nopal mountain is
a device in the same faded color, on either side of the black houses.
In the section with the shield there is a faint bluish design in the lower
corner, in the road behind the figure and the house. Between the
lagoon and the edge of the cloth is a pale blue design, probably a little
hill, though it resembles, somewhat, a face ; this has a word upon it in
black, and a dull, irregular line runs from it to the left, toward the next
division line. Some of the inscribed names look as if done in mirror-
writing. It is the author’s intention to publish a reproduction of this
Mapa in the same style as the Mapa de Huahtla, which he has already
issued. It is for this reason that so much detail is given in the pre-
ceding des¢ription.—— Dr. Castle, at Tehuantepec, called our atten-
tion to Zapotec songs. Of these, he says, the Zandunga is a particular
favorite. He believes that this was written after the historic events
of La Noria and in connection with the outbreak. He says that it is
particularly used at wedding celebrations, which are here elaborate
affairs, running through a period of two weeks, during which the fam-

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 85

ilies of the two contracting parties try to outdo each other in enter-
tainment. He asserts that when the Zandunga is being played in a
house any passer-by, even the poorest Indian, may enter and _ partici-
pate in the festivities: he may even invite any lady present to dance
with him and she may not refuse. A song which bears this name is
reproduced below, but we see no connection between it and La Noria.
Attention once turned to these songs, we arranged with our friend,
Don Arcadio G. Molina, himself a Zapotec, to assist us in securing
examples of them. Weare able to present sixteen, including the Zan-
dunga. We are assured by a musician friend that the music has been
profoundly influenced by European music. The words are given in
Zapotec, with an English translation: the latter is made from Molina’s
Spanish translations, which will be found in the foot-notes.—— The

music has been written by Luis B. Lopez, a native Zapotec band-
leasler.— — So far as we know these are the first of these songs to be
printed. In their words—a strange mixture of Zapotec and Spanish—
in their poetical form, and in their content, they present interesting
points for consideration. Molina says that there are three accent
marks—first: ’, suave or gentle when on the first, strong on the penul-
timate syllable; second, ‘, gentle, affecting the penultimate or ante-
penult; third,*,is strong. The letters xh=g in gentlemen; his pro
nounced ‘‘slippingly,’’ with the tongue against the palate; x—the
English z.

86 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Teme di Nrvercia .

Soledad.

Qué gan4 shi modo racalaxhu !
M4 xelu fiacadespedirla ;
Napalu naha callate por lihi:
Adios! ingrata xaguisheluni. _
I do not know what ails you!
You leave me without saying—Adieu!
I am dying here for thy love
Adieu! ingrate, thou shalt pay for it.

Nahatih mds triste que guira.
Naxhiehé tuh que guixhibf naha;
Guéla rirah ni pah lado chaha:
Sacd ngd guenda ranashihi.
I am the most unfortunate being.
I love, but without return.
I come at dawn, rambling,
Well I know what it is to love.

Ni rah lixhu que gandadchaha ;
Bini lixhu rulaga naha :
Xanda gapa alivio sacd 14?
Lihi nami que xandani; nja?
I may not visit at thy house,
For thy people despise me:
Can I live thus?
In truth, no.
Ruina, runa, sin cesar por lihi;
Cadi nga ribexa de lihi;
Pero ma nuhu buena, guyeh,
Que xandaha quixhelalunf{.

Soy el sér mds desgraciado ;

é Puedo vivir asi?

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

I live, ever sighing for thee.

This I did not expect from you.
But enough, enough,

Thou shalt pay for it.

Hombre sca naha guruti xuyu;
Stubi gaxhé ngala xandaguyu

Tuhpeh naxhihé lihi nga rulagu
Nganga ruxabinan dalu lah.

Another man, such as J, you’ll not find
Whatsoever other he be;

In hating him who loves you,
You despise your own love.

Que rixalahilicalu naha
Yanaru biahaxhichent;
Para naha racatih cuexalu;
Mas scaru né guenda stubi lucha.

: I know that you do not love me,
Now I know it right well,
— — it is enough, enough,
Leave me to dwell in peace.*

87

*: No sé que te pasa! Por ti vivo suspirando,
Te vas sin decirme ; Adids! Eso no esperaba de ti;

Yo aqui muriendo por tuamor; Pero basta—— basta—~—- vete—— —
; Adios! ingrata, ya lo pagaras. Ya lo pagaras.

Amo, y no estoy correspondid, Otro cualquiera sf;

Amanezco divagado Aborreces 4 quien te ama

Bién comprendo que asise ama. Desprecias 4 tu mismo amor.
Ni 4 tu casa puedo visitar Sé que no me amas

Tu familia me desprecia: Ahora lo sé muy bien ;

¢ Verdad, que no? ——— Dejame vivir en paz.

—— Me basta, me basta —- —-——

Otro hombre como yo no hallaras,

88 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

a SE SS SS = 5 vas eee aa
7. ee ee eee a Ree “Seen SSS Se ee

SS a ee ee ee ee 7
EES MS es Be ee Se Ge A EE Se

Laureana.

Bipapa bidoh naxhiehé
Bipapabé squihi stubi

Xenebé guenda naxaca stine P
Guenda naxaca slaxhedoah.

The angel, whom I adore, has flown,
Flown to the unknown realm,

3earing with her the calm joy,
Which illumined my faithful heart.

Jamas xaxela guixhilayuh

Sti bidéh gucuexa shiuhba
Cuehe dohori yané

Doho ni calluti naha,

Never again in life will I find
Another angel to calm my woes,
To remove from me the cruel chains,
Chains which cause me to suffer.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 89

Puro guenda runa pobre spida
Saca cullubé alivio para naha
éShi modo guixhela bint huarah?
Alivio para lah que exiuhu.

To sing sadly and weep, now, is my life,
Seeking balm for my sorrows:

How can a wounded soul find relief.
—-— Relief can not come from her.

Xhih né guéla calluna
Guenda rina stiné que cuexa
Nga guenda gutitih xucuexa
Ngatih, ngatih, cabexa.

In weeping day and night,
My tears have never ceased ;
They will cease only with death,
And for death, death only, I sigh.

Bira bilushe esperanza napa
Guixhilayu para naha ma bilushe
éShi fin gapa badohxhapa?
Ni pah lado chaha, ni pah lado guenda.

Perish my fondest hopes,
The world, for me, no longer exists;
Who will be my angel? For me
——living alone, and ever alone.

_ Sin lihi que racalaxhe guibané
Vida sin lihi, cadi vida;
Ne lihitih racalaxhé guibané
Guibané solo para lihi.

Without thee, I care not for life,
Life without thee is a desert.
Only with thee do I care to live,
And alone for thee to exist.*

*Vol6 el angel 4 quién adoro, Jamas en la vida hallaré
Y volo 4 regiones estranas Otro angel que calme mis penas,
Llevandose consigo la calma, Quitarme las crueles cadenas,
Que brindaba al fiel corazon. Cadenas que me hacen sufrir.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vot. IX.] 12 | May 8, 1902.]

go DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Cantar y triste llorar es mi vida, Perecieron mis esperanzas,

Buscando alivio 4 mis pesares ; El mundo para mi no existe ;
¢Como hallar aliviounalma herida? Que sera de mi, angel mio? [do.

Alivio para ella no habra? Viviendo aislado, y siempre aisla-
De dia y noche llorando, Sin ti no quiero la vida

No ha cesado mi llanto; La vida sin ti es un desierto;

Y cesard4 solo con la muerte [ pero. Sdlo contigo quiero vivir,
Y 4 la muerte, 4 la muerte,solo es- Y solo para ti existir.

Eeduarda.

Spidu né spidalu tubi
Paraha chaha sin lhi

Lihi squendu nabané,
Ne lihi naha feliz.

My life and thine have united;
Where shall I go without thee?
If thou art my only good,
In thee will my happiness consist.

Infeliz naha sin lihi

é Pah lado chaha sin lihi?
Guenda nabané stiné

Rah mihulu xaxhela.

Without thee I am an unfortunate,
What motive have I, without thee?
My life is with thee
And only with thee will be.

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

Chih lihi gusianu naha
Xalushe guixhelayuh

Nanaxhiche sacdni:
Xhuncohuini, Xhuncohuini

Should you come to despise me,
I should die,

Indeed well, I know it:
My angel! my angel!

Sin lihi ;shindi naha yia?
Naban{ por nabant:

Runi, ni ganashi runi,
Raca ni guint shi raca.

Without thee, who am I?
A lifeless body.

My soul raving
And ever raving.

; Pah lado guyubé,
Pah lihi gulagu naha?
Que gapa lado chaha,
Mejor bindusheca naha.

What course should I take
If you should come to despise me?
I would have no course to follow:
Better you kill me.

Que xanda cuexa xhihca:
Xhihca unabes naroho;

Guidubi shiahna xené;
Guenda guli mejor.

I will not wait for that day,
For me so dreadful:

Which makes me tremble,
Death even is preferable. *

*Mi vida y tuya se han unido Sin ti soy un desgraciado.
i Adonde ire sin ti? Que fin tendré sin tf?
Si tu eres mi unico bién Mi vida contigo esta,

En ti se cifra mi dicha. Y sdlo contigo estard.

oI

g2 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Si llegues 4 despreciarme, ‘Que rumbo tomaré,

La vida perderé, Si llegues 4 despreciarme?
Muy bién losé No tengo adonde ir,

Angel mio, agel mio. —— mejor me mataras.
Sin ti ; quién soy? No esperaré ese dia;

Cuerpo inerme, Que para mi es hoérrido;
Mi alma delirando Que me estremece,

Y siempre delirando. Es preferible la muerte.

Petrona.

Petronita, Petronita,
eShi bine culagu naha?

Nga que ribexa de lihi Petrona,
éShindi rd4calu né naha?

Petronita, Petronita,

What have I done that you drive me out?
I did.not expect this from you;

What have you against me?

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

Petronita, Petronita,
éShi vida cutidé lihi?

Ni quiné, ni capa lihi, Petrona,
Rah lixhu rulagu naha.

Petronita, Petronita,
How have I harmed you?

I have not struck you, nor pounded you,

But you drive me from your house.

Petronita, Petronita,
Rah lixhu runumandar,

Tuh gacalaxhu xulagu, Petrona,
Rah lixhu stubilu duena.

Petronita, Petronita,
You command in your house;
You drive out whom you please
Queen, you are, of your house.

Petronita, Petronita,
Xiaha sin gacalaxhé

Guira ni nahlu xune Petrona,
Para cadi guixhichilu.

Petronita, Petronita,
I leave without complaint,
I will obey you in all things,
So as not to trouble you.

Petronita, Petronita,
Ja&masrti xulayu naha

Neca por lihi runa, Petrona
Sacu lihisi risacu.

Petronita, Petronita,
Nevermore shall you see me;
Although I weep for you Petrona
Think not that you only are of value.

Petronita, Petronita, »
Xaxheld stubi sca liht;

Lihi nahlu que xanda, Petrona,
Rahca guidu yanu ni.

Petronita, Petronita,
I’ll find another as good:
Think I can’t, do you Petrona?
Well, well, then—we’ll see.*

93

94 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

*Petronita, Petronita, [chando? Petronita, Petronita,
2Que he hecho que me estas es- Me retiraré sin querer,
Eso no esperaba de ti, Petrona, Te obedeceré en todo,
¢ Que es lo que tienes conmigo? Para no molestarte.

Petronita, Petronita, Petronita, Petronita,
¢Qué mal le estoy haciendo? Jamas me volveras 4 ver;
No te he pegado, ni pufeteado, Anuque por ti lloro, Petrona,
Petrona, No creas que solo tu vales.

De tu casa me estas echando. Peranites Petmonits
5] ce ’

Petronita, Petronita, Hallaré otra como tu,
Tu en tu casa mandas, Creeras tu que no, Petrona,
Echaras 4 quién gustas Para después lo veremos.

Reina de tu casa eres.

a as a a a eee a eee mee met St eC
REA Ss SS ee ee = ae eS

= — _ -- Saas as a ==
SSS es ae os ee ee Oa oe ee ee wee es See

Antonia,
Desprecio runilu naha, Your disdain toward me
Para guidnalu stubu, For deserting you:
Que ganda guicahant, I do not feel it,

Neca naha nacalaxhe. Although I ought,

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 95

Guibah né guixhilayuh
Bisenda guiropami

Para ganashiehé lihi:
No tubiluchatih lihi.

Heaven and earth
Have sent us here,
That I may love you,
And only that I may love you.

éShi modo rulagu naha?
é Naha gulagu la?

; Mejor nuticalu naha!
Auta mulagalu naha.

Why do you disdain me?
Do you disdain me?
Better destroy me!
But do not disdain me.
éShindi ribexa sin lihi?
Lihi guié guixhilayun ;
Lihi lave stid shialma
Lihipeh misma spida.

What hope without you?
Rose of the world,
You are the key of my soul,
And my very life.
Hora lihi que guinu
Ni guixheld shi guné;
Ni gana shinga raca;
Laxha lu bih ribexa.

In your absence,

I find naught to employ me.
I know not what transpires:

I seem to live vacantly.

Mas studolu nuaha gloria
¢ Tungaé mas feliz que naha?
Que xand4 guixhelu stubi;
Feliz tubilucha naha.

But at your side is my glory,

Can one be more happy than I?
It is impossible ;

I, only, am happy. *

96 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
*Tu desden para conmigo é Qué espero sin ti?
Por dejarte, Rosa del mundo;
No lo siento, Tu eres llave de mi alma
Aunque lo deseara yo. Y mi vida misma.
El cielo y la tierra En tu ausencia
Nos han enviado aca No hallo en qué ocuparme;
Para amarte yo No sé que me pasa;
Y solo para amarte. Se me figura que en el aire vivo.
é Por qué me desdefas? Mas 4 tu lado, es mi gloria
é Desdenarme tul é Habra otro mas feliz que yo?
; Mejor acaba conmigo! Imposible es que haya;
Y no desdeharme tu. Feliz unico yo.

Mi Angel.

Badohuini ni naxhiehé

Sladolu racalaxhe cuexa
Né para lihitih guibané
Ne para lihitih guibané.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 97

Beautiful angel, whom my soul adores,
‘I desire to live at thy side,

And only to exist for thee,
And only to exist for thee.

Lihi runichahuilu shialnia
Ruchechu shiub4

Ruchalu guié tuexa
Rusabindndalu guira yuhba.

Thou adornest my grieved soul,
Dissipatest my cruel torments ;

Strewing my path with flowers,
Calming my suffering.

Biniseguir suexu, angel stiné:
Bini feliz’ tuh naxhihi lihi:

Triste hombre ni cacahalaxhi por lihi:
Triste hombre ni calluna por lihi.

a Follow, my angel, thy happy path,
Causing joy to him that loves thee well,
To the wretch who sighs for thee,
To the wretch who weeps for thee.

De alegria calluna por lihi,
Duejio stid scorazonlu
Ne alegria siempre xanoshih

Corazonhuini stid.

With joy, weeping for thee, lives

The owner of thy faithful heart;
With joy, loving, will follow thee

Thy loving, tender and faithful heart.

; Ojala! nandd nanda fjunadidgalu
Gloria ni runésentir:

Nabé lihi né dixha scart
Guenda naxacda slaxhedooh.

Ah could I but sing to thee
The pleasant emotions I feel!

Could I but tell thee, in sonorous lines,
The great joy my bosom holds!

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 13 [May 16, 1902.]

98 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Xhunco, ma xiaha ndi
Bidoh gulé para naha
Biani de ahua stiné
Gloria stiné.
Withdraw from me thy sweet charms,
Oh nymph, indeed, born for me, :
Cloud of light, whom my soul adores,
Eternal mansion of my hope.*

*Angel bello, que mi alma adora, De alegrias te vive lorando

A tu lado quiero vivir, El duefo de tu fit] corazon,
Y solo para ti existir, Con alegrias te seguird amando.
Y solo para ti existir. ¢ Su fiél, tierno y dulce corazon.
Tu adornas mi alma adolorida; _—; Ojala! puditse yo cantarte
Disipas mis crueles tormentos: Las gratas emociones que siento;
Regando de flores mi senda; Repetirte en versos sonoros
Anyentando el duro sufrir. La gran dicha que encierra me

Sigue, dngel mio, tu senda de dicha pecho.

Haciendo feliz 4 quien bién te Me retiro mis dulces encantos,

ama ; Ninfa que, para mi bien nacida,
Al triste ser que por ti suspira Rafaga de luz que mi alma adora,
Al triste ser que por ti llorando. —_ Eterna mansidn de mi esperanza.

ES A ES EE PS ES SE PSS ES
~

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 99

Antonia.
; Antonio ingrato!
éShi bint lihi
Bisanui naha
Sin ti motivo?

Ingrate! Antonio!
What have I done to you,
That you should leave me
Without reason?
Xehlu sin gasti
éShinga callacahi?
Nuaha por lihi
Gasti callaca.
You avoid me without cause, ‘
What ails you?
On my part
Nothing.
Shamoar rapu
Stidlu napa
Feliz guiropanu
Bigueta xhona.
When you have my love,
And I have thine,
Happy are we;
Return, then.
Cadi guindahu
Rina por lihi
Pah que guedu
Xate sin lihi,

100 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF

Delay not!
For you I sigh;
And if you come not,
For you I’JI die.

Shiahua callagui
Por amor stidlu
Lihi spidodh
Lihi spida.
My soul burns
For thy sweet love;
Yes—angel mine;
Yes—my life.
Xhona gudah,
Cabexa lihi,
Lihitih ruchan,
Laxhédoahri.

Come, angel mine,

For you I am waiting.

Only you are fitted
To my faithful heart.

*Ingrato Antonio

SCIENCES.

No te tardes

¢Que te he hecho?
Que me dejas
Sin motivo alguno.

Te fuiste sin motivo
¢Que te esta pasando?
Por mi parte
Nada nos pasa.

Mi amor tu tienes,
Y el tuyo lo tengo;
Felices somos,
Regrésate, luégo.

Por ti suspiro ;
Y si no vienes,
Morire por ti.

Mi alma ardiendo
Por tu dulce amor
Si, angel mio,
Si, vida mia.
Ven, Angel mio,
Te estoy esperando,

Sédlo tu llenas
Mi fiel coraz6én.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. IO!

Morena.

Badohxhapa shunashi guie,
Stadolu naha felfz ;
Neca que gana gonda;
Pero por lihi callonda.
Most beautiful maiden,
At thy side I am happy;
It is not my forte to sing,
But, for thee, I will sing.

Sladotilu xabané
Lihitih vida stiné

Sin lihi xanitéluah
Vidari stidlu quidubi,

102 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Only at thy side will I live,
Angel of my affections ;

Without thee I will perish,
Beautiful mistress of my life.

Desde chihgucabiah lihi,
Amor stfu cuxaqui naha,
Ni ti momento de gusto;
Ahuari siempre caguih, .

From the day that I knew thee,

I burned with sublime love for thee;
Not a moment calmed,

My soul always burning.

Dixha scaru que gapa:
Para nanda nabé lihi,

Pah amor napa lihi,
Badohxhapa spidahuine.

I possess no adequate phrases,
For expressing to thee,

The eloquent love which I feel,
Beautiful angel.

Ni ti rato hacalaxhe
Naxha rah nuhulu xhinico,
Porque lihi guié stiné
Guié gundani lachédoah.
Not a moment do I desire
To depart from thy side;
Because thou are the hope
Of my life, darling.

Lihi rud{u vida naha;
Sin lihi que xabané;
Squenda nabané nga lihi;
Dudara que xanda gdpalu.

From thee I receive life;
Without thee I cannot live ;

Thou art the life of life to me;
Do not doubt it.*

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

*Hermosisima joven,
A tu lado soy feliz;
No es mi destino cantar ;
Pero por ti cantaré.

Sdlo 4 tu lado viveré,
Angel de mis amores;
Sin ti pereceré,
Hermosa duena de mi vida.

Desde el dia que te conoct,

Yo abrasado de tu sublime amor
Ni un momento sosegado ;

Mi alma siempre ardiendo.

103

Melodiosas frases no poseo,
Para expresarte

E] elocuente amor que te profeso,
Angel bello.

Ni un momento quisiera
Separarme de tu lado,

Porque eres la esperanza,
De mi corazon, nacida.

De ti recibo la vida;

; Sin ti no viviria:

Tu eres mi mismisima vida,
No has de dudarlo tu.

104 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Sulanita.
Bieté guixhilayuh sin dicha
Gasti alivio para naha;
Ronda para chuahd alegre,
Lagala rinaha mas triste.

7 Unhappy came I into the world,
There is no happiness for me;
I sing to rejoice myself,
But it saddens me more.

Tipah laxhedoah de yuhba,
Gulé para sufrimiento
Gabaté guicaha bih
Guira lado laca yuhba.

Lacerate my heart,
Born to suffer;

For me there is no alleviation,
Sorrows, and more sorrows.

Rah nuhutilu, badohx hapa,
Guidubi amor stiné nuhu

Gabatiru gandé chuhu;
Porque tubisi amor nuhu.

Only at thy side, my angel,
I pour forth my sweet love,
And only at thy side,
Elsewhere I cannot.

; Ojala! hacu sc4 naha,
Tubisi laxhidoh hdpami,

Nixami tubisi nexa:
Nechenu tubisi yoho.

Ah! wert thou as I am,
Our hearts united,
We would journey together,
And together delight ourselves.

Lihi gulu para naha
éShi modo gusiana lihi yia?
Ndani shialmaca ribaxalu
Rixh{f, huashini nuhulu.

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 105

Thou wast born for me;
How can I leave thee?
By day and by night thou dwellest

In my sad soul.

Pah lihi rulagu naha,
Xami triste fin stiné:

Rah bah stiné cheh gunu;

Porque sin lihi xaté.

If thou shouldst abandon me,
Thou wouldst learn my tragic end,
Thou wouldst weep o’er my tomb,
Because without thee, I’d die.*

*Desgraciado vine al mundo,
5

Para mi no hay dicha;
Canto para alegrarme;
Y me entristezco mds.

Despedazad mi corazon,
Naci para sufrir,

No hay para mi un alivio
Pesares, y mas pesares.

Sdlo 4 tu lado, Angel mio,
Derramo mi dulce amor,
Y solo 4 tu lado hago,
En otra parte no puedo.

; Ojala! fueses como yo,
Nuestras corazones unidos,

Caminariamos juntos los dos,
Y nos divertiamos los dos.

Tu naciste para mi,
¢Como habia de dejarte?
De dia y noche vives
En mi alma adolorida.

Si tu me abandones,
Ya sabrds mi tragico fin,
Llorards sobre mi tumba,
Porque sin ti moriré.

(Proc. D.A. S., Vor. IX.]

I4

! May 22, 1902.)

106 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

«Luisa.

Niné ronda gasti cahua
Chuhu ndani laxhedoah
éShi modo ndi gapa calma,
Tuh naxhihi naha guti?
Notwithstanding my songs,
My griefs are not mitigated ;
How could they be mitigated,
If my most beautiful angel die?
Napa razon gunashata
Que xanda gapa sti amor;
Tan naroho, tan nanashi:
Casi ni gupd4 primero.
Greatest reason have I for weeping,
For other love I will never have,
So sweet, so sublime,
As my first love.
Nagaci que guixhela
Shi tindi xanda guné
Rixilua galaha guté,
Por guti tuh naxhiehé,
In these moments I cannot decide
What to do;
Half-dead am I,
Think of it, my faithful love lies dead.
Napa ti yuhba naroho
Que xanda gacaexplicar
Pah fhacaexplicarnila,
Queto rusabani naha.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO,

I feel acutest grief,

Inexplicable,

Could you explain it,

I should die.

Gasti alivio cuexa naha,
Alivio stiné guyaqui;

Nga que xanda gueda nunca
En vano gabé; cuexa.

There is no consolation for me,
My consolation has perished ;
I will not expect it,
Tis vain to expect it.

Mejor guyubé sti nexa;
Porque nexacd ma xéh;

Que xanda chuhu stubi ;
Neca facalaxhe fuhu.

Tis better to seek another angel,
Since this one has flown,

And ne’er will return,
Though I wish that she might.*

*No obstante mis cantores,
Ni se mitigan mis dolores ;
¢Como se me habian de mitigar,
Si mi angel bello se me murio?

Muchisima razon tengo en llorar
Otro amor jamas tendré:

Tan dulce, tan sublime
Como mi amor primero. .

En estos momentos no hallo
——-—-— Que hacer

Medio muerto estoy,
Figurate, cadaver mi fiel amado.

Siento un agudisimo dolor,
Inexplicable,

Si lo llegase a explicar,
Muerto me tendrias.

Lenitivo para mi no existe,
Mi lenitivo ha perecido ;
No lo esperaré ;
Eu vano esperarlo.

Preferible es buscar otro angel,
Que ese angel ya volo;

Y ya no volvera;
Aunque lo quisiese yo.

107

108 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Marina.

Nina, nanu de que naha

Rate rilushé por lihi:
Lihipeh ruyubé yanna

Buena ocasion ridi bixhina.

Dear girl, thou knowest,
That for thee I drink the air,
In search of thee, I wander,
’ Tis a delight to have found thee.

Xanda gunadiagulu naha,
Rinaba lihi por Dios:
Callaté por amor stidlu
Ni descanso ti momento.

Listen to me,
For God’s sake! I beg;
I am dying for thy love,
And ceaselessly suffer.

Biaha tuh nanhixhf lihi
Lu shiuhba gundisé lah;
Nunca gunidespreciarlu
Tuh xhandi ruyubi lihi.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 109
Pity him who loves thee,
Console him in his grief,
Ne’er show disdain
For him who loves thee truly.

Guixhilayuh gasti dixha
Nunépintar amor stidlu ;
Ni cuexaqui scorazodn:
Ni que gusana silaxhe.

There are not, in the world, words adequate
To paint the love for thee

Which inflames my heart,
Which permits me no rest.

Naxhiehe lihi sin fin:
Guiechachi para spid4,
» Unico amor shiahv4
Amor de guird amor.

Great is my love for you,
Refulgent star !

Balm of my soul!
Love of my loves!

Alegria né lihi nuhu;
Tristeza nuhu né naha;
Vida né lihi nuhu:
La muerte nuhu né naha.

Joy lives with thee,
Sadness with me;

With thee, life,
With me, death.*

*Nifa sabes No hayenel mundo expresivas frases
Que por ti los aires bebo, . Para pintarte tu amor,
En busca tuya ando Que abrasa mi corazén;
Es una gloria el haberle hallado. | Que ni descansar me deja.
Escuchame Es mucho lo que te amo;
Te lo suplico por Dios, Estrella refulgente,
Muriendo yo por tu amor, Alivio de mi alma,
Sufriendo sin cesar. Amor de mis amores.
Compadécete de quién te ama, _— La alegria contigo vive;
Consuélale en sus pesares ; Y. conmigo la tristeza ;
No desdefiarlo jamas, Contiga la vida;

A quién deveras te ama. Y conmigo la muerte.

IIo DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Aurelia.

Mejor que nacabiah lihi
Que huallanda silaxhe

Lixhiguibah hualluaha
Por amor ni napa Ilhi.

’Twere better not to know thee!
I have not rested a moment,
I have lived in a prison,
For the love which I have for thee. |

Guruti hualluni naha
Quird ni yanna calluni
Amor stidlu, amor stidlu;
Bidubi spiané xené.
No one has e’er done to me
What now is being done:
Thy love! thy love!
I am deprived of judgment.
Nabané de puro yuhba
Por lihi siempre por lihi;
eShindiru xanda guné,
Pah cadi guné por lihi?

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. III

I tread a rough path,

For thee—ever for thee:
What can be done,

That I would not do for thee?

Pah guenda ronda que fuhu,
Nir4 enamorado jate ;
Guenda ronda rucuex4
Algo shiuhba tuh callati.

If song did not exist

All lovers would perish ;
Singing softens

The grief of the sufferers.

Esperanza stiné lihi
¢Tungu guninegarui?

¢Naha 14? que xand4;
Halasha lihi ganda.

Thou art my hope!
Who can deny it?

Do I deny it? I could not —
Much less canst thou.

Gurutiru xanda
Gunicalmar chashitihba
Lihi tubilucha lihi
Sin lihi né guenda guti.

No one could calm
My cruel sufferings ;

Only thou, and thou —----—
Without thee, I prefer to die.*

*Valdria mas no conocerte, Si el cantar no existiese,

No he descansado un momento, Todos losenamorados perecieran,
En una prisidn he vivido, E] cantar suaviza

Por el amor que yo tengo. Los dolores de los que sufren.
Nadie me ha hecho Tu eres esperanza mia

Lo que ahora me esta haciendo ;Quien lo puede negar?
Tu amor, tu amor; éNegarlo yo? no podré;

Se llevo mi juicio entero. Y mucho menos negarlo tu.
Cruzo una senda escabrosa Nadie podra calmar

Por ti y siempre por ti; Mis crueles sufrimientos ;
¢Que podria hacer, Sdlo tu y tu

Que por ti no lo haria; Sin ti prefiero morir.

112

JZ aco.

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Cadi gacu naguih
Casi naha né lihi;
Triste guenda naguih ;

Laca lah ruti amor.

Né

Ni

You are not jealous,
As I am of you:

Sad ’ tis to be jealous:
Jealousies quench love.

: lani gasti gusto

Guidubi vida yuhba
ti momento alivio;
Guenda naguih ti lado.
With jealousies there is no pleasure
Life is a martyrdom,

With not an instant of joy;
Tis well to discard suspicions.

Guruti riuhu bién,

Gi

Pah gaca naguth;
ienda naguih veneno
Stid guird corazon.

d

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO,

113
No one takes pleasure
. If he is jealous ;
Jealousies are a poison
Of all hearts.
Tu racalaxbi chuhu
Né ti vida feliz;
Gapa guenda naguih
Casi de ti serpiente.
Who desires to live
A happy life,
Avoids jealousies
As he would a serpent.
Gasti felicidad
Ne bini naguihshata ;
Porque guenda nagufh
Bini mejor rundushe.
There is no joy
With the jealous;
Because jealousies
Disconcert all.
Bién racalaxhé chuhucanu
Neca vida nachucu
Saca xaca naxiula
Né xdcanu feliz.
I wish we may live happy
Though life is short;
Thus ’ twill be prolonged
And will give satisfaction. *
*No seas celoso Quien desea vivir
Como yo contigo; Con una vida feliz;
Triste es ser celoso é Huya de los celos
Los celos apagan los amores. Como de una serpiente.
Con los celos no se goza; No hay felicidad,
La vida es un martirio, Con los celosos ;

Ni un momento se goza; Porque los celos
Conviene despreciar los celos. A todos descomponen.
Nadie goza Felices deseo que vivamos ;

Si es celoso ; Aunque la vida es corta;
Los celos son veneno Asi se prolongara
De todos los corazones. Y felices nos hard.
{Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.} 15 | May 31, rgo2.]

114 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Pablo.

éShi biné lihi xehlu?
Bixabé naha yanna,

Nana que guxabé
Lihi gastilica.
What have I done to you that you avoid me?
Orphan am I, today,
I know that I have done nothing,
Absolutely nothing.
Runa de sentimiento
Ruya desgraciari
Chuhu tuh guni mal
De ti binf nayia nuhu.
I weep from emotion
In contemplating this misfortune;
Some one must be working ill
To a virtuous person.

iy Cos

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. I 15

Que gana shingd raca
‘Quixhilayuh cashife:

Gudfh stid tubi stubi,
Sin gana shi calluni.

Sadly I look on the world,
Going to ruin; .

It gives not to each one its due,
Nor knows what it does.

Pah yand shinga runi
Cada tubi nudih;

Ni runitocar lah:
Ti gloria 6 sufrimiento.

If but it recognized its evil work!
If ’twould give to each
His due,
To one reward, to another punishment.

Naha nicaha gloria
Naha ti recompensa

Naha ti guiebichita
Nahatih, nahatih.

To me it would give reward,
A recompense,

A wreath,
To me and to me alone.

Tuh funinegarut

¢Ti gunaha naxaca,
Ti gunaha risaca,

Ti gunaha stiduf?

Who can refuse,
To a good woman,
To a virtuous woman,
What she deserves? *

* iQue te hice que te fuiste? Lloro de sentimiento
Huerfana soy ahora, Contemplando esta desgracia,
Sé que nada he hecho _ Haya quien perjudique

Absolutamente nada. A una persona honrada,

116 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Asombrada veo al mundo A mf me tocaba un premio,
Que se ve 4 pique; Una recompensa,

No dar 4 cada uno lo que es tuyo, Una guirlanda,
Ni sabe lo que hace. A mf y sdlo 4 mi.

Si conociese su mala obra, Quién pudiese negar
Diese 4 cada uno A una mujer buena,

Lo suyo A una mujer honrada,

A quien premio, a quien castigo. Lo que bién merece?

Placido.

Novio stiné guti
Tuh ndbin{ naha:
eShf fin gap4 yanna?
Lahpehbé nga guti.
My lover is dead!
Who would have told me!

What end have [I left in life?
My angel has flown.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

; Jah suerte chaparra!
éShinga bini naha?
éShi nuxabé lihi,
Gacadesquitarlu?
Oh wretched fate!
What have you done to me?
What have I done
To deserve such punishment?
Gast{ huallumé
Para gaca tanto;
Que xand4 quishé
Ni que guxabé.
I have done nothing
To deserve so great punishment;
I ought not to suffer
For what I’ve not done.
Quishe cada tubi
Ni bini rari;
Tubisi que quishe
Obra stid guira.
Each one in the world
Pays for what he has done;
’ Tis not just that one pay
For what others have done.
Pah tubisi faca
Ni naha guca
Cada tubi nati
Ni tuh nibani.
If to one alone should happen
What now happens to me,
He would die under it;
No one would remain in the world.
Mas quira vididi
Guixhilayuh ;
Gasti sin que tidi
Casi ni xéhpapa.
But everything passes
In the world;
Nothing endures,
All passes, flying. *

oe

118 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

**Murié mi novio
Quién me lo hubiera dicho:
éQué fin tendré en el mundo?
Mi angel ya volo.
; Oh, suerte chaparra!
; Qué me has hecho?
é Que te he hecho,
Para castigarme asi?

Nada he hecho

Para merecer tantos castigos ;

No he de pagar
Lo que no he hecho.

a
2a Be ee

0. SS a SO
as Es a=
LL —————— a ———_

= (= SS a Ss eS SS SS Ba CS SS Se eS
a S|

2 oe SS Sl GE as eS 2 eee
Se sree ne 2 eas Oe SS des ES ee ee
Ss ———. =a

Cada uno en el mundo
Pague lo que haya hecho;

No es justo que uno pague
Lo que otros hayan hecho.

Si 4 uno solo le pasase

Lo que ahora 4 mi me pasa
Muérese en al acto,

Nadie en el mundo existiria.

Mas todo pasa

En el mundo;
Ninguna cosa dura,

Y todo pasa volando.

Seas Sve k es eS Ss ee ae
my = 2 © ee Bn Bs ee

5 Ener
7 ee ee cae oe wae

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. I19

\)
2 Ae ee a ee

tect tt
a

ene SS Se SO SST ED

(Gs eee ee ee ee Se) BS ee

120 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

zi =
ofA ee geal

a

2S) 6S). GE GS GS Ge . S e S ea SS S

SS Ge _ Se ee) ee ee ee eB ES. a ee BS BS
SS ee Ee re Se Se Ses Se

Zandunga.
Zandunga, por lihi calluna, mama por Dios:
é Pardha nabéxalu, cielos de amor?
Lihipeh quendayubé, mama por Dios;
Amor stibu calluti naha, cielos de amor.
Zandunga, weeping for thee, mama por Dios:
Where dost thou live, heavens of love?
In seeking thee, I wander, mama por Dios,
Thy love is killing me, heavens of love.
; Ay, Zandunga!
; Que Zandunga rut{, mama por Dios!
Zandunga que gutu naha,
Prenda de mi corazo6n.

‘ a

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 121

Aye! Zandunga!
Zandunga who kills, mama por Dios,
Zandunga do not kill me,
Joy of my heart.
Zandunga pah lado chaha, mama por Dios;
Pah que nan chuaha rah niehulu, cielosde amor
Gulé para lihi, mama por Dios:
Laxhédodh rabini naha, cielos de amor.

_ Zandunga, what end shall I pursue, mama por Dios,
If you despise me, heavens of love?
I was born for thee, mama por Dios,
My heart tells me so, heavens of love.

j Ay Zandunga !
Que Zandunga rucibani, mama por Dios:

_ Zandunga naha bicibani,

Angel de mi corazon.

Aye, Zandunga!

Zandunga, who gives life, #ama por Dios,
Zandunga give me life,

Angel of my heart.

Zandunga mientras nabané, mama por Dios:
Rah lixhu gonda siempre, cielos de amor:

Lixhu nga gaca lixhé, mama por Dios:
Spidd gaca spidalu, cielos de amor.

Zandupnga, while I live, mama por Dios,
I will sing in thy house, heavens of love;
Thy home will be mine, mama por Dios,
My life will be thine, heavens of love.

; Ay Zandunga!
Que Zandunga, amor sublime, mama por Dios,
Zandunga, por lihi gaté,
Huerita de mi corazon.
Aye, Zandunga!
Zandunga, love sublime, mama por Dios ;
Zandunga, for thee will I die,
Mistress of my heart.*

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] [ June 26, 1902.)

122 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

*Zandunga por ti llorando, mama por Dios,
é Donde vives, cielos de amor?

En busca tuya ando, mama por Dios;
Tu amor me esta matando, cielos de amor.

; Ay Zanduuga!

; Zandunga que mata, mama por Dios!
Zandunga, no me matas,

Prenda de mi corazon.

Zandunga, qué fin tendré, mama por Dios,
Si tu me despricies, cielos de amor:
Naci para ti, mama por Dios:
Me lo dice el corazon, cielos de amor.

; Ay Zandunga!

; Zandunga, que da vida, mama por Dios!
Zandunga damela 4 mi,

Angel de mi corazon.

Zandunga mientras yo vivo, mama por Dios:
En tu casa cantaré, cielos de amor:

Tu casa serd la mia, mama por Dios:
Mi vida la tuya, cielos de amor.

; Ay Zandunga!

; Zandunga, amor sublime, mama por Dios!
Zandunga por ti moriré,

Huerita de mi corazon.

The Zapotec towns from San Geronimo to Tuxtla Gutierrez present
much similarity. San Geronimo itself lies a little back from the
Tehuantepec Railroad station of the same name; it spreads over a
considerable area, which is swept clean and bare by strong, hot winds.
The houses are rectangular, composed of poles daubed with mud and
whitewashed, and roofed with high, steeply-pitched roofs. Pottery is
there made from a blackish-gray clay: the material is broken up by
mallets, mixed and shaped by hand into astonishingly large olla-like
and plate-like forms. Single ollas are often lashed to carts and used,
apparently, for hauling water. The Zapotecs are expanding and
crowding on the other native populations far down toward Tonala and
other parts of Chiapas. Juchitan is a veritable hive from which swarm-
ing is constant. Union Hidalgo is a Juchitec colony. Ixhuatan was

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 123

a ‘‘made town,’’ governmentally devised, for the purpose of drawing
the Juaves of San Francisco Ixhuatan from their lagoon and fishing,
to make.of them staid agriculturists. The experiment failed and
Zapotecs have crowded into the village until but four or five Juave
families remain. ‘The Zapotecs through this region call the Juaves
‘« Juapes ’’—a name which these resent. The Juchitecos whom we
met are large, strong fellows: many of them, if not all, still wear the
ancient breech-clout of red cloth underneath their usual clothing;
even boys of twelve wear this under the little shirts, which are their
only other garment. A favorite food, not only among these Zapo-
tecs but also among the Chiapas tribes, is oso/e. This, hereabouts, is
a mass of wet-ground maize mixed with save/a (brown sugar). It is
extremely condensed nourishment. Among Tzendals and Chols it has
no sugar mixed with it, is white, and is kept moist by wrapping in
banana leaves. Here it is dry, and of a brown or yellowish color from
the admixture of sugar. Characteristic of this region are ‘ortillas
del horno (ua na sti-k{) or baked tortillas. Zort///as about the size of
a fruit plate are shaped in the usual way. An o//a is sunk in the
ground until the rim is just even with the surface: it is covered with
a coma/ (flat, round griddle) or another o//a: a good fire of coals is
made init. The /orvt//as are then placed in, stuck about the inside
of the o//a, and left to bake. When taken out they are crisp and, in
the baking, have assumed the form of a saucer, by the turning up of
the border. At Ixhuatan we found some curious toys of crude
pottery, which are made at Juchitan and sold as presents to be given
at New Year. The forms include saucers, bowls, etc., and quaint fig-
ures. Among these, representations of women with babies are ethno-
ogically interesting as showing the way in which children are carried
astride the hips and that two nursing babies may be carried at the
same time—weaning being delayed. (Figs. 30, 31.)

THE ZOQUES.

The relation of the Zoque language to the Mixe has been well estab-
lished and the two tribes are usually grouped into a Zoque-Mixe
family. The student who has best studied language and people on the
spot is Dr. Berendt, who spent some time at Tuxtla Gutierrez. Orozco
y Berra says the Zogue, Zoc, Sogue, \anguage is spoken in Tabasco,
Chiapas and Oaxaca. We visited this people only at Tuxtla Gutier-
Tez, capital city of Chiapas. At that town, the Indian part of the

I24 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

population is all of this speech, but shows a considerable admixture of
Spanish blood.

The physical type does not appear to be well defined. In men the
color is rather light : the eyes are rarely oblique and are widely spaced ;
the bridge of the nose, in youth straight or even concave, becomes
notably aquiline with age; the upper lip frequently protrudes beyond
the lower ; the lower part of the face is, often, broad ; an apparent
eerocephaly is not uncommon. Women are, usually, asymmetrical, one
shoulder being much higher than the other. The disease called
pinto, or “fa, is common ; blue or purple appears most frequently but
it is often associated with white. Babies are carried in a strip of
cloth, tied over one shoulder. The child is slung in this in front of
the mother, with one foot before and the other behind the mother’s
body. It is sazd that the practice is to carry the babe or the back,
but we saw nothing of it. Weare inclined to attribute the notable
asymmetry-already mentioned to this awkward mode of carrying
children. The Indian houses are far more characteristic than
would be expected in a city, where so many mestizos live. Several
structures are usually grouped together in one enclosure. (Supl. Pl.
liii, liv.) The largest usually backs upon the street and stands at the
corner of the yard. It is substantially built, with thick walls, and
tiled roof. The walls are plastered externally and smoothly finished
with mud internally. The exterior of the wall may be divided, by
the timbering, into round-hollowed panels; the plastering may be
tinted or white, and upon a white foundation color streaks may be
decoratively daubed. The base is often banked up with a slope of
mud or stones. A small cross usually rises from the middle of the
roof ridge. The front roof often projects over a porch, which is
walled up at the sides and open in front. A screen of canes may
partly enclose the front. This house corresponds to the ‘eopantzintli
(god-house) of the Tlaxcalans and Aztecs. The Zoque cook-house
(=Aztec ¢ezca/it) is less elaborate; the walls are of daubed poles, the
roof of thatch; the door of canes, set and tied transversely, rolls up.
The granary (=Aztec cencal/7) is built on supporting stakes and is
sheltered by a doubly-sloping thatch which extends beyond it and is
supported by independent poles and cross-sticks. In the cook-
house, on the floor near the rear, a small oven is constructed; it is no
more than fifty centimetres long and its height and breadth are less;
it is oval or elliptical, and looks like a huge limpet or an armadillo
shell attached to the floor. A pottery plate covers its opening. A

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 125

curious bread is baked in this oven. It is made of corn, beans and
shrimps; the mixture is shaped into a /r¢i//a, which is then laid upon
a large leaf; these are then rolled up and the whole is baked; the
leaf imparts a sort of aromatic flavor. The dress of women is
characteristic, and consists of three pieces. The zscahuipi/, of cotton,
is rarely worn, but is usually folded into a flat pad and laid upon the
head; the material is home-woven, and consists of alternately close
and open bands. This garment is slightly larger than the true Awzpz/
and is neatly decorated with vertical lines of silk stitching, which
divide it into fairly equal sections, and with silk stitching at the neck
and arm-slits; these openings may also be bordered with lace.
At mass, this garment is so worn that the neck fringe of lace
borders the face, as with the Tehuantepec women. The /Awipi/, made
of similar stuff, is smaller and is worn as the ordinary upper body
garment; the neck opening is cut rather low and is bordered with
black; the arm-slits are bordered by a pleated border of cotton, the
outer edge of which is worked with black designs. (Fig. 34.) The
chincuey, enagua. or costal, is made of two strips of indigo-dyed
cotton, perhaps a vara wide; these are laid side by side and prettily
stitched with colored silks; the free ends are then sewed together
and decorated with colored stitching; these strips may be two metres
in length. No belt is used in fastening this garment around the
body; the open bag is gathered about the waist, the surplus is folded
in front, and the overlapping end is tucked in; this is so done as to
leave a pouch or pocket, in which articles may be carried. (Supl.
Pl. lv.) Besides the usual Indian agriculture, the Zoques have
some industry in henequin, they weave cotton exaguas and huipilis for
sale, and they make some pottery. The women shred out the hene-
quin at home; the weaving of it into ratas, costales, arganas
(halters, sacks, saddle-bags), etc., is the work of men, although the
manner of weaving is exactly that of the woman in cloth making.
(Fig. 33.) An excellent red ware is made by Indian potters at
Don Rodriguez. It is shaped into od/as, into neat censers of double
goblet form, with three little birds, perched about the upper rim, etc.

—Clumsy bird-cages are to be seen at many houses. They are
flat-bottomed, square-ended, semi-cylindrical-topped forms, made of
sticks and strings, which are hung by cords, from and under the far-
projecting roofs. (Fig. 32.) There are many persons who treat
disease. They especially treat asustados (frightened persons.) After
feeling the pulse, they tell the patient how he has been frightened —

126 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

by water, or fire, or some animal; these diagnoses are said to often
be correct. They then take aguardiente, romero and maize into the
mouth and suck portions of the patient’s body—the elbow-fold, the
hand, finger-tips, head, etc.; they then again take aguardiente into
the mouth and spray it over the patient’s head and face, which they
then cover with a cloth. This treatment is pursued daily, the cure
finally taking place on the ninth or the eighteenth day. A physi-
cian, graduated at the City of Mexico, tells me that the Indians here
have knowledge of secret remedies, which is transmitted from father
to son. He knewa man who hada remedy for srvfo. The substance
was probably vegetal; it was scraped or shredded, and applied directly
to the spots, with almost immediate effect. The old man charged one
price to all, rich and poor—and that was only two vea/es. Efforts
were made, in vain, to learn his secret; the old man was not moved
by an offer of thousands of fesos, nor by threats of shooting. He
died shortly after, carrying his secret with him to his grave.— — Love
songs exist in the Zoque language ; parties of young fellows go out to
serenade, with instrument and singing, at the windows of the sweet-
hearts. For weddings, special garments are used, but are rarely the
property of the contracting parties, being rented for the occasion.
M. F. Fernandez, of Merida, Yucatan, who speaks only as a traveler,
though a good observer, says that at Tuxtla Gutierrez the bride, who
is a virgin, carries a garland of flowers to church, at the mass next
before the day of her wedding ; no one, not entitled to do this, would
dare attempt it. He considers fhe custom a distinct aid to morality.
—-—Through a large part of Chiapas, as in Guatemala, there are two
sets of officials, in towns where there are many mesf/zos and also many
Indians. Thus, at Tuxtla Gutierrez we have two municipalities, the
mestizo Officials and the ‘‘Indian a/ca/des.’’ These are easily recog-
nized, as they officially retain the ancient style of dress—small, short,
loose camisas of home-spun cotton, wide drawers of the same material,
and short over-drawers of leather, with decorative work upon the
down-turned pocket-flaps. They wear broad-brimmed hats, under
which are head-cloths; the latter are left on, when the hats are
removed and carried under the arm. (Supl. Pl. lviii a.) After
serving as Indian a/ca/de, a man wears this head-cloth as evidence of
that service. The Indian a/ca/des form the guardia del Santo Intierro.
On Holy Thursday and Good Friday they stand on guard at the holy
sepulchre with crosses, especial to the occasion, in their hands.
Writers state that the Zoques are little influenced by emotions of

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO, 127

friendship, and that even blood relationship is little esteemed. They
have, however, great respect for the artificial relationship of compadres.
One of the notable customs is the displaying of elaborate respect
between compadres when they meet. (Supl. Pl. lix b.) A special
formula of words, and definite rules regarding the removal of hats,
bowing, etc., are followed. Among popular danzas is the Baile
del Carnaval or the Baile de San José. This was performed for our
benefit. Music is supplied by violin, fz/os and drum. ‘The /é/os are
small, cane pipes, of two kinds. The smaller has slant-cut mouth-
piece, partly plugged with gum, a square hole near the end and two
similar holes opposite. The larger is longer, and has a similar
mouth-piece, one round escape hole on one side, and several on the
opposite side. The drum is a hollow cylinder, cut from a block of
wood, with both ends covered with stretched skins, which are tight-
ened by cord lacings, passing from one to the other, back and forth.
The dancers are fantastically dressed. (Supl. Pl. lvi, lviii b, lix a.)
Four dancers participated in the rendition given us—the leader, a
little girl, a man dressed as a woman, and a young woman. ‘The
leader and the little girl (who carried a j/cara full of pink ‘‘ flowers
of the carnival’’), faced each other, dancing sedately, moving slowly
back and forth, and from one foot to the other. The others carried

bent sticks, presumably representing battle-axes, and danced in much
the same manner, though with more freedom and life, circling around
the leader and his companion. At Corpus (in June), they dance
the Baile de la Malinche. ‘Vhere are two chief dancers, a man and
the Malinche; there are other dancers who perform the Bazle de ferro.
Those who, in this represent Spaniards, wear spurs. Unfortunately,

we did not secure a clear account of this. In every Zeopantzintlt,
there is, opposite the door and built against the rear wall, a neat altar
table, smoothly finished with.clay. Upon it stands a santito and
offerings of flowers, candles, incense, etc. Above this household altar
are usually to be seen four ears of corn of different colors. The
three common colors are d/andita (white), colorado (red)—a rich
crimson, and sangre de Cristo (blood of Christ)—a yellow, with red
stains; usually the fourth is wegro (black.) ‘These ears may be
arranged radiatingly, as across, or side by side. ‘They have been
blessed by the priest, and are later to be used as seed corn, to ensure
good crops.——lIn one group of houses we visited, there was a pretty
hermita; it was neatly plastered and white-washed outside; the two-
pitched tile roof was surmounted by a little cross; an altar, within

128 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

supported a dark Christ, dressed in a white gown and carrying a St.
Francis’ cord. The altar was covered with a white cloth, embroid-
ered with red designs. Two or three censers were in the room and a
little drum hung in one corner; this is used to summon the group of
persons interested in the hermifa, to their gatherings. Such buildings
play a curious part in the life of some tribes. Here, they denied
their use as burial places. In their feast of the dead here, they set
plates of food and bowls of chocolate upon the bare floor, and cover
them with a heap of flowers. They then withdraw, leaving the house
for the night to the dead. The next day, returning, they open the
heap and eat the viands.

THE CHIAPANECS.

When Orozco y Berra wrote his Geograjia de las lenguas, only three
towns in Chiapas still used the ancient Chiapanec language —Chiapa,
Suchiapa, and Acala. Tradition asserts the past importance of the
Chiapanecs. The relationships of the language have been consider-
ably discussed. Perhaps Berendt, Charency, and Sapper agree in
affiliating it with the Nahuatl. Orozco, in this connection, says: ‘‘So
that, if the Chiapanecs and Mexicans (Aztecs) are not of one family
they drank in their culture from acommon fount * * .’’ They
are said to have computed time in the same manner as the Aztecs,
although employing different symbols for representing the years,
months and days, and to have used a similar mode of writing. Today
the language is practically dead. A few old people, especially in
Suchiapa, are said to know the meanings of the old words.

The town of Chiapa is located upon the Mescalapa River, where
there is a ferry, the boats being great canoes hollowed from single tree
trunks. The population is largely mestizo. The town is famous for
its lacquer work, which goes to Tehuantepec on one side and the Gulf
of Mexico on the other. Chiapa vendors carry the articles into Vera
Cruz and Tabasco, where they are called sz/ones, and into Guatemala,
where they are known by the name éuvsh. In Chiapa itself they are
called jicalpextii (the large bowls) and chinchin (the rattles). Figs. 38,
39, 40, 41.) In 1896 we visited a house where this work was being
made: five women were painting gourd toys. A white earth, gath-
ered between Tuxtla Gutierrez and here, is used to make the color
adhere. Paints are bought in bulk at Tuxtla Gutierrez and ground
with a fine-grained pebble upon a stone slab. A waxy mass, aye,

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 129

rough and reddish brown on the outside, and chrome yellow within,
is used as a medium. The gourds are first rubbed with the white
earth ; the earth, color and aye are mixed between stones; the mix-
ture is applied to the gourd and rubbed by hand; the gourd is then
rubbed upon a cotton pad lying upon the knees of the operator; the
final lustre is developed by rubbing with a tuft of cotton. Floral and
other designs are painted on the colored gourd with a free brush.——
Much qe is prepared at the Tzotzil town of San Bartolomé. The
insect from which it is made is a species of coccus, which lives upon
the “mbre and the esfino negro, two trees of the /eguminose. ‘The
insects are found only from May to August ; when they first appear,
at the beginning of the rainy season, they are small—almost invisible ;
they grow to the size of a large tick, but are narrower; they are of a
fiery red color, but secrete a whitish substance which covers them.
These insects swarm in such masses that the branches and trunks are
white with them. They are brushed off into vessels and washed until
the white disappears ; the mass is then boiled, crushed, and squeezed
in a cloth; the oily matter strains out; it is then boiled to drive out
water, and washed several times in trays to remove blood, after which
it is made up into balls. It sells at twelve centavos a pound.——For
the use of ae in somewhat similar lacquer-work by the Tarascans, see
Part I of these (Votes, p. 13.——Pottery is said to be made in Chiapa
and Suchiapa but we do not know the ware.——In the January festa,
which is said to last fifteen days, pretty round rattles of lacquer-work
(Fig. 41) are used by the dancers. Three days in this fesfa are of
especial importance, San Sebastian, San Antonio Esquipula, San
Antonio Abad. On these days, as many as two hundred persons, all
with rattles, participate in the dancing. There appear to be no
words in this dance, but in the dance called ca/a/d, there is dialogue
in the old Chiapanec language. This dance takes place during carni-
val season, and among the dancers are the ca/a/a, the wgre (tiger),
and the venado (deer. )

LHe LZORZIES:

Linguistically, the Tzotzil and Tzendal are closely related, and
belong to the great Maya family. Orozco y Berra inclined to derive
both from the ancient, and now extinct, Que/enes. Both languages
are confined to the state of Chiapas. Padre José Maria Sanchez, of
San Cristobal, is a diligent student of Zoque, Tzotzil and Tzendal,
and has labored faithfully among these tribes as priest. His Vomen-

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX.] 17 [July 5, 1902.]

130 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

clatura* is a useful chart, linguistically locating the towns of the state.
He called our attention to some interesting laws of permutation
between the Tzotzil and Tzendal; thus:

Tzotzil: 6 i m final, become in

Tzendal:4 é b final,
and vice versa. For example— Tzotzil ¢stm appears in Tzendal as
#zéb. In both languages, they are prone to add, for elegance, the
termination a@/, é/, 7/, ol, ul to words; in making these additions, the
termination chosen agrees with the main vowel of the modified word;
for example, jo/ (head) becomes, in elegant speech, jolol; eschil
(brother) becomes eschz/e/, etc.

The Tzotzils of Chamula are those among whom we worked,
although we did not visit their village; we met them at San Cristobal.
It was these Chamula Indians who, in 1869, led a notable insurrec-
tion. The soul of ‘the enterprise was an inspired priestess— Agustina
Goémez Checheb. ‘The plan was to kill all the whites and mestizos, to
restore idolatry, and to regain independence. Idolatry was re-estab-
lished, an Indian boy was crucified as a mediator, and more than one
hundred whites and mestizos were killed. The same spirit now exists,
and yet—if we may judge by the list of charges now against
Chamula prisoners in the jail at San Cristobal—finds an outlet, from
time to time. The Chamula type appears fairly marked. The
head is large; the face large and coarse featured; lips thick, though
not notably projecting; stature greater than in the Tzendals; color,
rather light. Even their mestizo enemies admit the phenomenal
industry of the Chamula Indians. They are great weavers of wool,
and their heavy chamaras and fajas go to their neighbors for many
leagues around; they make quantities of plain and simple furniture;
they fabricate violins, harps and guitars, upon which they delight to
perform, and for which they find a ready sale; they manufacture large
numbers of round boxes of thin wood, like pill boxes; they dress
leather excellently, and their staining and polishing of heavy black
leather surpasses the work done by mestizos at San Cristobal; they
braid palm hats, and decorative bands of straw with which to adorn
them. (Fig. 36.) Tzotzil dress varies with the town. At Cham-
ula, men wear heavy, black, woolen chamaras (blankets, with neck-
slit) and white woolen camizsas, or jackets, and drawers; their hats are
broad-brimmed and low-crowned—the crown ending with a low

* Nomenclatura de los Once Departamientos de Chiapas. Sean Cristobal:
1890.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO, 131

conical projection, often in two colors, white and black; gay ribbons
—usually green and red—decorate the hats; sandals, of heavy
leather, have a heel guard of strong, handsomely polished, black
leather, the height of which indicates the wealth or importance of the
wearer. (Supl. Pl. Ixiv a, lxvi a. Also Figs. 35, 37.) Women
often wear two heavy, black, woolen garments, each of a single piece,
reaching to below the knees; from the middle of the breast in front,
and from a corresponding point behind, hangs a tuft or tassel of red;
a plain woolen belt girds the body around the under of the two gar-
ments. (Supl. Pl. lxv.) Men of Huixtan wear Ze hats, with flat
brim and low flat crown; this they perch upon the top of the head;
their camisas and drawers are of coarse home-spun cotton, decorated
with a line of blue stitching. (Supl. Pl. Ixiii.) Men from San
Felipe wear white, woolen chamaras, which are short behind and long
in front, with narrow stripes of red, yellow or black, which intersect,
forming a coarse checking; they wear wide, cotton drawers and
ordinary palm sombreros. Men of San Bartolomé wear little camisas
and wide drawers of home-spun cotton, into which bird, animal,
human and geometrical patterns are woven with bits of bright col-
ored worsteds. We observed no cases of Ain/o among the Chamula
Indians whom we measured; the disease is common at San Bartolomé.
In counting, the Indians assist themselves by touching the fingers
of one hand, with the index finger of the other hand; thus, ove is
counted on the little finger of the left hand, ¢wo corresponds to the
next finger, five is the left thumb, sx the right thumb, and ez is
the little finger of the right hand.

THe TZENDALS.

The name of this tribe is variously written 7zendal, Zendal, Cendal
Ttzeltal, Celdala, Celtala. Of the various pueblos visited Tenejapa
(Supl. Pl. Ixx) and Cancuc were assumed to be typical. The latter
was the centre of the famous insurrection of 1712, an insurrection in
many respects similar to the already mentioned Chamula outbreak of
1869. The heart of this insurrection was also an inspired priestess,
Maria Candelaria. Dr. Brinton makes this insurrection the subject
of his drama, named after the priestess. -—The Tzendals are shorter
than the Tzotzils and much darker ; their heads, though smaller than
those of the Tzotzils, are actually large ; the maximum _head-breadth
and face-breadth are often the same; the lips are thick and projecting

132 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

and the face is often prognathic; the ears are usually close to the head,
while those of the Tzotzils frequently project.——— When at rest, they
assume one of two attitudes: they either squat and throw the weight
of the body forward onto the ball of the foot (Supl. Pl. lxib.) or they
sit squarely on the ground with their legs stretched straight in front
of them.—— Their hair is usually long and tangled and hangs so as to
conceal the ears. To explain this, two apparently historical reasons
are offered. It is said that after the Indians had been defeated in one
of their past insurrections, the white conquerors cut off the ears of the
vanquished: to hide this deformity they wore their hair long and over
the place of the ears, which custom is continued. In the old church
at Cancuc is a much prized painting; it represents a priest who
aided in quelling the outbreak of 1712. In the picture his
hair is drawn down so as to cover his ears: it is claimed that the
veneration of the Indians for him was so great that they have ever
since worn their hair after the same fashion. The curious point of
agreement in these stories is that both locate the date of adopting the
practice, after a revolution. Few wear hats; such as are worn are
of the Chamula type. Most men of Tenejapa wear Chamula chamaras
of vertically striped black and white wool (Fig. 42); camisas and
drawers are made of cotton stuffs bought at San Cristobal; the draw-
ers are wide, but short, not reaching the knees ; the chamaras usually
reach down below the drawers; sandals are simple, without heel-
guards; the belts worn are not of their own weaving. While at Ten-
ejapa the long, heavy, black chamaras are rare, they are the rule at

Cancuc. At Cancuc all men wear the breech-clout and, when carry-
ing burdens in the daytime, wear little else; camisas are of native
woven cotton, with a little decorative stitching at the neck and where
the edges of the piece of cloth unite; this hangs, when girdrd, just to
the bottom of the wide-legged, cotton, drawers. Girdles at Cancuc
are of local weaving, and are made of cotton thread which is bought
ready-dyed; through the red texture run narrow lines of yellow. At
Tenejapa, older men sometimes wear a broad sash of black woolen
stuff, across the breast, with the ends, hanging down the back behind,
decorated for a foot or so with brilliant and solid color decoration.
(Supl. Pl. lxxix b.) At Tenejapa, the women wear short Auris of
cotton, decorated with separated designs, geometrical or animal,
loosely arranged in transverse bands; the exaguas are dull blue, with
narrow lines of red or yellow decorative stitching; belts are of white
wool, or red, but are made at Chamula; over the shoulders, in cool

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 133

weather, the women wear a shawl or wrap, which is coarsely and
broadly striped in red and blue. Women wrap their braids of hair
around and around with red cords or s'rings, until they look like red
ropes, which they then coil about the head. (Supl. Pl. Ixxv.) The
Cancuc women wear rather long Awzpi/s, of home-weaving, with little
attempt at decoration; their dull blue ewagwas are quite as plain; their
Jajas, or belts, are mostly of wool, from Chamula. In the market
at San Cristobal, we saw the women from San Andres wearing character-
istic Auzpi/s, the breasts of which were a solid mass of heavy embroidery.
(Figs. 43, 44, 45.) At Cancuc, the houses (Supl. Pl. Ixxvii.)
are mostly built on slopes; stone foundations are therefore laid, to
give a level surface for building; the walls are of poles, lashed hori-
zontally to vertical supporting posts, and daubed over with dark adobe
mixed with pine needles; the thatch is of zacafe, well laid, and care-
fully trimmed at the lower edge. Roofs are often surmounted by a
rectangular, carefully trimmed, crest-comb of thatch, upon which a
line of potsherds is laid. Every house has its pig-pen, and most have
a temascal; both of these are neatly thatched. At Ixtapa, they
make salt, from the salt-impregnated soil; this is made up into large
cylindrical loaves, shaped in /efates (rush mats), the impression of
which they show upon their surface. These are cut up with saws, as
sold in the market. The Indians of Tenejapa raise and sell fruit
—oranges, mas and ahuacates. Those of Cancuc raise pigs At
Tenango, they make pottery. Small sacks of pita are widely used,
and are of local manufacture. (Fig. 46.) The pottery from
Tenango is well made and is widely sold. The ware is fine grained
and well baked; it is made chiefly in large arras (jars), egg-shaped,
with three loops for carrying straps or cords; they are of a yellowish-
brown color, with decorations in darker brown, or in black; these
decorations are conventionalized, and some may be derived from
originally animal forms. These great jarras are especially used for
carrying chicha. (Figs. 48, 49.) Chicha is a fermented drink,
made from the sap of sugar-cane, which is much in vogue from here
southward into Guatemala; it tastes something like apple cider and is
cheap—a great mug full for a cenéavo. Tzendals, on the road,
carry a little gourd or calabash of mai, (Fig. 47) this is powdered
green tobacco, mixed with lime and cfz/’; it is dipped with a little
stick and chewed or sucked, ‘‘to strengthen the teeth.’’ It is prob-
ably stimulant, and enables one to withstand the fatigue of the road.
It is also called piéico, and is, no doubt, the frsvefe of the Mazatecs.

134 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

(See Part I, p. 78.) Poso/ is carried by Indians traveling on foot;
the moist mass is kept fresh in banana leaves; at the brookside a
jicara of water is dipped, and a handful of foso/ squeezed up in it;
here it has no sugar mixed with it, is white, and has a slightly sour
taste, as if beginning to ferment. At Cancuc, they have three
primitive musical instruments (a) the /amédor, cylindrical drum, covered
at both ends with skin (Fig. 50); (b) pito, with two note-holes ;
tortuga (turtle), the great shell of a tortoise, beaten with the leg-bone
of adeer. The shell is not artificially modified, except that a notch
is worn at one place by the carrying strap or cord. (Fig. 51, Supl.
Pl. Ixxiv.) Padre Sanchez tells us that the old calendar of eighteen
months of twenty days each, with five added days to complete the
year, is still in common use here. He says the intercalation of the
five days takes place at Holy Week. His explanation is not clear, but
we present the list of months, and the correspondence of these with
our calendar, as he gives them:

Chiapas: Calendar, which the Tzotzil Indians still use: Tgor.

From January rt to January 20 is......... Tzim.
January 21 to February t0......... Batzul.
February 11 to end of February..... Sisac.
March 1 to Marehieai:. 2 cect Muctasai.
March: 2§ 40 Aprilito.ns - er ors, .e Moc.
April 11 jt0-end of April <7 ss eaee Olalti.
May x to/May 201.25. 0. age aoa Ulol.
May) 21 to Jinev'e aon. epi oe Oquin-ajual.
June 27 to end@of Janes soso. ees Uch.
July 110 July20 255 sree eee Elech.
July 21 to Augnst aeyiiaee ene eeces Nich-quin.
August tr to end of August........ Sba-vinguil.
September 1 to September 20....... Schibal-vinquil.
September 27 *to\Octobermo: 2.47.0 Yoshibal-vinquil.
October 11 to end of October....... Chanim-vinguil.
November 1 to November 20....... Pém
November 21 to December 1o...... Yashquin.

December 11 to end of December... Mush.
Holy week: Cushel. Carnival: Tajamul.

Much of interest could be learned at Cancuc regarding religious
ideas and superstitious practices. In the church the natives repeat
prayers in the native tongue.

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 135

THE CHOLs.

Chols live in two separated masses: one in Chiapas, the other in
the Vera Paz, of Guatemala. The Chol towns of Chiapas have been
sadly broken by the demand for laborers made by neighboring fimcas
(plantations.) Their villages are Tila, Tumbala, Petalcingo, Hidalgo,
Trinidad, San Pedro Sabanta, La Libertad and Junchilpa. At
Palenke and El Salto, a part of the population is Chol. More than a
hundred Chols are on the fimcas of El Triunfo and El Porvenir. In
the Cerro Don Juan, are independent Chols, who have fled thither to
escape contract labor and contributions; they are there quite safe, as
there are no roads by which to pursue them. Within recent years,
some three or four hundred Chols have removed into the state of
Tabasco, to escape contract labor. Some Chols also live in the
border district, between Simojovel and Palenke. This information
regarding Choi distribution we owe largely to Mr. Henry Rau, of El
Triunfo. To him, also, we are indebted for other data regarding this
interesting people. There are three dialects of the Chol in
Chiapas, corresponding to the three once important towns— Tumbala,

_ Tila and Petalcingo; the two last are affected by a considerable intro-

duction of Tzendal words. These dialects persist, and serve to
determine the origin of the smaller towns of the Chols; thus, Hidalgo
is a colony of Tumbala. We visited Chols at Hidalgo, Tumbala
(now practically deserted), El Triunfo and Trinidad. Hidalgo is
prettily located in a little flat valley, at the edge of a pretty stream.
The men of Tumbald can be generally recognized by their cotones
and their hair-cut. The cofones are made of home-woven cotton,
which is white, with vertical stripes of pink; the hair is so cut that
that on the forward part of the head is longer than that behind, and
hangs down over the forehead _as a bang or fringe. Sefior Rau tells
us that the Chols have nick-names, by which they are commonly
called, and which they place after the other two names. Among
these nick-names are samatze (a sort of bird), ‘wsero (hunter of moles
—tusa), cucaracha, paloma, jefe, pajarito, chipilin, raton, conejo,
venado, ardilla. We do not understand whence these names came;
they are mostly, or all, Spanish; they may truly be ‘‘nick-names.’’
Sefor Rau also says that the Tzendals have nick-names, but in their
own language. We met such in Tenejapa; there men regularly give
three names, two of which are Spanish, the last native. TZhere, we
feel sure that these are zo¢ nick-names, but the old family names still

136 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

preserved. The Chols are accustomed to bury dead children
under the floor of their hut; though it is against the law, and against
the rules at El Triunfo, they persist in the practice. In Appendix
II will be found a Chol vocabulary, which has been made by Seftor
Rau for practical purposes at El Triunfo. He first prepared the list
of words which he deemed advisable, and then secured the Chol
equivalents. We present the whole list, though many words appear
to have no Chol equivalent. To us, these gaps appear suggestive, in
their ethnic and psychic information.

THE LACANDONS.

We regretted not visiting the Lacandons, as we passed so near their
territory. Time was lacking for the visit, and it would have been
difficult to subject their scattered population, without settled villages,
to our purpose of measurement. We only refer to their well-known
practice of making stone-tipped arrows, of which, and a bow, we give
an illustration. (Fig. 52.) It is doubtful whether these have much
significance in the actual life of the Lacandons. It is quite possible
that they are made more as curiosities and for sale, than for actual use.

NotTe.—In this paper, the references are as follows: Szf/. is Part II of

the author's /udians of Southern Mexico, soon to be published. Figs.
referred to are those accompanying the present paper.

APPENDIX I,

AZTEC VOCABULARY MADE BY AN INDIAN Boy OF CITLALTEPEC,
STATE OF VERA CRUZ, FOR THE CuRA OF TANTIMA.

Como la pasao bien: Are you well?

Quen tt panotica cual.

Pase entrarse: Enter.

Li hast hicalague.

Bengo a visittar a Ud. sr. I come to visit you, sir.
De donde heres: From whence are you?
Campa mocha.

Yo soy de San Nicolas: 1am of San Nicolas.
Nano haltepe San Nicolas.

ffora en las frutas: Now, in fruits.

Quiero comer naranja: I wish to eat an orange.

STARR — NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 137

Ninequi nicuas lalax.

Lima—lima—ima.

Platano—banana—cuahilotc.

Jicama—jicama— cazol.

Camofe —camote—camotlt.

Llote—bean—elolcot.

fTaguacate—aguacate— huaguacal.

Cana—sugar-cane— hugualtx.

Quiero una cosa dulce: { want something sweet.
Ninequt cosa tlen sopelic.
Tortélla—corn-bread—falhcal.

Carne— meat— nacadl.

Queso — cheese— queso.

ZY tiene ud. gusto de tncontrar el matrimonio con esta muchacha?
And do you desire to marry this girl ?

Yguan tipia mupaquilio timo namix tts iguani il pocal.
?Y ttene ud. gusto de incontrar el matrimonio con este muchacho?
And do you wish to marry this boy ?

Y guanta tipia mupaguilis timonamixtis iguanni telpocal.
¢ Cuanto vale el maiz? How much is corn worth ?

¢ Guen ipati sintlil?

Pilon—loaf of sugar—chancaca.

Lsta—this—7z.

Gallina—hen—siguafillo.

Puerco—pig—/fisotto.

Pollo—chicken—/folloch.

Gato—cat—wmisto.

gQue tanto, quieres per esta su caballo?
How much do you want for your horse?
g Guesqui tinequi ni mocaballo?

Que tanto vas a dar per su casa?

How much are you going to pay for your house ?
g Guesqui ica ti caguas mucha?

Z Que tanto pides por su solar?

How much do you ask for your lot?

g Guesqui tittalani tca musolar ?

Z Que tanto me das por este sombrero?

How much will you give me for this hat?

Z Guesgui tinetomacas ni sombrero?

{Proc. D. A. S., Vor. 1X.) 18 [July 27, 1902.)

135

7 Que tanto quieres por su libro?
How much do you care for your book?
j Guesqui tinegui ica molibro ?

7 Que tanto me pagas ?
How much will you pay me?
z Guesgui tineh talhtalguts ?

Regalame tantita agua.
Give me a little water.
Meh tlayocoli acht attax.
Da me de comer.

Give me something to eat.
Meh maca nitalcuas.
Que gusto me dio.

What joy it gave me.
Gue neh pactique.
Mucho me agrada.
Much it pleases me.
Chaneyano neh pactiqut.
Vien gisado. Welcome.
Cuali clachichiguah.
Vien zalas. Godspeed.
Cuali histallo.

; No le falta nada?
Nothing is lacking?
Axtlen qui poloa.

Acalentar comida.
Heat up the dinner.
Titontse tlalcualt.

; Como tellamas ?
What is your name?
;Claque mutoca?

i Donde vienes?
Whence come you?
, Campa tiguala?

; Que dice su corazon?
What does your heart say?
7; Clen qui y togua mulloto !

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 139

4 Que estas pensando ?
What are you thinking?
7 Clen ti pensarogua ?

{Vas & comprar?

Are you going to buy?

{Tit tlaleuali?

7 Cuando vas para su tierra?
Wher do you go home?

4 Guen man tillas ica mucha?

4 Cuantas dias de camino?

How many days’ journey (is it)?

7 Guesqui tonati quipia hotlil?

ZAqui a Tantima y San Nicolas que tanto leguas tiene?
From here to Tantima and San Nicolas, how many leagues ?
{Nica Tantima y guan San Nicolas quesqui legua quipia?

Manana salgo para Tampico.

Tomorrow I leave for Tampico.

Musttal niquisa para Tampico.

VY de Tampico voy para Vitoria en el tren.

And from Tampico I go to Vitoria in the train,
Yeuan Tampica nilla para Vitorta y pan tren.

Voy con la carga.
I go with the cargo.
Youan milla y ca carga,

Lievo venta.
I carry something to sell.
Niguica thalnamaquistii.

Cosa buena.
Something good.
Cosa ten cual,

Names of trees or woods:

Palo de naranja.
Orange tree (or wood).
Lalax cuagutte.

Jovo—cuaxoen.
Mirasol—tocuela.
Horejon—nacas.

Lava trapo—nextamal.

140 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Guallava—chathocol.

Sedro—giocuagutttic.

Seiba—pochole.

Candelio—macpil hxochil.

Rosa—hxochicualite.

Names of animals:

Venao—masaltale.
Arailla—tococin.
Armadillo—aytochi.
Mapachi—mapachi.
Tigre—tecuant.
. Tigrilla—cuamecale.
Leon —masatecuant.
Culebra—hocutlin.
Voladura—apachi cugual.
Qulebra negro—ctilt gugual.
Cuatro narices—maguaquiltc.
Masacuale—masaqual.
Collote—collote.
Jabalin—simaron pizotole.
Tejon— pesotil.
Perro—chichi.
Gato—miston.
Nusa—sacamislet.
Pajaro—gutlole.
Tordo—sana.
Papame—papame.
Cholinchi—pihpth.
Guajolote —totolt.
Gallo—cuapeleh.

Data for knowing the earth:

Cerro—mountain—fefele.
Tierra—\and—clal.
Piedra— stone—tetele.
La rollo grande—the great gorge— guediia/a,
Que cosa—what thing—claguia.
Palo—tree, wood,— cuaguille.
Vejuco—vine—mecale.
La ladera—the slope—éepehil.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. I4I

La subida—the ascent ~ claluecapan.

La vajada—the descent—c/a haxcapan.
Me sube—I climb—xiclelcos.
Bajate—descend (imperative)—chictemo.

Numbers for counting:

OUno—se.
Dos—ome.
fres—elih.

Cuatro—nagui.

Sinco—macuilt.

Cets —chicuase.

Stete—chicome.

Ocho — chicuellt.

Nueve—chichagut.

Diez—maclaccl.

Once— eleven —yguance.

Doce—twelve—yguanome.
Trece—thirteen—maclaciliyguamelt.
Catorce—fourteen—yguan nagui.
Quince—fifteen—yguan macuilt.

Diez y seis —sixteen—yguan chicuase.

Dies y stete—seventeen—yguan chicome.

Diez y ocho—eighteen—yguan chicuellt.

Diez y nueve—nineteen —yguan chicnagut.

Veinte —twenty—sempual.,

Veinte y uno—twenty-one—sempuali iguan se.
Vente dos— twenty-two—sempuali iguan ome.

Vente tres—twenty-three—sempult ighuan hey.
Vente cuatro—twenty-four—sempuali tguan nagut.
Vente sinco - twenty-five—sempualt iguan macutlt.
Veinte ceis—twenty-six—sempuali iguan chicuase.
Veinte ciete—twenty-seven—sempualt tguan chicome.
Veinte ocho—twenty-eight—sempuali iguan chicuey.
Veinte y nueve—twenty-nine—sempuali iguan chicnagut.
Treynta —thirty—sempual iguan maclacclt.

Otro diez—another ten —uni pualt.

Words connected with the harvest and the field:

Mais—indian corn —sittcl.
Blanco—white—chipceguac.

142 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Amarito —yellow—cosettt.
Amario —yellow—maio/.
Frijol —bean—ee?lle.
Picante—pepper—chitt.
Llocas—cuacamuettic.
Frijol de chivo—chichimeca ettlc.
Frijol de mata—nelecttec.
Jicama—cazocle.
Xonacate—xonacal.
Calabaza—calabash—ayoctitle.
Camote —camoctitic.
Colandro—colanta,
Pipian—pifian.
Challote—challoctiic.
Malangua—quequexquile.
JSojolin —ajolin.
Tomate —tomato—fomacle.
Llerva buena—alhueno.
Hasafran —hasafran.
A lgodon—cotton—yhcal.
Sandia —watermelon—sanda.
Melon—melon—melon.

When one speaks to you:

Te abla —he speaks to you —¢a misnonoza.

Ami me abla—he speaks to me—za neh nonoza.

Le abla el otro —the other speaks to you—gui nonoza nese.
Le abla aquellos —speak to them —nesegui qguin nonoza.
Nosotros—we—taguantt.

El otro—the other-—neselloc.

Aquellos otros——those others——neseguinoque.

Flombre bueno--—g 0d man——cuali clacadl.

FTombre malo——vad man—haxenatt clacal.

Hombre embustero—boaster—ysttattcate.

FTombre perverso —perverse man—clacal pastic.

Hombre que falta el sentido —man who lacks sense—clacal haxclal
namigut.

Hombre que tiene el sentido—man who has sense— clacal clalnamiqui.
Hombre laborioso—industrious man—clacal tequipanna.

Hombre que no trabajo—idle man—clacal haxtequipanna.

Hombre anda rieza—man irrigating—c/acal sannenemt.

4 Que dices ?—what do you say?—c/en tiquitogua?

{Que me dices?—what do you say to me?—c/lengue tinechilquia?

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. 143

Cuando—when—gquema.
Haora—now—ama.
Lntre un rato—soon; right away—serrata.

In the daytime:

Maiiana—morning—yna/loc.
A medio dia—midday—clacotona.
£n la tarde—afternoon —clapollagui.

For knowing the necessary things in the house:

Metate—mealing stone—mec/talt.

Jicara—gourd cup—xhicalt.
Casuela— cooking pan—chachapal.
Cantaro—jar—comile.
Cuchara—spoon—cuchara.

Concerning what one feels in the body:

Estas alegre—are you happy (well)—zpacvoc.
Listas triste—are you sad?—“tteguipachi gui?
Listas enfadao—are you vexed ?—ticuesigut 7
Estas enfermo——are you sick——timococogua ?
Estas con la calentura-—have you fever—<sitotonilla ?
No puedes sanar—can you not cure—haxgueli tipachigui ?
Te deuele mucho—do you suffer much——chanellano mixcocua ?
Te duele sa cabeza—does your head pain you—mixcogua musontecan ?
Cuerpo-—body—-muclacayo.
Mano——-hand—-moma.
Barriga—stomach-—moiti.
Pierna——leg—momes.
Pies—feet--muiexhi paclaguic.
Diente—tooth—muclancopos.
Oido—ear—munacas. :
Ojos—eyes—muichiz.
LVo holles—do younot hear— axti clacagut?
For knowing the sky:

La luna—the moon— mesettittc.

£/ sol—the sun—/fonatt.
Estrellas—stars— sicttatthin.

£l viento—the wind—g¢ecal.
Nuves—clouds—mixcl.

£1 cielo raza—the clear sky—c/aclanestoc.

144 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

This little vocabulary is corrupt, in the spelling of both Aztec and
Spanish words. Local peculiarities in grammar and pronunciation
will be found in both languages. We give English equivalents for
but few of the names of animals and plants, as the Spanish is usually
transferred into our language. Where the Spanish and Aztec are
alike, the borrowing is almost as likely to be from one side as from
the other.

APPENDIX II.

CHOL VOCABULARY BY Mr. HENRY Raw.

AbajO.<.5...- Hewal scm. See ene down: below.
ADEJa . 5. + ose <| SChapp sere bee.

MIELE Oy. eie io | janvliseh >. 7 jose . | opened.

BDTE ¢ oc. Sis <.0.0.| JOEDUR 2 oa ene : to open.
AUSUSAT os 3.2 2° to abuse.
ACAVAT J. <.~ ban | tschaisch-uj-ti........ to finish.
ABEMET. cao" oil.
acceptar’.. ... | tschu-nwino ee cc ... | to accept.
HEMSAE > coOe Sc to accuse.

adelantar ..

byes

to advance: to forward.

adelante,....|zenin....... forward.
adentro...... | tim: sete within.
adeudar...... | beets.-..c:406.8 Sekt onnee oe to owe.

aAGGUGE § 2152 | wakian dy on cuc qe ee eee _ where.

Afloyar ... 224. | COl-l6 253 eee ..-| to loosen.

ci Ts) c: Oe | ou'side.

APATTAT . «2s 2. chu-kui to scize.

apradable.. ... | Wz-abu.. eee ee pleasant: agreeable.
BOUIG c a's v2 pay. Suse eee : sour.

AQUA. wis.2 6/5 | clus odie i= Weeder erate ome water.
aguavtar..... to suffice.
aguardiente . «..| lembal..< <./s.. «asin eee spirits: liquor.
agudo.......|}amba aguchan sharp.

onc ee ee needle.

AMM Sn Wid open there.

Le epee ules wk seer ob oie, | SR

aNOgar ss ss. 5 muj yalel ti ya........ to choke; to drown.
i 2 See eer er air.

BQENO vin «40:00 mach-chanik......... strange.
alambre...... wire.

BCAA re as) | BOO -Udes s oo ha ee to follow; to obtain.
BIEQTOS 5 aso \0:s | gay.

algo. - something.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

145

BIUMGS 5. 5, = «
Blmorzar.....
al rededor....
SS eae ae
amanecer....
alli este
amarillo....

ematrar. .....:
2 ae
ancho mas....|
andar
anillo...
aiimal:.........
anteayer.....

apagar
CS ae

aprender..... |
aprovechar...

apuntar
arbol |
SEMEL ss. =. |

|

e © @}e, 08 2 «86

arreglar
arriba
arroyo
arroz

aie ea

7 aoe
- Gaiam
> Op eRe

se ee ww wee

ASeSINAL. 1. « «
asiento
atar-atado....

=e ee ee

Wi @)@! ide! ce «© |

Se. # Be 6,0

Pees cs. =|
Ret cee a ass: |
barriga......

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX.]

Clip ha 5 aes eee

eee ee ee ewe
we 2 wy we 06, a 6. 5, 8

Pee cw wee we we. ee eS A we

cual ti chumbal-che...

/amba mut ke bultche..

some.

to breafast.
around about.
high.

to dawn.

there it is.
yellow.

to fasten; to tie.
friend.

wider.

to go; to walk.
ring.

animal.

SCM ope 8: oe es fea day before yesterday.
oni-yisch.... before.
tiup-u to put out.
jubel +": to alight.
Hembiteeeete oe, 2.3 =, 0% ea ais year.
maku-nié.... to learn.
to profit by; to improve.
to note down.
LE ag Saya ae - ptree.
NN ot ae aiels s |to burn.
Le eee | sand.
IU POEs for a st ae Sa to arrange.
CUE eee ee ee a |up; above.
Petr tetas = atts =, 3 arroyo; gorge.
Bil eihays oA She aa sevateve! ar rice.
Pale POD ec a ss 1 to roast.
MANAG AN eats fo pay'<3= to assassinate.
Betsen litre eo ws 2.5212 . | seat.
to tie; - tied.
fakes pba 2 sre 2 order a aoe behind.
mach-hua-on......... absent.
TO 0 auc S iale sroifetin a= yesterday.
MeOH sb. 3 se oe to aid.
sugar.
sulphur.
_ blue.
to dance.
Pek el aetac a5 ee.| low.
ball; bullet.
PeeMGb es 6) J. o.cha ai ake | to bathe.
bath.
cheap
Pera ke tite s.2, cea on oe beard
FAK EROCME Es) 23 5s iaisieles| stomach.

[Aug. 12, 1g02.]

146

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Datla sass | barrel.
bastante 20 - kasha te Reese eS sufficient.
Bastons & 2 ..- HOSS eine od eee club; cane.
baul. ; trunk.

EDGER. s- sarce japu oF dee see to drink.
BES wa cei s a ka-gil2). yeieldsces fe se = | OESCpuIeaSE.
DIED 22 Wizsdt-Kae Ss. cee see good; well.
DIAHEOS 2: aeese Si-GHK Scabies ane _ white.

Boca <i ties: lak- tis. ce keer ena = mouth.
DaMILOS vo ope | good.
borracho..... | buik-ete Ye 3555 as drunkard.
GP ees casters shoe.

DOLE ns criye Firs hu-kubicont pice et | boat.

botilla. . | wine-bag.
brazog ss 5523 lahok aidzed osc be oe arm.
DYINGAr ss. as la guelite. cee eerste to jump.
DERE is foun hoakakehia: of 4 ticn eee . | OX.
bultes:.ie.c..<. |package; burden.
BUIGO. Se fonc pe donkey.
busear.. wii. : 3: Siike la fark fee ee ae co | to seek.
Cabalinw.. 55s tikes eee eee |exact; right.
caballo... .% ka-nw. 22Gb ote ees horse.
cabello...... zu-zil .. | hair,
Cabeza... : +i .< | Jel..c: 2. aero reece head.
GAGENA S Saw chain.

CHER oe sic hinjelels: pts Leeran cher to fall.
CAUSES on ee box

cal. {14.2 eRe Be lime.
calentura..... k-aks22(t.ok & eeatoae . | fever.
caliente ......«....|:tiktimuakee.ae fee eee hot.

CANOE RS of si.5, > k’ama-tikshuak, ..2.5¢ing | heat.
Catia’... + »:,| baseiealo seer Serge . | bed.
cambiar...... laj-késehy'on paz aiv.ovcie_ | COpChange.
camino...... Bi... eee ee | road.
chamarra..:....:|zutgz eee ee blanket.
rort 93) <7: eee ' buj-k 3 far 46h 2 ares shirt.
campana... bell.
cansado.... luj-wenianw. Gee: tired.

CORA Sats. os ee sik-ut -|cane; reed.
Cala. cee eevee face.

RIVORL. So's aia prison.

CAPR 5 ioe aap kutsehouls 3 0 sax oes load; burden.
GOMES alpacas gue-el.... meat; flesh.
a ee kabul) tiojal ls). Puc dear; expensive.
ee JUN is pA TIAE boca Sree letter.
OE eee OdIot .tOEM «fines cee house.

GABE viyo.00 as NiMk-pumel sess <i eae to marry.

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

ntioar. . 5 + 2

BAVA > 3 <<< 5
ae
GOMIZA sets.

2
Bemrar ss. <=.
Se
ICI Fe es
RICELO! oceans <2
St a re
ENEAT of a6) 3 we
oot

a
Lo eee
_ ee
27) 6
5 2 ae
ROGGAT 2)0)<10 5s
colorado.....
SOIHCE = ....«..-
SeOd 5.2...

companero...
componer....
comprar.....
comprender ..
7
concluir
condenar.....
condicion....
eonducir’.....
PAREIO . 2.5%).
confianza....
conforme....
confundir....
conmigo.....
GOROCEr......
conseguir....
MAUSEIO.......
consolar
eaustar... :
ae
contener....

se eee

iets! es

(estoy) contento | uzat-afiioén......

counsistar .....
continuar....
COMA ees
=) 2

Mpa. sss

|panchan....

RUMGIALON Bate wooo te il
tio-k6

ti dn

sae eee ew

mua suben...... Mate
jatae ss
tzak-paso.5.;.

techakare PU. eo es

to punish.

to dig.

to hunt.

ashes.

near.

to close.

scar.

sky.

sure; certainly.
cinch.

to cite.

clear.

to nail.

to pay.

to gather.

tail.

to hang up.

to arrange; to place-

red.

rise

hué-el ...

ig 4 Oe Se ee 4
muj munie......

bitiok joném.... <2. <<
sehupit sos. 2:

mubmic....
muj-zucklan. . .. ....::<+

ai atate * afer sil os

MeCMEle sass. ck

to eat.

| how?

companion.

to compose; to make.
to buy.

to understand.

with.

| to conclude.
to condemn.

condition.
to conduct.

. | rabbit.

confidence.

agreed.

to confound.

with me.

to be acquainted with.

/to succeed.

counsel.

to console.

to be certain; consist of.
to count.

to contain.

content.

to consist.

'to continue.

against.

cup.

147

148 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

CGENEs <5.’ = MHICHEOR 42s bes Se ee anger; vexation.
Corazon... ¢: pusik-alse: ck Pece we heart.

a0? 6 1 a poit Eig eter ows ee EOE

cordel, cerdon| pui....-.--...--..-.| cord.

EGELCO TS Stee mail; post.
eerrer<s.. <<. | animale ee eee eee to run.

PARAL os stoo8 FODE Ss sk Seki +s sae
Corte... 282s) ROMS cee eee ee edge; cut.
SOsdes woe ce ce thing.

COSCENE <2 s.. t. crop; harvest.
COSER cccoe iis 2 pAZISOMelee aa eee eee to sew.

costal ...°..... «|, coschtial- wen a. eee sack; bag.
CICERE Be cet to grow.

ChECT a5 Sass to believe.
enatura:..« .; 1 alluh. 423.22 eee infant.

CRIMIER.S & 5. 5 5's crime.

7 Rg 9 PS mane.

CHO... ads (MejSHORgsy ek ates raw.

Cihelas cts cruel.

TUE a. the 2 cross.

PUAGEO > <. %,: frame; square.
Sr Ea anes | WakiA bie coee ee ese which?
ene... = < vaki hora ma tilel.....| when do you go?
euanto . .°s 2c. «| JAlpel: Soe eee eee how much?
CuATIO. . . -. 26 mal ..geceetee coerce room.
CUPIETIA.. O55 cover.

bi | 22) ae ae a to cover.
cuchillo...... cuchilla, s,.n5. 2% oe cee knife.
CUGHAEA<.... c+ spoon.

CHEMO oc 5 a%.% neck.

cuenta... ..52% account.
Meta... oh kaschlan-tschujan..... cord.
CHETNO...... «..|SCHU-ltlas ce ee eee horn.

CHErO . 22% | DEGEBiese ee ey es hide; skin.
CUIGAT harm: 05% kunun-iancedsa bank to take care.
colebra...'..« -i.4Meckum si fis oe snake.

6 eh amil Gatiets an case thy fault.
Chnado, f:. <.,) asa Ge eee eee cradle.

PE 2 ns, 5 | MA pe a oc care.

CUEBE 5 Oi):2 aia: 5 A Oa oc Se cue to care for; to cure.
dat tme io)... ak entin.c cel sceeeer | give it (to me).
Geber.... ss... | Det eoshecdicus. oe woe eee

| 21 weak,

SREAE a5 ough SUDED s)s:siisin'e soe ss ane | SER e@UEMEDs
GECIGI. 2 2. acs |JUDEL ss as. ons < «aoe 5 5
00 finger—or toe.
Ne aly pa is s.| MEMES cn brava sew a ie to leave.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

GENtO’. <2.

Gelante. ......
Helmado:.......
demas (los)...
MERTED . fio...
denunciar....
derecho......
desarollarse. . .
descansar....
descomponer..
descuidar....
desde (hoy)...
BPBCO hs 40s ss
desgracia.....
despacio.....
despachar....
despertar ....
Mespues......,:
destruir......

GENTE 05 « oes
diferencia....
dificil

Menge ......,

Sie. ss 5s.
embudo......
empedrar....
emipezar.....
enaguas......

149

(ne ee

LE i oe

ViEte eel wlw 6 6 8 «vis 5 oe

Say Ses 666 0 Se! e se <

matsch-mejlik........
FSR ccs +

RSiSGhie eho acres. fo hse a

PRIVEE Soc te cable ts 3.2 oa
MIACHAROP Ss win vo es 2 os
i-um.... :

Sc ee Ta

Bortkosse2s

muakajel...
MIAZee cat vee ness «s

fault; crime.
before.

thin; delicate.
the rest.
within.

to denounce.
right; law.
to develope itself.
to rest.

to disarrange.
to be careless.
hereafter.
desire.
misfortune.
quick.

to despatch.
to awake; to revive.
well then.

to destroy.

to detain.
debt.

day.

tooth.
difference.
difficult.
money.
direction.
distant.

to double.

to feel pain.
pain.

Sunday.
where.

to sleep.

to doubt.
owner.

sweet.

while.

hard.

to throw.

age.

to lead out.
to select.
funnel.

to pave.

to commence.
skirts.

150

enamorarse...
encargo
encima de....
enleontitar...
enemigo
enfermedar...
enfermo......
enganar
enlodar
enredar

cle wv ae

aoe fe age
» Cele we
a min) a ies
aie | payee

eCnteltal= ..s <c =
entrada=c2--o-
CIMLT AN. 5.5.<, sens
entregar
ellviak.. cn e
envidia...
equipaje.....
esconder.....
escopeta .--.
ESCLIDIE. 2:2 ae
escuela
ese, eSa, €SO...
espantar

ESperak:. 7. ee
Espeso. =. .2.

espina.
ESposo'. - 52".
esquina..

CStON v.20 cee
este, esta, esto.
estomago.....
estrellas. ee
estupido.....
en yk

also. ot eee

EN Sa eee Be
fallecer. 7:
CL ae
fatiede See
feliz... .

i

(oo oe
MAGGS). aso

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. -

/muj pusé..

muj ochel

hii 4se3

muj-bukmén .

pik-tian. .

tschisch. ..

nioth-hual

muak-uk-en

maleti’c...

7 6 pletelelwiy fas

| yulenr. Ae 2 sas aoe

anku, guanet, gua-anon.

luj-bel....

/antio yom k’in.....
'tschu-mi..

CLs. €.9 8 0 eee

to be in love.
charge.

from above.
to encounter.
| enemy.

| to be ill.

| ill.

. | to mislead.

to daub.

to entangle.

'to show; to instruct.
to understand.
entire.

to bury; to inter.
entrance.

to enter.

| to deliver.

to send.

envy.

|
|
|
|

. | equipage.

‘to hide.
shot-gun.
to unite.
schoo).
this.

to frighten.
mirror.
to wait.
thick.
spine.

| spouse.
corner.

I am.
this.
stomach.
star.
stupid.
easy.
false.
lack.

to die.
mire.

to weary.

happy.
ugly.
fertile.
trust.

STARR

NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

2 Bp er
_ eae
i ae
fer...
fondo....
nuawar.
TIO. ss ae
ftp... 5.
7)
IBERO.. 5...
fueite: 2...
Pat, . sks

puerza...
(PAT EY ees

eT Sy! a

; ier

| faithful.
fixed.
loose.
flower.
/ bottom.
to force.
cold.
fried.
fruit.
fire.
strong.

to smoke (tobacco).

Galaga... .. .:|mut:.... _ | hen.
gana (tengo).. |com-ku... longing (I have).
2 ee to gain.
Patpanta.... . ‘Dita. fe ere throat.
a PIMel cane. 2 ux. seo ee Spee
eRe ie ae MUS. 4 tein... She ww os 5 ns | Cab
gobierno..... konarol. government.
BOlpe.. |... 3. blow; stroke.
gordo AS ta Be a. "cele fat.
gota.. drop.
Prange. . oo... niuk large, grand.
grano grain.
grave heavy; grave.
gritar ene. ..!.% to cry out.
grueso thick; fat.
gusano ...... ‘Gries i a ee worm.
gustar to enjoy.
“2 ae to have.
Babar... =. to live; to dwell.
hablar SO a rear es er
hacer BAM Ge <a cacw ne to make.
3 a hatchet.
hambre...... SUinie ea oe hunger.
hasta (maf) ikul tid............. until (tomorrow); goodbye.
3 GE ce a A a Pees there are.
helar to freeze.
merida +. ....: | wound.
hermano .....| guskun .... brother.
hermoso..... beautiful.
ne lok... . | to boil.
hielo | ice.
2 ee cS 2 ese herb (?)
higado....... | liver.
mame 2-3) Kalobil. ox) 5's < «ieee ws PERLE:
a sik-tiém............. | to hinder.

152 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
hoja.. a Jyopén...... ‘ leaf.
hombre 5. <- ae . | man.

HOBGO S25. =< Dawa’: cael aeee InEeeEe

Behe Sets | hour.
hormiga .....|schi-nitsch........... | ant.
hoy.........|gule (sach-mals)...... | today.
huerfano..... /maniktial...... orphan.
hueso libs kel eee See bone.

REVO te. tiu-mut.... . | egg.

huir <i) pz Chee 3 PED ee:
hule. . rubber.
humear | to smoke.
humedo...< Jc... aiseht; 8) ye oe eee
humo... 2.54 | tSCha-yil es. smoke..
hamiaea \'.....' | aa-Da tee hammock.

1 | ne | Clesia’:262). = Se. Joy 2c nebrereke
(uae: . 3, | eal ee See Se . | equal.
DMIEAE A, 2 oz to imitate.
incendio..... ..| pulel /.2...5......../. 2 aires €onfilagrations
indicar .. SUDED. 20a ee em sae, | OR nmnnienes
infierno..... hell.
informar..... to inform.
DETAHO’ gc 8 ec ungrateful; ingrate.
injusticia..... | injustice.
masultar.:,..... | yr devon soe) wens to insult.
IMtEHOE . x | interior.
inundacion ... | but kujel ......- | imundation.
inutil........|mach wenisch........ | useless.

ir (me voy)... |mach-lel..... ... | tO go.
gabon... ........,,|'Schapene.. oa: soap.
PAMMAS. . ov never.
Jarra... jar.
jornalero..... day laborer.
FOVER te nSeloio% |tschit-tiun .... youth.

juez judge.
juntar to join; to gather.
justo just.

labio lip.
ne labor.

lado MN. 0.3). hung-guel......... one side.
ch schuj-tich ...... thief.
Eee wool.
largo..... tiem. 2 long.
lastimar ZED. 5 er to regret.
lavar guj-onul ..... to wash.
leche... .’. ot rere

LORS ise Fibs lak tik eni jun .......| to read.

a i

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

it re
RY caste es Eee ee erie
_ | tschoj-hiel omer Ske

levantar

limpiar......
i
i
TA ices 2
Gy 2S
ligare..-..
lumbre ....
ii a
Ui
ATs bs

llegar .. ‘C1 ee ee ae
(i oe VT gegen aera! ae
llevar ... tschum machlel......
iorar-. .. O32 Ape On eon ae ea
oS) tya-lisch ja-al........
OU 2 NS | he
macho... .. PseiIMtION, | e682
Panera ..'...;. | tic’.

op Se en
madrugar... | tschoj-iel iktid........
eae oR UMISCH | 22)... ee
eee eee LISCHIIMY ... 5 ic). 5). ws 3
eee (OR-MOl 4.54... 2.
Mattttatar..... |

manchar.....

Wiandar...... fame-miaj-lelic2 2... .:
een) a |
ee WIE ee. es
Manzana..... | :
Settee... \aschk-ulr. ji... :.. ss.

MianiGO’......
martillo..

mes ..

mete. os |,
mezclar ..

sf

Iniat.....

oe, (VE COLE 1 ee a en
Paeelemusch !. .\.......2 ss
FE ee ae ee age

}ok-ol..........

1s IS eee aa

Us a

PaO 8) |. ws
SRM Fel ox

e+e

lotch=a
Hess

(Proc. D.A. S., Vo. IX.] 20

ae

MIOSCLPal Cs o's es

l
league.
'far; distant.

to rise.
pound.
light; slight.
lemon.

to cleanse.
line.

fool.

mud.
ridge.
place.

fire

noon.
light.

to call.

to arrive.
to fill.

to carry.
to weep.
to shower.
lima.
male.
wood.
motner.
to dawn.
to ripen.
maize.
bad.

to treat badly.
to spot.

to command; to send.
hand.
lard.
apple.
tomorrow.
husband.
hammer.
more.

to kill.

| greater.

wick; fuse.
less.

month.
to measure.

| to mingle.

to lie; to speak falsely.

153

fAug. 18, 1902.)

154 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
MeO... | Duk@nians oo: eee ea
miel........ | tschab; ‘honey; syrup.
mientras..... ‘meantime.
Ieee gd le ce ClO Sera eee to look at,
HVNSmMO: 2... -.. bamitsehe. 2 oes same.
mitad... ole: 5 .etsee . | half.

FHOVAT .<.5,.< «55/3 | ASS hares Pe ‘to dampen; to wet.
MONG: 2 ose. 5 monkey; doll.
morder oy... ; zik-uschon ... : ‘to bite.
WOLIT... ....@, (tsechn-mebete eae ee to die.
monstrar..... PURZ: . ye oahu eS LOR DOI EOE:
mover ni k-an”, ogee eee to move.
PAUCHOL 1. oo Kkabalisch idee eer cee much.

mudar | to silence.
mujer kj Sai See woman.
mula. mule.

ii) fine; penalty.
musgo.... moss.

HD ee eae | very.
mundo... .« ., | pahumite. >... J. 22 | earthy werld.
muchacha .... | allusch-tschok........ girl.
muchacho.. .. | tschok-tuiun......... | boy.

nacer. tiok. f-alul.y.)..%. 5 z,|}to*be born:
nada.. manik 2.905.224 5.7. jmothing.:
MAGIC s." bus): ; no one.
naranja...... /alaschaseli. 6. 762. »..ordmae:
HAUIZ,..-.:< & a))| LARD ee eee eee OSes
navajd....,... | Mavaschaselte ) <2 ¢ 7), 0.9) kinic.
NECeSATIO. 3." « necessary.
negro....... |i-ik. black.

miebla. .° 5. 3h mist.
nieve........| snow.

BO) Store gin eee WAMU Steere as no.
BOCHE’..../.s, + | IR=ISCD tees .. | night.
nombre......|tschuks ak/ava........ name.
nosotros... . | jonlOn 1a. yt yw she we; us.

MUDE pace Pe al cloud.

BGO, .'5, 5.5. p el knot.
MUEVO.<., ... | Ziition, yunse eens a ema

WUMCA ss ss never.

BUstie 4, oki so to nourish.
obedecer..... to obey.
ODMGar si, ss to oblige.
obscure)... | ik-isch i.7 34). kite ee ee
obsequiar , |maj-tidn ....... gift.
ocultar.. . |mach-asub...........|to hide; to conceal.

ocupar... .

to occupy.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

MISRMEE. or fo

GILECeE es |

co <0) rr
ae PAE nits a vo os
cs ar

olvidar .. mach-k’ajalisch.......
Maes vere eee

OED raaie tS 0 (Get Ae er
2 | a Makntsebik’in™.. .....'.0. .
Orar. . ef

ou no |

otro PARIS Coes, 5 «
VENA... ss

paciencia... .

eine san ete) Elata ts 8s
PaacinoO.... . «| jala-tiat .o..'.....
pagar... .. tiojd ..

ee tel aaa

(UL) Deyo ace SE
Oo ee
Palabra... «|

on ELSE A 1 (ee
ies fee INTEL. © 5t2 es ae oe 8
OO A RE a 1 oe
paloma... 7 AS 1010 oe a

155

ae

pantalon

BEBO sie ey tye

0 er
egy ti 8

C2 oo

PAUSE 62 vies

PATIEHtE’... <<
API ss.
Parte...

pasado...

pasear...
PAGO. secies »
AMO, . 5...
PUPS owes aa? aie
BOB 2 ass
BEENO ... 2.
MeGaAzZO .....
Co
EEA. acces cs
ot ee
1G)

guesch 2...
katschilul,..
judy 7.3

Rua tile Sek.
Pits aa

mafn-chabi..

I-20, 2 sages.

kaschian-huaj.. . 2. 5 «

paschial-... ee tale

Pall-OMOE ts on 7k
RSE ik Sowa aes ar

| to offend.

to offer.

/to hear.

eve

to smell.
to forget.
water- jar.
to pray.
ear.

gold.
autumn.

| other.

sheep.
patience.

oe father.

god-father.
to pay.
country.
straw.

bird.
word.
lever.

|pile; pallid.

stick.
dove.

| bread.

pantaloon.

. cloth.

paper; part.

| pair; equal.

for.
to rise.

. | relative.

‘to bear; produce.

part.

"past.
/to walk.

pass.

court- yard.
duck.
peacock.

| breast.

fragment.

to ask; to beg.

to paste; to strike.
difficulty.

to fight.

156 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
peloc. = ALAS Wenanee mre itis 2

pena. sas 2. 2. pain.

PEGE ee. WoOrse.
Pequen@s.... |(DIF-10. tease little.

peteals wit. 2 <2 percale.
PELGED Ss 2.50 SAlE eats to lose.
perdonar..... to pardon.
pento. ...0. DEPPY= 5
peruMses,... 5: permission.
PELOce te ie aa dog.

[DEG 20 ee ae but.
perseguir..... ehen tschuki-< \ 012 to follow; to pursue.
pertenecer.... to pertain to.
pesado: 4.1: 7%, alutsehn. 42. ne, heavy.

PESAE choc. «ps to weigh.
peseados.. = .'-)) tschug a: 24-8 fish.

peso | peso; dollar.
picar . | tzik-usehQan ese: to prick; to sting.
pico peak.

WiC, Soe e Ok Ae foot.

piedra EU ST hee stone.

piel.. putschi .. skin.

pletnas 22% cys cts See Sie Be ee leg.

0) Coy 2 ae room; piece.
pimiento..... pepper.

PMO: Fone tay. pine.

PIMA tS ee plant.
platano::) 0... | Jaedsy. swe tare banana.

lanes cise: lagi, SG aciche eee oe plate; flat.
pleito letattien jai eete eer .|contest; fight.
15) 107 002 ee lead; plummet.
DUNS oe ays a's Wuk uneaenewieet feather.
pobre. poor.

DOEO ss ii <4 tes PUAEtIAs d ibetale Meee eee little.

poder MeC}IEL. Percwaa cewene power.

polvo tzu-lum.... dust.
polvora,..... Zi-DIK ys cece low eee powder.
POMEr..,:. to place.

11) 0 AS ¥ for; by.
BONdUe: 5 28s tschuk-i\.cacs kaka why?
posada....... lodging.
PORDIE 5. possible.
TRCCIO is she a || PIOTC bee us price.
prefers. 65:2 to prefer.
pregunta ..... WT dwt mis sk question.
preparar..... to prepare.
presente ..:.. present.

STARR— NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

prestar......
primavera...

principiar .

probable. . iat

pronto.......
propiedad....
propio......
proteccion ...
provecho...

PROLIRO... 52 «

peerens: =...

pulga...

purgante...
que (dice)...

Bie cigs) Ss

guebrar... ...
mpedar... ..

quejarse.....
qsemar......
3 Ga
GuCEO.......
quien(lo hizo)
ot Se
rabioso.....

Bees «2 ss

FECAGO- .:... «
near. . 2...
meer... .
mecortlar.. :....
MENeUOa se < es « ¢

Pee 36 & fen a's
Peas. . } yk.
Pee Se as 2 Se. en
SE ee ir

fechokiomasab. -. ..- <...

Taki titsenalen . «2...

Sips “TOR By arene pe
tiob-6 .. aes eer
es et Tio 5 a. iss

RISE cors: =. 5

tschu-mu.....

to loan.

spring.

to begin.
probable.

to prove.
profound; depth.
to promise.
promptly; soon.
property.

own; personal.
protection.
advantage.

next.

proof.

to rot.

town.

bridge.

hog.

_ door.

inch,

| lung.

point.

dagger.

purgative.

what (do you say ?)
what; that.

to break.

to last; to remain.
to complain.

to burn.

to love.

cheese.

who (did it)?
rage.

rabid.

| root.
. ' split.

branch.
rare.

rat.

ray.

to lower.
message.
to receive.
to gather.
to record.
right.

s

157

158

red
redondo.....
refresco
Fefalat. <2 5.5 :
reganar....
ROPAE 1.2 ice

ea Ca Sle ue Lee

relampago....
remedio..< +.
Femoto:., .\. -

FEMOVEL- oo:
renovar
Fepartin. ) 60h:
repente
TEPCUE ~<a =

FESIStIE G20 s.cdes

Vn) 810g |
reves (al).....
revolver

Sete Bt late, le he..e

PRESPON © un?
rincd6n

“eee woe

rogar....

FORIDEE.)o ass
BOA, che arch
OC ioe Noteret tiated
rubio Patek
FUG 0.5 ewes
FUCER iia 2

Uw e's elias

salud

sano

. | wichalen aleya

.|/na

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

<<). '@ ©) wi @ (0 1e) oe is 66 (ee

Maj-tianee WO. fee ee

s, 'o'.. sith e.=
ne. 0 0 oS © = 6/6 & ela =

coer ee ee ee ee ee ee

boti’ol

©) s*e).6) sw eh) ela) ene ele

wl oe Oye elem ee) 4m Le Lele YS

| tschujtoch
pischss.SMee reeks ene

CZ. ARS hee ees

JOp-60 sv nates

k’ogan

net.

round.
refreshing.

to regale; to present.
to blame; to scold.
to water.

to laugh.
lightning.
remedy.
remote.

to remove.
to renew.

to divide; to distribute.
suddenly.

to repeat.

to resist.

to respire.
backward.

to revolve.
rich.

risk; danger.
corner.

river.

to rob.

knee.

to beseech,
to break.
clothing.
broken.
ruddy.

rude.

wheel.

noise.

to know.
savory.

to take out.
salt.

saline

to sally.

to leap.
health.

to salute.
savage.

to render healthful.
blood.

sane; sound.
saint.

STARR —NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO.

159

Bartel. <0 % us
<2) a ee
ee pets Se Ce
Sailer
So eae
segun .. :
SEEIEO: so iadu.0's
Seana. <6.
Sem brane. recs

oo Ce (ee:
iikK-HIMISGhe s'..... 6...
oe
XCBIE: Ao hoe eee

Se rs
i) eee

sencillo.. ..<...
sentarse......
REM hess xy os
Bepagars.. =. <.
SEOUICTO’:. =. ;

[SiiiGln VelnVetn conte Maree

SERVUCION: = 6 «sc
SIGMIPIe -.. 2.
eteetdas &. xcs
SPER se eos
Gulla) a ee
Sti.
sirviente.....
oc
SODLE cies a:e) ss
2
solamente....
ICC Sa ae
Sampras = 2 6.
sombrero.....
SOrd@:.. =. :

(EE

Diulitsehic= - 22 3 oe de
vee ASS Ra er ouchewenienet y.
SUES eee aeee

LL ae
fTADACO. <2
is es
tambien .....
Ores
BEDS Soo ss, = -
i
a
BEMIEKs. 0 sce.cee-

IP NU AS iat a Nah eos oe
DIS ais) dot 878k are

Duke nianitcas ccc. sb

| always.

frying-pan.
to dry.
thirst.

silk.

to follow.
according as
secure.
week.

to sow.
seed.
simple.

to seat oneself.

/to feel.

to separate.
sepulchre.

| serious.

service.

‘[ forest.
mountain; mountain
sign.

chair; saddle.
without.
servant,

to remain over.
over.

sun.

only.

alone.

shade.

hat.

deaf.

gentle; suave.
to mount.
dirty.

to perspire.
father-in-law.
sleep.

fright.

his; your.
tobacco.
board.

also.

so much.
cover.

late; afternoon.
roof; thatch.
to fear.

160

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tempestad...

temprano.... | zuk-a

tenaza....

PEWGEE es eas

IDE Se eae anku

tenedor. «= <:-

terminar ~~. = ji-lel

testo... |:

PEIBDPD cco |

HeNOA SS xe

feCra; .- .-,- lum. esos

yi. 7 eee tieschelésch: c:-2ecere
Biba ere wate ae

POCAE So cdyohs.2 St

BOGOR OS 55k | pekettile-snaie de ee
POWIARSs. <2 x jap, lemme «! <2 See
BORED pe oon). <

fatGs= = St se fmakaselF fa¥ a2 ace
tortilla. 26 0284 | Peape. see eeec se
tortuga.. aa

GOSRAR a. o e\a/c. 2) fothran 524).
trabajar...... traniel eee eee
EAGER Saxe cts tsch’ untilel

tage... «25. em balee ote ee eee
LLAMpays . . <5: Pe]Z. is, eae eee
{APO ii. 2s i:

tras

WER LO hee a lol al tat

ipa ...°. 20.5 +. '| bikail. ween eee
Sriste. +

CLORAr 2 ai | tioj-mel

tronco..... ...'| Séhik-tie 2g bse, os -
eS ook

EUCELO ol soci | tz-o-gutz. vt Bees
EOIN OY = 2 tats ac sich-tiém. . . . tae
ultimo..

MAI oy, ars aan: wie

DTC ee

RPETING a6 5, 3s

oo ee ae

UIE vec :avehn'<%,'s

Ls ESR Ae

Se JOCHOMECh vx cee
1 ee ar

re CIS10h ) 2 shee Lee E He
WANE Ss ascaes

| tempest.

early.

claws.

to.

to have.

fork.

to terminate.
witness. :
time.

store.

land.

| shears.

to throw; to aim.
to touch.

all.

to take; to drink.
foolish.

bull.

tortilla; corn cake.
turtle.

to toast.

'to work.

- | tO Carty.

drink.

trap.

cloth.
behind.
conduct; business.
intestine.
sad.

to thunder.
trunk.

trot.
squint-eyed.
tumor.

| last.

to unite.
one.

urgent.

to use.
useful.

cow.

empty.
scabbard.

to be worth.
valley.
vapor; steamboat.

STARR—NOTES UPON ETHNOGRAPHY OF SOUTHERN MEXICO. I61

AMEE oS he soi glass.

(EET RS Es 1 6] Ee ee ae neighbor.

2 Le Se Se CS Tr . candle.

Wististes g8- 3.52% vein.

peieewene =. tSChG-né...........,- to sell:

WegenO ...'.. 2: poison.

oy 2 to avenge.

EES afew To x Bled er. tobe 28s hoe to come.

Weta se... advantage.
yentana...... window.
erty oop MUTICLED oi. 4. 5 ook p wx: a m!d asx, ROLSEES

eeeaoe aes... Kin trunul ....:.:.-... ... summer.

Meee ais MCICL soo. wc = a chara ee we truth; true.
Beeeeers ee ME-JIUSCH... 5 sss. <6 312 > green.

MELGMEt ss) sc6 a By) oe Se ae te greenness; verdure.
WEECGA iso. ss path; trail.
Betetemsd. tn. KIN... ....<...:..... Shame.

Eo time; once.

Te) 2 ee voyage; journey.
(a town—local capital.

viejO........ schniosch, schnihep... old.

U5 Des | roe teins wind.
Beets. (U-ld 22 <2). 2 2 oes 6 sss = to visit.
ii ey re to live.
EOlaE = ss. -s puij-le)...... . bak syw leet to fly.
ESS) AS Se to turn; to return.
Womitar...... schenel..... Bes A ieaeane to vomit.
eee. hatiets... 2.4 .'--2.-.. . 2) VOICE.
WATGIEA 2 << os ee return.
. Se and.
yeaqwiene).... tialisch.............. there (he comes).
Mexwas = ---. yOopom....... eect ae herbage; grass.
Maite ---. tscba-kum.-7..... 2. ditch.
pene’. =, SCHUMICD. .. 2. oss s+ shoe.
Rete = ya's PAIL iS. oe oie es wie fox.

eee > MMP-Cl.. 2. «22-2: ONE

eee = = Sischappeel . 2... n.. os two.

See = = SCHEP-el . . . 2. ..<7. 2 3) 0’ three.

yc ee ESCHUN HCl e's 5) xta)x sels four.

ees = JOP-El.. 22 de ee 2s 8 five.

Set fox = NEC b dot. Peis es0 = six.

Mette = i WUCP-El...... 2. -- 5%. seven.

Pemetiees sc waschae-el.....0:..s. eight.

Qeree recess walump-el........... mine:
Bee a= = IUMP-El. 2. . 2). . = sic ae tent

[Pxec. b. A. S., Vor. IX.) 21 | Aug. 25, 1902.]

162 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ERRATA.

Page 76, eighth line under cut, for ‘‘7.2.’’ read ‘‘saka.’”

Page 124, eighth line, for ‘‘zerocephaly’’ read ‘‘acrocephaly.”’

bl

Page 137, ninth line from bottom, for ‘‘fer su casa’’ read ‘‘for su

casa.’’

163

2
— ae —

Ee

164

me Sp ar Pe Dror Prey

seat aes eae tue aadstegeneitd
AEN SS

Peg ay Pgh eyP oud git eth gx my AS GA

166

Retna oe

MWA WAY WN

SNS LS

167

_ “rare

7;

Pav saces
ay =» ”* 4
4 ~

21 ES IES a Fees

1E

es :

on

ne

170

———————E——EE—EEE—— aes
_

a
Yas
Bs. a
bi 4
: 4

oe

8

: ~ ‘
Sah I sss BS

en TE OPO EY | NEV Spe OtSEE PONENT nL CNDIS BURST TOT ony WINS ED DaE tat

57

‘s

=i

—.

ee

Te

HELICINA OCCULTA Say.

BY B. SHIMEK,

The geographical and geological distribution of Helicina occulta
Say presents some points of unusual interest.

This mollusc was first described by Thomas Say,'! who
recorded its discovery as follows: ‘‘All....are dead and bleached.
They occur abundantly in the ragged and abrupt ‘bluff’ half a
mile below New Harmony, near the river bank, with many
Helices that are commonly found in the western states.’’? The
‘‘bluff’’ is loess, and in the loess of the northern Mississippi val-
ley, especially in the belt extending from Indiana to Nebraska,
this species is one of the most characteristic fossils. This latter
fact demonstrates that it was once generally distributed through-
out the Central Region, and that its widely separated modern
colonies are mere remnants of a once abundant fauna.

The species was first recognized as a modern snail in 1832,
when Jacob Green described it from Pennsylvania as Felicina
rubella.” Doubt was formerly expressed concerning the identity
of /7. occulta and H7. rubella. As early as 1846 Dr. Amos Binney
recognized the identity of the fossil and modern forms,* and
again in 1851, referring to 7. occulta, he stated that he could not
doubt its identity with //. razée/la.4+ Butin Vol. II., p. 357 (1. c.)
he expressed the opinion that it is extinct, and hence distinct
from 7. rubella. He figured both on pl. LX XIV., figs. 1 and 2,
Vol. III. In 1859 Dr. W.-G. Binney, in Vol. IV., of the same
work, p. 193, was ‘‘ inclined to consider //e/icina rubella as a syn-
onym,’’ but in 1865* he described it as a fossil, but included /7.
rubella, the modern form, as a synonym !

1 Transyl. Jour. of Med., Vol. IV., p. 529, 1831; reprint in Say’s Am. Conch., No. 5, Pl.
46, figs. 4, 5, 6, 1832, and in Binney’s edition, pp. 37-8, 1356.

2 Doughty’s Cabinet of Nat. Hist., Vol. II., p. 291.

3 Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Vol. II., p. 130.

4 Terr. Air-br. Moll. U. S., Vol. L., p. 184.

5 Smith. Mis. Coll., 144, ‘‘ Land and Fresh-water Shells of N, Am.,"’ pt. iii.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. [X.] : 21% | Nov. 22, 1904.]

174 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Geo. W. Tryon also considered the fossil and modern forms
identical, and the identity has not since been questioned by any-
one familiar with both forms.

The first additional report of the occurrence of recent shells of
this species following Green’s original discovery, was made in
1859 by W. G. Binney,” who received an apparently recent speci-
men, collected by I. A. Lapham at Sheboygan, Wis. Concerning
this specimen he subsequently noted:? ‘‘ Fossil, color remain-
ing.’’ ‘The shell is, however, evidently recent.

The next additional discovery was made by Prof. McDonald at
Lexington, Va., and was reported by Tryon in 1868.4

E.R. Leland next reported it from Whitefish Bay, north of
Milwaukee, Wis., in 1870.5

The first published report of recent specimens from Iowa was
made by R. H. Call in 1882,° who, after declaring that the spe-
cies is probably extinct, added in a footnote that the species was
taken in the vicinity of Iowa City. The specimens on which
this statement was based were sent to Call by the writer, who,
with Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, discovered the species in 18807 at a point
six miles north of Iowa City. Dr.C. R. Keyes subsequently
reported on the locality,* but, judging from his description, he
had not seen it. This, however, was not the ‘‘ first discovery ’’
of living specimens in the state, as reported by Keyes. Prof. F.
M. Witter received specimens from Dr. E. H. King Feb. roth,
1878.° ‘They were collected at Eldora, Hardin county, probably
in 1877. The species was re-discovered in the same locality in
1881 by Mr. J. W. Preston.*

In 1887 R. E. Call reported living specimens from South Pitts-
burg, Tenn.,j and the following year Prof. J. M. Holzinger

1 Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. IV., p. 12, 1868; Monograph of the Terr. Moll. of the U. S., p.
152, 1868.

2 Terr. Air-br. Moll. U. S., Vol. IV., p. 193.

3 Smith. Miscell. Coll., 1. c., p. 112. ;

4 Am, Jour, Conch., Vol. IV., p. 12; Monograph Terr. Moll. U. S., p. 152. He repeated
this report in Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. V., p. 118, 1870.

5 Am, Jour, Conch., Vol. V., p. 118, footnote.

6 Am. Nat., Vol. XVI., p. 381.

7 See Dr. H. A. Pilsbry’s report, Nautilus, Vol. III., p. 20, 1890.

8 Bull, Essex Inst., Vol. XX., p. 15, 1889; Nautilus, Vol. III., p. 19, 1889.

9 He did not report on them, however, until 1883. See his Mollusca of Muscatine
County, p. 24.

* See writer's report in Bull. Lab. Nat, Hist. State Univ. of Iowa, Vol. I., p. 61, 1888.
{ Bull. Washburn College, Vol. II., p. 16.

ae

SHIMEK—HELICINA OCCULTA SAY. 175

reported it from Stockton and Winona, Minn.,' where he first
collected it in 1886.

In 1890 G. T. Marston found it at De Pere, Wis.,? and in 1893
it was discovered in western Pennsylvania, in Alleghany county,
by S. H. Stupakoff.*

In 1894 Prof. A. G. Wetherby reported it living on Roan Mt.,
N. Car., and in 1897 Pilsbry added Athens, Ill., Harriman, Tenn.,
and Natural Bridge, Va., to the list of localities.+

In 1899 Prof. T. E. Savage brought a specimen from Decorah,
Iowa, in a collection of moss, and in 1goo J. H. Ferris discovered
it in Blount county, Tenn., the southernmost limit of its known
distribution. §

In rgor1 the writer found numerous living specimens in the
northwest corner of Dubuque county and the adjoining portion
of Clayton county, Iowa,® and in 1903 along the Upper Iowa, and
some of its tributaries, in the northeast corner of Howard county,
and at Kendallville, Plymouth Rock, Decorah, Ft. Atkinson, etc.,
in Winneshiek county, Iowa. ;

Finally, the collection of the Smithsonian Institution contains
a specimen (No. 150175) from Lee county, Iowa, collected by Van
Hynning, but without date or other information. So far as the
writer knows this completes the list of original references to
recent specimens.

The first known fossil specimens were Say’s types from New
Harmony, Ind., already noticed. The first Iowa fossil specimens
were reported from Council Bluffs by D. D. Owen’ under the
name /7. occulina.

It has since been included in the great majority of lists of loess
fossils from the region lying north of Kansas and Tennessee.

This species has usually appeared under the generic name
Helicina, but in a few instances it was published under the sub-
generic name Oligyra.*®

1 16th An. Rep. Minn. Geol. Sur., p. 491.

2 Nautilus, Vol. II1., p. 113, 18go.

3 Nautilus, Vol. VI., p. 24. See also Vol. VII., p. 135.

4 Nautilus, Vol. XI., p. 46. Also Pilsbry and Johnson’s Catalogue of the Land Shells
of N. America, p. 2, 1898

5 Nautilus, Vol. XIV., p. 53.

6 Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Ia., Vol. V., p. 200; Am. Geol., vol. XXVIII., p. 348.

7 Report of a Geol. Sur. of Wis., Ia., and Minn., p. 132, 1852.

8 Call, R. E., Bull. Washburn Coll., Vol. II., p. 16, 1887. Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. XXIV.,
PP. 216, 221, 1882. ‘

176 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The specific name has appeared as occu/ina' and occulata,* but
these may have been typographical errors, though the latter is
repeated.

The species has also been confused with //. orbiculata, a south-
ern form. Dr. Amos Binney reported* the fossil form from Mis-
sissippi, which is evidently an error, as 1. orbiculata is the south-
ern species, both recent and fossil. Aughey’s unreliable lists+ on
the other hand contain AH. orbiculata from Nebraska, which is
manifestly an error, 47. occulta being the species found in the
loess of Nebraska.

In view of the abundance and wide distribution of the species
as a fossil in the loess of the northern Mississippi valley, the
habits of the living forms are of special interest because of the
light which, in common with other species of shells found in the
deposit, they throw upon the conditions under which the loess
was laid down.

The writer has collected living specimens of this species in
Johnson, Hardin, Dubuque, Clayton, Winneshiek and Howard
counties in Iowa, and has seen one of the localities near Winona,
Minn., where Prof. Holzinger collected his specimens. Invari-
ably the specimens were found in rough, well-wooded territory,
in loose leaf-mould, and under and among the fallen leaves, ete.,
which usually carpet the surface between the smaller plants
which are characteristic of such shaded hillsides. In some of
these localities the surface was also strewn with scattered frag-
ments of limestone. The shells were invariably found on high
grounds which were not subject to overflow.

Green reported his //. ruée//la simply from ‘‘ hills in Western
Pennsylvania.’’ Leland’s Whitefish Bay specimens (1. c.) were
collected ‘‘upon the bluff at the lake, which, at that point, is
somewhat wet and boggy, and covered with a growth of Tama-
rack, Arbor-Vitee, and Juniper. They were found under dead
leaves....’’ Wetherby’s Roan Mt. specimens were found ‘‘on
damp rocks and about them, under a slight covering of leaves.’’
Notwithstanding the fact that the strictly terrestrial habits of

1 Owen, D. D., 1. c., pp. 132, 135, 1852.
2 Call, R. E., Am. Nat., Vol. XV., pp. 586, 784.

BVOLVU,, AiG), Ds 350-
_4 Aughey, S., U.S, Geol. Sur. of Col. and Adjacent Terr., Hayden, p. 268, 1876 ; Sketches
of the Physical Geog. and Geol. of Neb., p. 290, 1880.

SHIMEK—HELICINA OCCULTA SAY. 177

this species have been known for so many years, it has been
reported as more or less aquatic, probably because of its relation-
ship with certain aquatic forms. Thus Todd speaks of ‘‘ some semi-
aquatic species,’’ as Swccineae and F/elicinas.1 Witter cautiously
says it ‘‘is classed as a water breather,’’? and Call once included
it with fresh water shells !*

This species has also been cited to prove the depauperation of
loess shells. Call says: ‘‘In all the recent specimens exam-
ined, upwards of one hundred and fifty, the smallest of the living
forms were larger than the largest of the fossil ones.”’

In the same paper, p: 216, he reports the diameter of the fossil
shells as 6.5""", and that of recent shells as 9". ‘The recent
specimens which Call examined were from the Iowa City colony.
Concerning these shells the writer, in 1888, said:*® ‘‘ The fossils
average smaller than the several thousand recent specimens taken
near Iowa City, but are nearly equal to the specimens from
Eldora, Iowa.’’ In 1890, after securing more material, he
reported® that ‘‘on the whole the fossils are a little smaller in
average size than the recent shells, though many of them exceed
the smaller ones from Hardin county. None of the fossils equal
the largest Johnson county specimens.’’ Additional material
necessitates the partial revision of even the latter statement.

The writer has examined many times the number of recent
shells mentioned by Call, and among them not one measures as
much as 9". in diameter. A very few exceptionally large shells
in the Iowa City lot measure 7.5": in diameter,’ but the average
in this set is about 6.25"... The Eldora, Hardin county, speci-
mens range from 5.5" to 6.5™""", the average being 6™”:; those
from Howard county average 6.5™""; and those from the several
Winneshiek county localities range from 6 to 7""". Those from
Clayton county measure from 6 to 6.75'""", the average being
6.5™™":, while those from Dubuque county, near by, range from 5
to 6.5"™- and average about 6". The recent shells thus vary

1 Proc. A. A. A. S., Vol. XXVII., reprint, published in 1879, p. 6.
2 Paper before Muscatine Acad. Sci., Feb. 10, 1879.

3 Am. Nat., Vol. XV., p. 586, 1881.

4 Am. Jour. Sci., 3rd Ser., Vol. XXIV., p. 221.

5 Am. Geol., Vol. I., p. 152. :

6 Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist., St. Univ. Ia., Vol. I., p. 201.

7 In all cases the greater diameter is here measured.

178 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

from 5 to 7.5™™: in diameter, very few, however, exceeding 7".
A single specimen from an alluvial deposit near Decorah, Iowa,
probably rather recent, measures 7™™”.

The fossil specimens, of which the writer has examined sey-
eral thousand from nearly a hundred different localities in the
northern Mississippi and Missouri valleys, range from 5 to
7.25™™- in diameter, the average being about 6™™.

A comparison of the large recent and fossil series disproves
Call’s representation that the fossils are greatly depauperated.
There is some variation in size, but this may be observed in both
the recent and fossil series, and its range is not materially differ-
ent in these series. .

The recent recognition of several loesses,! and the fact that 77.
occulta occurs, so far as the writer knows, in all but the distinctly
differentiated deposits of the post-Wisconsin,? makes a compari-
son of the fossil shells from the several loess-horizons desirable.
The writer’s series of fossils of this species from the post-Kansan
and post-Iowan is especially large, and specimens from widely
separated typical exposures were compared.

The shells from the pale bluish-gray post-Kansan loess yielded
the following results : those from Muscatine, near Hershey Ave.,
measure from 5 to 6.5™™, the average being nearly 6™"; those
from near Crescent Ave. in East Davenport measure from 5.5 to
6.25™™ and average 6™":; those from Carroll, Iowa, vary from 6
to 6.5"™, the majority being 6™™: in diameter.

Several large sets from the yellow post-Iowan loess measure
as follows:

From Moline, Ill., from 5.5 to 7™™-,— average 6™™,

From several exposures at Iowa City, from 5.5 to 7.25™™—
average a little more than 6™™..

From near Greenwood Park, Des Moines, Ia., from 5.5 to
6.5" average 6"™-s

From several exposures at Council Bluffs and Omaha, from 6
to 7™-,— average a little more than 6™™..

| The post-Kansan, post-Ilinoisan, post-Iowan, and post-Wisconsin, See Bull. Lab,
Nat. Hist., St. Univ. Ia., vol. V., p. 352. ef seq,, 1904.

2 H. occulta is not found in the post-Wisconsin loess, nor does it exist in Iowa within
the Wisconsin drift area. The advance of the Wisconsin ice evidently has exterminated
the species. If the post-Wisconsin can be differentiated outside of the Wisconsin drift-
border, it will no doubt contain this species.

3 This is contrary to C. R. Keyes’ statement (in the Nautilus, Vol. III., p. 18, 1889) that
the fossils of this region are “ strikingly depauperate.”’

—-

SHIMEK—HELICINA OCCULTA SAY. 179

From Lincoln, Neb. (probably post-Iowan), average 6™™,

It will be observed that the range of size in the fossils is from
5 to 7.25™™-, and the average slightly exceeds 6™". In addition
to the foregoing a large number of specimens from about seventy
other localities was examined, with the same results. Some of
these were from loess between Omaha, Neb., and St. Joseph, Mo.,
and from Eastern Missouri and Illinois, which was not satisfac-
torily differentiated.

As already stated, while there are variations in size in both
recent and fossil shells, there is no marked depauperation of the
fossils. In the material examined there is perhaps a slight pre-
ponderance of smaller forms in the post-Kansan loess, the average
diameter being about 6"™-; those from the post-lowan average a
trifle over 6™™-, the largest approaching the largest recent forms;
and the modern shells exceed this average by a small fraction.
Every addition to the series, however, is likely to modify these
averages. Moreover, the smallest fossilsin the whole series are
just equal to the smallest recent specimens from Iowa City and
Dubuque county, and are barely exceeded by those from Eldora.

H1. occulta is relatively most abundant in the post-Kansan loess,
and while still very wide-spread in the Iowan, it becomes more
local. As a modern shell it is extremely local, and the localities
are far apart, the colonies appearing as remnants of a once com-
mon race, which is evidently running out. Noone has yet given
a satisfactory estimate of the time which has elapsed since the
retreat of the Kansan ice. No one can determine the amount of
time which was required to form the first post-Kansan soil (the
gumbo), and render the surface conditions suitable for loess-
deposition. Therefore, we cannot determine how long ago the
earliest post-Kansan Helicinas lived. That the time was very
great is certain, yet through it all these little molluscs have per-
sisted with but little change. Each succeeding ice-sheet, the
Illinoisan, Iowan and Wisconsin, wiped them out in the territory
over which it passed, yet in many cases the species was again
able to spread out from the territory which had not been reached
by the ice to those drift-covered areas on which post-glacial loess-
deposition was taking place. The species did not at any time
extend far south, and these successive inroads finally almost

180 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

exterminated it. Other causes may have contributed to the
same end, but it should be remembered that the species has
remained practically unchanged since its earliest appearance, and
that the modern colonies are remarkably uniform in habit, being
strictly terrestrial and occurring in wooded areas. Both of these
facts indicate a lack of plasticity and adaptability, which perhaps
in part accounts for the partial extinction of the species, but they
also seem to warrant the conclusion that it has changed but little
in its habits.

It was formerly widely distributed over territory which is now
largely prairie, and it is now uniformly found on well-wooded
grounds. ‘These facts suggest that our forest areas were once of
much greater extent, and that in them a large part of the post-Kan-
san and post-Iowan loess was deposited. There are large areas in
western Iowa and eastern Nebraska in which the upper part of
the loess is coarser, and appears as if it might have been formed
in more open country,! but this loess never contains the species
here under discussion. It is usually without fossils, but when
they do occur they are usually widely scattered shells of Swccinea
grosvenoriti, an upland prairie species. It does not, therefore,
follow that all the loess was deposited 1n woods, but the habits of
//. occulta, and other species of like habits, which are associated
with it in many loess deposits, indicate that such deposits were
formed under forest conditions. Since many of these deposits
are found in what is now open prairie, it follows that groves such
as dot the eastern part of lowa were formerly more generally dis-
tributed over the loess-bearing area. The destruction of these
forests by each succeeding ice-sheet, and the interval which
elapsed before other forests, or at least other vegetation could be
developed, marked the inter-loessial period which separated two
loess-periods even where one loess rests directly on the other.

1 See Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci., Vol. VI., pp. 107-8. Jour. of Geol., Vol. VII., pp. 132-3.

STARR—MORE NOTCHED BONE RATTLES. 181

MORE NOTCHED BONE RATTLES.

BY FREDERICK STARR.

On July 11, 1898, the Academy printed, in its Proceedings, my
paper entitled *‘ Notched Bones from Mexico.’’ In that paper I
described certain notched bones, now in my private collection,
which were found in the State of Mexico. I mentioned Mr.
Lumholtz’s description of similar notched bones, found in the
State of Michoacan, and questioned his interpretation of their use
and significance. For me, these Mexican notched bones were
used for grating the time for dancers, they were the musical
instrument to which the Mexicans anciently applied the name of
omichicahuaz. I compared the Aztec use of notched bones for such
a purpose with the use of notched sticks among the Pueblo Indians
of New Mexico and Arizona and the Tonkaways of Oklahoma.
About a month after my article was in print, there appeared an
elaborate paper on the same subject in Globus (d/¢mexikanische
knochenrasseln, Globus, Aug., 1898), by Dr. Eduard Siler of Berlin,
who took the same position in the matter that I assumed.

Lately, I have chanced upon the use of similar notched rattles
in two quite unexpected places and to-night am able to here show
the specimens themselves. In overhauling the Academy’s collec-
tions in archzeology, I find-two notched bones which were found
years ago by Capt. Hall in a mound six feet high at Eagle Cor-
ners, Wisconsin. ‘They are large rib bones, probably those of the
moose (they are so labeled) and both are notched transversely by
cuts, which are fairly evenly spaced and as deep as the nature of
the bones will allow; the bones themselves are about fifteen inches
long, slightly curved, and flattish; one of them bears thirty-four
cuts, the other thirty-three. Formerly Isshould have looked upon
these as tally-sticks marking some hunter’s or warrior’s count,
and the thinness of the bonés and consequent shallowness of the

BS
{Proc. D.A. S., Vou. 1X.J 22 (May 4, 1903. ]

182 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

cuts at first seemed to me against the use of these bones as notched
rattles. ‘The most casual examination, however, reveals the evi-
dence of rubbing over the projections between the notches. The
condition of the bones does not permit rough handling, but I have
convinced myself that, when they were fresh, they not only
might have been used for dance-timing, but were certainly so used.

In this connection I may refer toa paper by our fellow member
Prof. Udden, upon an aboriginal village-site in Kansas. He men-
tions and describes a fragment of a similarly notched bone from
our neighboring state. ‘This he plainly prefers to consider a count
record. It would be interesting to know whether it, too, shows
the marks of rubbing.

My other example of notched rattle was found by an equai
accident. I have just been spending some weeks among the Iro-
quois Indians of Central and Western New York. My Onondaga
singer had been making some graphophone records for me and,
after some hesitancy, had agreed to sing the death songs,—1. e.
the songs sung in the house of death, while the game of moccasin
is played. When he was ready, I went to his house to take the
records and found, to my surprise, that he had prepared two pieces
of fine grained, hard wood, for beating the time for his songs.
One of these wasa true notched rattle and the other was a rubbing
stick. The latter was deeply cleft so that it really acted as two
sticks. The effect of the use of this instrument was surprisingly
good. It gave a sharp, loud, even beat, almost as regular as the
beating of a drum or the sounding of a common rattle. On inquir-
ing why I had never come upon this instrument before, I learned
that it, the stick counters, and the other paraphernalia used in the
death gambling game, are always burned at daybreak.

The occurrence of notched rattles in these two regions, so far
distant from the localities already cited, appears to me of sufficient
interest to warrant my thus calling your attention to it. (Read
before the Academy November 29, 1901. )

Nore.—If any doubt remained as to the Mexican notched bones being
really the omichicahauz, it has now been removed by a recent, most inter-
esting, find in the City of Mexico. In the course of conducting sewerage
excavations, a great mass of objects was encountered back of the Cathe-
dral, in Escalerillas street. These objects came from the great temple
of the old Aztecs. Among them were a number of little objects made of

oo

ass

STARR— MORE NOTCHED BONE RATTLES. 183

plain red pottery, which will be described shortly in an article in Ze
American Antiquarian. They are miniatures of musical instruments and
other objects used in dances. Apparently they were native offerings left
in the temple. Among well known forms of drums, fifes, rattles, etc., are
some notched bone rattles with the little spine of bone that was used in
rubbing across the notches. One of these native notched rattles is shown
in Fig. 3.

Fig. 1. Notched ribs from Wisconsin mound. (In the Academy’s col-

lection.)

Fig. 2. Wooden notched rattle used in the death songs among the New
York Iroquois.

Fig. 3. Miniature, pottery, representation of notched bone rattle from
Mexico. (In Mexican National Museum.)

184 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Wes Tk

FG. 3.
NOTCHED. RATTLES FROM WISCONSIN, NEW YORK AND MEXICO

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZE 185

NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN4=
AFFECTING HICORIA (CARYA) AND OTHER TREES.

BY THEO. PERGANDE.

INTRODUCTION.

In the course of my studies of the Aphides of the United States,
occupying more or less of my time during thé past twenty-five
years, I became much interested in our native Phylloxerinz as
well as the curious galls or deformations produced by them, and
have consequently made a few interesting observations, detailed
in the present paper.

Early in the spring of 1889 the late Dr. C. V. Riley received a
letter from Dr. Dreyfus, Wiesbaden, Germany, announcing his
intention of monographing the Chermesinze of the world, outlin-
ing his plan and progress of the work, accompanied by examples
of the nature of the illustrations prepared for it, and urging Prof.
Riley to assist him in this work with notes and figures of the
species of Phylloxerinze occurring in North America on our native
hickory trees.

Dr. Riley, at the time of the receipt of this communication, was
in Paris, acting as the representative of the Secretary of Agricul-
ture in connection with the installation of the American agricul-
tural exhibit at the Universal Exposition of 1889, charged wit
the duties of Assistant Commissioner in Group 8. It was, there-
fore, out of the question for him to undertake the work himself,
as desired by Dr. Dreyfus, and he directed the writer to draw up
descriptions of all of the known and new species and to prepare
the necessary drawings for the contemplated work. This work
was at once taken up energetically and thoroughly.

In compliance with this request I restudied, as far as possible,
all the previously described species, of which, fortunately, many

186 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of the types, or typical specimens, or their galls had been pre-
served in Dr. Riley’s private collection, now forming a part
of the collection of Aphides of the United States National
Museum, besides all those discovered by me, while studying this
interesting group.

After the completion of these investigations and the numerous
drawings by myself and Miss L. Sullivan, the manuscript was
transmitted to Dr. Dreyfus in expectation of speedy publication.
Unfortunately, however, it has been lying idle for these many
years, with little or no prospect that it ever will be published,
due, apparently, to financial and other troubles, which tend to
postpone its publication indefinitely.

Under these circumstances and in justice to myself and in the
interest of American students of entomology, I deem it proper to
have this part of our Phylloxerinze published independently of
Dr Dreyfus:

Lacking time to study as thoroughly as possible the various
species of this dificult though highly interesting group of plant-
lice, I was able to work out the complete history of but one
species, viz., Phylloxera perniciosa n. sp., which may be considered
typical of the majority of the species inhabiting the different
kinds of hickory.

All species of this group, as in many other gall-producing
insects, hatch and form their galls at the earliest possible moment
in spring, or, at about the time when the buds commence to burst
and the young:growth of twigs pushes out. After a leaf or section
of a young twig has ceased its growth, no galls can be formed.

In accordance with this law of plant-growth there is, as a rule,
but one series of gall-producing Phylloxerze each year, composed
of the stem-mother, the migrants and the sexual generation, the
latter producing eggs which remain dormant until the following
spring, to start a new cycle of life. According to my observations
there is at least one, Phyloxera deplanata n. sp., which differs
remarkably from the rest, since the stem-mother frequently or
more commonly produces no winged migrants, but directly the
sexual generation, as observed by me during earlier studies. How-
ever,'in the spring of 1902, when the galls of this species were
extremely abundant on certain trees, I discovered also in a few
of them, besides the stem-mother and sexed individuals, a few

PERGANDE—-NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 187

migrants, whereas in the majority which were opened, only the
stem-mother and sexes were found. In the case of another
species numerous pupze were found with the old mother and but
two or a few winged migrants in but a very few galls; in all of
these galls, occupied by the pupze, were also observed large num-
bers of the sexes, as progeny of the pupz; whereas in /%. c.-
vene Fitch, all of the sexuparze, which usually are winged, are
wingless, resembling in this respect the stem-mother.

The conclusions arrived at are that, as a rule, the great majority
of the species produce large numbers of the migratory form and
that but few exist in which the stem-mother or pupz are able to
produce a sexed generation, and that but occasionally some
migrants are developed to guard against the possibility of exter-
mination.

Since the species treated of in this paper comprise but a fraction
of those inhabiting the United States, there remains still a large
field for fruitful investigation which may amply occupy a lifetime
of those selecting it as a specialty.

In order to facilitate the study of the known species, inhabiting
hickory trees, I have divided the various galls into groups, based
principally on the location and shape of the galls on the parts
infested.

188 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF GALLS. .

Grour Il. .-

Galls thin, paper-like, more or less transparent.

The galls produced by the species of this group are quite variable, both
in shape and coloration, and often difficult to separate, especially when
several galls of closely related species grow upon the same leaf. So far
twelve distinct forms belonging to this group have been discovered, of
which seven have been found growing upon //icoria alleci and glabra in
the vicinity of Washington. The fully developed forms of most of them
are quite readily separated, though intermediate or dwarfed forms occur
frequently. -
Section 1. Opening above.

1. Projecting more or less conically above and beneath; both nipples
surrounded at apex by a fringe of long filaments.
Ph. c.-septum (Shimer).
Both cones very much elongated, slender and toothlike.
var. ferforans, 0. var.
2. Conical above, flat beneath; splitting into several bracts above
when mature; with slender filaments at the centre beneath.
: _ Ph. c.-folia Fitch.
3. Similar to c.-seftum,; smaller, more flattened, but slightly
convex above and beneath; opening round or oval, sur-
rounded by short, recurved pubescent bracts; a minute
closed nipple beneath 2.524505 tiga $e ee ee Ph. picta v. sp.
4. Smaller, though similar to ¢.-fzcfa, more convex, and often
with a slight depression above; no opening above before
maturity ; a minute closed nipple beneath ..../. intermedia n. sp.

SEcTION 2. Ofening beneath.

5. Convex, more elevated above than beneath, with a reddish or

crimson fovea or dimple above, varying in depth. The ori-

fice beneath small and surrounded by a fringe of short, flat
bracts i :..ve ais ssa cane oles oe Oe ee Ph. foveola n. sp.

6. Concave above, convex beneath. The nipple formed of rather

long, slender filaments. The depression above as well as the

surface beneath, including the filaments, provided with long
white hairs -5.i.... 055 «shes ee eee i caw eyelet a eget Ph. pilosula n. sp.

Size small, slightly convex above, more prominent beneath.

Usually with a small, shallow depression toward one side,

above. Nipple short, without bracts; the orifice more or less
oval and fringed with short pubescence........ 7. deplanata n. sp.

-~I

A de

10.

ial

12.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA, 189

Size medium; slightly convex above and beneath, with a short
nipple. having a round orifice, surrounded by a burr-like
itp Of diany Glaments.... ..........se00060 Ph. depressa (Shimer).

Size medium; quite flat above, with a dimpled depression, the
opening beneath round and with a downy orifice.

Ph. foveata (Shimer).

Size medium; convex and considerably elevated above and
more prominent than beneath; quite hard, smooth and shin-
ing. Orifice beneath round and closed. Resembling the galls
CU AIGNER AOS 8 ROE eee rick: Ph. minima (Shimer).

Minute; red, more convex and more prominent above than
beneath, with a dimpled depression, The nipple short and
surrounded by short, hairy bracts............. Ph. c.-semen Walsh.

Size medium; conical above and much more prominent than
beneath; convex beneath, the nipple short, with an oval
orifice, fringed with short hairs................. Ph. c.-fallax Riley.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vov. IX.] 23 {July 7, 1903.)

190 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

SECTION si.

PHYLLOXERA CARY-SEPTUM (Shimer).
Plate i., figs. 1-6; Plate ix., fig. 46.

Dactylosphera c.-septum Shimer. ‘Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., IT.,p.389.

Phylloxera c.-septa Riley. 7th Ann. Rep. Nox. & Ben. Ins. of
Mo., p. 118.

Phylloxera c.-septa Thomas. 8th Rep. Nox. & Ben. Ins. of IL, p.
164.

The galls of this species, especially those of the more typical
form, are the handsomest and largest of this group. ‘Their trans-
verse diameter at the plane of the leaf ranges trom 5 to 12” and
their vertical diameter from 4 to6™™. They are quite convex
on both sides and generally more conical and more prominently
projecting above than beneath, especially so in the smaller speci-
mens. All are provided with a nipple on both sides, the upper
one stouter and more prominent, with its base more or less sunken
below the plane of the gall. Both nipples, particularly the lower
one, lean frequently somewhat towards one side. Both openings
are either round or oval and fringed by about eight stout or
slender filaments. ‘The opening on the under side closes gradually
so that the insects are compelled to leave from above. ‘The
consistency of the galls is dense, though rather thin, paper-like,
and more or less transparent, crisp, and stoutest at the junction
with the leaf. The cavity, if cut vertically, appears to be more
or less hexagonal at the central portion, more or less pointed
towards the nipples, and quite flat at the median circumference,
with the exception of a ridge which indicates the former division
of the gall into two compartments while young: The color above
is variable. Some are of a darker or lighter bright red or pale
rose, with a pale greenish margin around the base, while others
are pale yellowish green, the nipple more or less brown, sur-
rounded at base by a pale reddish ring. The color of the under
side corresponds either more or less with that of the upper side
or is of the same color as the leaf, or paler. In its younger stage,
while still quite small, it is most beautiful and has very little
resemblance to the fully grown gall.

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN®. Igti

STEM-MOTHER.— Length 0.6-1™"; diameter across the thorax
about 0.7". Pyriform, the older ones shorter and more glob-
ular. Color pale yellow, the older specimens somewhat darker,
with the head slightly dusky. Antenne and legs blackish. Eyes
small and dark purplish. Between the eyes are two small though
rather deep dusky punctures or foveze; two or three subdorsal
dusky spots or punctures each side of the prothorax, and a more
or less distinct, transverse, dusky spot each side in the sutures of
the thoracic segments. Surface of body quite distincly though
rather sparsely and irregularly tuberculate, the tubercles minute
and pointed, more numerous around the margin and denser and
somewhat coarser on the head. Front of head gently arched and
slightly notched at middle. Antenne rather stout, joint 1 stout-
est, about equal in diameter, longer than wide, rounded at apex;
joint 2 somewhat longer and more slender, thinnest at base, the
apex rounded and apparently divided by three to four quite dis-
tinct, scaly annulations: joint 3 much the longest, and divided
by six or more rather coarse scaly annulations, its base forming, in
some specimens, a distinctly thinner and well separated petiole.

Ecc.—Length about 0.2", regularly ovoid, white, polished
and ornamented with regular, large, hexagonal facettes.

LARVA.— White or pale yellow, rather broadly ovoid, with
stout antennz and legs. Eyesred. Surface of body very sparsely
and indistinctly granulate. Two transverse rows of minute dusky
warts on the prothorax and a row of six similar warts on all other
segments. Front of head quadrangulate, the angulations quite
prominent, each bearing a short hair at tip. Rostrum long and
stout, reaching beyond the end of the body.

PupAa.——Elongate, ovoid. Color orange, the head with a
slight dusky tinge; meso- and meta-thorax paler, the wing pads
and end of body almost white and with the external margin of
\the wing pads, especially in more mature individuals, blackish.
Eyes brown, ocellar spots red or brownish. <Antennze and legs
dusky. The whole surface of the body is densely covered with
minute, conical, blackish points.

MIGRATORY OR WINGED FEMALE-— Length of body 0.8-1.2™™.
Expanse 2.4-3"". Color quite dark orange. Head, meso- and
meta-thorax, scutellum and sternal plate black. Antenne and

192 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

legs somewhat paler. Eyes dark brown or purple. Ocelli col-
orless, clear, bordered along the inner side by a broad, somewhat
lunate, black margin. Prothorax marked with two transverse
rows of three small and very pale dusky. spots. Antennze slender;
basal joint shortest and stoutest, joint 2 somewhat longer, thin-
nest at base, the apex rounded and divided by five or six more
or less distincly scalloped or scaly annulations; joint 3 very long
and slender, of almost uniform thickness, rather more than five
times the length of the second joint, and usually slightly con-
stricted at about its basal fourth; sharply and quite closely annu-
lated, with the annulations more or less irregular; upper sensorial
membrane about two-fifths the length of the joint, the lower one
inconspicuous, small and rounded; apical nipple short, truncated
at tip, bearing apparently two short, knobbed hairs. Legs rather
long and slender. Body stout, covered with minute, obtuse tuber-
cles, though less dense than in the pupa. Head and prothorax
rugose and somewhat tuberculated, the rugosity more pronounced
on the head. Wings large, broad and pale dusky; stigmata and
venation darker; course of stigmal vein in many specimens abnor-
mal, not entering the stigma but curving backward a short distance
therefrom and connecting with the discoidal vein. This abnor-
mality sometimes occurs in both wings and at others either in
one or the other.

The first observations regarding this gall were made May 13,
1883, and, as it will help to throw some light on the question of
the formation of this and many other galls, I will here include
the few notes made at the time.

This gall, a very beautiful and curious object, I find, after a
careful examination, to be nothing else but an abnormally great
enlargement of a pore and the filaments or hairs surrounding same.

From the position of the galls, there can be no doubt whatever
but that the young insect, as soon as it finds a suitable place,
stations itself directly over a pore on the under side of a young
leaf, into which it inserts its proboscis to extract the sap and to
remain in this position. The irritation, caused by the sucking,
gradually enlarges the pore so that the insect can sink into the
opening; the rapid growing of the leaf causes the walls of the
pore to prolong and the thus formed cell to widen till a regular
cell is formed, enclosing the insect completely.

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN-. 193

Remarkable it is, however, that the irritation is not confined to
the lower side of the leaf but that it extends also to the upper
surface, to the opposite pore, producing a counterpart of that on
the underside. Both sides of the young gall at this stage are reg-
ularly conical and are fringed at the apex of each cone by about
eight or nine very long, slender, backward curved, fleshy filaments
which, when compared with the hairs surrounding the other
pores, prove them to be identical though greatly enlarged. When
some of the galls were opened it was found that they were divided
horizontally by a delicate membrane into two compartments in
the lower one of which the young stem-mother, already mature
at this date, and surrounded by some eggs, had established her
home. With her was also found but one cast skin, which seemed
to indicate that several skins had been cast before the gall had
formed and closed. ‘The color of the young gall above is quite
pale green with the filaments bright cherry or pink. The lower
side is darker and the filaments white.

Two weeks later the galls had changed so completely in appear-
ance that they could scarcely be recognized as belonging to the
same species were it not for the filaments fringing the apex of the
nipples, and even these were mere rudiments, much reduced by
drying up. They were then fully mature and some of them
already empty. When cut vertically it was observed that the
dividing membrane had entirely disappeared, except the before-
mentioned rudiment at the circumference.

PHYLLOXERA C.-SEPTUM, var. PERFORANS Nf. var.
Plate I., Figs. 7-8; Plate X., figs. 57-60.

A very conspicuous form of the above gall has been occasion-
ally observed in the vicinity of Washington for several years past,
occurring usually upon the leaves of //icoria glabra, though
always when already deserted. This same form had previously
been observed by Dr. A. Fitch in the state of New York, also when
deserted. In the place of the rightful occupants he discovered
the imago and larve of a Phloeothrips, to which he gave the
name of Phleothrips carye (Third Rep. on the Nox. and Ben. Ins.
of N. Y., p. 127, No. 165), which he, however, hesitated, and cor-
rectly so, to consider as the true architect of these singular galls.

During May of 1890 I have been fortunate, however, to discover

194 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

this form in fair abundance upon a single tree of //zcoria glabra
growing near a small stream in the vicinity of Arlington, Virginia,
and widely separated by hills and gullies from trees bearing the
genuine or typical gall. They contained (May 16th) besides the
other forms a considerable number of the winged migrants which
proved, after careful examination and comparison, to be absolutely
identical with those of PA. c.-septum. The causes of this remark-
able and constant variation are not readily explained except by
the fact that the typical form has so far always been found upon
young trees with large and succulent leaves of //7coria alba, while
those of fervforans were upon trees of Aicoria glabra which had
already attained a height of over twenty feet and with the leaves
smaller and less succulent. As in the typical form, the gall is
mostly single though now and then two, three or even more
grow in close contact, generally close to the midrib, near its base,
or near the stronger cross-ribs, and, instead of expanding horizont-
ally, they become narrow and considerably elongated above and
beneath, resembling a slender spur or nail forced through the leaf.
The length of the cones varies from 3-8™": and the diameter at
base from 2-4"™"-. Both above and beneath, the cones usually
lean to one side, those above usually in the opposite direction
from those beneath, while cones growing near the edge of the leaf
curve outwardly and often to such a degree that both points almost
meet. Each cone splits into 6-8 slender bracts, fitting closely
together and lined inside with a white, woolly pubescense.

At maturity the bracts of the upper cone separate to allow the
insects to escape, while those on the under side remain closed.
The inner structure of the galls is very similar to that of the typ-
ical form, though its walls are harder and thicker. Its color
above and beneath is of a paler green than the surrounding leaf,
incling toward the apex to purple or brown. ‘The transverse
ribs between which these galls are stationed are, at the point of
junction, often considerably angulated, much thickened and of a
beautiful red or crimson color.

PHYLLOXERA CARYAFOLL# Fitch.
Plate II., fig. 9; Plate IX., fig. 47.

Phylloxera caryefoliw Fitch. Third Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
ING ee D. 4AG,

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINE. 195

Phylloxera caryefolie Riley. Seventh Ann. Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins. of Mo., p. 117.

Phylloxera caryvefolia Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins.
orbs; p..161.

Notwithstanding the apparently wide distribution of this species
from New York to Illinois and as far south as Washington, it
appears to be nowhere so common or so destructive as some of its
near relatives. It is most noticeable during the latter part of
May on the leaves of //icoria glabra, and though usually there is
but a single gall upon a leaf, as many as four may sometimes be
found. Some which were studied on the 23d of May along the
Potomac River in Virginia contained already quite a number of
winged migrants, though the gall had not yet sufficiently opened
at the apex to allow the inmates to escape.

The principal part of the gall is always on the upper side of the
leaf and represents a regular, slender cone which often leans
slightly over to one side. The transeverse diameter of the gall
at the base of the cone is about 3""" and, including the pale ring
surrounding it, about 5"; and its vertical diameter is also about
5™™-. Its surface is more or less pubescent, more densely so
beyond the middle. Its color above is pale green, with numerous
still paler, extremely fine, radiating lines running from tip to
base. ‘The apex is either somewhat somewhat yellowish, pale
brownish or pale purplish and the extreme base darker green.
The ring surrounding its base is either somewhat projecting and
slightly convex or sometimes depressed or saucer-like and of a
yellow or greenish-yellow color. The under side of the gall is but
slightly projecting and quite flat, with a small elevated ring sur-
rounding a minute central depression from which rises a small
nipple, splitting into a number of very fine and slender pubescent
filaments. The walls of this gall are very thin and flexible and
rather difficult to tear, especially when they commence to shrivel
after having been taken off the tree for some time. They are
stoutest at base and more or less transparent if held towards the
light. That this species is closely related to 4. ¢.-septum is quite
apparent. ‘The younger ones have also, as in that species, a trans-
verse membrane which gradually disappears, leaving a distinct
rim to indicate its position.

196 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

STEM-MOTHER.—Length about 0.6™". Shape broadly ovoid
or almost globular. Color greenish yellow with a faint dusky
tinge. Antennze and legs blackish, eyes purplish-black. There
are two small dusky spots near the front of the head and three at
its posterior margin. One or two dusky subdorsal and one lateral
spot each side anteriorly, and one transverse subdorsal and a lat-
eral spot each side posteriorly beyond the middle, on the pro-
thorax; also a subdorsal and lateral spot in the sutures of the
two following segments. Surface of body densely covered with
minute points and sparsely and irregularly tuberculated. Antennze
very short, the third joint somewhat thinnest towards its base,
and sparsely annulated.

Eccs and Larva white.

Pupa.—Orange; eyes brown, ocellar spots red, antennze and
legs dusky; wing pads whitish, sometimes pale dusky or with the
external margin or the tip dusky. Surface of body densely gran-
ulate. Antennz slender, the third joint at least three times the
length of the two basal joints combined.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Length of body 0.8-1™. Expanse
of wings 2.6-2.8™". Slender. Color orange, the prothorax
darkest, the end of the abdomen palest. Head, mesothorax, scu-
tellum and sternum blackish or brownish, the head often orange
with a dusky tinge, and blackish anteriorly. Antennze and legs
dusky. ‘The prothorax is marked with two more or less distinct,
large, transverse dusky spots or bands, one near the anterior
margin and the other beyond the middle, with three small blackish
punctures, arranged in an oblique, curved row each side of the
posterior band. ‘The sides are also broadly dusky. Surface of
body distinctly and quite densely granulate. Antennze slender and
rather longer than the head, with joint 1 scarcely longer than
wide and somewhat stoutest at base, with its apex truncate; joint
2 slightly longer than wide, thinnest at base and rounded at apex;
both joints but sparsely annulated, joint 3 rather more than three
times the length of the others combined, very slender and with
about thirty closely placed, sharp and scaly annulations.

It approaches P. devastatrix n. sp., though the third antennal
joint is still more slender, with the lower sensorial membrane
placed higher up and the upper one longer, the former a little

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN&, 197

above the basal one-fourth, is rather small and but little project-
ing, while the latter is about as long as the basal section below
the indentation; the differences in the galls will, however, readily
separate the two. /h. devastatrix forms a stem- or bud-gall
approaching that of jerniciosa, whilst this forms a leaf-gall
approaching that of c.-septuwm. It comes also very near c.-inter-
media, to which it appears to be most closely related, though the
galls have no resemblance to each other.

PHYLLOXERA PICTA Pergande, n. sp.
Biecli, ig: 10; Pl. UX., fig; 48: Pl..X, fies. 61-63.

The galls of this species resemble very much those of c.-septum,
though ordinarily smaller, much more flattened, and to all
appearances entirely destitute of a dividing membrane. The
insects are also smaller and paler and exhibit some characters
which tend to separate it from that species.

The transverse diameter of the gall varies between 3—-6™" and
the vertical diameter between 2-3'""". It is quite flat on both
sides, though somewhat more elevated and more convex on the
upper, with a more or less distinctly depressed ring surrounding
the base of the nipple. Both sides of the gall are provided with
a short, conical nipple, each closed till maturity, and furnished
inside and generally also at the tip with fine pale hairs. The
lower nipple always remains closed, while the upper opens ina
round or oval mouth, split into several very short, recurved bracts
covered with fine pubescence. The walls of this gall are very
thin and semi-transparent so that the insects can be seen moving
about if held towards the light. The color is variable. Some
are quite dark-green with a faint purplish shade and with the
nipple and a ring around its base dark red. Others are of the
color of the leaf or slightly paler, with a faint purplish ring sur-
rounding them, the nipple and the depression surrounding its
base pale buff or pale clay-yellow. Another variety is more or
less pink, its margin yellowish or concolorous with the leaf.
Still others are pale greenish-yellow with a faint purple ring
surrounding the still darker nipple, besides many other variations.
The under side is uniformly paler than the leaf and the nipple
yellowish.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX. ] 24 [Sept. 21, 1903.)

198 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

It occurs on Hicoria tomentosa and matures by the end of May
or early June.

To separate this gall from many of the forms of P/. intermedia
is often very difficult, especially after they have burst open, when
they resemble each other quite closely, though a comparison of
the winged forms of both will show them to be unmistakably
good species.

STEM-MOTHER.— Lengtho.5"™. Almost globular, pale-yellow,
the oldest ones darker and with a faintly dusky tinge. Legs and
antennee pale-dusky and rather stout. Eyes purplish-black.
Antennze short and rather stout; the third joint somewhat
clavate, slightly curved, quite pointed beyond the minute thumb
and but sparsely annulate. The surface of the whole body is
closely covered with large, round tubercles.

Pupa.— Varying from nearly white to various shades of yellow.
Antenne and legs faintly dusky; the wingpads whitish with a
dusky external margin. Eyes and ocellar spots reddish. The
whole surface of the body is distinctly and densely granulate.
Antenne slender; the third joint of about uniform thickness and
with scarcely a trace of annulation.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.8-1.3"™. Expanse

of wings 2-2.6""". Color pale orange. Head, mesothorax,
scutellum and sternal plate varying from dusky, to almost black.
Antennze and legs faintly dusky. Ocelli clear, margined at inner
side with black. Form rather slender, the abdomen often
considerably elongated. Head and prothorax finely rugose, the
sculpturing much finer than in c.-sepfwm. Abdomen indistinctly
granulate. Antenne slender and very similar in shape to those
of c.-seplum ; joint 2 somewhat longer than the first, thinnest at
base, rounded at apex and divided by 3-4 apparently scaly
annulations ; joint 3 of almost uniform thickness, slightly con-
stricted just above the lower sensorial membrane, ‘its basal
section being about the length of joint 2, and sharply and
coarsely annulate; the upper sensorial membrane attains almost
one-half the length of the joint, whereas the lower one is incon-
spicuous, small and round. ‘The whole appearance of this joint,
in the main, is very similar to that of c.-septwm. Wings delicate
and pale dusky, the veins slightly darker though often almost

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 199

obsolete. Stigma distinct. The stigmal vein straight and normal
in its course, exhibiting no tendency to connect with the discoidal
vein.
PHYLLOXERA INTERMEDIA Pergande, n. sp.
Pl. II, figs. 11-14; Pl. X.; figs. 64-65.

The gall of this species appears to be intermediate between 7%.
c.-septum and Ph. picta. Its inner construction resembles that of
c.-septum on account of the presence of a rudiment of the central
membrane, though its general form, especially in the larger
specimens, is more like that of pzcfa, from which, however, it
differs in the much thicker walls and the absence of a nipple on
the upper side.

The transverse diameter of this gall varies between 3 and 6™™:
and its vertical diameter between 2 and 3". The shape above is
regularly convex in the larger galls and slightly conical in the
smaller ones, and without a trace of a nipple or opening before
maturity. On the under side it projects but slightly and is
provided with a minute, but closed nipple, the insect issuing from
the upper surface which splits in a more or less jagged, round or
oval opening, the bracts of which curve more or less outward. In
some few cases the nipple on the under side also opens sufficiently
to allow the insects to emerge from both sides. The color of the
galls above is reddish or yellowish, generally surrounded by a
paler ring, and beneath paler than the leaf. It occurs on //icoria
alba in company with the other two, and matures from the end of
May to the middle of June.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 08.-1.3"". Expanse
1.6-2.4""-. Color pale orange, palest toward the end of the

body, the prothorax darkest. Head, antenne and legs dusky,
the metathorax and scutellum darker, the sternal plate black.
The prothorax is more or less distinctly marked, mediodorsally,
with a small, transverse, dusky spot and bordered each side with
a dusky shade. Antennze rather more slender than in the other
two species, about as long as the tibiz and apparently composed
of four joints, the third joint in most of the specimens being dis-
tinctly and sharply divided just above the lower sensorial
membrane. ‘The annulations are rather shallow and in some
specimens difficult to detect: There is, however, more or less

200 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

variation in the length and prominence of the third joint, which
is often much shorter than represented in the figure; or it may
be longer in one antenna and shorter in the other, resembling in
the latter respect more 2. picta. Wings delicate, faintly dusky
or almost colorless and rather short; stigma dusky, with a
yellowish tinge or sometimes almost colorless; veins very delicate,
especially the discoidal and stigmal veins, both of which are often
difficult to discern ; the stigmal vein in some specimens connects
with the stigma in both wings, in others either in the right or
left wing only ; whereas in others one or both veins curve away
from the stigma to connect with the third discoidal vein,
resembling in this respect c.-sepfum, from which it differs,
however, in its smaller and paler wings and venation, the paler
and almost smooth body and the more slender antenne.

SECTION sik,

PHYLLOXERA FOVEOLA Pergande, n. sp.
Plate III., figs. 15, 16.

The gall of this beautiful species is evidently closely related to
and may possibly be identical with /%. foveata Shimer (Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., II., p. 393), but considering the number of closely
allied species in which the galls resemble each other more or less
closely, and the fact that the inmates of his galls were winged
and plentiful by the 20th of June at Mt. Carroll, Ill., whereas
the galls of foveola are nearly deserted by the 1st of June, near
Washington, induce me to consider the two forms as specifically
different.

I have found this gall during the latter part of May upon
Flicoria glabra in the vicinity of a small creek between Arlington,
Va., and the Potomac River. Most of the galls contained, as
early as May 23rd, numbers of the winged form. These galls
grew either singly or as many as forty upon a single leaf when
they become at times confluent, each retaining, however, its char-
acter and individual cell intact. On some of the trees they were
much more numerous, completely covering some of the leaves.
The diameter of the galls ranges more or less between 3-5": hor-
izontally and between 1-3™"" vertically. They are as a rule very

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN. 201

convex and more prominent above than beneath, with a rather
deep dimple or depression at the centre, which depression occa-
sionally reaches as far down as to the opposite side of the gall;
its basal circumference forms either a depressed or elevated ring.
Beneath they are but slightly convex, often sunken below the
plane of the leaf, with the centre depressed and bearing a very
short, somewhat conical nipple, which is tightly closed and densely
covered on the inside with a pale pubescence in the younger galls,
whereas in the older or mature galls the nipple splits into 4-8,
or rarely more, short and rather flat recurved bracts, which leave
a round or slightly oval orifice between them.

In the largest and perfectly developed galls the upper side is
either of a delicate pale red with the dimple darker and its basal
circumference yellowish-green; or entirely yellowish-green with
only the dimple of a beautiful pink color. Beneath they are
uniformly yellowish-green, often with a faint reddish tinge,
especially toward the nipple. On the other trees, most densely
covered by them, they were less beautiful, with less red anda
shallower dimple. The walls are very thin and paper-like and
readily collapse when old. All galls are perfectly smooth on both
sides.

STEM-MOTHER.—One of the smallest so far observed. Length
0.4-0.6™". Broadly ovoid, pointed posteriorly. Color yellow or
pale orange. Antenne and legs dusky, eyes black. Antenne
very short, the third joint being scarcely longer than the two
basal joints combined, and rather thin; joint 1 much the stoutest,
about as long as wide, and truncated at apex ; joint 2 longer than
wide, stoutest and rounded at apex; joint 3 slender, somewhat
curved, with 8-1ro irregular and coarse annulations; the thumb
short but distinctly projecting ; two to three fine hairs surround-
ing the tip. Front of head straight or slightly concave.
Granulation of body extremely fine and quite dense.

Ecc.— White, with a faint yellowish tinge, regularly ovoid,
highly polished and quite profusely reticulate.

LARVA.— White; legs-and antennz pale dusky; eyes red.
Six prominent conical tubercles along the front edge of head,
each furnished witha fine hair. Surface of body finely granulate.
Antennz longer than usual, the third joint stoutest at middle,

202 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tapering towards both ends and, apparently, with twelve shallow
annulations, the thumb small and at some distance from the apex
of the joint. Rostrum extremely long, reaching about one-half
its length beyond the abdomen.

PupA.— The younger pupze are whitish and the larger pale
orange, the wingpads and mesothorax whitish, the former often
with a blackish external margin, and the latter with the two
median lobes faintly dusky or greenish. The head darkest and
the end of the body palest. Surface of body quite densely and
coarsely granulate. Eyes brown, ocellar spots red. Antennze
rather long and stout.

MIGRATORY FEMALE. Length of body quite uniformly
1.27"; expatise of .wilgs about,2.8" Form slender, much
more so than in most species. Color orange, varying in depth,
the prothorax darkest. Head black; in the younger ones dusky
with only the front edge black. Eyes brown, ocelli clear,
bordered with black at inner edge. Antenne blackish. Legs
dusky with a yellow tinge, and rather slender. Mesothorax,
scutellum and sternal plate black or dark brown. There is a
poorly defined, more or less dusky band or shade across the
prothorax, two ill-defined dusky spots near anterior margin, with
more or less distinctly dusky anterior angles, and sometimes a
blackish subdorsal spot each side in the dusky median band.
Front of head straight or slightly concave. Antennz slender,
the first joint about as long as wide, slightly stoutest at base,
truncate at tip, with but feeble indications of annulation. The
second is slightly longer than wide, thinnest at base, rounded at
apex, and rather coarsely scaly or annulated. The third is about
three times the length of the two basal joints combined; it is
slender and of almost equal diameter throughout, with the upper
sensorial membrane about one-half the length of the joint; the
lower one is minute, often apparently wanting, and close to the
base of the joint, resembling in this respect those of PA. c.-
avellana. ‘The lower part of the joint, as far as the upper
sensorium, is rather coarsely annulated, and the upper part scaly.
Wings long and narrow and faintly dusky. Stigma and costal
cell dusky with the stigma not well separated from the cell.
Subcosta and veins blackish, the latter bordered with a dusky

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 203

shade; the two branches are much farther apart than is usual, on
account of the stigmal vein, which is far removed to the apex
of the stigma. The bases of both branches are often completely
obliterated and without a connection with either the discoidal or
the stigma.

PHYLLOXERA PILOSULA Pergande, n. sp.

Pia iby eres Pl, TX. fig. 40:

The galls of this species are very unique and readily dis-
tinguished from any others so far observed. ‘They occur
usually on solitary trees of //icoria glabra along the Potomac near
Washington. They are usually quite abundant though rather
sparsely distributed, there being but one, or rarely more than 3-6,
upon a leaf and seldom so close together as to become confluent.

When first found, May 23rd, they were already fully devel-
oped, but contained, besides the stem-mother, only eggs and
larve. Ten days later most of the insects had already acquired
wings.

The transverse diameter of the gall varies between 3-6™":, and
their height to the tip of the nipple 2-3". They are ae flat ©
above, even with the surface of the leaf or but slightly projecting
above it. In the latter case they are usually surrounded by a
somewhat depressed ring and have a slight inclination to one
side. There is always a more or less distinct shallow depression
at the middle, which is usually quite densely covered with rather
long, faintly yellowish, soft and glistening hairs. On the under
side they resemble somewhat those of the variety Ph. c.-symmet-
rica, though they are more evenly convex and provided with a
rather long and slender nipple, which is split into five to six, or
rarely more, slender filaments, which usually lean to one side.
This nipple, as well as the surface of the gall, is quite densely
covered with long, glistening and faintly yellowish hairs similar
to those on the upper surface. This pilosity of the gall is quite
in contrast with the otherwise perfect smoothness of the leaves
above and beneath. The upper side of the galls is of a paler
green than the leaf itself, with a slight tinge of yellow, whilst on
the underside the color merges gradually from pale green at its
circumference to almost white at the nipple. The walls are quite

204 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

solid and rather stout at the base. The galls are almost per-
fectly white on the inside and semi-transparent.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length about 0.8". Shape broadly oval,
the last two or three segments quite slender. Color pale dull
yellowish, with a faintly dusky tinge. Head, antennee and legs
dusky. Eyes brown. Surface of body apparently without
granulation. There are two small blackish median punctures on
the head, between the eyes; six stiff hairs along its front edge, a
transverse row of four such hairs back of the anterior margin,
one each side of the black punctures, and one close to the inner
edge of the eyes. Two similar hairs, arising from lateral tuber-
cles of each of the thoracic segments and one each side, also on
tubercles, on the abdominal segments. The dorsum is marked
with six rows of pale dusky tubercles, each bearing a hair, with
two deep subdorsal punctures each side of the prothorax, and
two similar punctures each side in the following three sutures.
Antenne rather short; the first joint very much swollen and
almost globular. The second slightly longer than wide, rounded
and somewhat stoutest at apex. The third not much longer
than the two basal joints together, of equal diameter througout
and quite scaly. Legs rather longer than usual, the tarsi very
stout, conical, with the knobs of the terminal hairs larger than —
usual.

The stem-mother of this species is more active than that of any
of the other observed species.

Eccs.— Pure white, ovoid, highly polished and with a faint
trace of hexagonal reticulations.

LARVA and youngest pupze white, the older ones pale orange ;
mesothorax and wing-cases white. Eyes and ocelli red.
Antenne and legs white. Surface of body densely and quite
coarsely granulate.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Length of body about 1.2". Expanse
of wings 2.8-3""". Color orange, the prothorax darkest. Head
blackish, its anterior margin darker. Eyes brown, ocelli clear,
bordered with black at inner margin. Antenne and legs pale
dusky. Mesothorax, scutellum and sternal plate black. The
prothorax is marked at its anterior margin with a median, some-
what elongated, triangular, pale dusky spot and a short trans-

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN/A, 205

verse subdorsal line each side of it; a short, oblique or curved
line subdorsally each side, often broken into two or three spots,
and a slightly dusky, median shade at posterior margin. Surface
of body sparsely and finely tubercled. Antennz short, scarcely
as long as the head is wide posteriorly; joint 1 stoutest, about
as long as wide and of about equal thickness. ‘The second but
faintly longer than wide, rounded and a little stoutest at apex.
Both joints are distinctly scaly and annulated. The third joint is
of about equal thickness throughout, with the upper sensorial
membrane very long, occupying two-thirds or more of the joint,
the lower one being entirely wanting. ‘The upper two-thirds of
the joint, or more, is quite coarsely scaly and the lower part
divided by about ten annulations; the apex is blunt and provided
with one hair at tip and two others a little below it. Legs rather
slender, the tibize annulated and the terminal pair of capitate hairs
longer than usual, and the knob more distinct. The body ends,
above, in a stout and prominent conical anal projection which is
not uncommon in other Aphididz, but is not ordinarily con-
spicuous in Phylloxeride. The vulva is also very prominent,
expanding trumpet-fashion, and with its external surface closely
and beautifully striated. Wings large, pale, though with a dusky
hue and with their surface densely scaly; stigma, subcosta and
veins dusky, the latter shaded. Venation normal, though the
stigmal branch reaches seldom to the stigma, but fades away some
distance before it.

The winged form approaches quite closely that of P%. foveola,
more particularly in the antennze, the third joint of which in that
species is also quite uniform in diameter. The absence of the
lower antennal sensorium, the more slender form, and the differ-
ences in the stem-mother and the gall, all serve to separate the two
forms.

PHYLLOXERA DEPLANATA Pergande, n. sp.

Pl, Til, figs.18-205 Pl. TV.) Gigs: 21-23; (Bly Xs, gs: 66-70%

The galls of this species and their architects were carefully
studied in 1883 on some small trees of //icoria tomentosa growing
on a hilly slope, bordering the Potomac River, opposite George-
town, D.C. An interesting fact connected with the species was

[Proc. D. 4. S., Vou. IX.] 25 {| Sept. 28, 1903.]

206 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the absence of the winged or migratory generation, in which
respect it agrees with /%. c.-semen Walsh and Ph. cary@e-vene
Fitch. That /%. deplanata is distinct from this last is made
patent by a comparison of the galls and stem-mother ; while it
would also seem to be distinct from PP. c.-semen, its western
representative. The galls of (2%. c.-semen are the smallest known,
measuring not more than 0.6-2™™" horizontally, being more or
less subglobular and provided with a round orifice, surrounded
by a fringe of 5-8 or more, rather broad bracts; whereas the galls
of this species have a transverse diameter of 1-5™™, are but
slightly convex above and more prominent beneath; the orifice
is oval and without any bracts, but closely fringed with fine hairs.
Its walls are rather thin and flexible, while those of P. c.-semen
are thick and hard. In how far the insects of these two galls
differ is not at present known, but there is little doubt that
future more careful study of Walsh’s species will reveal sufficient
differences.

The leaves of some of the smaller trees are often literally
covered with the galls of deplanata which then produce a sickly,
yellowish and crumpled appearance thereof. By the end of June
the galls are deserted, brown and dry, or else have completely
decayed, leaving innumerable holes in the affected leaves,
seriously affecting the health of the tree. When but a few days
old (first week in May) these galls resemble minute yellow
specks.

The transverse diameter of the mature galls varies from 1-5";
height about 1"; walls rather thin above and beneath and semi-
transparent. Upper surface projecting but little above the plane
of the leaf, convex, usually with a shallow fovea ; frequently not
central and occasionally with a slight central elevation. Under
- side more strongly convex, sometimes almost conical, the nipple
usually more or less flattened and generally leaning to one side, as
if pressed down when young; with the orifice usually oval, though
sometimes more or less rounded, and which before maturity is
perfectly closed and densely fringed with short pale hairs. Color
above either reddish with the depression yellowish, or almost
entirely greenish-yellow ; below purplish or dull greenish-yellow.
Many of the galls are conjoint, 7. ¢., contain from 2-6 or more

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN, 207

stem-mothers together with large numbers of eggs and sexual
individuals, the cavity being completely crowded.

STEM -MOTHER.— Length, of body o.4-05™™" and almost as
broad. Color, varying shades of orange. Antenne, legs and
rostrum faintly dusky, almost colorless. Eyes dark-purple or
black and each composed of three simple ocelli. The whole
body is densely covered with distinct, minute, conical tubercles.
Head about twice as broad as long, almost semi-circular, slightly
flattened between the antennz and furnished each side just in
front of the eyes with a peculiar, rather prominent, more or less
conical, fleshy, colorless and apparently retractile, protuberance.
Antenne quite slender, the first joint of almost equal thickness ;
the second shorter than the first, thinnest at base, truncate at tip.
Joint 3 long and slender and somewhat stoutest beyond the
middle, with eighteen or more sharp annulations more or less
well defined. Legs quite stout, the tibize distinctly clavate.
Anus bluntly rounded and apparently furnished with four hairs
around its edge.

Eccs.— Length o.1-02™". Ovoid, polished and pale yellow,
the more recently laid, whitish. The smaller produce males.

SEXUAL Form, & & .— Length of the female 0.4", the male
being about one-sixth smaller. Color pale yellow, head, antenne,
~ legs and a rather indistinct band across all segments pale dusky.
Eyes dark purple or purplish-red, composed of three large ocelli
arranged in a triangle. Surface of whole body covered with very
minute conical tubercles and with four dorsal and one lateral row
of larger warts on the thorax and abdomen and quite a number on
the head, each bearing a slender hair, which, in the female, is
simple, but capitate and stouter in the male. A minute conical
rudiment of the rostrum in both sexes, not fitted for sucking.
A somewhat prominent round tubercle on each side of the pro-
and metathorax. The antennze are quite slender; the first
joint stoutest; joint 2 longer than wide. Annulation of third
joint rather indistinct and irregular. The thumb-like organ near
the tip is quite prominent and has been observed to be distinctly
movable. ‘The tips of the thumb and of the joint are furnished
with several exceedingly fine hairs, the terminal one, as well as
that at the tip of the thumb, in the male, being capitate. Legs

208 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

rather short. ‘The body of the male, besides being smaller, is
almost of equal diameter throughout, while the female is broader
and elongate-ovoid, .

Both sexes are very active and run briskly about after leaving

the galls, particularly the males,
During May of 1902 I happened again to observe the galls of
this species to be quite numerous on the leaves of //icorva (Carya)
microcarpa and found on examination that each of the galls con-
tained from one to five or more of the stem-mothers, their eggs
and the sexes, and, to my surprise, found also a number of pupee
and winged migrants in some of them; which proves that the
habitually apterous species evolves from time to time a migra-
tory form, to preserve the species against extermination,

The migrant is orange; the head, antennae, thoracic lobes, ster-
nal plate and legs dusky to black; the wings are dusky. The
antenac are evidently four-jointed, the fourth joint is distinctly
petiolated, with the petiole being divided by three to eight or
more sharp annulations; the sensorium of joints three. or four
being very much elongated.

PHVLLOXERA DEPRESSA Shimer.

Dacvtlosphera depressum Shimer, ‘Trans. Am, Ent. Soc,, 2, pp.
359-390.

Phylloxera depressa Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben, Ins, of
Mo., p. 118.

Phylloxera depressa Thomas. Highth Rep, Nox. and Ben, Ins.
Of 108; sp. ted:

Not having had an opportunity of seeing this gall, Iam unable
to form an opinion as to its specific value and reproduce, there-
fore, the description as given by Shimer:

‘These galls were found to be exceedingly numerous on some
‘trees [Carva alba]. On June 20th they were smooth, slightly
rounded above, pale yellowish-green; beneath somewhat whiter,
and having in the centre a nipple-like projection; opening round,
surrounded with a burr-like fringe composed of many filaments,
the cavity like an inverted cone, the wall above being quite thin
and translucent, so that the inmates may be seen moving about.
This apparently very flat gall was placed as much below as above

ee —

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN<®. 209

the plane of the leaf. Diameter .15-.25 inch [3.8-6.2"".]; ver-
tical thickness .125 inch [3""].

‘* Winged imago. Yellow; head, antenna, legs and a band around the
‘thorax, black; antenn 3-jointed; otherwise asin specimens from gall No,
1 | Ph. hemisphericum Shimer|. Length of body .o4 [1™™-]; to tip of
wing .06 inch [1.5™™.],”

PHYLLOXERA FOVEATA Shimer.

Dactvlosphera forcatum Shimer. Trans, Am. Ent. Soc., 2, p.
393;

Phylloxera forcata Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
Mo.,, p. 118.

Phylloxera forcata Thomas. Highth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins,
Ills., p. 164.

This appears to be nearest related to 7’. foveofa n. sp. and
Ph. intermedia nv, sp., though as no opportunity has offered to
further study fovea at Washington, Shimer’s original descrip-
tion is reproduced :

“On the same leaves [of Carva amara] containing the small
galls, Nos. 7 [%. minimum Shimer] and 8 [/%. c.-semen Walsh],
I observed a number of larger ones with a dimpled depression
above (which may be caused by the collapse of the thin paper-
like centre), an opening beneath by a rounded, downy orifice, and
having a diameter of .o6—.33 inch [1.5"".] and a vertical depth of
.12-.16 inch [3-4"".]; all contained the female and her eggs, and
some larvee,

* Winged imago..-Abdomen and prothorax pale orange, with a dark
band or ring around the mesothorax; wings carried flat on the back in
repose, hyaline, veins small, stigma very faint, smoky; antenne 3-jointed,
the last joint long, subcylindrical and on a very long pedicle; abdomen
quite pointed. Length to tip of wings .06 [1.5™™-]; of antenna .o05 inch
[o.rmm. |, :

** Mother insect.— Pale yellow, palest posteriorly. Length .og [1mm |;
width .2 inch |o,o5™™:],

“On June 20th the winged imagos were very plenty, but no
eggs could be found,"’

[As printed in ‘Trans, of the Am, Hnt, Soce,, Vol, I, p. 303, the name of this species
reads Dactvlosphera forcatum and not forcatum, as used by Riley, ‘Thomas, and others,
The word as used in the Transactions is evidently a misprint which originally read
foveatum, with reference to the dimpled depressions on the upper side of the leaf, The
corrected spelling is used in the index to the volume, I deem it, therefore, proper to
correct those errors, |—Tino, P.

210 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
PHYLLOXERA MINIMUM Shimer.

Dactylosphera minimum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, pp.
391-2.
Shimer’s original description is as follows :

‘‘Small round galls, generally very numerous in the leaves, and
in some cases almost entirely covering them, a single leaf some-
times containing upwards of 250 galls; the average size larger
than those of No. 8 [/%. foveatum Shimer], although often quite
as small, the larger ones measuring three-sixteenths of an inch
[5™".] in diameter. They were (June 25th) quite hard and
smooth, and present, especially above, a bright, shining appear-
ance; they were quite thick and plump, the vertical diameter
compdred with the horizontal diameter being as 2 to 3, and were
much more plump and elevated above the leaf than those of No. 8
[Ph. carya-semen Walsh]. The portions of the leaf between the
galls had in some cases turned crimson. I found from three to
twenty-five inhabitants in a gall; the round opening beneath
was so Close as to be pretty safe against enemies, as I found none
in the galls opened thus far. Larvee and pupz whitish, with red
eyes; mother insect cinnamon color and smaller than the pupa.

“On July 5th I found winged imagos in all the galls, large and
small, that were opened, the smallest galls not much exceeding
.05 inch{1"""] in diameter; when opened, the young insects eagerly
ran out, and all presented the same pale, translucent appearance,
with minute dark spots on the anterior part of the body, which is
in contrast with the inhabitants of gall No. 8. The winged imago
was first observed on June 30th.

‘“Winged imago.— Body, antenne and legs, pale vellowish-white ; the
head and a band around the thorax, dusky; wings on the back in repose,
translucent, neuration obsolete, the stigma scarcely perceptible. Length
of body .025~.03 [0.6-0.8™™.]; to end of wings .045-.05 inch [I-I.1™m™.]

‘‘’These insects are much smaller, paler in color and less dis-
posed to fly than any of the other species noticed in this paper.
From a gall .o5 inch [1.1] in diameter, I took a single winged
imago with body .025 inch [o.6™™] in length; with it there were
a few eggs, but no other insect. I verified this same circumstance
in several other small galls of this species, and it therefore appears

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN. ZET

probable that the winged imago was the mother insect, developed
into the winged state, although we have heretofore considered
them as males.’’

PHYLLOXERA CARY4-SEMEN Walsh.

Pl. IX., figs, 50-51.

Phylloxera carye-semen Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., VI., p.

283.
| Daktylosphera caryw-semen Walsh. First Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins.

of Ills., p. 231.

Daktylosphera carya-semen Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2,
P. 392.

Phylloxera caiye-semen Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins. of Mo., p. 117.

Phylloxera cary@-semen Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins. of Tlls., p. 163.

This is evidently closely related to /h. deplanata. The galls
of c.-semen are, however, much smaller, more strongly convex,
projecting above, and of much finer and harder texture. They
also greatly resemble smaller specimens of P. minima notwith-
standing the striking difference in the life-history of the two
species, viz.: the production of a winged, migratory form in PA.
minima and the absence of such in /%. c.-semen.

Walsh (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., 6, pp. 283 and 284) was led from
the apterous nature of the species to consider it Coccidous rather
than Aphidian, and in discussing the relative generic value of
winged and apterous gall-making species, remarks that ‘‘Carya
possesses at least two Coccidous galls, namely, carye-vene Fitch,
which I find exclusively on the Shell-bark Hickory in August,
and which is described by Fitch as Aphidian, and doubtingly
referred to the genus Pemphigus, and carye@ semen Walsh MS.,a
gall of the size and shape of a cabbage seed, which I find in pro-
digious numbers on the leaflets of the Pig-nut Hickory in July.”’
And further on, in a foot note, he says: ‘‘That these two galls are
Coccidous, not Aphidian, may be inferred from the fact that the
tarsi of the mother-lice are 1-jointed, not 2-jointed. And besides,

212 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Dr. Fitch himself describes the mother-lice of ca7y@ven@ as laying
eggs, and the same remark applies to those of Carye semen;
whereas all true gall-making Aphidians that are known to me are
viviparous so long as they live in the gall. Moreover, all gall-
making Aphidians that are known to me remain in the gall till
they have reached maturity and most of them acquired wings;
whereas in these two galls the young larvez, almost as soon as they
have hatched out, stray away to found new galls, leaving the
mother-lice behind them to lay from time to time fresh eggs.”’

With our present knowledge of the Phylloxerinz we know that
Walsh erred in forming this opinion. The tarsi of both species
mentioned are (like those of all other known species of Phyllox-
era) plainly 2-jointed, he having simply overlooked -the small
basal joint; while the economy of the species producing winged
females shows that they all originate from eggs, numerously
deposited by the stem-mother on the walls of the gall. Main-
taining this erroneous position regarding the Coccidous character
of c.-semen, he refers it later (First Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. of Ils.,
p. 23) to Shimer’s genus Dactylosphewra, to include all those spe-
cies which produce, or are supposed to produce, nothing but
apterous individuals and proposed for all others, producing a
winged generation, the name of \evophyl/a (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.,
VI., p. 283, and 1st Rep. Nox. Ins. of Ills., p. 23). In the iomees
publication, after much discussion, he givesa short description of
the gall and its architects on page 23, as follows:

‘“Gall Cary@-semen, n. sp. made by Dactylosphera cary@-semen,
new species. On the general surface of the leaflets of the Pig-
nut Hickory (Carxa glabra) in prodigious abundance, a sub-
globular, smooth, seed-like, hollow, sessile gall, 0.06-o.10 inch
in its widest diameter, subhemispherical above, rather flatter
below, with a nipple-like opening in the middle. Walls of the
gall rather stout, fleshy and not woody. The external color is
greenish-yellow above and pale green below, with the open central
nipple whitish. There are frequently as many as roo of these
galls on a single leaflet. Inside may often be found as many as
three or four mother bark-lice, similarly shaped and of the same
yellow color as those of the v7/7fo/ie gall, but on the average rather
smaller and accompanied, in the same manner, by eggs or very

Es a

Pe Pee

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#, 213

young larve, or both. As with the mother bark-lice of the galls
vitifolie Fitch, carye-vene Fitch and carye-fallax Walsh MG., the
antennze of this mother bark-louse are three-jointed, joints 1 and
2 short and subequal, and joint 3 longer than 1 and 2 put together.
The young larve are about 0.01 inch long and of the usual shape.
Almost as soon as hatched—as is also the case with the larve of
all the allied galls—these larvze stray away to found new galls.
The galls themselves are very abundant about July 24th, but by
the 12th of August they were almost all empty and gaping open
below.”’

Dr. Shimer, referring to the same species (Proc. of the Acad.
of Nat. Sci. of Phil., Vol. 19, 1867, p. 3), confounds it with his
Dak. globosum, which forms a similar though much larger gall on
the same leaves and produces a winged generation. Speaking of
the young of the smaller galls he says ‘‘ the young larva usually
leaves the gall as soon as hatched and proceeds, as does the
‘grape-leaf louse’ ().? vitifolie), to construct a new gall.’’

The following notes, made in the West some years ago, will
amplify the somewhat brief description of the gall by Walsh:

Description of Gall.—Transeverse diameter 0.3—2™™: or slightly
larger. Vertical diameter 0.2-0.5""". Hemispherical and more
prominent above than beneath and frequently depressed at the
centre, the depression often running out to one side. More or
less projecting beneath, with a tendency to become somewhat
conical, terminating in a short nipple, with a round or slightly
oval orifice, surrounded by 4-10 or more rather stout and pro-
fusely pubescent recurved bracts, completely closed when young.
Upper surface smooth, yellowish-green to brownish-yellow.
Rather tough and leathery and slightly semi-transparent at the
centre if held toward the light.

This gall is usually extremely abundant on infected trees,
often to such an extent that every leaf is completely covered.
I have counted on some of the smaller leaflets over 300 of these
galls, many of which, to the number of 2-5 or more, were confluent.

This appears to be an exclusive western species and has been
found at Kirkwood and elsewhere in the Mississippi Valley, upon
Flicoria glabra, maturing during the latter half of July and early
August.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX.] 26 [Oct. 5, 1903.]

214 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PHYLLOXERA CARYAi-FALLAX Riley.
PI. (UX., figs. 62-535 Pl). cl, fies. i-74-

Phylloxera caryae-fallax Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins. of Mo., p. 118.

Phylloxera carye-fallax Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins: of IMs:,. p..aGas

Considerable doubt has existed until lately in my mind as to
the identity of the species briefly referred to under this name by
Walsh in his ‘‘First Ann. Rep. of the Nox. Ins. of Ills.,’’ p. 23,
and that described by Riley under the same name in the ‘‘Seventh
Ann. Rep. on the Nox. and Ben. Insects of Mo.,’”’ p. 118.
Walsh states that he never found a winged insect either in this
gall or in those of c¢.-semen and c.-folig@, though he has opened
and examined hundreds of them. My observations regarding
this peculiar gall, extending as far back as 1872, run counter to
those of Walsh, for I have found this particular gall swarming
with the winged female.

To account for this apparent discrepancy in independent obser-
vations, it may be stated that my own observations were made
from early May until June, and that these made by Mr. Walsh
were from the 17th until the end of June, or at a time when the
winged form had already forsaken the galls. What, then, were
the numerous larvee (?) with which he found the galls swarm-
ing, and what was their office? ‘They could not well form new
galls, as the season for that purpose was already too far
advanced !

The explanation will doubtless be found in the following facts:

If the galls be opened early in May, or before the nipple has
opened, they will be found filled with winged insects, pupe,
numerous eggs, and what appear to be larvee. These supposed
larvae, however, upon careful examination, are not larvee hatched
from eggs deposited by the stem-mother, but the true sexual
individuals, both males and -females, produced from eggs depos-
ited freely by the winged females. In this species, therefore, the
sexed individuals are (in part at least) produced within the
original gall, though winged females subsequently perform the
true function of migrants and leave the galls to carry their
sexed young elsewhere.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINE. 215

The gall of this species is one of the most common and numer-
ous on the leaves of Aicoria (Carya) alba, and probably some
other species of the genus in the states of Missouri and Illinois,
extending at least as far south as Tennessee and _ probably
throughout most of the states bordering the Mississippi. It seems
to be exclusively a western species, and is at times so extremely
abundant as to cover completely every leaf upon a tree, the
leaves becoming much dwarfed and distorted. On some small
leaflets, about 2 inches long by 34 inch wide, more than 300 of
these galls were counted.

The fully grown galls vary in height and diameter at base from
1-5 ™™. ‘Those more densely crowded are narrower at base and
higher in proportion. They are conical or tooth-like above and
frequently lean over to one side. The under side is more or less
prominently convex and more or less prolonged at the centre,
with the nipple often, also, inclining to one side. The orifice is
either round or oval, closely fringed with pale hairs, and tightly
drawn together till maturity. The walls are rather tough and
leathery. The color of the galls when younger is greenish-yellow
to reddish, becoming gradually brown or black, and brittle after
the insects have left.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length about 0.6". Body almost globular.
Color, orange; legs and antennze dusky. Eyes, dark purple.
Surface of body quite densely covered with rather coarse, some-
what conical granules, though less dense than in the stem-mother
of Ph. deplanata, the granules interspersed with a few stiff hairs,
most numerous about the anal segment, and some of them capi-
tate. Antennze rather stout, the third joint about as long as the
tibize and somewhat clavate, with about 18—20 rather coarse and
apparently scaly annulations, and provided at tip with two short
hairs. Legs ratber long and stout.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.6-0.8"". Expanse
of wings 2.3-2.8™. Color, orange yellow. Head and thorax
blackish, the head often paler. Eyes purplish; the two inner
ocelli red, the frontal one colorless, all bordered with black at
inner side. Antennze and legs faintly dusky. Wings pale brown-
ish ; stigma and veins darker; the veins shaded with dusky.
Venation normal, stigmal vein and cubital branch almost parallel.

216 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Head and prothorax rugose, the latter but finely so. Surface of
body covered quite densely with minute, somewhat conical, gran-
ules. Antenne rather slender and quite peculiar; apparently
4-jointed. Joint 1 about as long as wide or but slightly longer,
truncate at tip and faintly scaly ; joint 2 more slender, distinctly
longer than wide, a trifle thinnest at base, rounded at apex and
quite coarsely scaly; joint 3 appears to be composed of two joints,
the basal section abruptly truncated just above the lower sensor-
ium, and tapering gradually to the base, coarsely scaly and divided
by 6-8 quite distinct annulations ; the terminal section is about
two-thirds the length of the whole joint, its sensorial membrane
much elongated and about one-half the length of the entire joint ;
its diameter quite uniform, though the part below the sensorium
is somewhat thinner and divided by five or more coarse and some-
what scaly annulations ; the remainder of the joint is coarsely
scaly, with two or three short annulations at the apex, resembling
minute joints.

This antennal structure comes quite near to that of P%. picta,
the third joint of the antennae of which is more or less distinctly
divided into two sections.

SEXUAL INDIYIDUALS, o& 2 .—Length about 0.4™™, the female
being somewhat the larger. Color orange. Eyes blackish.
Antennze and legs pale dusky. Surface of body quite smooth,
apparently without granulations, and provided with four rows of
rather stout, capitate hairs, which are somewhat longer and
stouter in the females. Antenne stout, the third joint longer
than the tibiz, clavate, with 1o-12 more or less well-defined
annulations. From the apical fourth of the third joint rises a
long, stout, capitate bristle; two short, fine hairs at the tip, and
another a little lower down on inner side. Legs very stout, more
so than usual. Rostrum rudimentary, not fitted for sucking.

Group II.
Galls more or less fleshy, not transparent, usually more protuberant beneath
than above, conical, globular, or pedunculate ; opening always beneath.

13. Large; convex on both sides, more prominent beneath; cireum-
ference above button-like, with a more or less sharply defined edge;
either above or sunken beneath the surface of the leaf ; nipple short,
surrounded by short bracts. Opening round... /. rimosa/is n, sp.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 217

14. Subglobose; about equally prominent above and beneath; without a

nipple; opening in a transverse slit ............Ph.c¢.-scissa Riley.
15. Subglobose, somewhat more prominent above than beneath; without
a nipple; the orifice an elongate slit.......... Ph. c.-globuli Walsh.

16. Subglobose; about equally prominent on both sides; conical
beneath, ending in a short nipple, splitting into several stout
DEAGESP Moar wee is ee A, Se 2 eto A ee Ph. conica Shimer.

17. Flat above, either seals w site or sunken below the surface. Globular
or pyriform beneath and more or less constricted at base; with or
without a distinct nipple, which, when present, splits into several
ETT a pa gt i lee ee i i Pl Ph. c.-avellana Riley

18. Size medium ; quite flat above, usually with a more or less distinct
median depression ; prominent and conical beneath ; not constricted
at base. Nipple distinct, surrounded by short bracts.

Ph. symmetrica n. sp.

19. Large, more or less irregular; convex above; more prominent and
conical beneath, splitting at maturity into several very long bracts.

Ph. notabilis n. sp.

20. Large; globular; projecting about equally on both sides; the nipple
short, with four to five short, stout, pubescent bracts surrounding
the orifice, curving ou' wards when old...... Ph. c.-globosa Shimer.

21. Large; pedunculate and more or less elongated ; suspended from the
under surface by a slender petiole, quite sticky when fresh; split at
the apex into several long filaments ....--..-. Ph. c.-gummosa Riley.

PHYLLOXERA RIMOSALIS Pergande, n. sp.

Pl: TV:, fig. 245. Pl? 1X, fig. 54.

A very large and conspicuous gall, growing always upon the
leaves of Hicoria tomentosa, bearing a great resemblance to the gall
of Ph. c.-scissa, from which it differs in the round, not elongated,
orifice and in some other characters.

It is not uncommon along the Potomac near Washington and
affects more generally the terminal leaves of the more succulent
young shoots. It matures somewhat later than most of the
other galls, the first winged females occuring the latter part of
May. It grows generally singly, though occasionally 2-4 may
occur on the same leaf, in which case they tend to become more
or less cofluent, so as to form a large, flat mass; each retaining,
however, its cell independently. It forms upon any part of the
leaf, often very close to the edge, and may extend across two or

218 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

even three of the transverse veins, (when the upper surface
becomes somewhat uneven) but never, as far as observed, across
the midrib. The horizontal diameter ranges between 3-11™™
(those growing singly being usually much the largest) and
between 1.6-3.4™™" in height. The form is quite flat or but
slightly convex above, with the circumference usually sharply
defined and sunken below the plane of the leaf, which forms
around it a somewhat elevated and quite sharp edge or rim.
The disk may be raised button-like above the plane of the leaf.
Sometimes the upper surface is slightly uneven or concave; or
there may be a slightly convex, central elevation, with a dimpled
depression on one side of it. Beneath it is much more prominent
and convex, resembling somewhat that of c.-septum, except
that its nipple is extremely short and conical, with the orifice
round and completely closed in the younger ones, with indica-
tions that it will split when mature into 5-8 short bracts, which
are closely covered at the tip and inner side with minute, white,
silken hairs. The surface above is perfectly smooth, whilst the
under side is sparsely beset with short, pale yellowish, radiating
hairs and yellow papillae which characterize the under side of
the leaves.

It is seen to be slightly transparent, if held between the light,
especially around its margin. Its walls are rather thick and
hard, especially at the base. The color above and beneath is of
a somewhat paler green than the surrounding surface of the leaf,
occasionally faintly tinted with red at the centre and polished
above.

Kach gall contains, by the middle of May, besides the single
stem-mother, large numbers of eggs, larvae and young pupe,
covering closely its inner walls, each with the end of the body
directed toward the centre, as if they were standing on their
heads. Some individuals acquire wings by about the 2oth, while
the majority do not reach this condition till the end of the month
or the first week in June.

STEM -MOTHER.— Length when fully developed about 1™™-;
greatest diameter about 0.5™":. Elongate-pyriform, the older, or
those which are, nearly empty of eggs, are more or less broadly

od”)

ovoid, 0.6-0.8™" in length and o.4-0.7™": in diameter. Color

PERGANDE — NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN. 219

pale yellow in the younger and faintly brownish-yellow in the
older. Eyesdark purple. Antennze and legs dusky or blackish.
There are usually two, more or less distinct (in some quite large,
in others entirely lacking) black, double impressions on the
head, somewhat in front of the eyes; several small black spots on
the prothorax (often indistinct or wanting), two of which are
near the anterior margin, and a group of three subdorsal spots
each side, posteriorly; there is also a subdorsal spot in each of
the first three abdominal sutures. Surface of body almost
smooth, the sculpturing being almost invisible. Front of head
more or less concave, with a short hair each side of the concavity.
Antenne short, the first joint stoutest and almost globular, the
second longer than wide'and of almost uniform diameter; the
third slender, slightly stoutest towards the end and quite coarsely
annulate.

Eccs.— White, or with a faintly yellow tinge, highly polished
and with a distinct hexagonal sculpture.

LARV& and younger Pup white or with but the faintest yel-
low tinge; eyes red; antennze and legs very faintly dusky. The
whole body densely covered with very minute points. The
younger pupze are marked with dusky spots very much as in the
stem-mother. Wing-sheaths faintly dusky.

Pura, mature.—Color orange, the mesothorax, wing-pads and
two or three terminal abdominal segments whitish, the meso-
thorax often with a somewhat greenish tinge. Eyes and spots
indicating the ocelli, red. Antenne andlegs paledusky. There
are two small dusky spots behind the ocelli, and a subdorsal curved
row of six blackish punctures on each side of the prothorax, the
posterior three of which .are arranged in a triangular group,
similar to those of the stem-mother. Antennze stout and with
but faint indication of sculpture. Entire surface of body densely
and quite coarsely granulate.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Length of body about 1". Expanse
of wings 2.3-2.5™™. Color pale orange, palest toward the end
of the body. Front of head, as far as the posterior edge of the
eyes, the two middle lobes of the the mesothorax and the sternal
plate, blackish, all other parts dusky or brownish, with a yel-
lowish tinge. Posterior half of head pale orange. Eyes brown;

220 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ocelli yellowish, broadly bordered at inner side with dark brown.
Two small dusky spots behind ocelli. Anterior angles of pro-
thorax pale dusky, and two small, dusky, transversely linear
spots, usually more or less indistinct, on the middle of the pro-
thorax. Wings faintly dusky, the stigma, subcosta and discoidal
vein darkest, the two branches very faint, though normal in their
course. Surface of wings quite profusely granulate or scaly.
Antennze dusky, short, scarcely as long as the head is broad, the
two basal joints almost equal in length, the first slightly longest
and stoutest, narrowest at base, truncate at tip; the second almost
as long as wide, rounded and stoutest at tip; both joints quite
distinctly scaly; joint three is rather robust, diminishing but
slightly and gently toward the base, connecting with the second
joint by a very short though well separated petiole. There is no
basal constriction and, apparently, only the upper sensorium
present, which is rather stout and somewhat oval; surface quite
coarsely scaly with the lower third sharply annulate; from 3-4
distinct, short bristles surround the apex, the two terminal ones
stoutest.
PHYLLOXERA CARYA:-SCISSA Riley.

Plo I Veer 25 se) xe, fess5 54-56:
Phylloxera carye-scissa Riley. Am. Ent. Vol. III., n. Ser. Vol.

Li P2320:
This gall, as already indicated, bears a close resemblance to
that of hemispherica but it will be unsafe to consider them iden-
tical until further careful study is made of the latter species.

The first galls of cavyae-scissa were received in 1880 from Mr.
W. H. Ashmead, of Jacksonville, Fla., found growing upon
Hicoria alba, Since then the same species has been occasionally
observed in the vicinity of Washington, always growing upon
the leaves of //icoria tomentosa. It is a rather rare species, and
occurs for the most part singly.

In general appearance it closely resembles that of /. rimosalis,
for which it might readily be mistaken, but the upper surface
of c.-scissa is never flattened, as in vimosalis, while the orifice
is never round or nipple-like, but always a transeverse slit. All
the different forms of insects, from the stem-mother to the winged

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 221

female of c.-scissa, are also larger and darker, with the antenne
much longer and more slender, particularly in the winged form.

The transverse diameter of this gall ranges from 8-14™": and
and the height from 2-5" or more. It is about equally convex
on both sides, though sometimes more prominent either above or
beneath, and often with a slight, central, nipple-like projection
above. ‘The surface on both sides is more or less distinctly cov-
ered with short, fine, yellowish hairs when upon Aicoria tomen-
tosa,; while upon /7. al/éa it is smooth above and but slightly hairy
beneath. The gall is always situated between two of the trans-
verse veins, with the slit either parallel with them or slightly
oblique. When young, this slit is slightly closed and not easily
seen, but forms regular, shallow lips, densely pubescent, when
older. Color above and beneath pale greenish or dirty yellowish-
green.

The winged female may be found from the middle of May to
the middle of June.

STEM-MOTHER.—Length 1-2™™; diameter across the thorax
0.8™™. Shape broadly ovoid. Color pale yellow; antennz and
legs faintly dusky; eyes purplish-brown. There are two deep
black punctures on the front of the head and two smaller and
somewhat oval spots at its posterior edge. A somewhat angu-
lated, dusky, subdorsal spot each side on the prothorax; a larger,
transverse spot each side in the first suture, and a smaller one
each side in the two following thoracic sutures; also, a lateral
row of three spots: the first is placed in the last thoracic suture
and the others in the sutures of the first two abdominal segments.
Granulation of body extremely minute and sparse. Antenne
and legs slender. First joint of antennze stoutest; joint two
considerably longer than wide and of almost uniform diameter,
rounded at tip; joint three very slender, of almost uniform diam-
eter, slightly stoutest at the apical one-third and quite coarsely
but rather sparsely annulate.

Eggs white, regularly ovoid, highly polished and apparently
without sculpturing.

LARVA and youngest pupze white or faintiy yellowish, the eyes
red; the legs and antennz slender; the whole. body densely cov-
ered with distinct granules.

{Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX.] oar, [Oct. 26, 1903.)

222 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Pups, mature. —Orange, the wing-pads and two or three last
abdominalsegments whitish, wing-pads becoming dusky externally
with age. Antenne and legsshaded. Eyessmall, brown. Ocelli
barely indicated by obscure brownish spots, between which are
noticed two small, pale brownish piliferous spots. A subdorsal
spot each side of prothorax. Entire surface of body densely
granulated. Antenne very slender, the third joint about three
times as long as the two basal joints combined.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Length of body 1-1.2™". Expanse
of wings 3.4™". Color orange. Head, mesothorax, scutellum
and sternal plate blackish. Eyes dark brown or purple, almost
black. Ocelli clear, colorless, broadly bordered at inner side with
brown. Wings pale fuscous, the costal cell and stigma brownish ;
the stigma either not separated or scarcely separated from the
costal cell. Venation blackish, normal, bordered with a dusky
shade, especially the cubital vein. Surface densely covered with
minute scale-like points. Anterior angles of prothorax broadly
dusky ; two small, more or less confluent, discal spots, a trans-
verse spot at anterior margin and an elongated subdorsal spot each
side, usually remaining quite pale. Surface of body quite densely
granulated, the granulation less prominent than in the pupe.
Antenne long and slender; joint 1 longer than wide, stoutest
toward the base, curved outward toward apex; joint 2 shorter
than one, a little longer than wide, narrowest at base, the apex
nearly straight; joint 3 almost four times as long as the two
basal joints combined; indented above its basal one-third, beyond
which it becomes quite slender ; both the anterior and posterior
sensoria very indistinctly defined, the upper rather more than
one-half the length of the upper section above the indentation;
the whole surface quite densely scaly.

PHYLLOXERA CARY-GLOBULI Walsh.

Phylloxera cary@-globuli Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol. I.,
P- 309.

Phylloxera carye-globuli Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol.
Wea ers.

Dactylosphera hemisphericum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
II., p. 386.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 223

Phylloxera carye-globuli Riley. Seventh Ann. Rep. Nox. and
Ben: Ins. of Mo., p. 117.

Phylloxera carye-globuli Thomas. Eighth Ann. Rep. Nox. and
Ben. Ins.of Tl-;, p: 164.

The galls of this species, as far as can be learned from the
descriptions of Walsh and Shimer agree quite well with those of
c.-scissa and I simply repeat here the original descriptions.
That by Walsh is rather insufficient, somewhat scattered and
mixed with other matter, from which it has been sifted.

Phylloxera carye-globuli Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc., I., p. 309, and

WS ps 275.

“Galls spherical, generally located between the veins that branch
from the midrib of the leaflets of the Shag-bark Hickory, and
when. ripe opens below by a simple, longitudinal slit. Never
exceeding one-half or one-third the extreme diameter of car ye@-
cauls.

‘“MIGRATORY FEMALE. —Length to tip of wings .o7-.08 inch.
Three specimens. The antenne are scarcely longer than the head
and I am unable to distinguish the joints. The stigma is about
three times as long as wide, straight posteriorly, slightly hunched
anteriorly and acute at both ends. Abdomen blackish [doubt-
less from dead and dry specimens, as no phylloxere have the
abdomen black in life]; the whole costa pale brown, the stigma
with a yellow tinge; the third or stigmal vein is not abortive at
its origin and the second or middle vein not parallel with the
third, but each of the two is slightly convex toward the other.’’

Dactylosphera hemisphericum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
lS D2 380:
Galls on the Sheil-bark Hickory (C. alba).

‘“Gatrt No. 1.—This is a large subhemispherical gall, situa-
ted in the parenchyma of the leaf, generally projecting above the
plane of the latter. Structure somewhat thick, tough and dense,
the average thickness of the walls being about .o5 inch. Color
pale whitish-green, much paler than the leaf, the upper surface
frequently tingéd with red and often quite purple-red. Size:
diameter in the plain of the leaf, one-fourth to one-half inch;
vertical diameter one-half.

224 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

‘‘ These galls open beneath with a slit, the length of which is
about one-third of the diameter of the gall; its direction is usu-
ally in, or somewhat oblique to, that of the veins of the leaf, and
when oblique, more nearly parallel with the longitudal axis of the
leaf. The lips of these slits are pinched so tightly together as to
project out, and thei: margins are either smooth or slightly hairy.
Sometimes a leaf contains but a single gall, others two or more.
The galls may be scattered irregularly on the leaf, or placed in
one or two rows along and near the midrib, and one or two dozen
may be found in a single row, placed so closely together_as to be
contiguous.

‘‘Upon opening one of these galls, I found the mother insect
and her eggs, the latter in great abundance, one hundred or more
studded all over the concave surface ; but very few eggs had then
(June 7th) hatched. But on opening;one of, the largest galls,
which seemed to be in a much more advanced state, I found the
mother insect in the midst of a very numerous brood of newly-
hatched larvz, and also many eggs still unhatched ; the new-born
larvee were pale greeenish-white, while those more advanced were
of a deeper color and of all shades approaching to orange; many
were already in the pupa state, having short wing-cases. The
mother insect moved ina stately manner among her numerous off-
spring, apparently proud of her queenly position.

‘“On June 18th the galls were in prime condition for examin-
ing the'inhabitants ; many were opening at the slit beneath and
the winged imagos escaping in great numbers. The following is
a descripticn of the species :

Dactylosphera hemisphericum, nu. sp.? Walsh., Proc. Ent. Soc., I.,
309.

‘* Winged Imago.— Light orange yellow, head, antenne, legs, and a
band around middle of thorax blackish ; abdomen pointed ; wings delicate,
hyaline ; antenne (viewed witha singlelens) apparently 3-jointed. Length
of body .04; to tip of wing .06 inch.

* Microscopic view.— Antenne 5-joinied, the first two, as usual, short
and thick ;_third longer ; fourth slender, shorter than third ; fifth clavate,
longer than third and fourth and about as thick as the third ; these joints
do not appear so evident in all specimens, as sometimes only four are dis-
cernable, and sometimes the “microscope separates the antenne on one
side into four joints, and that_on the other into five. Promuscus slightly
hairy, 3-jointed, the middle joint shortest and thickest, and the third

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 225

longest. Legs slightly hairy; femora very thick above, slender in the
middle, being not half the upper diameter, then swelling out and clavate
toward the lower end; feet with one joint, two claws and two digituli,
which have clavate ends.

‘* Mother Insect.— Pale greenish-yellow, orange-yellow about the head;
antennz, proboscis and legs black ; abdomen pointed, very versatile.

** Microscopic view.— A few very short, fine, black hairs scattered over
the body; three spiracles are seen along each side; surrounding the
femur there is an inverted conical or bell-shaped cup. bordered with black,
within which the limb has room to work freely, and outwardly a frenum
or skin attaches the side of this cup to the body, its lower margin black
and about as large as thediameterofthecup. Proboscis projecting down-
wards between the fore legs. Eyes black. Tarsi with one joint, two
claws, two long globe-ended digituli, and several hair-like spines. Antenne
3-jointed, first two joints short and thick, subglobular, the last long and
clavate.

‘** Pupa.— Pale orange, wing-pads lighter; eyes brown; ocelli red; feet
plainly showing two digituli.”

Of the winged imago thousands were observed, each cell con-
taining from thirty to forty specimens. On June r8th I found no
eggs, only a few larvee and many pnpe.

I am rather suspicious that this may be the Phylloxera carye-
globuli of Walsh ; but he says (7é7d.) that the gall of his species
is ‘‘spherical’’ and also that the size of the insect is ‘‘.07 to .08
inch -in length’’ and that the abdomen is blackish. But
unless described from living specimens, the color is of no value,
as they all turn black after death.

PHYLLOXERA CONICA Shimer.

Pl. V., figs. 26-29; Pl. XI., figs. 75-78.
Dactylosphera conicum Shimer. Trans. Ann. Ent. Soc., 2,
P- 390.
Phylloxera c.-conica Riley. Seventh Ann. Rep. Nox. and Ben.
Ins. ef Mo., p. 118.
Phylloxera c.-conica Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben.
bus. of Iil., p. 1.
It is rather strange that Shimer failed to mention the color of
this gall, notwithstanding it is one of the handsomest of this
group. There can scarcely: be any doubt, however, that the gall

226 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

here considered is identical with that described by him under the
above name.

The first notes upon the species were made in 1872 when it was
found in Missouri on the leaves of the Bitter-nut Hickory,
( Hicoria amara ). This is one of the most widespread and
common of the Hickory galls in the Mississippi Valley, and was
frequently sent by correspondents for identification. The galls
begin to form the latter part of May and are then almost globular,
though somewhat more prominent above than beneath, with a
scarcely noticeable nipple on the under side, densely covered with
yellowish pubescence. Their color is a deep purplish-brown,
contrasting prettily with the light green color of the young leaves;
their surface above and beneath is more or less roughened or
granulated, and the appearance reminding one strongly of the
galls of Cecidomya q.-pilule of the oak.

By the first week in June the galls are fully grown, but only
contain the stem-mother, her eggs and larvee. By the middle of
the month the winged female prevails, with but few pupz and
still fewer larvee, while in many cases the galls have opened and
migration has actively begun.

The transverse diameter of the matured gall varies from
3-7"™ and their vertical diameter from 2-5™™-. Many of them
are almost globular, and, as a rule, more prominent above than
beneath. Occasionally, however, they are more * prominent
beneath. In the majority, especially the larger galls, the under
side is considerably sunken beneath the surface of the leaf and
much less conical and usually much paler than when younger.
The color above is a dull, dark purplish brown, sometimes, how-
ever, with only a brownish shade, or entirely of a dull greenish-
yellow. The surface above, and sometimes slightly beneath, is
densely and quite coarsely rugose and more or less distinctly
pubescent, especially beneath, and covered with a more or less
noticeable sticky or viscid excretion. The orifice is more densely
pubescent than the rest of the gall, and splits, when mature, into
4-8 short bracts. The walls of the galls are rather stout, leathery
and flexible. At full growth the inside is almost pure white,
but by the time the insects are ready to leave, the color is brown
all through. Generally these galls grow singly, though there

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#, 227

are often as many as ten, of which several may be confluent, on
the same leaf.

STEM - MOTHER.— The fully grown stem-mother measures
between o0.8-1™™" in length, the younger broadly pyriform, the
older perfectly globular. Color pale yellow with a slight dusky
tinge. Antenne and legs blackish. Eyes small, black, scarcely
seen from above. Surface of body closely covered with minute
points. No piliferous warts noticeable. Antenne rather long
and stout; joint 1 about as long as broad and of nearly uniform
diameter; joint 2 longer than broad; joint 3 about thrice as long
as the two basal joints together, of nearly uniform diameter, or
slightly thinnest at about the middle and divided by about
eighteen rather coarse, more or less distinct annulations. The
thumb is minute though quite distinct.

Eccs.— Perfectly white, highly polished and with distinct,
large, hexagonal sculpturing.

LARvA.— White, the larger ones faintly yellowish, the eyes
red. In the larger individuals may be noticed a group of promi-
nent granules, just at the anterior angles of the mesothorax.
Surface of body very minutely granulate. ‘There are four small
round warts along the front edge of the head, each bearing a fine
hair, and one just opposite the eyes. Similar, though rather
sparsely distributed warts, are noticed all over the body, but on
account of their pale color they are not easily seen. The pupz
are of the same pale color as the larger larvee.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Rather slender. Length of body 0.8-
i.2™™-, Expanse of wings 2.2-2.6™ . Color pale yellow, the
prothorax and posterior half of the head darker. Anterior half
of head, mesothorax, scutellum and sternal plate brownish or
blackish. Eyes dark brown. Ocelli yellowish, bordered nar-
rowly with black at inner side. Antennze and legs pale dusky.
Insertion of antennze white. A small dusky subdorsal spot each
side of the prothorax. Wings large, pale fuscous, the veins and
stigma darker, the surface quite densely scaly. Surface of body
densely but minutely granulated. Antennze about as long as the
head is wide posteriorly : joint 1 about as long as wide or slightly
longer and slightly narrowest at base ; joint 2 also about as long
as wide, almost globular and with distinct, sharp, scaly annula-

228 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tions; terminal half of joint 3 of nearly uniform diameter, tapering
slightly from the upper sensorium to the base; upper sensorial
membrane about one-half the length of the joint ; the lower one
wanting. The whole surface is densely scaly and sharply annu-
lated, especially the lower half.

PHYLLOXERA CARYA-AVELLANA Riley.

Pl. V., figs: 30, 31; Pl. Vie, figs: 32-365" Pl. ele tes: qe

Phylloxera carye@-avellana Riley. Am. Ent., Vol. III., n. ser.,

Vol) [ey pe 230.

Not uncommon on the leaves of /Yicoria tomentosa along the
Potomac near Washington.

Judging from the appearance of the galls, as regards size, shape
and color, one might be led to conclude that we had to deal with
two or more distinct species. A careful study and comparison,
however, of the architects in their different stages, shows but one
species. The more typical, larger and more brilliantly colored
galls are the product of those stem-mothers which first settled, at
a time when the development of the young leaves was most rapid
and the circulation of the sap most vigorous.

By the 20th of May many of the galls already contain pupze or
even winged females, while others contain only eggs and larve.
By the middle of June most of the galls are already empty and by
the end of the month have become dry_and shrivelled.

The transverse diameter varies from 5-10™™ and the height is
about the same. Flat or but slightly convex above and either
flush with or somewhat sunken beneath the surface of the leaf;
sub-conical or more or less globular beneath, constricted at base
and resembling somewhat in shape a diminutive filbert. The sur-
face beneath is quite densely pubescent and with similar minute
yellow papillze as those which cover the under side of the leaves,
and causing a certain stickiness. The orifice, at the top of the
gall, is, before maturity, closely drawn together and densely
covered on the inside with white wooly hairs, opening at maturity
into several short and stout bracts. Walls very thick and succu-
lent. The color above is either greenish, yellow-green or of a
more or less intense, beautiful crimson or pink; and beneath pale
greenish, or even almost white.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN-. 229

STEM-MOTHER.— The stem-mother varies from 0.8-1.3™:
in length, and is about half as wide. Shape broadly-ovoid,
pointed posteriorly, almost globular in the older specimens.
Color pale yellow, with a faint dusky tinge, slightly orange or
dull greenish-yellow in the older specimens. Antennz and legs
black. Eyes dark red or black or purplish-black and rather small,
with two deep, blackish, median punctures a little in front of
them. On the head an oblique, blackish depression each side
anteriorly, a larger subdorsal depression each side on the pro-
thorax, and a blackish, subdorsal spot in the three following
sutures, all of which spots, with the exception of those on the
head, become more or less completely obliterated in older speci-
mens. ‘There are, in addition, four rather prominent warts along
the front edge of the head, one each side behind the antennz,
one each side at inner edge of eyes, one each side of the two
punctures and two at the posterior margin. Two similar warts
each side of the thoracic and one each side of the abdominal seg-
ments. Beside these warts there are two transverse rows of
four warts across each of the thoracic and one row of four across
the abdominal segments, each bearing a short, stiff hair. Surface
of body densely covered with minute sharp points. Front of
head more or less concave. Antenne rather short, but little
more than one-half the length of the posterior margin of the
head: joint 1 very stout and but little longer than wide; joint 2
more slender, longer than wide, stoutest and almost straight at
apex; joint 3 slender, of nearly uniform diameter, somewhat
curved and quite coarsely annulated, its tip truncate, surmounted
by a stout hair and two smaller ones a little below the tip; thumb
small and insignificant. Legs and tarsi rather stout, the termi-
nal pair of the tarsal bristles (or digitu/i) with the knob much
larger and more conspicuous than usual.

EGG and Larva white or faintly yellowish; the sculpturing of
the eggs extremely delicate and sub-obsolete. Surface of the.
body of the larva densely covered with minute granulations; eyes
red, antennze and legs whitish.

Pup pale orange, the younger specimens whitish or pale yel-
low, with the external edge of the wing-pads often blackish.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. IX.] : 28 {Oct. 31, 1903.]

230 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Eyes red, ocellar spots reddish. Antennze and legsdusky. Sur-
face of the whole body densely granulated.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.g-1.2™™". Expanse
of wings 2.2-2.8™"-. Color orange, the prothorax somewhat the
darkest. Head, mesothorax, scutellum and sternal plate, black.
Antenne and legs dusky; eyes brown or dark purple. The pro-
thorax is often faintly dusky and is often marked medio-dorsally
with three more or less distinct, minute spots, of which the two
smaller, anterior ones, are more or less oval, and the larger pos-
terior one linear. Antennze about as long as the tibize: joints
1 and 2 about equal in length and but faintly annulated; joint
3 much the largest and almost three times the length of the other
two combined, almost uniform in diameter throughout its whole
length, quite straight, with a short pedicel at base and terminat-
ing in a distinct nipple which shows at least two well-marked
annulations and is provided with three extremely fine hairs; the
whole joint is but faintly annulate, the annulations more numer-
ous and more distinct at its basal fourth, the sensoria sub-
obsolete, particularly the basal one, the terminal one very slender
and about one-half as long as the joint. Wings ample, faintly
dusky, the veins and stigma darker, the subcosta yellowish at
base; of the veins the discoidal vein is darkest, and all are bor-
dered with a faint dusky shade. The discoidal vein arises some-
what nearer to the stigma than to the base of the wing and
branches near its middle; the stigmal vein is but slightly curved
and starts from about the middle of the stigma. Legs rather
short.

PHYLLOXERA SYMMETRICA Nn. sp., Pergande.

This species, as far as its gall is concerned, appears to be
closely related to, if not identical with, /%. conifera Shimer
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. II., 1868, p. 397), but as his descrip-
tion, both of the gall and its architect, is rather vague, brief and
general in characterization, so much so as to apply equally as
well to many others, it is deemed more expedient to describe it
as new.

This gall has been noticed on young trees of Aficoria (Carya)
tomentosa and some other species, in the neighborhood of Wash-

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN~. 231

ington, for quite a number of years and appears to be slowly but
gradually increasing.

Judging from the appearance of the galls alone, one is tempted
to divide them into two or perhaps three distinct species, with
regard to shape, size and color. A careful study, however, and
comparison of the migratory forms of their architects, have con-
clusively convinced me that the different forms of these galls are
nothing else but varieties of one species, depending, as it appears,
on the earlier or later settling of the young lice, and the there-
with connected more or less advanced stage of development of
the young leaves. There can be no doubt that the larger and
more brilliautly colored galls are the product of such of the
young lice of this species which hatched in advance of the bulk
of the same brood, just at the time when the development of the
leaves was most rapid and the circulation of the sap most vigor-
ous. To enable the future student, therefore, to recognize these
different forms more readily, it is deemed expedient to figure
each form of gall and to give each of them a variety name.
All these forms are usually, at least in this locality, met with at
about the same time and upon the same trees, though the two
largest or more brilliantly colored galls are much scarcer than
those of the typical form. As a rule, there is generally but a
single gall on a leaflet, though occasionally two, or even as many
as five or six, and in one instance even as many as twelve were
observed upon a single leaflet, all crowded together near the base
of the leaf, and more or less confluent. If there be more than
one on a leaf, it will be observed that generally most of them are
dwarfed, whilst but one or two have attained their full size.

At what date the young stem-mother settles down has not
been ascertained, though it must be at the time when the young
leaves begin to unfold, at about the middle or latter part of April,
for it was observed that by the 20th of May many contained
already pupze, and a few even some winged insects, whilst others
contained only eggs and larve. By the 15th or 20th of June
most of the galls are empty and by the end of the month all
inmates have left and the galls become dry and shrivelled.

232 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PHYLLOXERA SYMMETRICA Nn. sp., Pergande.
TYPICAL FORM.

This gall forms always on the under side of the leaf; it is
quite flat on the upper side, or slightly convex, occasionally some-
what depressed at the middle, circular, with its margin generally
more or less deeply sunken below the plane of the leaf and gen-
erally concolorous with the upper side, or of a somewhat darker
shade. On the under side, however, it is quite prominent and
regularly conical in shape, with an opening at the tip, which,
however, is tightly closed till the time arrives for the migrants to
leave. At this time the apex commences to split into 4-8, more
or less slender, backward-curved bracts or filaments, surrounding
a more or less circular opening. The color of the lower side of
the galls is either that of the leaf or somewhat paler, though
rather darkest towards the apex, and their surface covered rather
sparsely with the peculiar hairs and pellets of resin so character-
istic of the under side of the leaves, becoming more dense
towards the apex. The walls of this gall are rather stout and
of a dense and firm texture, increasing in thickness toward the
base. The transverse diameter above ranges between 2—5™™ and
the vertical diameter from 3-4™". After the insects have left,
the galls gradually dry up, become brown, lose their shape and
disappear at last almost completely.

In this connection it will be interesting to record here what
appears to be a second crop of galls of probably the same
species, though it is quite possible that later observations may
prove this to be distinct.

On the 29th of July, 1883, while examining a solitary young
hickory tree near the fair-ground, in the District of Columbia,
standing at a distance of between 20-50 feet from the nearest
trees of its own kind, it was observed that considerable numbers
of young galls had formed on the uppermost and youngest leaves,
which, to all appearance, could scarcely be older than, perhaps,
two or at most three weeks. A further examination of the older
leaves proved that they had been infested quite profusely by
galls of the species under consideration, all of which were empty
and more or less dried up, though a few were still on the upper

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#. 233

side; no galls of any other species could be detected on any of
the leaves. Notwithstanding this fact, it is still possible that
these new galls were the product of some other species, the
winged form of which may have migrated there from some dis-
tance. These newly formed galls were smaller and also quite
different in appearance. Their upper surface is also scarcely
elevated above the plane of the leaf, with the centre quite dis-
tinctly depressed. This depression is reddish or pink and is gen-
erally encircled by a pale yellowish-green ring, the under side is
: more prominent, though by no means conical, and somewhat
paler than above. All contained, besides the females, numerous
ege@s and also a few larve. The female is yellow with the eyes
black, the larva pale yellow with reddish eyes; the eggs are
colorless, the more mature ones faintly yellowish.

Var. A. PHYLLOXERA VASCULOSA Pergande.

This variety is more striking in appearance and much larger
than the more common or typical form. It grows also on the
under side of the leaves, but is rather scarce, there being not
more than from one to perhaps twelve or a few more upon a tree.
Its upper surface is very much like that of the typical form,
though it is often considerably sunken below the plane of the
leaf and is of very much the same color. The galls proper, on
the under side, are very much of the shape of a vase or urn.
They are more or less constricted at base, the sides rounded and
of a pear- or more or less globular form. The opening at tip,
which is closed while the galls are immature, opens at maturity
into bracts, similar to those of the typical form, whereby a more
or less distinct neck is prodtced. The color of the galls is pale
green, or sometimes almost white or pale yellowish, the surface
being quite pubescent. Their diameter across the widest part
ranges generally between 5-8", and their vertical diameter
between 4-10".

Var. B. PHYLLOXERA PURPUREA Pergande.

This form or variety, is in shape between the typical form and
var. A. It is of about the same size or somewhat larger than the
first. Its base is constricted and the remaining part beyond it

234 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

quite conical, with the opening completely closed. The upper
side is quite flat, somewhat sunken beneath the plane of the leaf
and often most beautifully red, yellowish or paler than the leaf.
On the lower side the galls are either pale green or whitish and
the surface covered more or less densely with pale pubescence.
STEM-MOTHER.— Length about 0.8". Shape oval or pyri-
form, broadest across the mesothorax, tapering gradually towards
the end; slightly indented or constricted beyond the head. Head

small, about twice as broad as long, almost half-circular in ovt-
line. Eyes very small and blackish. Antenne and legs pale
dusky. The head as well as the body is sparsely beset with
medium-sized, rather stout, stiff, spine-like bristles, some of
which are placed in rows. A double row of these spines fringe
the whole body and are divided as follows: Eight pairs fringe
the head, two pairs each side of the pro- and meso-thorax, three
pairs each side of the meta thorax and one pair each side of the
abdominal segments. Color yellow.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.9-1.2™™. Expanse
of wings 2.2-2.8™". Color of both the adult and pupe, orange.
Head, mesothorax, scutellum and sternal plate black, antennee
and legs dusky; eyes brown or dark purple. The prothorax is
often faintly dusky and is often marked medio-dorsally with
three more or less distinct, minute spots, of which the two smaller,
anterior ones, are more or less oval, and the larger, posterior one,
linear. Antenne distinctly three-jointed and about as long as
the tibiz. The two basal joints are shortest, about equal in
length and but faintly annulated ; the third is much the longest
and almost three times the length of the two basal joints com-
bined; it is almost: uniform in diameter throughout its whole
length, quite straight, with a short pedicel at base and a distinct
nipple at tip showing at least two well-marked annulations and
provided with three extremely fine hairs at tip. The whole joint
is but faintly annulated, the annulations being more numerous
and more distinct at its basal fourth. The usual two sen-
soria are almost obsolete, at least the lower one, which could
scarcely be detected, whilst the upper one is very slender and
about half as long as the joint. Wings ample, faintly dusky,
the veins and stigma darker, the subcosta yellowish at base. Of

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 235

the veins the discoidal vein is darkest, and all are bordered with
a slight dusky_shade. The discoidal vein arises slightly nearer
the stigma than the base of the wing and its branch near its
middle. The stigmal vein is but slightly curved and arises at
about the middle of the stigma. Legs rather short. The tarsi
provided with the usual pair of knobbed hairs at the tip of the
under side of the first joint and at the upper side of tip of the
second joint.

. The pup are orange, their meso-thorax, wing-pads and three
last abdominal segments whitish; eyes and ocelli light cherry
brown; antenne and legs pale dusky. Larve and youngest
pupz almost colorless.

PHYLLOXERA NOTABILIS n. sp., Pergande.

Pl. XII., figs. 82-go.

A few galls belonging to this species, growing along the mid-
rib of the leaves of the Pecan, //icoria olivéformis, were received
July 3, 1877, from Mr. J. Monell, St. Louis, Mo., which bear a
general resemblance to those of 7%. caryecaulis when growing
upon the leaves, though more convex above and more conical
beneath, where they split into a number of rather long and slen-
der pubescent bracts or filaments. The color of these galls,
which had partly become quite dry, appears to have been some-
what reddish above and green or yellowish beneath. Their shape
was more or less oval above and compressed laterally beneath,
caused evidently by the drying of the substance. Their largest
transverse diameter was 5 to 10 ™" and the vertical diameter 3 to
oun.

Apparently the same species of galls on leaves of Pecan was
received June 1, 1891, from Mr. L. Biedeger, Idlewild, Tex., but,
unfortunately, all were empty when received, the contents of
most having been destroyed by some Tortricid larva.

The same kind of galls were found during August of 1891 to
be very numerous on the leaves of young trees of a variety called

284

236 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the ‘‘ Meier Pecan,’’ imported two years prior from Bluffton, Mo.,
to the Department of Agriculture at Washington, D.C. Numer-
ous additional galls were also received from I. H. Evans, from
Austin, Texas.

The fresh galls, as found at Washington, are yellowish-green
or slightly reddish, circular and bladder-like, from 2 to ro™" in
diameter at the circumference, and from 2 to 7" vertically; they
are convex on both sides and situated either near the midrib or
between the transverse veins, and generally more prominent on
the upper side with a more or less distinct fovea or dimple about
the middle. There is a more or less central. nipple or a trans-
verse slit on the under side, from which four to eight or more
depressed lines radiate towards the base, along which the gall
gradually splits into slender bracts in order to facilitate the escape
of the inhabitants. Both sides of the galls are pubescent, though
the under side is covered most densely with short, yellowish
hairs.

The great majority of these galls contained, besides the stem-
mother, numerous eggs and pupz in various stages of develop-
ment, numbers of the true sexes, many of which were also
observed running about on the outside of the galls, and but one
or a few of the winged migrants. This leaves no doubt that
most of the sexes were the progeny of the pup, whereas the few
migrants were destined to perpetuate their species on distant
trees.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length 0.6". Pyriform, broadest across
the thorax, tapering posteriorly and more slightly so towards the
head. The head is rounded in front and somewhat notched
about the middle. The entire insect is densely covered with
acute tubercles, intermixed with a fewshort hairs. The antennze
are short and about one-fourth the length of the body; third
joint slightly clavate and sharply serrate; the sensorial thumb
is small and bordered at one side‘with three circular pores. Color
yellowish, eyes purple, legs blackish.

PupA.—Length about 0.8". Color pale orange or lemon
yellow, eyes dark brown, ocelli dark red; antenne, legs, wing-

|

=

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN2:. 236a

pads, rostrum and two impressions on the head dusky. ‘They
are broadest about the wing-pads, tapering gradually towards the
end of the body and covered densely with minute, acute points.
Head convex in front and slightly emarginate or notched at the
middle. ‘ Antennz slender, almost one-third the length of the
body, the third joint thinnest at about its basal third and quite
densely serrate or scaly; the upper sensorium is short, elonga-
ted and accompanied at one side by two to four circular pores,
while the tip is furnished with two or three small hairs. Wing-
pads curved outward. Legs and digituli normal.

The eggs produced by the pupz are pale-yellow, highly polished
and apparently without any sculpturing. Those producing the
males are about one-third smaller than the female eggs.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.6 to o.gm™™.-
Expanse of wings 2 to 2.4". Color yellow to orange; the head,
thoracic lobes, scutellum and sternal plate blackish, with some
dusky markings on the prothorax. Antennz and legs yellow,
shaded with dusky. Eyes and ocelli black or dark-purplish.
Head and thorax faintly sculptured. The antennz are rather
long and slender and almost half the length of the body; the
basal joint is about as long as wide and the second slightly longer
than wide, narrowest at base and rounded at the apex; both are
faintly sculptured. The so-called third joint is distinctly and
sharply divided into two separate parts or independent joints;
the lower or smaller section, which I designate as the third
antennal joint, is sharply truncate at the apex, smooth, cyl-
indrical, slightly curved_and usually slightly stoutest near the
apex, from which point it suddenly tapers to a short, conical
petiole, with two or more sharp annulations. The sensorium
of this joint is rather broad, abnormally long and _ reaches
from the apex to the petiole. The terminal or fourth joint is
almost twice the length of the third; it is slightly curved and
faintly tapering, its base rounded and prolonged in a short, cyl-
indrical petiole, composed of from three to six very fine and sharp
annulations; its sensorium is also abnormally long and reaches
from near the apex to the rounded base. The sensorial nipple

236b DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

is minute, near the apex of the joint, and bordered at one side by
about four circular pores.

The wings are rather long and broad and of a brownish
shade, with the veins and stigma still darker or ausky; both
the branch of the discoidal and the stigmal vein are obliterated
at base.

The antennal characters of this species are more, remark-

able-than those thus far observed in any of the other Phyllox-
erini.
SEXUAL GENERATION.— Both sexes are yellow, though the
male is somewhat paler and smaller. ‘The eyes: are. reddish-
brown to black; the head, antennz, legs and pronotum dusky,
the rest of the thorax and interrupted band across the abdominal
segments still darker.

The sexual female is about 0.4” in length and slightly over
o.1™™"- in diameter about the middle. It is elongated and con-
tains but one egg. The third antennal joint is clavate and quite

sharply serrate; the sensorial nipple is small and placed near the.

apex, bordered at one side by one to three circular pores. The
body is provided with rows of small hairs.

The male is about one-third smaller and more tapering poster-
iorly and the, genital armature elongate conical. The_antennze
are identical with those of the female, except that there is a
rather long bristle about the terminal third of joint three. The
hairs of the body are also much longer and slightly dilated or

capitate at the apex.

PHYLLOXERA GLOBOSUM Shimer.
Pl. XIIL., figs. 91, 92; Pl. XIII.,"figs. 93, 94, var. contferum.

Dactylosphera globosum Shimer. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
Vol. 19, p. 2.
Dactylosphera globosum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, p.

392.

re

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ, 237

Dactylosphera coniferum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, p.

397-
Phylloxera c.-globosum Thos. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins.
of Ills., p. 163.

I have had no opportunity to add anything new to what has
been recorded by Shimer, and reproduce such parts of the original
description (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 2 and 3) as
undoubtedly have reference to this species, substituting migra-
tory female for his term male.

In his original description Shimer has confounded this large
gall and its architects with those of the rather minute galls of
c.-semen Walsh, found growing at the time upon the same leaves,
notwithstanding that, as he himself states, none of the small galls
contained the winged form, but were simply crowded with the so-
called larvze which, as has already been shown, were, without
much doubt, the true sexes.

““ Gall variable in size, often numerous in the parenchyma of the leaf,
others on the veins and leaf stalks, all opening on the lower side of the
leaf, with a very small orifice; smoothish, of a somewhat leathery struct-
ure, pale yellowish-green, glaucus or dark green; sub-globose or some-
times somewhat irregular, without any of the mealy sugary dust within,
which is common in galls of the 4p/7zs family.

** Female | Stem-mother| much resembling the ‘ grape leaf louse’ (D. ?
vitifoliz), but smaller, the dull pointed promuscis blackish at the extrem-
ity ; eyes of few (about five) facets.

‘* Fegs similar to those of the ‘grape leaf louse.’ Smaller and of a
deeper yellow.

Pupa of male [Migratory female] orange-yellow, sometimes inclined to
greenish ; undeveloped wings pale yellow; body somewhat elongate; ab-
domen pointed; antennz linear, three-jointed, rst thick, subglobose; 2d
‘smaller, short, thick; 3d very long, clavate, obliquely pointed, without a
spine at the apex, a spine on the inner side of the first and second joints.

Male | Migratory female.|— Abdomen and prothorax orange-yellow ;
mesothorax, head and eyes, blackish; legs and antennz dark cinereous.
Wings hyaline, broad, somewhat overlapping as they lie horizontally on
the back. Anterior wing, evenly rounded on the posterior margin; ante-
rior margin rather stright, somewhat curved, convex at the middle of the
stigma, apex quite broadly rounded, the wide wedge-shaped base not
extending beyond the middle; stigmatic nervure nearly straight, termin-
‘ating in the centre of the apex, not visible at either.end. The discoidal
within the middle of the wing, not visible at its outer end, somewhat con-

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 29 [ Nov. 13, 1903.]

238 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

vex anteriorly, its branch hyaline at its extremities; stigma honey yel-
low, darkest on the costal margin, the apical end lanceolate; inwardly
extending to the base of the wiug, all the costal space being of the
same color. Posterior wing, one longitudinal vein and no discoidal.
Tibie and tarsi with a few scattering hairs; claws palish-horn colored,
with black tips. Antenne four-jointed, sublinear, first znd second short
and thick, the others long, the third on a narrow pedicel, which may be a
small joint, fourth clavate. Length to tip of wings .o7 inch; body about
.025 inch long.

The winged males [females] were numerous, but, as the weather then
was very wet, they were in an extremely bad condition, their wings adher-
ing to the walls of the galls and to their own bodies from the excessive
dampness in the galls; but among the hundreds observed I saw a number
of perfect specimens. Subsequently, in more pleasant weather, I exam-
ined several dark green, more perfectly globular galls, located as those
observed before, with a good supply of winged specimens in perfect con-
dition. 1 made careful examination and notes as before, and found that
they agreed with the former precisely and compared favorably with the
former dried specimens.”

Shimer adds (Trans. of the Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. 2, p. 393, Gall
No. 10) that this with No. 8 (cary@-semen)‘‘ are the only known
Hickory galls that have the character of being soft and leathery
in structure. The perfect insect was found between Sept. 2oth
and Oct. 20th, 1866, since which time I have not seen it. I then
described it as being found on what I supposed to be Carya glabra,

but which now proved to be C. amara.’’

‘‘’This is manifestly distinct from carye@--globuli Walsh, which
is said to mature in June while g/obosum matures in October;
and the openings of the galls are quite different in shape, that
of globosum being round and on a nipple-like projection, while
that of cary@-globuli is an elongated slit.”’

Dactylosphera coniferum Shimer, I consider to be but a variety
of D. globosum.

PHYLLOXERA CARYA:-GUMMOSA Riley.

Pl. VI., fig. 37; Pl. XIII., figs. 95-97.

Phylloxera carye-gummosa Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox.and Ben.
Ins. of Mo., p. 118.

Phylloxera carye-gummosa ‘Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and
Ben. Ins. of Ills., p. 164.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#. 239

Forming pedunculate, ovoid or globular galls on the under side
of leaves of Hicoria alba; the gall white or yellowish, pubescent,
and gummy or sticky ; opening below in a fibrous point. The
eggs are almost spherical, pale and translucent. Larva, mother-
louse and pupa quite pale, the red eyes and eyelets strongly con-
trasting. The winged insects with difficulty distinguished from
some of the other species, a difficulty made all the greater from
the fact that other species get caught in the sticky surface of the
gall.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length about 1™™; elongate pyriform, more
than twice as long as broad. Front edge of head somewhat
concave and furnished with four short, stiff hairs above, one
at base of antennz and one in front of the eyes; two each side
of the thoracic and one each side of the abdominal segments, and
from six to eight around the end of the body. Entire surface
densely and very finely granulate, with a few more prominent
warts on the thoracic segments, each bearing a stout hair.. There
are also some minute‘hairs, sparsely set, along the posterior mar-
gins of the abdominal segments. Antennze as usual, with the
third joint about twice the length of the two basal joints com-
bined, and of almost uniform diameter throughout. Thumb
very short. Surface indistinctly scaly and annulated.

Group III.

21. Forming elongate folds along the veins beneath, with corre-
sponding ridges or caiin@ above ..+.+++++++ Ph. caryevene Fitch.
There is but one species in our fauna representing this group.

PHYLLOXERA CARYA)VENA Fitch.
Pl. VI., figs 38-39; Pl. XIII., figs. 98-105.
Pemphigus? caryevene Fitch. Third Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
N. Y., Section 164, p. 126.
Phylloxera caryevene Riley. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
to. Pp: 117.
Phylloxera caryevene Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins.
of Ills., p. 162.
The galls of this species are readily separated from those of any

240 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of the'‘other species found upon Hicoria. They resemble more
closely those of certain of the Cecidomyide occurring on different
species of oaks and other plants.

They always form, either along the main rib or more frquently
along the transverse veins, shorter or longer folds or plaits pro-
jecting more or less evenly from both sides, though usually more
prominent above, where they form elongate ridges or carinz,
which are often transversed by 3-5, or more, short, elevated
branches, about equal in length to the diameter of the gall. The
opening or slit is always on the underside and, while fresh, is
tightly closed except at the outer end, and covered by a delicate
white or greenish pubescence which also more or less completely
covers the entire surface beneath. The color is generally yel-
lowish-green, though very frequently also brownish or purplish.
Two or more are often confluent, so that their length varies from
6-14™™ or more, and their diameter from 2-3™™.

The gall begins to form earlyin May. It occurs not only upon
FTicoria tomentosa but upon several other species of Hicoria and
is widely distributed over the eastern half of the United States,
having been observed from New York to Florida, and west as far
as Illinois and Missouri.

No winged migratory female has yet been observed, but the
most remarkable fact is that I have been unable to discover in
any of the many galls examined from 1880 to 1890 a sexual form,
though examinations were made during different months. The
only occupants thus far found in these galls were the true stem-
mothers (of which 1-3 have been observed in the same gall),
their eggs and the wingless sexupare in different stages of devel-
opment.

By the middle of August, when the majority of the galls had
become dry and empty, but a few remained still green and con-
tained the still living, though much shrunken, stem-mother, a
small number of eggs and a few larve, but no migrants or sexual
individuals.

On July 19, 1890, when many of the galls still contained their
usual inhabitants, extended and careful search was made to dis-
cover the whereabouts of the larvee after leaving the galls.
Small colonies, absolutely identical with those found within the

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 241

galls, were finally discovered snugly hid away either in deep
_ cracks of the bark or at the bottom of deep and more or less com-
pletely closed depressions, which are found on the trunk and
stouter twigs and which are caused by the decay and dropping
out of small branchlets. Here the insects live upon the juices
from the tender bark: which forms at the bottom of the cavities.
These colonies usually consist of the stem-mother, a number of
fully grown apterous females and larvee (both the direct pro-
geny of the stem-mother) and eggs of three different sizes. ‘The
smallest, and most numerous of these eggs, correspond exactly
in size and general appearance with those deposited by the stem-
mother in the galls, while the others are about twice as large but
yet of two sizes, the larger ones of a regularly ovoid shape, the
smaller more conoidal in outline. The former produce, after a
few days, the true sexual female, and the latter the male, which
pair, when the female brings forth her single impregnated or
winter egg which doubtless hibernates within the cavity.

In some of the depressions no stem-mother is found, but only
the other forms here described and afew of the winter eggs.
’ STEM-MOTHER.— Length of body 0.8-1.2™". Shape broadly
ovoid, or almost globular. General color pale yellowish, growing
gradually darker while increasing in age. Antenne, legs and
rostrum pale dusky. Eyes, blood-red, composed of three ocelli
each side, arranged triangularly on a conical prominence.
Antenne with the first joint stoutest and about as long as wide;
the second somewhat more elongate, stoutest at anterior end;
both together somewhat shorter that the third; joint 3 slender
and tapering slightly toward both ends and divided by 5-8 more
or less distinct serrations; the thumb minute and movable; tip
blunt and provided with three fine and short hairs. Surface of
body covered with minute granulations, and ornamented in addi-
tion with six rows of small and somewhat conical, and slightly
dusky tubercles; five similar tubercles each side of the head pro-
vided with a minute hair. Head short, almost twice as broad as
long and more or less distinctly separated from the body.

mm.

EGG FROM STEM-MOTHER.— Length o.2™, and about o.1
in diameter. Ovoid, highly polished and apparently without a
trace of sculpture. White, of with but the faintest yellow tinge.

242 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

APTEROUS SEXUPARA.— Length of body about 0.6™". Shape
elongate-ovoid. Color whitish, pale yellow or greenish-yellow,
with the members and warts dusky. Eyes dark purplish-red.
Surface of body densely covered with minute points. ‘The dorsal
warts are normally placed, though faint, those on the thorax
round, with the intermediate one each side on pro- and meso-
thorax obsolete, leaving on each of these joints but two trans-
verse rows of four each, while the single row on metathorax has
six. On the abdomen the two medial rows are transversely
elongate. In some specimens these warts are very distinct and
readily observed, while in others they become more or less obso-
lete, and on the abdomen they are more or less confluent towards
tip. Antennze short and very similar to those of the stem-
mother; the third joint scarcely longer than the two basal joints
combined, somewhat curved, thinnest at base, with but few and
indistinct annulations ; the thumb rather stout and close to the
tip of the joint. When young the rostrum projects beyond the
end of body.

SEXUAL FEMALE.— Length of body slightly less than 0.2™™.
Shape broadly ovoid, with the last two segments much narrower
than the rest of the body. Mouth rudimentary, broad and
rounded at tip. Color yellow; eyes purple; antennz and legs
faintly dusky. ‘The antennz are extremely short, the third joint
but slightly the longest, and the second slightly shorter than the
first. Joint 1 stoutest, of uniform diameter, truncate anteriorly ;
joint 2 but slightly narrowing at base; joint 3 also narrowest at
base, bluntly rounded at tip and provided with a slender hair, its
surface faintly annulate; the thumb minute, though distinct and
placed close to the apex.

MALE.—The male is about one-fourth smaller, and narrower
than the female. Antenne, legs and genital armature rather
stout. Color pale yellow ; eyes brown.

WINTER-EGG.—Length slightly less than 0.2". Shape ovoid,
sometimes faintly curved, somewhat flattened, dark, dull, grayish-
yellow or green, ornamented with rather coarse and deep, more
or less irregular, transversely oval pits.

During the summer of 1902 another effort was made by me to
discover, if possible, the winged migrant of this species, though

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ. 243

without avail. Unfortunately nearly all the trees on which the
galls used to be plentiful had been cut down, leaving but a few
small shrubs in that particular locality, with still fewer galls on
some of the leaves. ' These galls were also extremely scarce on
trees in the woods some distance to the north, in all of which the
usual apterous forms and some eggs were present, though not a
single one of the winged migrants. That this form, after a
‘shorter or longer interval must exist, seems quite plain, while
otherwise the species is doomed to become extinct, since the mi-
gration of some of the apterous forms from tree to tree, especially
if such trees should grow at some distance from each other, must
naturally be rather slow and uncertain. I take it, therefore, for
granted that the spread of this species depends, as in other species,
on a winged migrant, which sooner or later will be found.

Group IV.
TwiG*oR PETIOLE GALLS.

This group comprises a series of more or less closely related
galls, growing principally on the youngest twigs and petioles.
Some of them resemble each other so closely that it is frequently
difficult to separate them, particularly after they have become
dry, though the insects producing them often differ markedly.

For convenience these galls may be divided into three sections.

I. Galls more or less globular. Orifice completely closed when young ;
splitting into 3-6 or more irregular bracts when mature and leaving an
irregular opening.

22. Globular or oval; often more or less conical; spiny or smooth accord-

ing to the tree on which they grow, and more or less confluent. Size

Warying from 5-Z5™™-. 20... 2... eee ee eee eee Ph. caryecaulis Fitch.
23. Globular; covered densely with long and fleshy filaments. Size
STG MMe ee cece eee scence eecese Ph. spinuloides Pergande, n. s.

24. Size medium; growing in larger or smaller clusters, and apparently
deformations of the flower and leaf-buds. Splitting when mature
into four or more broad bracts. Surface smooth. Size 3-15™m™.
ee ola 5s oie cae 64a anton susie #5 ase min Ph. devastatrix Pergande, n. s.

25. Size medium; smooth; growing in clusters; usually with a short,
stout, nipple-like projection on one side. Diameter 5-10™™........
ee so kisn keele eis’ a-v~ selec weeseeeee Lh. georgiana Pergande, n. s.

244 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

26. Large, oval, smooth; growing upon the petioles. A slight central
depression, covered with short hairs. Length about zo™™., diam-

Cter ADBUE TO ni soe ene Seine sere ee oe Ph. subelliptica Shimer.
Il. Gadlls more or less globular or irregular, terminating in a tooth-like
: nipple.
27. Growing on tender twigs, petioles or ribs of leaves, often confluent.
Smooth. - Diameter 2=8™™:7, Js /.x2ees: Ph. perniciosa Pergande, n. s.
III. Gadlls more or less rentform. Opening when mature in a transverse
slit.
28. Growing on the petiole or midrib of the leaves, the transverse slit
dividing the gall in two halves..................... Ph. c.-ven Riley.

PHYLLOXERA CARY£CAULIS Fitch.

Pl. VIL., fig. 40; Pl. XIV., fig: 106; caryecaulis;
Pl. VII., figs. 41-42; Pl. XIV., fig. 107; var. magna;
Pl. VIII., figs. 43-44; Pl. XIV., figs. 108-114 ; var. spinosa;
Pl. XVI., figs. 124-127; var. sfznosa.
Pemphigus caryecaulis Fitch. Third Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
Wo Vig wp i126 anderes:
Dactylosphera carye-magnum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2,
D.. 395.
Dactylosphera spinosum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, p. 397.
Phylloxera caryecaulis Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins.
of Mo., p. 117.
Phylloxera caryecaulis Thos. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
Ills, p.160:

Up to the present time these three forms of galls have been
considered as quite distinct species on account of their dis-
similarity, two of them being smooth and the other more or less
profusely covered with fleshy spines. But a careful study of the
architects of these forms forces the conclusion that they are
identical, there being no tangible characters by which to separate
them. The spiny form of gall always grows upon trees with
pubescent leaves, such as //icoria tomentosa, while the smooth
forms are always found upon trees with smooth leaves, such as
Flicoria glabra, amara and probably other species.

The typical form, growing upon the young and _ succulent
limbs, petioles or the midrib of the leaflets of //icorta-glabra, occt rs
over the eastern half of the United States.

T

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN&. 245

The size of the galls varies from 5-25™™"- in diameter. Those
growing singly often attain immense proportions, but when
nu uerous or crowded they are reduced in size and often conflu-
ent, so as to form an elongated mass. Before maturity of the
inhabitants the gall is closed, but as soon as any of the inmates
have acquired wings, it cracks transversely into 3-6 or more
broad and more or less irregular bracts so as to allow the mature
migrants to escape, and to leave room and food for the younger
individuals. The color is pale yellowish-green, more or less
tinted with red or crimson. The walls of the galls are rather
thick and succulent when young, becoming more tough and
leathery when older and hard, brown or black when empty and
dry.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length when fully grown o.8-1.8™" and
about 0.6—-1.2™™ in diameter ; often almost globular. Th~ color
varies, according to age, from greenish-yellow to brownish-yellow,
with a faint dusky shade. Eyes dark purple; antennz and legs
blackish. Two transverse, more or less distinct frontal fovez,
dusky. The whole surface of the body is quite densely covered
with extremely minute, sharp points, most dense, and arranged
in rows, on the abdominal segments. Antenne rather short, the
third joint of about uniform diameter, scarcely twice the length
of the two basal joints combined and divided by about 8-13 more
or less distinct and coarse annulations ; the thumb small, though
quite distinct and apparently movable.

Ecc.— Elongate-ovoid, colorless or faintly greenish, polished
and translucent.

LARVA.— Either colorless or faintly yellowish, or yellowish-
green, with the eyes red. Surface of body profusely covered with
minute tubercles, each provided with a short hair.

Pupa.— The youngest pupz are pale greenish-yellow and the
older ones pale orange, with the antennz, legs and external edge
of wing-cases dusky. Eyes and ocellar spots reddish.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 1.2-1.8"". Expanse
of wings 3.4-3.8™". Color paler or darker orange; the prothorax
darkest, marked more or less distinctly with either two transverse
spots or a continuous line near anterior margin, a transvere,
medio-dorsal, more or less curved spot, often divided at middle, a

(Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 30 LNov. 23, 1903.)

246 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

smaller round spot usually occurring each side of it, and broad
anterior angles, all dusky. Anal part marked with two generally
quite distinct, oval, orange spots which turn brown or black in
specimens mounted for some time in balsam. Eyes brown, ocelli
clear. Head black, its posterior portion usually yellow. Pro-
thorax finely but rather densely rugose. Antennze, mesothorax
and sternum black. Legs and wings dusky. Wings large, broad;
the subcosta, stigma and veins darker, the latter with a brownish
shading on each side. Course of veins normal, the stigmal vein
straight, connecting near the base of the stigma. Antenne rather
slender, the first joint stoutest and somewhat longer than wide,
not, or but faintly, annulate; the second slightly shorter, nar-
rowest at base, rounded at apex, divided by five or six scaly annu-
lations ; the third slender, its upper half scaly and the lower half
annulate and more or less distinctly scaly ; basal portion of the
joint considerably constricted above the basal sensorium ; anterior
sensorium about one-half the length of the joint, the basal one
small and round.

Ph. spinosa Shimer is evidently but a variety and more numer-

ous than the typical form in localities where the pubescent-leaved
species of Hickory prevail. It is often considerably larger than
the typical form and is always more or less covered with short,
fleshy spines. It closely resembles, also, c.-spinlo:da, which,
however, is still more densely covered with longer and more slen-
der spines. The more striking differences are, however, notice-
able in the migratory females, which in caryacaulis have shorter
and broader wings, different antennal characters, comparatively
longer legs and the two oval orange or blackish spots at the end
of the body.

Ph. c.-magna Shimer (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2, p. 391) may
also be considered as a variety of caryecaulis. ‘The form is found
in Missouri growing on the petioles and bases of the leaflets of
Flicoria amara. Some of the specimens also closely resemble those
of swbelliptica Shimer, which probably belongs to it, but of which
I have not yet succeeded in obtaining the migratory form. On
account of some slight differences.in the gall, which are no doubt
due to the specific differences of the infested trees, c.-magna may
perhaps be allowed to remain under a variety name, though the

a

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN. . 247

architects in their different stages, as far as examined, show no
differences by which to separate them from the typical caryacaulis.
The galls of this variety vary from 4-20" in size, the normal
being about 1o™™. They occur on the under side of the petiole
and the base and often the midrib of the leaves, and, when in the
latter position, they generally project somewhat on the upper side.
The shape varies from globular to sub-conical, or broadly ovoid.
The surface is quite densely covered with a minute pubescence
which gives it aslightly velvety appearance. The orifice beneath
is rather small and transverse and tightly drawn together before
maturity. Color greenish-white to yellowish-green beneath and
beautifully crimson on the upper side. Usually single, though
occasionally two or more may become eonfluent, with their cells,
however, well separated.

PHYLLOXERA SPINULOIDA Pergande, n. sp.

Pl. XVII., figs. 128 130.

The galls of this species, as already remarked, are very similar
and closely related to those of spinosa, for which, without com-
parison of the migratory females, they might easily be mistaken.
They are, as a rule, more regularly globular, or but slightly con-
ical, covered with numerous irregular, more or less radiating, low
ridges, which are rather plentifully provided with irregular, long,
fuzzy, fleshy spines or filaments. They grow generally upon the
petiole of the leaves, which they often almost completely encircle,
causing, at the point of junction with the petiole, a curve or bend.
They also occur on the midrib of the leaves. When mature each
gall bursts at the apex in a more or less irregular opening. The
diameter of those examined varied from 5-15". The color
appears to be quite uniformly greenish-yellow, or brownish-yellow
on one side.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.6-1.8"™. Expanse
of wings 3.6-3.8™". Color orange. Head, antenne and legs
dusky. Meso- and metathorax and sternal plate purplish-black.
Eyes black. Ocelli clear and with a blackish border at the inner
side. Prothorax marked with three pale dusky spots, of which
the two smaller are placed in front. Antenne slender, scaly, the
two basal joints nearly equal in length; joint 2 almost globular,

248 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

with five or six scalloped or scaly annulations ; joint 3 variable,
even in the same specimen. In some specimens that portion
between the anterior and posterior sensoria is almost one-half
longer than usual, while in others a smaller but very distinct
projecting intermediate sensorium may be observed just below the
anterior sensorium. Wings large, distinctly dusky or brownish ;
veins and stigma darker ; all veins bordered with a dusky shade.
Stigmal vein straight, connecting with the stigma near its base.

Found at Georgiana, Fla., on Hickory (species not deter-
mined). The migratory females leave the galls from about the
middle to the end of March.

PHYLLOXERA DEVASTATRIX Pergande, n. sp.
Pl. XVII., figs. 131-135.

The galls of this species resemble very closely the smaller galls
of caryecaulis and also those of ferniciosa. From both of these,
however, the species differs markedly in the antennz of the
winged form, which are much more slender than in either of the
other two, with scarcely a constriction above the lower sensorium
and with the anterior sensorium much shorter.

Its principal points of attack, as in the other species of this
group, are the tender twigs, petioles and the midrib of the young
leaves ; but the leaf-buds and flower-buds are also often involved
so as to prevent the setting of the fruit.

It appears to be an exclusively western or southwestern species,
infesting the Pecan-hickory (Hicoria oliveformis) during May and
early June. This gall was first received in 1887 from Mr. M. E.
Winster of Staunton, Adams County, Miss., and again in 1889
from Mr. H. M. Johnson of Marston, La., with the statement that
it was greatly damaging the trees. It is either globular or more
or less irregular in shape, especially where much crowded. Be-
fore opening itis often provided with a short more or less distinct
nipple, most prominent in the younger galls, and becoming almost
obsolete in the more mature form, when its position is indicated
by a more or less densely pubescent spot. It splits transversely
into four or more broad bracts, similar to those of caryecaulis.
The size varies frem 3-15™™. Surface smooth, green or yellow-

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#. 249

ish-green, and often beautifully red on one side’ while young,
turning brown or black and soon drying up after the architects
have left.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Length of body about 1.2". Expanse
of wings 3.4-3.6™" or more. Color paler or darker yellow, the
head, mesothorax and sternum black or brown, the antennz and
legs dusky, the eyes brown or black. Antennz long and slender;
joint 1 longer than wide and of uniform diameter ; joint 2 more
slender than usual, of almost uniform diameter, rounded at tip,
with more or less distinct scaly annulations; joint 3 long and
slender, its anterior sensorium only about one-fourth the length
of the joint; the lower one very small, often almost obsolete ;
greater part of the joint, at least as far as to the anterior sensor-
ium, distinctly and quite coarsely annulate, the rest being scaly.
This joint is often quite irregular in shape, the more common
form as represented in the figure. Head and thorax finely rugose;
the abdomen quite densely and finely striate, the strize closely
lined with minute sharp points. Legs rather long and robust.
Wings large, rather broad, pale dusky or brownish; stigma
and discoidal vein darker; the discoidal branch and the stig-
mal vein sometimes almost obsolete; all more or less shaded.
Sometimes the stigmal vein passes the stigma and connects with
the discoidal vein near its base. The hind wings are also large
and rather broad and their subcostal vein sometimes almost com-
pletely obliterated.

PHYLLOXERA GEORGIANA“ Pergande, n. sp.

Plate XV., figs. 115-117.

The galls of this species closely resemble those of Ph. devastatrix,
being of the same shape, size and color; but the winged form is
quite different and may readily be distinguished by its much paler
wings and venation and particularly by the shorter antenne and
much larger sensorial membranes of the third joint.

_ The galls grow either singly or in close clusters upon the tender

twigs and petioles and often recall in appearance the galls of
OCynips q.-ficus. ‘Those growing in clusters are more or less irreg-
ular in shape, whereas those growing singly are quite globular

250 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES..

and frequently provided with a short nipple. Their size varies
from three-sixteenths to one-half inch in diameter ; color either
uniformly greenish-yellow, sometimes reddish on one side or
around the base, or entirely dark red.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length 1-1.6™". Color orange. Antenne
and legs blackish. Pyriform, broadest across the mesothorax.
Surface of body closely covered with minute sharp points and the
anal end furnished. with 6-8 rather stout bristles. Eyes small,
projecting, composed of 3—5 or perhaps more simple, colorless, eye-
lets. Antennze rather long and slender, the first joint stoutest,
wider than long, of uniform diameter, truncate at tip, with a
slender bristle near the apex ; joint 2 rather more slender, longer
than wide, most slender at base, rounded at anterior end and also
furnished with a bristle; joint 3 about thrice the length of the
other two combined and divided ‘by about eighteen rather coarse
and more or less irregular annulations, the last bearing a short
bristle ; terminal sensorium very small and oval.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.— Length of body 0.8-1™-. Expanse of
wings 3-3.6™™. Color orange. Head, meso- and metathoracic
parts and sternal plate blackish. Eyes black, antennz and legs
dusky. Head and prothorax rugose, the rugee of the head some-
what the coarsest. Antenne rather stout, joint 1 about as long
as wide, indistinctly scaly or annulate; joint 2 slightly longer
than wide but slightly narrower at base, rounded at apex and dis-
tinctly scaly ; joint 3 sharply annulate at about its basal half, the
anterior portion scaly; anterior sensorium about one-half the
length of the joint, though sometimes either somewhat longer or
shorter; the basal sensorium rather large and subcircular. Wings
large and broad, very pale or but faintly dusky, the veins some-
what darker and with fuscous shades ; stigma yellowish.

PHYLLOXERA SUBELLIPTICA Shimer.

ar

Plate XV., figs. 118-119.

Dactylosphera subellipticum Shimer. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 2,
P. 359.

Of this species I am familiar with the gall only and reproduce,

therefore, Shimer’s description as published in the Tansactions of

PERGANDE —NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 251

the American Entomological Society of Philadelphia, Vol. 2, 1868,
page 389:

**On June 7th I observed, placed in the common petiole of the leaf,
large, elongate, subelipsoidal, nut-like galls, of a deep leaf-green color,
mottled with paler green, and somewhat nodulated ; some were irregular,
being on the side of the stem; but most of them are quite regular in form
and completely surrounding the stem; in these latter the leaves are very
much dwarfed. The opening is on the middle of the side, slightly elon-
gate, bnt at this date so close as to be scarcely apparent. These galls
contain capacious cavities, in which were found vast colonies of larve, and
an abundance of eggs. Transverse diameter five-eighths inch; conjugate
diameter three-eighths inch.

*“By June 20th these galls had considerably changed in appearance,
being contorted into different shapes; they had began to crack open, hav-
ing transverse fissures on their outer surface. The first one opened con-
tained many hundred winged imagos, all dead, and in the midst of them
was a large syrphidian larva. I found only one gall that contained per-
fect living imagos, the inhabitants of all the other galls that were exam-
ined having been destroyed by various enemies.”

“ Dactylosphera subellipticum n. sp.

“ Winged Imago.—| Winged female|.—Large and robust, blackish, with
abdomen light yellow ; antennz and legs blackish; wings hyaline. Length
of body .o6-.07; to tip of wings .o8-.09 inch.

** Vother Insect.—|Stem-mother|.— Rugose, greenish-yellow; antennze
and legs black; otherwise like that from gall No. 1 [ Dactylosphera hemis-
phericum). Length .06; breadth .o4; thickness .03 inch.

‘The winged imago of this species is the largest yet observed, and the
eggs are more nearly globular than those found in other species of galls.’

This may possibly be but a variety of Ph. caryecaulis Fitch,
but not having had an opportunity to study its architects I prefer,
for the present, to leave it as a distinct species.

PHYLLOXERA PERNICIOSA Pergande, n. sp.

, Pl. VIII., fig. 45; Pl. XV., figs. 120-123.
Pl. XVIII., figs. 136-140.

This is one of our most destructive species, occurring in the
District of Columbia, Maryland, Virginia and Pennsylvania, where
it takes the place of Ph. caryecaulis and Ph. magna, having the
same habit and there proving as disastrous to the foliage of
-Hicoria tomentosa as those prove in the North and Northwest to
the other species of Hicoria.. It attacks, as do those species, the

252 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

tender twigs and petioles and the different parts of the leaves at
times in such immense numbers as to completely deform and cause
them to dry up and drop to the ground, literally, at times, defoli-
ating the tree. My attention was first called to this particular
species in May, 1883, when, passing through a strip of woods bor-
dering the Potomac River in Virginia, I observed that the air
was swarming with the migratory form. ‘The insects were set-
tling not only on the leaves of the different species of /Yicoria, but
on all other kinds of trees and shrubs and even on weeds, on all of
which they were actively engaged in depositing their eggs; but
they all originated from a tall slender tree of H/icovia tomentosa,
every leaf, petiole and young twig of which was affected by the
galls.

By May 27th the eggs were found upon the leaves of all sorts
of vegetation, generally on the under side, along the midrib and
the larger veins, and particularly in the angles where the veins
ramify. Yet many were deposited indiscriminately on all parts
of the leaves.

By June 1st every leaf upon the gall-covered tree was beset
with hundreds of eggs, while numbers of winged females were
still actively engaged in ovipositing.

On June 4th these were still numerous, but the earlier depos-
ited eggs were already hatching. A careful study of the insects
from these eggs proved them to be true males and females, the
males about 50° more numerous than the females. The male is
quite active, running briskly about, while the female is more slug-
gish and inclined to be stationary. She is about twice the size of
the male and contains a single large egg. By this time large
numbers of the leaves affected were dropping, and the ground for
some distance around the tree became covered with them. No
winter eggs had, up to this time, been noticed and but few of the
sexed individuals were seen upon the branches and upon the
trunks.

On June 8th the sexes were still numerous and active, the
males still outnumbering the females. ‘They could not be found
on or under the bark of the tree anywhere within easy reach,
though they were abundant under the old and rotten leaves lying

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINE., 253

on the ground, and a considerable number could be found on the
stumps of old //icoria and other trees and in the cracks of the soil.

On June 12th the first winter eggs were discovered, most of
them upon twigs that had been infested with galls. They were
most numerous in old galls, in the cracks around and about them
and in the old bark, often as many a fifty packed closely together
intermixed with the dead and empty skins of the females. They
were also found in the depressions caused by the shed leaves of
the previous year, as also at the base of the new growth, especi-
ally where surrounded by a fringe of hairs, under and between
which the eggs were thrust ; also in the angles formed by the
petioles and upon the twigs, in the old, dead and rather hairy or
fuzzy buds, and, in fact, in any crack or perforation upon the tree.
Some were even found between old leaves on the surface of the
ground and under the loose bark of a piece of old grape-vine lying
beneath the tree ; in the sheltered places afforded by an old oak
stump near by, as well as under the loose bark of a Dogwood
(Cornus florida).

On June rg9th a more careful examination of the trees showed
that the eggs became more numerous as one ascended the tree.
At a distance of about thirty feet from the ground they were
extremely abundant, being closely packed under the loose bark
of dead twigs, in crevices and under and between lichens growing
upon the trunk.

None of the eggs had hatched on July 18th though large num-
bers had been destroyed by various natural enemies, especially by
different mites belonging to the genera 7yroglyphus, Rhizoglyphus,
Hypopus, Scirus, Nothius, and Oribata. An examination July 30th
showed that none of the eggs had yet hatched.

November 20th they were still unhatched but sound.

February 6th, 1884, they were again examined and found to be
in good condition.

On March 15th none had yet hatched.

On April rst, notwithstanding the devastations of the mites
before mentioned, and other destructive agents, a number of sound
eggs remained. At this time they were somewhat more yellowish
than in the previous autumn, rather more swollen and smoother,

[Proc. D. A. S., Vov. 1X.] 31 | Dec. 2, 1903.)

254 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

though the sculpture was still visible; the eyes of the embryo
were now easily seen through the shell, and by the r2th of April
or coincident with the first bursting of the buds, these eggs
began to hatch in large numbers, the young stem-mothers running
briskly in search of a suitable position to settle down and to found
the colonies.

By the 15th of April most of the eggs had hatched. By the
28th of April most of the young stem-mothers had settled either
on the young petiole or mid-rib, on the cross-rib, or on the more
fleshy parts of the young leaves, where small depressions or cav-
ities had been formed.

By May 8th it was noticed that the galls had been formed on
almost all parts of the leaves or on the petioles or on the more
tender twigs. The more perfect specimens were growing singly,
resembling a blunt tooth or thorn, those on the leaves projecting
about evenly on both sides though ordinarily more prominently
on the under side. The stem-mother had already by this time
acquired full growth and began depositing numerous eggs, cov-
ering almost the whole inner surface of the gall, the eggs placed
on end and side by side reminding one in miniature of the regular
crystallizations in the cavities of some geode. By the 18th of
May the galls contained, besides the eggs, both larvee and pupe in
different stages of development. By the 25th the winged insects
had formed and were leaving the galls in large numbers and set-
tling, as at the same time the previous year, on all kinds of veg-
etation in the neighborhood of the tree on which they had devel-
oped.

To sum up the life-history of this species, the winter or im-
pregnated eggs are deposited early in June in all sorts of shel-
tered positions, especially on the upper portions of the tree ; they
hatch early in April of the following year, remaining dormant
some ten months. The stem-mother attains maturity and begins
ovipositing in about twenty days after hatching, while the
winged migratory females (sexuparze) mature and begin to leave
their galls in about twenty days after the first eggs are laid. The
first sexual individuals appear about ten days subsequently and
some ten days further elapse before the true female, after pairing,
begins to consign her single egg to its winter quarters.

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#. 255

Hence there are but three annual generations produced, viz.,
the apterous and parthenogenetic stem-mother, the migratory or
winged sexuparze and the apterous sexed individuals ; and all the
direct issue from the stem-mother become sexuparze. This, as
already stated, may be looked upon as the normal mode of the
development of the majority of the gall-producing species on
Hickory. Yet there are exceptions, and our //icoria species pre-
sent some of the varying biologic features already known in other
species of the sub-family and have, in addition, others which are
peculiar.

STEM-MOTHER.— Recently hatched. Length o.3™™. Color
yellow. Eyes reddish-brown with a clear, colorless ocellus at
their middle. Antenne, legs and rostrum dusky, the last joint of
the rostrum yellow. Body elongate-ovoid. Antennz stout, the
terminal joint with apparently five annulations and with a thumb,
externally, near tip. Tarsi with strong claws and digituli. The
rostrum stout, reaching a little beyond the posterior margin of
the metasternum.

MATURE STEM-MOTHER.— Length o.8-1™"; diameter across
mesothorax 0.6™":. Shape broadly pyriform, broadest across the
mesothorax. Color grayish-green or yellow, with the sutures
slightly darker. Antennz and legs blackish. Surface of the
body densely covered with minute, pointed granules. Front of
head somewhat concave, lined with four short and rather stiff
bristles. Antennze short, joint 3 about twice the length of the
others combined, of uniform thickness, slightly curved and quite
coarsely scaly ; the thumb short, very distinct, inserted just below
tip. Legs and rostrum stout, the latter reaching to middle coxe.
The eggs deposited by the.stem-mother are quite transparent,
highly polished, without any sculpturing, and faintly yellowish
or greenish.

Pupa.—Length about 1™”-, diameter across mesothorax 0.4".
Color orange, lemon-yellow or yellowish-green, the thoracic seg-
ments darkest. Antenne, legs, rostrum and wing-pads more or
less dusky. Eyes and ocellar spots red. Dorsal surface closely
and curiously sculptured, being covered with minute, slightly
dusky warts, which terminate either in one or often in as many
as five or six small scale-like points, these again often provided

256 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

at apex with minute teeth. Antennze very stout, the third joint
somewhat narrowed towards tip and somewhat scaly. Legs stout.

MIGRATORY FEMALE.—Closely related to both Px. c.-spinuloides
and to Pr. spinosa, from the first of which it differs principally in
the structure of the antennze, and from the latter in the absence
of the two dark, oval spots at the end of the abdomen.

Length of body 0.8—1.6™"; expanse of wings 2.6—3.4™™.
Color yellow ; head, meso- and metathorax and sternal plate dull
blackish. Sides of prothorax and three spots on its disc dusky,
the posterior one transverse and largest. Eyes red, ocelli color-
less, bordered at their inner side with black. Antenne and legs
dusky, the legs palest. Antennze rather slender and very variable
in shape. Joint 1 stoutest, about as long as 2 and faintly scaly;
joint 2 about as long as wide or but slightly longer, rounded at
anterior end, its surface distinctly scaly ; joint 3 rather slender,
its basal section subject to the greatest variation, being either
extremely slender and scarcely half the usual diameter, or curved
and bent in different directions, in which respect it is unlike any-
thing observed in this genus before. There is also considerable
variation in the sensorial membranes, the basal one being often
almost completely obliterated, whereas the terminal one shows
more or less a tendency to divide into several independent
parts. In this respect it resembles P%. c.-spinuloides. ‘The whole
surface of this joint is always more or less distinctly scaly. Sur-
face of head and prothorax finely rugose, the ruge rather shal-
low. Wings rather large, pale fuscous; the stigma and veins
darker ; the stigma with a more or less yellowish tinge. Vena-
ation normal and bordered with a dusky shade.

SEXUAL EGGS.— The sexual eggs are of two different sizes.
Those producing the males measure 0.3", and those producing
the females o.4™™- in length. All are regularly ovoid, highly pol-
ished, faintly facetted and granulate and of a pale lemon-yellow
color.

MALE AND FEMALE.— Length of male about 0.2™™; of female
0.4". Color of both sexes greenish-yellow, though the male is
usually somewhat the darker. Eyes brownish, antennz and legs
pale dusky. Mouthparts wanting.

WINTER EGG.

The length of the winter-egg is about 0.2™™,

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN. 257

Rather stout, ovoid, slightly curved and curiously sculptured, so
as to recall four-leaved rosettes. Color rather dull greenish-gray,
rendering detection very difficult.

PHYLLOXERA CARY4-REN Riley.
Plate XVIII., fig. 142.

Phylloxera carya-ren Riley. Seventh Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
Mo., p. 118.

Phylloxera carye-ren Thomas. Eighth Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins.
of Ill., p. 164.

Since the description of this gall nothing new has been added
regarding its earlier stages and development ; nor have I had the
opportunity of studying its architects.

The galls usually grow, like those of the preceding species, in
clusters, though occasionally singly, upon the main petiole, the
leaf-stems or the midrib of the leaves of Hicoria glabra, usually
along the underside. Frequently, however, they are so closely
crowded together as to completely encircle the petioles, never
becoming confluent, however. They are always placed trans-
versely with the axis of the petiole, more or less distinctly rent-
form and divided along their entire transverse length in two equal
halves or lids, the edges of which are incurved and pressed closely
together while young, but spread open for some distance when
mature to allow the insects to escape. The size varies from
2-15™™- and the outer surface is densely pubescent and of a pale
green coler, with the interior smooth and yellowish-brown. The
walls are rather thick and hard and similar in composition to the
husks of the nuts.

ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF PHYLLOXERA INHABITING VARIOUS
OTHER TREES.

PHYLLOXERA CASTANE Hald.

Plate XVIII., figs. 143-150.

Chermes castanee Uald. Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 2nd Ser.,
Vol. [X., 1850, p. 108,

258 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Phylloxera ? castanee Fitch. Third Rep. Nox. and Ben. Ins. of
WN, “¥., 200,22..1545-1855.

Haldeman’s original description is as follows:

‘* Chermes castane@.— Flavous, thorax, pectus, and eyes black; wings
translucent, inner half of the stigma scarcely discolored; rst and 3rd
transverse nervure normal; 2nd arising from the middle of the 1st and
terminating in the normal position ; posterior wings without nervures; feet
and antenne pale fuscous. The wingless individuals are entirely flavous,
with the eyes rufous. Inhabits both sides of the leaf of the chestnut,
forming lines along the midrib, and causing the leaf to curl. Pennsyl-
vania in August and September.”

Since the discovery of this species by Haldeman, in 1850, all
trace of it appears to have been lost, at least so far as published
records indicate. In July, 1883, I found it in large numbers on
terminal, or younger leaves of a low shrub of Castanea vesca near
Laurel, Md., on which it produced a distorted, twisted and sickly
appearance of the leaves, the insects being closely crowded along
the midrib on the under side of the leaves in different stages of
development, including the winged sexupare.

Among the pupz of this species were observed two quite dis-
tinct forms, one of them resembling somewhat those of PA. rileyz,
for which they might readily be mistaken, though the antennal
differences of the winged females are pronounced. In PA. rileyi
these organs have a prominent constriction or indentation near
the base of the third joint, similar to that of many of the Hickory
species, whereas in Ph. castanee this joint is of almost uniform
diameter throughout, without a constriction.

The principal differences between these two forms of pupze will
be observed in the tubercles. In one form, even in the smallest
specimens, these tubercles are extremely long and slender, espe-
cially those surrounding the entire body, while in the other form
all tubercles are much reduced in size, and almost obsolete, in
some specimens, on the abdomen.

That one of the forms of this species here treated of is identi-
cal with the one described by Haldeman there can be scarcely
any doubt whatever, notwithstanding his statement that the pos-
terior wings are without a nervure. He simply refers to the
discoidal veins, which are always wanting in the genus, though
there is a distinct subcostal vein which he overlooked,

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN-. 259

I append herewith a more detailed description of the different
forms observed.

APTEROUS FEMALE.— Length about 1™"-. Color pale yellow.
Eyes red. Antennze and legs finely dusky. Body elongated,
having four short and stout capital tubercles, two of them frontal
and the other two just behind them; surface indistinctly rugose
and densely granulated. Antennz with the third joint slender,
narrowest at base, divided by about 15-18 rather shallow and
somewhat scaly annulations ; its tip truncate and provided with
apparently two fine hairs; thumb minute, though distinct.

Ecc.—Length about 0.2%. Color white or faintly greenish,
transparent and polished. Shell very delicate but faintly pitted.
Shape ovoid, slightly flattened and securely glued on the flat side
to the leaf.

Pupa (with long tubercles).— Length of body of the largest
observed about 0.7". Color pale yellow or pale orange. Sur-
face of body quite coarsely rugose. Antenne and legs faintly
dusky. Eyes red, scarcely indicated above, more distinct beneath:
their place above mostly occupied by a large, much elongated,
somewhat tapering tubercle. Four similar tubercles of same
size fringe the front margin of the head, and two still more slen-
der tubercles rise from the middle of the head. The prothorax
is furnished across its anterior and posterior margins with a row
of four shorter and on its lateral margins with two longer
tubercles. There is a transverse row of four similar tubercles on
the meso- and metathorax; two longer, lateral ones on the meso-
and one each side on the metathorax. The abdomen is fur-
nished, medio-dorsally, with two rows of six smaller tubercles,
which gradually become longer towards the end of the body,
while each segment, except the last, bears a single lateral
tubercle, growing gradually shorter toward the end of the body.
The last segment is surrounded by four small, rounded tubercles,
each bearing at tip a short spine. All tubercles appear to be
slightly annulated. Antenne long and rather stout, without
annulation, with a fine, slightly capitate hair at tip, and another
a little below it ; thumb small, though quite distinct.

Pura (with short tubercles).— This is the most common form.
It is of about the same size,.or slightly larger than the other, and

260 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of about the same color, though the older ones are often quite
orange, with the external edge of the wing-pads dusky. Eyes
and ocelli red. Except a very slender, cylindrical one each side
of the head, between the eyes and ocelli, all tubercles are greatly
reduced in size and become quite obsolete on the abdomen in
some specimens. There are no lateral tubercles, except one each
side at the posterior angle of the head, one each side near poster-
ior angle of the prothorax, and two each side on the mesothorax.
Surface of body still more coarsely rugose and covered with min-
ute, sharp points.

WINGED MIGRANT.— Length of body 0.6—0.9™™. Expanse of
wings 2-2.8™™"-. Color of body yellow or orange; the prothorax
generally somewhat the darkest ; head of color of prothorax, with
a slight dusky tinge; eyes in the younger specimens red and in
the older ones dark purple ; ocelli yellowish, bordered along the
inner edge with red in the younger specimens and with brown in
the older ones; antennz and legs dusky; the prothorax is
marked each side, anteriorly, with a sub-dorsal group of two or
three more or less distinct and more or less confluent, depressed
dusky spots, and with two transversely ovoid, medio-dorsal, pale
dusky spots near the posterior margin ; mesothorax and sternum
blackish. Head and prothorax delicately rugose. Granulation
of abdomen minute. Antenne rather slender; the basal joint
stoutest and longer than the second, both stoutest apically and
with but faint traces of annulation ; joint 3 slender and of almost
uniform diameter, its sensorium rather more than two-thirds the
length of the joint ; annulation almost obliterated, more distinct
at the basal one-third ; tip furnished with three very fine, appar-
ently capitate, hairs. Wings delicate, almost colorless. In some
specimens the venation of front wings and greater part of stigma
is very pale, while in others the costa, stigma, costal cell and dis-
coidal vein are dusky, the remaining two veins delicate, often
almost colorless; the stigmal vein rarely touches the stigma, but
continues in a curved, very delicate, colorless line which connects
it with the discoidal vein. Subcosta of posterior wings distinct,
parallel with the costa and running almost to the apex of the wing.

This species has been found to infest both the upper and under
side of the leaves, especially along the midrib, of Castanea vesca

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN&, 261

and pumila, and also to some extent on the twigs of shrubs grow-
ing in the District of Columbia and in Maryland. ‘The infested
leaves frequently become very much distorted, when the ribs or
veins turn brown or yellowish-brown, on account of which many
of the leaves as well as numbers of the twigs dry up.

It seems rather remarkable that the majority of the immature
stages of the insect, inhabiting the under side of the leaves, are
of a pale yellow or almost white coloring, bearing small protu-
berances, whereas the majority of those on the upper side, as a
rule, are bright orange and provided with long and_ slender
tubercles. It appears, also, that one or the other form inhabits
certain shrubs quite exclusively, while again both forms may
occur on the leaves of others; which possibly may indicate two
closely related species.

On examining the females of the two forms mentioned above
I find that all those belonging to the pale form are provided with
very short protuberances, which, on the abdomen, become quite
rudimentary, whereas those belonging to the orange form bear
long protuberances, similar to those of the pupze. I consider,
therefore, the pale or yellow form as the species described by
Haldeman. Future studies, from the earlier stages to the
migrant and sexes of the two forms, may reveal the presence of
two related: species upon Castanea, which may justify the adop-
tion by me of the name of Phylloxera spinifera for the orange or
spiny form.

PHYLLOXERA RILEYI Riley. (Licht. Mss.)

Pl. X=X., figs. 151-154.

STEM-MOTHER.— Length .about 0.6"™; diameter across the
thorax about 0.3". Color dark greenish-yellow to dark brown,
the protuberances almost black, the eyes dark purple or black,
antennz and legsdusky. The antennz are long and slender and
almost one-third the length of the body; the third joint is
extremely slender, very slightly clavate with numerous sharply
defined serrations; the sensorium small and elongated oval. ‘The
fleshy protuberances of the body are abnormally long, especially
the dorsal ones, which gradually diminish in length towards the
end of the body, and wanting on the last two segments; those

(Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 32 (Dec. 30, 1903.)

262 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

along the front of the head are smallest and almost ovoid, while
the lateral protuberances grow gradually longer; all are covered
with sharp projections or teeth, while the tip is either rounded or
furnished with some short projections. The surface of the body
is densely corrugated.

Pupa.— Length 0.6™". Color yellow ; eyes brown; antennz
and legs dusky; the tubercles paler and the tip of the wing-pads
black. Antennze short, about one-fourth the length of the body,
the third joint cylindrical and smooth. The fleshy tubercles or
protuberances are very much shorter than those of the stem-
mother, especially those of the abdomen which are very small and
wart-like; the surface of the body is densely covered with minute
points.

WINGED MIGRANTS.— Length of body 0.6™"; expanse of
wings about 2". Color orange, the prothorax darkest and the
abdomen palest towards the end. The prothorax is marked each
‘ side with a large, more or less triangular dusky spot, two trans-
verse dusky stripes between them, accompanied in front by two
small dots and a similar dot each side of the posterior stripe.
Head dusky, eyes brown. Antenne, thoracic lobes, sternal plate
and legs black. Wings faintly dusky, veins and stigma darker,
the subcosta almost black, the veins bordered by a slightly
darker shade. Front of head arcuate; eyes large; abdomen
much elongated and tapering. Antenne rather short, or slightly
more than one-third the length of the body; the lower sensorium
of the third joint is circular or broadly oval and the upper one
elongated and about one-half the length of the section above the
lower sensorium; the whole joint is quite densely and sharply
serrate.

Dr. C. V. Riley, in an article accompanied by figures, pub-
lished in the Sixth Report on the Noxious: and Beneficial
Insects of Missouri, for 1874, pp. 64 and 65, and in his descrip-
tion of the species, p. 86, No. 25, as well as in a second article on
the same in the Seventh Report for 1875, pp. 118 to 121,
applied to it the name of Phylloxera rileyi Licht., of which speci-
mens had previously been sent by Dr. Riley to Mr. Lichten-
stein, who decided it to be a new species, to which he gave the
name of P. ri/eyi, a name used by him, without a description, in

ie ha
PA

oT

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINA. 263

his observations on the economy of /%. vastatrix, guercus and
balbianiz, in Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’ Academie des
Sciences, for 1875, p. 1223, and mentioned by him in the Stet-
tiner Ent. Zeitung, p. 359, 1875. According to the above it
seems to be justifiable to assume that the species was worked up
in conjunction by both gentlemen, but that the species should be
credited to Riley.

While consulting Dr. Riley’s description of the apterous
female or stem-mother of this species, p. 86, I have come to the
conclusion that the description of his supposed female corresponds
exactly with fig. 19, representing a female larva, specimens of
which are still preserved in the original collection, whereas the
mature female was described in‘the Seventh Report, p. 120,
under the designation of*‘‘ Black form with very long tubercles
(c)’’— where the following language is used by him: ‘‘ With
the body dark brown and the tubercles almost black; the dorsal
ones, especially in middle of body, very long — half the diameter
of body —slender, gradually tapering to tip, the lateral ones and
some of the dorsal ones, less tapering and half aslong. Antenne
with the third joint quite long and slender.’’ Of this form two
specimens have been preserved.

Thus far this species has been recorded as having been found
only on the white oak (Q.a/ba) and the post-oak (QV. obfusiloba)
in the vicinity of Kirkwood, Mo., on the leaves of which it pro-
duces white or yellowish circular spots; the insect, in various
stages of development, often in immense numbers, is, as a rule,
found on the under side of the leaves, whereas the earliest forms,
as well as the sexes, frequent the branches, on which the winter
eggs are deposited. The earliest migrants are usually observed
during July and the latest in October. Whether the earliest
migrants produce a sexual generation or not has thus far not been
demonstrated, though it seems to be quite certain, since hibernat-
ing larvee, which apparently hatched from the earliest eggs, as
well as eggs, appear to have been found on the twigs.

PHYLLOXERA QUERCETI Pergande, n. sp.
Pl. XX., figs. 155-158.

AprEROUS FEMALE.— Length about 0.5"; shape pyriform,
broadest about the middle of the thorax, rounded in front and

264 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

gradually tapering posteriorly. Antenne slender, about one-
third the length of the body, the third joint slightly clavate and
distinctly serrate ; the thumb or nipple is small and near the apex
of the joint, which bears two or three short hairs. There are,
apparently, six rows of very much elongated, tapering, fleshy
projections which are more or less notched or toothed, bearing
three or four acute lobes at the tip, on the head and thoracic seg-
ments ; and four rows of similar projections on the anterior six
segments of the abdomen, those of the first three segments grow-
ing gradually shorter, while those of the following three segments
are very much reduced and tubercle-like; the remaining two seg-
ments bear no tubercles ; on the last segment are but four small
bristles. The color varies somewhat from yellow to orange and
that of the eyes from dark purple to black.

The eggs deposited by the stem-mother are about o.2™™ in
length and rather less in diameter ; they are oval, highly polished
and pale yellow, growing gradually darker by age, when a distinct
sculpturing of obliquely arranged rows of hexagonal depressions
makes its appearance.

The young larve hatched from these eggs are pale yellow, the
eyes red and the antenne, legs and warts slightly dusky. The
warts are rather prominent, conical, and bear a short but stout
and more or less cylindrical spine at the apex.

Pura.— Length about 0.6™ -. Color yellow to orange; eyes
dark purplish-brown. The fleshy projections are still longer
than those of the females and more sharply toothed or serrate,
the tip is more distinctly rounded and surrounded by three or
four triangular teeth, while the whole surface of the body is
densely covered with acute tubercles. The antenne are about
one-fourth of the length of the body, the third joint is smooth
and slightly fusiform. In other respects it resembles the stem-
mother.

WINGED MIGRANT.— Length of body 0.6™. to 1™:. Expanse
of wings 2 to 2.4™™. Color orange. Mesothorax and sternal
plate blackish ; head, antennez and legs dusky; eyes dark pur-
plish ; wings faintly brownish, the veins and stigma darker.
There is a transverse row of four dusky, roundish swellings ante-
riorly and two similar swellings posteriorly on the prothorax, the

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN~. 265

head and rest of the body without a trace of tubercles. The
antennze are about one-fourth the length of the body. ‘The third
joint is as usual in this genus, the lower sensorium rather large
and more or less circular, the upper one elongated and about one-
half the length of the larger or terminal section, which, below
the sensorium, tapers gradually towards its base ; the whole joint
is quite densely and sharply serrate.

This species was found in and about the vicinity of Washing-
ton on the leaves of Quercus alba, macrocarpa, panonia and daintio
from May till October, the affected leaves of which are speckled
all over with small yellow spots, particularly so along the midrib
and the smaller veins. The insects causing the injury are found
in various stages or forms on the under side of the leaves.

It resembles to a great extent %. rileyi, though the stem-
mother of that species is about twice as large, and the protuber-
ances on all parts of its body much longer, while those of the
pupze are much smaller on the head and thorax and tubercular
on the abdonien. The migratory female is almost one-half smaller,
with shorter antenne and wings. ~

There can scarcely be any doubt that future careful investiga-
tions will disclose the fact that several additional species will be
found infesting our different kinds of oak in various sections of
the country, all of them having more or less the same habits. At
least five species have been discovered and described in Europe,
all of which were found to inhabit various parts of oak trees.

PHYLLOXERA PROLIFERA Oestl.

Phylloxera prolifera Oestl. Synopsis of the Aphide of Minnesota,

p16; 1837.

Mr. Oestlund describes this species in his synopsis as follows:

“* Apterous female.—Color very pale {| lemon-yellow, smooth, convex
above, especially in front, tapering behind into a rather long ovipositor.
Eyes as a very small..black spot. Antenne short and fine, 3-jointed: I.
0.05™™., II. 0.05™™., III, 0.10™™- Beak short and thick, about o,10™™.,
the setz very long when extended, at least as long as the body, brownish.
Legs short; tarsi with two ad small claws, and with the two capitate
hairs as egal i in this genus.”

** Found in the galls of Pemphigus populicaulis Fitch during the fall,

266 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

after the pemphigiens have left or become destroyed. Usually but one
female, or at most a few, was to be found in the gall, together with a great
number of pseudova ina pile that often would be several times the female
in bulk.”

This species I have failed to see.
PHYLLOXERA POPULARIA Pergande, n. sp.

Plate XXI., figs. 159, 160.

Large numbers of females and their eggs were discovered by
Mr. E. A. Schwarz, December, 1878, in deserted galls of Pemphi-
gus transversus Riley on Populus monilifera at Columbia, Texas,
and during January of the following year at Bayou Sara, La., in
similar galls and in cracks of a black knot, growing on the
branches of the same tree, about forty feet above the ground.
Additional specimens were received during July, 1891, from
Alma, Mich., found in empty, though still green and succulent,
galls of Pemphigus populicaulis Fitch. Other specimens, found
in galls on Cottonwood in September, 1891, at Brookings, S. D.,
were received from Mr. T. A. Williams. During October of 1900
the same species was found by me at St.Louis, Mo., in galls of
Pemphigus transversus Riley, which were still fresh and had but
recently dropped.

APTEROUS FEMALE.— Length about 1.4™".

The young females, as found in May, are pale greenish-yellow
and densely covered with minute points; antennze and legs are
pale dusky, the rostrum is black and reaches to the end of the
body. The larve are of the color of the female, the eyes red, the
rostrum dusky, extremely long and almost twice the length of
the body.

Females or sexuparee, found in October, are brownish-yellow,
the eyes brown, and antennze and legs pale dusky. Shape pyri-
form, the thorax stoutest and rounded ; front of head more or less
distinctly concave. Dorsum densely covered with minute, pointed
tubercles. The rostrum reaches considerably beyond the third
coxee. Antennee much shorter than the posterior diameter of the
head ; first joint much the stoutest and somewhat tapering; the
second: joint is much narrower, distinctly longer and clavate ;

a

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINE. 267

joint three is slender, about as long as the two basal joints com-
bined, and faintly tapering ; the tip is bluntly rounded and bears
a few short hairs. Sensorial thumb minute, placed close to the
apex of the joint. Legs normal.

SEXUAL FEMALE.—With the sexuparze, found in galls in Octo-
ber, were also found numerous yellow or greenish-yellow eggs
besides some sexual females, which measure about o.2™™": in
length. They are oval in shape and about twice as long as
wide and completely filled with a single egg. Color yellow or
pale greenish-yellow and sometimes dusky along each side. An-
tennze short, stout, barely as long as the width of the head in
front ; the two basal joints are stout, about as long as broad, sub-
equal in length and somewhat stoutest at the apex ; joint three
is about as long as the two basal joints combined, fusiform, with
three or four shallow annulations at the terminal half. Rostrum
wanting, represented by a small swelling. Legs short and stout.

On account of the food-plant and the same habit, I have hesi-
tated to consider it different from /%. prolifera Oestlund, but,
since its rostrum is much longer and its body covered densely
with minute points, I have concluded to consider it as different
and describe it herewith as new.

In connection herewith I may mention the fact that in Septem-
ber of 1rgo1 I discovered two small specimens of Phyl/oxera in the -
empty burrow of Oderea in a twig of Populus monilifera, from
Cleveland, Ohio; whether mature or not, cannot be determined,
in which the rostrum is very much longer than the body, while
the dorsum is destitute of tubercles and the proportions of the
antennal joints apparently different from those of the other two
species. "They may possibly-prove distinct from either of them.

PHYLLOXERA SALICOLA Pergande, n. sp.

Plate XXI., figs. 161-168.

This and the following species (/. zyss@) are the most remark-
able so far discovered in this country, and appear to be closely
related to Ph. popularia Pergande and PA. prolifera Oestl. and Ph.
salicis Licht., of none of which the winged or migratory form has
yet been observed, though it doubtless exists. The present species

268 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

infests not alone the stems and twigs of willows but occasion-
ally also the under side of the leaves. Those on the wood are
always stationed in some crack, under the delicate loose bark, or
are pushed in between the leaf-buds and the twig. All are com-
pletely covered with a white wooly secretion which hides the
insect from view and recalls in appearance certain coccids of
the genera Pseudococcus and Dactylopius.

PUPIFEROUS FEMALE.—Length 0.6—-0.9™™. Shape of younger,
most vigorous specimens, elongate-pyriform, and that of the old
or almost empty ones quite circular. Color yellow, the older
ones brownish-yellow, with head and thorax darkest. Antennze
and legs faintly dusky. Eyes brown or blackish. Rostrum very
long, reaching almost to the end of the body. Antennz rather
slender ; joint 2 longer and more slender than the first, both stout-
est near the apex ; joint 3 longer than the two basal ones com-
bined, of uniform diameter or faintly stoutest near base and
slightly curved; thumb extremely minute and placed close to
apex ; aunulation almost imperceptible, the tip apparently pro-
vided with two minute hairs. Surface of the body covered quite
densely with minute and somewhat pointed granules. In addi-
tion to the general granulation there appear to be six rows of
secretary spots or warts on the abdomen, less numerous on the
head and thoracic segments, all of which are detected with much
difficulty. Each of these warts is again divided into four to six
groups, which. are composed of three to four still smaller divi-
sions or pores. Four short hairs fringe the front of the head,
two similar ones each side the thoracic and one each side of the
abdominal segments.

SEXUAL EGGS.— Length of egg producing the female about
o.2™-; that producing the male somewhat smaller, the former
regularly ovoid, the latter somewhat pointed posteriorly. Color
yellow, highly polished, and without sculpturing.

MALE AND FEMALE.—Length of female scarcelyo.3™™,, the male
being about one-fourth less. Color of both pale yellow, though
the male is slightly darkest. Antenne and legs faintly dusky,
darkest in the male. Eyes reddish or brown. Antennz extremely
small and very similar in both sexes ; joint 1 stoutest and largest ;
joint 2 very short, sometimes scarcely noticeable ; joint 3 scarcely

PERGANDE— NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERIN#, 269

longer than the first, in the male being sometimes almost globu-
lar ; the thumb is minute and placed near the apex. There are
faint indications of three or four annulations, and the tip is pro-
vided with two minute hairs. Surface of body minutely granu-
late; besides the granulation there are, on each side of the thorax
of the female, three more or less prominent lateral tubercles.
- Rostrum rudimentary.

With each of the pupiferous females were found from one to
eight eggs, most of them sexual though occasionally a few
smaller ones, which produced non-sexual larve, with a long and
well-developed rostrum. This may possibly produce a migratory
generation the following season. These larve are scarcely 0.2"
in length, with the rostrum extending beyond the tip of the abdo-
men. Color yellow; eyes brown; antenne, legs and rostrum
pale dusky. Surface of body similarly granulated to that of the
parent. Antennz rather long and slender, reaching to base of
first pair of legs ; joint 1 shortest and stoutest, narrowest at apex;
joint 2 considerably longer, more slender and stoutest near the
end ; joint three 3 nearly twice the length of the other two com-
bined, very slender and of uniform diameter, with two fine hairs
at tip; thumb minute, though quite distinct.

The species was found during September on some small shrubs
of either Salix discolor or humilis (species not determinable with-
out the flowers), growing in a swampy spot in the middle of a
piece of woods in the District of Columbia, with no other willows
within a radius of a mile or more.

PHYLLOXERA Nyss# Pergande, n. sp.

Plate ee figs. 169-174.

This species, like the preceding one, is equally remarkable on
account of the white secretion which covers it completely, giving
it a decided resemblance to Pseudococcus. It is much larger and
stouier than 2. salicicola, with the antennz of the pupiferous
female shorter and those of the sexes longer than in that species.

PUPIFEROUS FEMALE.—Length 1-1.3™". Shape broadly ovoid;
broadest across the thorax. Surface of body densely covered with
extremely minute points. Color lemon-yellow. Eyes red, minute,

[Proc. D. A.S., Vor. IX.] 33 [Jan. 28, 1904.1]

270° DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

more distinct beneath than above. Legs short and stout. Ros-
trum short, reaching to the second coxe in older specimens and
to the abdomen in the younger ones; pale brown at base, with
the rest pale dusky. Antennz short and stout; joint 1 much the
stoutest and truncate at tip; joint 2 somewhat longer, clavate;
joint 3 a little longer than the two basal joints combined, faintly
curved, its surface rather indistinctly and sparsely annulate, and
bearing apparently three minute hairs at tip; thumb very small.

SEXUAL EGGS.— Yellow, apparently highly polished, and of
the normal form.

MALE AND FEMALE.—Length of the male about 0.3"™ and of
the female 0.4™-. Surface of body covered with minute points.
Color pale yellow ; eyes reddish and more prominent beneath than
above. Antenne and legs with a faintly dusky tinge, darkest in
the male. Antenne very short; the two basal joints about
equal in length, the first much the stoutest. In the female the
second joint appears to be a little longer than the first and slightly
clavate ; joint 3 is about as long as the two basal joints com-
bined, stoutest at the apical third, with five or six faint annula-
tions, and provided at tip with two or three minute hairs ; the
thumb is scarcely noticeable. Legs stout, longer in the male.
Rostrum rudimentary.

This species was found by me during September in the middle
of the woods in the same locality as PA. salicicola, on the trunks
of young trees of Vyssa sylvatica, in cracks and depressions of the
bark, though more particularly in the cavities caused by the
dropping out of small dead twigs, about five or six feet above the
ground. It is difficult to discover and appears to be quite rare.
None could be found, after much search, on the trunks of larger
trees.

The types of the new species described in this paper, as well as
those described by the late Dr. C. V. Riley, and also co-types of
most of the species described by Dr. Asa Fitch, Dr. Henry Shimer,
and Mr. Benjamin D. Walsh, are preserved in the collection of
the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

Phylloxera vastatrix Planchon has been purposely omitted from
this paper on account of the large amount of literature pertaining

a

=—6 s4—

PERGANDE—NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINE. : 271

to the life history of this insect, and the economic relations of the
species to the cultivated and wild varieties of grape-vines.

Excellent descriptions and illustrations of it may be found, in
Dr. C. V. Riley’s Sixth Report on the Noxious and Beneficial
Insects of Missouri for 1871, pp. 30-86.

ERRATA.
Page 217, line 21, from above, read /%. g/obosa.
Page 236, bottom line, read 393.
Page 236, line 3, from bottom, read 1867, p. 2.
Page 236, line 6, from bottom, read g/obosa.
Page 247, line 15, from above, read sfinuloides.

Page.

Chermnes castatiesi vce <6 bi bacceon tetas See tee so oa Oe 257
Dactylosphzra carya#—Magnum ..........005 seven cee ee cores tecaaes 244
= Garyce-SENICN. <0. see 2 tae oles old hes eh ae 211

= Canyce-Se ptt 2 woes. 28 Seer Chane eater ee 190

a COMICUMI foe bi eee ere aha We kee ae ee 225

os CONTERUM:; 4c. ook d co taibes [2 cele hes Ge eee ee 237

fe depressHm <2. set eeieor at baa hiss ee 208

ef FORCALUIA NG 30 Nee eee woot ed Ge sa ee eee eee 209

ss foVveatumM: 2 .soececteeie eae e ae Samia eee “Ebi te sce 209

a glohosuEn 25 ceco ts alee Pires e «Soo ee 236

of hemispheericum A aise ote: ae pei 222, 223, 224

os OAVECUICE(NhA0 RADIOS Ros eg ae ee ES eS Bo rc 210

a3 SPMOSUAD ()2. 5 3 os sat 6 dae aah eas tens Bel 244

“ subelliptionm 20.6 Sa.P isthe echo ead.
Pemphigus ?vcaryevena.*< 2. o..%. aus Jays penal. /2 donlete Se 239
Phylloxera caryz-avellana................ ce is ticss eee ie QUITS
os GAryecalllts . 2... sacs ead. 2 wake ad onsen 243, 244

a GAby ee aa kee yass os 0c Seis ele ea ge ro iets ae 189, 214

“ CARY ATOM tires Goa eee ee COREE reese eae tee, 188, 194

+g cary plobuln . 5.2 0s eee Set deers ol Peke@ener soo ee 217, 222

oe Cary PUMIMOSA 6S As we axles nae one eon 217, 225, 238

Fa COTY 22{ FOR oes ae ee eee aoe oe Ola oe oe ere 244, 257

‘. CALYZ=SCISSA) 5 ~e:0- visa Selastorsrss Re iele alee Oe 217, 220

vi CAL Y 2E=SEMIGU vin stne.2 sw -sieo eles e Rio Pee stoacecat 189, 211

s Carye-septtin ).o6 os asst aedecnus ews “ie oath cn oe 188, 190

vi CaPy VEN) wraee ais Poa he see nc» hoe Re nate ent eae ee 239

- CaS tanle ds ~ Seley ase tons ve omele wmae in eine avd tag 257

a CORIGO +35, 220 bik nee caecee wate dh aa iad ae ee 217, 225

re deplanata, ‘B.S. e.wiis Consisktnsaas ae Lovee ee 188, 205

h depresea lc iis. auceet cay ota kk < uekenitee ie ee 189, 208

= devastatiis.<n) Spice ass Wu.chlsso scone ra cere ss) Geer ar eee

Ss fovedla;sil, Sp) 2s4aas uve tides » ychte en Ran eee . 188, 200

a FOVEAER:. # ody diss baie Malone winced Saree es ae eee 189, 209

a PEOTHIAIA, Te SP ai \aia 5 0 tosia'e Are erty eae ee ee 243, 249
PIODOSAL = ca 5 Ssh > oe eka eho, aiiceree cia e ee eee 217, 236
intermediagn. SP: dy ssa ss cere aw aN ee ee 188, 189

As MINIMA 18 siarhrd nana hg dlr eaeee CR UN GIDT «tone ete te tee eee 189, 210

vs notabilis, 0. Sp 4 sa rtscar omens og eee een ee 217, 235
MYSSB, Th, SP s+ Gx gap cin avers oiw iles/ns testele rae y etteete ca acne reennne 269

perforans, ns Vat tsks iis coee rake ae eee ck ee ee 188,

INDEX —NORTH AMERICAN PHYLLOXERINZ 273
Phylloxera perniciosa, n. sp .......-......- DSi ard sty te ie eee REA 1
Sis PEMT tere oe. =~ ee we OG Oe Non ae ok 188, 197
“is SUM MGE 5 4 oes oes st ola aneeacs don Seay ane oe 188, 203
<3 popularia, 1. sp....'.... sh asin ERED, 2 cate ean eet ee cae
- SPREE ag wees eae es Snes eps Cae anche Bre eerenraes 265
rt CRIME IEEE cecil ieee kee es oes eee eee ce se enews rs 233
- NMP EG Aap e cias a woe teh oo as aee eee cnet ene 263
Py OS Lac ee er On nme eet re 261
y EMRE? SEORENE DONE SS se boinc ows we nyne ee eens ZIG. ZiT
a 2 A DOS SS ae eee eon 267
33 DELEOLLS Sat RS ee eee Ree ener vo ed
“ SCR Ey yer iS Sani ee ene ane ee 243, 247
SF MMU MEA Nn. cieita wes BENS we va ae 2hS ae se ye <ielss eens = 244. 250
= yi eS GP ws | oe Se eee MeO eae
* ARCH IOSA I VALG. soo ee eet te ae ne ce x) Bieteeisin We Ss Boo
5 TERRA Sut. Sos Aes cis ok bia Sie a nC npelae > ein oe a 270

Species inhabiting hickory trees.

Synoptic table of group I ....-...-.-. +22. +52 cess cee eee eee: 188

. fee. Va | Woe Toe te aoe aaa ear ee oceceene es 216

ce Sen Se MeB Ee er sie 2 ee iste ew reise! Cn can istoin a eaarnee 239

SOP ee SME Wie ia ee RTS ae Rigs viol aietiluc cs 3, etme, 94's: 2272 245
Species inhabiting other trees...... 257

[In the reproduction of the plates the original size has been in all cases
slightly reduced. This must distinctly be borne in mind when
comparing the plates with the explanations. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLAPEW TI.

Phylloxera c.-septum (Shimer).

Fig. 1. Young galls, above and beneath—natural size.

Fig. 2. Young gall, side view—greatly enlarged.

Fig. 3. Young galls, above and beneath—farther advanced.
Fig. 4. Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Fig. 5. Mature galls, above and beneath —natural size.
Fig. 6. Mature gall, vertical section—greatly enlarged.

Phylloxera perforans Pergande, var:

Fig. 7. Mature galls—natural size.
Fig. 8. Mature gall, vertical section—greatly enlarged,

PLATE 1

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

iPLALE i.

Phylloxera c.—folie Fitch.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Phylloxera picta Pergande, n. sp.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Phylloxera intermedia Pergande, n. sp.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section— greatly enlarged.

Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section—greatly enlarged.

PLATE I

t

Fig.
Fig. 1

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

ie

18.
LOE
20.

PLATEAT

Phylloxera foveola Pergande, n. sp.

Mature galls—natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section enlarged.

Phylloxera pilosula Pergande, Nn. sp.
Mature galls, above and beneath —natural size.
Phylloxera deplanata Pergande, n. sp.

Young galls, above and beneath—natural size.

Young gall, from beneath— much enlarged.
Young gall, from above—much enlarged.

E I

PLAT

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

bo bo te
wwe

24.

PLATE IV.

Phylloxera deplanata Pergande, n. sp.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section—much enlarged.

Phylloxera rimosalis Pergande, n. sp.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.

Phylloxera c.—scissa Riley.

Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.

PLATE IV

Ht

— - ah riage Sta -. Li cea
Mee eee }

e F
ee 0 cy “ > ?
ts .
\
‘
£, ‘
*
r *
4 R
»
‘
i] .
.
.
’
»
‘
bi
*
:
‘
se
—
-_
'
i
F
, ‘
i
‘
- Z

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

26.
27.
28.
29.

30.
31.

PLATE V.
Phylloxera conica (Shimer).
Young galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Young gall, vertical section —enlarged.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature galls, variety ; above and beneath—natural size.

Phylloxera c.-avellana Riley.

Young galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.

PLATEV

i

+6 aay

elit oe
an od

y
’

Fig. :
02
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

38.
39,

PLATEAWIie
Phylloxera c.-avellana Riley.
Mature galls, from beneath —natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section —much enlarged.
Mature galls, variety—natural size.
Mature galls, variety ; above and beneath—natural size.
Mature gall, variety; vertical section -much enlarged.
Phylloxera c._gummosa Riley.
Mature gall—reduced %.

Phylloxera c.-ven@ Fitch.

Mature galls,.from above—natural size.
Mature galls, from beneath—greatly enlarged.

PLATE VI

PLATE VIL
Phylloxera c.—caulis Fitch.
Fig. 40. Mature galls, typical form—natural size.
Phylloxera c.-magnum Shimer, var.;

Fig. 41. Mature galls —natural size.
Fig. 42, Mature galls—natural size.

PLATE VII

PLATE VIII.

Phylloxera spinosum Shimer, vat.:

Fig. 43. Young galls —immature.
Fig. 44. Mature gall—natural size.

Phylloxera perniciosa Pergande, n. sp.

Fig. 45. Mature galls —natural size.

PLATE VII

ei

us
aes ry.
+

PLATE EX,
Phylloxera c.-septum (Shimer).

Fig. 46.. Mature gall, vertical section—enlarged.

Phylloxera c—foli@ Fitch.
Fig. 47. Mature gall, vertical section - enlarged.

Phylloxera picta Pergande, n. sp.
Fig. 48. Mature gall, vertical section—enlarged.
Phylloxera pilosula Berpandes n. sp.

Fig. 49. Mature gall, vertical section —enlarged.

Phylloxera c—semen Walsh.

Fig. 50. Mature galls, above and beneath — natural size.
Fig. 51. Mature gall, vertical section — enlarged.

Phylloxera c—fallax Walsh.

Fig. 52. Mature galls, above and beneath - natural size.
Fig. 53. Mature gall, vertical section— enlarged.

Phylloxera rimosalis Pergande, n. sp.
Fig. 54. Mature gall, vertical section—enlarged.
Phylloxera c.-scissa Riley.

Fig. 55. Mature gall, vertical section—enlarged.
Fig. 56. Mature gall, showing transverse slit—natural size.

PLATE IX

Sa
. 8.
209:
. 60.

Sal Ie
. 62,
G3:

. 64.
. 65,

PLATE X,

Phylloxera perforans Pergande, var.:

Stem-mother—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of stem-mother— enlarged 250 diameters.
Egg of stem-mother—greatly enlarged.

Antenna of migratory female—enlarged 250 diameters

Phylloxera bicta Pergande, n. sp.

Stem-mother—enlarged 40 diameters.
Antenna of stem-mother— enlarged 250 diameters.
Antenna of migratory female —enlarged 250 diameters.

Phylloxera intermedia Pergande, n. sp.

Migratory female—enlarged 40 diameters.
Antenna of migratory female—enlarged 250 diameters.

Phylloxera deplanata Pergande, h. sp.

Stem-mother—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of stem-mother—enlarged 250 diameters.
Sexual Female—enlarged 80 diameters.
Male—enlarged 80 diameters.

Antenna of sexual female—enlarged 250 diameters.

PLATE X

60
( ( CDM (OLS
a

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig. 7
Fig.
Fig.

PLALE xi:

Phylloxera c.—fallax Walsh.

Migratory female—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of migratory female - enlarged = diameters.
Male—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of male—enlarged 250 diameters.

Phylloxera conicum (Shimer).

Stem-mother—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of stem-mother—enlarged 250 diameters.
Antenna of migratory female—enlarged 250 diameters.
Mature gall, vertical section—much enlarged.

Phylloxera c.-avellana Riley
Migratory female—enlarged 40 diameters.

Antenna of migratory female—enlarged 250 diameters.
Mature gall, vertical section— much enlarged.

PLATE Xi

PFO FSS
HESS OREO SS

ire

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

82.
83.
84.
85.
86.

or

di.
88,

89.
90.

PLATE XII.

Phylloxera notabilis Pergande, n. sp.

Immature galls, from beneath—natural size.
Immature gall, vertical section —much enlarged.
Mature galls, from above —natural size.

Mature gall, lateral view—enlarged.
Stem-mother—much enlarged.

Sexupar pupa—much enlarged.

Antenna of sexupar pupa —much enlarged.
Migratory female—much enlarged.

Antenna of migratory female —much enlarged.

PLATE XII

pee siintincceene WHS
88

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

oe

92.

93.
94,

95.
96.
97.

98.

99,
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.

PLATE XITI.

Phylloxera c.—globosum Shimer.

Mature galls, above and beneath—natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section —much enlarged.

Phylloxera c.-coniferum Shimer.

Mature galls, above and beneath—reduced %.
Mature gall, vertical section —enlarged.

Phylloxera c._gummosa Riley.

Mature gall, vertical section—much enlarged.
Stem-mother —magnified 40 diameters.
Antenna of stem-mother—magnified 250 diameters,

Phylloxera c.-ven@ Fitch.

Stem-mother—magnified 40 diameters.

Antenna of stem-mother—enlarged 250 diameters.
Winter-egg — magnified 120 diameters.

Apterous sexupare, ventral view —magnified 40 diameters.
Apterous sexupare, dorsal view - magnified 40 diameters.
Apterous sexupare, antenna—magnified 250 diameters.
Sexual female—magnified 200 diameters.

Sexual female, antenna—magnified 500 diameters.

PLATE XIilil

& « ; .
a RSs Mi bet TS 27 hs
ing” evan Aiea

P

Fig.

106.

. 107.

. 108.
. LO9:
ig. 110.

Sg) NN)
a L2:
Sails:
. 114,

PRATER ty-

Phylloxera c.-caulis Fitch.
Old galls of various forms—natural size.
Phylloxera c.-magnum Shimer, var.:

Mature gall, vertical section —enlarged.

Phylloxera c.-spinosum Shimer.

Young galls—reduced %.

Young gall, vertical section—enlarged.

Mature gall, transverse section with arrangement of pupe—
natural size.

Arrangement of pupe—much enlarged.

Variety of,old galls—reduced %.

Variety of old galls—natural size.

Variety of old galls, transverse section —enlarged.

PLATE XIV

AM

~

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

115.
116.
UNG

118.
119.

120.
121.
122.
123.

PLATE XV.

Phylloxera georgiana Pergande, n. sp.

Mature galls; alcoholic —natural size.
Mature gall, vertical section—much enlarged.
Antenna of migratory female—magnified 250 diameters,

Phylloxera subellipticum Shimer.

Immature gall—reduced %.
Vertical section— reduced %.

Phylloxera perniciosa Pergande, n. sp.

Young galls on petiole, showing interior of gall—enlarged.
Young gall,vertical section—much enlarged.

Mature galls—reduced %. :

Mature gall, vertical section—much enlarged.

PLATE XV

720

WW

Fig. 124.
Fig. 125.
Fig. 126.
Fig. 127.

PLATE XVI.

Phylloxera spinosum Shimer

Migratory female—magnified 40 diameters.

Antenna of migratory female—magnified 250 diameters.
Stem-mother—magnified 40 diameters.

Antenna of stem-mother—magnified 250 diameters.

PLATE XVI

a 7
7 €ON FOX
Cet 0

Ee, ce
ce, 68 Og

127

3 Og cee cece ect’ fe
+e eecee

cee
.

Wale eeneces
thee weeectatects

An

‘
« Hse, Se €
CME MERE

<
htt a) ‘
Seebeck bat

oh

Fig.
Fig.

. 128,
. 129,
ig. 130.

esis

ig. 132.
ig. 133.
134.
138.

PLATE LI.

Phylloxera spinuloida Pergande, n. sp.

Mature gall—reduced %.
Migratory female - magnified 40 diameters.
Antenna of migratory female—magnified 250 diameters.

Phylloxera devastatrix Pergande, n. sp.

Young galls in various stages, showing deformation of flowers—

reduced 4.
Young galls, different stages—reduced 4.
Mature galls—reduced 14.
Old galls—reduced %.
Antenna of migratory female—magnified 250 diameters.

PLATE XVII

i Ao att ve ' te ‘a bit LAMP ie
Pp d ' y

+ - '
~, 44 4

aie "a »
Vl ets doy a)

Pry ie

te .

'
+ ,
re
a a)
5
re Le)
* ~ \
t
.
a? .
=
7
Ray ily ;
b~ ' +
i j
As |
‘
‘ : ‘ ; Z
bk + *
Ul .
4
Live i =
a
Pieg :
+ :
.
,a .
or ‘
# ws 5 f
. - ‘
AiAY dca ire - ‘
ae s
7 e ‘ De
‘ Ov hone y
ys ye ina ae, .
SV alaN Pir: eli ala \
‘i a '
a ¢
4 j ‘
ci 4) :
Rte |
mb 4 i A
Nit N
ao P. . Ides
~~ om ‘, :
’ e As v ee | a i
r '
+) ‘ “¥
a, ' Mak i
Cen a"
a s ro +
4 f
‘ ws
i * ‘
i H
i ¥ '
’ i ’ Mi
4 “y iy
rut
+ ad % {
4 j i “a
- a
‘ i 4 4 ¥)
> i
R x 2 A
i a dea i }
= Clits
ca 7 Pas p ‘ :
- . ? . i
. y , ) ae ™ ‘ar
2 A ;
A y i A
i" '
mA iLa ‘
” ¥ wie ¥ ' ‘ ¥
ss ; 5
* Adj 7 -
eur r
= >in ~ 7 '
1 ‘ cad
= ' *
n J . (
‘ aed hy
‘A went ' n?
F 5 -
. Fifa? *
: '
ion he “f \ ¢
.
* J 4 2 * bj
I 4 a
| ' y" “a ¢ i
if oa ‘ ’ ‘ } a?
a nl we WBA ax?) , ie. ee , wy i es |
- “a ‘ .
0 ; :
rs Ka ws 7 Tee)
a Ha Le { eV £2 Naa ert
: i lay = + > a Tie
Pt j \ Li) Th
“ i] id ~—

Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig

. 136.
~ 137.
= 133!
. 139.

PLATE XVIIT-

Phylloxera pernicitosa Pergande, n. sp.

Mature galls, on blossoms—reduced %.

Young stem-mother, after hatching—magnified 300 times.
Antenna of young stem-mother—magnified about 500 times.
Tibia and tarsus of same—highly magnified.

Figs. 140-141. Antenne of migratory female, showing range of variation

Fig.

—magnified 250 diameters.
Phylloxera c-ren Riley.
Mature galls—reduced %.
| Phylloxera castanee Haldeman.

Apterous female—magnified 40 diameters.

Antenna of apterous female—magnified 250 diameters.
Pupa, with short tubercles—magnified 40 diameters.
Antenna of same—magnified 250 diameters.

Pupa, with long tubercles—magnified 40 diameters.
Antenna of same—magnified 250 diameters.

Migratory female—magnified 40 diameters.

Antenna of migratory female—magnified 250 diameters.

PLATE XVII

*
r
;
— :
—_
‘

aie 1

>
'
y
.

hel ele

‘
j
‘
‘
‘
,
‘ i
“S
4
al
~-F
‘
i
)
i*
Five
i
‘
fe4
a}
>

PLATE XIX.

Phylloxera rileyit Riley-

Fig. 151. Apterous female —much enlarged.

Fig. 152. Popa—moch enlarged.

Fig. 153. Migrant—moch enlarged.

Fig. 154 Antenna of migrant— greatly enlarged.

PLATE XX.

Phylloxera querceti Pergande, n. sp.

Apterous female—much enlarged.
Pupa—much enlarged.

Protuberance of pupa—greatly enaee
Migrant 7 enlarged.

PLATE XX

Fig.

PLATE XXI.

Phylloxera popularig Pergande, n. sp.

Apterous female—magnified 40 diameters.
Antenna of same—magnified 250 diameters.

Phylloxera salicicola Pergande, n. sp.

Pupiferous female, dorsal view-- magnified 30 diameters.

. _Pupiferous female, ventral view—magnified 30 diameters.

Sexual female, ventral view—magnified 100 diameters.
Male, ventral view —magnified 100 diameters.

Antenna of pupiferous female—magnified 250 diameters.
Tip of antenna of pupiferous female —- magnified 400 diameters.

Antenna of sexes—magnified 400 diameters.
Pupiferous females in position—natural size.

Phylloxera nysse Pergande, n. sp.

Pupiferous female, ventral view—magnified 50 diameters.
Sexual female, ventral view—magnified 50 diameters.

Male, ventral view—magnified 50 diameters.

Antenna of pupiferous female— magnified 150 diameters. .
Antenna of sexual female—magnified 150 diameters.
Antenna of male—magnified 150 diameters.

~~

PLATE XXI_

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Davenport Academy of Sciences

1901—1908.

January 26, 1901.— ANNUAL MEETING.

Edward S. Hammatt in the chair; eight members present.
Reports of officers:

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

The work of the Academy the past year has been devoted to
putting its old and-new buildings in such a shape as to preserve
them and make them useful for the future. The expense, as is
usually the case, has exceeded the amount expected. The
work has been done in the most permanent form possible,
and anyone going carefully through the buildings will see how
important every item of expenditure has been. A brief history
of the work is as follows:

The donation, through Bishop Morrison, of the museum and
scientific books of Griswold College, necessitated the preparation
of a room for their reception. It was decided to clean and paper
the basement room of Science Hall for the collection.

Realizing that the two*buildings must be connected to be of
any practical use, the Trustees, after a careful examination of
Science Hall, which was found to be substantially built and well
fitted for the present needs of the Academy, decided to make
more permanent improvements. A two-story brick building,
15x30 feet, was constructed, connecting the two buildings, and
forming spacious and well-lighted rooms, admirably suited for
museum purposes, and leading very conveniently to the lecture
hall and annex museum.

Science Hall has been refrescoed and makes a serviceable lecture
hall. It is hoped that, as the citizens appreciate the advantages
of this hall, from its use will come one of the revenues of the

(Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 34 {March 16, 1904.) _

276 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Academy. A granitoid walk has been laid around the corner
property, and the draining and perfect repairs of both buildings
insure permanency. Science Hall has been repainted outside,
making it an attractive building.

I also feel that the Academy owes a debt of gratitude to Mr.
A. F. Cutter for his efficient and faithful superintendency of this
work, and would suggest that the Academy, as a token of
appreciation, elect him a life member.

We have had a few informal talks at our regular meetings, and
the dedication of Science Hall on December 14 was an event of
importance. President Maclean and Professor Nutting of the
State University of Iowa, and Professor Starr of the University
of Chicago, were present and made addresses. Cordial letters
have been received from scientific friends all over the country,
congratulating the Academy on its well-earned success.

We feel now that the Academy has more room for museum
purposes and greater opportunity for growth.

Efficient work has been done during the holidays by Mr. Paar-
mann, a Davenport student at the State University of Iowa. He
arranged the collections of Corals, Echinoderms and Crustacea,
hoping to continue his work at the Easter vacation.

The library was in such confusion that it was practically use-
less. An opportunity was had of employing two graduates of
the library course at Ames at very low salaries. Though there
was much other work pressing to be done, it seemed best to avail
ourselves of this opportunity. The library has been catalogued
and put in order and many sets of books made complete by writ-
ing for missing numbers. The whole has been done for less than
$400.

I most earnestly hope that this next year will see a closer
relation between the Academy and the educational institutions in
and around Davenport. More and more are the advantages of
teaching children by observation appreciated, and here, open to
all, is a large museum, with handiwork of man of all ages and
climes, splendid collections of fossils to show, as no text-book
will, the history of our earth, and the same with other sciences.
I would be very glad to receive any suggestions as to how best
the school children could be interested and brought to know the
museum of the Academy.

Another project that I hope to see carried out during my life-
time is to have a summer school of science connected with the
Academy. It need last but a few weeks and need not be expen-
sive, but, if it did scientific work and helped a few students in
their research work into the handbook of nature, it would bring
great honor to the Academy and be fulfilling the wishes of its
founders.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 277

We regret that the Academy has lost this year, by death, the
efficient aid of Mr. J. B. Phelps, a life-long and generous member;
also Mr. E. S. Carl and Mrs. J. J. Humphrey.

We close the year with much work accomplished, ready to do
more in scientific lines another year, and to prove our useful-
ness to the city.

We regret that these improvements leave us with an indebted-
ness of about $3,000, towards the payment of which $1,000 has
been pledged. The Finance Committee decided to borrow the
amount necessary to pay all the bills, trusting to the citizens who
have so generously helped us in the past, to do so in the future.

‘ Mrs. M. L. D. Putnam, President.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

GENERAL FUND.

RECEIPTS,

Pe OH RA JAR. TS TQ00 42.2 srs ous ciaeise es nese os $ 4.10

By Cash, Subscriptions SL OE ae ee re 370.00

Members’ dues ........... SC ea eee 167.00

PEERED eee Seneca Seb ait eee as oon nee 305.25

PV GORI ORE Vos eee ite tate wha > oats eee are : 53-44

[Se rs ee Ore Ca 79.05

Subscriptions from Endowment Fund...... 50.45

Bele Ot Dees ClGuae s+ ots. oes. + base's 22.20
PRMIIWEU GE paper see aes ac Sala a oe can = 4,087.98 $5,200.07

EXPENDITURES

REN IME Chee Gata ret a Senn ole on Sas cancion pane c's os ee oases $1,052.75

Library Neeiaigeiiog) Sh SOO SOUR oe Ee = ayn oe =

Science Hall. . B35 2 ale « »By'7EQ/09

Repaid W. C. Putnam (money advanced) . 3 coe Lense
Balance in bank Jan. 1, Ig01.. -.... Se ee ee 60.76 $5,200.07

PUBLICATION FUND.
- RECEIPTS.

Balance by cash on hand, Jan. I, 1900...........-----$ 13.97

meee, Putnam Memorial Fand.............. 025% 865.52

PRUNE ROD IMOEG YS ccrata seat. ose Senet viele 2 pee 21.55
Advanced by W..C. Putnam... ....55.20.5.- 107.15 $1,008.19

EXPENDITURES.

Paid Edward Borcherdt, printing .............6.++.-. $ 727.15

tee GHE. DINGMIP). ck ac acess seen neem cnee a IOI.25

Heliotype Co., Boston ............ err 120.00
Seeeamee mi bank Jan. 1, 1901 .--2).<- 2. dsekencoce ssc Ss 59-79 $1,008.19

ELIZABETH D. Putnam, 7reasurer.

278 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

To THE OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF THE DAVENPORT ACAD-

EMY OF SCIENCES:

The year just closed has been one of great activity in this
department of the Academy. In each report of your Librarian,
for ascore or more of years past, a strong plea has been made for
a catalogue which would render our large and valuable collection
of scientific books available for study. A few years ago a begin-
ning was made with volunteer assistance, but this method was
found impracticable for so great an undertaking, and but little
was accomplished. Still we had hopes our plea might be heard.
How little do we know what a year may bring forth! At the
annual meeting one year ago your Librarian urged that this work
might be prosecuted with vigor, little dreaming that in one short
year to follow he would find the library not only thoroughly
classified and arranged, but catalogued as well. Through the
efforts of our untiring President, the services of Miss Marion E.
Sparks, a competent cataloguer, were obtained, who, with a corps
of able assistants, brought order out of chaos. In addition to
the usual growth which comes to us by exchange, the library
has been greatly enriched by a gift of the Griswold College
library, generously donated by the Bishop and Trustees of the
College. ‘Before the cataloguing proper could be done, a vast
amount of labor and time was necessarily devoted to sorting out
duplicates and accessioning the College library. One hundred
and twenty-five letters have been written to other societies asking
for missing books and pamphlets to complete our sets. , About
ninety replies have been received and the desired books supplied,
while fifteen replies stated the works were out of print. Three
stacks of shelving have been placed in the library room, adding
432 feet of shelf room, and providing a place for preservation of
large papers, maps, etc. The Academy possesses about 2,000
duplicates, which should be listed for exchange.

Total accessions of books and pamphlets for the year, 1,556, of
which 96 are bound.

Of the College gift, 3,168 have been accessioned and catalogued,
making a grand total of 4,724 additions to the library; 2,400
works, in 10,200 volumes, have been catalogued; 7,200 cards
have been written; 700 printed cards have been received from
the United States Department of Agriculture, making the total
number of cards 7,900.

C. E. Harrison, Librarian.

A. F. Cutter was elected a life member.
The following officers were elected for the year 1gor:

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 279

President — Mrs. M. L,. D. PUTNAM.

First Vice-President —C. A. FICKE.

Second Vice-President — A.W. ELMER.

Recording Secretary — A. A. MILLER.

Corresponding Secretary —W. H. BARRIS.

Zreasurer — ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM.

Librarian — C.K. HARRISON.

Curator —W.H. BARRIS.

Trusicees—_W.1,. AtLEN, C. A. Fick, C. H. PRESTON.

A. F. Cutter was appointed chairman of a committee to encour-
age pupils of the public schools to visit the museum.

January 26, 1907 — REGULAR MEETING.

Edward S. Hammatt in the chair; eight members and one vis-
itor present.

J. H. Paarmann was elected a regular member.
March 29, 1907 — REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President C. A. Ficke in the chair; six members present.

C. A. Ficke gave an informal talk on ‘‘ Ancient Paintings and
Idols from Mexico.”’

June 17, 1901 — TRUSTEES’ MEETING.

President Mrs. M. L. D. Putnam in the chair; ten Trustees
present.

It was decided to close the museuw temporarily. A commit-
tee was appointed to raise money for paying the debts of the
Academy.

June 28, 1901 — REGULAR MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; six members present.

The President was empowered to employ a zoologist to identify
and arrange for exhibition the Academy’s collection of birds.

The Committee on Resolutions reported the following, which
was adopted and ordered printed:

280 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

In the death of Dr. Willis H. Barris, which occurred :at his
home in this city on the roth inst., the Davenport Academy of
Sciences suffers the loss of a loved and honored associate, whose
active interest in its welfare dates from the day of its organiza-
tion. Made a member and Trustee at its first meeting and
elected President in 1876, he also served long and faithfully as
its Curator and Corresponding Secretary, conducting its corre-
spondence with scientists in every land, to whom his careful
paleontological studies made him personally well known.

Of a gentle and scholarly disposition, holding close and loving
communion with nature’s visible forms and their informing
Spirit, he had neither time nor inclination for business strife with
his fellow-men. The soul of kindliness in every relation of life,
he made each one who came to know him a friend.

Recognizing the rare beauty and value of such a life, be it

Resolved, That we hereby express our sense of the great loss
the Academy has sustained in the death of Dr. Barris and extend
our deep sympathy to the family in their bereavement.

Resolued, That these resolutions be recorded in our minutes
and that copies be sent to the family and to the press.

C. H. PRESTON,

W.C. PuTNAM,

C. A. FIcCKs,
Committee.

August, 7902 — SPECIAL MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; ten members present.
Miss S. G. F. Sheldon was elected Corresponding Secretary.

October 25, Tg0T — REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President C. A. Ficke in the chair; ten members present.

The Treasurer reported the receipt of the deed to Science Hall.

J. H. Paarmann, who was engaged to revise the collection of
birds, reported, in part, as follows:

The collection of mounted birds numbers 437, all in good con-
dition. All specimens, except those from Central America, have
been identified. All have been remounted on white stands,
labelled, entered in the Accession Catalogue, and installed in new
cases. Other zoological collections have been temporarily
arranged. More case room is necessary.

Mrs. Henry W. Wilkinson, Providence, Rhode Island, was
elected a regular member.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 281

It was decided that the Academy should give a series of lec-
tures in the coming winter. The chair appointed the following
Lecture Committee: Mrs. M. L. D. Putnam, Dr. Jennie Mc-
Cowen, C. H. Preston, J. H. Harrison, and A. A. Miller.

It was decided to open the museum on Wednesday and Satur-
day afternoons from 1:30 to 4:00, until a permanent curator
should be secured.

November 29, 1901 — REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President C. A. Ficke in the chair; thirty-five members
and visitors present.

C. M. Waterman, Mrs. C. M. Waterman, and Monroe Phillips
were elected regular members. E. W. Ball, Fort Collins, Colo.,
was elected a corresponding member.

Prof. Frederick Starr of the University of Chicago, who has been
revising the archzological collections in our museum, gave a
short talk on their extent and value.

Prof. G. A. Andreen of Augustana College spoke upon ‘‘ The
Future of the Academy.”’

J. H. Harrison was elected Trustee to fill the vacancy caused
by the death of Dr. Barris.

December 27, 1901 — REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President Ficke in the chair; thirty members and visitors
present.

The following papers were read by title and referred to the
Publication Committee: |

‘List of the Orthoptera of New Mexico,’’ by Samuel H.
Scudder and Theo. D. A. Cockerell.

‘“Notes on the Ethnography of Southern Mexico,’’ by Prof.
Frederick Starr.

Miss Julia Miller and E. Lage were elected regular members.
Prof. G. A. Andreen of Augustana College, Rock Island, II1.,
was elected a corresponding member.

Prof. Starr gave a talk on the archzeological collections in our
museum, and on the needs of the Academy.

282 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
February 5, 7902— ANNUAL MEETING.

C. H. Preston in the chair; nine members present.

Reports of officers:
REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

There are a few incidents worthy of note in the history of the
past year. The revision of the birds by Mr. Paarmann has made
this large collection much more useful to students. The revision
of the arrangement of the archeological collection was begun by
Prof. Starr, who spent over five weeks in the work. Prof. Starr’s
visit was of great benefit to the Academy in many ways. Miss
Sheldon’s appointment as Corresponding Secretary was a most
happy solution of the problem of managing the affairs of this
institution in the absence of a curator, and we may congratulate
ourselves on the result.

A most important event of the year was the inaugurating of a
course of popular scientific lectures. The financial success of
these lectures is but a small part of their actual value. They
have brought to our city eminent scientific men, who, with one
accord, have been astonished at the growth and size of our insti-
tution, and who have taken home with them delightful impres-
sions of large and appreciative audiences, and who will retain a
keen interest in our future. The lecturers have left behind them
most pleasant recollections. By their great generosity in giving
their services almost gratuitously they have laid the Academy
under lasting obligations.

The gratuitous services of Mr. J. H. Harrison and others, who
have spent two afternoons each week since October in keeping
open the museum, deserve special mention. After a single news-
paper notice at the time of the reopening, over a thousand
people have visited the museum in these three and a
half months. The opening of the museum on the evenings of
the lectures, enabled many to see the collections before the
beginning of each lecture. This privilege has been especially ap-
preciated by those who are prevented by their business from coming
during the day time. It would be well that sometime in the
future an evening be set apart every week for visitors.

I recall with sadness the death of our curator, Dr. Barris, who
was for so many years identified with the Academy. We have
also lost two other members, Mr. Thomas McClelland and Mr.Chris.
Mueller, who have many times lent their aid to the Academy.

M. L. D. Putnam, President.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS.

283

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

During the year 1go1 the following meetings were held: six
regular meetings, one annual, one special, and one trustees’

meeting.
One life member, six regular members, and on
member have been elected during the year igor.
The Academy has lost one of its life members
the curator, Dr. W. H. Barris.

e corresponding

by the death of

A. A. MILLER, Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

GENERAL FUND.

RECEIPTS.
Balance by cash on hand, Jan. 1, 1g0l...............- $ 60.76
MN SUN PISEIENOTIS oo iain on alts as oe naieslecicee uecess 340.00
[DUNS E ae op anaes Odo oe aoe. ee ee ore 177.00
See NR Se ne e wt oy eke Saavik ssf idyes. 2.00
menpaleat science Hall... 5 ce cev css vices sec cu es 89.00
SDS RES i) i ee 14.07
PNG MRIBEMIIIENS ico pcs some wine os Sat ae ecee 15.00
Interest of Endowment Fund...............-... 167.15
ap MA NORMS io) ior eta hs c 3g a ey nO Pe etiest 24850
Series yy SOR iit) eo 1,000.00
NEEM ESE: OR ois Foto nak s,s oo. hein, amidelgale's 126.25 $2,143.73
EXPENDITURES
PINE RE ES ATTAGS ele wo et oe Sc le cision s ped oe we uses $ 250.67
Pathe BRCUPLICHI SEATE. .. Sea cee s-- sone man's 120.00
vip ( ES ORES cre): ne i ae 139.30
(DUETS Fis RS ae 79.00
I ee cas is alsiais sc sae 93-00
IE MRAM NIA ian Da) = yn, 6X Lae wma. e ewes oe 28.65
mumrevements On buildings ...........---..eeceeecess 159.64
eee eee rience Pall <o--< o27 2s yeas wes tees 22.37
9 ESSE De re es 78.00
RMN EMEESE ATR, choles je. 0. SOs ao eure eS cies ys oom ae ee 2.00
I ono so no gd 'n Wo gn Sow b arse Se wane 61.09
eee Neha Soop RA tg tac, oy ge Nd AO 23.00
EES as Soro ac ess ees ween nee o ns Sees 18.26
PMEBE ME USIIMATIES, o15.5 5 50.2 teeter dene sees sees 33-55
ft SES oh) Sa en eee 21.00
Transferred to Endowment Fund ..................+. 1,000.00
Sues anid, Jarl. I, 1902 ..-. 252+ Se-u cess ccs ones 14.20 $2,143.73
PUBLICATION FUND.
RECEIPTS.
malance by cash on hand, Jan. 1, 1901 .......22.+262+- $ 59.79
EePMIERET REE DENSICS 9 os 3 nn ow viele) Md win = Wo ain we abate Bye USrrbeps
Hutmam Memorial Fund :...-\.2 ccc 05s swdecas 177.85
rs ee ny 18.20 $ 267.76

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 35

{March 30, 1904. |

284 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

EXPENDITURES.
Paid tor Dlustrations.. .s2 pees eee arses eae se $ 42.01
Edward Borcherdt, pris? 7.2 e272 oo ee cele 99.00
Egbert, Fidlar & Chambers, Pines -22eacces2 2 6.80
Transferred to Publication Endowment Fund.. 9-73
Mr: Udden, préparing Indexe* =...) a= er 30.00
Balance on hand, Janik, 2902..-. oe. se | ae 80.22 $ 267.76

ACCOUNT OF FUND FOR PURCHASE OF FIRST PRESBYTERIAN
CHURCH PROPERTY.

RECEIPTS.

1899.
Beb;..°27... MrsBos. | Crossett.cr- bane air ees $ 100.00
March 3. Mrs. MarysP--Adamis.. cece ule eee 100.00
of p (CMACICKG reece sence cette re seoa sae 100.00
4 8: “Mrs: James:Grant 2254-5 ee oes es eee 100.00
“f 8.. Edward iC. Roberts ..2225.<txeecteas tenes 100.00
ee g. J. J. Richardson.2 2. 3.47.24 cheo eee nea se 100.00
ef og. -MirsiiMe 1-sDy Putnam cers .cncearee secre 100.00
nS 9. Misslizabeth .D: Putnam :.c2.2052.0 4-5 100,00
¢ g. “Mrs CA Micke <2. 500 reaeex Sieh saa ohee 100.00
oe 9. “HAH Andresen< a3; (ee Sarainene emer eee 100.00
i 9. FL J. (Robinson 3.4.4.7 cers es tetas Boe 100.00
ee 4. (Mrs. James 1. Vanece.. 2 etnias os or eee 100,00
e 15. "Paulo. Roddewig). 2... ecxi1. 52 0 es ee oe 100.00
8 16: John Zoecklerss. 22. Taras eth ee eer 100.00
rf 8) Churchistbsen pioneers yee ete 500.00
vy ZY .:, Aas Pn POSE wine atin eels nae aes Stes cela 25.00
“bi 2i.. .Sickels, Preston & Nutting. <7 200.2 seen 25.00
22. “Chis, Mucllert 2. 775s ees ec ene 25.00
= 22, Mrs C2 Parry. . ave ieh aceveltie Migkeko are 25.00
ai 22. Mrs. Maria Purdy Peck... Doe RU a Ae Ree 100.00
ne 22. MAITAMIRE TICE wate oe ciel sell saicsleeee rye <3 LOO!0G
a 22. “Bua R. Putmami se csciciasieisre ne seeriee eee areke 100.00
28. Charles Prancisvnes a.m sce ee. ate 25-00
April: 313.) | William aahess. ace. see sire eines re 25.00
May cs. Mrs. William: Renwick 4... seit. o oees 100.00
4 13, Mrs. Isabella’ Sheatt: detinacses..sroee a 25.00
Sept. 18. JES. Canle ec. ace tae ohte te eer eae 25-00
Aug. 14. Fo NGS: seces sects ewes ener eee 100.00
Nov. “rr. —(Mirs:cB a) eR ObiInSOn ye ae leer ae 100.00
Dec. 8. . Judge French and family = ou cscan «em seen 100.00
Oct... 27. Credit om msurancss.c..-... -ssse sce neun 25.00
Dec. (29; Frahmiestate.....c.0 =. oe. eee 100.00

1900.
March® 85 W..C. sPultamiger nae teen etree ener nrer 200.00
8. . Interest... 20.0.pctoetye cutee ase oe eee aera 3.44
S. F. Smith’; ah eet ees eee eee 25.00

1go1
Feb. t,. Mr. Lindsay. sacoeceonhier ae eee 100.00
‘ rt; Wilson McClelland? een. cece pete 100.00
re a, FB, J. Robmeon. sueaes ee bee eee 50.00

; S. F. Smith, ) Trustees, estate

May 17- A. W. Vander Veer, § Ella Wing Parker. 7,626.93

rf 18. Adv. by W. C. Putnam to balance acct... 135.00 $5,090.00

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 285

EXPENDITURES.
1899
March 8. First Presbyterian Church...............$ 500.00
d y nope 5
Be S7ePaid by Church subscription. ........-... 500.00
se Q. ** First Presbyterian Church.......... 600.00
4 15. te iF ‘* ee ee 200.00
is 22 + re * ROPER Ad dt oca caer e 500.00
ey 8. in ca t Te Wel akute ence 150.00
I
as 8. Ys i sg AE Be ta ee 525-00
Feb II . e i ‘i 350.00
. rr ees Pe eee es seks To” . Gees a ‘ee & B . = .
May 18. % fa a - eG Pote, «tat TsO7 500
ee . bs <
18. , a ‘* interest .. 90.00 $5,090.00

ELIZABETH D. Putnam, Zveasurer.
REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy of Sciences :

During the year rgor, the library accessions numbered 1,027
books and pamphlets, nearly all by exchange, none by purchase,
and this brief report need bring no discouragement — only regret
that we have no funds wherewith to procure, from time to time,
scientific works which should be on our shelves and are not other-
wise obtainable. Your Librarian, as was clearly understood in
advance, has been unable to devote time and attention to the
important matter of cataloguing, and by reason of accumulations,
some work is here much needed to be done. For this a compe-
tent person must be employed and paid. Another need, by no
means new, but yet a growing one, is the matter of binding. It
is also recommended that one or more suitable cases be placed in
the library for the proper display and preservation of some rare
books and documents, which would be of increased interest and
value thus cared for. I am sure that every member will join me
in the wish that means may be speedily provided whereby our
library will be improved. strengthened, and made a living, force-
ful instrument in carrying forward the great educational aims
and objects of the Academy. To this end it is hoped an incum-
bent for this office will be chosen who can and will give time and
intelligent attention to the duties involved.

Respectfully submitted,
C. EK. Harrison, Librarian.

The following officers were elected for the year 1902:
President—Mrs. M. L,. D. PUTNAM.

First Vice-President—C. A. FICKE.

Second Vice-President—Dr. A. W. ELMER.

Recording Secretary—A.' A. MILLER.

Corresponding Secretary—Miss S. G. Foore-SHELDON,

286 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Treasureyr—Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM.

Librarian—C. E. HARRISON.

Trustees for Three Years—EDWARD S. HAMMATT, EDWARD C.
ROBERTS, W. C. Putnam, and J. F. LARDNER.

The following resolution was reported and adopted :

WHEREAS, We believe that valuable educational and practical
results may be accomplished by government provision for the
extensive study of defectives and others ; therefore

Resolved, That this Academy favors the establishment of a
psycho-physical laboratory at Washington, D. C., to codperate,
so far as practicable, with the other institutions engaged in the
scientific study of man, in this and other lands.

; C. Ho PRESton-
A. A. MILLER,
Committee.

April 16, rg902—TRUSTEES’ MEETING.

C. A. Ficke in the chair ; seven Trustees present.

The following resolution was unanimously adopted :

Resolved, That the Trustees of the Davenport Academy of Sci-
ences gratefully acknowledge the donation of a polar bear rug

and a walrus skull, by William Ziegler, and do hereby extend
sincere thanks to him for the gift.

The following resolution was also unanimously adopted :

Resolved, That J. H. Paarmann be hereby appointed Curator of
the Academy at a salary of $900 for the first year and after
that $1,000 a year.

June 6, 1902—SPECIAL MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; eight members present.

The Corresponding Secretary gave an outline of talks given to
classes from the schools at the Academy museum. A vote of
thanks, was given to Miss Sheldon for this work.

Miss S. G. Foote-Sheldon, Dr. C. H. Preston and C. E. Har-
rison were appointed a committee to revise the list of Correspond-
ing Members and decide who shall receive copies of the Pro-
ceedings.

The following resolutions were unanimously adopted :

WHEREAS, In the death of Dr. William Drummond Middleton,

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 287

which occurred at his home in this city on the 5th of April last,
Davenport has lost an illustrious citizen, universally beloved, and
the Academy of Sciences a longtime friend and honored member,
it is fitting that we record our tribute of sorrowing remembrance
and our appreciation of his exceptional worth.

Dr. Middleton’s life was one full of inspiration and blessing.
To hundreds of young men, both in and out of the medical pro-
fession, his personality was the ideal toward which to strive; and
the blessing which his skillful hand and kindly presence brought
to countless homes in the city and state was attested by the uni-
versal sorrow shown at his untimely death.

By unremitting industry he had attained, before middle life,
the very foremost rank in his profession, at the same time gaining
and holding fast the hearts of all who knew him; and his success
was achieved at the cost of no iota of his manhood—no brother’s
welfare was ever sacrificed to his. With him honor was, first
and above all, ingrained, its requirements transcending all set
rules of ethics. Few men have made the Golden Rule so thor-
oughly their guide of life.

Devoted to the special science of his calling, he spared little
time for the meetings of this association, but, fully recognizing its
educational value, he was always its helpful friend.

The memory of Dr. Middleton will long remain in this Acad-
emy, as in the community at large, an inspiration to the noblest
living ; an uplifting example of pure, strong, and beneficent man-
hood ; of character, culture, and success combined.

Resolved, That we tender herewith our sympathy to his sorrow-
ing family, and that copies of this tribute be transmitted to the
press. Cy Hi. PRESTON,

W.L. ALLEN,
A. W. ELMER,
Committee.

July 25, 1902 — TRUSTEES’ MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; seven trustees present.

It was decided to keep open the museum on week-day after-
noons from 1 to 5, and on certain Wednesday evenings; admis-
sion 10 cents, except on Wednesdays and Saturdays, when no
admission shall be charged.

July 25, 1902 — REGULAR MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; ten members present.
The following lecture committee was appointed: J. H. Paar-
mann, J. H. Harrison, and Elizabeth D. Putnam.

288 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

August 8, 1902 — SPECIAL MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; seven members present.

The following resolution was adopted:

Resolved, That the Davenport Academy of Sciences, the work
of which for many years past has been largely in the line of
American archeology, has learned with pleasure of the sugges-
tion made at the Second International Conference of American
States (held at Mexico, r901-1902) that an International Archze-
ological Commission should be organized.

The usefulness of such an organization is evident. In the
promotion of investigation, in the development of scientific
methods, in the clear definition of problems, in the establishment
of national museums of archeology, in the encouragement of
publication of data, and in many other ways such a commission
could do much to place American archeology upon a high plane
of efficiency.

We urge, then, upon the Directors of the Bureau of American
Republics that they shall act favorably upon the suggestion and
shall authorize the immediate establishment of such a commis-
sion. We assure to the commission, if formed, our hearty inter-
est and sympathy.

This resolution was duly signed and transmitted to the Direc-
tors of the Bureau of American Republics.

August 29, 17902 — REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President C. A. Ficke in the chair.

It was decided to give a concert for the benefit of the Academy,
to be held at the Burtis Opera House on September 15, 1902.

September 26, 1902 4- REGULAR MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; ten members present.

A resolution thanking those who offered their services gratui-
tously for the recent concert was unanimously adopted.

On motion, the following were_appointed delegates to repre-
sent the’Academy at the Thirteenth Congress of Americanists:
Prof. Frederick Starr,'H.S. Putnam, C. A. Ficke, and Mrs. M.
L. D. Putnam.

A. F. Ewers was electedZa regular: member, and W. M. Boehm
of Iowa City, a corresponding member.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 289

The Curator read a paper on the subject: ‘‘ How Can the
Museum Best Serve the People ?”’

October 37, 1902— REGULAR MEETING.

Vice-President C. A. Ficke in the chair; seven members present.
A. F. Ewers gave a talk on “‘ Cryptogams.”’

November 28, 1902— REGULAR MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; eight members and two
visitors present.

Mrs. Hilda M. Matthey and Mr. H. G. Goldschmidt were
elected regular members.

A committee was appointed to make arrangements for the
holding of an exhibition of loaned baskets.

Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam gave a report of the meeting of the
Congress of Americanists recently held in New York.

December 26, 17902— REGULAR MEETING.

President Mrs. Putnam in the chair; eight members and one
visitor present.

Upon the recommendation of the Committee on Corresponding
Members, the following resolution was unanimously passed:

Resolved, That such Corresponding Members, and only such, as
are actively engaged in scientific pursuits, shall, on account of
membership, be entitled to receive the current publications of the
Academy free, if desired.

A. O. Mueller and J. B. Meyer were elected regular members.

-

January 30, 7903— ANNUAL MEETING.

C. E. Harrison in the chair; eleven members present.
Reports of officers:

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

In reviewing the work of the Davenport Academy of Sciences
for the past year we feel that decided progress has been made.

We have been fortunate in securing a curator, Mr. Paarmann,
who can devote his whole time to the advancement of the inter-

290 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ests of the Academy. At this stage of our progress, it is meces-
sary that we have the services of one who can build up the
museum and library; one who is able to develop an interest in
science by the giving of talks to school children and to the pub-
lic in general and arousing an interest in our lecture courses.
We believe that our present curator is well fitted to succeed along
these lines.

An important work of the year has been the lectures given to
the upper grades of the grammar schools. Mr. Pratt, in 1889
and 1890, gave talks to the schools on scientific subjects, illustra-
ted by specimens from the collections of the Academy. These
talks were highly appreciated. Miss Sheldon, in the spring of
1g02, began anew this work, which was continued by the present
curator in the autumn. These lectures have been listened to
with great interest by scholars and teachers. They have helped
more than anything else to bring the Academy into closer touch
with the schools. This was one of the earnest hopes of the found-
ers of the Academy; and we feel that their prophecies, written
years ago, are being fulfilled.

The United States stands preéminently among the nations in
the splendid free education it offers to every citizen. It seems
fitting that Iowa, which ranks high among the states in educa-
tion and-politics, should have this unique institution in its midst.
Scientists from afar constantly ask: ‘‘Why does Davenport
have a museum such as this, rather than any other of the hun-
dred cities located similarly in the Mississippi Valley ?’’ The
Academy was founded in a broad and liberal spirit that has car-
ried it over periods of depression and doubt till we are sure it will
exist as long as Davenport exists. Not everyone sees the useful-
ness of the study of the advanced sciences, but no one will deny
the advantages of a child learning exactness in expression and
developing the powers of observation. There is no business man
but who longs, often in vain, for these qualities in his employes.

The proper study of zoology, botany, astronomy, and other
sciences will give them this training better than anything else.
The feeling is growing that museums are for the benefit and edu-
cation of the public. The importance of this is being realized by
other museums. ‘The Museum of Natural History in New York
gives regular consecutive lectures on scientific subjects to stu-
dents, and special lectures to the teachers of the public schools,
illustrated by specimens from the museum.

The Academy, with its present limited income, cannot do more
than suggest to the child the possibilities before him. These
talks take the pupils from the routine of the school-room to
another world of the corals and life of the deep sea, and the
actual specimens shown him leave more impression than weeks
of study from books.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 291

All children are interested in birds, and Mr. Paarmann’s talks
on the ‘‘ Coloration and Habits of Birds ’’ have deeply interested
the students, and also have shown the powers of observation some
have for the birds around them, and the lack of such power in
others. The only regret is that a class cannot come again and
again during the year.

The free opening of the Academy Wednesday evenings has
proved very successful. It has enabled many people who were
busy in the day time to visit the museum. As many as 150 per-
sons have been present on a single evening. The Academy is also
open free on Wednesday and Saturday afternoons. During the
past year 3,505 visitors have registered.

In January, 1902, we inaugurated a series of six scientific lec-
tures, which proved so successful that we were encouraged to
continue them this year. From the success of our present course
we may call this an established custom that will be continued
hereafter.

A number of the musicians of the city kindly offered their ser-
vices free to give a concert for the benefit of the Academy. It
was most successful both from a musical and financial point of
view.

We have received many valuable gifts to the museum, which
the curator has mentioned in his report. I feel that special men-
tion ought to be made of the gift, from a number of friends of the
Academy, of a fine stereopticon. It has been useful in the course
of lectures we are now giving and will be invaluable to the cura-
tor in his talks to classes from the schools.

The microscope of the late J. Duncan Putnam has also been
presented to the Academy. This most precious relic of my
departed son was given for the use of all students of nature. It
is now twenty-two years since the key of this microscope was
turned in the lock, twenty-two years since the eye that loved to
search through these lenses the mysteries of myriad insect life,
watched with intense interest the development of ‘‘nature’s tiniest
children.’’ Of the work done with this microscope, Professor
Kellogg of Leland Stanford, Jr., University, says: ‘‘ J. Dun-
can Putnam’s paper on the maple bark louse is of great inter-
est in California on account of the scale insects on our fruit trees.
One of the first things I give my students is his paper on Pul-
vinaria innumerabilis to show them that there is something more
to be known about an insect than its mere name. Mr. Putnam’s
work is a model of method. ‘The thorough, painstaking research
was looked for in Germans, but, until recently, not expected in
Americans.’’

The Academy is grateful to Miss 5S. G. F. Sheldon for her gra-
tuitous services rendered during the past year in thelibrary work,

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 36 [April 22, 1904.]

292 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

in the distribution of our Proceedings, and in the museum. We
are indebted to Mr. J. H. Harrison for keeping the museum open
twice a week for several months.

There has been but one death among the members of the
Academy this past year, and it is the sad duty of the President to
announce the death of Dr. W. D. Middleton. He was a member
of the Academy since 1874, and we, as all the rest of the com-
munity, shall miss the influence of his long membership, and life
devoted to science.

While we have done much this year, we hope to do more next
year. Our opportunities and needs keep pace with our achieve-
ments. It isasign of growth that the buildings that satisfied us
ten years ago are too small for us to-day. The purchase of Science
Hall was a wise investment. The friends of the institution came
most generously forward to raise the money for the purchase, but
the various necessary improvements (the brick connection, new
roof, etc.) left a debt of $3,000. The interest on this note is a
burden to the Academy ; and it is hoped that the debt may be
speedily paid.

The permanent invested endowment of the Academy con-
sists of $2,200 in the general fund, and $9,627 in the publication
fund. ‘Any addition to these funds will enable the Academy to
increase the scope of its work; and it is hoped that, within the
near future, they will be materially increased by gifts or bequest
from the friends of the institution.

The proper arrangement of the collections already owned by
the Academy*requires new cases. There is a valuable collection
of historical relics which, if attractively exhibited, would prove
of great interest to many visitors and also tend to preserve many
objects often destroyed or lost in home collections.

In our interest for the present needs of the museum we should
not forget that the unique position the Academy holds among
museums is due to its collection of pottery and specimens from
the mounds. Many great institutions have but a handful of this
art of an ancient people. Of these objects the Academy can
boast dozens of cases, brought together years ago through the
gifts and hard work of its members, who went out and often per-
sonally opened the mounds. Such a surprising amount of rare
material was revealed that the feeling seems to have grown that
the mounds were exhausted. I was talking recently with two
noted archeologists, who spoke of the need for further explora-
tion of the mounds, and would recommend the revival of the

‘Mound fund,’’ which was’‘an amount of money set aside for the
exploration of mounds and the purchase of specimens.

We hope that during the coming summer active field-work may
be carried on. ‘The enthusiasm and interest gained in summer

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 293

work out doors may be continued by careful research work in the
Academy in winter. The day is not far distant, I trust, when we
shall have a summer school of science established here, and the
hopes of the little band of men and women who founded this insti-
tution will then be more than realized.
M: 2 Dt PorNam.
President.

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

During the year 1902 the following meetings have been held:
one annual, six regular, three trustees’, and two special meetings.

Five regular members and one corresponding member have
been elected during the year.

The Academy has lost a regular member in the death of Dr.
Middleton.

At the regtilar meetings of the Academy two papers have been
read, one on the Museum by Curator Paarmann, and a report on
the ‘‘Congress of Americanists,’’ by Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam.

A. A. MILLER, Recording Secrétary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The Corresponding Secretary, Miss Sheldon, reported that
much progress had been made during the year in supplying miss-
ing parts and volumes in the sets of serials in our library. The
publication exchange list has been thoroughly revised. Five
foreign institutions, and eight in our own country, have been
added to our exchange list. Volume VIII. (1,500 copies) has
been received from the printer, and has been distributed as fol-
lows:

MR aver OI INSEELIONS.. ..)¢ Seis tls) d eis cies qo sn eines epee so
onmctiucions.in the United States... .. 2.5.2... .:.. sca... 175
imma rary, MeMPEIS, Ct {6.0 (Stiw- Rasa. cc ced sna use 25

MLeMlAL MCINDETS = fo-..5c0is.0 a nee ey ence oe cose ag anls
the remainder being stored for future distribution. From
the sale of copies of Volume VIII. $127.25 has been received.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

GENERAL FUND.

RECEIPTS.

Amount on hand from 1901 .........-.- sess eee eeeieee $ 14.20
From W. C. Putnam, for granitoid sidewalk........... 267.64

294 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

From Rent of Science Hall ............. ne she SIE Se Ee $ 75-00
Interest of Endowment Fund ................... 74.34
Door money.. Sans oeavolg nie Speptersess 35.69
Subscriptions for stereopticon oc Metotet gore oehon RAT 11g.00
Concerti, siecle eee ee res SCA tat or oe 281.45
Dues of 36 meniherse:. fos pee tee aa cree $114.00
Dues and subscriptions of 26 members.......... 255-00
Subscriptions of 13 life members ..-...........- 629.00
Contributions of non-members............-- =... 57100 1,055.00

$ 1,922.32
EXPENDITURES.
Paid . granitoid sidewalk 2 ccs 5. veeseaeass ae eon eee $ 267.64
Repaws: ‘Carpenter work... (as). 20 cs eeeeee $ 94.92
Papering ‘and painting 4... 102 2 ee 123.20
Plambing Poe. aise deo owe See ELa7 229.49
IRSURBHEE SS ote: crates hie eee Seer ee ee eee go.0o
Expressape'en (books 222-2. eee. -sacn lets ee oe 37.16
Specimens bouehts.. 2 ckes) Mace st oe oe ae ree g.50
‘Books (bought ere cows eat eae ion cat Ceres 5.60
Pastabemsisk se. Actin ce wine see pies ono te eee 7.60
PEANEG o> ge oe: vie vege a ve tt on SERED ata eet 25.20
Bird stands. 2. cacssde stones so see tee aac 7.00
Articles TOT JaNuor.. soy soe. socket Coton ee oe 8.22 100.28
Expenses of Sciente Halll? "oc. oo. $s Sse ee 18.95
Intereston mote at bank es.) see ee ee eer 188.00
SUTALOE santos seiceh A eons eats Oia ae ae es ae 412.50
Expenses: of: museum! :.tiw sn 52es <n eee 15.00
(amiton tf ees naeinehie oats Se Soe te eee eee 204.g0
Coaliyn.sc- adhe iste wie caeheh oat ase eichse atmanete nae ges eee 74.60
Water ...... Waleed s LEST she slate eke te ele peer eee ACD
Gas, Electric Light . areata. Weel ee are 39.52 126.12
Stereopticon ste ieee See See ee he ee 119.13
Wirnng, eto, for Stereapiicon, -'..4.. ota tans eon 31.04
Balance on Hand voc. se nc-ces oe oe th eee eee eee 119.27

Receipts: 2s %s chen Jepees whines ate be ke ene sae ei oc onal $ 865.97
Disbursements 725026055 -i0 ose Ge heme eek agi see 831.10

$ 34.87

ENDOWMENT FUND.

General. Endowment Pund’ 225) fo. ccn teece ceca sch eee ee eee $ 2,200.00
Putnam Memorial Fund for Publication ........ ..... sss veces 9,500.00
Publication Endowment ‘Faad® «5 scs\ss 02s we nese s cee eee 127.25

$11,827.25

LIABILITIES.

Note in bank for connection of and repairs on buildings ........$ 3,000.00
REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy of Sciences :

Since the annual meeting of the Academy, February 5, 1902,
the number of books and pamphlets received is 1,408. During the
early part of the year circumstances were such that but little

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 295

work was done on the library. Upon the arrival of Curator

- Paarmann, his first work, with the assistance of Miss Sheldon, was

to complete the cataloguing. This work is now quite complete
up to date ; and all books and pamphlets are now catalogued soon
after they are received. About 2,000 books and pamphlets have
been catalogued during the year. The accessions have been along
the same lines of scientific interest as those of recent years. Many
of the volumes are handsomely bound and beautiful in illustra-
tion and typography.

Much time has been spent in perfecting the indexing of the
library. Letters of inquiry have been written to a large number
of the leading reference libraries and to the various library associ-
ations, the Library of Congress, ete. Many indexes have already
been received. Many others are expected to be added in a short
time. These indexes, together with the card catalogue, make it
an easy matter for the reader to find information on any given
subject.

The duplicates, of which we have about two thousand, have
been removed from the library and placed on shelving prepared
for them in aseparate room. These books have all been classified
according to the Dewey system.

In each annual report of your librarian for several years past a
strong appeal has been made for binding. This need has now
become a necessity for the preservation of many books which are
of great value and cannot be replaced.

To further extend the usefulness of the Academy a reading
room should be fitted up, in which such books should be placed
as are in greatest demand — up-to-date books on the various sci-
ences, indexes, text-books, and current numbers of scientific
publications. Some of these cannot be secured by exchange and
should be purchased. Such a room would add greatly to the inter-
est in the library and the usefulness of the Academy. It is very

gratifying to report the library in such a flourishing condition.

The only regret is that funds have not been available for some of
its pressing needs. I hope the very near future may provide for
this want. Respectfully submitted,

C. E. Harrison, Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR.

(Statistics of visitors, lists of additions to the museum, etc., have been
ie from this report, as they are given at the end of these Proceed-
ings.

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy of Sciences :

I respectfully submit to you my first annual report.

The increased interest shown in our museum, both by the pub-
lic and by the schools of -Davenport, is very promising. The

296 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

opening of the museum free on two afternoons and on one even-
ing each week has done much to increase the attendance. The
giving of museum talks to the school children has opened up for
the Academy a new sphere of usefulness. These talks were
given principally to the upper grades of the grammar schools.
The work was begun by our efficient Secretary, Miss Sheldon, in
the spring, and continued by your Curator in the fall. Twenty-
three classes visited the museum during the fall. The total
number of pupils attending in the spring term was 550, and in the
fall term, 656.

The subjects of talks were: ‘‘ Marine Invertebrates,’’ ‘‘ Col-
oration of Birds,’’ ‘‘ The Mound Builders,’’ ‘‘ Mollusca,’’ ‘* Hy-
droids and Corals,’’ ‘‘ Animals of the Sea Bottom.’’

The fruits of these talks to children have already manifested
themselves in the increased attendance of teachers and pupils at
our illustrated science lectures, given on Saturday evenings.

We are greatly in need of museum cases. The improved
appearance of our collections of birds, in their new cases, shows
that other collections might be made more attractive if suitably
arranged. It is quite important that a room be fitted up for the
storing of our publications, which are at present scattered in a
dozen different places in the various buildings.

J. H. PAARMANN, Curator.

REPORT OF THE PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

It is with satisfaction that the Publication Committee report
the distribution of Volume VIII. by. Miss S. G. F. Sheldon, who
revised the list of exchanges. Four hundred copies have been
sent out. One hundred and forty copies of Volume VIII. have
personally been distributed to members and friends who have
generously aided in the support of the Academy. This is cus-
tomary in all scientific societies, and was inaugurated by the
Davenport Academy of Sciences in 1899, when Volume VII. was
published. This volume was given only to those who called for
it at the Academy. Any member not owning it is entitled to
Volume VII. and all future volumes published by the Putnam
Memorial Fund.

The volumes published before this fund was created cannot be
given away, as only a limited number were published, and by
subscription. It is not fair to those members who then paid for
their volumes, and thus sustained the publication, now to give
the same volumes free to other members.

It has cost over $10,000 to publish the eight volumes of Pro-
ceedings. When we look at our valuable library, which has been
acquired in exchange, we feel that the money expended has been
a successful investment.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 297

Any member paying the annual dues of three dollars receives
free a volume of the Proceedings, as they are published. Corre-
spondence with the principal public libraries has resulted in the
sale of books amounting to $127.00, which has been added to the
Endowment Fund.

Since the gift of $9,500 in 1896 no citizen has been asked to
contribute to the publication. The interest from this amount is
hardly sufficient to complete a volume in two years.

It has always been the endeavor of your committee to place
each volume in the Academy without any indebtedness. To do
this has required much patient endeavor and often personal
inconvenience.

The publication of Volume IX. was commenced in May, 1902.
It contains two valuable papers — one by Samuel H. Scudder and
Theodore D. A. Cockerell entitled ‘* First List of the Orthoptera
of New Mexico,’’ and the other by Frederick Starr, ‘‘ Notes
Upon the Ethnology of Southern Mexico.”’

We hope that soon again we will be publishing scientific
papers written by our own members, as was frequently done in
the early history of the Academy, and more recently in the
papers of Dr. Barris and Mr. Miller.

Mary L. D. PuTNAM, Chairman.

FINANCIAL REPORT OF PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

RECEIPTS.
1902.

NE RS ANCE - ss ee sb a ws eee ee eee eons boot ose $ 80.22
fmerest fuinam Memorial Pund....... 2. 22.0 ve. 2005 veces. 570.00
EIT MIP StOP EAU occ ee) in oe we ce ee eas oS 5 ayes s Sas 105-75
We Sue SPE es ea ga ea ae eee . 10.00
iP (PTT a on ORGS SRC AO Eres eC Sree er 100 OO

$865.97
DISBURSEMENTS.
1902.

January. Printing, Edward Borcherdt.............-...---+--++-- $493.10
Bmdime, Egbert, Fidlar & Chambers. «... . -.-.......+-4:: 106,00
retwihies ATICL ENSTAVINGS .. 0... oc oe one e nen s eo eee e case ee 82.00
mitre Company, plates 022. 5 5. is oe os seo gees ee eles 150.00
balimeec on hand: January: Ly 1909.20 o26s = 350035555017 so oe 34.87

$865.97
COST OF VOLUME VIII.

BESRPEIDEENETOL, PUTING, 00. nc 0 nes we ee vate eee cose eee cans $ 792.30

Drawing of plates for Prof. Scudder ........ .....--. +++ -ese eee 36.00

Heliotype Company, three plates........ +--+ +--+ sees ee cece eee 120.00

Printing of plates for Prof. Starr ....-. 2... 2+. see eee cee e ee ee eee 56.00

Photogravure of Mr. Pratt’s picture ..........--.--+++ sees esses 46.00

Mr. Udden, for preparing Index ..........---.-+-+ sees eee. seeeee 30.00

Die, from Egbert, Fidlar & Chambers ...... Sh dnt le aS Com re ea 6.50

ema Mohr, binding «: -... (224-00 c eee cose cece tees cece rece cose IOI.00

PURE EaSias So bk n ecw te bass Bees sade secs r ber nace ewouvecvnn $1,187.80

298 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The following officers were elected for theyear 1903:

President—Mrs. M. l,. D. PUTNAM.

First Vice-President—Dr. A. W. ELMER.

Second Vice-President—DrR. C. H. PRESTON.

Curator—J. H. PAARMANN.

Recording Secretary—A. A. MILLER.

Corresponding Secretary—M1ss S. G. FOOTE-SHELDON.

Treasurer—MIss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM.

Librarian—C. E. HARRISON.

Trustees for Three Years—DR. JENNIE McCowEn, C. E. HAR-
RISON, A. F: CurTrer, J. H. HARRISON.

Trustee for Two Years—J. H. PAARMANN.

January 30, 7903— REGULAR MEETING.

C. E. Harrison in the chair ; eleven members present.
Mrs. Victoria Sieg was elected a regular member.

February 21, 1903— TRUSTEES’ MEETING.

Dr. A. W. Elmer in the chair ; ten trustees present.

Committees were appointed to prepare resolutions on the death
of the late President, Mrs. M. L.. D. Putnam, which occurred on
the 20th inst., to make arrangements for the funeral, and to pro-
vide a floral offering. It was decided that the Academy be draped
in mourning for thirty days.

February 27, 1903— REGULAR MEETING.

President A. W. Elmer in the chair ; twelve members present.

The following resolution, presented by Dr. C. H. Preston, chair-
man of the committee appointed at the Trustees’ meeting, Feb-
ruary 21, was unanimously adopted :

WHEREAS, Our loved and honored President, Mrs. M. L. D.
Putnam, answering to the final summons, has ended her active
and beneficent life, which was largely devoted to this institution,

Resolved, That we tender our sorrowing tribute to the memory
of one to whom the Academy chiefly owes its continued existence.

While, to an exceptional degree, hers was ‘‘the white flower of
a blameless life,’’ it was not this alone. ‘To a noble purpose and
unflagging zeal she added the rare power of stimulating others to

~

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 299

unselfish work, and so it came that her name is coupled with
achievement, that this community and the world of science at large
are made her lasting debtors.

Always buoyant and hopeful, never content to rest, her deep
interest in the revealing and dissemination of nature’s truths,
conjoined with a wonderful mother-love, served for years
as the mainspring of this Academy’s being. To build up a
worthy memorial to the son she so loved, while, at the same time,
aiding in the advancement of science, she led in our every under-
taking, compelling resources where none appeared, bringing light
out of darkness and ever refusing defeat. Mainly to her energy
is it owing that there is here established an institution which will
endure, a legacy which the city will surely appreciate and sustain.

Of her rare womanly and social qualities, her warm heart for
suffering, and her devoted home-life we need not speak. Through
the work nearest her heart, the Academy publication, she was,
perhaps, more widely known and honored abroad than any other
Davenport citizen. The community has lost much in the death
of Mrs. Putnam, but her task was done; ‘‘ God’s finger touched
her gently — and she sleeps.”’

Resolved, That these resolutions be engrossed and transmitted
to the bereaved household with an expression of our deepest
sympathy, and that they be spread upon the minutes for publi-
cation in our Proceedings. C. H. PRESTON,

C. A. PICKER,
W. IL. ALLEN,
Committee.

‘The President appointed the following committees for 1903 :

Publication — Miss E. D. Putnam, Edward S. Hammatt, J. H.
Paarmann, Dr. C. H. Preston, Prof. Samuel Calvin.

Finance —W.C. Putnam, C. A. Ficke, E. C. Roberts.

Lecture and Entertainment — J). H. Paarmann, Miss E. D. Put-
nam, J. H. Harrison. ;

Library — C. E. Harrison, J. H. Paarmann, A. F. Ewers.
Museum —

Zovlogy —J. H. Paarmann.

Conchology — Miss. S$. G. F. Sheldon.

Botany — A. F. Ewers.

Flistory — J. H. Harrison.

Ethnology — Miss E. D. Putnam.

Applied Sciences —W. P. Bettendorf.

[Proc. D. A.S., Vor. IX. ] 37 {April 30, 1904.]

300 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Archeology —C. E. Harrison.
Geology and Pala@ontology — Dr. A. W. Elmer.

W.P. Bettendorf and Rabbi William Fineshriber were elected
regular members. :

March 27, 1903 — REGULAR MEETING.

President Elmer in the chair ; twelve members present.

It was decided that from September 26, 1902, in the process of
changing the name of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences
by omitting the word ‘‘ Natural,’’ one of the important steps had
been omitted, and that the change had therefore not been
legally made. The President then appointed a committee con-
sisting of W.C. Putnam and C. A. Ficke, to present a notice of
the desired change to the Trustees of the Academy.

March 28, 1903 —'TRUSTEES’ MEETING.

President Elmer in the chair ; ten trustees present.

The following resolution, offered by W. C. Putnam and sec-
onded by C. A. Ficke, was unanimously carried :

WHEREAS, On the 26th day of September, A. D. 1902, at a
regular meeting of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences,
there was adopted, by a unanimous vote of the members present,
the following resolution, to-wit: ‘' Resolved, That the name
of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences be changed by
omitting the word ‘‘ Natural,’’ and hereafter read ‘‘ Davenport
Academy of Sciences ;’’ and

WueEREAS, The records of the said Academy fail to show con-
clusively that all of the necessary preliminary steps were taken
for the adoption of the aforesaid amendment of the articles of
incorporation and the constitution of the said Davenport Academy
of Natural Sciences: be it therefore

Resolved, That Article I. of the Articles of Incorporation, and
Section I. of Article I. of the Constitution of the said Davenport
Academy of Natural Sciences, be amended by omitting therefrom
the word ‘‘ Natural’’ wherever the same occurs. And

Resolved, That these resolutions be submitted to a succeeding
regular meeting of the Academy, with a recommendation from
the Board of Trustees that the said amendments be adopted, and
that due notice thereof, giving the substance of said proposed
amendments, be published in some newspaper in the city of Dav-
enport prior to said regular meeting of the said Academy, and

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 301

that C. A. Ficke and W.C. Putnam are hereby appointed a com-
mittee on behalf of the trustees to present these resolutions at the
regular meeting of the Academy, and to attend to the necessary
steps required for the legal adoption of the said amendment.

April 24, 1903 — REGULAR MEETING.

C. A. Ficke in the chair ; ten members present.

The following were elected life members: Mrs. Emma Adele
Richardson, J. E. Lindsay, Col. George Watson French, Arthur
Davison Ficke, Miss Alice Ficke.

J. H. Paarmann read a paper on ‘‘ The Embryology of the
Chick,’’ illustrated by means of the projecting microscope.

May 29, 1903— REGULAR MEETING.

President Elmer in the chair ; fifteen members and twenty vis-
itors present.

J. L. Thatcher was elected a regular member.

The following were elected life members: L. P. Best, Edward
Berger, Ferdinand Haak, Frank Mueller, A. W. Elmer, E. S.
Crossett.

C. A. Ficke, chairman of a committee appointed by the Board
of Trustees, presented on behalf of the Board of Trustees of the
Academy, with recommendation for its adoption, the following
amendment to the Constitution and to the Articles of Incor-
poration of the Society :

Be it Resolved, That Article I. of the Articles of Incorporation,
and Section I. of Article I. of the Constitution of the Davenport
Academy of Natural Sciences, be amended by omitting therefrom
the word ‘‘ Natural’’ wherever the same occurs.

The amendment was adopted by a unanimous vote of the mem-
bers present. .

Prof. KE. K. Putnam read a paper on ‘‘ The value of Natural
History for the Student of English.”’

June 26, 1903 — REGULAR MEETING.

Edward S. Hammatt in the chair.
Routine business was transacted. It was decided to hold no
regular meetings during the following July and August.

302 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

September 25, 1903 — REGULAR MEETING.

President Elmer in the chair ; eleven members present.

The employment of a cataloguer for a short time, to help com-
plete the cataloguing of the library, was referred to the executive
committee.

The finance committee was authorized to employ a janitor at a
salary of $25.00 per month.

A committee was appointed to confer with the Davenport
School Board in regard to giving instruction to classes from the
schools, at the Academy museum.

October 30, 1903 REGULAR MEETING.

C. A. Ficke in the chair ; ten members present.

Lieut. H. Kerrick, of the U. S. Recruiting Service, gave an
illustrated talk on ‘‘ Life in the Philippines, with Special Refer-
ence to the Schools of Those Islands.”’

November 27, 1903 — REGULAR MEETING.

C. E. Harrison in the chair.
Routine business was transacted.

[No meeting in December. |
January 29, 190g — ANNUAL MEETING.

Vice-President C.H.Preston in the chair; nine members present.

Reports of officers :
ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy of Sciences:

It will soon be half a century since a few gentlemen of our city,
interested in the cause of science, beginning i in a small way and
with a small but enthusiastic membership, founded the Davenport
Academy of Sciences.

Since its beginning its membership has increased, its museum
enlarged, and its reputation has spread so that it is not alone
known in our own country, but has its place among the scientific
institutions of the world. Its finances have been well managed,
its publications kept up, so that nothing now seemis to stand in the
way of following out the object of its establishment, viz: ‘‘ The

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 303

increase and diffusion of a knowledge of the natural sciences by
the establishment of a museum, the reading and publishing of
original papers, and other similar means.’’

Most of the original members and founders of our Academy
have now passed away ; but to none of them does our institution
owe such a debt of gratitude for unselfish devotion to its needs
and untiring zeal in its advancement, as to her whose place I
occupy this evening. To give a history of our late President’s
life would be to give a history of the Davenport Academy of Sci-
ences, in addition to many other good works. Almost to her
latest hour she was active in its behalf, and to it she left a most
generous bequest to insure its permanent existence and useful-
ness. In her our institution has lost the best friend it ever had or
can have. Her place will ever be vacant, but her spirit will be
with us, inspiring us to continue the work which she so long and
cheerfully continued for our benefit.

We have one of the finest museums in the West, which in some
of its departments is not surpassed by any in the world. Our
Archeological collection pertaining to this country cannot be
matched in this or any other country, while the various depart-
ments of Geology, Zoélogy, and Ethnology would take high rank
in any museum in.the land. We have now a well-arranged
library devoted to the various branches of science; and, equipped
as we are with this wealth of material, it would seem there could
be no doubt of the successful achievement of results which have
been the aim of the founders and promoters of the Academy.

Are we doing all that the founders of the society could expect
from us? Let us look over the reports of the past year and we
shall see that we are doing all and more than might be expected
of.us, busy as most of us are with our business and professions.
In the first place, to have the public interested in our objects, it is
necessary that the museum be visited by those whose interest is
to be awakened. When we learn that, in round numbers, some
ten thousand visitors have been: admitted to the museum during
the past year, we shall see that the work is being carried in a way
to excite"admiration. = Many of the visitors were school children,
in whose minds a love of science will be begun, and which will
be of the greatest credit to us in the years to come.

The throwing open of the building on certain Sunday after-
noons, at the suggestion of the Curator, has proved a success
beyond our expectations. On the several occasions on which
this was done there was great interest excited. Parties out for
a Sunday afternoon walk, seeing the building open, have gone in
for the first time and have seen objects never heard of before by
them, and interest has at once been awakened which will do good
both to them and to us.

304 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Next in importance to the attendance in the museum is the
lectures to the teachers and children of our public and private
schools. This work, urged by our late president twenty years
since, inaugurated by Curator W. H. Pratt some five years later,
has, during the past two years, been brought toa state of decided
efficiency. It is a work of the greatest importance, and along
lines in which the Academy can do the greatest amount
of good to the largest numbers. The museum, with its exten-
sive collections, is the most fitting place in the three cities for the
teaching of certain branches of science, where the object lesson
is of so much value. For the study of the natural sciences our
specimens are of the greatest value and afford advantages not
often found in a city the size of Davenport. As far as possible,
within the limits of the Curator’s time, these privileges should be
extended to the private schools whose pupils, coming from a dis-
tance, will help to make our name known in the land outside of
strictly scientific circles, but our public schools must have the
preference, as our first duty is to them.

We have been especially successful with our public lectures.
They have been well attended, and all have been pleased as well
as instructed by the scientific subjects so well presented by the
able men whom we have been so fortunate to secure. Subjects
so liable to be dry and uninteresting to the general public have
been so presented that they have been entertaining as well as
instructive, and large possibilities are open to us along these
lines. Our museum is steadily growing, over five hundred addi-
tions having been made during the year either by gift or ex-
change, while the arrangement and labeling of specimens have
gone on under the able hands of our Corresponding Secretary and
Curator.

The library has received many additions during the year, and
offers now to those who wish access to strictly scientific litera-
ture opportunities seldom obtained in a town of our size. The
classification of the works, both by author and subject, makes
this mass of knowledge easily reached, and invites both the stu-
dent and the curious to make use of their contents.

Death has been in our midst since our last annual meeting, and
has taken both our late President, Mrs. M. L. D. Putnam, and
Mr. J. H. Harrison, one of the Trustees of the Academy. So
identified were they with the Academy that it will not seem the
same to us now that they are gone.

We certainly ought to feel grateful that they were spared us
so long, and had the time to so nearly complete the good work of

putting the institution on a firm financial as well as operative
basis.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 305

Mrs. W.H. Pratt and Mr. Henry Lischer have also answered
to the final call.

We have some needs in the way of further subscriptions to
pay off our debt of $600 incurred in making improvements to the
museum building; also subscriptions to help in providing more
space for the many specimens which at present have no cases nor
any provision for their safety and preservation. The library
requires the expenditure of some money for binding of volumes,
which will be inaccessable until they are bound, to say nothing
of being unprotected in their present state. ;

Many points which have been omitted from my report will be
found in the reports of our other officers, to which I would refer
you. A. W. ELMER.

REPORT OF RECORDING SECRETARY.

During the past year nine regular meetings of the Academy,
two trustees’ meetings and one annual meeting have been held.
Three papers were presented at these meetings. Curator Paar-
mann spoke on ‘‘ The Embryology of the Chick,’’ Prof. Edward
K. Putnam on ‘‘ The Value of Natural History in the Study of
Literature,’’ and Lieut. Kerrick on ‘‘ Life in the Philippines,
With Special Reference to the Schools of Those Islands.”’
A. A. MILLER, Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

Acknowledgments of receipt of publications to the number of
I,190 were sent out.
Received from sale of Proceedings, $69.50.
SARAH G. F. SHELDON, Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

GENERAL FUND.

RECEIPTS.

Seeiee On Hand Jani. 1, 1903, ---- 5+ ccsee see cers we cees $ 133.80

By cash Rental of Science Hall........-............-.. 66.00
Interest on Endowment Fund...........-..... 198.00
Basal cil tiie meee aiseise omercen cent iaucion oc 60.00
Net receipts, Lecture Course ...-.--........-- 120.95
Subsériptions towards building improvements. 2,100.00
ERSTIEY: Geet ba ce sn at ws bode cote scree ecm ee 40.40
CU aS ee dos ricerca rec 7.00
Sale of duplicate books... ....-...2.ssseee:-- 31.95
PSP ILES vg <a 5 = 30:0 asunia' oe mae, nee ert arey Oem nein 37.00
CRIES. - hee LIS Are ei ee ten el Sth cain : 142 00
SMPSCEIDUIONS. |. =. .2..3 Fel: . V2 inne s rane beeen ses 1,006.50

$3,943.60

306 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

EXPENDITURES.

Paid on note at bank account building improvements... $2,100.00
Triterest. ...255 2292 cease aes eee ee go.84
Insurance . fi. oe soseteoee a eee eae cee eee g2.00
Curator’s salary 22 soe ote eee eee Seo) 948.81
Janitor ...2322-Sa-e6 ite bie ee ee See 259.10
Coal cz ccc scaxts,) aeeeeere oe eerte este cee ere ema er cr $106.18
Wate ty .coh foc nee cocks Genie: sae eee eres 10.75
Gas. ic 2 eek eae ae oes Sok eee a eens ree + 13-44 130.37
Repairs: . is 2p o> 0 oe oh clerem ened sean aie eer 71.23
Museum cases .......- sos cece tee teen te ceee ee cees 41.50 .
Taxidermy (mounting birds) ... ....----..-.....-- 54:55
Books (5.5 24s nce ennesin- leon ta eel ae eee eer 10.50
Bindisy ojo ne =e eh aes ce eee eee isd 43-30
Curater’s'@xpenses.c-0 2 eae e ep seaa ae Herre eer 62.73
Exxpressage yc 5.55. sSee uke eens ee eor poe ariaee 7-92

Balance on hand. Jat; 2004 2 e-em ee ee et 30.75

$3,943.60
PUBLICATION FUND.
RECEIPTS.
Balance on hand Jan. 1, 1903 .-..-.----.--. ee cee eee eee cee ee $.-4°34587
By cash; Putnam ‘Memorial Punds. 24 .2.4:. 022.2%. .5=.----9 eae 570.00
Interests toc 2 eaertar ne ene ae a 1.67
3 606.54
EXPENDITURES.

Paid to General Fund, repayment of loan.................--+-. 100.00
Edward Borcherdt for printing. ...j.'.jhc\- 2 sate owen mre 235-40

Balance on-hand Jan. J, 1904 °\52-s5.065 oscsex <5 ome ene yee 271.14

$ 606.54
ENDOWMENTS ,

General Endowment Fund .. 2. ..<..4 S22 Ue case camniot eee ee $ 2,200.00

Putnam Memorial Fund for publishing Proceedings............ 9,500.00

Publication Endowment Fund. 2... 5. 64. .=2- <2. -e0>< psne sae 127.25

$11,827.25

The gift of the late Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, under the provisions of
her will, largely increasing the endowment of the Putnam Memorial Fund,
is not yet available, and so is not included in the foregoing statement.

EL1zaBETH D. Putnam, 7yeasurer.
.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy ef Sciences :
Your Librarian begs to report for the year 1903 as follows:

STATISTICS.

Accessions for the year 1903. «<0. uc se s' se nee ee eerie I,190
No. of bound books in lorary ...< -e<.4-u«s05 seen eee 5045

No. of unbound ‘books in library: >. 5. v.ay «0. en veneers 1,325 6,370
No.of pamphlets in library, about../....<t.4.e- eeeenn ners 37,800

Books and pamphlets in duplicate room ...........-..-+.... 2,000

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 307

ACQUISITIONS BY PURCHASE,

Hawkeye (bound), 12 volumes.
Lippincott’s Pronouncing Gazeteer.
Scudder—Every-day Butterflies.
Chapman—Bird Life.
Museums Journal, 3 volumes.
Kroeger, Alice B.—A. L. A. Guide to Reference Books.
Cutter —Sanborn Author Tables.
Webster’s International Dictionary.
Comstock—Manual for the Study of Insects.
Marshall & Hurst—Practical Zoology.
Piersol—Normal Histology.
Flower & Lydekker—Mammals, Living and Extinct.
Wright—Optical Projection.
Hornaday—Taxidermy.
Meyer, A. B.— Uber einige Museen des Ostens der ver. staaten von
Nord America, 2 volumes.
Uber einige Europaische Museen.

WORK DONE.

About 95 per cent of the accessions of the past year have been catalogued
and installed on the shelves. Many bibliographical works have been
added to supplement the card catalogue. Several hundred duplicates
have been exchanged. Much time was spent in sending for missing
numbers in order to complete many of our sets of serial publications.
A large number of these were obtained.

BINDING.

A beginning has been made in the way of much needed binding. Forty
books were bound during the year. It is of the utmost importance
that this good work continue, and J earnestly hope that provision may
be made for it without delay.

C. E. Harrison, Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR.

[Donations to the museum, statistics regarding visitors, etc., will be
found at the end of these Proceedings. |

To the Officers and Members of the Davenport Academy of Sciences :
I respectfully submit to you my second annual report.

PRESENT STATE OF THE MUSEUM.

Paleontology— 12,000 specimens; mineralogy, 11,000 specimens;
structural geology, 600 specimens ; economic geology, 300 speci-
mens.

Zoblogy—39,000 specimens: 50 mammals; 615 birds, mostly
North and Middle American, being most complete in Iowa and
Illinois birds — all mounted; 200 ‘birds’ eggs; 100 osteological
specimens, 100 reptiles, 100 fishes, a complete series of Upper
Mississippi River shells, numbering about 10,000 specimens; 500
shells from other rivers; a good collection of marine shells (about
10,000 specimens) ; 15,000 insects, including many type speci-

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.] 38 [May 14, 1904. ]

308 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

mens; 250 specimens of coral, occupying a wall case 8 feet by 24
feet ; 2,000 other invertebrates, mostly Porifera, Echinodermata,
and Arthropoda (Crustacea).

Botany — A fairly complete series of the plants of the Upper
Mississippi Valley.

Archeology and kthnology 3,500 specimens: 1,300 spect-
mens of ancient pottery from Arkansas, Tennessee, etc. ; 12 from
mounds of the Upper Mississippi Valley and 16 from the Cliff
Dwellings; stone implements, mostly from Upper Mississippi
Valley, as follows: 14,600 chipped implements (arrowheads,
spearheads, etc.), 1,200 pecked implements (axes, celts, etc.),
and 800 polished implements (ornaments, discoidal stones, etc.) ;
also 350 bone implements from mounds of the Upper Mississippi
Valley, 64 carved pipes, from mounds of Iowa and Illinois; 2,000
shell beads and 50 other articles of shell, all from mounds of the
Mississippi Valley; 34 copper axes, 300 copper beads, and 36
other copper articles, from Iowa mounds; 108 crania from
mounds of the Mississippi Valley, and 30 crania obtained from
recent Indian graves; 1,000 miscellaneous mound relics and 1,400
recent Indian relics ; 150 ethnological specimens from Mexico, 30
froin the Micronesian Islands, and 25 from the Eskimos; 1
mummy and mummy case from Egypt.

HTistory — 400 specimens.

The library consists mostly of scientific periodicals and the
publications of scientific societies, including the scientific publica-
tions of the United States government, local history also being
fairly well represented. ‘The library is catalogued by author and
subject. Books, 6,370; pamphlets, 37,800.

IMPROVEMENTS MADE.

Miss Sheldon has classified and arranged our collection of
marine shells and has made available for exchange our very large
duplicate series. Miss Sheldon has also prepared a synoptic
series of minerals, also series illustrating structural and economic
geology. Group labels for all these have been placed in the cases,
but the labels for the individual specimens still remain to be
written. We have identified and labelled about half of our col-
lection of Mexican birds. Many of the smaller collections have
been put in better order, and supplied with instructive labels, yet
there is an enormous amount of work which still remains to be
done.

TALKS TO TEACHERS AND PUPILS.

During the past year all of the public schools of the city, and
several of the private schools, have sent classes to the museum.
Besides the classes from our own city, many attended from other
places — from country schools and from neighboring towns, also

an alo

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 309

from Rock Island and Port Byron, Ill. A special room has been
fitted out, in which short talks are given to the children. These
talks are illustrated by means of specimens taken from our col-
lections. After this instruction, the teacher in charge takes the
class through the museum. It is quite evident that not much
more may be accomplished during such an occasional visit, than
to awaken in the children a love for nature. ‘The interest once
developed, it is necessary that it should be kept up throughout
the year. For this purpose the teachers themselves must have
an interest in natural history. In order that such interest might
be developed, a bird study class was organized. Eighty-two
teachers enrolled in the class, which met in two sections every
week during the entire spring of 1903. After a short course of
lectures on bird-life, the remainder of the term was devoted to
laboratory work. It is believed that, besides the interest which
this work aroused, the class learned better methods of studying
nature, and incidentally acquired considerable information that
afterwards proved helpful in the schoolroom.

For the benefit of the teachers, 5,000 copies of a ‘‘ Preliminary
List of the Birds of Davenport and Vicinity’’ were printed. A
list of museum talks to the school children was prepared for the
school year 1903-4, and distributed among the teachers of the
city.

During the school year, 1902-3, 72 museum talks were given,
the total attendance being 2,406 — average attendance, 33.4.

cc

LECTURES.

Hight illustrated lectures on Natural Sciences were given in
Science Hall during the year. The average attendance at these
lectures was about 300. All of the lecturers were furnished by
the University of Iowa, except one, who was from the University
of Chicago. Occasional papers and one illustrated talk were
given at our regular monthly meetings.

FIELD WORK.

In October a party of seven persons excavated what was sup-
posed to be an artificial mound, about three miles south of Blue

Grass, in this county. No relics were found.

OUR NEEDS.

Our greatest needs at present are binding for the books in our
library and additional cases for our museum specimens. The
valuable books and specimens which have been intrusted to our
care should be put in such shape that they will be preserved
against dust, improper handling, etc. Let us take upon us, for
the coming year, the obligation of raising a fund of $500 for bind-

310 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ing and an equal amount for museum cases. These needs are so
imperative, they having been uttered again and again for the last
twenty years, that we may justly lay aside some of our other
plans and see that a fund for this purpose is raised.

J. H. PAARMANN, Curator.

The following officers for the year 1904 were elected:

President — Dr. A. W. ELMER.

Vice-President — Dr. C. H. PRESTON.

Curator—J. H. PAARMANN.

Recording Secretary—A. A. MILLER.

Corresponding Secretary—Miss S. G. FOOTE-SHELDON.

Treasurer—Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM.

Librarian—C. E. HARRISON.

Trustees for Three Years— Dr. W. Ll. ALLEN, C. A. FICKE,
Dr. C. H. PRESTON.

Trustee for Two Years— (to fill vacancy caused by death of J.
H. Harrison) Miss S. G. FoorTE-SHELDON.

-_

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 311
ELECTIONS TO MEMBERSHIP.

MAY 1, 1901, TO JANUARY 29, 1904.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Baron Charles R. Osten Sacken, Heidelberg, Germany... January 29, 1904

Marquis de Nadaillac, Paris, France .................... January 29, 1904
Duc de Loubat, Paris, France .... A ee iy January 29, 1904
Dr. David Starr Jordan, Palo Alto, California............ January 29, 1904
re ws eudiews, fowa City, lowa............:....... January 29, 1904

Dr. L. O. Howard, Washington, 1D al Gig Sepasee es ee Panay Zo. TO
Dr. Charles A. White, Washington, D. se aegis . January 29, 1904
Prof. W. H. Holmes, Washington, D. C................. January 29, 1904
Prof. F. W. Putnam, Cambridge, Mass..................January 29, 1904

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Elmer D. Ball, Fort Collins, Colorado .............. November, 29, Ig01
Prof. G. A. Andreen, Augustana College, Rock Isl-

0 UN ae Oe eee ee December 27, 1901
ene Bockm, lowa-City, lowa.:......-2020. 285. September 26,- 1902

REGULAR MEMBERS.

Mrs. Anna R. Wilkinson, Providence, R. I............ October 25, IgoI
EN RCEPRIAEE Sos sip bce e's coe ce ob alew ne me os . November 29, 1901
ee MN ATCEDREM icloc1t ais = «< clab.alereslors os) ole eo ee November 29, 1901
“USERINE S PLT SS 36s 4 ae ar ae ee November 29, 1901
LS LS AS a a de ee December 27, Igor
een ee PB an 5. Gat Fn. ie Sieiacins dled e otuhe mazes December 27, 1901
0 ES i ee ee Pea September 26, 1902
RebIn Oe eM CMMAIEUCY - 255 8 Sas egos vee wesc ene aes November 28, 1902
=. (Ge (eelatye niente Ss eee November 28, 1902
PSSM ee en aie cise ss kaha cw ee Wines ec eees December 26, 1902
ESV CTT ee ee ioieie clinics soci wy hadialcw ats satel ae Se December 26, 1902
MIME NEN IEE sd as sce anes Wea w ne cs ea eeaads January - 30, 1903 ©
EG 25 oh a ee ee February 27, 1903
SEMBLE RETA OL 0255. 5 foo <2 0d ao see's dee Ss wpe es es February 27, 1903
(TL, Wee we 1 Se ane ea May 29, 1903
meury B.C. Ditzen ........... Se ee eee Ce Pre January 29, 1904
| LIFE MEMBERS. is RBSateer
ReeeEtMAC A. RICHATASON 1. .-/- eect eve cd ek en bee oma April 24, 1903
PMR TRC 0S oo wn carer's 0ig wn, x aes Sauk dain aM SIE ate wn ee April 24, 1903
MP RESEINETONGH £251 .'4 lS cise fh wane dalam celeriac s April 24, 1903
RT GABON PICK C5. oa. 2 Pkwles se 26 a'a salem win haye'euoh a bale wei April 24, 1903
PE hc 3s ors Jie Bie amare lesion da As ae OS ee sree April 24, 1903
Le [PD (2G Bits 7 AG ree ene eon Sy See ar cee cm Core May 29, 1903
OS ie ee ene a ne Sere rrr or May 29, 1903
IMAL TAR 5 org “viens SU Sys AOR es PEL LAT Awe as May 29, 1903
MN oe. noid kab Daa He wet edie’ « eps Mia ate oar ewes May 29, 1903
RS UATIOD Jos we seo eee ae ee bs Wealotatadelet ete eee OR + »¢s«» May 29, 1903

MEEIEGRSETE iia SN Ae Tors oh Ws pales Poa Te hie oe hea, May 29, 1903

312 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

VISITORS TO THE MUSEUM.

The following table shows the number of visitors to the museum dur-
ing the past ten years. The figures were obtained from the Visitors’ Reg-
ister. Since, however, many visitors neglect to register, these statistics
are not absolutely correct, all the numbers probably being too small. An
examination of the table will show that the increase in the size of the
museum, after the fitting up of a part of Science Hall, and the re-arrange-
ment of the collections, during 1901 and 1902, was accompanied by a cor-
responding increase in the attendance.

The large attendance during October and November, 1902, was due to
the opening of the museum on Wednesday evenings ; and that of Novem-
ber and December, 1903, to the opening of the museum on one Sunday
afternoon each month. At the first Sunday opening there were 519 visit-
ors present, and at the second 573. The attendance of teachers during
the spring of 1903 was due to the holding of the Teachers’ Institute in
Science Hall, and to the Teachers’ Bird Study classes. o :

4 =e be : =

eel Wie eee en) eed [or ere) tee fees) ce $s

aa| i le| 2 leleteleletslal

|

EOQA a: 5 2002s: deere 11] 6] 52] 27] 3152] 34] 39] 20] 49] 51] 11] 29) 481
POOH Sok.- se ackew ones 13} 8] 50] 83! 54] 32] 33) 50] 33] 48] 16) g| 429
DG a a in 2, 9 571-301! 35) -25)) 125 54| 31| 57| 80] 39] 32] 15| 581
1897 24| 17} 25) 28] 7) 60) 26) 31) 59] 55] 19] 14] 365
OOS ojos ein eee one 30] 20} 26) 311 46 72| 45| 54] 211 27| Io; 14] 405
$89 wor 2 Go aver tere 16; 10! 63] 48] 149} 62) 60} 52] 27] 27] 36) 20) 570
FOGG 25 So vast oni ee 18| 20] 27] 13] 25/126) 34] 58] 41| 47] 53] 18} 480
ROQOY ss. Jcahorrelereee 31} 8} 32] 48] 112) 55) 27|Clo|sed| 27/224) 85) 649
TOQG2’. 2.st(sow ts ee oes 53| 49| 85)|169 299|212 132|452|401|764|639/250) 3505
1903— Regular....... 185/ go} 185/231} 243/356 312|330|197|241|669,709| 3748
‘heachers,..---ee > ahaee |...| 300/376]° 357] 45]: i>|ac)erol = teagan 1078
Pupils in classes .|235' 42| ----|390| 1007|290]...]...]..- 130] 51|127| 2272
Basket Exhibit ..|]...|...] 2500]...] ....|...|... ei
1g903— Total ....... - -|420 132, 2985 997) 1607 691 312 330|197|371 720/836, 9598

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. GES

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

IQOI-1903.
I.— DONATIONS.*
GEOLOGY,
Ankerson, Miss.
2 ‘* Petoskey ” pebbles.
Bennett, A. T., Mt. Ayr, lowa.
A pemes OF miammoth <2...25..--.....-.-.....: Frontier County, Neb.
Bills, Mrs. J. C.
g specimens of minerals.
Hall, B. S.
Minerals.
Helmick, J. M.
as eINNOGCOHEOM Tyo. >. 2.2 cats oy) 2. sce es os 2s Scott County, lowa
Humphrey, J. J., and family.
Case of miscellaneous specimens, mostly minerals collected by the
late Mrs. Humphrey.
Tuttle, Mrs. F. M.
Drawing and description of a meteorological phenomenon occurring
at Osage, Iowa, Feb. 19, Igot.

ZOOLOGY. -
Ballord, Webb.
2 starfish.
Barclay, Hettible.
Oven Bird. Seturus aurocapillus (Linn.)........... Davenport, lowa
Cepican, Mary.
Bank Swallow. Clivicola riparia (Linn.) .......... Davenport, lowa

Crans, A. W.

Vertebra of whale.

Octopus (alcoholic specimen).
Elmer, Theo., Astoria, Oregon.

California Murre Uva troile californica (Bryant).. Washington (state)
Elmer, Dr. A. W.

Skeleton of wolf, turtle, rat, and dog.

Skeleton (parts) of muskrat, deer, and goose.
Ficke, C. A.

Autumnal Parrot 2 Amazona autumnalis (Linn.)..........-- Mexico
Parrot Mytopsitta lineola (Cass.)...-.-. +--+ seeeeeeeeee
Yellow-billed Cuckoo ¢ Coceyzus americanus Ce. )

2 do Q Piaya cayana mehleri\?).. Pee ee

Citreoline Trogon 2 7vogon citreolus Gould eee ot See TE SRM Py

2 Xalapa Trogon ¢' Trogon puella Gould .........--.++++4--- *

Resplendent Trogon Pharomachrus mocinno costaricensis.
ee cc ins ha Soh a,o wn 6 ee Fee _ Costa Rica

Blue-crowned Motmot % J/ometus ceruleiceps Gould... ... Mexico

Great Rufous-bellied Kingfisher gf Ceryle torguata (Linn.)....
Texan Kingfisher 9 Ceryle americana “septentrionalis Sharpe.
Guatemalan Ivory-billed Woodpecker ¢' Campephilus guate-

MOTELTIETIS ES: (EEALCL:) 2 oro ae socmtet score Celie el TNRUT saat en ese aaa
Scissor-tailed Flycatcher § MZi/vulus Pipe lodtea (Gmel. ) i patoes es
2 Green Jay db & Xanthoura luxuosa(LeSs.).......--+. see+s

* Residence of donors, Davenport, Iowa, unless otherwise specified.

314

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Sumichrast’s Blackbird ¢' Dives dives (Lichtenstein)......... Mexico
Brewer’s Blackbird ¢ Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (Wagler). “
2 Black-headed Oriole ¢' 2 /cterus melanocephalus melanoceph-
alus (Wagler), - ~~ < a2.8eeese mcm to: =m sees he eee eee
Baltimore Oriole ¢ /céerus galbula (Linn.).........--.++++++-
Alta Mira Oriole § /cterus gularis tamaulipensts Ridgway - ---
Mazatlan Cardinal ¢' Cardinalis cardinalis sinaloensis Nelson
2 Western Blue Grosbeak §'2 Guiraca cerulea lazula (Lesson)
Rose-breasted Grosbeak ¢* Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn.) ....
Western Chipping Sparrow 6) Spizella socialis arizone Coues.

2 Abbot Tanager ¢' 2 Tanagra abbas Lichtenstein........... -
Hepatic Tanager 92 Piranga hepatica Swainson ....-........-- rs
White-rumped Shrike §° Lantus /udovicianus (Swains.)....... e
2 Black and White Warbler §' 2 Mnzotilta varia (Linn.)..... ex
Texas Thrasher §° Harporhynchus longtrostrts sennetti Ridgw. ‘“
Ruby-crowned Kinglet of jur. Regulus calendula (Linn.)....... +
83 birds (not yet identified).. 22. -=-6.-0- s==-ase cee eee a:

French, Mrs. G. W.

Brown Pelican. Pelecanus fuscus Linn...........- ON ese! Louisiana

Goodwin, Mable.

Red-headed Woodpecker. Jelanerpes erythrocephatus (Linn.)
Voie 0 bis ‘0 sia 6)5 Sie ea efectos are SCE Reet ney raat oe Davenport, Iowa

Leland Stanford University.

3 jars zodlogical specimens.

McClelland, Nelson.

Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Coccyzus americanus (Linn.). Davenport, Iowa

Martin, Woods & Co.

Tarantula and nest.

Mills, Mrs. Helen M., Rock Island, IIl.

American Woodcock. Phzlohela minor (Gmel.)... .Rock Island, Ill.
Prairie Sharp-tailed Grouse. Pediocetes phastanellus campes-
tris Ridgewe inst esterase toe ces ae eee Rock Island, Ill.

Oberholtzer, Ernest.

Butterflies and beetles (several hundred specimens).

Paarmann, J. H

2 Prairie Horned Lark JS 2 Otocoris alpestris Praticola (Hensh.)
PR nr on aoe iio teas eokh oo dcet Scott County, Iowa

Putnam, Mrs. M. L. D.

Ostrich egg.
Head of Canada Lynx. Lynx canadensis (Desmarest).

Putnam, W. C.

Skin of a Boa Constrictor.

California Gull. Larus californicus Lawr.
Red-breasted Merganser. Merganser serrator (Linn.).
Tufted Titmouse. Parus bicolor (Linn.).

Wood Pewee. Contofus virens (Linn.).......... Rock Island Co., Ill.
WALCO oo os ave tjeis-0e yl Se ne ee ee ee oe Ay aaeee
Indigo Bunting 2 Passerina cyanea (Linn.)......- S phe ee i
English Sparrow ¢ Passer domesticus (Linn.).... “* ry saath:
English Sparrow Q Passer domesticus ........... a at hee:
Ring-necked Pheasant. Phastanus torguatus Gmel........... Oregon
Flerodiones: Sp :.-:..«. « <:s;s (eis! spa pasie Siepatel 9 oeteleeseaeial ete er ae Hungary
LimiCOlz Sp. << i.) sa 25 ole eres petite ie ene eee Germany
White Stork.. Ciconta aloa..) Niwas eesti Roumania
Cuckoo. ~-Cucwlus CGAOTUS, .2..h abs ee eee Roumania

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 315

EM ID CSPI on ois oss 35 50 o's wou eo wma cn Dawn utes Hungary
Pau Pesopeas mustard. Offs tefvax.... 2. nee. esta ccdns Spain
Meena Waetal.. O7ofacil/a aiba..... 2.2.22 c cece ewowsncs Roumania
Cl OT a a a ee ee Germany
EROS UDC PIO PS). Ao aie o.o = «GE ss,. nec wie se beac eae paaimas France
en ARR TED LIIO COCICUS oo. sos osc occ ws wise vous na smm Germany
NN EAI Fa COTNINIIIS os wo ewe ae esse nuse we Hungary
RIMES OF OUT Soo. ss ik oe we a saan aane woes Germany
Great Spotted Woodpecker. Dendrocarpus TA OTe hoe Germany

Red-eyed Vireo. Vreo olivaceous (Linn.).
Least Bittern. Aotaurus exilis (Gmel.).
SRN TASER CESS SM Ree Nace gets 2) 0S sic, ik sv ocecchn'si'e's.n Xi He meee eee Siberia
Little Striped Skunk. Sfz/ogale interrupta (Rafinesque) .. . Illinois(?)
Gray Fox. Uvrocyon cinereo argenteus (Miiller) ....... Mercer Gorn:
Schebler, Mrs. Frank J.
Hiragipe ed ge ae et ee ae ene North Sea, Europe
Schutter, Henry.
Hermit Thrush. 7zrdus aonalaschke pallasii (Cab.) . Davenport, Ia.
Shado, Mable.
Red-winged Blackbird. Age/aius pheniceus (Linn.). Davenport, Iowa
Sheldon, Miss S. G. F.
Black-winged Tanager. Janagra palmarum melanoptera
EES aE oo os ote cogs ots ae Ween ee Central America
Blue Tanager. Zanagra cana Swaimson...... ..... rs 5
2 Bonaparte’s Tanager ¢' Ramphocelus luciani Lafresnaye
Sake2.7 16 SECC Oe ee _... Central America
Yellow- eeeeunes Tanager. Ramphocelus icteronotus Bonaparte
oben. 56 a eeoaeeee 22 Ap doe tee ser (ee WentnaleATnE ded

Ziegler, Wm., New York.
Polar Bear, collected during the 1st exped. sent out by Mr.
EM, ing ose «sarees sss NOTE of Pranz poser sean
aimee “Slarillls | a Se eer a WG Fe oe Greenland

ARCHZOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

Burns, Mrs. M. C.
Fish-scale wreath made by Indians.
Belt of Indian beadwork.

Ficke, C. A.
16 pieces of ancient pottery SAA OEIC, OSTA Magri ocies Io Mexico
Panne 2222 St as noes aes a tao Se eee eee =
MIEMRSRENS 372 a2. 2c, se ono vanes ener eee eee ee eee os
PRMeEeraetone WEAUS 25 . oJ. 0. en ones eee eae ol a
4 terra cotta figures ......... Riad Ree rie a goin ne oe t
Rermemesem-e cotta heads... 5.62.0 5.65 ices se-Pe man em eee ee ci
Hall, B. S.

A large number of arrow-heads.

Holmes, Miss Clara M.
4 specimens of modern Indian work.

Hovey, Geo. U. S., White Church, Kansas.
mesmallistone NEA «= :...45 des dvd meee ee ee Wyandotte County, Kansas
3 celts.

Moore, Clarence B., Philadelphia, Pa.
5 plaster casts of aboriginal implements of stone from Florida mounds.

[Proc, D. A. S., Vor. IX. ] 39 [Dec. 10, 1904.]

316 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Palmer, Mrs. M. S.

7 arrow-heads tebsidian) ..1d0ss5ss+-<<c8 2: Snake River Valley, Idaho

Spear-head Fett MHS cetorkcinercria Oe

Parry, Mrs. Dr. C. C. ;
ROC fares sins win oe 6 oul ooh siete chew eben ls ana elo eI ee Mexico
7a eT Oe ROE A en orida Maan cmp opod rare pode cone :
Smoking Cap) .% is 0/. 2 ogoqe ce oe vd sek =) Sele ki see ee ee
Siamese book.

Putnam, Miss E. D. :
2 specimens of modern Indian work.

Putnam, E. K.

15 flint implements of stone age...... 2... 2.25 eee seen eens -.. England

2 flint CHIPS. - .<. 2.02 2 seas set wins vee = ato lelela) aaa eg ietala ee Egypt
Putnam, H. S. :

A pair‘of “sabots” 2.4. 6... .0 cose mene aeeee se sae “Spain

Putnam, Mrs. M. L. D.
Gun sack made by Sac and Fox Indians.
Putnam, W. C.
16 articles used by the Iroquois in their games and religious ceremonies,
coll. by Prof. F. Starr.
Mazatec Garments, coll. by Prof. ne Stari: peers Huauhtla, Mexico
1 Tarascan belt, ‘* State of Michoacan, ‘‘
Renwick, Miss M.
5 specimens of Neolithic pottery... Province of Brandenburg, Prussia

Roundy, W. N., Chicago, Ill.

Pot from amoundis fe.see = eee Madison County, North Carolina
Starr, Prof. Frederick, Chicago, IIl.
4 spindle whorls... 23... ¥. vets setups te eee oe eee Mexico
Tieman Wm., New Boston, Ill.
2 potsherds, froma mound? 2.3.7.) <sce.teeeee sees Mercer County, Ill.
MISCELLANEOUS.

Behr, A., Pasadena, Cal.
Cramum of a dative s.2...0..<- Catalina Island, Lower California coast
Stone implements.
Shells.
Nautilus.
Brammer Mfg. Co.
Museum case.
3rayton, Benj. B.
2 specimens of old currency.
Ficke, C. A
Bird case.
Fulton, A. C.
Photograph of ice gorge at Davenport, 1868.
Harrison, C. E.
Ramie fibre.
Lindsay, R. E.
Trunk, once owned by Chief Blackhawk.
Melchert, Mrs. J.

2 specimens of pottery of old German make, apparently covered with
a plating of silver.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 317

Putnam, H. S.
A collection of South American money, chiefly from Paraguay.

Putnam, Mrs. M. L. D.

Writing desk.
Microscope of J. Duncan Putnam.

Schaefer, Mrs. Lena.

Spinning wheel (over 200 years old)...... Hesse-Darmstadt, Germany
Matthey Bros. Peck, Mrs. F. W. )
Ficke, C. A. Lane, Mrs. Joe.
Putnam, W. C. Allen, Dr. W. L. |
Hurst, Mrs. E. W. Cable, Mrs. G. W. .Stereopticon, pro-
Deere, Mrs. C. H. Brandt, Miss C. [ jecting microscope,
Ryan, Ed. Wadsworth, Mrs. W. C. f curtain, and acces-
Richardson, Mrs. J. J. Nadler, Frank. sories.
Cook, Mrs. E. E. Elmer, Dr. A. W.
Davison, Mrs. Abner. Parry, Mrs; Dr. C.-C;
Davison, Miss Ella. J

II. ACQUIRED BY EXCHANGE.

(3', except when otherwise indicated.)

autieee per cuid arricm (Win) ete tss td. sid ise ce eee sain Labrador
Pigeon Guillemot. Cepphus columba Pall.

DOG liys at 9700005; SLE eee (MENTATI nse cl ote ske)e's)o stews. eos oa sede Bahamas
Black Skimmer. AKzyachops migra Linn.....~.....---0.25.06: Texas
Leach’s Petrel. Oceanodroma leucorhoa (Vieill.).... New Brunswick
Anhinga. Anhinga anhinga (Linn.).
Man-o-War Bird. Fregata aquila (Limn.).....----....+--.4.. Texas
Canada Goose. Aranta canadensis (Linn.) ............... Nebraska
Fulvous Tree Duck. Dendrocygna fulva (Gmel.)............- Texas
Sandhill Crane. Gvus mexicana (Miill.)..................Nebraska
Wilson’s Phalarope. Phalaropus tricolor (Vieill.).............Texas

Willow Ptarmigan. Lagopus lagopus (Linn.)..N. W. Terr., Canada

Turkey Vulture. Cathartes aura (Linn.)............... ..Arkansas
Golden Eagle. <Aguzla chrysaétos (Linn.).

Carolina Paroquet. Conurus carolinensis (Linn.).........Louisiana
Bobolink 2 Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn.).... ... +22. +++: Nebraska
2 Song Sparrow ¢' & Melospiza fasciata(Gmel.)...........Nebraska
Hoxispatrow=s lasserellazivaca (MELE) 2.232. .ec-s esse a cens es lowa
EERE NUARUIT ever O SIRES OFS! ((MSATATI) nize infec = /ssicis 5 ele ale wee nla Texas
Cliff Swallow. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say.).....-..+. 00+ eee: Iowa
Mocking Bird. Mimus polyglottos (Linn.)......-..... +++: +++: Texas
Brown Creeper. Certhia familiaris americana (Bonap.). ain
Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Regulus calendula (Linn.)..........Illinois
Wilson’s Thrush. Zurdus fuscescens Steph. ae
Hermit Thrush. 7Zurdus aonalschhe pallasti (Cab.) ......-...Illinois

Olive-backed Thrush. Zurdus ustulatus swainsonit (Cab.).....lowa

LECTURE COURSES.

1902.

January 4—‘‘ The Snake Dance of the Mokis ”— Dr. J. W. Fewkes.

January 11—‘‘ The Degenerates of Animal Society”— Prof. H. B.
Ward. i

January 18 —‘‘ The Glacial Period in lowa”— Prof. Samuel Calvin.

318 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

January 25—‘‘Members of an Ancient Family”— Prof. T. H. Mac-
bride.

February 1—‘‘ The Aztecs of Ancient Mexico ”’— Prof. Frederick Starr.

February 8 —‘‘ The Bottom of the Sea ””— Prof. C. C. Nutting.

1903.
January 10 —‘‘ From Minneapolis to Lillooet, British Columbia. What
a Geologist Sees on the Way ”— Prof. Samuel Calvin.

January 17—‘‘ The Sonora Desert ”— Prof. Thomas H. Macbride.

January 24—‘‘ Life on Board the U. S. S. ‘ Albatross’”— Prof. C. C.
Nutting.

January 31 —‘‘ The Hawaiian Islands: Particularly Some Little-Known
Ones ”’— Prof. C. C. Nutting.

February 7 —‘‘ The Iroquois Indians ” —Prof. Frederick Starr.

February 14—‘‘ Are Other Worlds Inhabited?”—Prof. Lznas G. Weld.

aN 1D Ee

A

Page
Academie des Sciences, Paris, Comptes Rendus des Séances, ref. to 263
I PMRORE ESR oi tireist is wise Micron Mae tw vis aawiate oad < stein ass ceeees es 22
PaSaRe ROS ee hula. trove eet alee o-ets oh ees wine be cates 8 as : 23
SME RINE ere ia wate Meee Rie cass Sty ace 'h see oc 62
Soo bites 2S Balede DARIO LS 6) SRS er 1, 15, 16, 17, 22
RRMA ME Smee foie vis: =. =icfemieeiate misete wrarin Ree take kee ouacie’s 84s 16, 39
SMES ERITH? MCUITICS eco) Punnett fers eee ae Gu cos ovine aca -e cons 24
co) STUN Nonstl)S) 27 Sei a a aL 9 oa 42
REPRE ALS re pete woes chet © AS eis haya Wiapaiatae eR ahve, d yee 0 8 ¥¥ a, v0 50 8's 8, 41
POSE Geers, 5 cia’ tanris mene sie ta Sle ab Siewicsacalescecces 43
Esra Me ernst eres NT ech crac ee id re cise 0.8 wa ca 8 Saag 42
PUGH ae afin sete ee MN ed os vac ck cece bas 42
AW TEAST Nb dy 1 SS clad GBR ROOR ORS GE Eb COCR STEP See nana 27
RICE eG ae oe rate Sicloitinve «28 o's a2 > sue Baie wa 27
SCM Ue tlee aatceeye erent ie Clore cscs os cde bates 27
Agricultural College, Iowa State, ref. to reports of............... 62
Agriculture, Commissioner of, ref. to report of.................. 61
Wir Sa depaLtiient OL, kel. TOnessers erie). sles +4 sence s LOO U0
Agia, Ping TRE ine G Whe ws eee ct Seen Aaa cone Otc ae Sean ae 13
AMFS CHS ETO OVS Ed Raton REO sb GRRE OC OG C SbIC IGS Ct enna 11
PEE IRE NV ATCCIO TEL: TOs vos sewes chee kiey sid leds cceerascewaes 73
AMETINN ID eV eels GlECtIOM AS ELUSLEE. sieve 2lcse-ccirec cc s.ceeececees 2 279, 310
PSSM EICMN SS Pee as Gi ere cw ON eo oss ds cere ee ois as 287, 299
Ses aca ee tats CRI ae tae din @: G.s0's a o-e'eiasa'eie ofie's 26
GEMM AU ARE etree ters eel a erae cuticle <o # alones 8! staves tess cha bléesd os 26
COSINE Ao sh oh ae utin o Se on ects Bele CeO Oe tee RECS ee eceer ae 26
Pumextkanische: knOchenrasselm.:.. 2.00. ses 0s cece ce ccee ue veus 181
PerRyECO IIa OCCIMENTAIIS :. 0 suicide cies wc oles sieew es eee entes en 26
PMiGteas ARTIC UATIAN, TEL, LO pnts let a sivieid nies laine cc s)v ess eee ane 183
Entomological Society., trans. of, ref. to reports of. .200, 209, 238
INEIOTAlIS Here laitOne metas neon ss eon chao Sinn aitls saree © 2
REAP MIR CORDES TMCS TA A LATS 5 ae cea fa ois 6-8 Riga Uwtolendca sable S seers ew 25
ate STCOLOLACIISHING © elsieiess cinta eee reve eraGieicisie esis elerh gieis disclose a vie : 54
PUG PUTAS CEM Scyacserdeiaate use: siege cele ele = wisp vise si sieves ewes 54
Andreen, G. A., election of as corresponding member............ 281
a Lenn UhThGi dh tae SOU NS NS ge “Ss O00 A ee aaa 10
Andrews, Dr. L. W., election of as honorary member Boca Ooo 311
Anemiopsis ASS Salon Gees ie 2 Sea ie 11

Annual Reports, see Davenport Academy of Sciences.
Se EID AL et AMMIGE OW EVA occ sis vd sinreste vac wnl# S18 25s aioe elec ataeec 14
OOS CA RTH ete ray cies) «SHE Lote este Milaialia wiclel ¢ witveriels oie vrei cious 14
SNS es Rte a2 a5, IRE IES eich soe Lined tad % shine Pia aldn dain woolarae lel 185, 186
URE PEE rai dnote oe Sista Ss cteeiaa. deve ole Se ela e Halbert oe gee 205
Re ee ts Ten, aig dae on bs iels Siguse Cal ae vielen is oi Sore 237
UME CRRA N CAMEL MESEUEL cba cvs 5.6 gue x sie) sintele Aid's «yn wiele abe Wks we 'se wien 5.0.6'0 ys 18
NR MPIC AT SATE sis oie u:s 6is'e ade Fs en's 6 vewe do,Pe es eae ew ate cities thes 7
AERINLG Ace pelereioucceie icles ieysn as wc atten repslemiiete wlaeehe Wralssiaters 7
od ae eat ert Sere te Ws exenaniis 12
PeaR eS eA SO COME CEO. 6 oF aie cide inco is Smale ince ots Sw SNK tip we ws 308

work in...... Lei REE PRGA E aS eT eT SERS 2 Ha 309

320 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Avenaria biflora:. 20.2 0..5.- seakeeeees ica weep eee eee ee eee 14
Aretheea constticta.< -.. 5-222, «see dee «5 2 - ee e e 52
PTAGIIPES) 6 5 iss oss AAS eres wee te ale ee mye 52
Argynnis carpenteril...... se /S Ae Go bm ateis o's Comte Saints Sethe Aaa 14
nitocris nigrocwrulead ss.) -.--. 2: 0-.as< 00 ee ee eee 6
Arizona, The injurious and other locusts of New Mexico and, ref. to 1
Wrpltin arta .6. 6 2 Sources aS at ee = jer elites Saft hoe Stak cer te 28
WMCTANA 2 oo a ses b> weep Rae 2 oe eee Ee eee 28
tenebrosa....-... ae bow SEE eee > oe epee ree ge eee 28
teporata .2 025.522 2 ek Go eee hee ee ee 28
Ashmunella........... ~ ons ck iseetw ene dls bee eae ee ee ee 10, 13
altissima: «2 2.2 46.2 sete Oh Cee cee Ee eee 10
Asphondylia atriphtis: .-.<2.<225 . <stacesteee (eee eee 8
neomexicana....... 28 kre epee ade SRE Berg et or 8
Aspidiotus ancylus <0 2. 44.. /v:entne= sa ~ sk s a eo 61, 62
circulars.) 2 2-e- 2 5)2'b dic e's we Mala nolan ee 61
ostrexformis. .. 2.22225. 5 tek e es fen eee ee ee 61
PeETHICIOSUS. . |. ....4f soc ot = eu oe wee apne eee «62
Bster Spmmoesus. |. .-22% = {lone hone oe ner, ene 2 eee
Atriplex. ..f05.. =e oho oo! ss <n ee oe ee Bee ae ee 9, 42
angushiOr. ......- <:- -=<2.5 > oe «Bae eee eee 7
Canescens..-....--.. EA eo aie 7, 8, 9, 41, 51, 52, 55
Aelocara elliotti 2. s.i5%.¢2 «ache et ee ste x clemle ol gio ea 5, 28
rafam W....2).....0 5220.5 eas eee ae See eee
Aztecs, mention:OF *- «59 -t<-s/2 see oo ee 63, 124, 128, 144, 181, ee
Aztec Vocabulary, ref. to... .< 2227. Save eee eee ee ee
B
Bacillinas. - > si. viccticac~ - fod e was aladdin aero ode oc 21
Bacillus coloradts. .. 2.06. sss. sou eee Pe ee ee 21
Bacuneulinzs . <. °.-. 5:3. c- sone pee Bee ee Se 20
Bacunculus ..'. s,s 20 chs Se Sees Boe oe ee 4
StTAMINEUS, -.-- 6 ois kois'p ae ow Oe on ee 20
Ball, E. W., election of as corresponding member...--.....-....- 281 —
Barklouse, Circular, Tef, tos. 7: o> cannery a) us eee 61
Barrio Cihuatcotla, ref. to an Aztec SLOTYoi0 : PW = 67
de Tezcacoac, ref. to an Aztec story....2-.2..2s55e-ee 67
Barris, W. H., election of as corresponding secretary.......--..- 279
’ election of as curator ....... oa ducjete ae ele SS ee 279
ref. to death Of.<4 0 30 cius oc wpe vn 22s ee 282, 283
sanebiuis of respects... 05. cans kae one 280
Bartonia » «2222. 22.062 cen ccen'd a -rcih 1 halen wie ee ear oe ee 9
decapetala. ..222)... <:/iun due oe ae Sek A ee 13
Basketry, ref. to varieties of Aztec 5; oc wate Sie aldee ne eo hei ae ee

Beneficial insects of Missouri, noxious and, ref. to report on. i 262, 271
New York, noxious and, ref. to report on. 193

Berendt, Dr., cited... 2.2. 0: udu cease eee "* 123, 128
Berger, Edward, election of as life member.......-.......----.- 301
Berra, Orozco y. See Orozco y Berra.
Best, L. P., election of as life member...-.........+s--s+--ceeeee 301
Bettendorf, W. P., election of as regular member......-...--..-- 300
2 LE nore OSC 13
Bipelovia. oi: 650+ Peo. ven ecuns¥eubien sug oss cote Ieee 9
bigelovii. ..........5.:0s0~esu pam 4 ge pee een 11
graveolens glabrata... ..<....--+sccsass epee eee 43
heterophy la var. wrightii.. :« «+ a..:0s saeesehe een 41
Binney, Dr. Amos, cited .... .. -<«s.«u0s dep on eee 173, 176

W. ri cited

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 321

Birds of Davenport and vicinity, list of the, ref. to .............. 309
Blake, Miss Alice, ref. to...........--202sese reer eeeeees: 12, 20, 21, 24, 27
a EMMERSON Gls S)ahe'a fea aisyansiwle A> bel Saxena = eons ewer acces 15, 18
CULTS EARS SR Be nee ye See 15, 16, 17, 18
BAIN. ss 2220s “oI en star ESR I Ai a RR es ke 18
Boehm, W. M., election of as corresponding member.........-.. 288
NR et oa Sema eas sides 6 sho so scie 4 snes oo * 4
a eee TATE Oe ee oe eh cits ep cM ore aera a oa oe wa. a/s sso, aioide si e's 10
SRA ES RCS eee iain a ale Ae oti eh ec MsTaPed simian alone) avals Fie Rinses » o(s 10
Bone rattles, notched, title of paper by Frederick Starr.......... 181
Bones from Mexico, notched, title of pape’ by Frederick Starr.. 181
Boopedon flavofasciatum.. ls eels MPR SEF heared pci peas © 27
“palatial ye: ARP engl sec emp OE ROPE ee ee ae eae aaa ee 27
eRe Te eee eg cas eR Ne ate ea oid ib aialeniele's' Sa wins 4
2S eo et UPs Fe a Oe 7, 24
SNC EE POUMETDATIOND, «ns 0 ee nals ide Mee mane k= ane ee nae ie 308
0 Eon 3 CL 6 Po Oe Oa an ee 39
RAG ETIG! Gemeente ee eeleMe mila ei avis > Ssh osc e leis 39
Pets zie. el; LO VALICLIES Of, 205% ooeh es << cidin secs tess week ee 65
bation Or. cited by Prederick Starr 2.5/2.2. i650... 2 veces aes 131
c
REPRE cn tse) oe Sta SAU eA Ks echats a anid s wales est adp ans 54
SEE AT HSC Dy VL ZO INGIANS: 5 a cps Gites soe ca see ese a sees 134
lil Ty iBhy veer Sn AS GS BE ee Se ee ee Se re 174, Biv ly(
LSU NIGIPE a) 3 ON eg NO POE ne 4
Manas ROPmHOION? CHIGHOPDNG 5.05 06 oxic nen sce ee ee nee cee oe 14
EE an > a i Oe 12aes 29
euEIREE AINE COLUMGU ONE 5 oo). vcs we ds Saosin polar os aes es ene een ee 14
Campylacantha vegana..... Ak ke 8 ae 40
SEES ee oa eS SI re See, Be ee ee ee 40
“CoLfnnpra Tera iG fo) ote ae) ean Cong ee 3
RCC are ATI Leb TOssc es oct ss roach clas nls's one ald a bine Soo aimeine 131
“Laie TES Si, cre Bea fo'ite (EPS a vies Hee hgh = eS ene ee 277
eat BE IUIAS ECC AS CILEC stn iene sissies use > a b)eiaisigtaeiaisie'eic.e 0, ccsinie 73
NE AMR eee ots) rik emai A aaa a slinle Kelana ev 4d s oes ase pier 208
Tae eae tO ecto or ak as vic darn’ od vatee 20D, OO
See ME Re ae ea ake ee ae oo a's Sree see ose aed 212, 238
TA NSEE LEGS LEP CR HO bette siete laa oa © ofdiaie'cls = 0's Sla05 <2 aise) See aes Oe 131
“Laliiiy Lin sane o Geta, Sane: 0 4
“Laiineie; 2 2 US ae ae ae, Been ee er 261
ELE Bg Be Pe OS ar a eee ce ee 261
SRN Ns IN ote elt o lea cua Siete! cia \a a ess 'oie e/ele ® 258, 260
eT Ee Nee ee eee er ee ocr 14
0 GRE ee rere er 14
eS) TDG. WONG te een Oe Bp eae eee 84
UE ci PUT ye 276, 278, 295, 307
ME NENI csr ss aie Fie a's a alge ws one die oo CacRainwinn’ns 226
Cecidomyidz .. ee 240
Celdala, 3 to tribe eS iS epee ie tame 131
ee REE CLC LEI TON orien so statis area’ «=! n|aln's) sisid'n nied w soni al oys er=n pr aed = 131
ey a as So fo x.ct = 32 Tn a 510 a'e bin apdj any om nia oe 9
BEOTODIASEOS IITESTIATIS. 20. 226s cece cea cs es sees wecens suenss pencee 8
NNER as yiculald <0 bisid mo @din'amis'n h wa 'e's “alek ¢ iain Kee § 1, 425 27
PINE AMES cis od wads 6 v's ud 0' windy Wie na) «wR we Ba ee 57
EA UCTASISMN thd 2d oso mad aie the ane AR ates Seva 56
EET eens ais o's \nja’nave o ahi eelc ed eateries unig acim 57
REE CLA CANA Sian! o 5% slnicia ato ciaicralst site 0 aiele avy Siete marae 56

322 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Ceuthophilus neomexicanus .... 2.2... -00. cee cece cere eens cee ene 57, 58
pallidus. 2.2 a0 cgitecate cides < caaaae a dere 57
polifus 22) {sts seaeeet eye oe Spee ees Bess) = 56
UD OTMUIS: 22246) soso teuts less cee beet Gee eee eee 56
WalGUS: sss sens see eeel- kcal se ce ones eee ee er 56
Chaniula, type... =. 2oclses2 vs geeetee™ © = 01 ooo eee 130, 131, 132
Charency, Mr., ref. f0.2.. o2..0tecinc’ <csbxeedels ernie eee 128
Ghaves Cowntyicr = oecc 2 ot ctere rs otetate telom exelol> o's ole tole = tel fatotetelel aetna ee Pe
Checheb, Agustina Gomiez.<... 6.05. . o.0s 20 eee eee eee eee 130
Chermes castanes® oc... 10 ses ae 20205 oa heel ae eee ee 257
Chermesitt® ..ocs3 (6 55 os eb elolatetiasias Se Gels eee ce eae 185
Ghiapa, town Of... «<0. -<- avon nema ene ee eee ee 128
Chiapanecs, tribe -0f . 22... 2-)acieae- 2 Ute e «ashe ete 128
Chloealtis abdomimalis. « . os. ..c ¢ o-oo vests oa ele ae ee 26
CONSPELSAL ss:00 Fas seit ool owen eee 26
Chols; tribe of «2.2 sos -...snts See ete 3a 3 e Saige epee ee 63, 123, 135
vocabulary GF. 2.0: sjesie we acnls oe ~otem Seta ee eee 136, 144
Chorisoneura texensiss.. = a.s6 2 eee ica oe tae ee 19
Chortophaga. viridifasciata ..... 2 6.50..0 te est) eee eee ee 15, 28
Circotettix Sparsus. .....% 2% 222 <idersmatenielleh eee) e = aise te) ee 38
undulatus. 0. .si2 {doc ces bo See Race ee 10, 14, 38
Circular: Bark Louse, réfi.to.< 3.20. < sac eee Ee ee eee 61
Clematodess - 2.05 5.0 ew de aie eo loo ene eee ee 4
larre2es wd c.cidies onoc knees Sa oee eee eee tee eee eee Tod

COccid. i656 Secs esl eae Sake ee ee
North American... .. 2.5.0 -s0 3. Aen see ee eee 61
Coccophagus varicormis «0.3220- 2s oe ee ee 61

Cockerell, T. D. A., and Scudder, S. H., first list of the orthoptera
of New ‘Mexico 2222... 0. snes tee eee ]
the: Putnam Scales-. 2 s--6-0 ee eee 61
presentation of paper by. -.2.--2+-. see eeeee 281
W.P), cited... 8 3e reg cone he eee eee 21
Coleophora -atriplicivora:..: 33.0.2. sce aes 2 seen eee eee 8
Coleoptera os. c.c/c c's 0 «So cssgeharesa (Sune ele ren ae Te eee 10
Committee, appointment of, lectures... :...% 5... 5822-2 = 520s cee eee
public school extension work........ 279, 302

reports of, (see Dav. Acad. of Sci.,)
resolution :«.... 5.2.Sc. vee cca cie ce eee , 286
revise corresponding member list.... 286
standing’ :. . 35 inces Soe tee 299

Comparative table of New Mexican and New. England orthop-
tera, numbers i. s8.2 5 52505 enero fe eee ee 16

Comparative table of New Mexican and New England orthop-
tera, Percentages «.<..ccc ccs chy cate aineten oem etelce ae tee 16
Comstock, Prof., cited ........é2. 300s sendeck Cente ee 61
Conalcza. neomexicana . ....6 is veds onctecds ssuceses Gene en 40
Congress of Americanists, delegates to.......0.. sec eecaeseneues 288
Conocephalina ........ cess scans sacs + caemel belo nseean eee 1651 Tet
Conozoa acuminata...) f.c0-cop eee eee PPR eo coc Be Dot
COLTUG Ata, ose 6 ociacs oo «enc cine siolelees sista Crean renee 53}
melleola ........0:0000 cece nu cae nee tnamie eee iene aaa 34
Ploturata . dae soc eese's coe dale eae ad hereeenanere ee 34
Copal, ret. to Aztec tse of. ;: :<.cs.<s sewed secueaee epee nen ee 65
Cornus florida. .....i5. ices seacsnes deeb ween ele kn eeenee ann 253
Corydimees o.. ice ieee bc + occ vce e secu pie cia cigieal eile een 15, 19
Crossett, E. S:, election of as'life member-..... 0.0 0eseee eee 301
Cnuauhtlapanea ... 603... .ecwas cccunu eueelue alcatel 67

i.

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 323
lentior, A. H.. ClECHON OL aS JIke MeEMPeLr-s2-.5<-- 2.68 ccc. cee vases 278
RIA SLC esc claysi saree gas ob fas a2 (ese)e. Sick sle 298

D
Davenport Academy of Sciences, ref. to.............--+++..ee eee 203
Amendments to constitution ........... alot a ycccee $ 300
Annual report of corresponding secretary . Beas Fb erti tes ra es, eee OUD
GUGALGIprerte et diate Care he tat view en ais 8 295, 307
Flore: heen ote Sie ee ha a 2718, 285, 295, 306
RCS iin edu rds vss an 45 ee 275, 282, 288, 302
publication committee..... ........... 296
TECOLGINSNSECLEtALy =... +. sles 21-(-5> 283, 293, 305
ue SPENCE: Phy Ee cy A eM a ee 277, 283, 294, 305
PE LEGIOH Ys MOUIPETIEN, Meena) coe Dec ete) cece vn eee 181
Archeological investigations by... Pee Sita 2i SeSe 309
Books purchased for library Jo eke See 307
Corresponding members, revision of list of .... 286
CAIrATor -AppPOMeMent iOlee nace Lhser 22.52 ecitoss Pefcle : 286
Becton GWOnce4rs.<4-...-<>.netee too 285, 279, 298, 310
Lecture committee, members of. pea kaey eee OTL APO
EACH ECTE oR REA TR Loe eee ee 318
Membership, list of SESE 7h)” 2 See 311
Mise AUG IONS tO THEE ae settee tas close eo Sa bot 313
VISILOLE ILO Re tee get eee tate (eae oes cc actier 312
PE GCOOIES ER UIISISIS Ob. occ ec0s coins crc se) 2 ww ee oe 275
SciencerHall. dedication Of% 22 sie. - si wwsices a 276
IND in UO) Padeat, Se OS Area he eae Se ee 275
Manstees MeEhINeS:.. i soNe us. deve scien: 279, 286, 287, 298, 300
UIT 08 ic eB ee EN oe bc eed xiv eushe wath due ® 268
DEES EREES > ee Ra OS ee Oe 8
Dactylosphzra........ Ahan ERO URE Se ae ye 212
CER TIME Rd TTC as SA Sia SOO eee ee ae eee 244
SEMIGMS Sime wats sei cso e ZIT 212
SS eiqhinn Pe eo soe b CE SORA IOS Or eerie 190
ACIS 61 BAER ee ee 225
COMIPEMMM. <j... 00 237
GT RES Sin Se Bs oe a ee neo eee eee 208
Oe RET RRR US 209
Re MURR eee i ee ee OS as ist a so 236
NEMA S HEU CUI a. eee eek tie </ab cine 2225. 209s Dod, Dol
FEVOCELIOA LEM teeter RAE R nics Bec ONG fie) a, G65 toa gs 0) sjeie Se: 210
STOUT OST NAS yes es ANI Be Be a 244
subellipticum....: 8 SHH en AS eee 250, 251
UR URE te ls a RE Te es Lee oot. Sin dare es 213, 237
LO CET BS i ie Oe 51
SaaS PIRNBR sare Mes rs te Fad 6 ous abi on aa ave ba Se al
DEALER, AVA SS re 70, 127
Eee ALC aya I or ey aE sb a ena, aleie p dStINE a os 70
EI ETS a RO eee ae FSA en er ena 72
EARS TT ee eee ew is cv aw vis a aise ea oe 71
SENOTUATAVENS, Spe Aes Rae a i ee 712
VU Er 1 HEC ESE dete ASS oe eon 71
RM ets Se i sn oh a ame dieu nine « AROS 70
Da ES g TS OA Os Rc ene rere: Fer en 72
LEMS. lavanenre alii 25 4a a ae OR 10
0 TES SSS Brice oe I OA ae 14
a Esa eee he ee dc 5 soe ns wars, Sean bk al thibte 64
eM A Se PSC Me os .2'a, > cere diax be Rhiwivd bl3.a%, las ach bs 16, 53

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. IX.]

[Dec. 28, 1904.]

324 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Delphinigm J..+) is: eeu nha eens P5.OF: A Dew cade) ee
Derotmema cupidineum.... ...5 55. - n-decane Ane
* haydeni\. so. <2: seem <= sma ge 0 aa tess cepa eee
laticinctum 3-76 ..06 opine. 25) t aoe ae eee
Deschampsia cespitosa.........--- «ilba'e2de dal, pane ty
Diapherometfa.. « - - 05.26 55 <4 einie Wowie ad 4.6 Cea striate alegre
denticrus?. sashes enst.4 oe se hee ee é

feEMOLAtA foe se es bs hee tWeeblabeys 0m. ee ees

MOESULANA os gic: ssivinine «.o3 oss eed Pare a ee eee

WENEL ici c o0.3 boa ga Gn farsie on 31 eae

Diaspidiotus. ......---.--.. eee cee e cert e te tte cece cece cece eens
Diaspis aneylus: « «2. 0.s.0:/25 «mek «Seb ds 2 ee ei ee
Dichopetala brevicauda: . < :.24.::2..-+¢-: 5 seaae ae eee ‘sews
emarginata:. os... 0.05 sciem Sac chet Sees oe

Diplosis atriplicicola..... =v ve 1s tned son desea’ Fee ae
Diptera 2ci0ias f Sno. sig'are cise o's hnieeerninie a tahctes mare tae
Dissosteira Carolina. < issih wal. fice o'52 0 o ccs 5 eich eeeereeie eee
longipenmis -...6 5 nc nos 2 - > =< 2 28 oale ena eee
Dodecatheon pauciflorum.:- 22... flee oes ee oc eos
Dona Ana county <2 a5.% 02. 2 Snes oe bored Oe eee tee
Donations to MUSeUM. «5 2.2 a4- oe. Prec eee ee eee ee
Dress.of women, among the Zoques:<-< Ye -..iccl =n -1-5-3 eee
Preytius, .Dr:;, citede.. 5a202 cece eee A xcitiad Shik 36 See

Eagle Corners, Wisconsin, reference to notched bones in........
Ectatoderus' boréalis.t..: 4/2 sede commen ee eee Jisizreretghoatey es eee
occidentalis. sas ).oc 5. se *epsmaeiele Odo ae ee ee
Ectobia lithophilla 2.2. . 21.5 «5 Hej cise. oles Stans ie Steet ste slept
Eddy county, reference to coleoptera in...........- ...2---eee0e- 2
Election of Offcers - 25 0 <)san eas oe ceceeiden a eres ee ere 279, 285, 310
to;membership.-227n ee ee eee SathtReoe eee ae 311
Elephantella groenlandica, <2... 2s: e2 aces aid eee eel eee :
Elmer, Dr. A. W., election of as life member................----
president... - caciafan-h +12 <> op
second vice-president..........
vice-president . 2.8...) «sce
president’s annual address ...............+--.
Encoptolophus parvus.. «.. . 2 <<s:s =s/ohis cewisin ae ote es) a
costalis...cee dof ae ato a tenGnate
Endemic species of orthoptera it in New Mexico. je ole sat Ce
Entomologist, ref.) tO... eis: i sins ico bi eee eee ew eee eee
Entomology, U.-S: division of, ref. t0 .-.-....<0e-ee ae eeeee
Entomological Society of Phil., trans of, ref. to.............. 211, 212, 224
American, trang, Of.:....<<ssetets 200, 209, 246, 251
Entomologische Zeitung, Stettiner....:.......05 sede eet See 263
ETOEMOpedes - 2... o'sise.s vies, «aia» adhe letere ct jeseie) a alata ats eae
POPCANA . 2.626. wane sic wie oe « = ipielale ete mee ik eann
scudderi...... ge su benim em lolgve u, «ate Gren’y eh /acci tee ae anene nn
UNICOlOL .... = vix4s.< c= 2 ws eno ¥en 0's ee pl ne
FEXICTOCIG :<'u! sa: eu sie'eis cna 0 a siusp cated hae alone ee Sass ataleretiene ‘
Erigeron liomerts <x, . »- +=) .2« 009s wade, sree waved Sangeet
Eriococcus neglectu. .....+++< .as« sees ses siw wen eee ene
tinsleyi .... .... <«% »0u» okies» 67h mined aie ioeneteet nan
Eritettix nav vicula wie. eie'ee de eee a7m'ele, olan ele te lol nia lavety satiate tenet ann

Erysimum. : dba
Ethnog raphy ‘of southern Mexico, ‘notes ‘upon ‘the, F. Starr ......

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 325

Ethnography of Southern Mexico, presentation of paper......... 281

a a SG a Se en a ee 12, 24

SEURITGU AEG one ee eS ois he 25

SO USD APES! POG ENS 66 Saas RAE See ee a 31

Ewers, A. F., election of as regular member..................... 288

Exomalopsis. . ESS Sa e ee dE rere 4

Experiment station, New Mexico, ref. to. Lt SA SOE ee 62

F

Oo SENOS OE ee Se ee 64

Fernandez, M. F., PET Py PAR eek ie ge le yee 126

J five Eee ae Se RSE COE ees ee ee 14

Ficke, Alice, election eee ee eet... 301

C. A., delegate Congress of Americanists................. 288

Sleriine Gt as tristeess 5 cpa ns sce ases ><. pee ee 279, 310

MMP PO re ie os coo brawn ~~ 219, 285

Sparen SETI oe ide a ke oisid de na ow vw > 280, 299

Fineshriber, Rabbi William, election of asregularmember .. 300

ECM RASA ENP). secre cei sep dene k Seles bese Ginpsuee ee Gk. 193, 212

Food Plants, as related to orthoptera in New Mexico ......... 4
Foote-Sheldon, Miss S. G., see Sheldon S. G. F.

NN ee once 0k inne Pai waa. ob dale Sb sa os occn ts 16, 18
French, Col. Geo. Watson, election of as life member....... 301
G
De DAMU ED SUE etic Sean don 6 GCE Ae Oo 72
Galls, petiole... MME TIEN Sea in 2 pis pm a 243

synoptical piace mame 188
HOE oe Mies Bel OU naa DCCC Cn Shee re 243
Gallup, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in .................... 12
i Es eee antes pig eats Sania Gees Oslo ne eisic d= Se weceer.- las = 9
EE AE RT RS 2 ka Se ie ee 14
Geografia de las lenguas de Mexico, ref. to.............. 0.000005. 712, 128
RENE TEE Mra PRT hoa ds oS smc vicina bo ce pacaaeice © 64
SG tiiy (eee ls 26 Sey ee eae Se 181
Goldschmidt, H. G., election of as regular member.............. 289
Gomphocerus carpenterii Pee ee ee rer es sah ae wh este’ 27
NUR Ieee ora ie a eign cha Sapo win tis ade 26
clepsydra 27
0 in SS ee er 15, 16, 17, 58
Rees ee ona Se. ch alee «daw sepem ns 59
NR Phin i ae is Se in is on aise wns opaienmibe- 8
abbreviatus'sac«.02 5267 Bint ad LL oe se Aan ener ae 15, 59
ee eet Se alge des alae boca ed pre sind om ae 59
PISS VaR ATIC S Steen ns te FS Sas deb cass sepiswe Sep « 15, 59
(DEST TR See Gage osc SUR Oe act a as a ee 59
RATE O ISOS Ne nice eo one's ob aS ew Fees oa one bee eels 58
ERR We Se pe Ne os es ss e pide = = + wana Sew wea 58
Guadalupe county, New Mexico, orteoptera collected in..... .-- 2
H
Haak, Ferdinand, election of as life member .................... 301
SIRIAUET ENG ARAL AGOIAUUIE oo So 5:o oe ac ee een sds wees Bie? 28075 39
SeMMR LEER I EEL MINUS CMEC SB ice oye se ei0. 0'5 s0.aep Sais ‘wiRip idle. bie) ae"abs see amie 258
pe EA PRNPE TEENS, on oo divine. « sins Sits ea cd's yee ode x oh gh pa bese 39
ne RENNER TITRE OE ooh min i> > ola dug oa pn oda ne ewe es fe uwen oo 181
Hammatt, Edward S., election of as trustee........----...0.000- 286
Harper’s Magazine, eR OF Jin Pavnas awe atere 20

326 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Harrison, C. E., election of as librarian.................. 279, 286, 298, 310

aS HOSTER. Yai seses cee eee ' 298

report of as librarian.:..<. 2-0-2 5e. eee 306

Harrison, J. H., election of as trustee............-.-----. -- ++ 281, 298

mention Ob}: See tee Ladies hh aeh 2 eee

ref; to death of 2e. act7) eer CeeeeL Ee eee eee 304

Heliastus aridus..2% 2% 2202 #252 bate eee eee 39

Helicina, .20 0. 2sel sce s cas ee Dee 8 coe eee eee eee 175

Gcculata !.: 34205. 22e cape io See 173; 176, 178, 179, 180

OCCUlIN Ao o3 es Fook eee ee eee wai. = hee

orbiculata . «.: 2.22 sud scislose ee fee ee ae eenismenee ae eae 176

rubella 222 occe wes se Se ee ee ee eee eee eee 173, 176

Hemileuca:sororia<olivize.. -=-).2- meas) ee eee eee 12

Hesperaster .. 22. ..cs 22s a ans te eine a eee S35 ee 9

decapetala ...... 12... - +s sceee ee cece eeeeeee ae: 13

perennis......- aahaal iveteteneers pala clerk Siae aetid ec eee 9

Hesperotettix pacificus ...........+..-++----+5- Ss oe eee 4]

pratensis. .... 22. .eee eee eee cece ee eee eee eee 41

SPECIOSUS 25 3.i.' oes cameo Ge . o's e% Se 41

VITIGIS $24.2 Sos0 SERS eee atl e Cate ee eee eee 41

Hicoria «2055 s+ 2+ 6 bo oe sk SER eee 240, 251, 252, 253

alba:c.to5%. ecb 3s Ree eee eee 194, 199, 215, 220, 221, 239

ale Gis si. Secta' Sie Ss RR ee Oe ore 188

AMAA. o0 sw ckce.oh ee ear een ae ee eee eee 226, 244, 246

plabra...- ¢ <4 20-0 ieee Reese 188, 193, 194, 195, > AO 203, 244, 257

IMIGFOCALP Arc = oe a 208

oliyzeforniis:.2n%6)he2 eee ee eee Joes eee . 235, 248

tomentosa....... 198, 205, 217, 220, 221, 228, 230, 240, 244, 251, 252

Hickory, Bitter-nut. 2. o22s. 26 eaeet eed ieee Sn nose” 226

Pig-nut 5. os. - <0 bce we te eiee cle Se a nls Sel eee 211, 212
Shag-bark 225.2. aes Be oreythes hos kote eee Se ses 22

Shell-bark .. 0% < sc:c:36e52ceee oeeeSe alc Ona ser

Hippiscus . ...2<2-. 26 cbs 05 coma eee amare aint satiate sete ee 17

CONSPICUUS) sn'5:' cde Bee wee ae 1c ome ea ore 30

corallipes..: <./2e6\s to Stee ee eee ene sii nwa eeee 29

haldemanii....35, 2. 25S Sac tase os oh ee 29

leprosuS .:. . 00% se ssecesige ecle er anew Sate ae gee ee ee 30

MONtANUSs seis. vad de o Palsake ew Mente serge ae ee ee 30

neplectus 2.25 evssl tes sae “550 haa Oa 30

pantherinus .. . .:ce-ok ste miwisters ae ciate wie cbeee ie alee 29

Paradoxas: . oe. ce Kase) ewe eect ate ee tie ante ea 30

pardalinus. . .\..2:5.'¢ Lacweptewies diese aay or stede tear ae 5, 30

pumilus « . 2.3 2s. (gusw Sande epwce a pats eee ae 30

saussurel......... Tawaes Sone hie tt ee ren) 29

ZAPOLECUS =. « owes’ Sade wn Pe ee 2 he ee 29

Holmes, W. H., election of as honorary member........ eee 311

HlOSp ira. ois < ssiac-a sien die 07s) mie wel orate tenarst ne aie ete cnet a 11

Holzinger, J. M., ref: tO... << 2.(fs.co0s anne fats aie ever a ae 174, 176

Homoegamida, «2. ei bse i bet vara alee tale le ern ieee a 4

bollianass «=. ssi.) s'eu sb wapek sein le ee ee eee ee 19

subdiaphana... 62) :2.s\ cons cise > cee een = ee 19

j= (oy gee ht: RE, GPR ti Ge +

CleZans is view ae cscs sues wklaek ae tae ne a ee 52

Horticultural enh transactions of the lowa State, ref. to .... 61

Howard, Dr. Li. Owss. + se ssace oe cee renee eee 81

aac of as honorary member............... 311

Huaxteca veracruzana ; <3... «cies uclem statee 06 Seana aie trae ete ha ene 67

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 327
Cote foyer tie, NE 26) eee ee oe eS Oe ea Se ee 3
Hueycopalkaxistl. oe Ce GRE pa eee eae PE 64
-Humphrey, J. J., ref. Pee? Ae et OA Sede cis ) sas Sack 277
MRT ISS Catre U Rs w eha via’. «dete AM sda woes $a ise see 253
I
Manioig, Mosious taseats Of, Tel. tO)... eee cee Saw eee ae DIZ S14
Indian ACTICOItUTE!. 32. 2)6sen a. « Pat Sm Pb 9% Lay He: ae. 125
Indians, Pueblo ...... ATL Gant SEs. 181
of southern Mexico, ref. to paper ¢ 2) ed = Rae eaee Meee ke 136
Injurious and other locusts of New Mexico and Arizona, cited . 1
imisect Life. 'cited: ..2 =. 22.2% ie ee eee 1
Insects of Missouri, noxious and beneficial, cited | NEES Soe 214, 262, 271
New York, noxious and’other; refi. to 2 .<- 0. uske..d. 61, 193
International Archeological Commission, resolutions relating to.. 288
knserpreteshuasteco, Cited... 82.2.2) es See eee ee oe 73
Iowa Agricultural College, ref. to pub. by....... sehr ee ces, & 62
Iowa State Horticultural Society, ref. to trans. of.... .......... 61
SPRIUIME TICIATIS 3. eo teens eee vel UMD. RSet hes Leith Pie 182
amboprera POMiAnAs§.:.. (0. .f voce woes. EPS ea: Bh einent? 18
ubleriana . 2 Ni LTE Se et ae ee ee 15, 18
Isocoma heterophylla wrightii MT REPRE civ tole a Bae Yay. see ees 9
J
Johnson’s Basin, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in ... ....... 11
Jordan, Dr. David Starr, election of as honorary member ....... 311
K
Kansas University, mention of...... ...--- Re Micka te Cad 6811
MmeGRS. FTror., Cited =< 2... 0.0.2 .06% eae ee Shakes 291
2 Bo LR GR So ne ee ee eae Dee 17:
A ORS 2 ae 7 a aE oan oe 174
Munpal, as celebrated among the Mayas .. ..............220-«:. 80
1
Lacandons . Rah Se eee tS he Retinns ft GAs s Ee Is 136
Lactista pellepidus Be Aas ee aN oh ear eee : 31
Lage, E., election of as regular aa eee aes eee) Gis a 281
(2 ale Aue gl 0: eee a er Petes: 174
Lardner, J. F., SlECHOULOL ASHEELISTOR. Aen. cone ee oelsieds ic Be asda bee 286
_ AUB MEBs bce & dG oO aay oe SOB eI eC ICR RET aetna Tg
Las Vegas, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in.......... Wridis oe 12
Range, New Mexico, erthoptera eollected ini )2554.% 4 14
2 FED Eats 2c CSR SR a Oe 8
2 TEESE EADS Oe eos Get a 6
AOESTUL Gl Segment se arunevaner ee We. Nar ee ae bas Sp sle Kye a ieee 6
CE CIGE TEAL GE eyes Sa Scat agers » ore cee Sls 6
RESO) Sed gercentcnctetete repartee (ara ays Satelit 0.0 seus eititads Ap ~Joserele me. ae os 6
Lid MSGi lg sn coe USO nSS Bie ease ae eae eee 84
La Trementina, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in............ 12
ME TERINOMIASDISETTLESEENS om vcaites o's 6 Poti Gece tuan eee aie oem 8
Lecture, Ancient paintings and idols from Mexico, Ficke........ 279
Animals‘of the sea bottom, Paarmann..:-..... ........ 296
| Are other worlds inhabited? Weld. .......:...-........ 318
Aztecs of ancient Mexico, Starr.........-.. pS oe 318
=) Seiatrom oF the sea; Nutting. =... sis sneer ik ees 318
"Coloration and habits of birds; Paarmann.......2.-....- 291
Mites Ue, EL WOLS 0a yale 585 Scnie oin.e os yee sole ola pip eiera 289

328 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Lecture, Degenerates of animal society, Ward.........--....--.. 317
Embryology.of :theichickRaatmannie--- eee eee 301
Extent and value of the D. A. S. archeology coll., Starr. 281,
Future of the AcademysgAndreen™. 322 ae oe eee ee 281
Glacial period"in Toway Calwines-2 425-50 ae eee 317
Hawaiian Islands, particularly some little-known ones,
Nutting 2:7 s34. 558 cena Os oa nk ee ee 318
How can the museum best serve the people? Paarmann 289
Hydroids and corals, Paarmann:s-s.0. soccer eee 296
Iroquois Indians, Starr.. x any A deat eee ea ct ee 318
Life in the Philippines, with special reference to the
schools of those islands, Kerrick _ [in eh ora eee 302
Lifeon board U.S. S82 Albatross; ‘Nutting 7. 222.0 eee 318
Marine invertebrates, Paamriann’s. acdc: ep he 296
Members of an ancient family, Macbride............... 318
Minneapolis to Lillooet, B. C., what a geologist sees on
the way, ‘Calvine syst assent des ee 318
Mollusca; Miss’ Sheldon: = v0.0.2 22sh2eccs See ore, See 296
Mound builders, Paarmanncce 72. 5.90 0 oe eee 296
Snake dance of the Mokis, Fewkes......-............-- 317
Sonora ‘Desert. -Macbride 22-4 ssc Kae de oes See 318
Value of natural history for the student of base:
Putnam. Ky cn. cet aes See ee é 301
Leland, ER. fel iG th ceeteeoeaaes Y 2 acai ee Ona 174
Lepidoptera sipie-+ vin.e's hast Sd palatial acids Gita Aine CIS nennee:.< eee 8
Lepris wheeleri -...c2. fos oS. Ak aes Oe ae eee 13, 30, 36
Leucampyx newberryi 3.2/2 6%: (cc oy-7- 000.2 des one eee 13
Lichtenstein, Mt:, mention of2 aa es-isihe toe. oe coon eee 262
Life zones in New Mexico:si cs -ni8.2k.+<aetouial hie eee 2
Lindsay, J. E., election-of as life member... -5::..)..... 2.224 12a 301
Lintner, Dr., mention ro) gene Ue wargten iol ln aia Chat ee eee 61
Lischer, Henry, ref. to death OF ashe cs+. gots ae 305
Litaneutria MMINOL 2s sas Shade sees Sik See Cee 19
Locustides -.0:,/.c2d8 a “SR een ce eae oe 1; 15; 06; aise
Locusts of New Mexico and Arizona, the injurious and other. .... 1
Lopez, Louis.B., mention’ef=.. 325-0 eee oe Asa ice oe 85
Lorenzano, Serapio, Cited: aise i Se ete ORR ache oe See 73
Loubat, Duc de, election of as honorary MeEMbHEE 16 cas Shs ee 311
Lumholtz, Mr. ; clted <<) hn eae ee ee eee .§ Sid Be ee ee 181
Lycena exilie. 201.4 j4u0bacee toot ee ee 8
: M
MacLean, Pres. George E., mention of....... 0... 212. -scu-seeus 276
Manantial del Conejo, an Aztec story. 22% «dived. dnis'ie ean : 66
Mantida, .. 62's. os csv eae pve et asthe ally piney one 15. 16, 19
Main tinae 5. c's seein oon gate Ie Pe ttre ae ees a 1
Manuel, Don, cited... <). isi see ca ewe ea ogee cn 78, 83
Mapa de Huahtla, mention, of...) 5. 23.% 2.4 saute 07 ee ee ee 84
Marston, G: .T, ref. tas 2.5. 0.) oe rece ctenie eee ne 175
Matthey, Hilda M., election of as gh es member sc: 5. eaegiae 289
MAV AS crs 715). Sele Gres ich bes, 3 es ok sie 4 eo ie
McDonald, Prof., mention Of tat dh bedan eee ©. 000 Nee 174
McClelland, Thomas, ref. to:'death of. .J25. 925 ea ae * 282
McCowen, Dr. Jennie, election of ‘as trustee! 4s oe aie 298
Melanoplus. . ola o eiere'ed cchela™ © wlalelecdse ote ty 0 Wb ieRe lene einer Saisenety nes any ea
altitudinum. a wav dil 0: 5 are-o Vetendiat ree Wt eels ea ete de On 46
ALIVUBS 6 oo sae a sie Sak eee eae ee aig ee 45

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 329

REITER ANLSEAALIM Gis ool hig Snes dc ek Ses doe cele Cased ws 48
aOMIE ALEC ees Ao pete ce SS bea 8a). bani door bade: 51
bowditchi . 43
ERE Raney rte ay on is Lua e Bild led Mae eed 44
calidus 7, 49
SNMP Cer e teteals te iota 27-1. cicid cVelsies -< elo Scuaiendiviaieh ore Oe 47
SRE RI FA Aateks acts Soe aves Udita ve wk tea’ « 48
Fa ETRN US ae he ee Se ee a a Ce ee 7, 46
RUSS SAGES SMES seat Roe aici og: «5k ods oa Dae va Miata oe ane 49
SONIA SIM Sera aes 2) 2 inso 4 on PRS EY 9b ole Hak du 48
METERS ER AES Parte A at fie oi bcncicis citi brain miave sie low a cle sul 43
CIES STEVIA 2 Os Se prs cote a ene oe 15, 46
URE ace eae Lees cee tan Pe eke Nik «isi foe e Oy OO; DI
EE Ny ee Coo ee ee 44
RCCL eei ate te ieie oR Stel «ap AE ath oc aaietd 0 His Sine de aloe ors 44
OE OMAR occ: Se aa oa ee 8, 15, 47
oT USL SS Bas de ee, Se eo 43
MMR GR Re gitae Hee PAE tad Wee Sb eed Sea sey dine G25 ow 44
BAVERCCHES siaae ere ees fae More. vs celgue Sasha eeede 43
REE SPEC ase a Pent iy et NAS aed xe eed Savoie Sela kiaw he oe 48
DES RST SRE SR es a 2 46
SUD SE ER eee eee ee 44
RIE irs erste tte) foe often he ys ol SS 6 on oie wa wae oe ase.
JOE 0 Se ee Ae - 8, 43
SpE NATED ARs aa cai at sd Sea vet ccs oto ocee ate 7, 46
ERG 7 No cet ade costa oe ee eee Sep oes 43
IESE ee Ss Je ce Sone OE BOCAS So oe eae eee see 6
ert RAMA are hE ie MEE Sn wine Eels Sacre 48
See Bers rn i Soe win RoR em 3s eleae bate 46
TRG ROS ae adh Sai oe gee oe aE SO 7, 49
POISE See OE rele sce wake AAC a” bored ce ostetre 50
Seu rere. 5 1 See ryt libel oe SS 7, 47
Nes te RIT oS ain rk deme es See 44
MC Ca es Meee Eee Sook kel oG.e eines EeacSese cede: 7, 47
STORES FIG tS AS eee ee ee ee geil ae Ne Be 5, 45
terminalis SEAS SE sani ate Shh ae ne eee orga 47
(DTise 3 ye el ee NER Socrates okohs & 5, 51
IE MaMCIOCRITIS UA 2.2 Fo. 2 cas re fen ec Sec o0s bs sees.es 31)
aR MIDI AIMED ete LS, Po as eae lanes ace cies ase 9
Wo SETURL) | 005k 1 BS tgs re ash dengan ae ee ee op Re 24
ee MII SINS RE eed oo hs Since ee rg ow unas eg 2 24
PATEL RSS est oe DEE Bie 5 wis a biota tenes 5, 24
Mesilla Valley, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in ............. 8
EMRE ECE AREACENIEY 0 3 Ps ck San eee nos bale dive ss cee eee © 32
SERENA UREN RNS Se re oy = cy ic-2 ators Bi eno Ee eae 2 32
Mexico, Geografia de las lenguas, cited................-..0.-.---- 72
. BIC POT SONLACEI ts = eae ose eiecs <a toon ees eee 136
Notched bones from...... are th teee een ta nae a 181

notes on the ethnography of southern, eee of
BADGE: Othe. aos s he af Be as 281
Meyers, J. B. election of as regular member........---- Te 289
MINIM UO) eae Os 0, ee ne BAR here 8
BEESTIC TVG oe oo S:2, St re MO ec a Ee ava le eee ee 53
meadicron, Dr. W. D., ref. to death of ...22 265 55.65 2-022. ens BOD, BB
TESolution Of Tespect=-> asese9 ae se Seen oe 286
Miller, A. A., election of as recording secretary ........279, 285, 298, 310
report of as recording secretary............... 283, 293, 305

PORNO DY 2 fhe Face fc.6 7 UCuaVe RS poh asd Pete ac g's 286

330 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Miller, Julia, election of as regular MOEMDET, sores me Mons See 281
Missouri, noxious and beneficial insects of................-..214, 262, 271
Mire ice orsere eee ae nee dpte emit gae me Sm as en tcit stele ae 123
Mogoplistes occidentalis... . +--+ +2. 202+ cece cece cee e eee en ceeees 59
Molina, Don Arcadio G., cited............ 2.6. sees eee eee eee ee 85
Monarda stricta... .< oan: «escent aie sine alge a eee 21
Monell, Jo. o- 2 sc. .00 tee eed erie ieee eee 230
WiontezUlla An.) oso ce emo ane: sole fe aie as i ee fe
Morrison, Bishop, mention of in connection with gift of Griswold
College collection, - ~~. .22 7 (wen 2-5 ee clne nm wss cnee eee oer Die
Morse, Ac Pe oc a seis ole ee a imcagerccceys tapers ce ghey ore eames vad 21
Mueller, A. O., election of as regular member................... 289
Christ., ref. to: death ethics... 5-6 nase ae eee Me 282
Frank, election of as life member. .......... ....... be 301
Museum, D. A. S., additions: 10.0.2) ce. ft. ee deine nimirel= eine mee 313
improvement OF i). <.J:c sss sue ne 308
VISILOLS LOnp ose ci hee ing ce ieee eee eae 312
Museum, Natural History, of New York, cited............. the Boe 290
Musical instruments used by the Tzendals...-.................- 134
Myrmecophila nebrascensis....-.... +++. see. ee ee eee eee cere eee 58
Myrmecophiline .......- Fe Satori dns duets See en ES She
Mytilaspis concolor... 0.0.2. see sees eee cee cree eee eee eens 8
N
Nadaillac, Marquis de, election of as honorary member.......... 311
Nahuatl lanewape. - 261 22 oan ste nae ee ha ee 128
Nemoblus MEOMIEXICAMUS!. clei == rere siai ts nian = oie ete 59
FOCUS 2S Secccis eles BS SE ee Hoi Oe cit entole e a 59
New England—The orthopteran fauna of New Mexico and New
England compared......... Reet er ere hice 15
New England orthoptera, comparative table of New Mexican and
—HUMPESLES fa ss cee sre ore ete pete oe foe ee eat neocon 16
New England orthoptera, comparative table of New Mexican and
—percentages ........- Se ceake PERC OT Co 0 Od 16
New Mexico and Arizona, the injurious and other locusts of...... 1
—The orthopteran fauna of and New Eng. compared. 15
Experiment Station, bulletin, ref. to.--.-...<...suees 62
First list of the onthopteraroL. =o). eet cel ene 1
List of the orthoptera of, presentation of paper on... 281
New Mexican and New England orthoptera, numbers, comparative
fable Of 4 dos Nate ee Ree SPS ER eaters eis erie Nine fe 16
New Mexican and New England orthoptera, percentages, compar-
tive table Of... 0 tae ome eee een Pata, baal ot ion aoa 16
New York Agricultural Society, transactions, ref. to.............. 61
Museum of Natural History, cited: >. sac .ccn were eee 290
Noxious and other insects of, ref. to.........+-.+++++5 61, 193
Newell, W., cited. .2%..5...: 2 stew scones he ieee tt > apes ned _ 62
Nomenclatura de los Once Departmientos de Chiapas, ref. to.... 130
North American Phylloxerinz is a. )l- os erteayeee ction eons 185
Notched bones from Mexico, title of paper by F. Starr, ref. to.... 181
bone rattles, title of paper by F. Starr...........-....-., 181
Notes on the ethnography of southern Mexico, presentation of
PAPEL OD... se, oie « oeicealy wer mel mnieeine rei ie eee 281°
Notes upon the ethnography of southern Mexico, title of paper by
es 1 y PENS ee toe fen Pri Le IAA cw clae iets 63
fold oh git: Ae EME eT aa). Go hate uae Ina coras © 253
Noxious and beneficial insects of Missouri, ref. to..........-.. 214, 262, 271
other insects of New York, Tete t0.—. nn. ciceslea tree 61, 193

Kei oe) jw is
Pa Take A
ae
INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. : 332
Priaotantmaeite Of MOIS, Tel. TOs... 0... c.0..25.2 sc vessccoees 212 214
Nutting, Prof. C. C., PRNBIE Diged arn! 0's Sa ca vain hase ls sae SR 276
SN ML TREM I PSAP I) Sw os china wu «sso a Was 2 vie clacetle ik dloe eee s 18
MRT IN ae Fo cova 2 oho own has ola a Vals tree. e nels hokee 18
Ete i AI telco natn og ood cto aos, acc eeedeeate cs 270
f O
e Ea sa te ES SS, Se a a Oe a 267
_- Obione occidentalis angustifolia CEE Ea ROR NT iE SERG Re Mn gre 7
PAN ics PE Ril re Su. Fo ody aie aS 'c-c¥afccyoe cs shane ads daces one 60
RMR ERE SEM tera acpi, SS tattcA a fo v o Sil cie cide od poe Guabaiedeis sien « 8, 17
; Pen TEaE AMATI oe ORO Vice ral Pah als Ea chee walkie EAS 15, 60
TRACERS ila, 5) 25¥ 5.9.5 0 Sit aside on ot SeReE NG carey sith syd: = Serie 60
-latipennis 60
BAO CLI Rare pa edt agua eas oases Fara) pl ahie a0 n/alechaye Sets Sisihale pls 15, 60
MT etc lire Bahai nos iv vos s walSie blare di wern Ma dwieis w oe bree's 16, 28
eEMnaTATIEL IMT REIOIECEY 085 6 cs cio" Sanake ne isice oa deol aed OSHS a cowie dala 265
_ Officers, election ole. .279, 286, 298, 310
reports of. See Davenport Academy of Sciences.
~ Oklahoma, SUTURE ARES Tei CU ih Ue ie Sneek oko kil da 2% eheas 181
_ Oligonyx Seudderi;:..<..- So Wine, 03 SPS ea ere Peres ton 20
ER ES SS EIR SS ace ct ree ee ee ee 175
ES aap anaaneee BR pe nes Walk Soe c vs eae os
GN Oe a crs ee 72, 73, 123, 128, 129
eeeutella a ae Pade ps aah ioe, o cee Sess lew 26
EPL EEMs ALR He dats oss she, ps Six Alda bs wie Ws Sie Sw esiere: Buses ala ae 26
me fOrthezia SONS Le Ue Bk Sg Rene S12 URN perenne 25 pre CI 8
ee opiate De Ras ORM ROR Cc ches career Sata) FS «st oeetimerd Spon oy LO, Lbe 12, 13, ke
of New Mexico, first list of the, title of paper ‘by Scud-
derand.Cockerelly -49)0:3)-- 2 Sa: 1
list of the, presentation of paperon.. — 281
comparative table of New Mexican and New England
= TLIC HSA a os aaLes ic ote SM was eee ee ne 16
comparative table of New Mexican and New England
=| OE EES BUR ae aA UD rons Gon a Ar ae ee Carraoe 16
sl - Orthopteran fauna of New Mexico and New England popaareae: 15
By _ Osten-Sacken, Baron Charles R., election to hon. membership. . 311
~ Owen, =D. ret. to... -. Tare eee RE ERO Late cae cilet 175
Ee
—_ ‘Paarmann, J. H,, appointment and election as curator....... 286, 298, 310
election of as regular member................. 279
tHUSstees creer +2053 Bh SWEDE ri clocr 298
PRGA Olok a OE aie see ae 3 ie) ays dE ass 276, 282, 291
PEDOUEs hy 3.1 is Pen apclei a in as SIPS IS «9 280
Br er OMCUFELOT wees een ease eee eB SS Oe ares 296, 307
es Ee acilotine Baba oe aise Srclctctad sped eat akcran cients d spar sald ata Ea Grainne ew ere ees 15
TMS ELCOUS Foss nc d,s ost cess dw delet Hhed veee vee neteneceas os 22
; MTR ERO EL. oie heaitite vs aioe tte enlar co Pee VEE. 22
< . ae PGER A ec tein ee arose ete ae Slane oe oon ghoca ohk tee 39
Pecan, galls on leaves of.. FS MIRA Ne Sine ba mi reese eG ON gs ats 235
ocala _ a oad kina! A RReMaR SS ee eens oe 211
caryecaulis......... bodes Sins nares oie ah tae aa a biate ete 244
PMMA TEINS oie. oi Ai iacanowieie sic ada ee WSS oibva RS leh de 3 265, 266
METS VET SUS. oe cick tnd soe ety oe atetn wn dele ett tiaaie cia 266.
Tho i225 anes saa dee yatiae coe Maula ee 9
’ -Pergande, Theo., North American phylloxerine affecting hicoria
; i (carya) and GEMETTLEES cs, eee ee a artnet oraldisis ie dgthta nies 185
2 Wr D. A.'S., Vor. IX.] 4I [Dec. 30, 1904.]

332 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Pe@ripanebinice :. (2%). at =\slam fale Ale eee Bains kwh WY Anatn gels I omeee 18
gery ts\0) il) 3) | C ee enn oor Sere oct arh ei eco. oc 15
Peritomra: sercrul atime cc cic eelceee eociem Oeremiciton te einenst eters ll
Petiole galls: ..<...c0d0.08 ie. te Shea eeeie tte REP biter ees 243
Phaneropterine*. :)..- i... is). cies aaa le aera ness eles ile ee eee 16, 51
jericho een Onn tn Garon. DoodudUo age apOs Gace 15, 16, 20
Phelps, J; B., ref. to:death: Of << -teics 50 att ae om olmeiie ge ed 277
Phenacoecus '‘SOlEMOpPSiSe cs creree cetera tole ercieielernte betes este ee ae 8
Philadelphia Academy of Nat. Sci., ref. to........---- eee - sees 237
proc: Ent;.Socs, celstOsa, c's: oan eer 211, 212

trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Ob mel fo. ea tks note ee 251
Phillips, Monroe, election of as regular member sta. socies bees 281
Phleothrips. : 5 5:'220 55.1. awlee aisinw acai les lore ft seats aie enema 193
CATY xs dx Fade Deters Udine Gaye 1m 2e 2 ae oer 193
Phiewm al piniwm cee sees ea g iee dco on aren epee eee 14
Phlibostroma quadrimaculatum...........+ esse eee cece cece reese 26
Phoetaliotes nebrascemsissma- macs eesti wee 6 eee eres 51
Phy lloxera..2.2-s)gamete Sass Lule ee abet ea Ocalan ee eens 186, 267
balbiamnite nck sve ear et Siac sre deere 263
Cary avellamais cs) .cachs «oe cnet een ne Meee tiene 202, 217, 228
Cary ecaulis cass. serte ann 251, 223, 235, 243, 244, 246, 2477, 248
WAL, MARTI Me ace se toratey eerste ae ee 244
WAL STO S arcs wicks atelaceie aera satis) eee 244
CALY 2 *COMICE <0. ett ose op rate ie Rie ee me lee eee 225
sfableintes:s tree ca ehios G8 tes pee ease pee 189, 213, 214
HOM nc. fas.ece cies caldeen Ol -miewe ote oat ROOn en een es
aglobilisiwes 62s see Gah te eases 217, 222, 223, 225, 238
SSUIMMOSAT Mo cei oes ee mee ioe oe male ne 217, 238
aI PMN nk Coe huis, we Pints nla Tin nals eae ae 246
SI CC: ant, Meo Reese aie Wai GOR UmA Oca Sac 188
i) 0 SR PE aay etry tie PORE Tens ria eats oc . 244, 257
pSCTSS ait. aha ath ae ele eA 217, 218, 220, 221, 223
SEMEN necseei te see 189, 206, 209. 210, 211, 214, 237, 238
Rts) 0) I Wor ceee ener Amer arith Hos Boia coon dh Sens c 190
-septuinicet st te 188, 190, 194, 195, 197, 198, 199, 200, 218
=SEptUM Var. PELLOLAMS as «alee: te est-suseie lc etalon 188, 193, 194
*SpINWlOideS: 5.2 sexi dare vance t lelae ee Cn oe are 256
=SVMMMELEICA seats sie acerete eran trejnicl oiarerees at ctes telatelereee 203
CANTY VEN He Swtc tree ey same enon icrenie e abetorepteyete 187, 206, 213, 239
CcaStemeds 624.0. ee OR eet sts rt cre el aioe chee eee 257, 258
GOI ADs 555 65 ha ats, Sis a sista Lee coat cay SIE ean ast es es enor 217, 225
coniferan 2 oe he es tee Peal dees ansehen tie eee 230
deplanata:.< cosine eeccute aera treet este 186, 188, 205, 206, 211, 215
CePLlreSsars sieges seecelert orcs vale nie ne itera eee eee eee 208
devastatrix. iigee cereale Poca s aetereraieees 196, 197, 243 248

forcata .. 5. oe wk cinta tin = olus e icles bare ire kate pete 209
foveata &..< iat seek ene eens a eee eas ke ee 189, 200, 209
foveaturin. . Paola eee bates ca rahe eae eae tere 09, 210
LOVEOlA jos cartes Oe Meanie aieiste atin ete ae aie eet eee 188, 200, 205, 209

POOTLIAMA. «sire wis winter Mins Ske Mee one > Wake eal eee , 249
glObOSA’. « sv aes < sec eae ae sia poe een eee 217, 236, 237, 238
plobosa var COMIferii setae ily eens eat ee en 236
hemisphericak..s «ve os venpeeotaaele srayete sehen ne een eras 220
hemisphericums:. 2/05 caster e wean a ee viene rats erent Pee 209
intermedia. ... | ca. sieaicicuns ene arr eierae 188, 197, 198, 199, 209

100-14 0: WM MEI eINE Heriic tn hyern srr uon cco tn oc at 251

MINIMA «0! sis oie» ain ka wa pin eagle Male ORE oe a alg) ao gee age 189, 211

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. eee
Phylloxera notabilie. ee ai ad are in oa Kas amends 217, 235
TS GESE ot SAAR ALS aS Cn Oe er aes Cee 267, 269
PEEING ie 5s nad Peisle's sn ae ann eles Sede Ser ee es 194
PETMICIOSA.......-- 2.2 sees eee eee ee eee eee 186, 197, 244, 248, 251
SN eon) alae BEB a ape 2 ES Na'einle ses 2 188, 197 199 200
Se Bos a eS ae eee ere ae 188, 203
DODTIATA po aegis bom oss 2 ae ose ak winnie nie ee nee 266, 267
ss SIR PNR ite esl 722 Fata win) arm che ined's 2 hie Kg > nla owt 265, 267
eR AMMEN Ble Sh eI ais iarc up's Gan ares ad 248 Sele = Sieh oe 233
ENO ROE ating 6 ee oe eee ee 263
PU SROUS fiat ie steiner isles. bint oslb Wiaiersis cle Be <dee ans « 263
AeA etek alc voir ceeds a Ck oi i Nw whine bons Baie 261, 262, 265
OO AS AS Ee ee ee eee 216, 217, 220
SHEE ot oo. Stes AE IE ey ae in 267, 269, 270
or] SRS, Ge Re tees ei trae EN amc cre frees 267
spinifera .......-....+2... sence er ere. bil Loin Wire fess 261
SPIMOSA.... 2+. eee eee eee eee teen eee 246, 247, 256
SPAUIOMM!S 6/5 3s sels eee ewe ee ee cee eee 243, 246, 247
SUOMI pies |. ois. ence e seen eee seen AES 244. 246, 250
FIMMRARENE: RMS ores SOUS et arty nt t's Biehara's bn whiny anes 217, 230, 232
a rete PAU eet ceils os Lninala'= 2 2b nial a\a' ol ce olMlanare 233
| Eo Sa RE STs A SS ee eee 263, 270
‘ MAEELONICE PERE: Soy Eitan eltinc onset ae cide ans Bae IN As ri 5 eee 212, 213
De IP NORETIN Se eee ee ce eee tet tet cece ec eee ee 205
: See ayoxerina: Meee Ae ae thde Ueic-ca se Be wy ol aele Fee AB ha |S Oh A 185, 186, 212
he: North American ........-..-- aris oO) ween tana 2 185

7 - Physcus 2a Oe a ee ee ee 62
mee rusbry, Dr. H. A., ref. to. SAE OS Seen BS cna ie OR 174
ee Plagiostira albofasciata............. Pe ae 1 Suis ohn eA 8, 55
a, MAINTE is oie fay ie Uatercysv Lewy os 2 oo as ewan = 59
- Platamodes SUSE Oe 2 ee eee epee 18
-—_ Plstpterin oe EES eR eee 15, 19
ts TE Se Sea ee ee een 14
Podagrion mantis......--....--. 22. 2+ seeee cece eee een ee cette: 20
____ Podisma stupefacta......... 2.0.26 - +0 seer eee eee teen eens 43
es -Polygyra SPT et geo ee Ses aoc hiciwe's a0 <i 2
Populus ate lia oe See Oe he ee 2, Aa ts Fe eee re mn ence 266, 267
: ee i a A eR aia aan She dew sine so was 10
sae RPE MTE EE oe Se ABNE 5 ee cles nia ele hanes 14
Siepre-Dlanes. 2... 5.0.6. sss 55 SoS nc EIN ETE Ee SI Be 10
PB Meme romjents of, AZieC. «2.2... 222 sce sees be ewe esos cee nace 64
att, Mrs. W. H., ref. to death of..... «EO So: OE nee eee 2a 305
eston, Dr. €: pe election of as second vice-president..... .... 298
trustee ......-.- 2-22. eee eee 279, 310
vice-president ....-.......--- 310

Pe RESOIMEOH DY ada Patino waters sc te 280, 286, 287, 299 .
Primula angustifolia.........++++ +... +222 eee eees Atta teak es oat ote 14
osopis glandulosa.....-.. Ch NRL cet ee atts Walt seers 2 <. ods 9
NN ATIETTIGNS oo 5 Pallas scab nae vpn coh av cae et eho oe se ee se ewe 62
RENTS EOS SS Id a a0 sine tiajels tele SS afoee ais wails slenie Wales a eeee +
tS 1 alga ss ayays ca, ahlapa im «PS am Ge orem al emcee wl mela aiinio hotels 9
erie NEN Age EER ed Dire See oe
eudophylline. ............ 0. eee cr eee eee eee e eer teen teen ees 15, 16, 17
wl Psinidia SERA ao 25 5a aarain: o's > Ste PP ee eer ee 32
SN CEA MIGD SG 2 oo Soest oe ho cae ai we cee eve t cans omen ances 27
a RIMMEL, oodka 5 oo c'o yous 6 brn me ncie ee an gtk ik ut 27
a PEE ee er ae oe co's otek as oe eee re Saws a ew Solna be 27
=. Payche, oe ERR PETG POTTER COPTE PUTT ee 15

ee
ar ;
7 >. -
= - ay

334 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Pteblovinidians :5:.,.0< -..s.se > ee ae | oie ae Sew eetaleys Rint te eee )
Publication committee, report of . 222 ./.: < J ececcis 2 ees, weseeee thee
Pulvinaria inumerabilis’: <..4. csc pes Set ae ee
Putnam, Miss E. D., election of as treasurer. -... .- 279, 286, 298,
report, OF (HEASHLEL. .en.-n:6/s cme Cae wes 277, i, 285, 293,
F. W., election of as honorary member.. :
H.S., "delegate, Congress of Americanists......... noes:
jobs ‘ref. £05. s=kco ee oe ee eee
Mrs. M. L. D., delegate, Congress of Americanists .
election’as:president- =; /5.4.;.3ee) Gar 279
president’s address by.............. 275, 282, 2
ret: £6 dewtil, of, 732055 a Ee 3
resolutions of respect ..c.s-cieeeh area
Putnam Scale). 00.25. 45. Sees eee ae eee
W::C:, election{of& asitrustee: «. 22:..- ee eee
resoltition by. s5,.:522 osc camels esas ae ee eee
"PyTUs AMETICATIA Lose rgce ion cine Gd 2 de We eee eee
Q
Gacienes' ss. 2). cane eee Saag eee ae cea aoa ee
CPaercus:. ..22bE geutewss.s sos ans eee eee ee eee
alas 2 sus. stddehes <otetenys ec elee = acto eee ae
CAaIMIO: 3.15.) Scd ose ake cee te ace Cree eee et
engelmanni........-. eS sighs 5s eal oe ee a ee
MACLOCALPAs 2.55 <2 2. osine Soe eee ee eee er
obtustloba.)-\ esse ieee ae Pee aoe SAU. co
PANO S 5-f0 ca be sions Sed SRE eh oe ee
R
Raton. sos Sno sis cops amin aie ates ee ete sinle ee Sates) Mele Sete eae ee
Rattles, notched Hones Le ng Te iis. 2 cfonns OT ae Rea
Rau, Henry, cited.” <<)... cages nbaye totes oe ee 135, 136,
Reports, see Acad. of Sci., Davenport............... Se Mee
Resolution, Int... ArchzeolS Commission.. 5. 1m. 2 ciedes wakes
of thanks... 5. hos: see ue e ele cae et ne ee 286,
psycho- py ae Bp ee fa. swe ees Rss ise 5 See
TEspect. se ten A ete eur ee
Rhizogly phusss sisc1,s speatslonn sacle ate ete oe eee eae ere
Richardson, Mrs. Emma A., election of as life member .......... 30
Riley, “Dr. GO V.,;GeG\, ooas ses ea oe 185, 186, 214, 262, 263, 270,
Roberts, Edward/C., election:as. trustee... 0.0. \-c oes cee 2
Robina neomexicana? 22..u..:52 terse ee ete eae ee
Romero, Don Manuel Sosa; cited...3. 0 10. +42. ese op iol eee eee
‘Rosa Stellata cs. S22. occes eam te cies ee he ee eee ee
Rydberg, cited. : 2.20.5 .<asae cee oie oie eo ole 6 Sate eel ae ore ee
S
Sacken, see Osten-Sackeni.%.22% <2 ee lene sae cat cious Beene
Salix. discolor. . 5: «.« «vase wats « oepestp sas We ereate oe ee
Hu Msilis yg ve we. Soke Se Stee oa ee
Sambucus Neomexicanas.-/.3csiaar acess aad jo Hie Je nee re
Sanchez, Padre José Maria 12.6 dc Senses aoe deo tet Oe 129, 134
Santa 'Pé oi curse. 05 cee cee eee Shh ae wivingi eee eee 12
Sapper, Mr,; cited. ¢)0.+<%. walt Eee ta midhely, cara eM eiare Pee
Say, Thomas, ref.. to. ..... .:<<s«,s:esen Panera, sere ie ee gt
Scale, the Putnam ..:. :.'s.5cwiv-a.7 dele po treme tae ae ake
SCHIStOCETCA: 5 v's 015.0 v sie +». ve sine) nisin ele Mee ele Diigi nate prance

ee Mee Se eee el aa - a." =

et’ " hon :

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. oa
IS SS 15, 40
Dy Sec Iie 2. Se 2a 40
REI oo oat icy pis ela lc oils wand Seek 40
ee Spc A i Ra ae a 39
TRESS PA ee, Sige aa re ee aE eae 40
PADOLCOD ek sles barat ak BSE POE EI tate WINS) Se OMe 39
_ Science Gossip, cited . Sa Ra ae ne 6
Science Hall, dedication of...... ......--- Bet clas ae oar Oe 276
SE CT 253

_* Seudder, S. H., and Cockerell T. D. ‘AS, ‘a first list of the orthop-
- tera of New Mexico.............2.+-2.0-.00. 1
E- ee seats ' sg ee: SSR Page by eee 281
a _ Scudderia furcata . Dios Bair ws wlop sey Sul Sue pee > a Be
a RECEP yee cn er 53
a "Sheldon, Miss S. G. F., election of as correspond. sec’ y. 280, 285, 298, 310
aa eleetion of-as trastee-.. ©. 2.000526 ...50. 310
rs report of as corresponding pares ... 293, 305
. ‘ - Shimek, PE EACMCEEe OCEAN SAYS. owls maki se .Seee. ok Sete Psa lk 173
i ) Shimer, Dr. See EM i ico ee Sake acess gk OE o 213, 270
_ Sieg, Mrs. Victoria, election of as regular member............... 298
ea eee Pr Pdward, Cited of) 0.22 ecole vee ese: Sn PN yee Eke 181
Silver City, New Mexico, coll. of orthoptera in.......... eee ht 10
¥ x ODS his Goes 7): a a a es. cee 8
NPE Airs Ae ee es oS oR US ow ok aeann cet eae yr} Yee
4 - _ Sonoran ERE PO OES Se ee ee ee eae ee 2, 3, 4
u ae OR, BONE Ree ere ae tamer ae Pe eas ei ate 2, 3, 4, 12
Eeesrazemon bolli. . Mee ve As uctin ka aeat ya. ke nana on 15, 31
ESS © it eg ieee ee ane RAN Ce ee 31
Sit a) 2" gen T ch Rat AS es en ene RSP eee 31
td E ee penetra er eee cree = Aah OLE rg RL on ok a aad pte le 7.
) “ae Spongophora OA MECRMRME ME POPs nd eae 2, nase eh oe Ao Sed + 18
SeeMOIMATILIS GATONMA. <- --2 2... dba h cee cee cee cee ee 15, 20
ae RR te ne Met oie erro. eons coat oc ne cs be 20
; eo Frederick, delegate, Congress of Americanists. ... 288
Es A Se Se ae a EO 63, 181, 276, 282
more notched bone rattles......... ......2---. 181
notes upon the ethnography of southern Mexico 63
presentation of DALES Gg t toca ott at teots 281
Metetetsonys trilineata........-.-.......:--2:----- hi 5a, = ee oe a,
mesenobothrus curtipennis..-...:-.... 2.2 ..6-6eseeeeee $5 eH een 26
Tey SES EE oe 8 On coe he ee eee 16 ero
ay RMR PUTAMBESE coris 7 Jk 3 Soon aati ep eek ao 32 ose ssneds * 56
a Sydrocepliahis: 52-252 223 to0 bes 2S 2 6 ee ie 56
oan Sa retintHig’ eerrreae ao ts eek de ee. is ode, 56
i RIMEIET Sg 25 ap kn' es fewie who's x-0.q8 sos ats 2 aiid - |p eS kee SD 53
o PeemeTISOE Ma sb soe Stas Soe me Seatac ee tase cee © 53
aes Ea A te 2 se Soa ae inure han ba CA's ae a 27
"ona Bi ry Ae cS St ek Se, Wee A cre a thee oh a 27
Pena) SSUES soe ROL tian. Pear eae <M er, 27
akoff, Ss. ies Seek FO gc ey ae tee. thin eee as ss eeu se 175
ylopyga Sa RE ome tre” 15, 18
MEN ah Sinn aay 5, iS anak og RE ed CTS e Ga Brad bate 175
Su uccinea grosvenorii..................-- =
(wld - Sullivan, Miss L., mention of.. ENE ERte pitas «sawn ae 186
a -Syrbula Rg Se are Tae oe Eee BT A TIN 24
x admirabilis ........ POM rh re Eh kbd Tee en 24
RNID Paes, da ios,s's = varia sau Bid anise s eolcda 24

a. ah ei <> <1
ee 2 rs fF: iG
336 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Lem
xb, ~ +
MMIOpeda ~~... 6s. 62cess).'<-+ poe Sele Cece RG 2 eens ha iS
pecticOrnis ..< <i) a 1s Sa Rote em nieesd oe et ee 39
(Rebuantepecanos « -. ..< .23 ~~: «+. oataetien <= eo eects aoe ee 63. ae
“Gemnopteryx texensis..... . ..sudsges s see e eee ee ae 15
PLE HADLAGIG co), or aiasra shoe wig > = tc ov ek ee arein cv epee 66 >. 28
VepexOmiac. «0.4. 40.2.0 sos 1 ee ee ee = bee eel 662
Tettigidea parvipennis.........-..... +--+ ---.+-++ se teie Saath nee i 22
MSHI CINAE oh 6 on west « 35 ioe Sagar ceeieeey Ieee ee eo as Shenae 16,22.
Tettix acadicus:.... 0220. .0oe ee ee eee lees i
GTASSUS 2 eee i eels s bre depeeereee® Bs Jai Pepa aae el eee ee SY.
Meurvatus <. 2+ > cs i> aaa eee vee Ore chs a hale ses . 1022 =a
OrmMmatis "2 :.<) +s 225.5 28 See e eps el eel eee eee eee A Ee
Texas Academy of Science, trans., ref. to . ws, Syole athpay oe neds Le
Thatcher, J. L., election of as regular member. BEE en ~ 301
Thomomys fOSSOF ods «choos c OR ee ee ste 8
Thompson, Edward. seitede a ae eee ee wie as oe 82
Plaxcaltecs. :c.es 24% cab. 3 ae ee ee eee eee 63, 124
Tonkaways of Oklahoma ic. de paclasaes <cha> fone moreen eee 181 “Wy
‘Fownsend, :Prof., ref. t0..55 22 ances oe eee 1, 10, HM ee
Transition life zone << 5Gee mya t ose tao ee Se do cece
Pridactyling «2 1s 520s etatay Pee se ses he 1
Trimerotropis .... ... ENE ee IS ee ec 17
allicions ....2s sctgacon, Vales kn ee ee 37
DEWNEL 1... 10: ee ed ieee es 2 be eet 37
czeruleipes) science HOR cake «aor Sita ae ee ie 35
Cincta . .. 2) case ae vir nce Boa = seve ise ee Se 35
elttina v7) ee ele teas ee ae ee or
CY ANEA. «5: rae Se ets ane eee has ara gee ee ae 7, 36
falas: \..1,in) ee te SHOES ‘salah atta ueh Rate aet ele een
faseicula. cease rus behets ure Be 37
juliana | o.-7 Oe Ae eee Sones ties eee ee
laticineta’.. 2a eis hae ee ere oe ee Dinas
melanoptera 10s esdanits Ye os ae ae
modesta <5)... aaa ya Ser (etic e See oat re ere eee 31>
monticola, Hic. ouch ee renee yea eee a?
me Dila. 5: atce oes Me Weare ae ea hee eta a 38.
ODSCULA «1. hax. fin ote ar Ea ee ee ae 38
tessellata.« .\o. S35 Anda so ee ee eee 36
texanay:.c2 saree uh ro WAC Sraien OStue/c sarel es Spann) One 2 ee es ea
vinculatay.car 2 toeeeee aise Od bf Fao wi. ait eee 58.5
Trisetum subspicatunt.2). Sp-2oeceu...3 ne eae - 1
Tropidolophus formosus.; +... 36 <- » uosids Gace aoe ase een ee me
Tryon, George W., cited. ..2. cue en eictem ee es atone en la
Tryszaline «0... 2.00 ss SY eee 8, 16, 17, 22 }
Twig Galle i> <5. cos «. sat ssn he eee 24337
Tyroglyphus: «..’... <:. sc «on, eens Sele es ee 253 >
Ttzeltal io ooo. 5 oie cscco 08's ccugese 0 ga neta ae ne ee ea 131
Siendale .3005%.< 30s \\ ales Ov one 63, 123, 130,131, dade
Teotzils .%. 555+. 5.s duets tate eee 63, 129, 130, 131. 1a iy:
U
Udden, Dr. J. A., mention of.... ..... a So ah Madea, ponecian ote 182-4)
Udeopsylla nigra.......... + one ci'ew is onal deaceleee see aac 58
TObusta. «s....- <vs o delish ete umneaeen aura a lait nee an 58
Universal Exposition... . ..\..,«2s0letas ee tyes tema eae hee :
University of Chicago, mention of....\:2:.sdea Fede. Lanne . 276, 309

J > baat 2
ae = aml c
aN “aM ‘j a) (Aas

4 rT 4
win — .

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS. 347
- University of Iowa, mention of.. Rare Paktttion Sah rh Md dteyeo es AIG) SOD
Kansas, mention FEBS ona Ana Meee 6, 11
UME GAS GS, ics DI a Weer semec es 314
Uz re Ee SOTIMI NetetOs ae. os deere. soos sce ¥ st Sees eevncchee cs 186
Bee. V
Be « Valencia County, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in........... 11
epOnicdeWOrmienjOldil. os, cic. cote kle. oeea cede ee cv sec. eens es cack 14
e (yD ie 20 A a Sa en 14
ery ARCS G i ecis ie cite Ioiein ean nen Sosa evedeeanes 136
H Rea eid Seta svi lan Senge det 136, 134
=a A W
SNe Tek Eines elena seer oes excess se vents 214
F: - Waterman, Mrs. C. M., election of as regular member........... 281
_ Wetherby, A. G., ref. MEE ele etc foc) Lm 175
White, Dr. Charles A., election of as honorary member.......... 311
ee: Be hite Mountains, New Mexico, orthoptera collected in .......... 10
~ Wilkinson, Mrs. Henry W. (Anna R.), election of as reg. member. 280
mevvatter, Prof. F. M., ref.to....’: Smee fu iS ete, Dinah Oana eas 174
_ Women, dress of among tee Paraeet yy tc so ks eek 125
a x
MBSE MELD stots asce x'yisn a Syogiy, way idle, etva «2 POETS DE ea ete og ae Se ei
MMSE SEL CURA Seer ecient s vie da cia woe beve bE anes & 15, 53
’ SEH SLC UTINR Rt On ere ees oot rts hist teieie mcs & ane ets Sac ars 53
Xochipetlat! Peels cee es aes irs rate ohare Sayre Sindee az vvaee so 64
Z
TLE EES SSRIS Se Seg ai ea et an 0 a 84. 85, 120
ROLE CSU ret vohe orcs: 5's) s es 6 Odo OD OO I re Orne RIL TEr 63, 84, 85, 122, 123
EMM a ee Aor achat ts HaAciy Sule tSE aS sb sele esc edis cloGa'e «wie ¢ 131
eetrerar ise DApiiacses tere. Se c+ ace fo Se e'e baivsiew ie cciueee secs 73
RUIN Mea che emer eran svt ca) e.g oc aie aes ware SS ela, c¥Oven a ct trs)s
eee ernest its os) a vis wteinliwh ee henw@ ak Seca e was 63, 123, 129

ie

Proceedings

SOP 1

Mavenport Academy of Sriences

VOLUME xX.

1904—1906.

PUBLISHED FROM THE INCOME OF THE

Putnam Memorial Fund

DAVENPORT, IOWA, U. S. A.
DAVENPORT AGADEMY OF SGIENGES
EO 07

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE—1907.

ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, Chairman.
Cc. H. PRESTON. EDWARD S. HAMMATT,
SAMUEL, CALVIN. J. H. PAARMANN.

E. K. PUTNAM, Acting Editor.

The authors of the various papers are alone responsible for what is contained in them.

The date of printing each form is given in the signature line.

EDWARD BORCHERDT, PR,

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY.

BE ASKICKE, - ‘
E. K. PUTNAM, é Z
A. F.EWERS, -

Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, -

HENRY MATTHEY

A. A. MILLER
CHARLES GRILK

jel. HeCeT

Miss S. G. F. SHELDON

C. A. FICKE

E. K. Putnam, - -
J. H. PAARMANN, .
Miss S. G. F. SHELDON, -

i es

E. K. PUTNAM, 2 :

TRUSTEES.

Ex-officio.

- - President

. Vice-President
= - Secretary

= Treasurer

E. K. PUTNAM
A. W. ELMER
C. H. PRESTON
C. E. HARRISON

A. F. EWERS Miss E. D. PUTNAM

STAFF.

- Acting Director
- Curator

- Assistant Curator
- - Librarian
- Acting Editor

”

an, wean)

CONTENTS.

List of Illustrations, - - - - - - =
Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, a Memoir. By Elizabeth D. Putnam, -
William Clement Putnam, a Memoir. By Elizabeth D. Putnam, -
Will of Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, ~— - - - = -
Will of W. C. Putnam, c ¢
List of Fishes Collected at Hong as ee Saakens William Finch,
with description of Five New — a Starr Jordan
and Alvin Seale, - -
The Aftonian Gravels, and Their Relations to the Drift Sheets i in the
Region About Afton Junction and Thayer. By Samuel Calvin,
A Comparative Study of the Vegetation of Swamp, Clay, and Sand-
stone Areas in Western Wisconsin, Southeastern Minnesota,
Northeastern, Central, and Southeastern Iowa. By L.H.Pammel
Some Coccidze from the Philippine Islands. By T. D. A. Cockerell
The Common Drone-fly. By C. R. Ostem Sacken, - - -
Notes on Some Iowa Plants. By Bohumil Shimek, -
Mural Relief Figures of El Casa del Tepozteco. ByJ. Walter ares
On Certain Fossil Plant Remains in the Iowa Herbarium. By Thomas
H. Macbride, - - - -
Descriptions of New Forms of shen Herbert Peas, -
The Function of the Provincial Museum. C.C. Nutting, - -
Records of the Davemport Academy of Sciences, 1904-1906, =
Appendix—
Accessions to the Museum, r904—1906, - - - -
Visitors to the Museum, 1904-1906, - = - -
Accessions to the Library, 19g0q—1906, - - - -
Lectures, tgo4-1906, = = = ‘ = ;
Presidents of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, - -
Elections to Membership, 1904—1906, - - -
Members of the Davenport Academy of Seacwiees, - -
Articles of Incorporation, - - = - =
By-Laws, = = = - 2 2 = =
Index, > Pr i = ‘ Z = S 3

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

P Facing page
Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, - - - - - Frontispiece
Elm Grove, - - = = 2 2 : :
Woodlawn, - = = : : 4 . ; .
William Clement Putnam, - 5 . - : - xiiii
Fishes from Hong Kong—
Plate 1. Narcina timlez, = p 2 8
Plate 2. Holocentrus ruber, 2 = : 2 s 8
Plate 3. Caranx altissimus, - = : Es e 8
Plate 4. Ama elizabethe, : = = 2 2 8
Plate 5. LEpinephalus moara, - : = E 8
Plate 6. Pseudosciena undovittata, - = 2 = 8
Plate 7. Amphiprion polymnus, - = = 2 8
Plate 8. Callyodon limbatus, = = = = 4 8
_ Plate 9. Jusidiator neglectus, - = = 2 8
Plate 10. J/usidiator detrusus, = =e = Z a 8
Plate 11. Tephrites sinensis, - - - - = 8
Plate 12. Zebrias zebra, - : E = Z = 8
Plate 13. Sphivrena putname, - - 2 ‘ 8

_ The Aftonian Gravels—

Plate 1. Fig. 1—Gravel pit at Afton Junction, showing definite
stratification. Fig. 2—Granite bowlder undergoing ~
disintegration, - - = =“ 24
Plate 2. Fig. 3—Gravel pit at Afton Junction, showing Kansan
till above the gravels. Fig. 4—View showing even
: line of contact between Aftonian deposits and Kan-
san till, -- - - - - - 24
Plate 3. Fig. 5—Edge of the ferruginous crust, and effects of
caving of loose sand beneath. Fig. 6—Fragment
of the ferruginous crust, showing grooves and
ridges on its upper surface, - - - 24
_ Plate 4. Fig. 7—Residual gravel between loess and Kansan drift,
‘ Fig. 8—Concretionary calcareous nodules along

Pr joints in Kansan clay, - - - - 24
‘ j ate 5. Fig. g—‘‘Bowlders’’ of Aftonian sand and gravel in Kangat
drift. Fig 1o—A very large ‘‘sand bowlder,’ - 24

; Plate 6. Fig. 11—‘‘Bowlder”’ of Aftonian sand, crumpled and
folded. Fig. 12——Kamelike mass of Aftonian, tilted
in process of transportation, - - - 24

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Plate 7. Fig. 13—‘‘Sand bowlder’’ with beds folded and inclined.
Fig. 14—‘‘ Bowlder”’ of pre-Kansan till embedded

in the Kansan, - - - - - 24
Comparative Study of Vegetation— Page.
Fig. 1—Map of Western Wisconsin, Southeastern Minnesota,
and Northeastern Iowa, - ‘ . - - - 33
Fig. 2—Bluffs along the Mississippi River near Lansing, Iowa, 37
Fig. 3—Sandstone formation in Hardin county, - - 39
Fig. 4—Story county. Wooded area along Squaw Creek, - 41
Fig. 5—Ledges, Boone county, Iowa, - = = = 42
Fig. 6—Kettle-hole in Marshall county, Iowa, - - = 44
Fig. 7—Geological map showing various drift areas, - - 46
Fig. S—Geological formations in Allamakee county, - - 48
Fig. 9.—Map showing minimum and mean temperature for
Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Iowa, - - - - 51
Fig. 1o—Map showing normal annual humidity and precipita-
tion for the year 1901, - - - - - - 52
Fig. 11—Top of clay ridge formation with limestone outcrops, 73
Fig. 12—St. Croix area. Sandstone rock, = = = 74
Fig. 13—Topographic map of Northeastern Iowa, - - 75
Fig. 14—St. Croix sandstone, - - - - - 76
Fig. 15—Trunk of Hemlock, Bloomingdale, Wis. Sandy loamy
soil, = = = = = 2 = - an
Fig. 16—Low sandy alluvium along the Mississippi River near
La Crosse, = = = = = . = |
Fig. 17—Cyvpripedium spectabile in Tamarack marsh, - - 79
Fig. 18—Sarracenia purpurea, - - - - - 80
Fig. 1g—Edge of Tamarack Swamp in La Crosse county, Wis., 81
Fig. 20—Nvmphea tuberosa in slow-running streamsand sloughs
near Lansing, Iowa, - - - - - - 82
Fig. 21—Balsam Fir, - - - - - - 83
Fig. 22—Zizania aquatica on border of wet marsh, - - 86
Fig. 23—Abies balsamea, heavily loaded with cones, - - go
Fig. 24—Interior of group of White Birches, - - - g2
Fig. 25—NVelumbo, Mississippi River, - - - . 93
Fig. 26—Gentiana crinita in marshes and bogs of Wisconsin
drift, - - - - - - - - 95
Fig. 27—Aromus ciliatus var. latiglumis, - - - 96
Fig. 283—Map of the Steamboat Rock region, . - - 97
Fig. 29—/Pinus strobus . . . on Pine Creek, Hardin county, - 98
Fig. 30—Danthonia spicata, - - - - . 99
Fig. 31—Bog in Worth and Cerro Gordo counties, - . 102
Fig. 32—Drift sheets in Worth county, - - - - 103
Fig. 33—Sandstone Region in Boone county, - - - 105
Fig. 34—Topography of the region about the Ledges, Boone
county, Iowa, = = = - - - - 107

Fig. 35—Marshes of the prairie region of central Iowa, - 110

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

36—Shooting Star ( Dodecatheon media), -
37—Prairie with Vodecatheon media, -
38—Sagittaria variabilis and Scirpus lacustris,
39—Map of Pine Creek region, Muscatine county,
4o—Leersia lenticularia, = = =
41—foa chapmaniana, - - -
42—Commion Polypody (Folypodium vulgare),

Mural Relief Figures—
Plate 1. El Casa del Tepozteco (east side), -
Plate 2. Anteroom, El Casa del Tepozteco, =
Plate 3. El Casa del Tepozteco (Entrance to Cella)
Plate 4. Bas-reliefs on seat of cella, : :
Plate 5. Bas-reliefs on seat of cella, - =
Plate 6. Bas-reliefs on seat of anteroom, =

Fossil Plant Remains—
Plate 1. Fig. 1—Szgi/laria calvini. Radial view of specimen B

Iowa,

Fig. 2— *t a Tangential view of speci-

men C, - -

Plate 2. Fig. 1— oe ts Transverse section of pri-
mary wood, - -

Fig. 2— ut ee Transverse section of sec-

ondary wood, - -

Plate 3. Fig. 1— He # Radial section, - -
Fig. 2— ss * Tangential section, -

Plate 4. Fig. 1— f Transverse section of spe-
cimen B, = =

Fig. 2— ff Transverse section of spe-

cimen C, - -

Plate 5. Fig. 1—/Psarontius borealis. End view of a fragment

Plate 6. Fig. 1— “ “

Tangential view of same
Transverse section,
‘Transverse section,

Plate 7. Fig. 1—dAraucarioxylon occidentale. Stump of plant

Plate 8. Fig. 1— c «

Fig. 2— 4

section,

Fig. 2— se ue

Plate 9. Fig. 1—Silicified block of some deciduous tree,

5 Long’l. radial

Trans. section
Tang’] section

Plate Io.

Plate 11.

Plate 12.

. 2—Fragment of same, showing teredo burrows
. I—Cones of Picea mariana from beneath the

blue clay, - = 2 2 é

x, 2—Fragment of wood from beneath the blue clay
. I—Tangential section of same (Pl. 10, Fig. 2), -
. 2—Corresponding section of recent wood, -
. I—Ficea canadensis. Transverse section, -
2 aij

Radial section. - =

112
see
114
115
117
118
125

Facing page

152
152
152
152
152
152

162

162

162

162
162
162

162

162
162
162
162
162
162

162
162
162
162
162

162
162
162
162
162 —
162

MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM

WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM

wy cm

ea

—

MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM.

A MEMOIR.

BY ELIZABETH DUNCAN PUTNAM.

MAry Louisa DUNCAN was born on September 23rd; 1832, in
Greencastle, Pennsylvania. She was the second child and eldest
daughter of Joseph Duncan and Elizabeth Caldwell Smith. The
family home was in Illinois, but Mr. Duncan was in Congress from
1826 to 1834. When the epidemic of cholera broke out in Wash-
ington in 1832 Mrs. Duncan sought refuge in Greencastle, where
some Scotch cousins lived. Shortly after the birth of their daugh-
ter Mr. and Mrs. Duncan returned to Washington, D. C., their
home for the next two years.

Both heredity and environment had a marked influence on the
life of Mary Duncan. She was descended on both sides from
Scotch and Huguenot ancestors.

Her father was the son of Major Joseph Duncan of Virginia,
who in 1790 moved to Paris, Kentucky. ‘The handsome stone
house that he built still stands on the old square in Paris. Here
his son Joseph was born in 1794. Major Duncan died in 1806,
leaving a widow and six children. Joseph was the third son, but
when he was twenty-one he was appointed guardian for his
younger brothers. When the war of 1812 broke out he enlisted
as an ensign. Hewasa man of great physical strength and brav-
ery, and these qualities were often severely tested during the war.
One time he was the bearer of dispatches to the Army of the
Northwest and was obliged to go through the trackless forests,
where he had many narrow escapes, as the Indians were friendly
to the English. He aided in the defense of Fort Stephenson, at
Lower Sandusky, now Fremont, Ohio, in 1813. Orders had pre-
viously come from General Harrison to Major Croghan, the com-
manding officer, to abandon the fort. A council of war was called,

[Proc. D. A. S., VOL. X.] A [April 20, 1906,]

li. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

and Duncan, as the youngest officer, was first asked to express
his opinion. He answered decidedly in favor of defending the fort,
‘the order to the contrary notwithstanding.’’ The majority were
of like mind, and the small band of one hundred and forty men
held the fort against several thousand British and Indians. The
officers were court-martialed for disobeying orders, but were
acquitted; and in 1834, Congress presented Major Croghan with
a medal, and Duncan and the other officers with gold-mounted
swords. ‘The defeat of the British at this period had an import-
ant effect upon the war, preventing their occupancy of the south-
ern shore of the lakes and reaching the supplies at Cleveland.

A few years after the war, Joseph Duncan retired from the army
and settled in Illinois. He was soon made Major-General of
Militia, and later became a member of the State Senate. While
serving in the legislature he introduced and secured the passage,
in 1824, of the first law establishing free public schools in Illinois. -
He was elected to Congress in 1826 as the sole representative from
Illinois and remained in the House of Representatives until his
election as Governor of Illinois in 1834. He then returned to
make Jacksonville his home, building a large house after the
model of his Kentucky home and naming it ‘‘Elm Grove.’’ He
served as Governor for the next four years and advocated many
progressive measures, some of them in advance of his times.

The mother of Mary Duncan was Elizabeth Caldwell Smith,
the youngest daughter of James R. Smith and Hannah Caldwell.
Mr. Smith came to this country as a poor Scotch lad, and by his
own exertions became a wealthy merchant in New York City.
He married Hannah, the second daughter of the Rev. James Cald-
well, who was one of the patriots of the Revolution. The Cald-
wells were a Huguenot family who fled from religious persecution
in France to Scotland, and thence came to Virginia. James Cald-
well was a graduate of Princeton College and in 1761 was ordained
a Presbyterian minister. He embraced the cause of liberty with
intense earnestness, preaching to the troops from the baggage
wagons, and sometimes with pistols on his pulpit, so strong ran
party feeling in New Jersey. He became a marked man to the
British. His wife, a daughter of John Ogden, was shot by a
British soldier as the troops marched through Connecticut Farms,
New Jersey. She was sitting by her window, surrounded by nine

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. iii.

children and holding her baby in her arms. Shortly after this,
Mr. Caldwell was shot by an American sentry who was supposed
to be in the employ of the British. The nine orphan children
were adopted by friends of the family, General Lafayette taking
one of the boys back to France and educating him in his family.

It is easy to realize the earnestness and strong religious views
of children with such a heritage. Hannah (Mrs. Smith) was a
woman of great force of character. She died when her daugh-
ter, Elizabeth, was eighteen. The father having died some
years previously, the home in New York was broken up and Eliz-
abeth lived with her sister, Mrs. Matthew St. Clair Clark, in
Washington, D.C. Mr. and Mrs. Clark were noted entertainers
and in their home Miss Smith met all the most delightful society
of Washington. It was ata dinner given by John Quincy Adams
at the White House that Miss Smith met her future husband,
Joseph Duncan. Henry Clay, who sat next her at dinner, spoke
in the highest terms of young Duncan. They were married in
1828 and immediately started for the West. Brought up in the
luxtirious homes of the East, Mrs. Duncan was impressed by the
crudeness and hardships of life in the West, and has left some
amusing accounts of her experiences. Later, when she came to
live in Jacksonville, she became deeply attached to the people and
the life in Illinois. She was a small, frail woman, with intense
religious feeling and great refinement of manner and speech.
Mrs. Putnam, in the last year of her life, spoke with feeling of
all she owed her mother, of the unconscious influence of her
simple, perfect manners and strong religious views upon the
young, impulsive girl.

The hospitality of the Duncan home in Jacksonville was un-
bounded. ‘There were no hotels, so all the weary travellers and
politicians were made welcome at ‘‘Elm Grove.’’ Here, in 1837,
came Daniel Webster and his wife, and a great barbecue was held
in the grove near the house.

Mr. Duncan was devoted to Mary, who was his eldest daughter,
and made her his constant companion, teaching her to ride and
taking her hunting with him. Every incident left an indelible
impression upon the mind of his daughter, as the days of their
companionship were few. Governor Duncan died suddenly on
January 15, 1844, when his daughter Mary was but eleven years

iv. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

old. Later, she never wearied of telling to her children her fath-
er’s experiences of frontier life and impressing upon them his
strong love of truth, sincerity, and courage, and his motto, of
which her own life was a constant example, ‘‘ True politeness is
kindly feelings, kindly expressed.’’ Through a correspondence of
nearly fifty years with members of her family, no anniversary of
his birth or death is forgotten, and the Christmas season always
recalled the joyous carols the children used to sing in the old hall
at ‘‘Elm Grove’’ and the rapturous opening of the stockings with
original toys made by Governor Duncan.

After Governor Duncan left politics, he engaged in many large
business enterprises. Unfortunately, he signed the bond of a man
who proved a defaulter. This happened just before his death.
Had he lived he could have met his obligations easily, but, as it
was, a large portion of his estate was sacrificed, immense tracts of
valuable Illinois land selling for twelve and one-half cents an acre.

Mrs. Duncan was left with seven children, but she courage-
ously tried to meet every obligation. The family owned a large
house and considerable land, which came from Mrs. Duncan’s
estate and could not be sold until the youngest child was of age,
but there was little ready money. During her girlhood Mary
Duncan learned to do everything necessary in the economy of a
large household. It was in the days when neighbors helped in
all times of trouble. We read in one old letter, quite as a matter
of course, of the girl of fourteen ‘‘sitting up’’ all night with a
friend’s child who was ill. Later in life this training was most
valuable and she was always a wonderful nurse.

Jacksonville was an unique town. ‘There was a delightful min-
gling of the best New England settlers brought there by the
founding of Illinois College, full of enthusiasm for a simple, intel-
lectual life, and of a small colony of Kentuckians, with their cor-
dial hospitality. It produced a society which has preserved its
charm to this day. ‘The fine elm-lined streets remind one of New
England, but many of the houses have a distinctly Southern air.

A warm personal friend of Governor Duncan was Colonel John
J. Hardin, who was killed at the battle of Buena Vista in the
Mexican War. Colonel Hardin, one of the foremost lawyers in
Illinois, was able to save the trust fund belonging to Mrs. Dun-
can’s estate, and administered the property so that there should

‘

or A)

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Vv.

be money for the education of the children of his friend. The
girlish friendship between the two daughters, Ellen Hardin and
Mary Duncan, was continued through the many vicissitudes of
their lives. It was at the home of this friend, who married a son
of Chancellor Walworth of New York, that Mary Duncan met
her future husband. Mrs. Walworth is still living in Saratoga
Springs and last year spoke of their girlhood in Illinois. Scheol
books were a great luxury and one copy sufficed for several girls.
There was intense earnestness in all they did. The uncertainties
of life in those early days taught them to value every opportunity,
and a deep religious feeling, shown in the old yellow letters that
Mrs. Walworth still prizes, permeated the simple, healthy life of
the girls. It was an outdoor life. The girls had their saddle-
horses and rode nearly every day. Both of them, later in life, laid
great stress on the benefit, physically and mentally, of this feature
of their life.

When Mary Duncan was thirteen she accompanied her mother
in May, 1846, on a trip East. It was a serious undertaking in
those days. They visited Mrs. Clark in Washington, who lived
in a beautiful home on Lafayette Square, opposite the White
House. The house is still standing, one of the stateliest of the
old mansions. On the corner nearby lived ‘‘ Dolly Madison,’’
the widow of President Madison. Writing in 1892, from Wash-
ington, Mrs. Putnam recalls incidents of her early visit, dinners at
the President’s and at Daniel Webster’s, and the ceremonious life
at her aunt’s; ‘‘ Yet all this grandeur did not fill me with a desire
for its long continuance, for I remember thinking silently that the
freedom of my prairie home was much sweeter. But I was enrap-
tured with Mrs. Madison,—lovety Mrs. Madison! It was a delight
to us young people to pay our respects to her very often, when she
received us in turbaned cap, with the dignity of a princess, and
with the urbanity of a truly loyal American woman. We do not
see such a type of womanhood now-a-days. Another pleasant
memory of Washington, on a later visit, was watching the sculptor,
Mills, who was making the equestrian statue of Jackson now in
the park. I was also interested in the finely-trained horse that
was his model, which I used to see put through its paces, in the
Smithsonian grounds, as I walked across them to my uncle Josiah
Caldwell’s.’’

Vi. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

There is a characteristic letter of her’s written during her visit
of 1846, to her youngest sister, describing a May ball she attended.
It shows her keen observation and interest in people even at that
early age. She writes: ‘‘I was introduced to about 9 boys and
10 girls and I talked to 7 girls that I did not know from Adam.’’
Then, with the naturalness which was always her great charm, she
advises her sister to be good, adding, ‘“‘I am very sorry I was not
more obedient to Cousin when I was at home. I would have felt
so much better now I am away.’’ She always spoke of this visit
as marking an epoch in her life. It aroused her ambition to
study and prepare herself to take her place in the world that
always interested her. She was ever a believer in travel as a
means of broadening one’s view of life.

In 1847 came another trip to Washington. Mary Duncan
describes the journey in a letter. ‘‘We went in the cars to
Naples, which was entirely inundated. After spending a terribly
long day there, we proceeded on board the ‘Prairie State,’ the
finest boat on the Illinois, and arrived in St. Louis just in time
to take the boat for Cincinnati. Every one was pleasant on
board, and we had good company within ourselves. . . . A severe
attack of fever prostrated me on the second day of our leaving
Cincinnati;’’ but she was better ‘‘two days later when we arrived
at Pittsburg and took the Brownsville boat. In the stage across
the mountains there were many pleasing incidents that occurred
that day; but I defer detailing them till I see you face to face.
We arrived at Washington Saturday night as usual, but what was
our disappointment at finding Aunt Anna Clark breaking up
housekeeping and going to board. So of course our visit to her
was knocked in the head. Weare happily situated with Cousin’’
[wife of Col. Hamilton of Bladensburg, Maryland]. ‘‘There are
more negroes collected here than I ever saw in my life.’’ ‘Then
comes a characteristic touch: ‘‘I have promised 30 girls to write.”’
She was always sociable! i

In 1850 Mary Duncan went with friends to New Orleans,
where she remained some weeks for a very gay visit with some
Caldwell cousins.

Mary Duncan received her school education at Jacksonville
Female Academy. ‘The number of studies were few, but they
were learned with a thoroughness rare now-a-days. She was for-

Po

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Vil.

tunate in having for a teacher Miss Lucretia Kimball, now Mrs.
Kendall, who came from an Eastern home to instruct these minds
of which ‘‘neither age nor poverty could blunt their intense
desire for knowledge.’’ Mrs. Kendall is still living, honored by
her pupils to whom she brought not only love of the best litera-
ture, which she read to them out of school hours, but a deep
religious faith. Mrs. Putnam attributed much of the success of
her life to the high aspirations inspired by the rare personality of
her beloved teacher. Mrs. Kendall, in speaking of her former
pupil, said it was given to but few teachers to see the beginning,
the fulfillment, and the completion of such a full life.

Mary Duncan was graduated from the Jacksonville Female
Academy in 1851 and in September visited, with her mother, in
Chicago, having entertainments given for them by Mrs. New-
berry, Mrs. Kinsie and Mrs. Blatchford. The winter was spent
in nursing a beloved sister, Elizabeth, who, in spite of all that
devotion could do, died in June, 1852. This loss was followed
two months later by the death of Hannah, a younger sister.
The family now consisted only of Mrs. Duncan and three child-
ren, Mary, Julia, and Joseph. In April, 1853, they went East,
visiting Washington, West Point, and Saratoga Springs. At the
latter place Mary Duncan met Charles E. Putnam, and they
became engaged. Mr. Putnam had expected to practice law in
New York City; but as Mary Duncan had inherited her father’s
strong love for the great rolling prairies of Illinois, and belief in
the future of this country, she persuaded Mr. Putnam to visit the
West. He located in Davenport, Iowa, in the spring of 1854.
They were married December 9, 1854, at ‘‘Elm Grove,’’ Jackson-
ville, Illinois. Mr. and Mrs. Putnam arrived at Rock Island on
Saturday, January 9, 1855, too late to cross the river to Daven-
port. They came over Sunday morning and attended church
twice that day. It was characteristic of Mrs. Putnam that she
presented her letter to the pastor and was admitted to the First
Presbyterian Church the following Sunday. She never wasted
any time in indecision. Mr. Putnam was a partner of Judge
Mitchell, a prominent lawyer; but the times were hard and their
income, for the first few years, of the smallest. The first winter
the young couple boarded, and their home consisted of one room.
Mrs. Putnam, though she had left a home filled with fine old

Viil. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

mahogany furniture, writes most cheerfully: ‘‘You don’t know
what a beautiful table I have made me, covered with red calico.
Charlie and I sit beside it each night and read and sew.’’ This
first winter they read Milton’s life and works and Addison’s
works. Mr. Putnam was not fond of general society, but to the
intimate friends who knew him in his own home, he was the most
genial and delightful of companions. The custom of spending
the evenings in reading aloud was continued throughout their
married life of thirty-three years. As the family grew, the child-
ren brought their work, drawing, models of ships, or whatever it
might be, around the large tables, and worked, while Mr. Putnam
read from the standard authors in one of the richest and most
melodious of voices.

On July 30, 1855, Mrs. Putnam writes of an event fraught with
great consequences to Iowa: ‘‘ The first locomotive that has ever
puffed its steam into the State of Iowa has just passed by. You
don’t know what an excitement there was all along this street,
and indeed all over Davenport, last week when the ‘Antoine Le
Claire’ made its first visit. The track is only laid down a little
way—that is, five miles now, but not a mile then,—and it is truly
an era in the town and state. You see, the engine is named for
one of our citizens, and his likeness, cast in bronze, is on either
side. ‘This, with a visit from the Indians, has added new life and
spirit and something to talk about the last three weeks.”’

At this time Mr. and Mrs. Putnam were keeping house in a
small house on Fifth street between Perry and Rock Island streets.
On October 18, 1855, their eldest son was born at ‘‘Elm Grove’’
and named Joseph Duncan, after Mrs. Putnam’s father. The
next few years were devoted to the care of her rapidly increasing
family.

Mrs. Putnam’s letters reflect her interest in public events. A
letter written to her mother, January 27, 1860, shows strong
feeling: ‘‘You ask what I think of our country? Read Seward’s
speech in the Senate—‘them’s my sentiments;’ but still I do not
fear war. God isa God of mercy as well as justice. Oh, if each
one of us would pray as we ought—lead the lives we ought in all
things—God would avert his judgments. Let us strive each to
be as peaceable and forbearing with each other as we can. No
wonder nations quarrel when families and countries don’t agree.

—s

li ae

ee es ee ee

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. ix.

God have mercy on our country, have mercy, have mercy! He
is our only help in this our sorest time of need!’’ ‘

When the war was inevitable, Mrs. Putnam worked with her
usual enthusiasm to aid the soldiers. <A letter written September
26, 1861, says: ‘‘We have established a Soldiers’ Aid Society
today, and in my absence they appointed me secretary. I feel
very incompetent to do my duty to such an office and attend to
my little family, but Charlie insists on my taking it and promises
to assist me all he can. . . I have almost knit a sock for the
soldiers since Tuesday night, by just picking it up when riding,
nursing the baby, or giving orders in the kitchen.’’ On February
3, 1862, is the first mention of any lecture entertainment Mrs.
Putnam ever undertook. In the light of her successful work of
later years, it is amusing to read of the door receipts of a lecture
by Dr. Fisher, for the benefit of the Soldiers’ Aid Society—cer-
tainly a worthy cause—being but $18, while the expenses were
$24. ‘‘But he was generous enough not to let the Soldiers’ Aid
Society lose that. I had to work very hard to get even this
money out. . . I had to see to all things regarding the lecture
myself and, depend upon it, I will never have anything to do with
such an affair again.’’

But when Mrs. Putnam’s interest was once aroused it was 1m-
possible for her not to goon. In February there is a report of a
battle and ‘‘ Mr. Powers has just been here and brought me $50
from the gentlemen. They raised over $600 yesterday for the
relief of our wounded. I’ve been out this morning, seeing what
I could get. We will have an extra meeting tomorrow and next
day, and work all we can. Mrs. Rogers, our treasurer, is sick;
Mrs. Newcomb, our president, out of town; so all the responsi-
bility falls on me.’’

Mrs. Putnam’s interest in the Academy of Sciences grew out
of the love of her eldest son and was so interwoven with the cur-
rents of her family life, that a true picture of her could not be
drawn without emphasizing her life as a mother. Her work for
the Academy was the outgrowth of a mother’s love such as is
rarely seen. She herself, in alluding to a proposed life of her
father, says: ‘‘If you would write little homé incidents, some
home characteristics, they after all make up the greater part of a
man’s character and add much to the interest of a history.”’

[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.] B [April 30, 1906, ]

x. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Her own letters give the most vivid picture of her life. Janu-
ary 8, 1863, upon receiving the Mew York Observer, she writes:
‘‘T read every word of it and all that could interest the children.
The red ants seem to take Duncan. Oh, mother! what a luxury
to have boys old enough to appreciate what you read to them! I
have so much pleasure in watching the development of Duncan’s
mind. My whole days are spent in instructing, playing with, and
keeping the children clean. I sew scarcely a stitch and fear my
industry will flag; however, I never was so busy in my life—or
more happy.’’ Mrs. Putnam fitted up a school room in her house
and for several years taught the older children each morning.

The summer of 1863 was spent in Saratoga Springs. Mrs.
Putnam had recently become interested in the works of Froebel
and began giving the children object-lessons from nature. On
January 11, 1864, she writes: ‘‘ Duncan astonished his father and
me by his questions. I fear to have him learn to read,—still let
him say his lessons to me daily. Indeed, I do little else but teach
manners, morals, reading, spelling, geography, and Bible from
morning till night. . . I feel rewarded, as I go around and seal
the foreheads with a mother’s sacred kiss, for all my toil and
care, and would not exchange my lot for that of the most idle
woman in the world. A young lady visiting here said I had the
most delightful home in Davenport. I felt it was indeed the
trith,”°

And again, on March 9, 1866: ‘‘There is not an hour I spend
with my children, in their instruction and improvement, that I
am not triply rewarded. . . . I had 28 to dinner last Saturday.

We had our bees robbed one night last week and the boxes
broken up and the little helpless things scattered everywhere. I
gathered them up next day and was badly stung for my pains.
I suffered very much, but could I have saved my bees, I would
not have cared. They are all dead.”

On February 27, 1864, Louis Agassiz lectured in Davenport.
Mrs. Putnam writes of spending the morning in reading about
glaciers. It was characteristic of her to the end of her life to pre-
pare herself so as to appreciate and understand any new subject.
She availed herself of all the opportunities that came to her.
She, with her son Duncan, had the pleasure of meeting Agassiz
later at Mr. Hirschl’s.

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Kis

In May, 1863, the family moved to a beautiful country home,
‘*Woodlawn,’’ about two miles from the center of the town, on
a bluff overlooking the Mississippi River. The place of eighteen
acres was laid out by Mr. Mackenzie, an Englishman, in a com-
bination of lawn and wild woods. Both Mr. and Mrs. Putnam
became interested in horticulture, their enthusiasm being shown
by the purchase of technical books as well as by the planting of an
orchard, garden, and vineyard. Here was founded an ideal home.

Mrs. Putnam led an active outdoor life superintending the gar-
den and grounds, encouraging her sons to be interested in all the
affairs of the place. She was their companion in all things. She
learned to swim, with five of her sons. For some years Mr. and
Mrs. Putnam attended a class ina gymnasium in town, often walk-
ing the four miles there and back in the evening. This outdoor
life was what gave her the strength to carry out her plans and
accomplish her great work in life.

On Thanksgiving Day, 1865, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘To one and
all the dear ones at home I send greetings on this our first great
Thanksgiving Day, the grandest day of thanks our country has
ever known; freedom in the letter as well as in the spirit; uni-
versal hope and renewed hope and renewed life to our land.
Proud am I that I am American-born, proud to have six sons to
claim this glorious country as their native land; while my heart
swells with pride of land and country, my hands are busy about
the ordinary affairs of life; and while my heart yearns over my
children and their future, their present wants of bread and butter
and clothing press heavily upon me, and I cannot spare the time
even to jot down all my thoughts and aspirations for them.’’

The years passed swiftly in the home life, and in attending to a
large household, with many guests coming and going. The sur-
plus of the large garden was sent to friends. Neighbors tell of
how Mrs. Putnam would stop and distribute flowers and fruit to
the children as she drove to town. ‘There was no pleasure to her
in having things unless shared with others. Even in the first year
of their housekeeping, in 1855, Mrs. Putnam writes of supplying
the whole neighborhood with fresh vegetables from their tiny
garden; and again in September, 1872, she writes: ‘‘We have
so many pears and grapes that I want every one to come and
enjoy the place, the fruit, and every thing, while I have so

Xil. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

much. I have entertained, I believe, one hundred people at least
this summer, a few at a time.’’

These years were probably the happiest of Mrs. Putnam’s life.
She writes in 1871: ‘‘I am sitting in my conservatory, sur-
rounded by my beautiful flowers, God’s special gifts. . . . Life
seems so gay and beautiful.’’

In 1872 came a terrible scourge of scarlet fever; eight children
were ill at one time, and the eighth son, Hamilton, died. - This
was the first break in the family circle.

The next winter, 1872-3, a printing press was purchased, and
the older boys began printing a magazine, The Star of Woodlawn,
and other papers. A finely equipped carpenter shop facilitated
the making of canoes and sailing boats. Theatricals were given
during the winter for several years, on a regularly equipped stage,
with drop curtain and all the accessories. There were historical
societies, where original papers were read every week, a stamp
company, and a juvenile savings bank. Everything was done to
encourage the children to develop plans and carry them out suc-
cessfully. The parents believed also in recreation and provided
a billiard table, riding horses, and all the outdoor sports. Mrs.
Putnam writes, in July, 1873, urging her mother to visit her and
“let a little of the full glow of happiness that so fills my heart
and life to overflowing flow into yours, and feel the full influence
of the buoyant young life that so fills this household.”’

In the fall of 1873 the eldest son, Duncan, returned from an
expedition to the Yellowstone under the command of Captain
Jones. It had been thought that the outdoor life would strengthen
him so that he could go to Harvard; but he returned with a severe
cold, which, during the next winter, developed into tuberculosis.
It was the beginning of a long battle for life, lasting eight years.
Out of the shadow of this sorrow, Mrs. Putnam came a stronger
but an older woman. The gay and joyous note of the letters has
gone to return no more.

The letters tell their own story, December 1, 1873: ‘‘The
Doctor says Duncan is not able to study or go to college for
years, if ever. We have talked the matter over deliberately, my
husband and I. I feel that we must make every sacrifice to
accomplish [his restoration to health].’’

January 1, 1874: ‘‘Tomorrow night the children will go

.

OE ee

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Xiil.

through their play of William Tell. Mr. Putnam insists on mak-
ing the home lively and pleasant for Duncan as long as he is with
us. It will be absolutely necessary tosend him away from home,
and very soon. He hada hemorrhage in the street the day before
yesterday, which alarmed us all’very much.’’

January 21, 1874: ‘‘I leave Duncan scarcely a moment night
or day. His father sits with him sometimes while I do some
errands. I don’t know what to do with him. If he sits still he
reads Huxley and Darwin and all the other brain-splitting books
you ever heard of—says histories are almost as heavy and stupid
as novels. He was actually relieved when we were through
David Copperfield. I suppose while he lives he will work.’’

January 30, 1874: ‘‘Duncan is anxious to go with Dr. Parry
to Utah next summer, as it is on the desert and near the mount-
ains, so he can catch all kinds of bugs. Oh, that God would
spare his life that he may fulfill his great promise. . . I’ve been
setting type to-day. George and I run races which can distrib-
ute the fastest. I am learning lots about printing and becoming
fascinated with the work.”’

February 4, 1874, a letter to her mother: ‘‘Duncan has been
veryill. I havehad no heart to write. To-day he is back in his
bug room which makes him and me more cheerful. This is the
fourteenth hemorrhage in six days. I have not left Duncan a
moment day or night; how long I can hold out I don’t know.
Pray for me and mine, dear mother.

“Your loving child, , MARY.”’

February 15, 1874: ‘‘Yesterday I took Duncan to spend the
day with Mr. Pratt; he afterwards went to the Horticultural
Society, and they made him Secretary pro tem. I went up for
him there. He was such a boy, writing the minutes of the meet-
ings, surrounded by gray-headed men. He the only child in the
midst and doing the hardest work. However, it interested him
and I cannot see that it hurt him any.”’

March 5: ‘‘. . . I have been setting type to-day, so has Dun-
can. The boys have printed off my piece—-I set every word of it
myself.’’

On March 18, 1874, the eleventh child and tenth son was born.
A few weeks afterwards, when Mrs. Putnam was driving with
her son Duncan, the horse became frightened and ran. Mrs.

Xiv. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Putnam was thrown out, striking the sciatic nerve. She was
tunable to move for weeks, and never fully recovered from this
injury. In September of this year she joined her son in Colo-
rado. A month was spent most delightfully in camping in a log
cabin at Empire City. Five children were with her and five were
left in Davenport. Two botanists, Dr. Engelmann and Dr. Parry,
were collecting in the mountains. They, with their wives and
Mr. and Mrs. Ballord of Davenport, made a pleasant party that
gathered nightly around the fire of pine knots in the cabin.

Mrs. Putnam returned home in September, leaving Duncan to
spend the winter in Cafion City. During this winter Mrs. Put-
nam read all his lessons to her third son, John, whose eyes began
to trouble him. It was through her eyes that he was enabled to
graduate with honors from the High School. One wonders where
she ever found the time to accomplish all she did. Her house-
hold cares were always arranged so that there was time to be
with the children, when out of school. She had the great gift of
realizing what was the most important thing to be done. She
wasted no time over the non-essentials.

On February 4, 1875, comes a record of the first effort to raise
money for the Academy of Natural Sciences, the beginning of
almost exactly twenty-eight years of work for the association. At
the time Mrs. Putnam was forty-three years old, the mother of ten
living children, and with the multiplied cares of a large family
and a wide social circle, she would have been entitled to retire
from active work. But the woice of her eldest son, an exile for
his health, came to her, urging her to do something ‘‘to make
the Academy popular.’’ She writes to a friend, speaking of
one subscription already received: ‘‘If all the patrons of the
library were as liberal to the Academy, I will not have more to
do to get my $500 than I can do with my hands thus tied with
my sick children. Why should not the two institutions work
side by side and be one in spirit as they are in fact, each strug-
gling for the advancement of knowledge in our midst, each help-
ing on to the investigation of truth, could they not be made a
crown of glory to our town?’’ A hope which is at last being
realized.

On February 11, 1875, her youngest child, Berthoud, died.
This loss was deeply felt by Mrs. Putnam. She writes of how

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XV.

-

empty her life seemed, the first time for twenty years that there
was not a baby in the house, to be the first consideration. Those
who knew Mrs. Putnam can see how naturally grew her interest
in the Academy, which she would sometimes laughingly call her
twelfth child.

Mrs. Putnam was elected a member of the Davenport Academy
of Sciences June 2, 1869, at the same time her son Duncan, a boy
of thirteen, was elected. He had been interested in the Academy
almost from its beginning and insisted that his mother must
become a member at the same time. She was the first woman
member. The Academy had been organized on December 14,
1867, by four men. The meetings had been held in various offices
until, in 1868, a ‘‘very liberal offer was received and accepted
from the Young Men’s Library Association to have the Academy
deposit its cabinet and hold its meetings in the Library rooms,
corner of Second and Brady streets.’’ It may be noticed that the
singular noun covers the extent of the museum. Here the ‘‘cab-
inet’’ remained in a dark corner until the fall of 1872, when the
meetings were held for some time in the law office of Putnam &
Rogers. Mrs. Putnam never made any pretense to being a sci-
entist herself, but she frequently accompanied Mr. Pratt and Dun-
can on their Saturday excursions for shells and insects.

In March, 1875, Mrs. Putnam, assisted by other ladies, furn-
ished the bare Academy room with matting, shades, and cases.
A letter of June 2, 1875, to Mrs. Parry, tells of further work:
“‘Duncan and I attended together the Academy meeting the other
evening. . . There was a large attendance, and Duncan seemed
wonderfully pleased with the looks of things and the large
donations sent in. . . I presented eleven ladies’ names [for mem-
bership] the other night; this will make twelve. The cases look
so nice, and many other things are waiting to be arranged; Dun-
can’s collection fills one-half a case.’’ Then, with a prophetic
look to the future, she continues: ‘‘I wish we had a fire-proof
building. . . I wish the Doctor could induce some of those rich
societies East to send us $1,000 as a nest egg to secure some prop-
erty here for that purpose; now while the enthusiasm is freshly
awakened we must not let it die out until something is done. I
like the plan of endowing the institution so as to secure some one
to spend all of his time there, making exchanges, etc.’’

XVi. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

On September 2, 1875, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘ Duncan thinks
the Academy has at last done something in that it has sent Dr.
Farquharson to Detroit. Well, I, too, have found a new interest
in the Academy in that it has resolved itself into a Home Mis-
sionary Society. ‘There is an old man, Captain Hall, very much
interested in the Academy, who goes up and down the river in
his boat every day and he has a locker in there filled with Sunday
School books for the little children all along the shore, and when
they see him coming they run down to the shore with their stone
axes and arrows and give them to Uncle Hall—so he brings in
many things every few days to the Academy, and for these he
has distributed 460 books to the children in the last three months.
Now, my dear mother, where can you find a nobler work? All
the parents of these children are going to visit the Academy thro’
Fair week and we expect to interest them to bring in many
more things,’’ a hope which was realized, for on October 31st
there is mention in a morning paper of a long list of donations to
the Academy. For years afterwards Mrs. Putnam collected
Bibles, old school books, illustrated papers, money, and groceries
to give to Captain Hall. It is largely due to his efforts that the
Academy has one of the finest collections of Mound-builders’
relics and ancient pottery from the Mississippi Valley.

The country was deeply interested in the Centennial celebra-
tion, which was to occur in 1876. Women were urged to send
samples of their handiwork to the ‘‘ Woman's Pavilion’’ at Phil-
adelphia. The enthusiasm of the women of Davenport was
diverted into a new channel, which has had ever widening influ-
ences and has been of inestimable benefit to the town. We read
of the beginning of the Centennial Association in a letter from
Mrs. Putnam to Mrs. C. C. Parry, written September 17th, 1875:
‘“ . . We hada most enthusiastic meeting yesterday of the ladies.
I was so tired last night I could not sleep, what with shopping,
making calls in the morning, arranging about my grapes, send-
ing to Rock Island for the young ladies, having them to tea,
going up immediately after to a lecture on the Mind . . . I won-
der I don’t feel more tired today, but I don’t. Our Academy
rooms look lovely. Mrs. Silsbee, Mrs. Price, and Mrs. Clark sent
flowers. . . . It seems to have been well understood that the
meeting was called in behalf of friends of the Academy and most

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XVii

noble was the response and enthusiasm. Mrs. Potter took the
chair, and I made a speech about the necessities of the Academy,
and its great work. I think it was a little ‘stumpy,’ but upon a
vote being taken whether such an organization for the Centen-
nial, having the Academy as its legitimate finale should be had,
a most enthusiastic ‘aye’ was responded. . . . About 30 ladies
were present.’ The effects of this meeting were far-reaching in
the history of the Academy. The Ladies’ Centennial Association
published the first volume of Proceedings.

We can realize the interest women were taking in the Academy
when out of a list of eighty-three new members this year, we find
forty-three were women, all personal friends of Mrs. Putnam, so
it is not difficult to see how their interest originated. She was
succeeding in ‘‘ making the Academy popular.’

On November 26, 1875, J. Duncan Putnam introduced a res-
olution at a meeting of the Academy to publish the Proceed-
ings, giving the following reasons: ‘‘r. It will preserve much
material that might otherwise be lost. 2. It will furnish greater
incentive to our members to make original investigations. 3. It

)

will increase the library by means of exchange with other socie-
ties and publishers. 4. It will place us ona creditable footing
with the other societies of the world.’’ It was voted to publish
them, and on December 20, 1875, the offer of the Ladies’ Centen-
nial Association to print the Proceedings was accepted by the
Board of Trustees.

To raise the money necessary was a serious undertaking in
those days. We read in a letter of Mrs. Putnam to Mrs. Parry,
December 29, 1875: ‘‘We want to have a grand entertainment
the 22nd of February; hope to make $200 clear. I have been
successful in raising, from the Academy gentlemen mostly, the
sum of $183 for publishing fund. I promised $200. . . . I have
had some amusing experiences in studying human nature this
winter and am more astonished than I can tell you at opposi-
tion to this project from sources little expected. . . . The Acad-
emy men are working right hard to get their Proceedings ready.
We want the book to be Centennial and worthy our city.
Nothing but the publication keeps him [Duncan] alive. He and
Mr. Pratt visit the engravers, go after the drawings of axes, flints,
arrowheads, etc. He gets up town to the Academy rooms every

[fRoc. D: A. S., VoL. X.] (@ [May 4, 1906.]

XVill. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

day, most always twice a day. T here are more visitors there in
one day now than there used to be in weeks.”’

On January 8, 1876, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘ We had quite
a meeting of our Centennial ladies who are to appoint committees
for our next entertainment on Monday next. I get out of all
these duties by raising $200 from the members and others.

The ladies voted $100 of their money and are going to raise
money to the amount of $600, with my $200, and assume the pub-
lication. We have a board consisting of Mrs. Magonegal, Mrs.
McCullough, Mrs. Sanders, and myself to look after the publica-
tion; having already, (or rather Duncan and Mr. Pratt have)
received offers from several engravers and publishers; and we can
have about 25 pages of engravings and wood cuts for about $200.

. . Let our Centennial issue be worthy the name.”’

February 9, 1876: ‘‘Weare having a lively time over commit-
tee meetings, etc., . . . and lotsof nice things are happening for
the Academy every day.”’

The Centennial Association planned an elaborate series of enter-
tainments to raise the sum of $600. ‘The first entertainment on
February 22, 1876, was very successful; but in the early hours
of the following morning the building in which it was held was
destroyed by fire, occasioning losses of about $1000 to persons who
had loaned articles for the entertainment. The association felt
bound to repay these. The first pages of the Proceedings have
been started, but the Academy, on February 25, passed a resolu-
tion of thanks and sympathy and suggested the postponing of the
publication. The women courageously refused.

On March 10, 1876, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘We undertook a
great enterprise and have done wonderfully well indeed. I never
heard of anything like it. We have raised at least $1500 in a lit-
tle over two weeks; paid off our debt, and have on hand $365 for
our book. I have devoted hours every day to the work and hope
my labors are over.’’

March 17: ‘‘I have been led into more public life than I think
either agreeable or necessary of late and feel very happy to retire
into private obscurity of home again. I attended the last meeting
of our Centennial Society Wednesday, and audited all the accounts.
In three weeks we have raised enough money to pay all debts
incurred by the fire, $1000, and have $450 left in the bank for

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Xix.

publishing our book. ‘The citizens have expressed great sym-
pathy and done a great deal for us. I shall devote myself to my
garden this summer.’’ She also writes at this time of reading
his lessons to her son John, for three hours a day, and to the
children two hours every evening. An old list, kept by one of
the children, shows an astonishing array of books read to them
by Mrs. Putnam: — histories, travels, Scott’s novels; and four
times did she read aloud to successive groups of children the una-
bridged edition of Robinson Crusoe, not omitting the religious
discourses.

Maren 27.1876, Mrs: Putnam writes to Mr. Parry: ... “If
you have received the late dailies you must be pretty well posted
as to what all my outside life has been these last busy weeks, but
they tell not half the story; how through discouragements we
have come out victorious. Even fire could not quench our zeal,
and never for a moment have I felt with some that we must post-
pone our work of publishing. . . . They are thinking of form-
ing classes in the Academy and letting those interested in special
subjects meet together and report to the Academy. Duncan is
urging this very much, and will take the chairmanship of the
zoological department. . . . You never knew anything like the
warmth and sympathy every one has expressed for our misfor-
tunes.’’ The Bric-a-Brac Club gave a loan entertainment which
helped materially to pay the debt caused by the fire.

In August of this year Baron Charles R. von der Osten Sacken,
a distinguished Russian entomologist, visited ‘‘ Woodlawn’’ to
meet the young entomologist, Duncan. He has been an honored
friend of the family ever since and has contributed a scientific
paper tothis Memorial volume. He was one of many who showed
their appreciation of the remarkable work done by the invalid
boy, self-taught, working out his ideas alone in this Western
town, far from the influence and help of college or museum. His
work was done with such thoroughness that to-day, after a lapse
of twenty-five years, it is still the authority in the lines of work
he took up.

In September, 1876, Mrs. Putnam and her son took the first
copy of the Proceedings to Philadelphia and placed it in the Pavil-
ion at the Centennial as a sample of woman’s work in a Western
town. ‘They then went to Washington, where Professor Henry,

xX. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, became so interested in
the work of the Academy that he placed its name among the first
on the list of foreign exchanges for scientific books. On October
14 the Publishing Committee of the Ladies’ Centennial Society
reports ‘‘Vol. 1, published by them, as now complete and placed
at the disposal of the Academy.’’ Nine hundred and ninety copies
were received; two hundred and fifty were distributed to sub-
scribers and four hundred and fifty-six to the scientific societies.
The volume received praise from all parts of the world from those
interested in the progress of science.

A rather detailed account has been given of the publication of
the first volume, because it was a unique enterprise for women
and also because it accounts for Mrs. Putnam’s future interest in
the publication, an interest that continued through her life, and
by her endowment will go on in perpetuity.

At the urgent solicitation of Mrs. Putnam, a few months later,
on February 22, 1877, her old friend, Mrs. Patience Veile New-
comb, gave a lot on Brady Street to the Academy of Sciences,
‘To show my appreciation of its worthy objects and because of
the great regard I entertain for my young friend J. Duncan Put-
nam, and my admiration of the noble work he is doing in its
behalf.’’ Plans to build were at once commenced. Mrs. Put-
nam and Mrs. Sanders were elected on March 6, 1877, a commit-
tee to procure subscriptions for a new building. The required
amount was raised by Mrs. Putnam, Mrs. Sanders being unable
to act.

A ‘‘ Kettle Drum’’ entertainment was given in July, 1877, at
‘“Woodlawn’’ by Mr. and Mrs. Putnam for the benefit of the
Academy. Between seven and eight hundred people were pres-
ent. It was a perfect summer’s night, and it was the most suc-
cessful féte ever given for charity in Davenport. The amount
realized, eight hundred dollars, was so encouraging that two days
later the committee on building reported in favor of erecting ‘‘a
plain and unpretentious edifice, sufficiently large for the present
needs of the Academy but not so large as to leave it in debt.’’

The corner-stone was laid on October 4, 1877, and on February
22, 1878, a year from the gift of the lot, the new building was
opened to the public. There were on exhibition an art collec-
tion, copper implements from Wisconsin, eight microscopes, and

er

—

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XXi.

a beautiful collection of butterflies. Though the admission fee
was but twenty-five cents, the net proceeds were four hundred
and fifty dollars. The Ferry Company, through the interest of
Captain Robinson, a lifelong friend of the Academy, carried all
ticket-holders free from Rock Island, which shows the universal
interest felt in the starting of this little institution.

In January, 1878, an Art Association was organized and held
its meetings in the Academy building. The society existed for
several years, holding a number of exhibitions. It was always
an earnest desire of Mrs. Putnam’s that the fine arts should have
a place in the Academy’s work, and that the Academy should be
an institution for the broadest culture.

On August 4, 1878, there is mention of future work. ‘‘I have
had the circular room in the basement finished; it does look so
beautiful, and will give us room for all the curiosities we can col-
lect. I have had the lathes, nails, and sand given to me, and I
had enough money in the bank, left from the festival, to pay for
the work; so now I have accomplished what I started out to do’”’
(a statement true of her whole life). Mrs. Putnam often spoke
of laborers volunteering to give a day’s work to help build this
institution, and took pride in the development of the Academy
from such small beginnings.

Mrs. Putnam was elected President of the Academy on January
I, 1879. It was an honor she always deeply appreciated. Dr.
Parry, in nominating Mrs. Putnam as President, said: ‘‘It is
quite unnecessary to explain to any one here present that the
actual success and present prosperity of the Academy has been
coincident with the interest taken in it by women. It was a
Women’s Centennial Association that first inaugurated and suc-
cessfully carried out the publication of the Proceedings, on which
more than on any other one thing the scientific character and
standing of the Academy abroad has been firmly established.
The very ground beneath our feet is the spontaneous gift of a
generous woman and this commodious building, which affords us
a permanent home, from lowest foundation stone to highest roof-
crest, if not the direct work of woman’s hand, has been wrought
out and completed under the inspiring influence of woman’s
Beart.’

The years were full of busy plans to raise money for the Acad-

XX11. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

emy, of which we have no record, except the occasional mention’
in the Proceedings of the proceeds of a lecture or entertainment.
An unfinished letter which survived the destruction of ‘‘Wood-
lawn’’ gives a picture of what work these entertainments entailed.
It was written just after a concert given by Sherwood on May
23, 1879: ‘‘From day to day I haunted the editorial chairs,
buttonholed the local editors, made journeys to Rock Island and
back again, had tickets printed at one office, placards at another,
and the programmes at athird. These tickets I was very judi-
cious with, giving some fifty to the editors, and about as many
more to music teachers and those promising to interest their
pupils. The placards I took to Rock Island, left them with a
friend who saw four of them put in the street cars. (We sold
four tickets in Rock Island). . . . The other placards I took in
my buggy and put in front of windows, and sent John to street car
lines to have others put in cars. ‘This was no small part of the
work, for the next morning after leaving them they did not
appear; so I had to see first one driver and then another about it.
At last Sherwood was fully understood to be coming. You could
not lift your eyes along the principal streets that ‘Sherwood, the
greatest pianist in America, Burtis Opera House, May 23,’ did
not meet your eye. ‘These immense placards haunt my memory.
Then the programmes: how to get them up was at first a mystery
tome. . . . They were to be dainty and unique. . . . The ‘opin-
ions of the press,’ which the agent sent me, had been placed in
the hands of the local editor to make extracts from day by day,
and which by the way he never used. Now, you must know our
‘City Local’ is a hard man to find, as he sleeps all day and writes
up his locals at night. After many delays the programmes came
out, 1000 of them. My presence with the old blind pony on the
street corner seemed to be the sign for the gathering of all the mus-
ical men, and I would hardly have stopped before they would
flock around the buggy and talk over the prospects, and one after
another would start off to find some enthusiastic person who
needed only to be told about Sherwood to bring in a dozen men.”’
The letter lies unfinished. A few days later, May 27, camenews
of the death of the third son, John, at an Eastern college.

In her annual address, read January 7, 1880, Mrs. Putnam
regrets that she had not been able to do more work for the Acad-

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. Xxiii

-emy, on account of the great sorrow that had come to her; she
speaks of the afternoon talks given by Mr. Pratt, Dr. Parry, and
others, and adds that ‘‘the familiar lectures and classes have been
established with a view to secure the interest and cooperation of
the pupils of our city schools. If the results in this direction have
not as yet proved all that could be desired, or reasonably expected,
it is stilla matter of congratulation that at least some earnest efforts
have been made to place the Academy on its legitimate basis as
an educational institution.’’ In the spring Mrs. Putnam had
arranged a botany class under the direction of Dr. Parry.

Thus was inaugurated a movement which Mrs. Putnam and
the other workers in the Academy had had in mind for years: the
teaching of the school children natural history in the Academy.
This work was carried on from time to time by Mr. Pratt. It is
gratifying to know that twenty-three years later, just before her
death, Mrs. Putnam had the deep happiness of seeing this move-
ment regularly organized and the children coming by the hun-
dreds, to the Academy to study its collections and receive syste-
matic scientific instruction.

These were anxious years, watching over the failing health of
her eldest son. Mrs. Putnam accompanied him on his short trips,
one being to Des Moines in 1881, in the endeavor to have a state
entomologist appointed for Iowa. What is now regarded as an
economic necessity was then regarded asa most visionary extrav-
agance. Of her visit to the legislature Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘It
recalls the days when I heard Clay, Webster and Calhoun, in
Washington; a little different, it is true, still the same feeling
came over me.’’

The publication of Vol. IT-of the Proceedings was the individ-
ual enterprise of J. D. Putnam and was begun in February, 1877.
One result of the publication was to bring in large numbers of
scientific exchanges. Mrs. Putnam writes in August, 1878:
‘Our library has gotten a great start and is filling up very fast.
We have put the books up in the Art room, and they:set off the
room beautifully.’’

No sooner was Vol. II completed than Vol. III was started under
great difficulties. The amateur printing press was moved from
‘“Woodlawn’’ to the basement of the Academy; and here the
typesetting and proof reading was done in the most economical

SLV. DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

manner, most of it by]. Duncan Putnam. Out of such sacrifices
grew Vol. III.

At page 128 of the volume the labors of J. Duncan Putnam
ceased. He died on December 10, 1881. He was one of the
sincerest seekers after the truth, gentle, modest of disposition,
entirely forgetful of self in the enthusiasm of the aim in view.
He had crowded into his brief span of twenty-six years the work
and enthusiasm of a long life. To the mother who had watched
over him for eight years, who had been his comrade in every
enterprise, who had built up the Academy for the sake of bring-
ing a bright look on the wan face of the invalid, to her his inter-
est in the Academy descended as a sacred legacy.

Naturally, Mrs. Putnam’s work in the Academy went on. On
January 27, 1882, she was appointed Chairman of the Publication
Committee to succeed her son. From this time until her death
her interest in the publication never lessened. The year was
spent in arranging the papers of J. Duncan Putnam. With the
assistance of Prof. Herbert Osborn his scientific work was com-
pleted and published in Vol. III, which was appropriately made
a memorial volume.

On October 29, 1882, Mrs. Putnam writes to her sister, Mrs.
Edward P. Kirby, Jacksonville, Illinois, ‘‘I sent you sheets of
the Memorial Volume for my gift. It is more than gold to me,
the perpetuating the memory of such a boy;’’ and a little later:
“‘T am so happy in this glorious work of my beloved son. I
wonder if any one ever did so honor and love a boy. God bless
his precious memory !”’

In April, 1883, a special meeting was called, and an effort was
made to raise the indebtedness of the Academy. Not only was this
done, but over $1,000 was left as an endowment for the institution.
The credit of this undertaking is due especially to Hon. George
H. French, Major George P. McClelland and Mr. Nicholas
Kuhnen.

Mrs. Putnam attended the meeting in Minneapolis of the Amer-
ican Association for the Advancement of Science in August, 1883,
renewing and forming friendships with Eastern scientists and
interesting them in the Academy. Professor F. W. Putnam vis-
ited Davenport from Minneapolis and gave a lecture for the ben-
efit of the Academy. ‘The visit of Professor W. H. Holmes at

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xxV

this time was followed by an offer to write a paper on the pottery
contained in the Academy museum, the Smithsonian Institution
to furnish the plates to illustrate the paper. This is the most
valuable paper ever printed by the Academy on the pottery in its
collections. The generous offer was gladly accepted, so Volume
IV was started with the sum of only $72.37 on hand, and unpaid
subscriptions amounting to $51.

Entertainments helped to meet the expenses of the Academy.
Courses of lectures were successfully given; the annual children’s
entertainments on the twenty-second of February were never by
any chance omitted; an extensive exhibition of English water col-
ors proved a great success both artistically and financially. All
these undertakings and many others, of which space will not per-
mit the mention, testify to constant, busy work on the part of Mrs.
Putnam. ‘There were hours of grief which were silently hidden
from her immediate family, but which astray letter reveals. She
laments writing asad letter the day before, to her sister, ‘‘but
how can I help it; now and then I feel I must cry out in agony,
but to-day I determined to work, work again for the beloved Acad-
emy, and so I get me to work.’’

In 1885 a salary of $500 was voted for Mr. Pratt as Curator.
He had given all his spare hours, from the beginning of the for-
mation of the museum, to arranging the specimens, and had been
a most faithful worker. All the work in the Academy previous
to this time had been verily ‘‘a labor of love.’’ As usual Mrs.
Putnam raised the money, assisted in part by Mr. E. P. Lynch.

June 9, 1885, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘The Horticultural Soci-
ety offered the Academy strawberries and cream for a festival. I
have all the management and responsibility. I rather shrink
from it, quite different from a few years ago when such a thing
was fun; especially as I have all of the profits for my publication.
Mr. Holmes’ paper is done, and I have to pay out $100 right
away and have not one cent.’’ After the entertainment was over,
on June 22, she writes: ‘‘I have given a most successful and brill-
iant Academy festival—a decided success—a large crowd of people
—superb music and strawberries (150 quarts were given me, all the
cream, flowers, etc.). I took in $70; some necessary expenses took
my profits down to $60. As’I had to meet a bill of $144, it helped
me that much and encouraged me to attempt another.’’

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. X.] D [June 6, 1906, ]

XXVi DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The Davenport Chapters of the Agassiz Association were formed
about this time. -Mrs. Putnam was naturally much interested in
their meetings at the Academy and often attended them, reading
to them from ‘‘ Walks Around My Garden’’ and other books.
They frequently spent the day at ‘‘ Woodlawn.’’ Mrs. Putnam
always wanted the children to come tothe Academy. She writes:
‘The lot was given on the twenty-second of February; the build-
ing dedicated on the next twenty-second; children entertained the
next, and every year this has been our ‘Saint’s Day.’ We expect
500 children’ [at the entertainment she was planning]. In the
summer of 1886 the National Convention of the Agassiz Associ-
ation had a most successful meeting in Davenport; over one hun-
dred delegates were entertained.

April 2, 1886, she writes: ‘‘ Printers do go so slow [all of Vol.
IV not finished]. Yet I have commenced another, Vol. V, and
have eight pages printed; but a gentleman has given us such a
splendid paper to be fully illustrated, and so many of our mem-
bers subscribed at once, that Iam not going to have the same
trouble with Vol. V. It is just splendid, too, that our publica-
tion goes straight on. As soon as one volume is done another
begins, and once in three years we bring out our latest thought.
Vol. IV is making for us a splendid record—so I think one thousand
more books will come into our library this year. Two thousand
came last year. We have to-day received a beautiful collection
of shells and minerals. I attended a meeting for birds this after-
noon. It is dreadful, the slaughter of the innocents. I visited
seven ladies, all of whom promised to take them off their hats.
Fifty ladies signed a paper for the same.’’ Never afterwards
would Mrs. Putnam wear aigrette or wing in her bonnet.

There always was need for money, and on July 13, 1886, another
lawn féte was given for the benefit of the Academy, at ‘* Wood-
lawn.’’ Mrs. Putnam writes on June 14th: ‘‘ It will be about
nine years since my last ‘‘ Kettledrum,’’ and that is still remem-
bered by everyone. Great changes have occurred in my home
since then. . . . When I think of all I have lost in these nine
years my heart shrinks from the effort, but it must be done. I must
work to live; the Academy must have money, and who will give it
tous? So Iam bound to go through with it. This ‘‘ Mid-Sum-
mer’s Night’s Féte,’’ as it was called, was successful in every way.

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xXxvVii

Mrs. Putnam was most modest about her own abilities. On
October 17, 1886, she writes: ‘‘I was much interested in your
account of the robins. I am sorry I have not studied the habits
of birds and animals as I would have done had I been a woman
of leisure. But the fitting of these young lives to cope with the
world, the impressing their natures with the love of truth, and
forming their characters for noble aims, has been the engrossing
work of my life, and the little I have done for the scientific world
is to oil the wheels of this institution by getting money to carry
out the scientific thought of my beloved son Duncan and his asso-
ciates. His monument he builded himself. God grant it may
grow more worthy of his noble life and as years roll on take the
hold of the people his sacrifices entitle it to.”’

It was felt that there should be some permanent basis to pay
the salary of the-curator, besides a yearly subscription and the
dues of the members, so Mrs. Putnam reported to the Board of
Trustees, on November 25, 1886, a plan to ‘‘raise an annual
subscription of $400 a year—for five years—to provide for the sup-
port of the Academy and obviate repeated appeals to the public.”’
This plan received, according to the Proceedings, ‘‘ the approba-
tion of the Trustees,’’ and Mrs. Putnam was appointed to raise
the amount.

The old subscription paper is still preserved, the worn edges tes-
tifying to the faithful service it did as it made its yearly rounds.
The mute signatures tell little of the part they played in tiding
the Academy over the most critical part of its history. Many of
the early enthusiastic members had died; there was little interest
felt in the institution by the majority of citizens. No one knows
the number of times Mrs. Putnam was advised to close the doors
and simply let it die. The subscription paper stands a monu-
ment to her indomitable perseverance and courage.

Of the efforts to raise this money Mrs. Putnam writes to her
husband on December 10, 1886: . . . ‘‘Oh, that I could know
some of the mysterious joys of a true scientist and a true artist,
but I don’t believe it was meant I should classify or arrange any-
thing unless maybe a subscription paper; this I have done of late
to my great satisfaction and have more than one-half of what I
expected pledged for the coming year of the Academy. . . and
then if they sign for five years they may some of them remember

XXVili DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

us in their wills—anything we give to for five years we love, you
know; and if we tide our beloved son’s Academy over these five
years, as we have the last since he left us, I really think it will
be taken care of, don’t you?’’ And again on January 2, 1887,
to her sister-in-law, Mrs. Mary P.Bull: ‘‘$350a year has been sub-
scribed without much effort. I shall hope to get at least $400
before another week, but I have been too busy sewing to attend
much to other matters. . . . I often wish I were rich. I would
never see that boy’s institution suffer for the want of so little;
but it will be endowed some day; and his name will live as it ought
to live when marble monuments have perished and monumental
fortunes have crumbled away. ‘The memory of my beloved Dun-
can will live for ever in the hearts of all who knew and could
appreciate his gentle, quiet, and scientific nature. It is five years

since we laid him away, but oh! how his presence haunts my>

dreams, how often I think of him and long for the touch of that
vanished hand.”’

The last $50 of this subscription was raised by Major McClel-
land for Mrs. Putnam, who was ill at home, but who writes on
hearing that the entire sum was raised: ‘‘I never felt more
happy than to-night for I feel sure now the Academy has a
future.’’

On the morning of June 3, 1887, the beautiful home of ‘‘ Wood-
lawn’’ was destroyed by fire. Noneof the family were at home.
Mrs. Putnam was in Chicago. It was decided to camp out for
the summer in the gardener’s cottage on the hill. Both Mr. and
Mrs. Putnam took up the readjustment of their household in the
changed surroundings, with their usual quiet courage, Mrs. Put-
nam making a cosy home with the few things saved from the
.fire. She lamented the loss of the drawings and writings of her
son Duncan, and of Mr. Putnam’s unpublished literary papers,
the work of a lifetime, but she felt that as long as the family circle
remained unbroken, there was a bright side to the disaster. This
comfort was soon taken away, as six weeks later, on July 19, 1887,
her husband, Charles E. Putnam, died after a short illness.

Mr. Putnam was a man of strong personality. He had been
a prominent lawyer, President of the Davenport Savings Bank
for fourteen years and had written the Savings Bank Law which
was adopted by the State of Iowa, and is still in force. He was

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xXxXix

President of the Gas Company, the Plow Company, and of numer-
ous other organizations. He had infinite tact and a wonderfully
quick mind that grasped the essentials of a subject at once and
enabled him to carry on so many and varied lines of work. He
had a strong love for literature and accumulated a large and well
selected library. His leisure hours, for years, were spent in liter-
ary work. He followed his children’s occupations with the same
interest as his wife, and through his son Duncan became interested
in science. He was President of the Davenport Academy of Sci-
ences in 1885 and 1886, on its finance committee for years, and
trustee for fourteen years. He was a man of broad sympathies,
and every good work received support from him. Much of the
work that Mrs. Putnam accomplished is due, no doubt, to the
encouragement and sympathy she received at home.

Their married life of thirty-three years had been so congenial
and ideal that his death would have been a deep sorrow at any
time, but especially so after the loss of their home and with the
uncertainties of the future. After a few weeks the widow, left
with six sons and one daughter, roused herself from her grief and

writes to her sister: ‘‘ The work of life must go on; these dear
children must be helped to maturity. I have made up my mind
to go to town each day and do my duty for my children.’’ In

the fall of this year the family moved to a house in town, where
Mrs. Putnam lived the remainder of her life.

The next winter she interested herself to see that the salary of
Mr. Pratt, the faithful curator, was paid.

Mrs. Putnam and her daughter sailed for Europe October 3,
1889. On the morning she left Davenport, Dr. C. C. Parry, ever
a staunch friend of the publication, brought the last sheets of the
Proceedings, still wet with the printer’s ink, to the train, where
other members of the Academy gathered. It was the last time
many of the old friends met.

The trip abroad was prolonged beyond the original plan on
account of Mrs. Putnam’s poor health. She took an intense inter-
est in everything abroad, especially the customs and life of the
people. She had painted in her younger days, and always had
an instinctive taste for the best inart. The galleries were a con-
stant source of pleasure to her. She visited the museums, and
was delighted when she found the Proceedings of the Academy

xxXX DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

in the libraries. She had a great gift of attracting people to her
and everywhere made warm friends. She was the most delight-
ful of travelling companions, and could relate her experiences in a
lively, vivacious manner. She was rarely gifted as a conversa-
tionalist. As a friend remarked, they would hear something
interesting when Mrs. Putnam returned, not of the trivial dis-
comforts of the journey.

This was her longest trip away from home. From girlhood
she had been a frequent traveller, enjoying the opportunity to see
things and even more to meet people. But she never forgot the
interests of home. Mrs. Putnam writes from Paris, in May, 1891,
just before sailing for home: ‘‘ The more I see of this life abroad
the more I am convinced the true life is at home and the greatest
glory of a woman is to grace her own fireside.’’ As soon as she
arrived in New York she writes: ‘‘ Home! oh, you never can
know what that word means to one unless you have been away
so long. All America seems home to me—now I have touched
my native land, I am perfectly happy.’’

She missed many old friends upon her return to Davenport.
Dr. C. C. Parry, who had been closely associated with her son,
Duncan, had died; Mr. Pratt had removed to Minneapolis, where
he died two years later. Dr. Barris, one of the few of the old
members left, had been appointed curator.

Mrs. Putnam was just in time to start a new five years’ sub-
scription paper. On December 18, 1891, she writes to Mr. Pratt:
‘“‘T have taken up the role of presenting the $400 list to my friends
in behalf of the beloved Academy—shall I call it a success? In
about three weeks I have $300 on the five years’ subscription,
from 1892 to 1896, and $60 on this year. . . but I shall have to
wait a little while until I recover from a refusal from ——— and
a very few poor men like him! It will do me good to wait and con-
sider, it was such easy sailing. People met me more than half way.
I own up I went first to the old and tried friends of the Academy.

. We owed the curator $300 when I came home; by January
first I think we can almost pay last year’s salary, but oh, we
must get enough to keep him next year, and next, and next, for
five years, and then the $120 for the Index—we must have that,
yousee . . . and then the binding and distributing! will we wait
forever for the endowment! . . . I wish I could do something in

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xxxi

my small way to make the annual meeting a worthy meeting,
worthy the spirit of the past. What an interest we used to feel,
what palpitations of the heart lest all the reports should not be up
to the standard. What a full life we are leading, and how little
we know it.’’

Four times did Mrs. Putnam secure this assured income to the
Academy; the last time in 1902, the year of her death. This
was for a larger amount, eight hundred dollars; and by this means
the Academy was enabled to secure the whole time of a curator,
and started on its new era of prosperity. Once when a friend had
spoken to Mrs. Putnam about leaving something to the Academy,
she wrote: ‘‘I wish he would just give it now and spend it him-
self.’’ She was ever eager to see immediate results.

On November 23, 1892, there is a letter to ‘‘ My dear friend
Mr. Pratt: Do you remember the long ago—when the spirit
of unrest drove me to make a commotion in the dear old Acad-
emy building, and desks and cases were moved, and decorations
were hung—a piano brought in, and flying feet did the work of
busier brains, and all was commotion for one day or two and dis-
order for a week or so afterwards, at least you and Duncan used
to declare you could find nothing. ... Well, I have been
strongly reminded the last month of these dear old commotions
and upsettings, yet with many differences. Then the object
was always to make some money—now it is alone to spend it;
then the movement and stir was witnessed by loving eyes who
followed in sad disapproval, with a lurking smile of satisfaction
at the known results; now no loving eye has followed—no help-
ing hand has lifted itself—no laughing, warning voice has been
uplifted that this must be the very /as¢ entertainment in the Acad-
emy. Alas, the last gatherings there have been funerals, and the
stillness of the grave has followed my lonely steps as I have plod-

ded along. . . I have only touched on the outside of it all [in the
cleaning]. I feel as though I had lived over twenty years in this
month. . . I have put Prof. Starr’s paper in the printer’s hands

Monday of this week — made the same bargain as for Vol. V;
and while there is not a cent to begin paying the printer, I have
faith that by the time the first form is printed the money will
be forthcoming.’’

This cleaning was preparatory to the celebration of the twenty-

XXxXii DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

fifth anniversary of the founding of the Academy. The day
before, on December 13, 1892, Mrs. Putnam writes, ‘‘ I’m so sorry
I undertook the Academy entertainment just now, but a twenty-
fifth anniversary does not often occur. ‘The weather is beastly,
yet I have to go out init for the last things. Think of us to-mor-
row.’’ That afternoon Mrs. Putnam was injured in a fall froma
street car and was unable to go to the entertainment. A few days
later she writes, ‘‘ I‘love the Academy better to-day than when
my dying boy almost breathed its name with ‘Mother’ from his
parting breath—it was his legacy tome. When I thought I was
killed the other day I was glad that the Academy had a new coat
of paint on it. . . My back troubles me some. I think almost
more than at first. Yet I go out every day and try to think I am
not hurt.’’

At this time Mrs. Walworth, one of the founders of the Daugh-
ters of the American Revolution, induced Mrs. Putnam to become
the first State Regent of Iowa.

. In 1895 Mrs. Putnam was left a bequest by her sister-in-law,
Mrs. Mary Putnam Bull of Tarrytown, New York, of the sum of
ten thousand dollars, ‘‘as a memorial to my brother, Charles E.
Putnam, and my nephew, J. Duncan Putnam.’’ It was Mrs.
Bull’s idea to have part of it used in erecting a monument in the
cemetery. Mrs. Putnam placed a large glacial boulder, found on
the banks of the Mississippi, to mark the resting place of these
two men of simple tastes. The inheritance tax of the State of
New York was five hundred dollars and Mrs. Putnam gave the
remainder, nine thousand five hundred dollars, to the Academy,
establishing the Putnam Memorial Fund, the income to be used
toward carrying on the publications of the Academy. No more
fitting memorial could be found in view of the long and intimate
association of father and son with the Academy.

Previous to this time the publication had had a struggle for
existence. ‘The six volumes published prior to 1895 had cost
over eight thousand dollars and this entire sum had been raised
by three- and five-dollar subscriptions to the volumes, obtained
by repeated solicitation by Mrs. Putnam. A very few, like Prof.
Sheldon, gave generously. Sometimes the money came so unex-
pectedly that Mrs. Putnam was wont to say ‘“‘it sifted down from
heaven.’’ When publishing Vol. IV, she writes, ‘‘I find people

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XXXiii
‘

now understand what publishing proceedings means and are
interested at once and willing to help. I have met with great
success, without begging in the least. The publication now
stands on its own merits.”’

Mrs. Putnam spent the summer of 1897 in Europe with two of
her children, travelling leisurely from Norway to Italy.

On December 11, 1897, Mrs. Putnam writes of celebrating the
thirtieth anniversary of the Academy on the 14th, ‘‘ by a simple
reception at Academy afternoon and evening. For days I have
cleaned up things. I hope to close this year with every bill set-
tled and all dues collected. The contract for the new [Presby-
terian] church was let yesterday. They have offered the old
building to me for the Academy for $5,000,—a great bargain, I
think.’’ Four years before, on September 10, 1893, there is men-
tion in a letter of Mrs. Putnam’s of the importance of the Acad-
emy owning the property on the corner, when the Presbyterian
Church removed to other quarters, as they would eventually do.

She never lost sight of this project, and patiently and _ persist-
ently worked till she persuaded the trustees to see it from her
point of view. The Academy owned land on the north for future
building purposes, and many thought the old church building
would only be an incubus. A few far-sighted trustees real-
ized it was a good investment at least. It has proved a most
wise one. There is a hall for lectures and a high basement to
contain part of the ever increasing museum. If the Academy
had not bought ita large apartment building would have been
erected, cutting off light and sunshine from the Museum. It
preserves for the Academy one of the most commanding corners
in Davenport. The Trustees of the church most generously
placed a much lower price on the property than they could have
obtained from other parties. On April 3, 1898, Mrs. Putnam
writes: ‘‘Mr. Cutter says the Jewish Synagogue came to ask
the,price and wanted to buy the church, but when they heard
Mrs. Putnam wanted it for the Academy, they would not make
an offer.’ The Trustees of the Academy bought the church
property in 1899.

On December 3, 1899, after the close of the last service held by
the Presbyterian church in the building, Dr. Donaldson stepped
from the pulpit and handed the key to Mrs. Putnam, then the

jExoc,,D: A..S:, VoL. X;] E [October 18, 1906. ]

XXXIV DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
, &

oldest living member of the church, who received it on behalf of
the Academy. Upon taking the key she said: ‘‘No words of
mine can adequately express my feelings in accepting the key of
this old church, which so many hallowed associations have en-
deared to me, or of the gratification I feel in knowing my interest
in it is not entirely to cease, as this key will pass into the custody
of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences, an institution
which, next my family and my church, holds the dearest place in
my heart.’’

The purchase of the old church entailed an enormous amount
of work. The first problem was how to pay forit. Mrs. Putnam
was aided in raising the money by the Hon. C. A. Ficke. It was
decided to connect the two buildings by a passage way, large
enough to be used for museum purposes. Mr. E. S. Hammatt
and Mr. A. F. Cutter superintended the construction, while
that of cleaning and arranging the two buildings was done by
Mrs. Putnam. Griswold College was disbanded at this time, and
Bishop Morrison and the trustees of the college generously gave
its valuable scientific collection and library to the Academy.
With this added space, the Academy could exhibit the collection
at once. The work of moving the collection was very great.
Mr. C. E. Harrison attended to the transporting and sorting of
the books, but for weeks Mrs. Putnam was busy superintending
the transfer and arrangement of the collection. All this made
the summer a busy one. Mrs. Putnam secured the services of a
trained librarian, who began the arrangement and cataloguing
of the library, disturbing the dust of years. It was realized as
never before what a rare and valuable library the Academy pos-
sessed. During all the years that the publication of thé Academy
proceedings had been going on, laboriously but perseveringly, the
library had been steadily growing. Foreign societies had been
sending their publications in exchange, thus proving the fore-
sight of those members who inaugurated the printing of original
scientific papers by the Academy.

The start made in cataloguing the library has been kept up by
Miss Foote-Sheldon, so that now the large collection of books
is available for use by scientific students.

On the thirty-third anniversary of the founding of the Acad-
emy, December 14, 1900, Science Hall, the new lecture room, was

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xXXxXV

dedicated. President MacLean and Prof. C. C. Nutting of the
State University of Iowa, came from Iowa City, and Prof. Fred-
erick Starr, from the University of Chicago, gave a lecture. Let-
ters from scientific friends all over the country were read, con-
gratulating the Academy on the work achieved during its exist-
ence of a third of a century.

As one of the tributes, Prof. Nutting read the following poem:

THE STORY OF TWO WOMEN.

There was a woman on whose heart was pressed the heavy hand of Sorrow.

Her heart was bruised, her head was bowed, her life bereft of hope and light.

This woman was not strong, and so she sat her down and cried:

‘*Woe has come upon me, and my love lies dead, his work unfinished.

No more is heard his name upon the lips of men. With him is Hope en-
tombed.

Henceforth my life shall be devoid of light, and o’er his grave I'll place

A broken shaft to show the incompleteness of his life cut short of full fru-
ition.”’

And so it was. Her life was void. His name forgotten in the homes of men.

Again there was a woman on whose heart was pressed the heavy hand of
Sorrow.

Her heart was sore, her head bowed low, her life bereft of light.

But strong this woman was, and brave, and she stood up amid the stress

Of this her dire calamity, and gazed undaunted on the face of Sorrow.

**My love shall live!’’ she said. ‘* His work unfinished I take up. My life
I give

To see his hope fulfilled. ‘His name shall still be spoken in the courts

Of Wisdom, and a monument I'll raise to show fruition of his cherished
hopes.”’

And soit was. And wise men Came to bring her aid. And lo! Her life
was full

Of light and blessed with fruitful works. No broken shaft raised she

Above his tomb. Instead she reared a monument enduring as is Truth
eternal.

And the wise men bring their tribute of their learning to this shrine.

His name is honored still in Wisdom's court. His work complete. His
hope fulfilled,

And Sorrow, conquered, chastened, owns the sway of Love.

Soon after Mrs. Putnam’s return in May, 1901, from California,
where she had spent several months for the benefit of her health,

XXXVI DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

occurred the death of Dr. Barris, an early member, ex-President,
and curator of the Academy. He had ever been a faithful friend
to Mrs. Putnam, one who encouraged her by his hopeful conversa-
tion and charming personality to go on with her work. The death
of Dr. Barris left but two out of the group of the early active
members: Dr. C. H. Preston, who has been a member of the Pub-
lication Committee from its inception and who has ever taken a
deep interest in the affairs of the Academy, and Mr. C. E. Har-
rison, who has given generously of his time and energy to further
its success, working with the same loyal interest during the years
of discouragement as during those‘of prosperity. As the office of
curator was now vacant, and as the five years’ subscription paper
expired at this time, some of the most prominent citizens again
advocated the closing of the Academy. Instead, Mrs. Putnam
arranged to have the present curator of the Academy, Mr. J. H.
Paarmann, then a student at the University of Iowa, come to
Davenport and remount, classify, and label the fine collection of
birds in the museum.

In August of this year Mrs. Putnam, accompanied by her
daughter, attended the meeting of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, at Denver. Later, at Glenwood
Springs, Colorado, she met with a serious carriage accident which
nearly proved fatal, and from the effects of which she never en-
tirely recovered. As she lay helpless, being unable to move for
weeks after her return, her mind was full of plans for the ‘“‘be-
loved Academy.’’ Among other things she arranged for a course
of popular scientific lectures, which was successfully given after
Christmas. This was the beginning of the courses which have
since become an annual feature of the Academy’s work.

In the meantime, how to provide for and find a curator? No
sooner was Mrs. Putnam able to move than with painful but un-
flinching steps she visited the faithful patrons of the Academy
and raised the sum of eight hundred dollars for five years, double
the amount raised in previous years. In April, 1902, Mr. J. H.
Paarmann was appointed Curator, upon which office he entered
the following July. He began, in the fall, a series of talks to the
school children, illustrated by specimens from the Academy’s col-
lections. This was a project in which Mrs. Putnam had always
taken deep interest.

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XXXVii

After this work was started Mrs. Putnam and her daughter
spent several months in California. A letter written to her
brother, Mr. J. Duncan, from Del Monte, March 25, 1902, tells of
her nervousness in driving (a natural sequence to her terrible
accident a few months previously), and of her success in conquer-
ing this feeling: ‘‘We took the seventeen-mile drive along the
Pacific. I never enjoyed a drive more in my life and I think it
was because I had entirely mastered myself and my fear of moun-
tain drives. I thought it all over in the night and when the car-
riage came round, with five seats beside the driver’s, and the
rest were all ready, I quietly put on my things and astonished
them all by taking my seat in the exact position I sat in when
the accident occurred last September. One place, where the road
ascended a very steep place and turned on top and came down a
very abrupt descent, I thought I would get out and wait; but I
had started out to conquer, and so I sat still. I must say I drew
along breath when we reached the bottom, but I was master of
myself and that is what I long to be above every other thing.’’

The summer was spent at home, where Mrs. Putnam took up
her work for the Academy with her old enthusiasm, taking great
interest in the labors of Mr. Paarmann in his new office as Cura-
tor. In August she arranged for a successful concert, given by
the musicians of Davenport for the benefit of the Academy.

Mrs. Putnam, accompanied by her daughter, attended the meet-
ing of the Americanists in New York in October of this year.
She enjoyed meeting old friends and making new ones, listening
to scientific papers; but, on looking back, one realizes that while
the spirit was as eager to enjoy and impart, the body was growing
weaker. The journey was-continued to Boston, where she met
many old friends, and revived memories of her visits there with
her son Duncan. It was her last journey.

Mrs. Putnam was elected a fellow of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, at the December meeting, 1902,
in Washington. This unexpected honor greatly pleased her,
though she felt herself undeserving it. But, as one of her scien-
tific friends has said, ‘‘to whom could it have been more worthily
given than to her who had striven so loyally for the advancement
of science?’’

The Academy was in urgent need of a stereopticon, to use in

XXXVIIl DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the talks Mr. Paarmann gave to the school children; and on Jan-
uary 3, 1903, Mrs. Putnam writes: ‘‘Every day I receive money
(as the sparks fly out of the fire at me) for the stereopticon. I
have written a short report for the annual meeting. We have
$148 in the bank and not a bill to pay, left from last year.’’ On
February 14, through gifts of generous friends, she succeeded in
paying $1,000 on a note against the Academy. It was a happy
morning for her, as she realized the Academy was now on a better
financial basis, besides beginning active educational work.

An exhibition of Indian basketry, planned and managed by
Mrs. Putnam, was opened at the Academy on the nineteenth of
February. A much larger collection of baskets had been gath-
ered than was expected, and the building was effectively decor-
ated with mats, blankets, and examples of weaving. On the sec-
ond day of the exhibition, Friday, February 20, 1903, Mrs. Putnam
was the life of the company. Some one suggested having a loan
exhibition of lace; and her quick mind seized the idea, and with
her old-time enthusiasm, in bidding a friend goodby, she said,
“You must come next month to our lace exhibit.’’

Mrs. Putnam returned home at twilight and, sitting before the
open fire, talked of the events of the afternoon, of the meeting
with old friends; that it was the most beautiful exhibition ever
given in Davenport; what a pleasure the day had been. She
went to her room to rest. A Final Rest it was. Painlessly and
silently she passed into the World Beyond—a world in which she
firmly believed she was to meet her beloved family and the son
for whose sake she labored so faithfully in the upbuilding of the
Academy.

With kindly thought of friends and with her last hours spent
in the institution that had become an integral part of her life, the
day was a beautiful closing to a full and unselfish life.

A few days later Science Hall, the old Presbyterian church,
which had been so intimately connected with Mrs. Putnam’s life,
was filled with family friends and citizens, gathered for the sim-
ple but impressive funeral exercises. Rev. Dr. John B. Donald-
son of the First Presbyterian Church, her pastor, and the Rt. Rev.
‘T. N. Morrison, Bishop of Iowa, an old family friend, conducted
the services. Mrs. Putnam was broad-minded in religion as in
all the affairs of life, so it seemed fitting that the last services for

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. XXX1xX

her should be conducted by clergymen of different denominations,
as had been the case with her husband and eldest son.

Mrs. Putnam was survived by six sons—Charles Morgan, of
Minneapolis; Henry St. Clair, a consulting electrical engineer in
New York; William Clement, a lawyer in Davenport; George
Rockwell, in charge of the United States Coast Survey work in
the Philippine Islands; Edward Kirby, in the English Department
in Leland Stanford Junior University, California; Benjamin
Risley, a mining engineer in Butte, Montana, and by one daugh-
ter, Elizabeth Duncan.

Her children having already been provided for, Mrs. Putnam
left her entire estate to establish a Putnam Memorial Fund for
the benefit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, subject to an
annuity which was waived by her daughter, Elizabeth Duncan
Putnam, and to certain other obligations which were assumed by
her son, William Clement Putnam. By the terms of her will-this
fund, amounting in all to about twenty-four thousand dollars, is
to be held in trust for the Academy by a board of three trustees
and the income is to be used primarily for the publication of sci-
entific papers.

Emphasis has been placed upon Mrs. Putnam’s connection with
the Academy of Sciences, of which she was President in 1879 and
again from 1900 until the time of her death, Treasurer from 1897
to 1900, and Chairman of the Publication Committee from 1881
to 1903. There isa remarkable human interest in Mrs. Putnam’s
work for the Academy, growing as it did out of her love for her
oldest child. ‘To quote the words of a friend: ‘‘We all remember
vividly the noble and beautiful mother of that large family, who
yet found time out of the devotion to her children and her abound-
ing hospitality to magnetize a careless western community and
inspire them to rear an institution devoted to pure science. She
began the work for the sake of herson. Young as he was, Dun-
can Putnam had done work of recognized value the world over;
and he did the best of it conscious of his sentence of death, but
working doggedly with his last strength. To comfort him his
mother threw all her splendid vitality and energy into his plans.’’

But absorbing and exacting as was this interest in the Acad-
emy, it by no means measured the breadth of her sympathies
and activity. Another friend writes of her: ‘‘Because she gave

xl DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

so much of herself to the Academy did not mean she had less to
give to other things; on the other hand, her love for that institu-
tion seemed to increase her endowment, to broaden and enrich her
spirit, so that other things profited rather than lost thereby. Her
great purpose did not cause her to lose her sense of values. In-
deed, the charm of her personality was in its many-sidedness.
Her love of the beautiful in nature and art, her keen interest in
people, and her inspiring belief in them,—all of these things
seemed to be stimulated rather than stifled by her great enthus-

iasm.’’

In this many-sided life the key-note was always the home.
The first duty of every woman, Mrs. Putnam felt, was to her
family. From the days when she was a boon companion to her
‘‘blue-eyed banditti,’’ as she called her children, entering into all
their sports, even to the setting of type, to the days when they
had grown to manhood, each varied occupation and experience of
theirs received her sympathy and enthusiastic interest.

In her country home Mrs. Putnam delighted to have friends
come and share the simple every-day life of the family. It was
ever a joy to her to do kind actions. It required no special effort,.
because it was perfectly natural.

Mrs. Putnam always found time to be interested in the aims
and work of others. A chance remark of hers would leave an
indelible impression. Many an incident has come to light show-
ing the influence a word or two spoken by her had on the course
of a young life.

Sincere indeed was Mrs. Putnam’s interest in those causes that
touch the human heart. Instances of this have already been
mentioned. She was always active in church work and, while
seldom talking about religion, lived her christianity in every-
day life. She was for several years president of the Home Mis-
sionary Society of the Presbytery. She was a charter member of
the Ladies’ Aid Society to educate young girls, of the Associated
Charities of Davenport, and of other similar organizations. She
was largely instrumental in bringing a police matron to Daven-
port. When it was decided to close all the stores in the city at
six o'clock in the evening so that the clerks would not be over-
worked, it was Mrs. Putnam who persuaded the last obdurate
owners to sign the agreement. It was this sincere and sympa-

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM. xli

thetic interest in humanity, as well as her personal interest in all
whom she knew, even though casually, that made her hosts of
friends and endeared her to the people of her home city and to all
who came to know her. A friend writes: ‘‘No one woman stood
for all that she did in the community, the sympathizer with every
good work, the originator of many, the presiding genius of the
Academy, and, what made this vital and enduring, a rarely beau-
tiful Christian character.’’

Out of the crowded memories of the past comes a vision of a
woman of medium height, clear blue eyes; a well-poised head,
crowned with beautiful silver-white hair; an alert, light step; a
vivacious manner and quick intellect that may have come from
some far away Huguenot ancestor; a voice of unusually sweet
and gentle modulation, the whole personality lighted by a smile
full of sympathy and enjoyment of life.

Sorrow had written its history on her face, but it was illumined
when she talked or listened to others. Although endowed with
a rare social instinct and delighting in the contact with her fel-
lows, she was a great lover of nature. Many a sunrise and sunset
she watched in Europe, the dawn coming upon the Jungfrau, or
the marvellous afterglow at sunset,—a symbol of the resurrec-
tion, as she expressed it. Many of her letters from ‘‘Woodlawn’’
are dated “‘at sunrise.’’ The quiet communing with nature and
reading one of the beloved Psalms of David gave her the peace
and strength to plan her work for the day, and with a refreshing
sleep afterwards she arose bright and sunny as the morning itself.
She was one of the most natural of women, perfectly unconscious
of self. What people might think of her simply never occurred
to her. What they thought of her children or of the Academy
was another matter.

Mrs. Putnam’s early life, fatherless and with an invalid mother,
had developed a naturally forceful character. A happy marriage
brought out all the sweeter, unselfish qualities of her nature.
She writes, early in her life, ‘‘God formed me with a heart so
large that even a husband's and children’s love does not fill it full
to overflowing.’’ She could always enter into the trials and sor-
rows of others with an unusual sympathy. She was ever a friend
to the poor, treating them with a rare equality. The accident of
riches was nothing to her,—‘'A man’s aman for a’ that.’’ If

(Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.] F [January 13, 1907.]

xiii DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

people were dull and selfish, though they might have all the
world’s goods, they were perfectly uninteresting to her. Gossip
and unkind remarks were never heard from Mrs. Putnam. She
felt that there were so many interesting things in the world to talk
about, why waste time in matters worse than trivial. She often
quoted the saying ‘‘Blessed is the man or woman with a hobby,’’
feeling that the interest in outside affairs broadened the home
life and, when sorrows came, enabled a person to rise above them,
in work for others. Asa friend said, ‘‘She was a woman who
was not afraid to live up to her convictions.’’ This fearless, un-
selfish character was what enabled her to go on with the work of
the Academy, when a weaker woman would have been discour-
aged at the difficulties and would have counted the cost and per-
sonal sacrifice.

With her earnest purpose and unselfish devotion, Mrs. Putnam
was enabled in her well-rounded life of three score and ten years
to crystalize her high ideals into permanent results. She was of
a most hopeful, cheerful disposition, and while she remembered
the past and while it influenced strongly her life, she lived in the
present, planning for the future.

Her children arise up and call her blessed.

Give her of the fruit of her hands; and let her own works
praise her in the gates.

DAVENPORT, IOWA, December 14, 1905.

AN

\t

WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM

A MEMOIR

BY ELIZABETH DUNCAN PUTNAM

On the western banks of the Mississippi, on the bluffs over-
looking the broad river, lies the town of Davenport, in Iowa.
The scene is one of quiet beauty, with the river winding onward,
peacefully and majestically, amid the encircling hills. Here was
born on the twenty-sixth day of June, 1862, William Clement
Putnam, the fifth son of Charles Edwin Putnam and Mary Louisa
Duncan, his wife.

Brief was his life as the years are told, but into his forty-three
years he crowded the work and achievement of a long life. The
same traits of foresight, courage, energy and perseverence that
had sent his ancestors from their homes in Massachusetts and
Virginia to develop new lands, kept him in his native city and
enabled him to build up a fortune and leave it for the benefit of
Davenport. Descended on his father’s side from New England
families, men and women who led industrious, simple lives, and
on the mother’s side from Scotch and Virginians, into whose
lives had come much of interesting adventure and history, his
own character shows a combination of the traits of both families.

The incidents of Mr. Putnam’s life were few. He lived and
died in his native city. The first twenty-five years were spent
at Woodlawn, a beautiful country place overlooking the Missis-
sippi, about two miles from the center of Davenport. The fam-
ily life of father, mother, ten sons and one daughter has been
graphically portrayed in the letters of his mother, who did much
to encourage the children to follow their individual tastes.

Especially strong and decided, even in childhood, were the
characteristics of Mr. Putnam. It is interesting, in reading his

xliv DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

early letters, to see indications of the traits of later years. The

boy of nine writes to his father, ‘‘ Now, about the money ques-

tion,’’ and upon receiving the remittance, thanks him and adds,

‘‘T hope I shall not spend it foolishly.’’ His early interest in

politics is shown by a letter written a month later to his father,

in which he begins, ‘‘ Hurrah for Grant;’’ and upon hearing of |
his father’s politics he writes, ‘‘I am sorry you like Horace

Greeley so much.’’

Surrounded by his father’s large and well selected library and
brought up in ‘‘a reading family,’’ it was only natural that his
latent love for books and knowledge should develop early in life.
For many years, by rising early in the morning and retiring late
at night, he accomplished an enormous amount of systematic
reading of the standard authors. He had a retentive memory,
especially for facts and information, and during these years of
boyhood amassed a store of knowledge from which he drew at
will in later life.

His oldest brother, Duncan, was, at this time, collecting insects
and carrying on his scientific work. He took great interest in
the occupations of his younger brothers and it is no doubt largely
through his influence and through the constant encouragement
of his father and mother that Clement Putnam began his collec-
tions and interest in outside affairs. An historical society was
organized among the brothers at Woodlawn and papers were read
at the meetings. Clement Putnam was the dominant and perse-
vering member that carried the society through its existence.

Very early he began to collect material for local history. This
interest was developed by a visit to his mother’s former home,
Jacksonville, Illinois. He met many old friends of his grand-
father, Governor Duncan, and gained from them an impetus to
his interest in historical subjects. He planned at this time, when
only eleven years old, to write a biography of his grandfather.
Unfortunately he did not carry out his boyish plan, though he
never lost sight of it. He constantly collected material and facts
and looked forward to the time when he would have an oppor-
tunity to write. When sixteen, he was interviewing old settlers
and buying books about the Black Hawk War. His letters show
his exact and intimate knowledge of where old books could be
bought and of their relative value.

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM. xlv

When acopy of Wakefield’s ‘‘History of the War Between the

United States and the Sac and Fox Nations of Indians’’ was
loaned him, he writes on November 26th, 1878: ‘‘I was too
much interested in the other book [Wakefield’s History] to think
about it [Cunningham’s Lives] at first. I could scarcely believe
my eyes when I saw what book it was, for I knew it was Wake-
field’s book instantly although the title page is gone. I have
every other book of importance upon the Black Hawk War ex-
cept this one and I never expected to have this one in my pos-
session even for a short time, as it is one of the rarest western
books ever published, besides being of great value in itself .
It is to me the most precious relic of a bygone age. . . Before
returning it I would first like to make some extracts from it con-
cerning those things which are of the greatest interest to me,
though I am afraid I would never know where to stop, so much
am I interested in everything of which it treats.’’ He copied the
entire book.

Again on January 13th, 1885, he writes: ‘‘I have always had
a great passion for old papers and autographs and have already
a large and valuable collection. As soon as my collection of
grandfather’s papers is complete I intend to arrange them and
have them bound in volumes.’’

With his love of collecting came a strong ambition to write.
At the age of ten he had written a tragedy of five acts which was
acted on an amateur stage at Woodlawn. This was followed by
plans for various works in history, but unfortunately his busy
life did not enable him to accomplish all he hoped.

Mr. Putnam was educated at the public schools in Davenport
and was graduated from the High School in 1880. When but
eleven he had decided upon becoming a lawyer. He was ambi-
tious to go first to college, but feeling that his father needed his
help, he laid aside this dream and entered the law office of Put-
nam and Rogers. This prompt and decisive response of the boy to
what he felt was a call of duty was characteristic of the man.
One wonders what the effect of a university education would
have been upon his mind, so eager and enthusiastic for knowl-
edge. He himself always regretted the loss. He spent two
years in his father’s law office before going to Iowa City to attend
the law school of the State University of Iowa, from which he

xlvi DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

was graduated in 1883. He was chosen one of the orators of his
class, his subject being, ‘‘ The State.’’ He assisted Chancellor
McClain in preparing his ‘‘Outlines of Criminal Law and Pro-
cedure,’’ published in 1883. He selected cases and ‘‘showed a
rare judgment for a law student in his first year of study.’’ Soon
after his return his father took him into partnership, the firm
name being Putnam and Putnam. The next few years were spent
in close application to business and devotion to duty.

On the third of June, 1887, the house at Woodlawn was destroyed
by fire. Allof Mr. Putnam’s historical books, manuscripts and
valuable collection of old letters relating to western history were
burned. It was an irreparable loss. The death of his father,
six weeks later, left the family in peculiarly sad and desolate cir-
cumstances and added new responsibilities to his life. He assumed
the care of managing the affairs of his mother and brothers and
sister, becoming the virtual head of the family. Nobly did he
perform this duty. He arranged the finances so that his younger
brothers received a college or technical education, and sold the old
homestead to such advantage that his mother was placed in com-
fortable circumstances. In the autumn of this year the family
moved into town. Mr. Putnam soon after bought the house in
which they first lived and took great interest in improving the
property and making it a family home. Into this house he gath-
ered his constantly growing collection of books and works of art.
He was an intense lover of home and enjoyed having his family
with him, but unselfishly urged his mother and sister’s taking
an extensive European trip in 1889, and numerous other journeys.

Charles E. Putnam had numerous business interests besides his
law practice. Clement Putnam succeeded his father as president
in many of.these organizations. Often the young man of twenty-
five, who looked much younger than his years, presided at a meet-
ing of gray-haired men, contemporaries of his father.

Charles E. Putnam had been agent for the property in Daven-
port belonging to Charles Velie of Evansville, Indiana. This con-
sisted of a half block of buildings forming the old LeClaire, later
the Newcomb, Block, in the center of the business district of
Davenport. Clement Putnam assumed the management of it
during his father’s lifetime and later Mr. Velie, one of many of
the loyal clients of his father, continued him in charge of his in-

__ OO a,

PUTNAM

MEMOIR OF WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM. xlvii

terests. Thus he became familiar with it and when the oppor-
tunity offered, in 1895, to purchase the property, he realized its
value and bought it. It is this property, with its large rental,
that becomes the chief source of the income of his bequest to the
Davenport Academy of Sciences. The improvement and care of
these buildings gradually absorbed most of his time. From a
financial standpoint it was most advantageous. Mr. Putnam
had marked business ability, as is shown by his acquisition, in
his short life, of a large fortune. His business interests, how-
ever, prevented him from becoming the distinguished lawyer that
the few briefs and opinions he wrote indicate he might have been
with the ability he possessed. He had a clear mind and forceful
power of expression, and enjoyed the discussion of legal ques-
tions. Chancellor McClain, now Judge of the Supreme Court of
Iowa, writes of him: ‘‘I regarded Mr. Putnam as having a mature
and sound legal mind and urged him to undertake some legal
writing, but he seemed too busy for it although it was in accord-
ance with his tastes.’’

Business affairs necessitated frequent visits to New York and
gave him, incidentally, an opportunity to come into closer touch
with the literary and artistic world. Unconsciously these visits
broadened his outlook on life. He was now able to buy the
rare and beautiful books he had always loved. Even when his
income was small, the few books he bought were chosen with care
and he was beginning to plan and develop in his mind the scope
of his future library. He took infinite pains in the selection of
any book or picture, and his perseverance was remarkable. For
years he was on the lookout for Wakefield’s ‘‘ History of the
War,’’ and at last, in 1902, he was rewarded and became the pos-
sessor of the little old yellow book that had aroused his enthus-
iasm as a boy.

He became interested in fine publications and illustrations and
gradually collected a rare library on architecture, music and
painting, besides general literature and history. Librarians have
expressed interest in his library on account of its extent and
range. Though guarding his books with zealous care, he was
ever willing to loan them to any one studying a special subject,
aiding them also by his own extensive knowledge.

After buying a few etchings in 1898 in New York, he became

xIviii DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

interested in the subject and in time came to own a valuable col-
lection of works by the best known etchers, besides almost every
book on etching. He mastered the literature and technical crit-
icism of the subject in the same thorough manner as he mastered
everything he undertook.

Mr. Putnam commenced early in life to buy paintings, chiefly
small good examples of modern artists. He writes on June goth,
1891, ‘‘I want to add to my collection of paintings every year,
laying the foundations for the Art Gallery I intend to have in
my Castle in Spain when I build it.’’ His art gallery was a
dream unfulfilled for himself, but by the provisions of his will it
will become a reality for the town he loved.

Mr. Putnam always looked forward to a time of leisure in
which he could do the writing he planned. His extensive knowl-
edge of western history, with his accurate mode of thought and
expression, makes it a matter of deep regret that the only histor-
ical writing preserved is a short paper on ‘‘ Davenport and Vicin-
ity in the War of 1812,’’ written in 1877, and read before the
historical section of the Davenport Academy of Sciences. He
wrote a memoir of his father, Charles EK. Putnam, in 1898, pub-
lished in Proceedings of the Academy, and three papers for the
Contemporary Club, composed of the leading business and pro-
fessional men of Davenport. ‘The titles of the papers show the
trend of his thought toward some of the questions of the day:

1898. ‘‘ Some Problems of Modern Democracy.’’

1902; “Civic Beanty.

1905. ‘‘ International Arbitration and the Peace Movement.’’
He possessed a clear, forceful style and a good command of the
English language.

As the years went on, his interest in public affairs steadily
increased. No question came up affecting the public welfare of
Davenport but he took a deep interest in it and went to consid-
erable personal sacrifice to achieve the end in view if it was for
the betterment of the city. Never did his faith waver in the
future of Davenport. He had high ideals and believed in plan-
ning and building for the future. The great fault, he felt, of the
average citizen, was in letting franchises or laws pass unnoticed
if they did not happen to affect his personal interest or pocket-
book. It was only a very few who ever troubled themselves to

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM. xlix

protest or be on the lookout for the best interests of the city. He
himself took a deep interest in municipal affairs, especially in the
city’s parks and public institutions. Referring to the park sys-
tem of Boston, Mr. Putnam writes: ‘‘Every one of us should lay
the lesson of that noble work to our hearts and do what we can
to make the city of our home the better and the more beautiful
for our having lived in it.”’

There are copies of frequent letters written by Mr. Putnam to
our United States senator about public affairs, especially protest-
ing against the tariff on works of art. He felt that America
needed all the art and beauty that could be imported to counter-
act our commercial spirit. When urged to help in the endow-
ment of an eastern institution, he replied that whatever he did
for art would be done in his native town. Here he hoped there
might be a gallery, small but with a few choice paintings. In
1898 he was interested in selecting pictures and bas reliefs to
decorate the two upper rooms in the grammar school attended by
many members of the family. In 1905 he gave a full-sized frieze
of Donatello’s ‘‘ Children’’ to the Public Library for the child-
ren’s room. He also loaned them his carefully selected collection
of a hundred large Braun photographs of the most famous paint-
- ings by artists of all countries and ages, framed and labeled.

Mr. Putnam was seldom away from Davenport. A boyhood
journey to the Centennial, various business trips and one Euro-
pean tour complete the record of his journeys. His life is an
example of steady application to business and shows how, with
few opportunities of travel, can come the love of the best in art,
music and literature. His only trip abroad was in 1903 when
for seven months he travelled, with his sister, through the prin-
cipal cities and countries of Europe. In looking back one real-
izes the reason of his intense enthusiasm and desire to see places
of interest. For years he had worked perseveringly and read ex-
tensively and now when his holiday came he enjoyed it with the
zest of a boy. Europe was never visited by a more appreciative
or intelligent visitor. His familiarity with history, his love of
architecture, painting and sculpture, his interest in people, cus-
toms, and the different institutions of the countries made the trip
a memorable one. He considered this the beginning of many
journeys:- It was his only one.

[PRoc. DA. S., Vor. X.] G [January 21, 1907.]

1 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

From his early interest in the Historical section, Mr. Putnam
became more interested in the Davenport Academy of Sciences.
The untiring work for this institution of his brother Duncan, de-
votedly supported by his father and mother, all tended to influ-
ence a man of such loyal character as his to take up the work as
one by one they laid it down. ‘There was a deep and peculiar
attachment between Clement Putnam and his mother, and it was
for her sake especially he did so much for the Davenport Acad-
emy of Sciences. Even as a student at the law school he writes,
urging that the affairs of the Academy be established on ‘‘a sound
financial basis.’’ After the death of his father he succeeded to
his position of looking after the finances of the Academy, a posi-
tion to which there were no rival claimants. When the treasury
was empty Mr. Putnam, like his father, advanced the money to
pay the bills, ever anxious that the credit of the Academy should
stand unimpaired.

During the years from 1876 to 1880 he took a keen interest in
the Historical Section of the Academy. He felt that the study
of local history and the collection in its archives of local his-
torical material should be an important feature of the Academy
work. In his report as secretary of the Historical Section, on
January 7th, 1880, he speaks of the gift of the papers of Antoine
LeClaire, ‘‘ many of them of the greatest value and importance
in illustrating the early history of this region, and quite a num-
ber of old French papers of great interest. It is out of such ma-
terial as this that the historian weaves his interesting narrative,
and the value of these old manuscript collections cannot be too
deeply appreciated. ‘There have been deposited, in the library of
the Section, files of New York papers published during the late
war, and twenty-two volumes of the Davenport Gazette from its
commencement. Next in order to collections of manuscripts,
newspaper files are of great utility as historical material. But by
far the most important work of this past year was the series of
meetings of the old settlers of this county, held during the spring
and summer at the Academy. Asa result of these meetings and
of circulars sent among the pioneer settlers still living, a large nuim-
ber of letters giving interesting narratives of early days have been
sent to the president of the Section; others have been promised,
and when the whole series has been completed it will form a store-

PUTNAM—MEMOIR OF WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM. hi

house filled with information which must otherwise have been
lost.’’

Mr. Putnam was Trustee of the Academy from 1887 to his
death, and was on the finance committee for fifteen years. His
last act was to dictate the report of the finance committee for the
annual meeting, announcing that after strenuous efforts the
Academy was free from debt, and adding, ‘‘this is probably the
first time since the founding of the Academy, nearly forty years
ago, that this could be said, so we feel that the Academy is to be
congratulated on its splendid financial condition; but people must
remember that this is only a means of accomplishing still greater
ends in the future, in developing the internal work of the Acad-
emy, in providing new cases and apparatus and assisting in the
important work of the Academy in the schools.’’ ‘This report
was dictated with difficulty and pain. Loyal was he even on his
deathbed to the trust he felt his mother had left to him. His
beqnest to the Davenport Academy of Sciences crowns his moth-
er’s life work for this institution.

In the midst of enjoyment and activity in the present and plans
for the future came his first and last illness. His strong will had
kept him at work too long. ‘There were only a few days of ill-
ness, serious from the first, with a rally to dictate his reports
and give directions to donate a large collection of old and rare
Arizona baskets to the Academy. His death came on the morn-
ing of January thirteenth, 1906.

Mr. Putnam was a man of strong personality. He combined
the thoroughness and faculty of taking infinite pains with the
greatest persistence and pleasure in overcoming all obstacles.
Once started upon a subject, his determination never let him rest
until he had mastered it thoroughly. In many traits he reminded
one strongly of his mother. He had a great desire to acquire in-
formation from other people, and possessed the power of assimi-
lation, so that anything once acquired was always useful. He
had keen judgment and appreciation of literature, art and music.
One might differ from him, but he was ever interesting. He was
fearless in speech. He was generous and ready to aid in all good
causes and help with counsel and personal interest in the affairs
of any worthy person. He combined a great amount of senti-
ment, which he tried to conceal, with the clear-headed views of a

lii DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

business man and lawyer. Those who knew him in his own
home, surrounded by his books and pictures and talking with
congenial friends, felt to the full the charm and power of Mr.
Putnam.

His life, though unfinished, was more complete than many a
a longer one. Wisely and clearly he laid his plans for the future.
Devoted to his family, home and city, he left his fortune, sub-
ject to annuities to his brothers and sister, and his collection of
art, historical and scientific books, besides his paintings and
sculpture, to trustees as an endowment for the Davenport Acad-
emy of Sciences, for the benefit of ‘‘the citizens of this community
wherein my father and mother so long lived and labored for the
public weal.’’

WILL OF MARY LOUISA DUNCAN PUTNAM

By the will of Mary Louisa Duncan Putnam her estate, subject
to an annuity which was waived by her daughter, Elizabeth
Duncan Putnam, and to certain other obligations which were
assumed by her son, William Clement Putnam, is left to three
trustees for the benefit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences.
The trust, designated as the ‘‘ Putnam Memorial Fund,’’ is
founded as a memorial to her husband, Charles Edwin Putnam,
and her son Joseph Duncan Putnam.

By the terms of the trust William Clement Putnam is named as
legal trustee during his life, his successors to be chosen by her
surviving children, approved by the court, and, after the death of
all the children, directly by the judge of the court. With him
are to be associated two other trustees: one, her daughter, Eliz-
abeth Duncan Putnam, and after her decease, one person to be
chosen by the members of the Publication Committee of the Dav-
enport Academy of Sciences, and the other, a person to be chosen
by the Board of Trustees of the Academy, both of the last trust-
ees, when so chosen, to be for a period of three years. The
trustees of the trust fund are to make an annual report to the
trustees of the Academy. ‘The trustees shall use the net income
from this trust fund as follows: Not to exceed ten (10) per cent
in any one year may be used for the ‘‘care and preservation of,
and additions to, the collection of entomological specimens and
books made by my said son, Joseph Duncan Putnam, and now in
the building of the said Academy.’’ ‘The balance of the income
shall be used ‘‘for the publication and distribution of the papers
and transactions of said Academy, which shall be of scientific, or
ethnological, and (on special occasions if deemed desirable) of his-
torical value and interest, and assist in the diffusion of knowl-
edge, it being my desire generally that at least one paper in each
volume published be upon some entomological subject.’’ It is
further provided that the trustees may use a portion of the
income of the fund, not to exceed one-fourth in any one year,

(Proc. D. A. S., VOL. X.] H {March 12, 1907.]

liv DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

‘‘toward the payment of the salary of a curator of said Academy,
if such use of a portion of said income in their opinion becomes
necessary to properly maintain the work of said Academy. But
I earnestly hope that the said Academy may in the near future
receive a sufficiently large endowment from public-spirited citi- —
zens, or others, to enable it to properly carry on its great work
aside from its publications, leaving the income from this trust
fund to be used solely for the purpose for which the trust has
been founded.”’

WILL OF WILLIAM GLEMENT PUTNAM

In his will William ‘Clement Putnam left his entire estate in
trust for the benefit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, nam-
ing as trustees of the fund thus created his brothers, Henry St.
Clair Putnam, George Rockwell Putnam, Edward Kirby Putnam,
Benjamin Risley Putnam, and his sister, Elizabeth Duncan Put-
nam. He provides first for the settlement of his estate and the
preservation of his business and other property.

The homestead, with the personal property contained therein,
is given to his sister during her life. After her decease the home-
stead is to revert to the estate, to be merged in the trust fund and
the personal property is to be divided among relatives, ‘‘except-
ing however that when such distribution of my personal effects
is made, either upon written notice from my said sister to my
said Executors and Trustees, or the survivors of them, during
her lifetime, or in any event upon her decease, I give and be-
queath all my art, historical and scientific books, together with
all my oil and water color paintings, etchings, engravings, draw-
ings, sculpture and other works of art, to the Davenport Acad-
emy of Sciences of Davenport, Iowa, to be kept in a fire-proof art
gallery in one of its buildings to be built as hereinafter provided,
and I further direct that, after the completion of such fire-proof
art gallery, my collection of English water colors shall be placed
therein, as soon as possible, to prevent the risk of their destruc-
tion by fire, even before title thereto may pass pursuant to the
above provisions. The gift of the foregoing books and works of
art to the said Davenport Academy of Sciences is made upon the
express condition that none of said books, pictures and other
works of art, shall ever be sold or disposed of by said Academy
or its successors.’’

Annuities are designated to be paid to his four brothers and
sister in lieu of their compensation as executors and trustees,
and provision is made forthe rebuilding, with modern and fire-proof
construction, of the buildings upon his business property. The fifth
paragraph of the will then provides for the Acadeniy as follows:
‘The balance remaining each year from the net income of all my

lvi DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

estate as aforesaid, I direct my said Executors and Trustees, or
the survivors of them, to pay to the Trustees of the Putnam Me-
morial Fund of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, of the City
of Davenport, Iowa, said Trustee and Board of Trustees being the
ones designated in the Last Will and Testament of my mother,
Mary L. D. Putnam, now deceased, such payments of income to
be made as often as my said Executors and Trustees, or their
survivors, may think best, but at least annually, and all of said
balance of the net income arising from my estate to be used for
the benefit of the said Davenport Academy of Sciences, or its suc-
cessors, or otherwise, upon the terms and under the conditions in
the Seventh paragraph of this Will particularly set forth.”’

The seventh paragraph of the will provides for the permanent
maintenance of the trust fund and its use for the benefit of the
Academy of Sciences:

“Seventh. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Will, and
as a memorial to my beloved parents, Charles Edwin Putnam,
and Mary Louisa Duncan Putnam, deceased, I give, devise, and
bequeath all of my estate, real, personal, and mixed, and wher-
ever situated, upon the decease of the last survivor of my broth-
ers and sister hereinbefore named, to the Trustee, and Board of
Trustees, of the Putnam Memorial Fund, and to his and their
successor or successors in trust forever, as the same are desig-
nated in the duly probated last will and testament of my mother,
Mary IL. D. Putnam, deceased, and as the same may be from time
to time hereafter appointed, elected, and qualified, as is in my
mother’s said will provided, said property and estate to be held in
the same manner in all respects as is in my mother’s said will
directed, for the benefit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences,
of Davenport, Iowa, or its successors, and the income therefrom
arising, together with the residuary income from my estate prior
to the decease of all my brothers and sister hereinbefore named
as provided in the Fifth paragraph of this Will, to be used for
the following purposes only, to-wit: /irs/. In the payment of
all taxes, insurance, repairs, improvements, and all other expenses
and charges of whatever nature or description which may be
from time to time required in the proper management and care
of said trust estate, and in the proper maintenance in first-class

WILL OF WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM. lvii

condition of all property and assets belonging to said trust estate.
Second. In the rebuilding of any of the buildings upon any of
the real estate belonging to said trust fund whenever such rebuild-
ing may become necessary in order to properly maintain or
increase the value of such real estate. 7Zhird. In the erection
of new buildings for, or additions to the present buildings of, the
said Davenport Academy of Sciences, it being my earnest desire,
however, that such building fund be allowed to accumulate until
it reaches at least Fifty Thousand ($50,000.00) Dollars, and is in
any event large enough to permit the erection of a thoroughly
satisfactory, handsome, and fire-proof structure, which will be in
the highest degree creditable and useful to the said Academy,
and to the City and State in which it is located, and which shall
contain, in addition to fire-proof museum rooms, a fire-proof art
gallery for the proper exhibition and preservation of works of
art which shall be of genuine value and merit only. fourth.
After providing as large as possible a sinking fund each year for
the erection of said building or buildings of the said Davenport
Academy of Sciences, or after providing for the payment of any
additional obligations incurred in the erection of such build-
ings, the remainder of said net income may be used each year,
so far as necessary, for the general support and maintenance of
the said Davenport Academy of Sciences, or its successor ; and
after the erection of such building or buildings the whole of said
income may be used if desired towards the care and maintenance
of said building, museum, art gallery, and library, the support of
the curator and other employees, the prosecution of the work of
the Academy, the purchase of additions to its museum, library,
and art gallery, and the publication of its proceedings, and of
papers of scientific, or historical, value and interest, until it shall
again become necessary to erect another new building for the
said Davenport Academ~ of Sciences, when such portion as may
be deemed advisable the net income from said trust estate
shall again be used towards the establishment of another build-
ing sinking fund. In the event that the said Davenport Acad-
emy of Sciences shall ever cease to exist, and shall have no
successors in the City of Davenport, then and in that event I
direct that the Trustees of the said Putnam Memorial Fund, to

viii DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

be chosen in such case by the court having probate jurisdiction
in the City of Davenport, Iowa, as provided in the last will of
Mary L. D. Putnam, deceased, shall proceed to execute and carry
out the purposes and intents of the trusts in this will provided,
as hereinbefore expressed, as nearly as may be, and, if necessary,
to found some other institution in the said City of Davenport
which shall as effectually and usefully as possible accomplish
such purposes and intents, or similar ones which shall be of ben-
eficent use to the citizens of this community wherein my father
and mother so long lived and labored for the public weal.”’

List of Fishes Collected at Hong Kong by Captain William
Finch, with Description of Five New Species

BY DAVID STARR JORDAN AND ALVIN SEALE

In the suinmer of 1900, in connection with the explorations of
Japan made by Professors David Starr Jordan and John Otterbein
Snyder, a collection of fishes from the market of Hong Kong was
obtained by Captain William Finch, commander of the steamer
Gaelic of the Pacific Mail Steamship Company. This collection
was sent to the museum of Stanford University, a series of dupli-
cates being placed in the United States National Museum. As
the fauna of no part of the world is less exactly known than that
of China, it is worth while to place this list on record. The fol-
lowing species seem to be new:

Sphyrezena putnaniize No. 9063 Stanford University.
Caranx altissimus No. 9066
Amia elizabethz No. 9064
Pseudoscizena undovittata No. go65
Insidiator detrusus No. 9067

Family CARCHARIID.
1. Scoliodon acutus (Rippell).

One specimen, length 18 inches, snout about equal to distance
from eye to gill opening, pectorals with posterior margin slightly
concave, length of base of anal one-half its distance from ventral,
teeth entire.

Color grayish, top of caudal dusky.

Family SPHYRNID.
2. Sphyrna zygena (Linneus).

One specimen of the common Hammer Head shark. Length
18 inches.
|Proc. D. A. S., Voc. X} I [ May 22, 1905

2 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Family NARCOBATIDZ.
3. Narcine timlei (Bloch and Schneider). (Plate 1).

Disk almost round, the two dorsals about equal, hind margin
of caudal rounded, united with lower; no fringes on spiracles,
which are immediately behind eye.

Color, in spirits, light brown; the upper surface with large,
round, brown spots larger than interspaces; ventral surface white.

Two specimens. Length 7—7.20 inches.

Family DASYATIDZ.
4. Dasyatis zugei (Muller and Henle).

Snout rather long-acuminate, pointed at tip, the margins nearly
straight. Width of disk slightly greater than its length; length
of disk 1.75 in the long whip-like tail; a prominent fold or mem-
brane on upper and lower side of tail; upper surface of the disk
smooth (young); eye two in interorbital space; length of eye
about equal to the spiracle immediately behind it.

Color, in spirits, uniform light brown above; white below; mem-
brane on tail black.

Two specimens. Length 1r1-11.50 inches; from Hong Kong.

In overhauling our Japanese material we find nothing which
really corresponds to Dasyatis kuhli, and the latter species, known
by the bluish spots, should be stricken from the list of fishes of
Japan. We are not sure that the specimens called Dasyatis kuhli
from Japan are distinct from Dasyatis akajei.

Family DOROSOMATIDE.

5. Aonostrus thrissa (LAnneus ).
( Clupea nasus Bloch).

Head 4 in length; depth 2.75; eye 3.85; D. 16, the Taste tay
elongate; A. 22, the snout projecting beyond the lower jaw, max-
illary extending to below middle of eye; the last dorsal ray elon-
gate, reaching base of caudal.

Color, in spirits, brownish above each row of scales with a line
of brown spots, uniform silvery below; a large dusky blotch pos-
terior to upper margin of opercle.

This species is quite distinct from the Japanese species, Aozo-

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 3

sirus punctatus, which species is more elongate, with the upper
jaw less prominent.

Three specimens. Length 6—6.25 inches.

There is yet no trustworthy evidence that Aonosirus thrissa
occurs in Japan, or that Aonosirus punctatus is found in China.
Chatessus aquosus Richardson, from Canton, seems to be A. ¢Arissa.

Family CLUPEIDA.
6. Ilisha elongata (Bennett).

Head 4.20 in length; depth 7.50; eye 3.10; adipose eyelid well
developed; origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base
of caudal, anal long, abdomen sharp.

Color, in spirits, silvery white; no dusky markings.

One specimen. Length 16 inches.

Family SYNODONTID.

7. Saurida japonica (Houttuyn).
Saurida argyrophanes (Richardson ).
Saurida elongata (Schlegel).

Head 4.50 in length; depth 7.50; eye 6 in head; D. 11; A. 10;
scales about 56; snout 4.50 in head; interorbital about equal to
snout; adipose eyelid little developed; eye situated on line with
middle of lower jaw, a ridge on sides of tail.

Color, in spirits, brownish above with some indistinct blotches,
white below; pectorals grayish; caudal grayish-white.

Three specimens. Length 6—6.50 inches.

Family CYPRINID/.
8. Cyprinus carpio Linnzeus.

Head 3 in length; depth 3; eye 5.50 in head; D. III, 22; A.
III, 5, barbels 2; largest dorsal and anal spine serrated behind;
scales 30.

Color, in spirits, dusky above; yellowish on lower sides and belly.

Four specimens. Length 7-8 inches.

9. Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cuv. and Val.)

Head 3.80 in length; depth 4.75; scales 42, D. 11; A. 10; eye
7; snout 2.85, lips thick, 15 rows of scales before the dorsal, inser-
tion of ventrals on line with origin of dorsal.

4 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Color, in spirits, silvery with slight dusky wash at margin of
scales, a bluish wash above.
One specimen. Length 14.50 inches.

Family MONOPTERID.
10. Monopterus albus (Zuieuw ).

Head 14.75 in total length.

Color, a drab above, slightly lighter below, with slight indis-
tinct line-marking on under surface.

Three specimens. Length 11-12.50.

Family MURAZNESOCID/.
11. Murvenesox talabon (Cuvier).

Head 3 in trunk; snout 3.50 in head; mouth, from angle, 1.10
in head; vomerine teeth are conical, straight, wide set, none of
them with lobes.

Color, in spirits, grayish, washed with yellowish below, darker
above; dorsal with dusky margin.

One specimen. Length 42 inches.

Family MUGILID.

12. Mugil cephalus Linnezeus.
(Wugil eur Forskal).

Head 3.75; depth .4.15; eye 4.25 1n head; D.1V, 8; Ay eiiae:
scales 39.

Color, in spirits, a light wash of brownish above; silvery below,
indistinct dark spot at axil; tip of caudal with a white wash of
dusky; fins all white.

Three specimens. Length 5.55—6.50 inches.

This species is identical with the Japanese species. Jugil wur
( =cephalotus = japonicus), but as yet no characters separating it
from the cosmopolitan J/ugi/ cephalus have been pointed out.

Family SPHYRASNID.
13. Sphvrena putnamie Jordan and Seale, new species.

Head (including under jaw) 1.98 in length to base of caudal;
depth 7; eye 6.50 in head; D. V, 10; A. 9; scales about 152;

eats. |

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 5§5

opercle rounded, without a distinct point; preopercle rounded;
snout 2 in head; interorbital 3 in snout; opercles and cheeks
scaled.

Body elongate, slightly compressed; the head strongly pointed;
depth of caudal peduncle 2 in snout; lateral line distinct, 23 ser-
ies of scales between lateral line and base of dorsal at origin,
lower jaw prolonged; mouth large; maxillary reaching to below
anterior third of eye; its length 2 in head; teeth in lower jaw in
single row, about 10 on each side, directed backward, a single
large chisel-like tooth at symphysis; teeth of upper jaw much
larger with an outer row of small teeth; six very large teeth on
each side in the inner row; origin of dorsal over anterior third
of the ventrals; longest dorsal spine 1.50 in snout; origin of
soft dorsal equal to distance between base of caudal and origin
of first dorsal; origin of anal under anterior third of soft dorsal;
base of anal and base of soft dorsal equal 1.70 in snout; caudal
emarginate; pectorals short, 1.75 in snout; scales deciduous.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white, grayish on back, a dusky
wash on upper part of head; the dorsal fins and tip of caudal
with a slight wash of dusky.

Three specimens from Hong Kong, China. Length 7.50-8
inches.

The type is No. 9063 Stanford University, from Hong Kong.
Length 7.90 inches.

This species: bears some resemblance to the Japanese Sphy-
rena japonica Cuv. and Val., but the scales are much smaller
even than in the latter. Sphyrena.chinensis Lacépede, based on
a Chinese drawing, is wholly unrecognizable. The species is
named for Mrs. Putnam, the honored patron of the Davenport
Academy of Sciences.

Family HOLOCENTRID.
14. Holocentrus ruber (Forskal). (Plate 2).

Head 3 in length; depth 3; eye 2.75; D. XI, 13; A. IV, 9;
scales 2-38.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white with several pale red lines on
outer edge of caudal; and membrane between last anal spine
and first ray dusky, a red blotch just below base of dorsal.

Two specimens. Length 6-7 inches.

6 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

These differ.from /folocentrus praslin Lacépéde, a species or
subspecies, which replaces /7. ruéer, in the Riukiu Islands and in
the South Seas generally, in the much paler coloration, there
being no purple-black stripes or markings.

Family TRICHIURID#.
15. Trichiurus japonicus Schlegel.

Head 6.25 in length; depth 12.75; D. 1.40; eye 2.50 in snout.
Color, in spirits, silvery; dorsal yellowish with dusky outer
margin. ;
Family SCOMBRID.
16. Scomberomorus guttatus (Bloch and Schneider).

Head 4 in length; ‘depth 5; eye 6 in head; D., XVI,—-I, 16
IX; A. 1,' 20, X; about 12 triangular teeth im each sidevar
upper jaw; maxillary extends to posterior margin of eye.

Color, in spirits, bluish above, silvery below sides; numerous
round dusky spots; lobes:of dorsal, anal, caudal yellowish.

Three specimens. Length 11 to 12 inches.

Family CARANGIDAE.

17. Decapterus russelli (Riippell).
(Caranx maruadsi Schlegel).
Head 3.50 in length; depth 4; eye 3.10 in head, the adipose
eyelid well developed. D. VIII,-I, 29-I; A. II,-I, 27.
Color, in spirits, silvery, slightly brownish above; a distinct
opercular spot.
Four specimens. Length about 5 inches.

18. Caranx kalla Cuv. and Val.

Head 3.75; depth 2.75 in length to base of caudal; eye 2.50 in
head; the posterior adipose eyelid well developed. D. VI, 23;
A. II,-I, 20; curved portion of lateral line 1-75 into straight
part, the line becoming straight under fourth dorsal ray; 43 armed
plates in straight portion; teeth in jaws, vomer, palatines and
tongue; no canines; breast scaled.

Color, in spirits, brownish above, silvery with yellowish reflec-
tion below, opercular spot distinct; posterior margin of opercles
dusky.

One specimen. Length 5 inches.

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 7

1g. Caranx altissimus Jordan and Seale, new species. (Plate 3).

Head 3; depth 1.75 in length to base of caudal; eye 3 in head;
no adipose eyelid; snout 2.90 in head; D. VIII, 24; A. II-I,
21; small teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines and tongue, the teeth
of jaws in two or more series; no canines; interorbital about one-
third less than snout. Body elevated, compressed, the profile
evenly rounded, the body very deep; breast naked; the lateral
line curved to below posterior third of soft dorsal, the straight
portion 1.65 in curve. There are about 35 armed scales in
straight portion of lateral line; the scutes not strongly developed;
maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of eye; opercles
with notch on upper part; caudal peduncle slim, its length twice
its depth; dorsal spines connected, the third spine the longest,
2.75 in head; lobe of soft dorsal 2 in head; anal similar to soft
dorsal, its lobe 1.75 in head; ventrals not reaching base of anal,
their length 1.75 in head; pectorals 1.10in head; caudal deeply
forked.

Color, in spirits, lower half silvery; upper half with grayish
wash; usually four indistinct wide vertical bands of gray on
sides; caudal yellowish without dusky margin; ventrals white
with a slight wash of dusky at tip, other fins whitish, unmarked;
opercular spot very indistinct; a dusky blotch at inner axis of
pectorals; a dusky blotch on upper part of eye.

Two specimens from Hong Kong, China. Length 4.75-5
inches.

The type is No. 9066 Stanford University. Length 4.75 inches.

In form this fish somewhat resembles the Japanese Caranx
equula (Schlegel) but it is deeper and more gibbous on upper
profile. The fins in Cavana eguula have no dark markings.

20. Caranx atropus (Bloch and Schneider).
(Caranx nigripes Cuyv. & Val.)

Head 3.75 in head; depth}1.75; curved portion of lateral line
ype straight’ part; D. VI-H, 22; A. II,—-I, 18; teeth m
villiform bands::‘onjaws, vomer, palatines and tongue; breast
naked; about 44 armed scales in straight portion of lateral line.

Color, in spirits, brownish above, silvery below; ventrals black,
other fins yellowish white. |

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ie.)

One specimen from Hong Kong. Length 5 inches.
This species is characterized by the long black ventrals.

Family STROMATEIDE.
21. Stromateoides argenteus (Bloch).

Head 4.10 in length; depth 1.40; eye 3.75 in head; ventrals
none; gill membranes at isthmus united up to a line with lower
base of pectorals, lateral line smooth.

Color, in spirits, silvery white, bluish above, yellowish on caudal
and caudal peduncle, lobe of dorsal dusky; pectorals yellowish.

One specimen. Length 11 inches.

22. <Apolectus niger (Bloch).

Head 3.30 in length; depth 1.90; eye 4.75 in head; spinous
dorsal obsolete; soft dorsal about 38, A. about 38, no ventrals;
pectorals long and falcate, their length greater than head, being
2.18 in length of body, lateral line complete, but slightly curved,
and with a few (17-18) slightly developed plates along sides of
caudal peduncle; apparently a single row of very small teeth in
each jaw, more on vomer or palatine; small scales entirely cover-
ing body; lobes of caudal equal.

Color, in spirits, grayish with some slight tints of bluish, some
yellowish blotches on head and on lateral rays of caudal; a large,
very distinct and sharply defined opercular spot in front of pec-
toral fin.

One large specimen.

Family EQUULID.
23. L£guula insidiator (Bloch).

Head 4 in length; depth 2.35; eye 2.50 in head; lateral line
incomplete; D. VIII, 16; A. III, 14; breast naked; supraorbital
finely serrated, mouth almost vertical.

Color silvery, a black line from lower anterior margin of orbit
to chin; back with irregular vertical blackish streaks usually
interrupted with spots.

Four specimens. Length about 3.20 inches.

These are similar in most respects to specimens from Manila,
although the latter have a little larger eye and a smaller number
of bands on the back.

“puoy suol] wold J says J —aeeSg pue ueps0r

‘(WHATHNHOS GNV HOOT) WINK, VNIOXYVN

| id “Ol “A ‘-201g “19g “peeyv “Aeq

i]

NOLS

on ‘ANVAWOO TaAALOVISE

—

Cros Ary
g SPREE OR Nt * 9m

“Il ‘Id “Ol * “p0rd

‘(1yustod

ees

» eP3 $ abe aes
ALE ;

) wHaod SAULNHOOTOH

gbtebsle

puoy Buoy] wo J soys!

‘jad ‘WOSULAY
J—?1"°S pue uepso¢-

“1S “peoy "aed

Proc., v. 10, Plate III.

Dav. Acad. Sci.

/ jive

yy

y,
>

1)

)
»,

sas
openers

Gere
mes

Jordan and Seale—Fishes From Hong Kong.

TYPE.

CARANX ALTISSIMUS JORDAN AND SEALE.

st .

Pl. IV-

Proc., v. 10.

Dav. Acad. Sci.

I iin

TYPE.

AMIA ELIZABETHA: JORDAN AND SEALE.

Fishes From Hong Kong.

Jordan and Seale

Dav. Acad. Sci.

eV, Wi

Proc., v. 10.

e))p

‘
a

MOARA (SCHLEC

LUS

PINEPHE

K

Jordan and Seale—Fishes From Hong Kong.

1d WV
‘yd ‘HOSULAV

$n NWAIOd NOIud It
puoy suoy wol J soys! J—9|"9S Pp

(sayy NNI’T)
ue ueBpio¢

NOLSOU ‘xNVaWwoo WaALOVIEIe

eee! UC ES
AA i aio ee
Y

A Ay A ix ne ,
Co —

“19g “Peery “Aeg

‘IIA ‘Id “Ol i |

“guoy suoy] wo J says! J—?|"°S pue uepio¢

SOLVANTT NOCGOATTV,)

-(NOSaMV HOY)

“19§ “peoy “Aeg

HIA Id “Ol (oead

*
wat

IX.

Hell.

Proc., v. 10.

Dav. Acad. Sci.

INSIDIATOR NEGLECTUS (TROSCHEL).

Jordan and Seale—Fishes From Hong Kong.

‘(HAHAHOW’]) SISNUNIS SULTANA LY,

¥

‘jod ‘uosniyyV “‘puoy suopy wos J says! J—aleag pue uepsor

32) yh
aan

ny

¢)

1]
y)

TKI) “OLA 0nd “19g “peo “Ae

“suoy Buojy wolf says! J —ayeag pue uepso¢”

‘(HOOT ) VAAHZ SVINIHZ

‘jad ‘UOsSuUIy TY

“TIS “ld. OS. 8S “8d “19g “peoy “Aeq

“puoy Buoy] wod J says! J—ejeag pue uepsor

‘HdA], “HIVHAS GNV Nvauof WWVNLOd VNWaAHdG

HR ld) “OL “* "SO “19g “peoy “aed

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 9

Family APOGONICHTHYID.
24. Amia elizabethe Jordan and Seale, new species. (Plate 4),

Head 2.75 in length; depth 2.75; eye 3 in head; scales 26; D.
VII-1, 9; A. II, 8; small teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines;
posterior limb only of preopercle serrated; lateral line complete.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white, with two faint longitudinal
lines on each side, the most distinct on from snout, through eye
to tip of caudal; black line through base of soft dorsal and of anal,
soft dorsal and ventrals tipped with black.

One specimen, No. 9064 Stanford University. Length 3 inches.

This pretty species is named in honor of Miss Elizabeth Put-
nam in recognition of her deep interest in biological research.

Family SERRANID.
25. Diploprion bifasciatus (Kuhl and Van Hasselt).

ifead 2.90. in length; depth 2:20; D. VIIL., 14;. A. II., 12;
opercle with two strong spines, lower margins of opercles and
preopercles toothed.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white, with two broad black bands;
one over nuchal region through eye, the other on posterior of
dorsal fin to soft dorsal obliquely down to origin of anal and pos-
terior of belly; ventrals dusky, other fins except spinous dorsal,
yellow.

Two specimens. Length about 6.25 inches.

26. Epinephelus moara (Schlegel). (Plate 5).

Head 2.50 in length; depth 4.20; eye 6.10 in head; D. XI., 13;
A. ILI., 8; maxillary reaching to beyond posterior margin of eye;
preopercle denticulate with rather strong teeth at angle; teeth on
jaws, vomer and palatines, with some canines in jaws.

Color dull grayish with darker lines on opercle, 4-5 dusky ver-
tical bars on posterior of body, more or less broken up and sloping
towards head anteriorly; fins more or less shaded with dusky.

Three specimens. Length 5.50-6 inches.

This species has been wrongly confounded with Lpinephelus
nebulosus, by Dr. Boulenger (Cat. Fishes, I., p. 240).

[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.]} 2 {May 24, 1905]

IO DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Family PRIACANTHID.
27. Priacanthus tayenus Richardson.
Head 3 in body; depth 3; eye 2.10 in head; D. X.; 12; A. 13.
Color, in spirits, silvery; ventrals black at tip, the ventral mem-
branes with round purplish black spots, a large one near the belly.

One specimen. Length 3.75 inches.
It agrees well with Dr. Boulenger’s description.

Family LUTIANIDA.
28. Lutianus vitta (Quoy and Gaimard).

Head 2.75 in length; depth 3.15; scales 52; D. X, 13; A. III,
7; adistinct black stripe from tip of snout through eye to caudal,
an oblique narrow line on each row of scales above the lateral line
and a longitudinal narrow line in each row of scales below this
black band, with an indistinct spot on beginning of posterior third
of the band. ;

Three specimens. Length 4.50-8 inches.
29. Lutianus johnii (Bloch).

Head 2.50 in body; depth 2.95; eye 5 in head; maxillary ex-
tending to anterior third of eye; D. X, 14; A. III, 8; scales g—
48-14.

Color, in spirits, silvery, slightly darker above, with oblique
lines of scales above lateral line and longitudinal below, a large
black spot on lateral line under the anterior of soft dorsal fin, a
black blotch at axis of pectorals.

One fine specimen. Length 18 inches.

This specimen, evidently an adult, has but a shallow notch to
preopercle and the knob of the interopercle is almost obsolete ;
the denticulations are stronger below the angle.

Family SPARIDA.
30. Sparus sarba Forskal.
(Sparus latus Houttuyn; Chrysophrys aries Schlegel).

Head 3.20 in body; depth 2.10; eye 3.75 in head; scales 6-64-
11; D. XI, 13; A. III, 11; the second and third anal spines are
equal, the second much stronger; molar teeth in three rows in
each jaw, incisor rather strong and sharp.

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. II

Color, in spirits, a distinct black spot on first four scales of lat-
eral line, color yellowish white, each scale with a brownish center
giving the appearance of narrow brown longitudinal lines on
body; a flaring white line from posterior axil of dorsal to below
middle of spinous dorsal.

Two specimens. Length g inches.

These are not, evidently, different from Japanese specimens of
Sparus latus. The black shoulder-spot, according to Dr. Day, is
not found in Sfarus sarba. It is, however, distinct in our speci-

mens.
Family SCLANIDA.

31. Johntus carutta Bloch.

Head 3.30 in length; depth 3.75; eye 4 in head; snout equal to
eye; no enlarged inner teeth; D. X-I, 29; A. II, 7; maxillary
extending to below middle of eye; snout extending beyond mouth.

Color yellowish, a diffuse dusky blotch on opercle; spinous dor-
sal shaded with dusky; other fins yellowish.

Two specimens. Length about 5.75 inches.

32. Pseudosciena undovittata Jordan and Seale, new species.

(Plate 6).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 3.75; eye 5.50 in head; D. X, 33;
A. II, 8; scales 6—60;‘snout about equal to orbit; interorbital
equal to orbit; distal end of maxillary extending slightly beyond
posterior border of orbit. Body oblong, compressed, widest and
deepest at origin of dorsal; entire body and head scaled except
maxillary and lower jaw; the scales running in oblique series;
depth of caudal peduncle half its length; upper limb of preopercle
not denticulate; three or four small points on lower limb which
are normally covered by scales; the upper limb of preopercle
extends back from the vertical so that its rounded posterior mar-
gin is on a line with origin of lateral line; opercle with one small
flat spine, with the membranous flap extending much beyond the
spine; the tip of the snout is not very thick nor bluntly rounded
as in Scigna; mouth large, the lower jaw 1.98 in head; two small
mucous pores on each side of lower jaw at tip; lips consisting of
a rather distinct fold extending entire width of mouth; teeth of
upper jaw consisting anteriorly of a single row of well separated

12 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

distinct rounded sharp teeth, the ones on each side of symphisis
not larger than the others; posteriorly the teeth become small
and merge into a band of villiform teeth in posterior third of jaw;
teeth of lower jaw sharp and distinct, with outer scattered villi-
form teeth among the larger ones, a cluster of small teeth at sym-
physis, with two stronger curved teeth directed backwards; origin
of dorsal fin on line with origin of pectorals, the two dorsals
scarcely distinct; third dorsal spine the longest; pectorals 1-20 in
head; base of anal 2.25 in head, being about equal to its longest —
anal ray; second anal spine weak, about 3 in length of longest anal
ray, the spine smooth; the origin of anal midway between base of
caudal and axil of ventrals; ventrals very close together, their
length 1.50 in head; caudal rhomboidal, 150 in head.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white, the scales below the lateral
line with yellow centers, which give the appearance of wavy
oblique yellow streaks on lower sides of body; an indistinct small
black spot at axil of pectorals: caudal and dorsal with slight wash
of grayish; fins otherwise uniform.

One fine specimen from Hong Kong, No. 9065 Stanford Uni-
versity. Length 11.50 inches.

This may be the species called Scizna crocea by Richardson, but
the scanty description fails to apply well to our specimen. Our |
specimen has something in common with Pseudosciena amblyceps
of Bleeker, but is apparently distinct.

Family SILLAGINID.
33- Sillago sihama (Forskal).
One specimen. Length 9.85 inches.

Family OPHICEPHALID.
34. Ophicephalus naculatus (Lacépéde).

Head 2.90 in body; depth 5; eye 2.75 in head; D. 45: A. 30;
scales about 58; maxillary extending to posterior of eye. Ventral
fin present; twelve series of scales between orbit and angle of
opercles; scales of head small.

Color, in spirits, grayish olive, with two series of irregular dark
blotches with light edges; two irregular dusky lines from eye, one
continuing along the side, the other to base of pectorals.

Two specimens. Length 8.50 to g inches.

<—;

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 13

Family POMACENTRID.
35. Amphiprion polymnus (Linneus). (Plate 7).

We present a plate of this handsomely colored species from the
reefs at Hong Kong. <Amphiprion japonicus Schlegel is identical
with Amphiprion polymnus.

Family LABRID.

36. Cherops cyanostola (Richardson).
(Cherops ommopterus (Richardson).)

Head 3 in body; depth 2.30: eye 6.30 in head; D.-XII, 7; A.
III, 11; scales 4-31-9; curved canines in front of jaws; scattered
scales on sides of cheeks; ventrals not prolonged, not reaching
anal; posterior dorsal and anal not elongate; caudal square.

Color, in spirits, dull yellowish brown; a black spot on scales
of dorsal sheath at origin of soft dorsal; a dusky line from eye to
eye of snout; another from angle of face to posterior edge of sub-
opercle: fins grayish; no white spot below black spot in the back.

One specimen. Length 10.75 inches.

According to Dr. Giinther the type specimen of Richardson’s
Cossyphus cvanostolus is identical with his Cossyphus ommopterus,
described on the next page. This is probably not the same as
Bleeker’s Cherops schenleini, which species has a large yellow
spot behind and below the dark one on the base of the dorsal.
Bleeker’s species is probably Cartier’s Cherops unimaculata. ‘The
original Cossyphus schenleini of Agassiz, from Celebes, is said to
be uniform in color and is probably a distinct species, as already
indicated by us in a paper on the fishes of Negros Island.

Family SCARICHTHYIDZ.
37. Callyodon limbatus (Richardson). (Plate 8).

Head 3 in body; depth 3.10; eye 6.80 in head; teeth green, no
posterior canine; three rows of scales on cheeks, the middle of
six, the lower of two scales, which in part cover the lower limb
of preopercle: caudal square.

Color, in spirits, purplish; spinous dorsal yellow; soft dorsal,
anal and caudal with yellowish margin; lips yellow; ventrals
with bluish band on outer third.

14 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

One specimen. Length 12.75 inches.

This specimen is different from Scarus nuchipunctatus Cuv. and
Val. It is barely possible but not probable that Scarus oviceps
Schlegel may prove to be based on a large example of the same
species.

Family EPHIPPID.
38. Drepane punctata (Gmelin).

Head 3 in length; depth 1.10; D. IX, 20; A. III, 18; several
small barbels on chin.

Color, in spirits, silvery, with seven to eight vertical rows of
dark dots extending to a little below middle of body.

One specimen. Length 6.75 inches.

Of the various writers who have mentioned this species, but
one, Mr. Cloudsley Rutter, has noticed the barbels at the chin.

Family MONACANTHID.
39. Monacanthus chinensis (Bloch).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2; D.I, 29; A. 29. Two rows of
large spines, of three spines in each row, on the sides of the caudal
peduncle; dorsal spine with but two rows of barbs; the fan-
shaped membranous portion of the ventrals extending much
beyond the movable spine, dorsal and anal with numerous fine
dark longitudinal lines, ventral dusky; body gray.

One fine specimen. Length 9.50 inches.

Family TETRAODONTID.
40. Spheroides lunaris (Bloch).

Head 3 in length; depth 3.30; eye 4 in head. Spinules on
back from the snout to dorsal fin, and on belly from chin to anal
opening; remainder of body smooth: fins yellowish-white; caudal
lunate.

Two specimens. Length 5.20 to 8.75 inches.

Family SCORPALSNIDE.

41. Sebastiscus marmoratus (Cuv. and Val,).

Head 2.50 in length; depth 2.95; D. XII, 12; A. III, 5; 96
pores in lateral line; maxillary reaching to below middle of eye.

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. I5

Color, in spirits, yellowish, marbled with dusky on sides and
back; five lighter spots on base of dorsal; fins more or less
blotched or dotted with dusky.

Two specimens. Length 4.30 to 4.35 inches.

Family PLATYCKPHALIDAS.
42. Flatycephalus tnsididator (Forskal).

Head 3.10 in length; depth 9; lateral line smooth; two spines
at angle of preopercle; scales about r1o.

Color, in spirits, with about eight to nine dusky bars over
back; fins with rows of dusky spots, except caudal, which has a
medial longitudinal black band and two oblique ones on each side
of the middle band.

One specimen. Length 15 inches.

43. ILnsidiator neglectus (Troschel). (Plate 9).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 8.3, eye 5.50 in head; D. I, VIII,
I; A. 12; 53 armed scales in lateral line; three spines at angle of
preopercle; head spinous; maxillary extending to below middle
of eye.

Color, in spirits, brownish above with indistinct dusky bands,
white below; spinous dorsal dusky; soft dorsal, caudal and upper
half of pectoral with brown spots; lower half of pectorals plain
black; tips of ventrals dusky; anal white.

One specimen.

44. Insidiator detrusus Jordan and Seale, new species. (Plate ro).

Head 3; depth 7.75 in length (without caudal); eye 4 in head;
interorbital space 3 in eye; D I, VII, 11; A. 12; scales 54; no
spines on lateral line; two spines at angle of preopercle, the upper
one long and strong, equal to two-thirds of eye, the lower one
small; there is a minute superimposed spine on base of the long
spine; a spinous ridge below the eye to base of preopercular spine
with three strong backward-directed spines; a small blunt spine
directly in front of eye and another one sides of snout; two very
small spines on middle of snout. A short dermal flap at nostrils;
superorbital spinous; a row of five distinct spines from posterior
of eye to origin of lateral line; three sets of spines on nuchal

16 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

region counting the set immediately behind eye; two spines at
posterior margin of opercles; head flat and wide, its width at base
of preopercular spine 1.50 in head; lower jaw produced; maxil-
lary equal in length to postocular part of head; villiform teeth in
jaws, vomer and palatines; tongue trilobed as usual in /zsidiator;
origin of dorsal directly above origin of ventrals, the fourth
dorsal spine the longest, 2.75 in head; base of anal equal to
length of head without lower jaw; base of soft dorsal 1 20 in
head; pectorals 1.80 in head; ventrals 1.75 in head; caudal
rounded, 1,75 in head.

Color, in spirits, yellowish brown, with about five indistinct
dark bands over back, one at origin of spinous dorsal, one at
middle of spinous dorsal; one between spinous dorsal and soft
dorsal; one at posterior third of soft dorsal and one on caudal
peduncle; third and fourth are close together. Head with some
scattered dusky blotches; spinous dorsal dusky, with deep black
blotch between second and third spine and on the posterior mar-
gin of fins; soft dorsal with dusky blotch at anterior base
between first and second rays, and with a small brown dot on
other portion of fins; caudal plain with dusky wash on posterior
half; ventrals and pectorals black, the pectorals with some ligther
shade on center and at lower part of fin.

One specimen. No. 9067, Stanford University. Length 5 ro
inches is type of the species.

In markings and general appearance one might easily mistake
this species for Platycephalus punctatus, but the difference in the
number of scales on the side is fully half a hundred.

Family PLEURONECTIDA.
45. Tephritis sinensis (Lacépede). (Plate 11).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2; D. 45; A. 38; scales 94; mouth
large, with several rows of small sharp pointed teeth in each jaw;
eye 6 in head, very close together; interorbital space with a few
scales; lateral line with a strong curve; the anterior rays of the
dorsal and anal widest; ventrals short; caudal rounded, long;
eyes on right side.

Color, in spirits, brown, with several black spots over body;
fins blotched or shaded with dusky, with some black spots; tip of
caudal black.

JORDAN AND SEALE—FISHES COLLECTED AT HONG KONG. 17

Two fine specimens. Length 9 to to inches.
In both examples the eyes and color are on the right side,
which is probably the normal position in the species.

46. Pseudorhombus cinnamomeus (Schlegel).

Head 3.50 in length; depth 2 10; eye 5.50; lateral line strongly
bent and a short curved branch or extension extending up to
dorsal fin at top of head; maxillary extending to below posterior
part of eye; the eyes close together; snout less than orbit; rather
strong canine teeth in jaws. D. 80; scales about 86.

Color, in spirits, yellowish white, a distinct black spot at the
point where lateral line becomes straight.

One young specimen of this common Japanese species. Length
4.25 inches.

Family SOLEIDA.

47. Zebrias zebra (Bloch). (Plate 12).
(dsopia quagga Kaup.)
Head 4 in length; depth 2.80
Twelve black cross-bands over the body; three or four of the

anterior bands appear more or less double; the black bands
extend in anal and dorsal; some whitish blotches on caudal, yel-
low in life.

One specimen. Length 4 inches.

There is no evidence, so far as we know, that this Chinese
species occurs in Japan.

48. Cynoglossus arel (Bloch and Schneider).

Head 4.75 in length; depth 4.25; eye 4.50 in snout; interorbi-
tal 6 in snout; D. 120; scales 96; snout 2.30 in head. Two
lateral lines; eight rows of scales between them at the greatest
distance apart.

Color, in spirits, dull whitish; the dorsal and anal dusky.

This fish seems to agree very closely with Dr. Day’s descrip-
tion and figure of Cyvog/oss are/ but it differs markedly in having
a much larger eye and a rather more pointed snout. Unless the
very small size of the eye in Day’s figure is fallacious, as we sup-
pose, the Hong Kong specitien represents a new species.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vo. X.] 3 {June 2, 1905]

The Aftonian Gravels, and Their Relations to the Drift Sheets
in the Region About Afton Junction and Thayer.

BY SAMUEL CALVIN.

CONTENTS. Baye

the Importance of the Regions... 20. sh \oads, « wassee slo <s ciel vieleiostenae eres 18

Some Factors of the Problem: .%...3.5.i0.05< onde. s- cow eb oee eee 19

Facts Bearing on the Solution of the Problem..............-.0..8e06 aI
The Records of the New Sections at Afton Junction, and their Inter-

pretation. 2 ye she pestered ace ate eee kes eg eee 24

The New Sections Near Thayer, Sand Bowlders....................- 27

Bowlders,of Pre-Kansan! Clay,2 j7-2-= beet oes e eae ee eee 28

Summary of the Evidence)... \: 5< 6.'\vaneaseieldnee > +> = 2 ess ee 29

The Aftonian.a Real Interglacial Interval..--2-. 5. 2.525 3... 29

The Importance of the Region.—The glacial deposits of Iowa
constitute by far the most important of the geological formations
with which our highly favored state is endowed; and hence it is
that all problems relating to the structure, genesis and age of
these deposits are invested with a high degree of practical, as
well as of purely scientific interest. Questions concerning the
drift probably admit of a clearer and more satisfactory answer in
Iowa than anywhere else on this continent, and the region about
Afton Junction and Thayer has become classic for the reason
that here the facilities for obtaining answers to some of the more
interesting and significant of these questions are not surpassed,
if indeed they are equalled, in any other locality in the world.
Some of the most eminent students of glacial phenomena, both
of Europe and America, among whom may be mentioned Penck
of Vienna, McGee of Washington and Chamberlin of Chicago,
have availed themselves of the rare opportunities for successful
investigation which the region affords. A bed of regularly strat-
ified sand and gravel, a true aqueous deposit more than forty

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 19

feet in thickness, is here found covering an area of considerable
size and lying between two distinct sheets of glacial drift. Asso-
ciated with the gravels are indications of a long interglacial inter-
val, the evidence being expressed in the form of weathering,
oxidation, leaching and general alteration of the deposits exposed.
Then there are beds of peat and remains of forests which
flourished during the interval in question, and these fortify and
confirm the evidence from mere change in the inorganic materials.
The aqueous deposits have been called Aftonian gravels, the
organic accumulations are referred to as the Aftonian peat and
forest beds, and the time between the disappearance of the ice
sheet which deposited the first bed of drift, and the advent of
the glaciers which distributed the second drift mantle, is known
as the Aftonian interglacial interval. The phenomena, as they
were revealed afew years ago, have been described more or
less fully by Chamberlin in the Journal of Geology, and by Bain
in the Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences; and the term
Aftonian has taken permanent place in geological literature as
the name of one of the important divisions of the glacial epoch.
Recently, however, opportunities for further study have been
greatly enlarged on account of the extensive improvements car-
ried out by the C., B. & Q. railway. A number of cuts, ranging
from a few feet to more than sixty feet in depth, have been
made, exposing fresh sections of the glacial deposits, and reveal-
ing with a degree of clearness before unknown the true relations
of the different members belonging to the lower part of the Pleis-
tocene series. The cuts were examined when they were fresh,
and on several occasions since they have been visited by parties
of geologists; but slumping, overwash and erosion on the one
hand, and growth of vegetation on the other, are rapidly modi-
fying the face of the sections and obscuring the facts which they
at first revealed. It seemed desirable, therefore, that the oppor-
tunities for observation should be seized while they were yet
available, and that the results should be made a matter of per-
manent record.

Some Factors of the Problem.—The effects of five distinct glacial
invasions have been recognized in Iowa, and the corresponding
‘sheets of drift, in the order of age, have been named respectively

20 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the Sub-Aftonian or Pre-Kansan, the Kansan, the I]linoian, the
Iowan and the Wisconsin. The problems presented by the
region under discussion relate chiefly to the first and second of
the drift sheets and to the records of the interglacial interval by
which they were separated, but there are here also some deposits
which are possibly referable to the Iowan, or fourth stage of
glaciation. So far as our own state is concerned, the oldest
recognized glacial deposit, the pre-Kansan drift, is not surficial
over any definite area. Studies near the glacial border in Mis-
souri, Kansas and Nebraska may reveal the presence of a mar-
ginal area in which the old pre-Kansan has not been concealed
by later formations; but at present no such area is known, and
in Iowa, at least, the till distributed by the second glacial inva-
sion completely covered the mantle of detritus left by the first.
Our oldest till, therefore, is now seen only where it has been
exposed by erosion or by the making of artificial excavations.
The best natural exposures of the pre-Kansan, so far noted, are
found in the bluffs on the right bank of the Grand river, about
one mile south of Afton Junction. At this point the old glacial
drift is overlain by the extensive accumulations of stratified sand
and gravel, referred to above, and these are themselves overlain
by from twenty to thirty feet of very much weathered material
belonging to the age of the second ice invasion, the Kansan.
The gravels have been worked extensively for railroad ballast.
At an exposure one mile south of Afton Junction the beds have
been removed over an area of several acres. Another large pit
covering a similar area was opened and worked a few rods south-
west of the present Great Western crossing at Afton Junction.
A third pit, equally large, was worked near Thayer. Bain refers
to these as the Grand River, Afton Junction, and Thayer pits
respectively. The underlying pre-Kansan drift is now seen only
at the first; the overlying weathered Kansan is well developed
at all three. That the sands and gravels of these pits are aque-
ous in origin, admits of no question. The materials are more or
less perfectly assorted and are somewhat regularly stratified
(Fig. 1.) When they were laid down, the glacial conditions
which gave rise first to the lower drift sheet and afterwards to
the overlying Kansan, did not exist. As to their age it is cer-
tain that they are younger than the sub-Aftonian till, and they

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. ZT

are probably older than the Kansan; but the precise age was not
regarded by Bain as more definitely settled by the evidence of
the exposures available for study prior to the year 1898. Bain’s
studies, therefore, left the question of age somewhat unsettled.
There are three possibilities. (1) The gravels may have been
laid down along drainage courses by waters flowing away from
the melting and retreating margin of the pre-Kansan ice, upon a
surface which, but a short time before, had been left bare by the
gradually waning glaciers. On this hypothesis the gravels are
but little younger than the till upon which they rest. Their
materials were derived from the detritus carried by the older ice
sheet; they represent simply the closing phase of the sub-Afton-
ian or pre-Kansan stage of glaciation. (2.) The gravels may
have been deposited by waters flowing out in front of the advanc-
ing Kansan ice, in which case they were laid down upon the
eroded and weathered surface of the pre-Kansan till. If this be
the true hypothesis, the materials should bear evidence of having
been derived from the detritus carried by the Kansan glaciers,
and the gravels would be but little older than the great sheet of
Kansan drift beneath which they were, after their deposition,
almost immediately buried. "They would represent, for this lati-
tude, the initial phase of the Kansan stage of glaciation. (3.)
The gravels may have been deposited by floods which were in no
way related to glacial conditions, and these floods may have
occurred at any time during the long interval of mild climate
which separated the pre-Kansan glacial stage from the Kansan.
Which of the three possible hypotheses is correct?

Facts Bearing on the Solution of the Problem.—It is an interest-
ing fact that the several drift’ sheets of Iowa differ among them-
selves in their physical characteristics, such as color, texture and
composition, as well as in age; and it is between two sheets of
drift possessing very distinctive physical properties that the
waterlaid Aftonian sands and gravels lie. The sub-Aftonian or
pre-Kansan till is a dark colored, fine grained deposit which
becomes friable or pulverulent on drying. It is not jointed in
any marked degree. On the other hand the Kansan till which
overlies the gravels is normally blue or gray in color; it is a stiff clay
which becomes profoundly and extensively jointed; and it dries

22 . DAVENPORT- ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

into hard, many-sided blocks as firm and resistant as the hardest
of dried clods or sunbaked bricks. The rock fragments included
in the two beds of glacial clay present great differences. The
Kansan is much the richer in quartzites and green stones; the
pre-Kansan is richer in granites some of which are of the coarse
feldspathic type so characteristic of the Iowan drift in the north-
eastern part of the state. Rock fragments are far more numer-
ous in the Kansan than in the older till, but clear quartz sand
mixed with the soft black clay is a distinguishing feature of the
pre-Kansan. There are also, in the black pre-Kansan clay,
numerous small pockets of yellow or orange colored sand, one-
half inch to an inch in diameter, which are unknown in any of
the other drift sheets of Iowa.

Now it isa fact that the coarse feldspathic granites of the sub-
Aftonian till are common among the cobbles and pebbles of the
Aftonian deposit, while greenstones and basalts are relatively
scarce. Many of the granites are in an advanced state of decay,
as shown in (Fig. 2.) Here a bowlder originally more than a
foot in diameter has rolled down from the breast of the gravel
pit and is rapidly crumbling into sand. It is also true that the
few greenstones present show much more change than is usually
seen in cobbles of the same type when occurring even near the
surface of the Kansan. An altered outer zone, three-eights of
an inch in thickness, is a prominent characteristic of the frac-
tured surface when specimens are broken. Another fact of great
significance is found in the highly ferruginous and profoundly
weathered zone of the gravels immediately below their contact
with the overlying Kansan till. This feature is especially well
developed in the Thayer pit. It indicates very clearly prolonged
exposure of the surface before the protecting covering of Kansan
drift had been laid down upon it. A well developed soil band
with traces of leaves and fragments of wood, between the upper
surface of the gravels and the Kansan till, has been reported by
Chamberlin and others who visited the locality before washing
and sliding of the materials had concealed important details of
the section. All the known facts lend support to the view that
the Aftonian gravels were in place and had been profoundly
altered and weathered by long ages of exposure before the arrival
and deposition of the Kansan drift. The materials making up

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 23

the Aftonian gravels are certainly not of Kansan origin. ‘The
second hypothesis is untenable.

Concerning the third hypothesis, it may be enough to say
that, so far as relates to the interval between the complete melt-
ing of the pre-Kansan and the incursion of the Kansan ice, there
is no way at present known to account for floods of volume and
duration sufficient to transport and deposit the great beds which
make up the Aftonian formation. In the analogous case of the
Buchanan gravels so extensively distributed throughout north-
eastern Iowa, there are indications which point unquestionably
to their transportation and deposition by great floods liberated
by the melting of the Kansan glaciers. The melting of the pre-
Kansan glaciers certainly gave rise to similar floods, and it is
safe to assume that these were the agents whereby the Aftonian
gravels were carried and deposited. These beds bear to the pre-
Kansan drift exactly the same relation that the Buchanan gravels
bear to the later Kansan. ‘There are very few points where the
contact of the Aftonian gravels with the underlying pre-Kansan
drift is exposed, and so it cannot positively be affirmed as a con-
clusion based on actual observation, that there are no indications
of an erosion interval and uncomformity between them; but it
may be said that at the few points where the contact is seen,
there are no signs of weathering such as would have occurred if
the upper surface of the pre-Kansan drift had been exposed for
any considerable period before the Aftonian gravels were
deposited. The weathering and other signs of age and long
exposure are limited to the gravels, and chiefly to the upper part
of the gravels. ‘That these were profoundly altered before being
covered and hermetically sealed by the overlying Kansan drift,
is a fact everywhere apparent.

When the relations of the Aftonian gravels to the drift deposits
of the region under consideration were studied by Bain, the
opportunites for observation were very meager, and he was greatly
puzzled by the fact that, at several points, beds of gravel,
apparently undisturbed, seemed to pass by lateral transition into
“bowlder clay undistinguishable from, and apparently connected
with, the overlying Kansan.’’ ‘This seemed to him to argue a
contemporaneity of age*, but he wisely left the question open

*Proc. Iowa Acad. of Sciences, Vol. V, p. 97, Des Moines, 1898.

24 DAVENPORT. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

for further investigation. The great cuts made in connection
with the new work on the C., B. & Q. railway have furnished
the opportunity to which he looked forward. The relations of
the gravel as a whole to the associated sheets of drift are no
longer in doubt; the lateral transition of gravel into Kansan
bowlder clay, so apparently inexplicable when seen in a few
imperfect sections, is now a matter admitting of simple and satis-
factory explanation.

The Records of the New Sections at Afton Junction and their
Interpretation.—A few rods west of the Great Western crossing
the new line of the Burlington road passes close to the northern
edge of the old Afton-Junction gravel pit as shown in figure 3,
and the grade, fortunately, is a few feet below the contact of the
gravels with the overlying Kansan drift. The relations of the
two formations are very clearly shown throughout the whole
length of the space included in the figure, but it is in the cut at
the extreme left of figure 3, that the most instructive phenomena
of this locality may be studied. The coarser gravels making up
the main body of the Aftonian deposits grade toward the top
into rather fine, evenly bedded sand. When the cut was fresh,
and before the carefully sloped sides had been modified by rain
wash, the sharp line which separates the regularly stratified
sands from the later drift, was very distinct, especially if investi-
gated at close range. The camera does the subject only partial
justice, but in figure 4 the line A A marks the division between
the aqueous deposits of Aftonian age and the later glacial
deposits of the Kansan. ‘There are here no indications of transi-
tion of one into the other. The line of separation is clearly and
sharply defined, and its marked regularity gives the appearance
of perfect conformity between the two formations. One year
later the cut was visited again, and in the mean time weathering
had brought out some features not previously observed. In
places the loosed Aftonian sands had fallen away, as shown in
figure 5, and left recesses ranging from ten to eighteen inches in
horizontal dimensions beneath the more persistent bowlder clay.
A firmly cemented ferruginous crust, from one-half inch, or less,
to an inch in thickness, showing somewhat distinctly in figure 5,
forms a cap to the Aftonian sand. The caving and washing of

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

Galvin- The Aftonian Gravels.

| are! ; ij
> ti > vi 4 2
ni oe: |
“a 7 7 f

+f

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci. Plate II.

Galvin—The Aftonian Gravels. Figs. 3 and 4,

Plate IH.

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

Figs. 5 and 6.

Galvin—The Aftonian Gravels.

Plate IV.

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

Figs. 7 and 8.

Galvin —The Aftonian Gravels.

Plate V.

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

Figs. 9 and 10.

Galvin —The Aftonian Gravels.

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.

Figs. 11 and 12.

Galvin— The Aftonian Gravels.

Plate VII

Sci.

Dav. Acad -

Proc.

Figs. 13 and 14.

Galvin—The Aftonian Gravels.

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 25

the sand leaves the crust unsupported, and slabs of it, several
inches in length and width, may be found broken loose from the
overlying till. Now the upper surface of this crust is uniformly
marked with parallel grooves and ridges resembling in every par-
ticular the effects of glacial planing (Fig. 6). The striz have a
direction a few degrees west of south, a direction that agrees
well with many glacial scorings on the limestones of southwestern
Iowa.

The bowlder clay which here overlies the sand and gravel, is
what is known in recent geological literature as the Kansan. It
is overlain by a veneer of loess (Fig. 7) which is much younger
than the till, for before the loess was deposited the old drift sur-
face had been carved by drainage waters into a system of hills
and valleys showing unusually high relief for a drift-covered
region. Asa matter of fact the loess forms a covering of nearly
uniform thickness over the hill slopes of a pre-loessial, erosional
topography. During the period of erosion winds and storm
waters removed the finer constituents of the drift from the sur-
face and left a bed of residual gravel composed if the coarser
materials, not so easily removed. As is well shown in figure 7,
it was on an eroded surface covered with a sheet of residual gravel
that the loess, in one of the later stages of the Pleistocene,
was laid down. ‘The loess is comparatively young and fresh, but
the drift below it shows signs of greater age in extensive oxida-
tion and other forms of alteration due to long pre-loessial expos-
ure to the weather. Along the numerous joints which here, as
elsewhere, characterize the Kansan till, the weathering has pro-
ceeded to depths of thirty or forty feet. These joints afforded
ready passage ways for the circulating ground waters, and many
of them are marked by trains and aggregations of lime nodules
(Fig. 8), the materials of which had been leached from the
upper part of the formation and re-deposited as concretions along
the courses followed by the underground drainage. <As pointed
out by Bain in the Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences,
Vol. V, pp. 94 and 95, and shown indistinctly in figure 4, there
are faint traces of stratification in the Kansan till, but at the
sections here under consideration there are no signs of transition
from Aftonian to Kansan, from aqueous to glacial deposits.

Three questions are suggested by a study of the relations of

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 4 [June 9, 1905]

26 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the Aftonian to the Kansan, shown in figures 4 and 5. /i7sz,
does that even, straight line of demarcation between the two
formations indicate that the drift was laid down conformably on
an uneroded surface of Aftonian? Second, how was it possibile
for the ponderous Kansan glaciers to move over the loose Afton-
ian sands without plowing into them, destroying them, and mix-
ing them with the detrital sub-glacial material carried by the ice?
Third, what is the significance of the remarkable ferruginous
crust (Fig 6), on top of the sand, with its parallel grooves and
ridges simulating in such a striking way the effects of glacial
planing? It is the purpose, at present, only to suggest possible
answers to these questions. It is conceivable that the surface of
the Aftonian formation may have been more or less trenched and
uneven before the advent of the Kansan glaciers, notwithstand-
ing the present evidence that here at least it was practically a
plane at the time the overlying drift was deposited. It is also
conceivable that the sands were saturated with water, and that
just before the glaciers reached this particular locality they were
frozen solid. In this condition they would be able to resist
glacial grinding as effectively as ordinary limestones or sand-
stones. It is also conceivable that the ice planed the frozen
sands to an even and more or less level surface, and that this
surface was marked by parallel grooves precisely as ordinary
rocks were elsewhere affected by the passage of great sheets of
glacier ice. When later, during the period of wasting and
retreat of the Kansan glaciers, the ice was transformed from an
agent of erosion to an agent of deposition, the stiff Kansan clay
was molded into the grooves on the surface of the still frozen
sand. In this way the glacial groovings would be preserved
intact, and the line of junction between the two deposits would
be true and straight as shown in figures 4 and 5. ‘The explana-
tion of the genesis of the ferruginous crust (Fig. 6) presents
some difficulties. It is clear that waters carrying some com-
pound of iron in solution moved toward the upper surface of the
sand, and that iron oxide was precipitated in the thin layer in
immediate contact with the glacial clays. ‘That most of this
was done after the railway excavation was finished is altogether
possible. It is certain that, after the cut was made, evaporation
would go on rapidly from the exposed surface of the sand beds

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 27

near the bottom of the slopes; and iron-bearing waters, moving
vertically or laterally through the loose Aftonian deposits
toward the evaporating surface, may, by evaporation and con-
sequent precipitation of material held in solution, have caused
the cementation of the sand into the firm crust under discussion.
That this crust, however formed, should retain the markings due
to glacial planing, need execite no surprise when all the circum-
stances and possible conditions are taken into account. Concre-
tionary nodules, well illustrated along some of the ridges toward
the right in figure 6, show quite clearly that the deposition of
the cementing iron oxide took place after the planing and scor-
ing of the surface had been accomplished. Furthermore, the
crust has a nearly uniform thickness, the lower face maintain-
ing ina general way a sort of parallelism with the upper, and
roughly .repeating in reverse the larger grooves and ridges.
The crust has developed since glaciers planed the frozen sand.

The New Sections Near Thayer, Sand Bowlders.—One-fourth
of a mile west of Thayer, in another of the new railway cuts,
some significant facts in the Pleistocene history of the region are
_very clearly recorded. It is evident, from a study of the cuts
west of Afton Junction, that, in some localities, the Kansan
glaciers passed over the Aftonian sands and gravels without
breaking them up, or disturbing them in any way. The ice
simply planed and scored the surface precisely as it might have
done, and as it actually did, in moving over a bed of New Eng-
land granite, or over the crinoidal limestones of Des Moines
county, Iowa. On the other hand, the sections revealed by the
cut west of Thayer show that, in some instances at least, the
Kansan glaciers plowed deeply into the frozen gravels, broke
them up into great fragments, transported the frozen masses for
longer or shorter distances, and deposited them as parts of the
detrital material making up the mantle of Kansan drift. In this
one cut, as shown in figures 9 to 13, there are scores of ‘‘ sand
bowlders’’ ranging from a few inches to more than one hundred
feet in diameter. The solid blocks of frozen sand and gravel
were moved as other ponderous rock masses have been trans-
ported by glacier ice. The original bedding was undisturbed in
most instances. Occasionally the frozen block was fractured and

28 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

a certain amount of faulting took place along the shearing planes.
In rare instances the bowlders show effects of contortion and
folding (Fig. 11); in other cases the mass was rotated through
an arc sufficient to set the bedding planes at a high angle, a fact
illustrated in figures 12 and 13; but not infrequently the bedding
planes remain practically horizontal, as in the case of the very
large body of transported gravel at the base of the slope in
figure Io. :

It is now possible to understand the cases reported by Bain,
where Aftonian gravels seemed to give place, by more or less
abrupt transition, to Kansan till, and the relations of the two
kinds of material were such as to ‘‘argue contemporaneity of
age.’’** The experience of the Great Western Railway Company,
which began to open up a body of gravel and soon found that
the steam shovel was handling nothing but bowlder clay, might
be repeated at the locality shown in figure 12. Here isa great
body of excellent gravel, presenting a cross section more than
one hundred feet in length and fully twenty feet in height, that,
when the cut was fresh, looked like a section of a gravel kame.
It is, however, nothing more than an unusually large sand bowl-
der. Later weathering has shown that the enormous mass of
gravel was tilted in the process of transportation so that the bed-
ding planes stand at a high angle. Inits history and its rela-
tions to the Kansan till, notwithstanding its great size, it does
not differ from the smallest of the sand bowlders shown in figures
gand tro. If these were granite bowlders, and not mere masses
of stratified sand and gravel, instead of arguing contemporaneity
of age, the relations would afford positive demonstration that the
granite is older than the till in which it is incorporated. The
sand bowlders tell the same story concerning the relative age of
the Aftonian and the Kansan, a story which is abundantly corrob-
orated by the stratigraphic relations and other lines of evidence.

Lowlders of Pre-Kansan Clay.—In the numerous sections of
Kansan drift exposed by the new railway cuts between Thayer
and Afton, bowlders of pre-Kansan till, as welt as bowlders of
Aftonian sands and gravels, are not infrequent. As hereinbe-

* The Aftonian and Pre-Kansan Deposits in Southwestern Iowa, by H.
Foster Bain; Proc. lowa Acad. of Sc., Vol. V, Des Moines, 1898.

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 29

fore noted, the lower till differs in color, texture and other phys-
ical properties from the overlying Kansan. It is a very dark
clay which crumbles readily on drying, and this characteristic,
together with its small pockets of yellow colored sand, renders it
conspicuously distinct from the clays distributed by the second
glacial invasion. At many points in the numerous exposures
recently opened to investigation, imbedded in typical Kansan
clays, there are masses of the dark sub-Aftonian till, with its
pockets of yellow sand and other distinguishing characteristics.
One of these, the body which makes up the dark prominent
mass in the center of figure 14, shows evidence of having been
rolled and kneaded in the process of transportation.

Summary of the Lvidence.—The evidence now before us shows
two things. First, in certain localities the Kansan ice rode over
the older deposits without causing any break or disturbance, in
which case the materials of the older formations occupy their
proper stratigraphic relations to the newer Kansan till. Second,
under certain conditions the glaciers of the Kansan stage plowed
up the Aftonian and sub-Aftonian beds and incorporated masses,
varying from a few inches to many feet in diameter, in the great
sheet of Kansan drift. The evidence probably warrants a third
statement to the effect that, when all the facts are taken into
account, there is no transition of. Aftonian gravels to Kansan.
clays and nothing that argues contemporaneity of age.

The Aftonian a Real Interglacial [nterval.—That the Aftonian
was a real interglacial interval of mild climate and of long dura-
tion, is demonstrated by the evidence of extensive peat beds and
forests which developed on the surface of the pre-Kansan drift,
and were later overwhelmed and buried by the glaciation of the
Kansan stage. In McGee’s /Yeistocene History of Northeastern
Jowa, in the Eleventh Annual Report of the United States Geo-
logical Survey, there are numerous references to a soil and forest
bed which the author assumed to lie between his lower and
upper till; but, as the Pleistocene deposits are now divided, the
organic material would be referred, in practically every case
there mentioned, to the Aftonian horizon. Similar evidence of
a soil, peat and forest horizon beneath the Kansan drift is noted

30 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

in many of the county reports published in the volumes of the
Iowa Geological Survey. On pages 54 to 68 of volume IV, /v0-
ceedings of the lowa Academy of Sciences, there are detailed descrip-
tions of the Aftonian peat bed in the classic section at Oelwein.
The latest evidence of a long, mild interval between the pre-
Kansan and the Kansan stages of glaciation is presented by
Savage in his descriptions of a buried peat bed in Dodge town-
ship, Union county, Iowa, published in the Proceedings of the
Lowa Academy of Sciences, volume XI.

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure
Figure

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

Figure

6.

CALVIN—THE AFTONIAN GRAVELS. 31

DESCRIPTIONS OF FIGURES.

South side of the gravel pit at Afton Junction, showing definite
stratification.

Decayed granite bowlder which has fallen from the face of the
excavation here made in Aftonian gravels and is undergoing
rapid disintegration. The softened nucleus, ready to crum-
ble to pieces on the slightest touch, is surrounded by a mini-
ature talus of disintegrated fragments.

The north side of the gravel pit at Afton Junction. View
shows new railway grade, and the heavy body of Kansan till
above the gravels.

First cut west of the Afton Junction gravel pit showing the
even line of contact, A A, between the Aftonian deposits
and the Kansan till. View shows north side, and was taken
when the cut was fresh, in August, 190}.

South side of the cut illustrated in figure 4, as it appeared in
August, 1902. The edge of the ferruginous crust and the
effects of caving of the loose sand beneath it are seen at AA.
The material above the contact line, A A, is Kansan till.

Fragment of the ferruginous crust, one-half natural size,
showing the straight parallel grooves and ridges on its upper
surface.

View showing thin sheet of residual gravel between loess and
Kansan drift and illustrating the practical parallelism
between the pre-loessial and the present topography. The
loess is young as compared with the Kansan drift.

The sloping side of the new cuts showing trains and aggrega-
tions of concretionary calcareous nodules along joints in the
Kansan clay.

South side of the first cut west of Thayer, showing numerous
‘‘bowlders” of Aftonian sand and gravel incorporated in the
Kansan drift.

A very large “sand bowlder” at the base of the cut, with
others of smaller size; near Thayer.

‘*‘Bowlder” of Aftonian sand, crumpled and folded, north side
of cut near Thayer.

A kamelike mass of the Aftonian, tilted in process of transpor-

tation.

Portion of a large ‘‘sand bowlder” with beds slightly folded
and inclined at a high angle.

A “‘bowlder” of pre-Kansan. The prominent dark body in
the center of the view is a rolled and contorted mass of the
older drift embedded in the Kansan, while above it, and to
the right, is a ‘‘gravel bowlder” from the Aftonian.

A Comparative Study of the Vegetation of Swamp, Clay, and Sand-
stone ‘Areas in Western Wisconsin, Southeastern Minnesota,
Northeastern, Gentral, and Southeastern lowa.

BY LL. H. PAMMEL.-

In presenting this paper the writer has attempted to bring
together certain interesting facts pertaining to the flora of a few
isolated areas of Iowa, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, calling atten-
tion to the local distribution of some plants and their relation to
the physiographic condition of the region.

In the year 1883, when a student at the University of Wiscon-
sin, I began the study of the flora of southeastern Minnesota and
western Wisconsin. <A collection of plants was made, and added
to from time to time since. Little, however, has been published
on the flora that is interesting from a geographical standpoint.
The local distribution of a few of these plants depends upon
physiographic conditions peculiar to the region. Some time has
also been spent in studying the flora of central Iowa. Here
again we have some interesting local physiographic conditions,
and a few plants that are local in their appearance. ‘These rare
plants are found upon the sub-carboniferous sandstone of the
region. The writer has also had an opportunity to study the
peculiar flora in Muscatine and Marion counties, with small out-
crops of sandstone. These areas likewise contain plants that are
in part quite local to the regions.

Published accounts of the flora of the regions named are not
numerous. The best paper treating with the ecological aspects
of the region is that by Prof. Wheeler on the flora of south-
eastern Minnesota.! Prof. Wheeler, however, made a study of
Winnebago and Crooked creeks in Houston county only. After
a brief discussion of the physiography of the region, Prof.
Wheeler treats the formations under the following heads: Plank-
ton; attached, submerged, aquatic plants; attached aquatic

1. Wheeler, W. A.—A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Flora of
Southeastern Minnesota. Minn. Bot. Stud. 24: 353-416. Pl. 21-27.

PAMMEIL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. aS

plants with natant leaves; adaptive shore plants; wet meadows of
the river valley, mud flat vegetation, creek valleys, cold spring
vegetation, pond vegetation, wet vegetation of the creek valleys,

La
ge |
Ta|

oe

<
ay

\\
Gos
Ww
(

le

Recosmune
Ge w
\ Ber?
‘
a

‘
ne f nes

en eh
\

SA bus

{

o

ue |

Ce

an
4
\
LOCH LAN D7
Rice
\

4

a0 N ROE

y)
“a

LA CROSSE

“6
| _
I S
| = E
o
! | — 3
| S eauce
o l te ae)
i = [pass Dee ee ee Bae | 5
| | | arty
| j | ‘ia 2
| = » oe) ) ws
: = | RS o | ae
& :
I o | i ee ee
| f | we = i a
% 1 9ve = : ;
—— 4 = l ¢
; &

eee

Fic. 1. Map of Western Wisconsin, Southeastern Minnesota ‘and Northeastern Towa.
Charlotte M. King.

moist wood vegetation, mesophytic field vegetation, moist cliff

vegetation, vegetation of wooded slopes, ridge forest vegetation,

base slope and open ridge vegetation and dry rock vegetation.
[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. X.] 5 [June 29, 1905]

34 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Lueders, in his account of the vegetation of the town of Prairie
Du Sac, in Sauk county, as well as the paper by Dr. Parry, con-
siders the physiographic conditions as having an important bear-
ing on the distribution of plants. The paper by Wheeler gives
a good analysis of the flora and of the different formations.
The following systematic papers! should be mentioned: The
paper by L. S. Cheney and R. H. True on the flora of Madison
and vicinity, and papers by the writer and Prof. Greene, also
papers by Prof. Macbride on trees and shrubs of Allamakee
county.

1 Barnes, Reppert and Miller. The Flora of Scott and Muscatine Coun-
ties; Proc. Davenport Acad. of Sci. 1900: 199.
Reppert, Fred. Forest Trees and Shrubs of Muscatine County. Ia,
Geol. Surv. g: 380-388.
Ball, C. R. The Genus Salix in Iowa. Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. 7: 141-154.
Ply to-12*
Cameron, J. E. Forest Trees of Delaware County. Ia. Geol. Surv. 8:
193-190.
Cheney, L.S. A Contribution to the Flora of the Lake Superior Region.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 9: 233-254.
Cheney and True. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 10: 45.
Cratty, R. I. Notes on the Aquatic Phzenogams of Iowa. Bull. Lab.
of Nat. Hist., State Uni. Ia. 3: 136-152.
Fink, Bruce. Spermaphyta of the Flora of Fayette, Ia. Proc. Ia. Acad.
Sci. 4: 81-107.
Fitzpatrick T. J. Flora of Northeastern Iowa. Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. 5:
1O7:1352 83 100-n7i7'=
Greene, E. L. Plant World 2= 37.
Hitchcock, A. S. Catalogue Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of Ames, Ia.
St. Louis Acad. Sci. 5: 477; Cont. Shaw School of Bot. 7.
Lueders, H. F. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters to: 510-524,
IaeaGe
Macbride, T. H. Forestry Notes for Humboldt Co. Iowa Geol. Surv. 9:
147-154. Iowa Geol. Surv. 4.
Mueller, H. A. Trees and Shrubs of Hamilton Co. Pro. Ia. Acad. Sci.
7: 204-209. .
Pammel, L. H. Plant World 1: 154; 4: 151.
Rep’t Minn. State Hort. Soc. 1887: 469.
Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. g: 152-180, f. 7-17.
Flora of Story Co. Ia. Geol. Surv. 9: 239-245.
Pammel, L. H., and King, Charlotte. Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. 9: 134-151. Pl.
10-31,
Parry, C. C. Owen Rep’t Geol. Sur. of Wis., Ia. and Minn. 606.
Shimek. Noteson the Aquatic Plants of Northern Iowa. Proc. Ia. Acad.
Sci 4: 77.
Notes on the Flora of Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. S. U. 3: 195.
Iowa Pteridophyta. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. S. U. I. 5: 154-170,

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 35

The paper by Dr. Fink on the Spermaphyta of Fayette, as
well as notes by Shimek on the Aquatic Plants of Northern
Iowa and Notes on the Flora of Iowa, and the paper by Cratty
on the aquatic plants, touch upon interesting phases of the flora
included in this article. "The paper by Cameron on the Trees and
Shrubs of Delaware County, and the very excellent paper by
Barnes, Reppert and Miller on the Flora of Scott and Muscatine
Counties touch upon the floras peculiar to some of the regions
of the state.

For the sake of convenience, we will discuss the subject under
the following heads: Topography, Geology, Climatology, Phys-
ical Properties of Soils, Chemical Properties, Bacteria of the Soil,
Plant Formations, The Algal Flora, and Local Problems in Geo-
graphical Distribution.

TOPOGRAPHY.

WESTERN WISCONSIN, SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA AND
NORTHEASTERN IOWA.

The region here considered is embraced in the counties of La
Crosse, Trempleau, Vernon and part of Monroe. ‘The region is
well watered, containing several perennial streams of considerable
size. The Black River rises northeastward and flows through a
country once heavily timbered with white pine. The Kickapoo,
with its several branches, rises in Monroe county where there are
many swamps which are in part drained by the eastern part of
the Kickapoo River, while the northern part of the county is
swampy in many places and drained by the Lemonweir River,
which flows into the Wisconsin River below Mauston.

The La Crosse is the smallest of the three streams. This rises
in Monroe county and drains many small marshes, receiving
numerous small brooks and creeks that rise in the hills adjacent
toits valley. In part the river has made its way through a Jack-
pine plain region near Sparta and small prairie-like openings.

In addition to these streams mention may be made of such
streams as the Mormon Cooley, Chipmunk, State-road Cooley,
Bostwick, and Smith’s creeks and the Bad Axe and Coon rivers.
In former times the Mormon, Bad Axe and Bostwick contained a
much more even flow of water than at the present time. ‘The

36 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

flow was more regular, since these streams had water sufficient to
run flourishing flour mills during the entire year. The spring
water comes from various sources, the best and largest springs
coming from the St. Croix sandstone area. Another class rises
below the Oneota limestone and the third class rises in the
marshes and bogs. ,

Between Ia Crosse and Geneva, on the Wisconsin side of the
Mississippi, precipitous bluffs face the river, having an elevation
of 460 to 500 feet above the flood plain of that river. There are,
however, bluffs to the north that are 600 feet above the Missis-
sippi flood plain. ‘The topography of the Minnesota side is essen-
tially the same. There are a half-dozen small streams, the most
important being the Root River and Pine Creek. By far the
greatest volume of water, however, is carried by the Root River.
The higher bluffs on both the Wisconsin and Minnesota sides are
generally bare and very dry. The ridges are frequently long and
always narrow. Eastward from the Mississippi the bluffs are
less precipitous and the ridges widen into flat or rolling areas and
these are of considerable size. To the south these areas are
common, with quite deep valleys.!

The rock exposure toward the Mississippi River consists mainly
of St. Croix sandstone of great thickness, capped with a thin layer
of Oneota. At the base of the bluffs toward ‘the river are sandy
plains; but the valleys vary greatly in width. The soil of the
valleys consists of a yellow loam, but near the creeks and rivers
it is a black alluvial. Bogs and marshes have formed under
favorable conditions. North of La Crosse, and including the
Black River district, the hills are low and sandy, often with deep
ravines. ‘The Black River district is a network of sloughs and
marshes, but in the older flood plains is drier. Here there is a
scattered growth of Norway pine, red cedar, swamp white oak
and green ash. ‘The sandy uplands often form low prairies of
fair fertility. Swamps are, however, common also in other parts
of the region. In part, these swamps are surrounded by low hills
and terraces. "Taking these meadows in the vicinity of La Crosse,
close to the mouth of the river, as a typical illustration, we have
a marshy plain and an elevated sandy prairie that rises between

1. Geol. of Wis. 4:1.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 37

thirty and forty feet above the flood plain of the Ia Crosse River.
On the west side of the Mississippi, except in Houston county,
there are swamps and marshes not unlike those on the east side
of the river, but they are not nearly soextensive. The same may
be said of Allamakee county in northeastern Iowa. At the mouth
of Red River and Pine Creek in Minnesota there are extensive
alluvial bottoms where soil of great fertility has formed. ‘The
back-waters of the Mississippi near the mouth of Pine Creek have

|

Fic. 2. Bluffs along the Mississippi River near Lansing, Iowa. Hard Maple, Acer nigra,
on high bank. Basswood, T7i/ia americana, Black Walnut, /ug/ans nigra, on banks
above the alluvium. Black Birch, Befula nigra, Cork Elm, Ulmus racemosa, Soft
Maple, Acer saccharninum, on alluvium, Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

formed a lake of considerable size known as Target Lake. In
the vicinity of La Crosse, and Houston, Minnesota, as well as New
Albin in northeastern Iowa, there is a well-marked terrace form-
ation.

Moses Strong! made three natural divisions in the Wisconsin

area here considered. First, high, rolling table-land cut up by

1. Moses Strong, Geol. of Wis. 4: 1.

38 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

numerous ravines, the larger ones called coulés (Cooley) or val-
leys, the ridges rising from three hundred to five hundred feet
above the flood plains of the Mississippi. Naturally the soil isa
clay derived from the Oneota limestone. This includes the south
half of Richland, Crawford, La Crosse and Trempleau counties.

The third area includes the alluvial flood plain in the valleys of
the La Crosse, Black, Kickapoo and Trempleau rivers. The
material is of glacial origin, except parts of the Kickapoo and
La Crosse rivers.

The principal streams of northeastern Iowa are the Upper Iowa,
Yellow and Turkey rivers. At the mouth of the Upper Iowa a
large alluvial bottom has formed. It is similar to that of the
Root River. A very good idea of the topography may be obtained
from Prof. Calvin’s account.!

At Postville the elevation is 1200 feet above the sea level.
Postville is situated upon the high land south of the Yellow
River and Prof. Calvin is responsible for the statement that at
the crest between the Oneota River and Village Creek the land is
not only higher than any other in the county, but, beyond that
fact, it contains the highest land, at corresponding distances from
the Mississippi River, between St. Paul and the Gulf of Mexico.
In its general topography this region is similar to that found in
Vernon county in the vicinity of Viroqua and Coon Prairie.

‘Tn Allamakee county there isno mantle of drift and there are
no indications of invasion by glaciers. The topographic charac-
ters imposed by long-continued action of solution and mechanical
erosion have never been obscured or modified in any essential or
fundamental degree. ‘The surface, therefore, is gashed and fur-
rowed in every direction by an intricate system of ramifying
erosion channels. Some small areas in the southWestern part of
the county are comparatively level. Ludlow and Union Prairie
townships present more of the unusual features of Iowa topog-
raphy than any other portions of the county. Elsewhere through-
out the county topographic forms are bold. Rounded, steep-
sided ridges, with gorges and ravines sharply angled at the bot-
tom, prevail except in or near the valleys of the main drainage
streams.”’

1. Ja. Geol. Surv. 4: 2.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 39

CENTRAL IOWA.

For central Iowa two areas will be considered: parts of Hardin
and Marshall counties along the Iowa River, and Boone and Story
counties along the Skunk and Des Moines rivers.

Flardin and Marshall Counties.—'The drift sheets have influ-
enced the general topography of the region in a marked way. Dr.
Beyer! divides Hardin county into three topographical provinces.

Fic. 3. Sandstone formation in Hardin County. White Pine and Cherry and White
Birch in foreground. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

The first is the loess Kansan type which comprises about one-sixth
the superficial area of the county. This area is perfectly drained
and includes part of the townships of Providence and Union in
the southeastern part. The second province is the Iowan drift
plains and comprises the south half of Aetna and the northeast half
of Clay township. This is a portion of the great Iowan drift
plain which extends from Minnesota across the state through

I. Ia. Geol. Surv, 10: 247.

40 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Worth. Cerro Gordo and Franklin counties. Here the streams

have done little cutting. The third province is the area covered -

by the Wisconsin drift sheet and covers more than four-fifths of
the county. The eastern margin is marked by the Altamont
moraine.

The chief drainage areas under consideration are Pine and Elk
creeks, which lie in the Kansan drift. The Iowa River, which
flows through the county in a southeasterly direction, entering
the county in Alden township, cutting through the Kinderhook
series at Iowa Falls, forms a gorge at Iowa Falls with a height of
eighty feet. Between Steamboat Rock and Eldora, at several
points, ferruginous sandstone faces the river. In the Iowan drift
in Clay township the hills are thickly covered with timber and
with small alluvial areas. Below Eldora the alluvial areas
increase in size, forming a wider flood plain of the river.

Marshall County.—'The whole county is covered by drift, but
there are three distinctive areas occupied by the Wisconsin, Iowa
and Kansan drift sheets which Dr. Beyer' designates as the drift,
drift plain and drift loess types. In the western part of the
county are many sloughs and ‘‘kettle holes.’ The northeastern
part of the county is a slightly rolling plain, with sloughs. The
drift loess type contains many small streams and numerous hills.
Near the Iowa River, extending in a southerly direction, a few
miles south of Albion is a sand-bar that traverses the county,
extending southwestward. On the east side of the river is an
eminence known as Mormon Ridge, which is heavily covered with
timber. ‘The principal streams are the Iowa River, Timber Creek
and Minerva and Honey creeks.

Story County.— The surface of the county is gently rolling and,
as Dr. Beyer says,* “‘it is the typical saucer topography so charac-
teristic of the younger drift sheet.’ Several prominent moraines
occur in the county, the Gary, which enters the county from
Boone in Lafayette county to Lincoln township. The Altamont
moraine touches the county in its eastern part from Sherman to
Collins townships. This marks the western boundry of this

1. la. Geol. Surv. 7: 203.
2. la. Geol. Surv. g: 459.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 41

moraine. Dr. Beyer gives the altitude of the Altamont moraine
near Collins as 1022 feet. ‘The Gary moraine near Summit has
an altitude of 1075 feet. The principal streams are Skunk River
and Squaw and Indian creeks. According to Dr. Beyer it seems
highly probable that the headwaters of the present Des Moines
found their way to the Mississippi through the Skunk.

Boone County.— The topography of Boone county has the char-
acter of a drift plain. It is flat, except near the streams. The
Des Moines, which is the principal river, enters the county in
Pilot Mound township and flows in a southerly direction, dividing

Oe

iat
“eer <,

Fic. 4. Story County. Wooded area along Squaw Creek. Tilia americana and Uinus
fulva. Photograph by C. M. King.

the county into two parts. The Des Moines valley is narrow,
with numerous small tributaries, also narrow, often with gorges.
The most important of these are found in the vicinity of Moin-
gona, commonly called the Ledges.

The streams are Bear, Pease, Eversole, Caton, Elk and Bluff
creeks. The terraces along the Des Moines River, and other

|Proc. D, A. S., Vor. X.] 6 [July 6, 1905]

42 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

streams, show the recent development of these streams. Squaw
Creek, a tributary of Skunk River, drains the northeastern part
of the county.

NORTH CENTRAL IOWA.

The bogs are developed altogether in the glacial area.1 The
general landscape is flat and there are very few valleys except for
a few of the larger streams. The hills are low and rounded, being
especially developed in the northern part of the area, as in Cerro
Gordo and Worth counties and the counties westward. Between
these hills, especially in the northern area, are small basins. Dr.

Fic. 5. Ledges, Boone County, Iowa. The dry sandstone exposures, Red, White, and
Chestnut Oaks, and Quaking Asp. Carfimmus and Ostrva in timbered areas. Photo-
graph by J. I. Caughey.

Bain says ‘‘the low swells contain few sharp contours and are not
pronounced enough to deserve the name of hills. They have
little individuality and are not arranged according to any order or
system. Between them lie ill-defined basins occupied usually by
shallow ponds, swamps or swale-areas of slough or shallow water.
There are very many basins without outlets, and the whole is
clearly a region of immature drainage. At many points springs
and shallow artesian wells attest the superabundance of water.

The numerous lakes and ponds, the undrained sloughs, the
peat bogs, the narrow river valleys, the incomplete drainage, the
undissected upland between the rivers, some of which flow 200

I. la. Geol. Surv. 6: 431.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 43

feet below the general plain, and many other features all point to
one conclusion—that the topography is extremely young and that
it was formed by glacial agencies.’’

The region has a number of important streams, the Cedar, with
its several branches, rising in Cerro Gordo, Worth and Mitchell
counties, the Iowa River in Hancock, one branch of the Des
Moines in Emmet county and the other in southern Minnesota.
The source of these streams is in several lakes. West of the Des
Moines basin the rivers flow into the Missouri. Throughout the
entire region there are numerous moranic gravel hills, bogs and
marshes. The flood plains of the streams are generally narrow,
and the large marshes in Wright county and north are flat. This
indicates an ancient lake of considerable size. Similar flat
expanses occur in Palo Alto, Kossuth and Humboldt counties.

GEOLOGY.

WESTERN WISCONSIN, SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA AND
NORTHEASTERN IOWA.

The region here considered lies in the driftless area and so has
not been modified by glacial action. The broad valley of the
Trempleau River is apparently the boundry below which the
glacial deposits were not formed. Opposite La Crosse in Houston
county, Minnesota, and along the bluffs east of La Crosse and
near the mouth of Mormon Cooley Creek, are small deposits of
silicious sand, some clay and small gravel. The rounded pebbles
are small and consist of quartz, granite, trap and other archzean
rocks. ‘These banks are usually covered with sandy humus.
Strong holds that this material was brought down by the Missis-
sippi River from the north.!

The greater part of the area in Wisconsin and Minnesota bor-
dering on the Mississippi River consists of the St. Croix sandstone.
This formation occurs in valleys frequently forming sandy prairies.

1 For a discussion of the formation see Moses A. Strong, Geol. of Wis. 4:
1-98.

W J McGee, The Pleistocene History of Northeastern Iowa, U. S. Geol.
Surv. II: Igo.

Samuel Calvin. Ia. Geol. Surv. 4: 42.

Chamberlain and Salisbury. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. 6: 286,

44 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The strata in the vicinity of La Crosse and Trempleau attain an
elevation of 470 feet. Farther northward the elevation dimin-
ishes, becoming the surface rock.

This material is made up of a yellow stratified sandstoye, green
sandstone and shale, hard, compact yellow sandstone, a heavy-
bedded, regularly stratified, hard, white sandstone, and a yellow
sandstone. These different layers support a somewhat varied
flora, depending upon the slope and the amount of soil covering
the rock. In some sections the sandstone is often very ferru-

FIG. 6. Ketile-hole in Marshall County, Iowa Typha /attfolia, [ris versicolor, and Phrag-
mites are conspicuous plants. Photograph by Dr. S. W. Beyer.

ginous. The iron found here is a surface deposit derived from
the upper ferruginous bed. It is not rich in fossils. The richest
fields are found in the southern part of Trempleau and northern
part of La Crosse counties. The St. Croix sandstone is exposed
in numerous places in Allamakee county, Iowa, according to Prof.
Calvin,’ At Gabbet’s Point it rises 300 feet above the level of the
river. ‘Towards the head of the Oneota River it is only a few feet

I. la. Geol. Surv. 4: 55.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 45

above the channel. At New Albin, near the Iowa- Minnesota
line, it is given at 320 feet.

The lower magnesium limestone of Chamberlain or the Oneota
is the surface rock of the higher ridges about the heads of the
small streams and valleys. This limestone covers all of the higher
hills along the Mississippi. On one of the highest bluffs along
the Mississippi the heavy-bedded limestone is go feet thick—thick
magnesium layers alternating with sandstone 50 feet, then bedded
yellow shales alternating with white and yellow sandstone. The
Oneota limestone covers the St. Croix. Calvin' says ‘‘The Oneota
limestone is one of the most conspicuous and at the same time one
of the most important of the geological formations in Allamakee
county. It lies directly and conformably upon the St. Croix sand-
stone, the transition from one formation to the other being made
through some fifteen or twenty feet of calciferous sandstone.’’
There are few exposures of Galena limestone on the ridges
between the Little Kickapoo and the Mississipi rivers.

The St. Peter sandstone occurs in the shape of mounds and
cliffs. In the area under consideration it occurs in Vernon,
Monroe, and Buffalo counties. It is the surface rocks in part of
Vernon county near Coon Prairie on the ridge dividing the
Kickapoo and the Mississippi rivers. These ridges are about a
mile and half wide, extending in varying widths and broken
mounds to Viroqua. Isolated areas occur in Monroe county on
the ridge that divides the Kickapoo from the La Crosse River.
In the southern part of Buffalo county there are small exposures
between Eagle Creek and Trempleau River. The vegetation of
the Wisconsin and southeastern Minnesota region is, therefore,
largely influenced by the St: Croix and lower magnesium or the
Oneota limestone. The St. Croix sandstone and Galena lime-
stone do not show any marked deviation of plants found on the
St. Croix sandstone and the lower magnesium limestone.

The St. Peter sandstone in Allamakee county as limited by
Calvin? is as follows: ‘‘Limiting the term in accordance with its
original application, the St. Peter sandstone of Allamakee county
embraces a body of but slightly coherent arenaceous deposits

= Je; 61.
2. Ic. 68,

46 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

having an average thickness of about eighty feet, and lying
between the fairly well defined summit of the Oneota and the
very definitely marked bed of shale that is found everywhere —
throughout the county at the base of the Trenton.”’

pes

Fig. 7. Geological map showing various drift areas. Map complied from various sources
by Charlotte M, King.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 47

CENTRAL IOWA.

Flardin County.—Dr.S.W .Beyer says, ! ‘‘Geologically the county
is of especial interest because it is one of the border counties
of the productive coal measures, and its surface has been modi-
fied by at least three ice invasions.’’ ‘There are two series to the
carboniferous system in the county; the first is essentially lime-
stone, which Dr. Beyer refers to the Mississippi series, the
second comprises a ferruginous sandstone and shale and is
referred to the Des Moines. I shall deal with the flora of the
carboniferous sandstone only. Dr. Beyer describes this sand-
stone as follows:” ‘‘The beds consist of an upper heavy-bedded
ferruginous sandstone which often presents conglomerate to con-
cretionary facies and is cross-bedded throughout; and lower
shales which carry some coal and often contain highly calcareous,
fossiliferous ledges.’’ These sandstone ledges extend along
Pine Creek and some of the smaller streams that are tributary to
the Iowa River. These beds reach their greatest thickness about
two miles north of Eldora where they are about eighty feet thick.
The Wisconsin, Iowan and Kansan drift sheets occur in Hardin
county on the Kansan drift. Dr. Beyer* says ‘‘The Kansan is

~ known to cover the entire county, but is everywhere more or less

’

obscured by later deposits.’’ The drift sheet along the Iowa
River between Steamboat Rock and Eldora is the Kansan, over-
laid with a loess deposit. The Iowan drift is developed in east-
ern Aetna and along Clay township. ‘‘The most marked char-
acteristics of the Iowan in Hardin‘ county, as elsewhere, are its
almost monotonously level surface and its train of giant
boulders.’’ ‘The Wisconsin drift covers the western two-thirds
of the county. The marginal belt of this is from two to five
miles wide, according to Dr. Beyer, and extends ‘‘through Mar-
shall, Story, and Polk counties to Capitol Hill, Des Moines, and
with the moraine of Cerro Gordo and Worth counties is known
as the Altamont moraine.’’ Dr. Beyer,® in describing the Wis-
consin, says, ‘‘As in Story county, certain more or less broken

Ia. Geol. Surv. 10: 245.
len271.
. 279.
Ic. 280.
Ic. 283.

DP. Caan
—
e)

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

48

ations in Allamakee County.

es made by Hon. Ellison Orr.

Geological form
tod

8.
From drawin

Fic.

oes FED

\

7
\

“7
“

\

uoketa(?

aig

o-

okvelal CI a y( blu e)
4 4/ “

“4

0
u
“

‘Mag

A

AN

then blue) |

4 TOV | DTT)

Oh debe Pe

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 49

chains of ridges and knobs concentrically arranged may be noted
within the area outlined by the Altamont. These concentric
chains indicate halts in the retreat of the ice lobe and have been
designated recessional moraines by the leading authorities on
glacialogy. ‘The general surface or ground moraine of the Wis-

consin has undergone very little modification since the retreat of
Bneiee.”’

Boone County Geology.—In Boone county the geological forma-
tions have been referred to by Dr. Beyer ! in two series, the car-
boniferous and pleistocene. The lower carboniferous formations
occur in this county as well as Story, but are not exposed in
Boone county. ‘There is a typical exposure of the St. Louis
limestone near the eastern border of the county in Story. Drift
material is present everywhere and this varies from 60 to 200
feet in thickness. The Des Moines has cut into this carbonifer-
ous formation channel with an average depth of 100 feet, show-
ing exposures of sandstone and shales. Drift material covers
the entire county except where it has been removed by the
present streams, Dr. Beyer giving the thickness at Zenorsville
from 60 to 120 feet, at Boone 200 feet. “The county is underlain
by two drift sheets, the Kansan, which is only exposed at a few
points. Boone county lies wholly within the Wisconsin drift
sheet and wholly within the outer loup of the terminal moraine
and is bounded by the Altamont moraine. In the northern part
of the county there is an ancient moraine, the Garry.”

The Cerro Gordo and Worth County Bogs.—It is convenient to
consider these bogs in connection with the geology of Boone
county as these bogs occur.in the Wisconsin drift area. The
region here considered is not far from Lime Creek in Cerro Gordo
county. It rises in Winnebago county, flows northeasterly
across the northwestern part of the county following the
morainic belt, in Worth county flowing eastward. Then leav-
ing the moraine, it flows southeasterly over the Iowan drift.
The region in Worth and Cerro Gordo counties included in the
Altamont moraine consists of numerous ‘‘knob-like hills and
undrained marshes arranged in the most lawless manner,’’ as so

1. Ia. Geol. Surv., 5: 184.

Pee aeGeOly SULVs) 52°20 5.

[| Proc, D. A. S., Vou, X.] y [July 11, 1905]

50 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

well described by Prof. Calvin.! ‘‘The hills are simply knobs of
drift that were irregularly heaped up along the margins of the
Wisconsin ice. ‘Their height above the tortuous, marshy valleys
that wind in and out and branch and rebranch without definable
system so as to practically surround each individual knob, varies
from forty to seventy or eighty feet.’’ Kettle holes are numer-
ous. Calvin describes thése as follows: ‘‘They are abruptly
depressed below the surrounding level, but they may be found in
all situations from the low, ill-drained ground between the hills
to the tops of the highest eminences.’’ In place of these kettle
holes peat bogs have taken the place with their decaying plants
and the remnants of a boreal flora. The largest of these that I
examined occurs in the northwest part of Cerro Gordo and the
southwestern part of Worth counties. It covers a considerable
area and is an ancient lake bed.

CLIMATOLOGY.

Climatic factors are important in determining the character of
the plants found in any given locality. Not only the tempera-
ture of the air, the precipitation, the humidity, but the tempera-
ture of the soil. Prof. Ganong? in an admirable paper on the
vegetation of the Bay of Fundy, ‘‘Salt and Dried Marshes,’’
takes account of the climatic factors. Schimper, in his great
work ‘‘Pilanzengeographie auf Physiologischer Grundlage,’’ recog-
nizes temperature, light and air as important factors. Nicholas
Whitford,* in his paper, regards the climatic factors as important
in connection with the development of the forest. This subject
many years ago was discussed admirably by Dr. Gray in a paper
on Forest Geography.* The subject is also discussed by Transeau,
‘‘On the Geographic Distribution and Ecological Relations of the
30g Plant Societies of North America.’’®

Clements and Pound, in their Phytogeography of Nebraska, ®
discuss the climatic factors. The writer, in his paper on ‘‘The

i. la. Geol: Sung, 7: 133:

2. Bot. Gazette, 36: 161, 280, 303, 429.

3. Bot. Gazette, 31: 290.

4. Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 16: 85. 1878.

5. Bot. Gazette, 36: 4o1.

6. Pro. la. Acad. Sci., 9:15. Cont. Bot. Dept. I. S. C., 21.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 5!

Physiographical and Ecological Flora of Western Iowa,’’ has
shown that climatic conditions are important in considering the
peculiarities of the loess flora of western Iowa. Finally, there is
a full discussion of the climate and the flora of Mt. Katadin by

Bi
CO LOG - 50°
V4 ve Swe
= \ SPER, e
c i ~) ; eZ
-70% Yue <4"
oS . Wi

\ ip er
= v7 ; \\ 4x ff

: i ’ Won
\ ; ‘ yy )
: Tf

~
~

Fig. 9. Map showing minimum and mean temperature for Wisconsin, Minnesota and
Iowa. Compiled from various sources by Charlotte M. King.

I,. R. Harvey.!. The subject is also discussed by Coville and
MacDougal in a paper dealing with desert conditions of Arizona

1. The University of Maine Studies, 5.

52 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

in which they call attention to the great importance of climatic
factors. !

The velocity of the wind seriously affects the transpiration of
water from plants.2. This is more marked in central Iowa than
in western Wisconsin. It is certainly very marked in western

Fic. 10. Map showing normal annual humidity and precipitation for the year 1gor; the
lines indicate the normal annual humidity, and the figures the precipitation for
igor, a dry year. Compiled from various sources by Charlotte M. King.

1. Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, 6.
2. Contr. Bot. Dept. I. S. C., 21. Pro. lowa Acad. Sci., 152.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 53

Iowa, where many of the plants occurring on the loess soil are
protected by their thick leaves and pubescence.

For the sake of convenience we shall discuss the subject of
climatology under the heads of (1) Precipitation and Tempera-
ture of the Different Regions and (2) the Soil Temperatures and
(3) Phenology.

Precipitation and Temperature. ‘The time of precipitation and a
high mean temperature during the growing period are important
in determining the success of an agricultural crop. The same
factors apply to many native plants which develop but slowly
during the early spring months but attain their best growth when
the maximum heat is greater. These plants require long periods
of development, as in the Asters, Goldenrods and Thistles. On
the other hand, the vernal plants develop at a time when the
maximum temperature is much lower, as the Hepatica, Dicentra
and Symphoricarpus. Dr. Samuel Weidman® gives the precipi-
tation for western Wisconsin for the months of June, July and
August from ten to twelve and a half inches; mean temperature
for July, 70°; the May mean temperature, 56°; precipitation for
March, April and May, 6.5-9 inches; mean temperature for Sep-
tember, 61°; precipitation for September, October and November,
8.5-9 inches; the mean precipitation for December, January and
February, 3.5-5 inches; mean temperature for January, 15°.

CLIMATOLOGY AT SEVERAL DIFFERENT STATIONS IN THE
STATE OF IOWA.

For the purpose of presenting the more important points the
following tables are given, showing the climatology for these
points: Lansing in northeastern Iowa, Ogden in central Iowa,
Muscatine in southeastern Iowa, and an annual meteorological
summary for La Crosse, Wisconsin.

3. Wis. Geol. Surv., and Nat. Hist. Surv., 11: 491.

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

oe —* Oe

‘e£ :z061 ‘aotA1ag doid pue 1syjyeaM “el Jdaycuuy ‘1

ob: 6z lege t 69"1 | O6%z. | 26°27) co"s | Ob’ | orb | 18° | O€°e | Ez sera | Qi eke ae eIOLy,
ere [$254 | o2 [oot gre [Zerg | 25 © | oe mi] gor |_|. | [vvsstsstetsst ese C0Or
€9'z L6°Z to'l (SAO go’! 99°0 RIALENE) oi MAE) She wie mpeia dessus )8) a) ose 7 Pe PLSLse vege
gg°1e LE'o zO'I zo'P tS zo'¢ gz'S £o'z cor ¥Q°z 69°1 VI‘! So'l Ay SP OL oA eR PERN eke iene hese evel’. Bae ane. CMO
Sz°2z€ Sorc GAom Lor JAS co's aust 10°9 Lo'€ Ziv 99°z y Bb €S‘o eee RS © Soares ek el oe eee Cn
OR eeaCe IO EON Oe S HO el Lee en’ | CO’ pe | CORE Zee | Oe sy SOE ae “anne © Meena sine basin e's Seay
Mew: heenT | 1Q4OlROeO. Sore open | Go: 8 SS" chro, pene OL. I. i Were. | Cate. [es as ie = 8 Unaie anne sien ines oe
St‘o oz'¢ Cr'z to' ? Lo°S to"! L6't PAT i Ct A ee i i a Wy Jk ee Te #3*'€- OOO

enuuy] ‘ood AON 130 ydasg | ‘Ssny Ayn sunt ABI Iudy | yore | ‘qo ‘uel "UVAA

‘(SHHON]) NOILVLIdIO“Ugd NVA] ‘VMOL ‘ONISNVW’I

Lb | rez | gS€ | S€S | 1'€q | 14 | 1°€2 | £-69 Z'19 | 9°Ob | Ovok | Evgr | Eris [ores tsetse ageIoay
| Wree Gor (pes | tog [ogg | oes | O69 lots | per] | |. rtrtstr ttre tee" 206
giiZ $"19 v'r§ o’€e g°S1 (OV 4 4 Cw ys ut Se et ee ee PON ec en ee at 1061
6° 9b Q°9z ora 9° 9S 0'S9 Owe Se ak z'69 b'€9 g's g' 6z 6' tI Lz Besvesshsliebess/ie) a: /MJe Clas. «Seabee Sos. 8. oo s8. Coe y
o' Lt Q° Iz zZ°ty o' ZS 6°19 6'1Z Ze $69 £°65 z'0S LAE Ler aa | S'gI RCL TLC NG igs ad cae Sapte TY 6,8. 9
9g’ Lt 9 LI Onn Z' Ov (geht) o'ol g'zZ O12 €°19 o'° Zt g° Le €°€z v'°$z Se ae et wa ine ago ee tat eee ORT
z' Lt Z QI Ze o' ZS £°99 g L9 o'SZ 9°L9 6°15 get g'of Z°Sz Cay S18) 600, 01 Si0 6.6181 Ba 0 'e) Ole 6.8 6.0.0 .¥ uy 6-8 L6Q1
Z° QZ o'ze t'Zv OLS fe) 1Z bz SoZ Paseiee Ass cermies ae eae ie ae ee ORT

[enuuy| ‘ood "AON alot} ydas ‘DNV Ayn sunt ABIN [uady | yore | ‘qoyr ‘uel “UVAA

‘(SHHUOH( ) HMOLVANdMWNAT, NVAIY “YMOI ‘ONISNV'TI AO ADOTTIOLVNITO

55

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION.

CLIMATOLOGY OF OGDEN. MeraAN TEMPERATURE (DEGREES).

YEAR, Jan, Feb. | March | April | May June July Aug. | Sept, Oct. Nov. Dec. |Annual
|

IGA Pi gekcaeRaw on wm afin aah Sens St.8 | 77.0 | GG. 55:6"| 31, 1) 26.34
Tein. te Metis MAN deaca a tomb, eave |e Ute A: en She | Obey [POG Foe EBs 1a 86x. ame 47.2
[OOM Remar eat has capes etter | ogi S016 || Sto | Saud 60.8.) 78: yiae 7855 | G86 | 4822! 20.5 1931564 48.6
TSS 7-5, Wor Sere Marat areni hei eyeaces atonmecre|) CGNs 2h 33. 48. 59. 69. Vise 69. war 57. 3h 172 48.2
WOOO. tod, Meek hdeeenbne aa elt Shi 235 37 49. 59. afi 73); Wee 66. 48. 2). Vis 47.4
DOO iter Faris costa ee ndabievsintethrers Peo as Loe 24.4 | 48.2 | 36,6 |. 76.0 | 72.0 |. 7408 |s69.0 S858 4a. a |, 2x8 | ae
TG Gia Rentchayoe iw ses ane arene were eek | 20.2 lel ReO | OTe a Gage Oe. a | yarm |zeud hs.G: locus 260 24.5 | dont
NEON sie va wesveis ueiefals. Gaia Gapnacs en Wocell ee al Lis 39°0.| 4026 | God || 70.7 | 82,2). 74.@.| O5.0 | B3.5 0) Save iiatemel anee
eof AA cee PRET bert ae er 23.1 | 17 6 | 39.4 | 48.8 | 64.0 | 66.1 | 73.4 | 70-2 | 60.7 | §5 9 | 43.3 | 23.3 | 48.8
AMETERE ss tavntns cea cnke | tag (ened || Sona ule sess | 6r-4 |''69.7 | 74.6 | 73.0 | G4. INbaee epg) ake) ites

OGDEN—PRECIPITATION (INCHES).
—— — == = SS

YEAR, Jan, Feb. March,| April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. |Annual
ThOdgee ede Sniccns wads Sear aetcrars “OL | 2.28 | 2.44 | 3.82 .26 08
LOO MER ROS vee cant tte |) Se .42 ehA | G5 L3i 18326 | Sa36 | Sealy AGE. | 2.675 78 | T.7d. | 1.00) |) 28. 26
WOOO entre Ser PRIS ecb nel ull « Sel J52) | D500 | 486.) Gv66. | 1570) | 8°26 | 2.65 19i82 || 2.09 | 1.70 AFi| “Sse
eRe le i ited an hs cia Pigs || le to Sa| D.Om | h.24 | 7S | Tot) 2.09 3004. 9.08 | 1.32 | -.26 | thal aaa
Reed Peirce uc crip nceol Ovsul) LO PROS 4) Inde) Yo 9 | So80. || TG.) 287 3.91. (-g.01 llmay | seal gonee
LOMO mere cahichetenrieisiteste omer ie emi) manta 98°, 1.96 |) 2002 | 7480. | 7 an.) 2.07") 3.9m oe 28 | avon! p76. aoE 30.43
PeCO Maes hole dana vordnde| ) aon kKOO. |b euOOnll Seagull a rOe |) 0, 30> | Bios it, Sao Ono. ee £7 66 .16 | 45.32
RODE Sheer adkadceiiveceutbac| SSS SOG tO tebe) Sevas R70. Sort ae Gums anes .87 | 1.30 | 25.95
WQS rics itera ee oes cis avise towien| TeOOe| <0 | OxB7 10.25) | 6.00 | 7.88 | ever! | 7200.| Bagh. | avOGr ea agel M03. Aaa?
ApergOrcs.<usxeds cvsescvecenes| 50°) 259. | E52 he MeQ5-) 55061 488 total alge: |g. Ban)| eeGmalh teil ore lag. ae

MM —-__—_—— Oooo

1. Ann. Rept. Ia. Weather and Crop Service, 1902: 93.

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Zz'6£ gee , Of to € 24°64 (Sear. 16°€ gg'h gece Mae 6L:2 go°% Le * [SSG Seto“. DARA

1S°z Ob'r CEay Oz ¢ 6z € Zt To os (op gaye) CLs wae ee wees * ewes 16g1
Zg°1€ O21 gecr ber wz 134 gg't 99°9 19'°f Coat AZ € of1 o06°1 vas de we 2 eg ah Magda tea aL) 5
Lege ober ie) T tol cA’ € Cry 639°9 99 S Zee gz + coe ger Pr eee o* See ee, ORG i

bR-% Er + oS’ 00°% tzZ 6:°€ zg'é 94°9 ore Se 6F't Gos TEAMS SOG T
Of gz 25015 96 bore OP € ob‘z 05'% OL'z g2'z gz'1 tri ei'h gait lee os : Beet 2: (o

yZ' C6 oft Go'é z9 z ze: So's Z9°% gi*b Cpr Ie aed - oe i gggr
tr-6€ ze Zz €Q° 0g'z@ QQ'S ge Hh Co:¢ Ig't git Lo-F Cas Toe gt vA eee wae ee reesidar
6b Sb crt “o'r b9 AS PENG £9°€ fo't Z's go-z yoF ol So'l Om ae % Maas 25>)
ZL‘ Chr Sr € €2'9 61 I chy 1c‘? LL t 61°9 00 G. Ge LZo'¥ g9'I eee we ee ee ste" ger
4)'9b ZO'Z (eo (Os 6e'r ge'r Gaal sf P Gz'g YE"? oo'Fr 96% Cre tg: eee ee oe wee eee “* . ZQRr
9) § GZ+1 €9°z fo'Z 6S°9 of I “es Qf'o ehz 1'z QS'z 6b°€ tO'r sees eae a bese Seid dae Pei
gl se GS 26° cz LOE Qh b tg'f Acta Cas zoe zg € forr zo’e Seis yr a eI ET abel chal 0} > + 1
£9 +€ Aran 4 Sg F Sg°z LE°% gst of € aS, +S'b Ig't gz Laer oz reas pretetesrieisiene wis misieiih ale TOL

[enunuy}] ‘ood ‘AON ‘'~po ‘ydas | ‘sny Ayne aunt AvIN | [tidy | yoIRPIN | “qa uel ‘UVAR
‘(SHHON]) NOILV LIdlOHUgG—ANILVOSO IN

Cc .Le bbz 1S €°O3 b- zg C:o£ (olor L’ RO 96S 6°9P ose Lve Zz 0% seen ss t ‘adelaay

g ct g°1S 0 99 c'gs g° Zo pas 9 8s 0 be 6 Sz Sez an cae lagi ist th Dae RSet 16g1
LZ: 6b 1°62 gob 90S 2°85 6°99 LEGE QrEZ g°9S z'oS 6° 6z Ge L9z Aes) gah an lokre Pare OUST
9 OF g'6£ Z°9£ 16+ 0 29 0°02 o'€Z 6 99 g' 6S S°oS z*ot Piz Q'Sz Pgleke Soe Che eee ORD E
0 gb @ 16 C*gé Sgr 7°65 LoL w'bZ z't9 o°SS gos g*of 6°0z 9°6 : > hae ** 9ggr
Capre / ehe b*o€ Lae b:oS g 14 $'9Z ZZ o0'S9 gos bbe bz c*2r ee *Zgqr
6° Lb g'O1 L£°e 9'S9 b'99 SZ Ll Z'99 z19 €°0S $'zE (ae £4 etr ets CeO a ***QQQr
Q SP 9g 61 CAS g Lb o°S9 8°99 S:9Z z°99 6 99 9'Zy ore t'or Perr pre wsie “aie ***Cogr
6 Sb €°6r g Se Qiss €'Z9 6°99 9°69 £°99 g ZS 6°9F gze 11 For rises Aid re ** $991
¢ Sb a4 O'gé “Ly £°2¢ £ 99 0°69 z‘L9 z 9S €°9S bre 0°61 £6 caloe BOW “+: €9gr
g 6b € €@ Z°gf g'9S Ve 40) 9°69 9°69 €°69 o°Ss S'6P zib tof g €z suse Smrsinie “**Zggr
g°&h o'SE 1°SE ots 9°69 Z 94 GZ 1°69 9°99 Lev 0" gz 1'0z beta gs rane NE TOE RNS PE CI Ps By yo |
o' 6b 9*gt t:Lz £:9¢ 9°09 giz z2‘cZ r'iZ 1°59 gab Pct oof 1°S¢ Si COCIRIOG TI UO Fares)
9° gh b0z o°gt 6°9S g°gs LoL esc £99 o°£9 g gh $°gf b€z [Se fy eieseem Sins oeieeie tis tas LOY

yenuuy] ‘ood “AON po ydas ‘sny Ayn ounf | Aew | tudy | qorew! ‘qoz ‘uel UVAA
i}
"(ote - on ru . aa y / 7 ba ,Yr
(SHHYOA() AMOLVAHd NA] NVA “HNILWOSOQIN TO ADOTOLVINIIO

ANNUAL METEOROLOGICAL SUMMARY, LA CROSSE, WIS.
Summaries are for Vear Ending December 31, 1901.

Relative Hu-

Precipitation.

| Total Hours Sun-

Month, : Mo. Temp. midity Sa.m, TCH eE Cloudiness Seer.
Ja@nwary -.)..| 20-67 81% 64 6.1
February 13-9 81 64 4-4
Manche... - 31-0 78 2, 10 6.8
PNT TAM, oisveters.« 51-5 66 L197 5.0
May. 61.2 73 3.85 4.9
UMS seca 3's. - 70.7 80 5-31 4.5
faaliys S33. 79.2 73 6.49 352
August ..... 72.0 84 -93 2.9
September..| 60.4 86 9 84 5-7
October ....| 52.6 83 2.70 4.3
November..| 33.4 79 74 5-5
December 18.0 82 46 6.2
Average.... 4-70 79 34 93 5.0

U.S. Dept. Agrl., Chief of Weather Bureau, 1901-1902: 102.

ANNUAL METEOROLOGICAL SUMMARY,

Relative Hu- | Precipitation

Month, Mo. Temp. idee aaa THGHeS: Cloudiness
January... 26.6° 86% 1.10 49
February...) 15.7 gI 1.59 34
March... 35.8 83 PRG) 6.6
/s\y0) orl See 50.5 74 .88 5.0
i Fh eee 61.3 74 Ea 4.5
AMITIE Notas 2.503 74.2 77 .O2 ae
DL i</2y< <6 83.0 65 1.48 I.g
August..... Tae, 76 .46 3.4-
September..| 65.4 82 2-29 4 3
October....| 55.6 84 45 3.5
November..| 36.8 82 -79 3.6
December..| 22.8 go 1533 65
Average....| 50.2 80 17.33 2

U. S.Dept, Agrl.,

Report Chlef of Weather Bureau, 1901-1903: 80.

DAVENPORT, IOWA.

Total Hours Sun-
shine Recorded.
(Local Tite. )

ANNUAL METEOROLOGICAL SUMMARY. DES MOINES, IOWA

Total Hours Sun-

ive - ipitation, . :

Month. Mo. Temp. dite 06 paresis 1: | Cloudiness *heaal ne
annary....| 26.3° 84% I.O1 Re 166.5
February...| 20-0 84 ie 38 4.8 181.2
Manche): . = 35-8 82 3.02 6.2 181.0
TIL. 25... 50 4 78 2.26 5.6 244.0
INUENY;Svaye sso) = 61.6 75 1.40 4.8 312.7
SUITING Ss eo. <. 3's 73.4 78 2.41 4.5 329.1
July Fal 84.0 68 Ta 72 335 390.1
PRUE MSE os 75.0 TH .67 4-4 318.9
September..| 64.8 83 2-60 a 199.9
October..:.| 56.2 81 2.14 4.5 230.0
November..| 37-6 80 .40 Ait 212.7
December..| 21.9 86 1.03 6.1 144.1
Average... 50.6 80. 19.77 4.9

U.S. Dept. Agrl., Chief of Weather Bureau, 1g01-1902: 82,

[| Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.]

8

[July 19, 1905]

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

at v0 bas SOIL TEMPERATURES.

‘Tt Was long been recognized that the temperature of the soil is
an important factor in plant growth, especially in its relation to
the development of plants. In a cold soil or stratum plants are
necessarily much retarded in their development; in fact, a cold
soil produces-a much different plant than a warm soil. This is
well illustrated in the plants found in the bogs of Worth county
and the plants found on the shady limestone rock in Allamakee
county. Dr. MacDougal!, in a paper on soil temperatures and
vegetation, discusses the importance of making such observa-
tions. These records, however, should be continued.

, Temperature records on the soil in wood and field have been
kept- -for some years at this station but, there is no other data ex-

& igo

ceptctor. a few-of the published records and a number of additional
-observations made since. ‘These are inserted here for the purpose
of comparing them with records at other places. For records
taken at Boone fT am indebted to Mr. Wilson and Mr. Morrow.
For the records at Ames I am indebted to Mr. Bourne and Mr.

Dixon. The records at La Crosse were made by Louis Pammel.

SOIL TEMPERATURE FOR AMES AND LA CROSSE,

At a Depth of Six ineUes.

LOcaALiTy. — Soil. Date. 7A.M. 12M. 7P.M.
La Crosse, Wisconsin. Sandy May 6 62 64 68
Ames, lowasees sons Wis. drift Soe a 36 40 42
Ia Crosse.iso. fe ee Sandy ey 62 70 72
PAitidd “RGM bi... 2... Wis. drift ee OS 38 44 47
La Crosse. .......----. _- Sandy ae a. 58 58 56
BSNED. Gantry saa eames? ‘Wis. drift F inca Sh 39 40 41
LadoGOSse,!}..{..------ Sandy STAG 50 58 58
AMES 2a wsnn peace aes Wis. drift ar Ko) 39 44 42
ea CrOgce. case ceee eee Sandy beumner co 46 50 63
Amée os cs eee Wis. drift SLO 39 44 46
ea Crosse... -s ke atene a Sandy age 54 60 64
Ames Tt e+ came ah eee] EVAR, CCIE sarge 40 42 47
Pa CLoseei.vc d= sane Sandy ah Be 53 53 56
Amés ? o> .% | ow sees Wis. drift Banke 42 44 47
La Crosse... 2 5)-.2228=- Sandy aac} 52 54 54
Ameés 278... 0) 3 SESE. 1) Wisiratt Vac 45 49 50
La.Crogse. «.<}). <.¢%8. Sandy pene 48 54 54
ei Sh UAE AES a ©..../) Wis. drift oy lal 45 50 52
hoa OLOSce.. 24a kgs Sandy aa 38 54 60
Ames! Sa N ots iobobie eS, 46 52 54

Ass. «saw cc cee eb Wis, drift | Mar. 29-31 31.6 §32.6: syag

1. U.S. Monthly Weather Review, 1903: 379. Repr. Cont. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 44.
Laver ga t

59

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION.

LEDGES. oe See!

> _ -
Sa SS

=. : =. SOIL AND AIR.TEMPERATURE .OF THE
LOcavrry. | ~ “character of Soil. ities Temp. of Air. cig oF oot
Ledges, Boone Co.|Sandy. 2:00 P.M. 62° 54 49
“ ia ‘* |Sandy loam. 2:00 P. M. 57 59 50
7. yl ** |Loamy. 2:00 P. M. 61 56
< ie “* |Loamy. 2:00 P. M. 62
a a ‘* |Loamy. 2:00 P. M. 52
c rs ‘* |Loamy. 2:00 P. M. 55
S - ‘* !Black sandy loam, 2:00 P. M. 62 50 49
Mh Ee ‘* /Sandy loam. 2:30 P. M. 72 60 56
He * ** !Sandy loam. 2330 P. M. 62 55 48
os = ‘* ISandy creek bottom.| 2:30 P. M. 62 (aja) {oy
_ e ‘* |\Sandy creek bottom.| 2:30 Pp, M. 62 55 49
Ht oy ‘* |/Alluvial. 3100 P. M. 61 60: 55
Us ke ** | Alluvial. 3:00 P. M. 64 Gh) Visa
* Ledge 20 feet high.

+ Plants 5-6 days in advance of shady slopes.

Exposure.

Temp. on rock 71°. West slope.*
Knoll 60 feet high, exposed to sun.
Bare ground.

Covered with grass.

Bare ground.

Covered with grass.

Soil covered with dead leaves.
Exposed south side. Eighty feet high.+
West slope.

Covered with grass.

Des Moines Riv. 2nd bottom. Cult. 1903.

Des Moines River. Plowed, 1904.

In the soil temperatures taken a few years ago at Ames it was found that there is a great deal of
fluctuation even in the summer at the depth of from one inch to a foot, but at three feet there is little

variation.

The amount of covering also influences the temperature of the soil.

In 1892 soil tempera-

tures, as well as the temperature in oats and a patch of bachelor’s button, were kept during the months

of May, June and July.!
lower than the temperature of the air.

1. Bull. Ia. Agr. Exp. Sta., 18: 488.

The temperature in the oat field or in the bachelor’s button were uniformly

The table on the following page will show the difference.

60 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

METEOROLOGICAL RECORD, AMES, IOWA.

Dige) | Me ae ae Bate. | Mpa tee
May 13je<s% os.0. 50.6 2.86 Jume'2Q7...c. = 67.6
Ben Dabs chelecistee 64.3 So IS OR eam ests 61.3
ey eae eae 62. uly re. see 66
eh ROO saeienrete (7. Baa RAI carte 7 Ries
et ne ere 52. $5) AIS nv ctAt ate 78.8
June Tisiatersiaern’ 49 3 3.74 - Toke jena se 71.8
Disletay so 55.6 BOW sess apie
So, RAGA a st atcbers Gp ae: SATA. erecta: 72
eh 0 eee ae oe 77
RADIATION THERMOMETER IN OATS.
DATE. Minimum. gQA.M. I2M. 5P.M. Mean.
Miaiy, 13 scrcisteveciale'ue 28 62 56 48.6
ON Ue Ge edonouc 47 74 65 73 64 7
a aoanenatur 6 41 76 73 69 66
ts BO) <i Sera: cae athe 46 65 78 70 64-7
Bi ion Gao aes 48 So 49 50 49.2
PUNE BeGictecies sett 44 47 44 44.6
SOC ECS BOO 44 66 61 78 62.2
ee ee ween 51 65 71 66 63.2
A HS BOS Bano oc 51 70 Feo 7 68.8
720) GOndoo 5 Lor 49-5 62 73 69 64-3
ei: fc See IN 45 60 70 64 62.2
ely) fea chars: 41 66 62 56.3
peal cee 54 66 63 67 62.5
ee 0 Ae Oo 57 73 82 79 TO
of J UBbrs teciacateees 50 64 68 75-5 6205
Peas Banana occ 46 65 73 65 62.2
DANG) SR OOR Come 52 68 74 63 64.

PHENOLOGICAL DATA.

The time of blooming of a good many plants has been kept at
Ames for a number of years.' Notes on a few plants are inserted
here. These data have been collected by Miss Charlotte M. King.

PHENOLOGICAL TABLE.

TIME OF BLOOMING.

1896 IgOI 1902 1903 1904
ACERITIETUN ao vers. ctonioire 4-26 4-29 4-26 5-15
Acer saccharinum........ 3-23 4-11 3-17 4-2
Esculus glabra..-.......: 5-3 5-11 5-7
INBCOR Lae VES, seca yshe.c reise ts 5-5
Aster nove-angliz........ 8-20
Astragalus canadensis.... 8-20 7-10
Crategus mollis.......... 53 7-18 5-13

1, Report Iowa State Hort. SOc,, 36! Inds az7sirats Sei ixrre.
!

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION.

61

TIME OF BLOOMING.

1896 IQOI | 1902 1903 1904
Crategus punctata. | 6-2
Gentiana andrewsii. ..... g-15
Gentiana quinguefiora.... | g-10
Gerardia tenuifolia....... | 8-20
Geranium maculatum .. 59 | 5-11 5-12 5-13
Helianthus grosse-seratus 7-28
Heliopsis scabra.... ...- 6-5
Isopyrum biternatum..... 4-23 4-19 4-17 4-20
Lilium canadense......... 7-10
Lilium philadelphicum... 6-19 G22 6-16
Lobelia cardinalis........ 8-18
Lobelia syphilitica....... 8-28
Melilotus alba.......---... 6-28
Monarda fistulosa........ 7-19
Negundo aceroides....... 4-10 3-19 4-27
Phlox divaricata......... 4-28 4-23 5-4
Phlox pilosa. ..<4..6.3.5. 5-9 5-22 6-5
Physocarpus opulifolius. . 6-1 5-28 6-10
Podophyllum peltatum... 5-19 5-4 5-15
Prunus americana. ......| 4-19 4-24 4-27 4-17 5-8
Prunus virginiana........ 5-8 5-7 5-12
Pycnanthenum lanceol’m. 7-18
PVCU AOSTISIS «aes osu oie 5-2 5-6 5-9 5-8
Pyros prunifolia...-........ 4-27 4-29
Ranunculus abortivus... 4-26 4-16 5-3
Ranunculus septentrion’s. 4-18 5-4
Solidago latifolia,........ 8-11
Solidago missouriensis.. . 7-20
Solidago rigida........... 8.20 | 8-28 8-8
Taraxacum officinale..... 3-24 | 4-7 4-6
Trillium nivale........... 4-17 3-17 4-3
Verbena hastata ......... | 7-22,
Veronica virginica....... | 7-10
Vicia americana......... : Petes 5-19 5-24
WATISEIDATIO’ < c.0 cic sce « 5-1 5-18 | 5-24 6-1 6-10

62 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

TIME OF BLOOMING OF PLANTS FOR 1904.

LocaLitry.

Lansing. Ames. Elkader. | Davenport.

Anemone thalictroides........... 5-10 4-22 5-2 4-27
Aquilegia canadensis ............ 5-14 5-13 5-14
Arisema triphyllum............. 5-14 55 5-27 5-12
Capsella bursa-pastoris.......... 5-9 4-10 4-27 5-2
Claytonia swirsiniGa i... scec. aoe 5-5 4-17 5-3 4-25
Cratecus mollis. 24:6." .s eae 5-14 5-6 5-22 5-12
Dicentraxcucullariaye -—<--e eee 4-25 4-17 4-27 4-20
Erythronium albidium........... | 4-30 4-28 5-2 4-27
Geranium maculatum.... .......} 5-14 5-13 5-14 5-10
Podophyllum peltatum........... 5-14 5-15 5-22 5-14
Prunus americana -23-2+- == - e- 5-5 53 5-4 = 7
Ranunculus abortivus.:s.<..255.|) 5-7 5a3 5-15 4-30
Ranunculus septentrionalis...... 5-9 5-4 5-15

Ribes Aurea sco sacs aniees ss 5-7 5-5 55 5-2
Daraxacum oficinale ....ie sans 5-1 4-6 4-27 4-3
Tradescantia virginica: >.<. .s201. 5-25 5-18 6-6 5-30
Uvularia grandiflora... 3.5 -is<s)+ 5-0 53 5-I0 4-27
Violaiencullata 222-2 cnc see es 5-1 Ses 5-10 5-7
Viola;jpubescens 522-2 e cee. ec 57 5-3 5-14 5-7

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SOME
TYPICAL SOILS OF THE REGION,

Physical.—'The physical character of the soil influences in a
marked degree the kind of native vegetation found in the same.
Several reports and papers issued by the Bureau of Soils of the
United States Department of Argiculture have discussed some of
the problems. The Bureau of Soils! has carried on some elabor-
ate field investigations and in some instances the work has been
applied to the native vegetation. Some interesting work has
been carried on by Means and Holmes.

Kearney has given some attention to the study of soil produc-
tion, and the growth of plants, in alkaline solutions. The ques-
tion of alkalies and the growth of special plants has been made a
subject of papers by Davie and Loughridge.* There are not
many alkali spots in Iowa. Some of the old lake beds in North-
ern Iowa show alkali which consists chiefly of magnesium car-

1. Field Operations of the Divison of Soils. 1902: 333.
Milton Whitney. Field Operations of Division of Soils. 1900. 2: 274.
Milton Whitney. Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils. 1go1: 3:
647. 95 pl.-25f-31 maps.
Whitney. Soils in Their Relations to Crop Production. Yearbook
U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. 1894: 129.
2. Report U. of California Agri. Exp. Sta., 1895-7. Separate 24.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 63

bonate. This substance forms a white crust on the surface.
There is here a poor growth. The Hordem jubatum thrives,
Scripus palustris and Polygonum Muhlenbergi make but feeble
growth in some old lake beds. Rumex martimus, Scirpus pun-
gens and Triglochin occur. Our soils are usually so well leached
that few of these halophytes grow.

Some of the more important plants found in certain alkali soils
of the west, like the Sporobolus airoides, Scirpus maritimus, Dis-
tichlis apicata, are not found in Iowa though they occur in
Nebraska. It has been found by Davie that the Creosote bush,
. and the Larrea, the Sporobolus atroides, and Distichlis spicata are
confined to special areas.

The physical problems of the soil have long been studied by Dr.
Hilgard! and no one is more familiar with these problems than he.

Several interesting contributions have been made by Dr. Hilgard,
Profs. Loughridge, Snow and Shaw? especially on the physical
problems connected with the soil and crop production. Atten-
tion should also be called to the excellent work by Warrington.

Dr. Ganong has applied some of the problems to a province of
the Bay of Fundy Salt Marshes in the Provinces of New Bruns-
wick and Nova Scotia. The Bay of Fundy marsh soil, accord-
ing to Dr. Ganong, contains but a small amount of clay in com-
parsion with silt and fine silt. This soil when exposed to the
sun becomes very hard, making it dificult for germinating seeds
to push their way through. These conditions do not prevail in
any of our soils except locally. There is nearly always enough
sand to make the soil capable of good areation.*

In order to touch our local problems, Dr. J. B. Weems and
Mr. C. E. Ellis have kindly made, for the writer, physical
examination of some typical virgin soils in Central Iowa and
Western Wisconsin. The soils studied here are from widely
varying conditions. The first series of analyses are from soils in
Boone County, the ledges. The remainder from La Crosse, Wis.

1. U.S, Tenth Census Report. Cotton Production of the U. S.

Various papers in Rep. U. Calif.

2. Lectures on Some of the Physical Properties of Soil. Oxford. 1goo.
Many other works, like Storer’s, dealing with agriculture and some of its
relations to chemistry.

3. Bot Gazette, 36: 280.

64 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

MECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF SOILS FROM LEDGES.
BOONE, IOWA.

3 Z 2 5
i] < 2]
gags | Qsete | 92¢3 | anzege
qpe> | #4050 2p. | 28%858
Aes mes “ROD "ma Ooe
aa oe ow ct teas wee &

@ i D pt Oe
ae al eo eo | of Mad ro haa
aio: Paw = 22684 ends <
Cpe Lo =ae5 Soe e
asm op ee aos 5 so oee2
or nao S08 qe tok
aise gage So aie
Bee ae Be RES Ee Bee
Boa Bard Bax SA ER

Coarse gravel........ rege YG ep
Fine pravel..s2. 2. - 4.63 04 34% 40
Coarse ‘sand 3.2.52. ar fe) {-10 55
Medium sand........ 3.14 .40 1 C0) 1.85
Pine Sand... ss: 13 54 Fo i 55.82 25.18
Very fine sand....... 38 .84 57.81 12.53 42.79
Srltue cl coporagccioceeree II.70 II .03 5 84 g.61
Pine sstlte etecko ace a 20.89 18.34 8.83 11.80
Clayiee come ee tastes 1.54 ite Wl -70 1.05
Moisture. .c.5 ssc .69 51 .10 1.01
Organic matter ..... 3.19 3.55 2-75 5-99
100.17 100 OI 100.11 100.23

The La Crosse soils* are similar to those occurring in northeastern
Iowa. They have been selected to show the types of native plants found
there. The Tamarack soil originally contained more humus, but by
repeated washings has received some sand from tilled soil near by.

MECHANICAL ANALYSES OF LA CROSSE, WISCONSIN, SOILS

Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample| Sample Sample/Sample
I 2 3 6 8

an ee
Coarse gravel......
Hine sravel jac. 4-05 .93 .05 .19 275 elS\. LE .24} 6.38] 3.88
Coarse sand..... Saale .04 .24 60] 7:78 .20] 4.65] 1-49
Medium sand...... 1S) .05 64 .87| 9-49 .46| 6.80] 2.80
bine sand sa/.smeeie 5-42 “40 9.41) 4-55 |27.22| 6.52/31 27) treo
Very fine sand..... 17-68 | 10.57] 49.96] 50.99 | 22.76 | 38.83 | 27.82 | 26.16
Siltiene tia creer ee 23 .32)| 27.20)| 22.52) 22 (89 | 5.25)|£7-26)|) oe sonitangs
Fine silt 2.2. s2eut 14.98 | 19.53] 11.09] 9.39] 9 56| 25.61 | 11-02 | 29.62
Clays sac Bere .SL | 1.20) 1.87 Tees .78| 1-46 -98} 3.19
Moisture: s.2cckca 5-6oi| 7.0L | .173)| 1.169 .46| 3.09 77 | 2300
Organic matter..... 29.42] 33-901 5.34] 7-34] 1.66) 6.38] 3.00] 5.25

100.03 99.95 99 99 |t00. 35, 100.07|/100. 11'100.02| 100 00

No. 1 is a peaty soil. The following plants are found on this soil: Sax-
ifraga pennsylvanica, Cornus stolonifera, Caltha palustris, Habenaria
psychodes, Bromus kalmii, Lilium caaadense, Symplocarpus fetidus,
Carex sp.

*The La Crosse soils were collected by my brother, H. Pammel, and my father, while

the soil from the Ledges was collected by Mr. C. KE. Ellis, who made the chemical analy-
sis of the soils.

PAMMEIL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 65

No. 2. An agricultural soil, black sandy humus. Quercus rubra, O.
alba, Carya alba, Cypriepedium pubescens, Panicum macrocarpon, Bro-
mus ctliatus, Phlox divaricata, Corylus americana, Festuca nutans, Cys-
topteris fragilis.

No. 3. Yellow clay on agricultural soil, excellent for small grain and
tobacco. Anemone nemorosa, Quercus alba, QO. tinctoria, Ranunculus
Jascicularis, Phlox divaricata, Sanguinaria canadensis, Comandra umbel-
lata, Polygala senega.

No. 4. Sandy brownish-black. St. Croix sandstone mixed with humus.
Betula papyrifera, Physocarpus opulifolius, Dodecatheon media, Cam-
panula rotundifolia, Aguilegia canadensis, Melica mutica, Pellea gracilis,
Woodsta obtusa, W. tlvensis, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum.

No. 5. Brownish sand, St. Croix, little humus. Betula papyrifera, B.
lenta, Quercus tinctoria, Pinus strobus, Juniperus virginiana, Helianthe-
mum canadense, Potentilla argentea, Woodsia obtusa, W. ilvensis (dry),
Pellea gracilis, Phegopteris dryopteris, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum.

No.6. Peaty, wet and mucky. Taken from Tamarack marsh with con-
siderable drift material containing sticks, leaves, cones, etc. Larix amer-
icana, Cornus stolonifera, Cypripedium spectabile, Calamagrostis canaden-
sis, Potentilla palustris, Maiantherum canadense, Caltha palustris, Nemo- °
panthes fascicularis, Glyceria arundinacea, Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Viola
blanca, V. canina var. Muhlenbergii.

No. 7. Sandy soil. St. Croix sand, much coarse gravel and ancient
bed of the Mississippi River. A poor agricultural soil. Contains a small
amount of moisture. Crops mature rapidly. Suited for early vegetables.
Contains little organic matter. TZadinum teretifolium, Helianthemum can-
adense, Tephrosia virginiana, Cenchrus tribuloides, Prunus pumila, Cyperus
schweinitzit, U:nothera rhombipetala, Potentilla argentea, Oxalis cornicu-
lata, Hedeoma hirta, Delphinium azureum.

No.8. Yellow clay similar to No. 3, supporting a somewhat similar
vegetation.

These sandy soils have some points of similarity to the soil from the
ledges. They support a somewhat similar vegetation. The soil from the
ledges is of a much Jater geological origin.

Chemical.—Several European investigators have discussed the subject
of the chemical conditions of the soil with reference to the poorly devel-
oped plant forms in bogs.* Ganongt reports on the chemical analyses
from the marsh well of Cornwallis Valley, Nova Scotia. The fertility of
the marshes is due to the necessary mineral and organic constituents
present to produce good crops being present in an unusually large amount,
aud are in an immediately available form. He then devotes considerable
attention to the sodium chloride in some soils and its relation to the
growth of plants.

*Nillson. iniges uber die Biologie der Schwedischen Sumpfpflanzen. Bot.-Cent. 76; 9.
7 Ganong. Bot. Gazette. 36: 285.

|Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 9 [Aug. 5, 1905]

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

66

OroorjhS g i241 jzr- |SE- |6€ ihr hh [zgQ° Igo-z
66°66 |E€L°Sritg z bz |4E- joz: |PE- |g1-r |bz-h |bg'z
Io‘oorjdr'€ job" jer |pS: jzz jar: |€z-1 |gb-z |bz-z
I€ oo1jgg S |So-€ Er: |Sh |6r: |Lo- |gg- [io Nalbystz
Oo"OOIjog'r jzp- j6r° |SE- |zz- joz- |z€- |6g: |rg:1
gb66 |6€°2 |69-1 |Sz- |of- |zz joz: lob |66- 03 Z
fo oorjZg"€ |P£:1 |r" zz: joz- |go* |1b- |oS: lto-€
$6°66 [06 €€/S9°9 jrxr: [Zz hh |zb- 1g’ loz Q8 Zz
$6°66 |Lo-gziSE-S |rz- [gE lez [Gz- |GZ- |xS+z lob-z
wE oorre’S lyo-e |zt* |vE- |Z" Igo ize: IgZ: |oz€
00°001|/66°S |10"1 jgz* |g&- [Sz |go: |1ib'1 Iho € |zd-1
10 OO1/1Z°z jor GU gts Gre ore NEE ligge Alsons
fovoor/SS°e |rS° igz- |Zz- |er- |€or |GS- igh log'€
Gh-oorl6r-E G9" \gz \gf \€r> |nr- |GE"— |7c* lorez
eel eaee| ce cele @ paiplietel te
a) tral were ay eo me a re a Ma
Bick sce lines PSE capo ale
Bel Oe) eS ee Sie | as alle
> Mg vw te oo re SF or © we
ee OF Orel Se eon
5 5 es
x ;

+
N

0° LV

Ges

N

BULLONL YY

ZO"

ZO

Co:

“* BOIS BTqnyOS |

‘STIOS HNOS AO SHA’IVNY ‘IVOINAHO

zz @gi* tts ****(*E) “q) UBUeYONYG oleq “zc -ON
‘|Sz-OL|+ +++ +++ +++*(-2) “q) UBURYONg oLeq ‘I ‘ON
10°gg)**** +" "Sty ‘ossory eT ‘L‘ON
ZS°Zgl*** s**SIAA ‘aSsOID vy ‘yead A3Z0g ‘9g ‘on
Bz ZB)-°** s+" "StAA fassoIg eT ‘CON
LO Zgirt******SIAA ‘aSsOIg BT *b°ON
Q8i-"*** STAA SOSSOID BT ‘ABO MOTTA «*E ‘ON
GaN decries Shoo Cr Cece “7 °STAA ‘aSSOID eT ‘Z*ON
GEG] sss crer reeset ay fagsorg BT Yeag “I ‘ON
zi bg)" *******-auoog ‘saspayT ‘Keo morjax °“S ‘on
"|G$L°€g)-auoog ‘i9Ary ‘J ‘q Ive [los wWo}og ‘+ ‘ON
£6:z6 suoog ‘smoi8 ssoul a1ayM yOo1 jo doy “€ ‘on
£1°98|"*euoog ‘MoIs8 sudyoI] a19yM SaSpayT ‘z ‘ON
b€*06)*****-*auo00g ‘saspey ye ynyq jodoy +1 ‘ON

3

i

a

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 67

BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSES OF SOILS.

Two recent papers discuss the bacteria found in American
soils. Ina paper published by Dr. Mayo and A. T. Kinsley of
the Kansas Agriculture Experiment Station the number of bac-
teria found in the sandy loam, in which native buffalo grass was
growing, was estimated at 143,000, and the numbers in black
loam, in which Alfalfa and Clover were growing was estimated
at 21,091,000. A paper by Prof. Frederick D. Chester of Dela-
ware gives the following table to show the relation of numbers
of bacteria in the soil to ammonifying and acidifying efficiency:

{Total number
SOIL. of bacteria per
gram dry soil.

Total amonify-| Total acidify-
ing efficiency | ing efficiency

‘Experiment Station Garden.......

MSI MATAALY SIS) steps c/a oi= (ons o.0°.5 3,130,000 Te 75 Zee
BUCHAN AL YSIS secs noes skeet 1,294,000 2.48 1-81
MBM V SOU. Vila acs oo. fs xis css 45 | 250,000 eg 0.69
mallenpoouk Belton... .c2.5¢= 6.25. 540,000 8.90 0.58
Detrich Soil, Chestnut Hill........ 4,040,000 26.68 8.57

It is not my purpose here to consider the copious literature on
the subject, nor have we attempted to study the subject of nitri-
fication in connection with the soils under consideration. I am
indebted to Mr. E. B. Watson and Mr. H. Ness, two special
students in the botanical laboratory, for a brief study of the bac-
teria of some typical Iowa soils.

SOILS FROM BOONE COUNTY.

LocaLity. Bacteria per Gram. Time of Collec’n.
amy loam in forest......-...-.5..2.. 626,420 April 15, 1904
1,038,078
LNIGIMIEG GS appar OU Be or AOE 832,244
Sandy loam, Reindeer lichen formation 31,907 April 15, 1904
42,485
BUMER AS Ck aiat 3) 5 aiannisisieie aioe iace eis «© siaie 37,196
Polytrichum formation on moist rock. . 3,592 030 April 15, 1904
288,950
REO cic wos b'vae s' vcd Nene Ate 1,950,490
EAE MUMS EOIN sfe/s ore. f=) «[aya1e\ sialaye o.a's enw = aie 2,560,516 April 15, 1904
640,124
PEVCTAE Cs. cise co cic'e oa oe s'eleles 6°05, 1,600, 320
I Sie nn Sao soe. s ooo omsbe st ah 409,024 April 15, 1904
531,263
LSU ORS ROE CE OTE Oe Crea 470,143

68 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

SOILS OF LA CROSSE, WISCONSIN.

Bacteria per Per Cent of Acid Time of Col-

Nae NESSIE Gram. Bacteria. lecting.
Han SPEAt co ac. ae ee 1,410,000 20 April 29, 1904
2... Blacksoiliin,o73.. eee 2,332,000 10 ‘hh eaice
aC lay See eye 2,008,000 25 ‘i eee
Aol, JAC RSOM ae ac) sare eee 834,000 25 Mitre 2
5..! Yellow sandys = .°.-: 375,000 o sia Nk

PEATY SOILS OF FRANKLIN COUNTY, IOWA.

No. NATURE. Bacteria per Gram. Time of Collecting,
12) Lom suntace-aa sae. 2,407,450 March, 1go0}
2. ee iad 2,940,000 ee ee
ay ee oe 3,937,000 ee ee
4. eé ce 4,725,000 “é ee
AVETARE ac. ences. ee 3,517,362
1. From inner portion. .| 27,500 Oo 28,894 8} Mar., ’o
2. os of 8 29,000 1,687 116,052 fe) deen
3) Pm *¢ os 1,250 5,625,000 492,364 fe) ee 2
7s ee et 2,500 8,872 746,052 2,140,625 Ce tees
IAVGRAS Oa temeiss certo 15,312 1,408,889 345,813 535,156
Average of all plates......... 576,300

It will be seen from these results that a very large number of
organisms appear in all of the soils, and that a great percentage
of the species, especially in La Crosse soils, are acid producing,
the largest number of organisms being found in the black, arable
soils, while the smallest number of the organisms are present in
the sandy loamy soils. "They referred some of the species to the
following: Lacillus albus, which, in addition to the characters
given, had the property of reducing nitrates to nitrites;
Bacillus delicatulus, or perhaps the B. venenosur liguefaciens, also
reducing nitrates to nitrites. It is believed by Dr. Vaughan
that the 42. venenosus is pathogenic. It has been found in water
supplies. These organisms were found in peat. In the black
soil the organisms appear to be Bacillus rubescens and B. epider-
midis, both reducing nitrates to nitrites. In the clay soil were
found Sacillus venenosus and in the black soil Cicrococcus agilis.
The 2. venenosus only slightly reduced nitrates to nitrites. The
Microccus agilis reduces the nitrates very slowly.

The peat soil from the bogs of Franklin county contained the
following organisms: AZicroccus citreus, Bacillus incanus, B. albus,
B. delicatulus, B. punctatus, and B. venenosus brevis. All these
produced nitrites from nitrates, especially the 2B. zmcanus.

a

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 69

PLANT FORMATION.
WESTERN WISCONSIN AND NORTHEASTERN IOWA.

Clay Ridge Formation.—The plants of this formation are quite
uniform throughout the entire region. Sometimes one or more
species of trees may predominate. The flat areas naturally have
different species of plants in part than the sunny and shady
slopes. Of the trees the most conspicuous on the flat slopes are
the oaks (Quercus alba and QO. ruba and OQ. tinctoria). ‘The shell
bark hickory (Carya alba) is widely scattered but never in solid
groves. Two poplars are common, (the Populus tremuloides and
P. grandidentata). These species frequently form solid groves.
Occasionally the basswood (77/ia americana) may be interspersed
with the oaks and hickories, but this tree is usually found on the
shady, moist slopes where the white and red oak, paper birch,
two ironwoods (Ostrya virginica and Carpinus caroliniana) and
pignut (Carya amara), two ashes (/vaxinus sambucifolia and F.
viridis) also occur. The common /rer’s aguilina is abundant
everywhere forming a conspicuous feature of the woods wherever
the timber has been removed. This fern soon occupies the
ground, growing from two to three feet high. In such openings
Potentilla canadensis and fragaria virginiana are abundant.
Formerly in such woods many strawberries were picked for home
consumption. The Afocynum cannabinum, Panicum macrocarpon,
Bromus purgans, Calamagrostis canadensis, Phlox divaricata, Steir-
onema ciliatum, Senecio aureus, Helianthus strumosus, Triosetum
perfoliatum and Galium boreale, Agrimonia eupatoria, Geranium
maculatum occupy similar places.

In the shady woods Panitum macrocarpon, Geranium macula-
tum, Anemonella thalictroides, Anemone nemorosa, Cypripedium
pubescens occur, the Phlox, Geranium, Panicum and Anemonella
in greater abundance than the other species. The moccasin
flower is widely scattered but never abundant.

Exposed Limestone Flats—This formation at La Crosse is
nearly 600 feet above the flood plain of the Mississippi. These
areas do not cover much ground. In their younger stage they
have the aspect of a typical prairie vegetation such as occurs in
parts of Iowa. The most typical plant is the Zygadenus elegans

7O DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

and Ranunculus rhomboideus. On the limestone rocks there are
large prostrate masses of Juniperus virginiana. The Campanula
rotundifolia, Arabis lyrata, Koeleria cristata, Aquilegia canadensis
are abundant. The most characteristic plant, however, is the
Zygadenus which is found only on these flats.

The St. Croix Area.—Immediately below these limestone
exposures is a sandy area in many places showing the St. Croix
exposures where there has been much weathering. The soil is
of a brownish color or it is blackish when it contains much
humus. ‘This area is in part treeless, but much of it consists of
grassy covered slopes. The remainder is covered with a forest
growth. Each of these areas will be considered separately.

Grassy Slopes.—The grassy slopes are made up in large part of
grasses of a few species, among these Aowteloua curtipendula,
Andropogon scoparius, and Koeleria cristata. Among the more
prominent of the early flowering plants the [lola pedatifida, V.
pedata, Arabii lyrata, Phlox pilosa, Silene antirrhina. Vater
Ceanothus americanus, Delphinium azureum, Solidago rigida, S.
nemoralis, and Rosa blanda. ‘These hills become quite dry late
in summer and show little else than the dried blades of the
grasses mentioned above.

Tree Covered Slopes.—The most conspicuous of the trees in the
upper slopes are 4etula papyrifera. On the shady slopes Car-
pinus caroliniana, Ostrya virginica, Tilia americana, Juglans cin-
erea. Lower slope, Quercus rubra and Q. alba, Acer nigrum, A.
rubra, Pinus strobus. ‘The hazel, Corylus americana, is common
everywhere as are Prunus americana, P. virginiana, Pyrus towen-
sis. The herbaceous undergrowth consists of Convolvulus spitha-
meus, Sanguinaria canadensis, Panicum macrocarpon, Dodeca-
theon media, occasionally Cerastium vulgatum, Cypripedium pubes-
cens, Viola palmata var. Cucullata, V. pubescens, Geum album,
Latonia pennsylvanica, Geranium maculatum, Podophyllum pelta-
tum, Convolvulus spithamaeus, Asarum canadense, Hydrophyllum
virginicum, Trillium erectum, Hepatica acutiloba, Anemone nemo-
rosa, Arisema triphylum are among the more important of the
herbaceous plants. Altitude and situation determine the abund-
ance of one or more of these plants. The Asarum, Trillium and

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 71

Arisema, /H/ydrophyllum appendiculatum occuring in the rich
black sandy humus near the bases of the bluffs. The Acer nig-
rum is common only along the west slopes of the Mississippi
on the Wisconsin side and east slopes on the Minnesota side of
theriver. The dcer nigrum, however, reaches its greatest devel-
opment in the Kickapoo valley and its tributaries. In the
smaller valleys away from the Mississippi River the species is
rare. Such is, however, not the case in northeastern Iowa.
The Acer rubrum is an extremely rare species along the Missis-
sippi River, only a few trees occurring and these not on the
moist, sand-covered slopes as in the Kickapoo valley and its
tributaries, but on the border of tamarack marshes. In the Kick-
apoo valley the moist covered slopes have the following assem-
blage of plants: Acer spicatum, A. nigrum, A. rubrum, Diervillea
trifida, Quercus rubra, QO. macrocarpa, O. tinctoria, Taxus canaden-
sis, Corylus rostrata, C. americana, Juglans cinerea, Tilia ameri-
cana, Tsuga canadensis, Pinus strobus, Cypripedium pubescens,
Asarum canadense, Trillium erectum. The Tsuga canadensis,
Clintonia borealis, Epig@a repens, Coptri trifolia and Gaultheria
procumbens are very local. The rock in the Kickapoo valley is
often on the surface and this largely accounts for the presence of
the plants found here. The soil, too, is quite moist, much more
so than the deeply eroded valleys along the Mississippi River.

The Lower Clay Slopes.—The kind of vegetation found on the
lower slopes depends on the slope and altitude. Towards the
upper portion of the region it is often more or less sandy; the
further up, the more it has become impregnated with silica.
The sunny slopes were in early times covered with both Quercus
macrearpa and Q. tinctoria, the former species predominating in
Wisconsin and Minnesota while the Q. macrocarpa becomes more
numerous in northeastern Iowa. Ranunculus fasicularis, Ceras-
tium vulgatum, Poa pratensis, Geum album, Silene stellata, on the
shady slopes Quercus alba, Q. rubra, Panicum macrocarpon, Cypri-
pedium pubescens, Poa pratensis, Pyrus towensis, Prunus americana,
P. virginiana, Corylus americana. ‘These slopes in early days
were good agricultural lands and were cropped until they were
no longer remunerative. They are now largely turned into past-
ure and meadow lands. On rich soil 777folium pratense, T.

72 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

vepens, Agrostis alba, Poa pratensis, Poa compressa, Phleum pra-
tense grow admirably. Poa pratense, Poa compressa and Agrostis
alba are excellent soil-binding grasses and hold the loose soil.

The Higher Alluvial Bottoms.—These occur along the streams
in small attached areas. Many of the areas along the smaller
streams, before they were brought under cultivation, were
marshes. ‘The soil is very rich, often consisting of three or four
feet of black alluvial soil, brought down from the hills. These
alluvial bottoms were covered quite uniformly with trees of the
following species: Acer saccharinum, Tilia americana, Ulmus
americana, Populus monolifera, Quercus rubra, Carya amara, Frax-
inus viridis, and occasionally /uglans nigra. The Artsema tri-
plillum, Helianthus grosse-serratus, and Allium tricoccum. 'The
absence of Letula nigra and Quercus bicolor is to be noted.

The Mississippi Alluvium.—'The alluvium of the Mississippi
River consists of detached and broken sandy prairies in places, as
on Goose and other larger islands which are not covered with
water some years. Other portions are annually covered with
water. The latter may again be divided into the wooded areas
and small grassy islands and marshes. On the former the more
conspicuous trees are Acer saccharinum, Ulmus americana, Betula
nigra, Populus Monifera Quercus bicolor, scattered, Fraxinus viri-
dis and occasionally Quercus rubra, and near the mouth of the Root
River Morus rubra and Gymnocladus dioica.

The grassy islands and marshes contain as conspicuous plants
Lobelia cardinalis, which form great red banks, Dasictrium spatu-
aceum, Aster tradescantt, Poa scratina, and Boltonia asteroides. A
large assemblage of other plants will be considered in connection
with the vegetation of marshes.

St. Croix Sandstone Ledges.—'These ledges contain a large
number of interesting plants. Many of the species are very local
in their distribution, The kind of plants is largely determined
by the altitudes and strata. The lower water-bearing strata con-
sists of fine sandstone with a water-bearing strata from the base
of which numerous springs arise. Along the upper slopes Pinus
stroba and Texus canadensis, as well as Getula lenta, are conspic-
uous trees, while close to the springs A/nus incana occurs. ‘The

PAMMEL——COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 73

ferns are, however, the most interesting. We have here two
species of Phegoteris, P. dryopteris and P. polypodioides, Lycopo-
dium lucidulum, Asplenium Filix-femina, Aspidium spinulosum var.
dilatatum, Pellea gracilis, Mitella diphylla, and along the Kick-
apoo Szllivantia ohionis, Clintonia borealis, Epig@a repens, Gaul-

Fic. 11. Top of clay ridge formation with limestone outcrops. Carpinus ostrva and
Quercus on side hills. Photograph by Ll. H. Pammel.

theria procumbens, Circa alpina, Cornus circinata, Aralia nudi-
caulis, A. racemosa, Acer spicatum, Gnothera fruticosa and Agquile-
gia canadensis.

On the dry rock Woodsia ‘obtusa, W. tlvensis, Melica mutica,
Poa nemoralis, Avabis lyrata, Campanula rotundifolia, Danthonia

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 10 [Aug. 24, 1905]

74 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

spicata and Vaccinium pennsylvanicum. Some of these species,
like Vaccinium and Woodsia ilvensis, are quite rare, the former,
however, more widely distributed in the Kickapoo valley.

Rocky Limestone Talus.—This talus, as well as the vertical
cliffs, contain an abundance of Pellea atropurpurea, Campanula
rotundifolia, and in moist situations Dodecatheon media. ‘The
Camptosorus rhizophyllus only occurs upon the talus near the base
of the hills. Avabis lyrata, Poa pratensis, Eatonia obtusata and
Koeleria cristata are common as well as Cornus alternifolia and
Rubus strigosus. These two species, however, occur on sandy
slopes.

FIG. 12. St. Croix Area. Sandstone rock. Red Cedar in lower part, Quercus tinctoria
and Belula alba, Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

Tamarack Swamps, Bogs and Marshes.—These have many
plants in common. ‘The bogs also have some plants in common
with the marshes and tamarack swamps, but the number is small
compared with those common to the tamarack swamp and the
marsh.

PAMMEI;—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION.

75
The sphagnum bog has quite a number of plants peculiar to it.
Sphagnum bogs in the region are very small and few in number.
Some of these bogs have disappeared because of the filling up

with drift material from the surrounding St. Croix sandstone
outcrops.

These areas, owing to the removal of the timber and

RN

WV

SON
RAN

Ch Pare ee ; R
Mississippi RIVE

v4!
i

4

YY
iQ
: On f
By
Y
Y,

i OA cpa A |

Fic. 13. Topographic Map of Northeastern Iowa. 1. St.Croix. 2. Oneota. 3. St. Peter.
4. Trenton after Calvin.

cultivation of the soil, have washed greatly. In some cases
these bogs have been filled with two or three feet of loose drift
soil. We will therefore consider the plants under three heads—
the tamarack swamp, sphagnum bog and the marsh.

76 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

FIG. 14. St. Croix sandstone. Tilia americana, Acer nigrum, Quercus tinctorta, Acer
rubrum, Trillium grandifiorum, Photograph by Ll. H. Pammel.

Tamarack Swamp.—The term here is used to designate those
moist areas in which the Lasix americana is the most character-
istic tree. The Tamarack forms solid groves. No other tree
seems to have adapted itself to these areas.* In the north, as in

*For an account of the ecology of the vegetation of our northern woods
see the paper of Conway MacMillan, ‘‘On the Occurrence of Stag-
nant Atolls in Central Minnesota.” Minn. Bot. Stud. Geol. and
Natural Hist. Surv. of Minn. Bull. g: 2.

N. Whitford. Bot. Gazette, 31: 315.

Observations on the Distribution of Plants Along the Shore of Lake of
the Woods. Bull. 9: 949.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. Th

the Cass Lake and Leech Lake country in Minnesota, Adzes
balsamea, Picea nigra and Thuya occidentalis are associated with
the tamarack. The Acer rubrum is rare in the region close to
the Mississippi and occurs only on the margin of the swamp.
Of the shrubs the following are quite common: Rhus venenata,

Fic. 15. Trunk of Hemlock (7suga canadensis), Bloomingdale, Wisconsin. Sandy loamy
soil. Cornus circinata, Fragaria vesca, Gaultherta procumbens, Epig@a repens, Dierrilla
trifida, Circea alpina, Pellga gracilis, Smilacina bifolia on the sandy, moist rock; also
Acer spicatum. Photograph by L. H. Pammel.

Cornus stolonifera, Nemopanthes canadensis, Betula pumila, Ampel-

opsis quinguefolia, Viburnum. opulus, Juniperus communis, Salix
candida, S. discolor, S. rostrata and S. lucida, the Cypripedium

78 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

spectabile, C. arietinum, Caltha palustris, Osmunda cinnamomea, O.
vegalis, Aspidium cristatum, A. noveboracense, Pyrola rotundifolia,
Valeriana edulis, Rubus triflorus, Potentilla palustris, Coptis trifolia
and Smilacina trifolia. The Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Thalictrum
purpurascens, Lysimachia thrysiflora and Caltha palustris are widely
distributed.

FiG. 16. Low sandy alluvium along the Mississippi River near La Crosse. Acer sacchar-
inum, Populus monilifera, Fraximus viridis, Quercus bicolor, Aster Tradescanti, Leersta
virginica. Photograph by lL. H. Pammel.

Sphagnum Bogs.—The sphagnum isa dominant plant. Equally
common is the Wenyanthes trifolia, which blooms during the month

of July. Sarracenia purpurea is found nowhere else in the region.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 79

It occurs not only over the bog, but on the margin. Other rare
plants in the region are the following: Rhynchospora alba, Pogonia
ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus, Eviophorus virginicum, Salix
candida, Betula pumila, Drosera rotundifolia, Lobelia kalmiit, Bidens
beckii, Cicuta bulbifera, Cnicus miticus, Parnassia carolinians, Os-

Fic.17. Cypripedium spectabile in Tamarack marsh with A mpelopsis quinquefolia, Cornus
stolonifera, Larix americana, Osmunda regalis on the ledges of the swamp in sandy
wet soil, along with Osmunda cinnamomea and an occasional Acer rubrum, Photo-

graph by L. H. Pammel.
munda regalis, O. cinnamomea. Pyrola rotundifolia and P. ellip-
tica are found on the shores or on the small hummocks found in
the bogs where sufficient soil has accumulated.

80 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Fic. 18. Sarracenia purpurea occurring with Pogonia, Drosera, and Sphagnum moss in
bogs. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

Wet Marshes.—The marshes are drier than the bogs, still they
contain considerable moisture and are wet during the entire year.
From these marshes come perennial springs. Where these are of
sufficient size they form small streams. ‘These are lined with

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 8r

several species of willow, like Salix discolor and S. richardsoni.
The S. candida and 5S. /ucida are confined to the marshes in prox-
imity to the tamarack swamp and sphagnum bog. <A/nus incana
and Cornus stolonifera are characteristic shrubs. "The Viburnum
opulus and Betula pumila are more restricted in their distribution.
Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Thalictrum purpurascens, Viola blanda,

Fic. 19. Edge of Tamarack Swamp in La Crosse County, Wisconsin. Phragmites, Salix
lucida and Cornus stolonifera. Photograph by I, H. Pammel.

Tris versicolor, Glyceria nervata, G. arundinacee, Parnassia carolin-
tana, Lilium canadense, Pedicularis lanceolata, Lycopus sinuatus,
Mentha canadensis, Stachys palustris, Gentiana crinita, G. andrewsit,

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] II [Aug. 26, 1905]

82 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Castilleia. coccinea, Heracleum lanatum, Valeriana edulis, Cnicus
muticus, Archangelica atropurpurea, Conium maculatum, Carda-
mine rhomboidea and Bromus kalmii are common plants of general
distribution in these marshes. The Cypripedium candidum, Caltha
palustris, Viola blanda, V. carina var. muhlenbergii and Symplo-
carpus fetidus are local plants found in proximity to springs.

—

Photograph

Fi
4
3
;
i
;
Ҥ

Nymphea tuberosa in slow-running streams and sloughs near Lansing, Iowa.

by Charlotte M. King.

FIG. 20.

Alluvial Marshes.—These marshes are often very wet in the
spring and influenced by standing water in the spring and early
summer. These marshes border the larger streams. ‘They cover
much of the area of the Mississippi and Black rivers. Close to

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 83

the shore lines of the ‘‘sloughs’’ the Zizania aquatica, Scirpus
atrovirens, Leersia virginica, Dulichium spathaceum, Boltonia aster-
oides, Aster tradescanti, Sparganium eurycarpum, S. simplex,
Pontederia cordata, Alisma plantago, Sagittaria variabilis, Heter-
anthera graminea, Acorus calamus, Typha latifolia, Mimulus rin-
gens, Lobelia cardinalis, Panicum crus-galli, Ilysanthus riparia,
Hemicarpha subsquarrosa and Lythrum elatum. 'The Lythrum
develops zerenchyma along the lower part of the stem, its func-
tion being to protect the plant when it becomes immersed.

Fic. 21. Balsam Fir (Adzes balsamea), Betula papyrifera, Pyrus arbutifolia, Corylus rostrata,
Circea alpina, Quercus rubra, Acer spicatum, Viburnum opulus. In open places, Acon-
itum uncinatum, Photograph by lL. H. Pammel.

Aquatic Vegetation.—The Nuphar advena is widely distributed
in ponds and sloughs. The Mymphea tuberosa occurs in the small
lakes and slow-running sloughs. The Meluwmbo lutea occurs in
a few places also in slow-running water. The Zlodea canadensis
and Vallisneria spiralis are widely distributed in ponds and slow-
running streams. Ranunculus multifidus and R. aquatilis var.

trichophyllus, Lemna trisulca, and L. minor as well as Potamogeton

84 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

heterophyllus, P. natans and other species are common. The
Mimulus jamesti is local.

Development of the Swamp.—The region here is peculiar in
that there is no evidence of glacial action in the formation of
lakes. Inland lakes, or more properly ponds, are of rare occur-
rence in the region of Minnesota and southwestern and north-
eastern Iowa under consideration. Away from the streams only
a very small number of ponds or lakes occur. The one described
here occurs in State Road Coulé and is of comparatively recent
origin. The present small creek in State Coulé once had its
course along the west side of the bluffs, but by the accumulation
of sedimentary material a few miles south cut through an allu-
vial flood plain, the water sinking away in large part in the loose
sandy soil some two miles south of the mouth of the small valley,
joitiing, however, the old channel in time of high water. The
accumulation of water from springs at the base of the hills forms
a small lake with a marsh of some size at the lower end.
Around this lake there occur Scivpus lacustris, Lemna major, L.
trisulca, Elodea canadensis, Potamogeton natans and Hippuris val-
garis and Ranunculus aquatilis var. tricophyllus. The Spirogyra,
Zygnema and Desmids are the most important of the hydrophytic
plants. On the muddy shore lines -leocharis acicularis, and £.
palustris and further out the Acorus calamus, Caltha palustris,
and Syniplocarpus fetidus, Tris versicolor and Phyragmites com-
munis form the border of the lake. The ground surrounding
the pond is elevated and the vegetation here consists largely of
Glyceria nervata, G. arundinacea, Phalaris arundinacea, Castilleia
coccinea, Burnus kalmii and Campanula aparinoides, but especially
of sedges. The Scirpus lacustris and other aquatic plants no
doubt were the forerunners of the present marsh vegetation sur-
rounding the pond. Nuphar, Nymphaea, and Nelumbo, aquatic
plants of the Mississippi, do not occur. Nicholas Whitford,’ in
describing the development of glacial swamps in northern Michi-
gan, states as follows: ‘‘Most swamps start as ponds or lakes,
in which water-lilies and other pond plants dominate. On the
borders of the pond sedges appear; these, by their decay, build
up a soil, and thus prepare the way for the next zone, the Cas-
sandra-sphagnum vegetation. The sedges encroach farther on

I. Bot. Gazette, 31: 313.

oe ae,

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 85

the original lake. The Cassandra-sphagnum zone makes condi-
tions possible for a tamarack-spruce zone. ‘Thus each successive
zone is pushed farther and farther toward the center. Finally the
lily center disappears, and then successively the sedge and Cas-
sandra zones, until a tamarack forest may come to occupy the
whole territory.’’

The bottom of the pond consisted of peat mixture lying on a
brown sandy soil. The water is derived from perennial springs.
The soil is not typical peat but a mixture of considerable humus
and some sand. ‘Two other typical swamp areas may be consid-
ered. One, a tamarack marsh in the town of Campbell. This
was formed by the accumulation of sand and alluvium at the
mouth of the present marsh, where it joins the La Crosse River.

During times of high water this area was filled with water in
which aquatic plants probably like Nuphar, Nymphaea, Scirpus,
and “/ocharis formed the principal vegetation. These by decay
formed humus which gradually filled the lake and thus gave rise
toabog. As the filling process continued the Larix americana
made their appearance. Prof. L. H. Harvey! in his paper on a
study of the physiographic ecology of Mt. Katadin finds in his
studies of the sphagnum bog society that the sphagnum advances
from the edge, finally the open space is spanned, sufficient soil is
formed to permit Scheuchzeria palustris to grow; and with more
soil Sarracenia purpurea, Vaccinium macrocarpon, Smilacina tri-
foia. With drier conditions Lviophorum and Carex trisperma
are important constituents. These are followed by Cassandra
calyculata, Kalmia angustifolia, and K. glauca., In oursbogs we
find neither Kalmia nor Smilacina trifolia. "The Smilacina is an
abundant constituent of the tamarack swamp. The Vaccinium,
however, is common as Lriophorum. The Picea nigra is given as
the pioneer for the Mt. Katadin bog. Whitford® speaks of a tam-
arack-spruce zone following the Cassandra. Coulter in a paper,
“An Ecological Comparison of Some Typical Swamp Areas,” refers
to the formation of the bogs on North Manitou Island as follows:

“The peat mosses which thrive so luxuriantly in poorly
drained conditions are among the pioneer forms concerned in

1. The University of Maine Studies, 5: 43.

ear 1t,.G. 314.
3. Rept. Mo. Bot. Garden, 15: 43.

86 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. .

this process, while the cranberry (Vaccinium macrocarpon) quickly
follows and soon forms a foothold for the leather-leaf (Cassandra
calyculata) and allied forms.

‘(On the land margin the tamaracks and spruces are closely
crowding on the shrubs, and back of these, the hemlock-maple-
beech forest is encroaching on the conifers.’’

“The zonal distribution of plants is well illustrated in these
tamarack swamps. Within the surrounding forest of maple,

—————————

Zizania aquatica on border of wet marsh. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

beech, and hemlock, the real swamp area is found. The surface
of the peaty soil is covered with sphagnum and this zone is
dominated by Larix americana and Picea nigra.”’

The spruce is absent in western Wisconsin because of climatic
conditions, its range being more northward. ‘There are, how-
ever, isolated small spruce swamps forty or fifty miles eastward.
The arbor vitae mentioned elsewhere as occurring mixed with
tamarack and balsam in northern Minnesota is also more north-

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 87

ern in its distribution. However, eastward the species occurs on
the St. Croix sandstone along the Wisconsin River associated with
Pinus resinosa, P. strobus, and Pyrus americana. ‘Trees fre-
quently follow the courses of streams where they obtain a meager
foothold. This is true of the Quercus bicolor. The Acer rubrum,
which to the north and east occurs not only along streams but
associated with the white and Norway pine, is in its most west-
ern part in Wisconsin found on the border of the tamarack
swamp. ‘This tamarack swamp is not only too wet, but the soil
condition, probably because of its acidity, is unsuited for the
Acer saccharinum, Ulmus americana and the other alluvial types;
hence the line of tension is not so great, permitting the red
maple to get a foothold. The tamarack, because of its wide
adaptability, occupies a place that no other tree so readily
occupies in these marshes. Under cultivation the tamarack
succeeds admirably in clay soil everywhere in the region.

These bogs, however, did not form generally in the region.
This particular avix swamp and bog lies between low hills. The
strata below consists of a fine sand which is highly retentive of
moisture and hence made the conditions favorable for the forma-
tion of a bog. Adjoining the swamp and in numerous places
along the smaller streams are wet marshes which are frequently
more or less sloping or but a few feet above the flood plain of the
streams and hence, during freshets, covered with water. ‘The
sphagnum bog, before the removal of the timber above it, received
clear water, but since the cultivation of much of the land above it
has become covered with sand to such an extent that its charac-
teristic plants have been obliterated. The Menyanthes trifolia is
making a vain attempt to persist, Sarracenia, Drocera, Eleocharis
and /ogonia having entirely disappeared. The Larix americana
is not common in La Crosse county. The seed was probably car-
ried to the La Crosse River from the country to the north. A
second tamarack marsh in La Crosse county occurs in Mormon
Coulé, some fourteen miles south. There is no longer a sphag-
num bog surrounding or in close proximity to the tamarack grove.
The coulé at this point is about one mile wide. The flat area here
is wider than at any other point along the creek. The stream is
small. A mile below the valley narrows. The soil in proximity
to the tamarack marsh is very rich. All evidence seems to show

88 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

that we had here an ancient lake which has to a large extent been
drained. The region surrounding the grove is still very swampy,
but there is no evidence anywhere of a typical sphagnum bog with
its accompanying plants like Sarracenia purpurea, Drocera rotund-
ifolia and Fogonia. However, Salix candida, S. lucida, S: discolor
and Aspidium noveboracense are abundant. ‘The vegetation here
is similar to that of the first area here considered. The tamarack
swamp isa typical forest island; the seeds were undoubtedly car-
ried by the wind from the La Crosse valley. These marshes are
numerously provided with springs and, where there is sufficient
fall, form small runs along whose courses the Salix rostrata, Alnus
incana and Cornus stolonifera are abundant. As the drainage
became more perfect the elevated flat areas bordering on the
swamp became covered with shrubs and trees, finally culminating
in a growth of trees like Populus tremiloides, Tilia americana, Ulmus
americana, Fraxinus and Quercus rubra.

The Development of Plants on the St. Croix Sandstone.—Some of
the slopes are bare of tree forms, as they have been for ages. The
location of the slope and altitude are, however, important factors.
The bare slopes are peculiar to the region adjacent to the Missis-
sippi River both on the Wisconsin and Minnesota sides of the
river. Away from the river these ‘‘bald’’ areas are smaller. The
north slopes are generally covered with a tree growth. East and
south exposures, as well as some of the southwest exposures, are
treeless. Prof. T. H. Macbride' accounts for it in this way:—

‘‘North slopes in our latitudes are for only a few months exposed
to the sun at all; eastern slopes have the advantage of the dewfall
and the coolness of the night before meeting the heat of the morn-
ing sun, while the south slopes lie all day long beneath the hottest
rays, and the west endures the heat of the afternoon. In the
second place, our prevailing winds being from the west, the great-
est amount of snow is always lodged on eastern or southeastern
slopes. Of all these conclusions Allamakee county shows us a
remarkable confirmatory illustration. "The observer has but to
drive across the country anywhere to discover that the south-
western sides of all the rounded knolls and hills are bare; always

’

have been.’

1. Rept. lowa Geol. Survey, 4: 116.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 89

There has been a remarkable change in the character of the
vegetation of these hills within the memory of man. The
absence of trees here has been in part accounted for by the prai-
rie fire. It is, however, only one of the causes. . Formerly
“prairie fires,’’ as they are called, could be seen in all directions
during the month of April. They would burn the entire areas
except the shaded north and northeast slopes where the snow
remained longer and the soil and dead grass was too moist for a
good blaze. Since the checking of these fires forest growth has
expanded. It has gradually encroached upon some of the bare
slopes. Ina paper on the forest condition in western Wisconsin
the following statement was made:' ‘‘During the past thirty
years some important changes have taken place in the growth of
timber along the river. The pioneer settler found little timber
on the hills except those with a northern slope. The timber
standing on the sunny sides was usually poor in quality, owing
to numerous fires. Now these lands are mostly fenced; and fires
are kept out, at least by the more enterprising farmers. The
bleak hills are being rapidly covered with a forest growth.

“Tt is not an uncommon thing to observe patches of Hazel
(Corylus americana, Walt.) beyond the outskirts of the timber;
here, in the course of a few years, will be found Oaks, Birches,
Hickories, and Poplars. The humus formed where Hazel grows
is extremely rich and fertile, and I doubt whether trees could
cover our treeless hills very fast without its help.’’

Since making this statement the region has been visited sev-
eral times and I have not altered my views. The mesophytic
forest has extended and encroached on the grass covered Saint
Croix area. :

It is evident that such species as Andropogon scoparius, Del-
phinium azureum, Viola pedatifida, Lithospermum hirtum and Castil-
leia sessilifolia are the forerunners for a mesophytic shrub growth,
the most important of all these plants being Aus glabra, Ceano-
thus americanus, which appears with the Azxdropogon and Viola.
The Rosa blanda and Ceanothus are widely scattered where the
Rhus forms copses. The Cory/us shows a long step in advance
of the Rhus, the collection of a good humus and an abundance of
loose soil put it ina good condition for the growth of Letula

1. Garden and Forest, 4: 462.
[ Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 12 [Sept. 2, 1905]

go DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

papyrifera, Prunus americana, and Quercus tinctoria. It is only
on the very dry slopes that Quercus macrocarpa appears. The
older the forest becomes and the more humus and decayed
organic matter is found, the more favorable the region becomes
for the Quercus rubra and Q. alba. Occasionally these outlying
situations, especially the more moist and lower hill slopes, con-
tain Pinus strobus, a tree limited along the Mississippi from
La Crosse southward to these sandstone rocks. “However, in
the northern part of this
and Trempleau coun-
ties the species is com-
mon in sandy oak open-
ings. Eastward in the
Kickapoo valley it
occurs not only in the
moister valleys but also
along the sandy St. Pet-
er’s sandstone ridges.
The line of tension be-
tween the white pine
and deciduous trees is
so great along the St.
Croix sandstone that it
occupies somewhat in-
accessible areas.

Yellow River Region
in Allamakee County.—
The area about Myron
must be considered sep-
arately. With Mr. Elli-
son Orr and Mr. D. O.
Wilson, a day was spent
early this summer in an
investigation of this in-
teresting region. The
area here considered is
on the north slope of a
rr igaded with cones. Photographby LH Pammel hill, with the Yellow

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. gI

River flowing at its base. The Yellow River is a stream of consider-
able size, having its source from several streams from one-half to
three-quarters of a mile above the place where the Balsam Fir
occurs. Temperature records taken of the soil one inch down at
random indicated that the soil was much cooler than that of the
surrounding woody hills and bluffs. The limestone rock is
extremely porous and all through it are caverns of various sizes.
From these caverns during the summer cold air is constantly
issuing. At one point where the rock was covered with mosses,
consisting of Hypnum tamariscinum and Anomodon minor, the
temperature was 46°F. The highest temperature found in open
places was 63°, at a depth of one inch. At other points the
temperature varied from 56° to 60°, showing that one of the
most important factors in connection with the boreal plants
developed here is the temperature. The temperature of the air
was 75°.

The stretch of Balsam Fir woods extends from about one-half
to three-quarters of a mile on the north slope ofa hill. The
Balsam Fir, the White Pine'!, Pyrus arbutifolia, Corylus rostrata,
Diervilla trifida, Betula papyrifera, Lonicera glauca, Aralia quin-
quefolia, A. racemosa, Bromus purgans, Poa nemoralis, Campanula
rotundifolia, Aquilegia canadensis, Hydrophyllum virginicum,
Taxus canadensis, Sambucus racemosa, Phegopteris calcarea, Acer
spicatum, Aconitum uncinatum, Viola blanda, Saxifraga pennsyl-
vanica and Arabis lyrata were distributed throughout the region.
The Poa nemoralis, Arabis lyrata and Campanula americana
occurred upon the limestone rocks with little soil. They
occurred with numerous species of lichens, of which the follow-
ing are prominent: Aucllia albo-atra, Lecanora privigna, L. cal-
carea var. contorta, and L.muralis var. versicolor. The Polypodium
vulgare, Circea alpina and Cypripedium pubescens were more or
less local. Most of the limestone rock has become covered with
vegetation. It is only in the drier places that the Avadis lyrata
thrives. The Saxrifraga pennsylvanica, Viola blanda and Bromus
kalmii occur in the moister places.

Flora of the Wisconsin Drift-—There are three types of plant
formations on the Wisconsin drift. First, the flora of the larger

1. Pinus strobus.

g2 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

valleys of streams, second, the flora of the bogs and marshes,
and third, of the prairies. The first has been considered in con-
nection with the flora found along the Des Moines, the Iowa and
other streams.

Fic. 24. In the interior of a group of White Birches, Betula papyrifera and Corylus ros-
trata, Pyrus arbutifolia, covering the ground in the foreground. Photograph by lL. H.
Pammel.

In Hamilton, Story and Wright counties, ancient lake beds
are numerous, but nowhere do they present as many typical
boreal plants as in Cerro Gordo, Hancock and Worth counties.
In Hamilton county the old Mud Lake was a shallow body of

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 93

water covering about fourteen hundred acres. The depth of the
water was only a few feet in most places, varying with the
amount of rainfall. The marginal flora of the lake consisted
largely of Svirpus lacustris, Typha latifolia, Zizania aquatica, and
Nymphea tuberosa. On the margin, in marshy ground, /7s
versicolor, Scirpus atrovirens, Eleocharis palustris formed the most
characteristic plants before its drainage.

Generally speaking, the flora of the Wisconsin drift contains
the charactetistic prairie vegetation not unlike that of other
western prairie states. The several species of /zatris, its broad

FIG. 25. Nelumbo, Mississippi River, near Redwing, Wisconsin side. Photograph by J.
E. Guthrie.

waving fields of Andropogon accompanied by Phlox pilosa, Pani-
cum scribnerianum, P. virgatum, Vicia americana, Geranium
maculatum, Rosa blanda var. arkansana, Ceanothus americanus,
Echinacea purpurea, Lithospermum canescens, L. angustifolius,
Viola palmata var. cucullata, V. pedata, Castilleia sessilifolia,
Astragalus caryocarpus, Stipa spartea, Ceanothus ovatus, and Del-
phinium azureune. |

94 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The Flora of the Bogs of Cerro Gordo and Worth Counties—
These bogs are interesting from a phytogeographical standpoint.
We have here representatives of a flora common in Minnesota to
the north and the bogs of western Wisconsin. Many species have,
however, disappeared in their immigration southward and north-
ward. The conditions favorable for the development of these
glacial plants have gradually disappeared, owing to the absence of
proper soil and temperature conditions. The long and hot sum-
mers greatly increased the heat of the soil and water in which
these plants thrive, hence their extermination. A few illustra-
tions will suffice. The Cvicus muticus, though common in these
bogs, occurs more commonly in Wisconsin marshes that are
fairly dry during the latter part of the season. The same
may be said of Parnassia caroliniana, Chelone glabra, Thalictrum
purpurascens and Pedicularis lanceolata. ‘The Salix candida, Lobe-
lia kalmii and Circiuta bulbifera are equally common in the bogs
of western Wisconsin and in Worth county. The Salix richara-
sonii and .S. discolor are found throughout the Wisconsin drift
area. The Hierochloe borealis hardly reaches the southern end of
the Wisconsin drift as it only reaches as far south as Marshall
and Hamilton counties. This grass, however, can hardly be
classed as a real bog species as it is usually found on moist drift
soils further northward. A hasty survey certainly shows that
the Wisconsin drift has influenced in a marked manner the flora
of northern central Iowa.

A brief list of the plants shows that the sphagnum which con-
stitutes the bulk of the vegetation in the bogs of Wisconsin is
entirely lacking in Worth and Cerro Gordo counties, and in place
we find AZypnums. The bogs, however, contain a number of
most interesting northern plants, among them Aidens beckit, Cnt-
cus muticus, Gentiana crinita, G. quinqueflora, G. andrewsit, Par-
nassia caroliniana, Cicuta bulbifera, Bromus kalmii, Thalictrum
purpurascens, Salix discolor, S. richardsonii, S. candida, 'The
Salix richardsonii and Populus tremuloides are quite conspicuous
shrubs. Owing to the deposit of soil through cultivation these
bogs are beginning to ‘‘dry up,’’ as the common expression is.
Scattered throughout the bogs are small groups of Populus tremu-
loides which in course of time will give rise to a mesophytic forest.
In fact, the course of the formation of the forest here is very

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 95

a ay ae
4 he

ty amet

FIG. 26. Gentiana crinita in marshes and bogs of the Wisconsin drift. Photo. C. M. King

96 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

‘different than in northern Michigan, Wisconsin or Minnesota.
The reason for this is no doubt the lack of forest-forming species
in the immediate vicinity, the tamarack and spruce both being
absent and no seed any where in the vicinity.

STEAMBOAT ROCK.

The Flora of the Flood Plains of the Lowa River.—This formation
has in a large part lost its original aspect. The more important
trees found here consist of the Soft Maple (Acer saccharinum), the
Box Elder (Negundo aceroides), the Corky Bark Elm (U/mus
racemosa), U. ameri-
cana, Fraxinus viridis
and Populus monilifera.
The shore line of the
stream has an abund-
ance of Zvagrostis rep-
tans, Cyperus erythro-
rhizos, C.diandrus,
Flemicarpha subsquar-
rosa, Lobelia cardinalis,
L. syphilitica, Leersia
virginica, and L. ory-
zoides.

The second shore
line consists of a black
sandy humus. Buta
small proportionof the
original forest remains
The chief type of trees
found here consists of
the Hard Maple (Acer
nigrum), Juglans nt-
gra, J. cinerea, Ulmus
fulva, some LU. amert-
cana, and Ll’. racemosa,

Carya amara, Quercus
macrocarpa, and Q. ru-
bra, Crategus mollis
and C. punctata, Pyrus
towensis, Prunus amer.

Fic. 27. Bromus ciliatus var. latiglumts. Common in
marshes. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 97

Ne | I | | | :

=) leigh h

aya
VY

one
a -

-_—-

x

(
)

TP —
a
ENIA les
Eee.

bn
{|
i

TTT TS

|
|

4

Fic. 28. Map of the Steamboat Rock region. The White Pine along Pine Creek and the
Sandy Ledges between Pine Creek and Steamboat Rock. The Cherry Birch at B.
1=Kansan Drift. z=Iowan Drift. 3=Wisconsin Drift. After S. W. Beyer.

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. X.] 13 [Sept. 7, 1905]

98 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Rocky Talus and Sandstone Ledges.—The rocky talus and sand-
stone ledges contain an interesting assemblage of boreal plants.
The soil is black sandy loam with arich humus. The narrow
strip between the river and the vertical cliffs is shaded and con-
tains a dense mass of plants consisting of several species that are
quite rare in the state of Iowa.

FIG. 29. Pinus strobus, Betula papyrifera, Cornus circinata, Osmunda claytoniana, Smila-
cina trifolia on Pine Creek, Hardin county. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

Of the trees, the following are the more important: Pinus stro-
bus, Betula papyrifera, B. lenta, and associated with these trees
are the following shrubs: Cornus circinata, Dierville trifida, and

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 99

Lonicera sullivantii. Of
the more common Iowa
trees we may mention
Juglans cinerea, Quercus ‘i
rubra, occasional; Acer ty
nigrum, Juniperus virgin-
tana, Crategus margare- |
tha and Amelanchier can-
adensis. Of the herbace-
ous plants the Aspidium =f
marginale isabundant for
some distance underneath
the shaded woods, along |
with it also the Aspidium
spinulosum var. interme-
dium, Polypodium vulgare ,
and Phegopterisdryopteris. /
The Lycopodium lucidu- e | /
Jum is rare.

Along Pine Creek,
where similar outcrops of
sandstone occur but of
less height, the White
Pine is. more abundant,
there being trees here
that are two to three feet h
in diameter and 70 or 80

Fic. 30. Danthonia spicata, on the dry sandstone

feet high. Along the rocks. (U.S. Dept. Agrl.)
shaded places the Osmunda claytoniana, Cornus circinata, Diervilla
trifida, and Cypripedium spectabile are abundant. Further up the
Iowa river along the shaded bluffs where the Iowan drift occurs
on steep banks the /wniperus communis is abundant. During the
spring these banks are very moist. The Cypripedium spectabile is
not infrequent, and Salix discolor and Dirca palustris are abund-
ant. ‘This region is always moist. The soil is a deep yellow loam
overlaid by a black humus.

Of the many plants occurring upon the dry ledges, attention
may be called to Campanula rotundifolia, Danthonia spicata,
Eragrostis capillaris, Lechea major, Heliathemum canadense, Erig-

100 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

eron divaricatus and Draba caroliniana. Inthe shaded woods,
during the early spring, under the sandstone ledges and elsewhere
in the region, the 77i/lium nivale, Viola pubescens, Isopyrum biter-
natum, Dicentra cucullaria and Anemone nemorosa are abundant.

PERCENTAGE OF TREES.

The percentage of trees found on different formations near
Steamboat Rock is here given. The forests of Hardin and
Marshall counties during the early days were important in the
building of railroads as well as for fuel. It may be of interest,
therefore, to give a table showing the percentage of trees on the
different formations found in the vicinity of Steamboat Rock.

FORMATION. SPECIES. PERCENTAGE.
Sunny, sandy slope:.......5..--.. OQuUerCUus Blbdiede ast eee ee 3.3
* 4 ge poe AS os LONE ora a ores 3.6
os - a codec Fobra tae Soe CRM CLOF ED «acters simu 12.1
* “ sek soni Sidehessern.oe ‘© macrocarpa...... 12.1
r “ Sy Merastal a Bite ante sints OStvYa VIF ZiNICA. 1... 005 27-3
oie te ES Sere ios sees Cary AN avmvs oes) - sae 12.1
. ee eS ee eae JUCTANS CINETER.. «~~ .\0.0000ee 9-9
as. = Fe tetehae = wlatwimlawte a2 Tilia americana...... : 9.9
a ot wo Ai sia alate, Pecans fies PTURES GOV OTRE wn ltce eae . 9 6
Rocky, sandy talusy.- scence QUCKEUS AIDA Pann ccd saraere 3-8
= «z OP Admit. Drala ond fe f. PEGEFOCOR BD «5 sanns 19.6
n . weGcr fer ce P PERCTIP GE ss 5 0s aoc : 26.2
He ¥ OS vecomceoan Sno BOUS Prunus AMEVICANA....-++.. 6.0
‘4 oe Soe) bactatecters Beseccions OS SCVOTB ad vs be sneha 4.6
% “7 Ge | Gort tec ncae PYUuUuus Virginiana....+... 26-1
* . Sep adams sea aaa Populus tremuloides...... 7-9
re - Tt bus Sor wamereaiees Crategus mollis....... és 4.6
ee > * seme aa etter aes PYFUS COTONATIA sc ciwsieies |
Sandy loam, north slope......... PYUNUS SCTOUN Meee : 12.1
a “ irc ory Fak JBBIANS CLHEVER 0 Ss cine 6.2
2 a ” wi Mavaw See OSLLYA VITZINICA. 66.00 ees 20.0
a “; ig a) Tae ACEP NEZTUM veces vaneless , 12.0
4 rh * eg ee CATV. UDA seeing oe seers 20.0
= re aa ie hire anaes Betala Gass isco = 1-9
- re oe SA Mae aro ieiavs Crategus margaretha..... 5-5
a rh * Lhe Ravine eee 4) PUNCEAEA. coveess 2-2
a . 4 BO Beata ops QUETCUS QICE ve cae ae acess 8.1
ai ns a Soh dena tara SD PROP Bios cn tates — 10-0
” " ie BC hbark mas as | FNGlOVIA aa. 2.0
Black loam, top of hills.......... Garya: Albax cigs dion bial 12.1
a i Were Me 8” LORCEME vuniea ges vbs 3:0
* i sbeMiRiohY biica 9 Fant Quercus tinctoria........ 20.1
“ i 06) B0y PO aetna Fraxinus americana...... 2.5

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. IOI

Black loam, top of hills........... Fraxinus viridis.......... 1.5
BY rs ee aisle iin LILA AMILTICAM Dinas s main p : 18.1
ee te 771 ie Aes ae OUT CUSITUUT aan eats 10.1
es se sec se “sé 6s alba 10.0
58 « CaM ie ee is foal) oe, Setar C/LIPLILST FELD is <'0\s jah alas bieck 20.1
r es BRN oie oaisigi= wn 5 COLE LIS GLOLLIS 2 6 aos one 'e 2-5

The undergrowth in this forest consisted of Rubus strigosus, Solidago
ulmtifolia, Silphium perfoliatum, Aster sagittifolius, Celastrus scandens,
Flelianthus strumosus, Ribes gracile, Cornus sericea, Corylus americana,
Agrimonia eupatoria, Solidago canadensis, Prunus pennsylvanica.

FORMATION. SPECIES. PERCENTAGE.
Carboniferous Sandstone, shady

west slope, from rocky ledge } Acer nigrum......... 8.2

Cg ae See ee
= Acer saccharinum ..... 3-0
“ FYGZINUS VITIAES. ices 0h « 4.5
“ eS sambuctfolia.... 2.0
es - AMEriCaNa...... 2.0
“ Betula papyrifera..... «+. 4.2
Ma SiN LETLELD YS ah 3)=t arav's ints rete 24.1
ue Amelanchier canadensis... 10.4
oy Juniperus virginiana..... 1.0
ee OVMUS fUUD orca scien dake > : 3-0
= Be) OU EL TEL axes 3.0
€s Pinus strobus........ aseate ZF
os Quercus alba...... Seria 6.5
“s ~ TACLOVIG Fea 4.8
“ oe FUDTO a asrovars were 6.4
ée Carpinus caroliniana..... 4-4
ee Ostrya Virginicd.....06... 10.4

The undergrowth consisted largely of Corylus americana, Diervilla tri-
fida, Aspidium marginale, Phegopteris dryopteris, Cornus alternifolia
and C. circinata.

FORMATION. SPECIES. PERCENTAGE.

Sandy alluvial flood plains....... Populus monilifera....... 5.5
a * oe 6 eee. Quercus macrocarpa..... 5-2
id ¥ a OC fs Se ee Eee 2.9
nf ue OS sean ss COMET EME FUOTE, O32 45 oct kh 2.9
2 “4 b SO einen PELITOS COETEL sas ivtonee 17-4
cad “4 Ot atere tas a Ol SBIR Bina ka sie eee 15.3
is Ay - 66 ccc ee LVEQUNAO ALETOLAES. ©... a ak
ie s it HS resevsis' x RS CONPFIGOME, coalesce: ONT
sg “ ce Eb Loctite ans ae ie, Pe ca eae 2-4
és 2 Ag St Seed oP VALUES VITIES.. x5 « ee 8.1
ig _ _ Ben nase ee pLALEM SALORAT LAUR ous sae oft 6.1
“4 is cs OO cyahecsete) Fn pI LETC ex hha fe ots ete aa 15.6
A aa rs M6 cic oct LY TUS: LOWEISES ails ay nts , 2.9
a rt a OO) oh tatl TORUS TINEFILANR. gaales ie
zs * ie OO ae stds OV HNELUE PION oe F5 boos ‘ Zs
Be . af SS) dave(stsinbid £5) DUNCIAND, sales SRE a 2.0

102 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

These figures indicate that this sandy alluvial bottom contains
species of plants that are common to other places in the region.
This is no doubt due, in part, to the fact that the water does not
long stand on the soil; then, too, the alluvial soil has a consider-
able mixture of sandy material, the soil being well drained.

FIG. 31. Part of a Bog in Worth and Cerro Gordo Counties. Cnicus mutians, Salix Can-
dida, Lobelia kalmu, Bromus kalmii and Populus tremuloides to the right. Photograph
by L.. H. Pammel.

The bogs of Cerro Gordo and Worth counties may be com-
pared with some very typical swamps in Wright and Hamilton
counties. Both of these counties are in the Wisconsin drift area,
and the swamps are in'a-‘more advanced stage than in the north

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 103

and east. These swamps have materially changed since the sur-
rounding country has been brought into cultivation. That these
swamps were once lakes, receiving the water from the surround-
ing country, admits of no doubt. The old beach line is plainly
evident. Inthe larger of these lakes the outer beach was cov-
ered with trees and shrubs. Of this arboreal vegetation we may
mention Quercus macrocarpa, Ulmus fulva, U. americana, Frax-
inus viridis and Tilia americana.’ ‘There are few shrubs,—Cory-
lus americana, Rhus glabra, R. toxicodendron and Symphoricarpos
occidentalis. 'The smaller lakes are not surrounded by timber or
shrubs. ‘The outer beach line, which consists of a sandy gravel
and humus, contains G:nothera serrulata, Ceanothus americanus,

|

Se a
mC ll Ma

|
| Dae |
Wt ain a
| | ieee ce : Sei il DAN|VILUE |

‘ll
J

Sees Hepa ae == rene 4 }
“0s SEES Ra pepker GOs Reitosreras aacrerne nae

Fic. 32. Drift Sheets in Worth County. 1=Iowan, 2=Wisconsin, 3=Altamont Moraine.

Onosmodium carolinianum, Verbena stricta, V. bracteosa, Lithosper-
mum canescens, L. angustifolium, Castilleia sessiliflora, Solidago
vigida, S. nemoralis. Poa pratensis is abundantly naturalized.
The second beach is thickly covered with Scirpus atrovirens,
Glyceria nervata, Thalictrum purpurascens, Juncus tenuis, Verbena
hastata, and Hordeum jubatum. Formerly Cypripedium candidum
was common. ‘The third beach is thickly covered with Carex,
Tris versicolor, Lathyrus palustris, Eleocharis palustris, Eupatorium
perfoliatum, E. purpureum, and Ascepias incarnata, ‘The third
beach is mostly made up of Calamagrostis canadensis, Glyceria

1. See L. H. Pammel, ‘‘Old Lake Vegetation of Hamilton County,
Iowa.” Plant World, 2: 43.

104 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

arundinacea, Carex, Hypericum and Scutellaria galericulata. ‘This
beach is followed by an abundant growth of Phragmites communis,
Scirpus lacustris, Typha latifolia, Menythayhes trifoliata and Ziz-
ania aquatica. Formerly the center of the swamp was a lake in
which Nuphar advena and Nymphea tuberosa abounded, but owing
to drying of the lakes these have in most instances disappeared.
During the spring and early summer months there is an abund-
ance of water in the small depressions containing diatoms, desmids
and other fresh water algze. This water is fairly rich in bacteria.
Of the several plates poured, we found the following number of
bacteria per cubic centimeter:

BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSES OF WATER.

Story-County. ~~ Poad=. 2. 5555-.2: Agar. Gelatin. Colon Bacillus.
2000 2800 Present
2400
2800

Pond near Eagle Grove lIowa...... Agar. Gelatin. Litmus Lactose Agar.
3640 60 2400
3500 3000

Other ponds, rivers and spring waters in the state contained
bacteria per c. c. as follows:

Spring Water.—The number of bacterial organisms found in
spring water differs greatly. Mr. Buchanan has called attention
to Spirogyra Cladophora and various diatoms found in spring
water. It may be of interest here to add the number of organ-
isms found in spring water from different parts of the state under
different conditions. Open springs running through low marshes
contain more bacterial organisms than the protected springs, or
those that are cased in.

Algze were relatively few in number in the limestone region of
Allamakee county. Some of these springs contained large vol-
umes of water,—sufficient to make a good-sized stream.

Living Goose Spring, Allamakee Media. Agar. Gelatin. Lit. Lac. Agar

County. , 2400 1000 3700
4800

Smith Spring, Allamakee County. 2800 1800

350

RIVER WATER SUPPLIES.

The number of organisms found in river water supplies varies
greatly with the season. The following data may be of interest:

105

[Sept. 12, 1905]

Z
e)
| oe |
<x
H
ef
oO
ea
5
fy
(e)
oy
Q
a
n
say
-
H
or
fev
a
Ay
=
o)
6)

PAMMEL,

[Proc. D, A. S., Vou. X.]

Fig. 33. Sandstone Region in Boone County, commonly called ‘‘The Ledges.’ Plants arranged. The C/adonia in dry open
places. MW oodsia obtusa, Polypodium vulgare, Camptosorus rbeizophyllus, Moist sandy rocks. The Adiantum pedatum in

moist woods, with Cornus circinata and Viburnum pubescens.

106 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Skunk River. Number Bacteria per c. c. on Agar.
3200 5000 10320: 3080 10030 19200
3240 2040 6200 1560 go8o
II4I0 16590 12040
10220 6650
Iowa River. Agar. Lit. Lac. Agar
3500 300
Mississippi River. Agar. Lit. Lac. Agar. Gelatin.
18906 5600
8400
8900
18000 5600 709
Des Moines River. Hour. Temp. Bacteria perc.c., No.1. Same, No.2
TOA) gO? Cs 40
Liiva.) OnCs 1000 2750
2 MeeOnGe 500 1800
joel, EE 250 1000
2hPalile ete 600 Sok
Syst ie 250 500

THE CARBONIFEROUS SANDSTONE IN BOONE COUNTY.
THE LEDGES.

These rocks have been formed under conditions similar to
those of Hardin county. ‘The flora is similar in some respects,
but several important species have dropped out. ‘There are no
springs at present anywhere along Pease Creek, except in the
prairie, though at the base of the rocks at Katina Falls a few
small springs of good water occur. Pease Creek carries water
during the entire year. This water comes largely from the
meadows above the timber belt. The following plant formations
occur in this region:

1. Sandstone formation, consisting of the

a. Exposed dry rock.

b. Moist talus and ledges.

The sandy, loamy, treeless slope. This again may be (a)

dry or (b) moist.

3. The tree-covered slopes divided again into (a) moist expos-
ures and (b) dry exposures.

4. Sandy bottoms along Pease Creek, (a) Mesophytic; (b)

Hydrophytic.

Des Moines alluvium, (a) Forest, (b) Swamps.

6. Marshes above the coal measure shales.

NO

Nn

COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 107

PAMMEL

FIG. 34.

The topography of the region about the ledges, Boone count

, Iowa. Lower picture shows Moingona Bridge (Kate Shelley
‘Bridge); the upper, alluvial region of the Des Moines near the ledges. Acer saccharinum, Ulmus americana, Leersia virginica,

108 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

1. Sandstone Ledges.—TYhe Sandstone exposed dry rock con-
tains some’ lichens, /atonia obtusata, Capsella bursa-pastoris,
Taraxacum officinale, Evigeron canadensis, Chenopodium hybridum
and Pilea pumila. Many of the plants occurring here are annuals.
and make their growth in the spring. The moist rocks and talus
contain Avralia racemosa, Aralia nudicaulis, Camptosorus rhizo-
phyllus, Cornus circinata, C. alternifolia, Galium aparine, G.
boreale, Phryma leptostachya, Rudbeckia hirta, Woodsia obtusa, '
Cystopteris fragilis, Conocephalus, sp., Fragaria vesca, Polypodium
vulgare, Mitella diphylla, Actaea spicata var. rubra, Prenanthes
alba, Amphicarpea monoica, Thalictrum dioicum and Teucrium
canadense.

Where sufficient age has been attained the rocks are covered
with a mantle of clay and humus now overgrown with a good
growth of young oak, (Quercus rubra), Cornus circinata, Cornus
alternifolia, Viburnum pubescens, Populus grandidentata, Acer
nigrum, Juniperus virginiana, Rhamnus lanceolata, Quercus alba,
O. muhlenbergii and Amelanchier canadensis. Of the herbaceous
plants, Thalictrum dioicum, Lathyrus venosus, L. ochroleucus, Cypri-
pedium pubescens, Asarum canadense, Trillium nivale, Aralia nudt-
caulis, A. racemosa, Monarda fistulosa, Agrimonia eupatoria,
Lupatorium ageratoides.

The open spaces are covered with Cladonia sylvatica, Polytrichum
juniperium, Helianthemum canadense, Lechea major, Danthonia
spicata, FEatonia obtusata, Koeleria cristata, Euphorbia corollata,
Petalostemon candidus and P. violaceus.

The ferns are particularly noteworthy here. The walking
leaf fern is found only in a few scattered places either upon the
talus or upon the damp vertical cliffs. It is associated particu-
larly with Polypodium vulgare, Woodsia obtusata, several species of
moss, occasionally with J/itella diphylla, Thalictrum dioicum and
lichens.

2. The sandy, loamy, treeless area occupies but limited por-
tions of the region. In the more dry and exposed places the
reindeer lichens, C/adonia sylvatica, and a variety occur, as well
as Agrostis scabra, Danthonia spicata, Polygala senega, Comandra
umbellata, Polygala verticillata and P. sanguinea, with a few
Leguminosz like Amorpha canescens, Petalostemon violaceus, P.
candidus, and the Evening Primrose (CG:nothera biennis), which is

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 10g

more or less weedy, and such composites as 7avaxacum officinale,
Aster multiflorus, Solidago rigida and S. nemoralis, also-Lechea
major and Flelianthemum canadense are the more important plants
of the drier situations. In the more moist situations Cladonia
sylvatica grows to greater perfection, frequently surrounded with
an abundant growth of Polytrichum commune and another moss,
Funaria flavicans. Among the earlier spring flowering plants we
note the Axemone nemorosa, Polygala senega, Aralia nudicaulis and
Antennaria plantaginifolia, forming large masses. Among the later
plants H/teracium canadense, Aster levis and A. azureus are found.

3. Tree-covered Slope.—The greater part of the tree-covered slope
consists of trees common in central Iowa. At one time it was
thickly covered with timber. However, the beginning of a
young forest has speedlly taken the place of the old.

(a). Some of the plants found here are Avadis levigata,
Aralia racemosa, Botrychium virginianum, Cornus alternifolia,
Cornus circinata, Cystopteris fragilis, Desmodium nudiflorum, Ga-
lium aparine, G. boreale, Heliopsis scabra, Phryma leptostachya,
Silene stellata, S. nivea, Viola palmata, V. cucullata, V. pubescens,
Adiantum pedatum, Carpinus caroliniana, Ostrya virginica, Mo-
narda fistulosa, Populus grandidentata, Lathyrus ochroleucus, a very
rare plant in central Iowa, Quercus alba, QO. rubra, Carya amara,
C. alba, Juniperus virginiana, which more properly belongs to the
dry talus, but there are scattered trees and shrubs throughout the
woods, like Rhamnus cathartica, Viburnum pubescens, Corylus amer-
icana, and Prunus pennsylvanica.

(b). Quercus muhlenbergii, Rhus glabra, Cornus candidissima,
Bromus purgans, Arabis levigata, and a host of plants that are
common to both regions, as the following: Amelanchier canaden-
sis, Cornus paniculata, Desmodium nudiflorium, Hydrophyllum
appendiculatum, Populus grandidentata, Acer nigrum, Solidago
umifolia and Asprella hystrix.

4. Sandy Bottoms.—The fourth division contains many plants
common to the upland, such as /mpatiens pallida, Astragalus
canadensis, GEnothera biennis, fraxinus pubescens, Agrostis peren-
nans, A. alba, Poa pratensis, Laportea canadensis, Carex straminea,
C. pennsylvanica, Panicum lanuginosum, Melilotus alba, Lithosper-
mum latifolium, Cicuta maculata, L Imus racemosa, Acer nigrum,
Strophostyles angulosa and Lippia lanceolata.

IIo DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Of the hydrophytic plants few remain. Spirogyra, Zygnema,
Cardamine rhomboidea, C. hirsuta and Caltha palustris are the
more important plants occurring in the brook. The water in
Pease Creek flows rather rapidly, so that few plants of this type
obtain a foothold. They are, however, found attached to sticks
or occur on the shores.

5. Des Moines Alluvium.—The character of the vegetation of
the alluvial bottom of the Des Moines River is not essentially
different from that in other sections in central Iowa. We have

yen es

NN

ew oe oe are —

4°. a

FIG. 35.’ Marshes of the prairie region of central Iowa. Scripus lacustris, Sagittar’ ta, Ran-
unculus multifidus and [ris versicolor. Story county, Iowa. Photo. by C. M. King.

the soft maple (Acer saccharinum), Negundo aceroides, Ulmus
americana, Fraxinus viridis, Populus monolifera, Salix amygda-
loides, S. longifolia and S. nigra as the most important of the
trees and shrubs. Under the shade of these trees or on the mar-
gin of the woods we find the following herbaceous plants: Leer-
sia virginica, Elymus virginicus, Panicum crus-galli, Pilea pumila,
Bidens frondosa, Vernonia fasciculata, Aster tradescanti, Nastur-
tium palustre, Cinna arundinacea, and Spartina cynosuroides. It

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 1

is remarkable that the Sycamore, Pla/anus occidentalis, does not
occur along the banks of the Des Moines in the vicinity of the
Ledges (at least the writer has never seen it) while it is abund-
ant at Ames, on the Skunk River, and Squaw Creek and also at
Des Moines along the Des Moines and lower Coon. Dr. Beyer
has shown that the Des Moines River during the post-glacial
times had its course further eastward, flowing into what is now
Skunk River just north of Ames. It is equally remarkable that
the Buckeye, sculus glabra, does not occur on the Skunk River
just north of Ames, nor for that matter in the country along the
Skunk River, though common further southward. On the other
hand 4:sculus glabra is not infrequent along the Des Moines as
far north as Frazer in Boone county. However, this species is
found on the hills. What causes have operated to bring about
this somewhat anomalous distribution can not be answered until
a more extended investigation can be made of the causes that
underlie the northward and southward extension of species.

(b) The swamps are adjacent to the Des Moines River.
These swamps are not conspicuous in the vicinity of the Ledges
as the banks rise rather abruptly. But where they are developed
they appear at one time to have been bayous of the river. Dur-
ing times of high water they were filled and contained a large
number of aquatic plants. These bayous have gradually been
filled by the accumulation of sedimentary material so that near
the mouth of small streams they have become flattened areas.
During the spring of the year they are quite moist, since the
drainage is not perfect. In the little depressions that are formed
we find the more conspicuous plants to be /77s versicolor, Typha
latifolia, Lobelia syphilitica, Carex trichocarpa var. aristata, and
further on the drier uplands of the banks, Cavex stricta and Salix
discolor. Where drainage has been more perfect and the accum-
ulation of a greater amount of sedimentary material has occurred,
a high second bottom is frequently formed. These are not mar-
shes in any sense of the word, but have been developed from the
marshes just mentioned. In these alluvial upland bottoms the
Acer nigrum, Ulmus fulva, Celtis occidentalis, with Phlox divari-
cata and Asarum canadensis form the more conspicuous plants.

6. ‘The marshes above the coal measures, shales, carry mois-
ture during the entire year. Here we find perennial springs.

I12 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Where there is much moisture they are treeless. A single typi-
cal area in the vicinity of High Bridge may be taken as a type.
This area covers about two acres in extent and is typical of the
numerous other small marshes found in the vicinity, and typical
also for other marshes in central Iowa. The only shrubs occur-
ring in the vicinity of the springs are the Salix discolor and S.

FIG. 36. Shooting Star (Dodecatheon media). On open prairie near Jewell Junction, Iowa.
yostrata. "The banks surrounding the spring are covered with
Cardamine rhomboidea, Caltha palustris, followed by Cardamine
hirsuta, Viola cucullata, Glyceria nervata, Lathyrus venosus, Thalic-
trum purpurascens, Calamagrostic canadensis, Eupatorium purpu-

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 113

reum, £:. perfoliatum, Chelone glabra, Aster umbellatus, Gentiana
crinita, Cypripedium candidum, Aster salicifolius, Solidago serotina
and .S. ohioensis.

7. The Prairie Vegcetation.—The plants of this area are simi-
lar to the plants found in many other sections in central Iowa,
especially that affected by the Wisconsin drift. The morainic

flora consists of plants that are usually adapted to drier condi-

tions. The Anemone patens var. nuttalliana, A. caroliniana, and
Draba caroliniana, are rare plants. The more common plants of

FiG. 37. A bit of prairie with Dodecatheon media, near Jewell Junction, Iowa.

this drift material are Viola pedata and V. pedatifida, Castilleia ses-
siliflora, Lithospermum angustifolium, L. canescens, Polytenia nut-
tallii, Ceanothus ovatus, A:nothera serrulata, Stipa spartea, Baptisia
leucophea and Rudbeckia hirta.

The flora of the lower and flat areas consists of Anemone penn-
sylvanica, Thalictrum purpurascens, Juncus tenuis, Panicum scrib-
nerianum, P. virgatum, Liatris scariosa, L. pycnostachya, Vicia
americana, Baptisia leucantha, Lilium philadelphicum, L. cana-
dense, Spiranthes cernua, Lathyrus venosus and Cicuta maculata.

[Proc. D, A. S., Vou. X.] 15 [Sept. 18, 1905]

II4 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

In these ponds, which may become dry, the floating Utricularia
vulgaris is common; Carex trichocarpa var. aristata, C. crus-corvi,
Scirpus atrovirens, Ranunculus multifidus, Iris versicolor and Pha-
laris arundinacea occur; Phragmites communis and Scirpus lacustris

are common.

Fig. 38. Sagittaria variabiis and Scirpus lacustris. Many alge are found in such ponds
in the spring. These ponds may become partially dry towards the close of the
season. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

The Cordova Sandstone Ledges.—The Cordova sandstone ledges
are somewhat similar to those of Boone and Hardin counties.
They occur in Marion county, some distance southeast from Des
Moines, along the Des Moines River. The boreal plant types

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. II5

have largely disappeared. The ferns consist chiefly of Cystopteris
fragilis and Adiantum pedatum.

The trees found here are those common to central Iowa with
the exception of the common occurrence of the Buckeye (.#:scz-
lus glabra) and Cercis canadensis, which occur at the base of the
bluffs. The Redbud, while not present in the immediate vicinity
of the ledges, does occur near Des Moines. The Delphinium tri-
corne grows in the rich soil at the base of the bluffs among the
broken fragments of the sandstone rock. We note upon the tops
of the bluffs two southern representatives, the oa frivialis and
<a ft | Si ee

!
dan 2
Summi- tes VANE
SS \
Rely. Ne
|
| o rae: |
| “Sweet ana « ( ; | 5 5 +
WEaTLAN D |
a 2

RM waite tine Gaylene, Phcgopieris Mccagontpiera: and -Aspedeurd lon

chitis, found in the Pine Creek region. After lowa Geological Survey.
Myosotis verna. Cerastium nutans and Cynthia virginica are also
common, though absent in Hardin and Boone counties. The
Poa trivialis is generally considered native of northern Europe but
it is undoubtedly indigenous to this country. If we compare
these regions with the Pine Creek region of Muscatine county,
farther southeast on the Mississippi, we find the following very
interesting facts.

Pine Creek Region of Muscatine County.—The Pine Creek region
of Muscatine County contains among other plants the following:
Gircea alpina, Aspidium acrostichoides, Gaylussacia resinosa, Pani-
cum glabrum, Aspidium cristatum, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, As-
plenium thelypteroides, Adiantum pedatum, Pteris aquilina, Polypo-

116 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

dium vulgare, Lycopodium lucidulum, Osmunda claytoniana, O. cin-
namomea and O. regalis. .

The White Pine in Muscatine county is the most southern
extension of the species in the state of Iowa. On the slope of
the hills other trees common to the state, like /ug/ans cinerea,
Quercus alba and QO. rubra, occur.

Lespedeza violacea and L. reticulata occur in drier soil. Cercis
canadensis, Cerastium nutans, Arenaria latifolia, Goodyera pubes-
cens, Fragaria vesca, Convolvulus spithamaeus, Agrimonia parvt-
flora, Spirea aruncus, Rubus cuneifolius, Aster cordifolius, A. corym-
bosus, A. macrophyllus, Chelone glabra, Gerardia tenuifolia var.
asperula, Maianthemum canadense, Camassia fraser? are other
species of the region.

Of the rarer plants occurring in this vicinity, but not on these
sandstone bluffs, mention may be made of Ahexia virginica,
Phlox bifida along the Cedar River; Symplocarpus foetidus, Allium
tricoccum, Calopogon pulchellus in boggy places in the Cedar River
region; Dodecatheon meadia is rather common on prairies; 4z-
gelica atropurpurea in low lands. Cicuta bulbifera, Pentstemon
grandifiorus, Breweria pickeringit, Cristatella jamesit, Helianthus
petiolaris and Panicium autumnale is more or less common on Mus-
catine Island.

Mr. R. E. Buchanan has contributed the following on the
Algal Flora of the region. The algze were listed by Dr. Bessey.!

NOTES ON THE ALGAL FLORA OF THE REGION.
BY R. E. BUCHANAN.

No collections were made of the algze from southwestern Wis-
consin, but the following method furnished us with the names of a
few of the alge that are abundant in that locality. Three types
of the soil of that locality were placed in separate sterile jars and
covered with water. Each of the jars soon developed an abund-
ant growth of the alge.

The peat soil naturally was by fat the most productive of
forms. ‘The relative abundance of the organisms as they occur
in the peat naturally and in the aquarium was certainly different,

1. Bull. Ia. Agr. Coll., Bot. Dept., 1884: 139.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. nly?

but all those that were found are fitted just as certainly for life

in the peat bogs of that country.

Oscillaria tenuis.
Oscillaria natans.

Anabena flos aque.
Scenedesmus dimorphus.
Scenedesmus obtusis.
Tetraspora lubrica.
Protococcus viridis.

The list of forms is as follows:
Ulothrix zonata.
Chetophora elegans.
Gonium pectorale.
Gomphonema constrictum.
Cymbella cuspidata.
Synedra sp.

The other two soils examined in this manner were a yellow clay

and a yellow loam.

Fic. 40. Leersia lenticularia in low grounds along the

Mississippi.

(U. S. Dept. Agrl.)

The same organisms developed in both of

these jars. Neither of
these soils was, of course,
naturally under water.
The alge therefore are of
acharacter to take advan-
tage of any increase in
moisture, tomakearapid
growth, and to resist des-
sication. The list of or-
ganisms is as follows:

Oscillaria violacea.—
Forms a dense mat over
the surface of the clay.
Bubbles form under-
neath and it is forced
up until it floats.

Nostoc muscorum.

Oscillaria tenerrima.

Stauroneis Sp. Very minute.
The only collection of

algee from northeastern

lowa that was examined
was one that came from
the effluent of one of the
large springs that issue
from the limestone rocks
of that region. It con-

118 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

sisted of a dense mat of Vaucheria sessilis in fine fruit. The col-
lections that have been made in the vicinity of the Ledges in
central Iowa have been more numerous. Here are to be founda
number of springs, ledges of limestone and sandstone rock, creeks
and the Des Moines River. The algal flora is therefore very varied
and mention can be made of a few only of the many forms.
The water that issues from the springs of this region supports
a very characteristic flora. The shallow, cold, clear water seems
to be a favorite locality for the Vaucheria. These are of the two
species, the I”. sessilis and the I”. geminata racemosa. ‘These
mats, sometimes several feet in diameter and an inch thick, are
the home of a large number of diatoms. Wherever the water
trickles in fine streams along the surface of the rocks will be
found the Nostoc muscorum and the Scytonema. These, with the
Pleurococcus, form the

x: gonidia of the hundred
Sy: 8 .
ee et or more lichens that are
eh dee fi to be found in this local-
= Pos ity. Inone little pool ex-
2 f .v posed to the full rays of

the sun and quite warm,
vy the Rhaphidium polymor-
phum was so abundant
that the whole mass of
J the water was of a dark
green,

The rocky streamsthat
cut through these ledges
of rock! have as their
most conspicuous alga
the Zetraspora cylindrica.
At times during the sum-

-mer the stones in the bed
are covered with long
streamers of this alga.
These sometimes reach
to a length of several

py, SEEES Diatoms of many
BIG # utheenen toon (oS Dek Age). Specles) aréy Nene agaaas

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 119

found also. In the quiet pools may be found masses of the Spivo-
gyras, such as 5S. crassa and S. fluviatilis, together with Closte-
riumlanceolatum and Zygnema stellium.

The Des Moines River at this point is deep and muddy, offer-
ing a very poor chance for any considerable growth of the alge.
In some of the quieter bayous and the shallows, however, a few
forms may be found. Among these are the following:
Merismopedia glauca. Spirogya deciminata.

Nostoc commune. ‘“ maiuscula.
Anabena flos-aque. ‘* varians.
Cylindrospermum macrospermum. ‘dubia.
Oscillaria tenuis. Vaucheria sessilis.
Oscillaria viridis. Microspora abbreviata.
Tetraspora lubrica. Clothrix subtilis.
Characium naegel. Stigeoclinum tenua.
Tetredon longispinum. Cladophora fracta.
Closterium acerosum. Luglena viridis.
LZygnema stellium. C:dogonium capillare.

The above is not the result of any single collection, but of
several collections at different times. Further collecting would
probably considerably extend the list.

SomME LOCAL PROBLEMS IN THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF THE WISCONSIN AND IOWA FLORA.

Several interesting problems on the geographical distribution
of plants in the areas under consideration may now be discussed.
Mr. C. C. Adams has shown that southeastern United States isa
center of the geographical distribution of a part of our flora.!

Dr. John W. Harshbergér, in his recent phytographic sketch
of eastern and southeastern Pennsylvania, states as follows:
‘With the retreat of the great ice-sheet, the region once covered
by the ice was restocked by trees and herbs derived from three
main sources of supply: (1) Scandinavia, (2) Hudsonian zone of
the Glacial period, (3) Appalachian forests (north and south).
The Scandinavian plants migrated eastward during the inter-
glacial peroid and tenanted the moraines, nunataks and arctic strip
of territory throughout the later glacial epoch. With the retreat

1. Biological Bull., 3: 123.

120 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of the glaciers, they migrated northward with the ice sheet, or
they persisted on the tops of high mountains which existed as
nunataks during the ice age, or they remained as boreal islands
in sphagnum bogs, or in cold and shaded ravines. A northward
migration of Hudsonian species and of Appalachian species in
concentric waves also took place at the close of the Glacial period. !

The action of the several uplifts and depressions of the earth’s
surface described was most profound upon this forest, the history
of which has been traced. With every submergence of the lower
portions of the creeks of the region and of the Delaware river,
the forest in the area of submergence was destroyed, or if exist-
ing on the higher grounds, was subjected to such extensive
changes of level as to modify its character and the distribution
of the component species. Many species were crowded together
by the change of level and the wearing away of the strata to
which they had become adapted, for ‘‘if we suppose the earlier
Mesozoic uplands to be the seat of the existing dicotyledons, then
by the lowering of the surface by gradual consumption of the
interstream areas, these forms must have been brought into con-
flict with the flora of the lowlands and thereby forced into a con-
test for supremacy.’’”

Dr. Livingston, in a discussion of the forests of Roscommon
and Crawford counties, says: ‘‘The hardwood forest reappears
quite rapidly when cut. This is doubtless in part due to the fact
that this material does not burn so readily nor so violently as do
the pines. The scattered white pines which formerly character-
ized some of these forests in the eyes of the lumberman are not
returning. They are perhaps only a relic of a past generation of
forest. Hemlock is reproducing well and will return with the
beech and maple if, through lack of humus, the soil does not
become too dry for the seedlings. Its seedlings stand close
together and do not seem to suffer from one another’s shade.’’*

It seems to me that the floras found at several different points,
of the region here considered, especially the coinfers, are relics of
a flora once abundant in this region.

1. Cf. Adams, C. C. Post-Glacial Origin and Migration of the Life of
the Northeastern United States. Jour. Geol., 1903: 303.

2. Woodworth, J. B. The Relation Between Baseleveling and Organic
Evolution. Am. Geol., 14: 231. 1894.

3;, Bot. Gazette, 30: 35.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 12

A few of our bog plants, Pyrus arbutifolia, Nemopanthes fasci-
cularis, and Rhynchospora alba are southern and have migrated
northward from the southern Appalachians, as suggested at least
for the Pyrus by Transeau. The Vaccinium corymbosum, V. atro-
coccum, Rhodora canadensis and Viburnum cassinoides have not
extended to our region. The Gaylussacia resinosa, though occur-
ring in swamps, is not found in any of the bogs that I have
studied, in either Wisconsin or Iowa. It does, however, occur in
rocky woodlands of Muscatine county. It must be added to the
immigrants from the southeast. One of the most striking im-
migrants from the southeast is Ahexia virginica, which occurs
in the sandy swamps of the Cedar River near Muscatine.
Nowhere in the region do the southern forms reach an optimum
of development: they are crowded out by other dominant types;
the same is true of the boreal types found here. The Linnea
borealis, Vaccinium macrocarpon, Calopogon putlchellus, Pogonia
ophioglossoides, Sarracenia purpurea, Drosera rotundifolia, Gentiana
crimita and Campanula aparinoides are some of the more import-
ant immigrants from the north.

These plants are, however, very local. Of wider distribution
in swamps, the Cxicus muticus, Menyanthes trifoliata, Valeriana
edulis, Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Lobelia kalmii, Viola blanda and
V. lanceolata, reach over into Towa. Ledum Jatifolium does
not occur in our region, but near Kilbourne City, on the
sandy rocks of the Dalles of the Wisconsin, it is found with
Thuya occidentalis, Pyrus americana and Aspidium fragrans. ‘The
Betula pumila is quite common in the swamps of western Wiscon-
sin, especially tamarack, but it scarcely reaches into Iowa. The
Salix candida is common in similar places, and reaches over into
Worth, Cerro Gordo and Winnebago counties, and south to
Johnson county. There are, however, few stations south of
Cerro Gordo county. The Salix /wida is common in tamarack
swamps and extends down to Buchanan county, Iowa, two
localities being given by Ball in his paper on ‘‘The Genus Salix
in Iowa.’’ ‘The \S. vostratfa, though a tree, is generally of small
stature in western Wisconsin and southeastern Minnesota. It is
commonly found where the Wisconsin drift occurs and southeast
to Johnson county, according to Ball. The S. discolor and the
boreal willow are much more common in the swamps of northern

[Proc. D. A, S., Vou, X.] 16 [Sept. 27, 1905]

122 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Iowa which occur from Dickinson, Boone, Monroe and Henry
counties in the southeastern part of the state.

The Zaxus canadensis is common in Wisconsin and extends
south into Iowa as far as Linn county. The White Pine is most
interesting in its distribution. It occurs in isolated areas as far
south as Montpelier township in Muscatine county, the most
southern point in Iowa. The groves in northeastern Iowa are
larger and more frequent. In Hardin county there is one small
area isolated from the areas in eastern Iowa. It is, however,
more than probable that the species once had a much wider dis-
tribution.

There are well-preserved conifers in drift material from various
parts of Iowa. Through the kindness of Mr. Savage I have been
permitted to examine some wood in a fairly good state of preser-
vation found in the southwestern part of the state. The wood
appeared to be Red Cedar and Hemlock (7suga canadensis).
Well-preserved wood has also been found in wells at a depth of
60 feet in northeastern Iowa. One piece was 14 inches long.
According to Mr. Orr, these were probably conifers. They occur
between the Iowan and Kansan drift. It is more than probable
that coniferous forests once covered the entire state. Indeed Dr.
Bessey thinks that in recent geological times coniferous forests
were common in Nebraska.!. The Adies balsamea is also a boreal
species and occurs in an isolated area. The only point at which
it occurs is in northeastern Iowa. It does not occur in western
Wisconsin nor southeastern Minnesota. The Larix americana is
more abundant, but is an exclusive swamp species. Of the four
common trees found in swamps, the Black Spruce, Arbor Vite,
Balsam and Tamarack, the latter is not uncommon in western
Wisconsin. The balsam is found in northeastern Iowa, while
the others are wanting in the area under consideration. The
genus 4efula is interesting from the standpoint of distribution.
The Letula papyrifera® is common in western Wisconsin and
northeastern Iowa. It is rare south of Dubuque on the Missis-
sippi. Hardin county is the western limit in lowa. Aefula lenta
occurs in western Wisconsin on sandy rocks, and in southeastern

1. Annual Report, Neb. St. Bd. of Agr., 1888: 93.
z. Betula aloa.—Contr. Gray Herb., Harv. Uni., new ser., 23: 169.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 14: 169: 1902.

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. 123

Minnesota. It drops down into southeastern Minnesota, but is a
rare tree. It is fairly common in one place in Hardin county,
along the Iowa river at the base of sandstone ledges. The Zetula
pumila has been referred to as common in swamps in western
Wisconsin.

_It does not seem probable that the 4. /enta was scattered by
the northeast winds from northeastern Iowa, for at the time when
the seeds are ripe the winds are usually west and southwest.
The same may be said of the Betula lenta, which is not uncommon
on the sandy rocks of the rivers of western Wisconsin in the
latitude of La Crosse and in isolated places in western and
southeastern Minnesota. ‘The wind has played scarcely any part
in its distribution in central Iowa. River Birch (4. xigra) no
doubt owes its northern extension to its wind-dissemination. Its
distribution may also have been aided somewhat by the water.
Three conifers may briefly be mentioned as wind-disseminated.
They are Pinus strobus, P. resinosa and P. banksiana.

P. banksiana is common only upon the pine barrens of thé La
Crosse River and northward and eastward. P. resinosa is found
in a few outlying stations along the Black River, between Gales-
ville and La Crosse, and is not uncommon on the east branch of
the Kickapoo near Rockton. The White Pine and the Larix
americana, as mentioned elsewhere, are more widely distributed.

The white pine in Hardin county was scarcely brought by the
wind in recent times from northeastern Iowa. There are evi-
dences of wind-dissemination of the larch and white pine for six or
seven miles and the larch probably has been carried twelve miles.
Generally speaking, the wind-disseminated plants are scarcely
scattered as far and wide as those by birds.

Of the genus Prunus, the P. pennsylvanica is common in north-
eastern Iowa, Wisconsin and Minnesota. It is quite common in
Hardin county, but rare in Story county, except in a few locali-
ties. In Boone county it is found on the sandstone ledges. The
P. serotina is generally distributed in eastern Iowa, reaching out
to central Iowa. The /ug/ans nigra is found everywhere on the
larger streams like the Des Moines, Iowa, Cedar and Skunk
rivers. The Platanus occidentalis is another. southern species
which has made its way northward along all the larger streams,
nearly reaching the Minnesota line.

124 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The Carya sulcata, so common southward, is found on Musca-
tine Island and in southeastern Iowa. The C. tomentosa is of
somewhat wider distribution, but does not reach much further
north than Muscatine. The Pecan is found as far north as
Sabula.

The Gymnocladus canadensis reaches to the Minnesota valley.
The Morus rubva is found in Houston county, Minnesota. In
Iowa it is local but occurs in woods along the larger streams, at
Des Moines, Boone, Ames and Missouri Valley. The water
courses have been important factors in the distribution of our
trees and shrubs. Of the trees disseminated by birds, the Ce/tis
octdentalis, a species of Cornus, the C. paniculata, C. candidissima,
Vitis riparia, Rhus toxicodendron, R. glabra, Amelanchier canadensis
and Aosa blanda are of wide distribution. The Symphoricarpos
vulgaris and .S. occidentalis, Cornus stolonifera, Vitis cinerea, Rhus
venenata, Morus rubra, Vaccinium macrocarpon, V. pennsylvanicum,
Gaultheria procumbens, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi and Viburnum opu-
/us are annual, of somewhat local distribution; very local indeed
are the cranberry, blueberry, bearberry and poison oak (Rhus
toxicodendron), Vitis cinerea and the two species of Symphoricar-
pos, one, the S. vulgaris, is southern, while the other is northern,
quite as common in the Rockies as in Minnesota and Wisconsin.
In Wisconsin and southeastern Minnesota it is found upon the
bluffs. In Iowa it is abundant upon the loess soil upon the Mis-
souri and the borders of the lakes in northern Iowa.

The seeds of this have no doubt been widely scattered by birds,
but it was only when conditions were favorable that growth
occurred. Now, if we take into account wind-disseminated
shrubs and trees, the conditions for wide scattering are less favor-
able. Most of our streams in the area are considered to flow ina
southeasterly direction. Thisis true at least of the larger streams.
The Mississippi River, although somewhat tortuous, is, however,
an important exception. Our winds are either from the north,
south, east or west, and it is rather exceptional to have the winds
blow any great length of time from the southeast or northwest,
hence the chances for scattering of seeds for great distances along
the streams are less favorable, except on the Mississippi. Of the
wind-disseminated trees the more important are the willows, the
Salix cordata, S. amygdaloides and the shrubby willows, which

Ree ae >

on

PAMMEL—COMPARATIVE STUDY OF VEGETATION. I25

are generally common along the streams. The cottonwood, Popz-
lus monilifera, is found in all parts of the state, except the very
small tributaries. By nature the tree prefers alluvial soil.
However, since the settlement of the state, the species has become

more or less widely scattered in railroad cuts, gravel beds and
stone quarries.

jE

WE FG
DS ybre tea

Yel FL /

Fic. 42. Common Polypody (Polvpodium vulgare). Sandy rocks and ledges of Boone
county, Iowa. Photograph by Charlotte M. King.

126 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Other animals have aided in the dissemination of some of our
trees and shrubs. There can beno doubt that the genera Quer-
cus, Juglans and Carya are largely disseminated by squirrels, and
in former times larger animals no doubt also helped to dissemi-
nate Rubus strigosus, Amelanchier canadensis, Arctostaphylos and
Vaccinium. These plants show the same northbound and south-
bound movements that the bird- and wind-disseminated plants do.

The other species of Populus, the seeds of which are scattered
by the wind, may be mentioned, viz., the Populus tremuloides and
P.. grandidentata, the former more abundant in northeastern
Iowa, Wisconsin and Minnesota than in central Iowa. It is the
only species native around the swamps in Cerro Gordo and Worth
counties. The P. grandidentata is abundant everywhere in Wis-
consin, Minnesota and northeastern Iowa, and reaches over into
Hardin and Boone counties, common only upon the carbonifer-
ous sandstone in central Iowa, while in Wisconsin and Minne-
sota it is common upon the St. Croix sandstone.

SOME GOCGGCIDAE FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

So far as I am aware, only one Coccid has hitherto been
recorded from the Philippine Islands, namely, Chrysomphalus
rossi, from Manila (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 274).
The collection now reported on was obtained by Professor C. H.
Tyler Townsend, who in former years discovered so many new
Coccidze in Mexico. Being quite familiar with the group, he
knew what to look for, and as I expected, the results are highly
satisfactory. While the number of new species is considerable,
there are no new genera; but practically everything came from
cultivated plants, and it may well be that an examination of the
recesses of the native forests will yield more highly characteristic
endemic forms.

Monophlebulus townsendi, n. sp.

2 Grey, flattened, 9™: long, 7% broad, about 3 high, when
dry; the true color is very dark reddish, the grey appearance
resulting from the mealy covering; there is a well-defined dorsal
area, about 4™™: broad, marked in the abdominal region by strong
transverse ridges representing the segments; anal orifice plainly
visible with a lens, on the dorsal surface about 214™™ from hind
end; it is small and round, about 168 diameter, hairless.

Legs and antennz black; legs very stout; middle of abdominal
region deeply concave beneath, the sides (broad marginal area)
densely covered with white cottony tomentum; mouth parts visi-
ble in the form of a projecting dark cone; anterior margin of
body emarginate and from the emargination arise some long
coarse blackish bristles. Antennz about as long as femur and
trochanter of middle leg, i. e. about 144"; six joints, 3 to 6
about equal, each about 300/ long; 2 shorter and considerably
stouter; first joint broader than long; the joints have coarse pale

128 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

yellowish bristles, very numerous on the last two. Eggs, rasp-

berry color, about 765 long. ;
Batangas, Sept. 20. Peculiar for the six-jointed antennez in

the adult. The only other known species of the genus is Aus-

tralian.
Lcerya candida, Nu. sp.

2. With ovisac about 7™™ long (perhaps longer when quite
perfect), ovisac not grooved; all the secretion pure white, densely
covering the body; there are some white glassy filaments, but
they are not numerous; antenne dark red-brown, 11 jointed,
about goo long; joint 4 shortest, being much broader than long;
11 long and slender and much the longest; 2 and 3 about equal
and much longer than any of the joints between 3 and 11; 8to1o
longer than broad; 1 very broad. Legs ordinary, dark reddish,
anterior femora stout.

Young with six (three pairs) of extremely long caudal bristles,
longer than the body; long lateral hairs not differentiated into
two series, but about equally variable in length all round body;
antennal club stout, with long bristles, one of them about as long
as whole antenna. Apex of abdomen not emarginate.

Manila, June 4, on a cultivated tree with large oblong-ovate
rough leaves. The adult has the last antennal joint obviously
longer than the two before it combined and it is much longer
than Douglas figures for 7. egyptiacum. ‘The larva belongs to
the /. purchasi—seychellarum—agyptiacum group; the lateral hairs
are very much longer than those shown in Douglas’s figure of
egyptiacum.

Lcerya seychellarum (Westwood).

Lucban, Tayabas, Luzon, March 30, 1904, on cultivated rose;
Manila, June 1, on cultivated guava. A parasite was bred from
the Manila specimens and sent to Dr. Ashmead, who will describe
it as Parasaphes townsendi, n. sp.

Pseudococcus lilacinus, n. sp.

2. Globose, densely covered with white meal, when mounted
subglobular, about 1800/ long; after boiling in caustic potash, the
pigment in the body is lilac; legs fairly short, anterior leg with
femur and trochanter 200 long, tibia 100, tarsus 65; hind leg,

COCKERELIL—COCCIDA FROM PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 129

femur and trochanter 245, tibia 150, tarsus 70, width of femur
65; claw stout, simple. Antennze 8-jointed, length of joints in
M (1.) 25-55, (2-) 32-52, (3-) 37-50, (4.) 20-45, (5.) 25-42, (6.)
27-30, (7.) 30, (8.) 80. In one instance joint 3 measured 73,
evidently being combined with 4. Larva in body of female about
375 long. Lucban, Tayabas, April 10, 1904, on cultivated
orange. ;

I supposed at first that this must be P. flamentosus, but that is
quite different by the blue-green pigment after boiling and the
antennze are also different. On account of the pigment, it is
equally excluded from /?. a/bizzig. By the purplish pigment and
general appearance it resembles P. guaintancii (Vinsley); it is also
rather near /. éexensis (Tinsley) and P. comstocki (Kuwana). ‘The
antennze are very variable, but the series of measurements 25, 45,
45, 22, 25, 30, 30, 80, expresses what I take to be the more nor-
mal lengths of the joints.

Pseudococcus tayabanus, 1. sp.

?. Covered with mealy secretion, distinctly segmented, look-
ing (when dry) like minute specimens of commerical cochineal;
when mounted oval, about 1500/ long; after boiling, the body is
seen to contain much dull crimson pigment, especially in the
embryonic young; eyes well-developed; anal ring with six hairs,
and placed in a wide squared incision; lateral margins of seg-
ments projecting, so that the margin is strongly undulated, the
projecting points bear stout spines, about 12/ long; skin greatly
crowded with round glands; labium long and narrow, about 150/
long and 70 broad; legs stout, length of tibia about 125, (count-
ing from middle to middle), tarsus 75; claw stout, simple; anten-
nz 8-jointed, joints measuring in / (1.) 50, (2.) 50-62, (3.) 50-
2, (4.) 25-27, (5-) 33-40, (6.) 40-45, (7:) 37-40, (8.) 87. The
smaller measurements (50) for two appears to be normal.

Larva with longitudinal rows of bristles (not spines), the mid-
dle row double; six stout hairs on anal ring; claw long, simple;
antennze 6-jointed, joints measuring, (1.) 20, (2.) 22, (3.) 17, (4.)
17, (5.) 22, (6.) 52-55. Joint 8 bears three whorls of hairs, and
ends in a stout blunt cone.

Lucban, Tayabas, April-7 and April 20, 1904, on cultivated
cacao. '

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 17 [Sept. 30, 1905]

130 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

A peculiar species, in many respects like P. ¢exensis (Tinsley).
The antennze are not unlike those of P. comstocki (Kuwana), but
that has joints 4 and 5 not very different in length.

Pseudococcus virgatus (Cockerell), variety.

2. Secretion full of glassy filaments; anterior leg with femur
and trochanter 292/ long, tibia 212, tarsus 89; claw rather long,
simple; antennee 8-jointed, 8 with three whorls of hairs; joints
measuring (1.) 50, (2.) 63-65, (3.) 70-72, (4-) 37-42, (5-) 40-45, (6.)
45-47, (7-) 45-47, (8.) 100.

Lucban, Tayabas, April 20, 1904, on cultivated croton.

Typical virgatus, from Jamaica and Ceylon, is larger, with the
third antennal joint considerably longer. The antennz of the
Philippine insect practically agree with those of P. kraunhie
(Kuwana), and I should not be surprised if the two proved identi-
cal, though Kuwana does not allude to any glassy filaments.
Kuwana says that kvaunhie has the tibia three times as long as
the tarsus, but his figure contradicts this. Our insect also shows
some resemblance to P. magnolicida. Whether or not it is identi-
cal with anything described, I think it is undoubtedly a variety
of P. virgatus.

Saissetia nigra (Nietner).

Manila, May 19, on cassava run wild.

Saissetia olee (Bernard).

Lucban, April 11, 1904, on cultivated plant called ‘‘rosal’’ or
‘“campopot.’’

Saissetia hemispherica (Targioni-Tozzetti).

Lucban, April 11, 1904, on cultivated sago palm, and on two
undetermined cultivated plants.

Coccus longulus (Douglas).

Lucban, April 20, 1904, on cultivated ‘‘macetas,’’ a croton with
oak-like white-spotted leaves.

Coccus diversipes, 1. sp.

2. Scale light reddish-brown, quite flat, broad-oval, the ante-
rior end narrowest; length 24%-2%3™™", breath about 2; surface

COCKERELL—COCCIDA FROM PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 131

marked with many large irregularly shaped polygonal areas,
about 60 to 150/4 diameter, in each of which is a smaller area of
the same general form, and within this sometimes a smaller and
occasionally a smaller within that; these areas are marked merely
by contour-lines, which show little marginal cracks; they are not
destroyed by boiling in liquor potanz, but they become wholly
invisible when the insect is mounted in balsam; the regions
between these areas show numerous small gland-spots, which
appear blackish. Anal plates long and narrow, 187, long, and
together 130 wide, posterior lateral side 87 long, anterior lateral
side 150 long, tip of plates to hind end of body about 750y.
Anterior legs ordinary, femur and trochanter 145, long, tibia
80, tarsus 50, the femur not especially slender, its diameter about
45. Middle and hind legs remarkably slender and elongated,
with very large coxee; measurements in { :—
Femur and Trochanter. Tibia. Tarsus. Width of Femur.
Dmmite legs... 250 105 42 41
0 ECS eae 265 41

_Antennz 6-jointed, joints measuring (1.) 30, (2.) 37, (3.) 97,
(4.) 27-30, (5.) 25-27, (6.) 55. Joint 3 is slender and smooth, with
a whorl of bristles 80-84 from base; 6 is slender, with several
long bristles. Marginal hairs strongly fimbriate or branched,
about 20 apart.

Lucena, T'ayabas, April 24, 1904, on cultivated fern ‘‘parasite.”’

Very close to C. acuminatus (‘‘Signoret’’) of Green, but not
identical; also close to C. zncisus (King), but that has 8-jointed
antenne. ‘The antennz of C. diversifes are almost exactly like
those of C. rhizophore (Cockerell), and are very similar to those
of Eucalymnatus gracilis (Hempel), but these insects are other-
wise different.

Pulvinaria polygonata, n. sp.

2. Light brown; ovisac pure white, broad and fluffy, irregu-
lar in form; mounted female a little over 3" long and 2 broad;
skin with an irregularly polygonal structure like some Sazssefia,
only the walls of the spaces are perfectly hyaline and colorless,
the spaces are about 254 diameter; mouth-parts small; marginal
spines about 30// apart, long, stout, more or less branched at end,
but not greatly broadened; stigmatal spines ordinary; anal plates

132 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

together forming nearly a square, their length and breadth (of the
two together) each about 137. Anterior leg measuring, femur
and trochanter 215, tibia 150, tarsus (without claw) 75; claws
hooked, their digitules fully twice their length, with very large
knobs. Antennze 8-jointed, 5 with a very long bristle; joints
measuring, (t.) 50, (2.) 52, (3-) 75, (4-) 57, (5-) 50, (6.) 30, (7-) 30,
(8.) 50.

Manila, June 3, on leaves of a cultivated shade-tree, accom-
panied by a species of A/eyrodes.

P. tessellata, Green, has the dermal markings, but it has a bright
green fluted ovisac; P. auvantii, Cockerell, has similar antenne,
but quite different marginal spines, etc.; P. ewgenie@, Hempel, has
also similar antenne, but a different ovisac; P. tecta, Maskell, has
the dermal markings, but the marginal spines are simple; P. szm-
plex, King, has polygonal dermal markings, but otherwise is
different.

Pulvinaria tyleri, n. sp.

?. Smallish, light brown, with a loose, shapeless fluffy white
ovisac; mounted female about 1865, long (full of eggs, which are
very large, 570/,long); stigmatal spines in threes, the long ones
stout and 6ou long, the short about 15; marginal spines stout,
not close together, simple or very slightly bifid at end; legs ordi-
nary, measurements of anterior legs; femur and trochanter 220,
tibia 168, tarsus (without claw) 92. Anténnee 8-jointed; meas-
urements of joints:—(1.) 40, (2.) 62, (3.) 70, (4.) 40, (5.) 40, (6.)
B77.) 22, HCG 4) ho:

Batangas, April 7, 1905, on ‘‘cadena de amor,’’ crowded on
the twigs. Quite distinct from P. psidiz and P. aurantit.

’

Pulvinaria psidii philippina, n. subsp.

2. Scales and ovisacs matted together in great confusion;
marginal hairs about 50/ apart, broad and flattened at end, the
margin of the flattened part slightly fimbriated; tibia 225-262
long, tarsus 110-117; claw digitules long, with large round knobs,
1244 diameter; bristles of anal ring stout, 200 long; anal plates
ordinary, length 140, anterior lateral margin 87, posterior lateral
margin 107. Antenne 6-jointed, joints measuring, (1.) 50, (2.)
50-57, (3.) 100-105, (4.) 50, (5.) 67, (6.) 95. Joints 2 and 5 each
with a very long bristle.

133 COCK ERELL—COCCIDA FROM PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

Lucena, Tayabas, April 20, 1904, on a cultivated Ficus.

The long tibia, long third antennal joint, marginal hairs, long
bristles on joints 2 and 5 of antenneze, etc., all show this insect to
be very close to P. ficus, Hempel, and P. psidiz, Maskell. The
six-jointed antennze are distinctive, but may not be constant.
It is evidently reasonable to treat the insect as a subspecies of
psidii, and se far as I can make out /. ficus should stand as P.
psidit ficus.

Aspidiotus simillimus translucens, Cockerell.

Lucban, Tayabas, April 19, 1904, on cocoanut seedling.
Length of female 750/ or rather more; anterior lateral glands 7,
posterior laterals 4-5, in a group.

Aspidiotus latanie, Signoret.
Lucban, Tayabas, April 6, 1904, on cabbage.
Aspidiotus tayabanus, 1. sp.

2. Scales crowded on bark, not distinctly separable, flat, dark
ferruginous, exuvie marked by a distinct dot and ring in grey or
yellowish-white, but on rubbing, the second skin appears, bright
orange-ferruginous or orange-chestnut; there is a thin whitish
ventral film.

Female insect light yellow (after boiling), reniform; no circum-
genital glands; dorsal pores few and small; genital orifice about
30 anterior to anal orifice, its margin thickened; anal orifice
about 7/4 long, oval, distant about 30/ from tips of median lobes,
two pairs of lobes, close together, the median lobes large and
elongated, their inner sides practically contiguous, the apex
rounded, the outer margin with a strong notch; second lobes of
the same general shape, but very much smaller, more pointed,
with the notch stronger; spines rather large; a short distance
beyond the second lobe the margin presents two little pointed
projections, and beyond that come three large broad strap-shaped
squames, their ends or sides with a few linear processes; then
two more small pointed projections, and beyond that a very fine
serrulation of the margin. “In the interval between the first and
second lobes are two long club-shaped glands or ‘‘paraphyses,”’

134 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the inner about twice as long as the outer, its rounded end extend-
ing beyond the level of the anal orifice. ;

Lucban, Tayabas, April 11, 1904, on cultivated plant called
‘“‘rosal’’ or ‘‘campopot,’’ with Sazssetia olee.

Allied to 4. moorei, Green, and by the club-shaped organs
suggesting 4. guadriclavatus, Green, and Pseudaondia clavigera,
Cockerell. The lobes are curiously similar in form to those of
A. forbesi, Johnson.

Pseudaonidia trilobitiyormis (Green).
Manila, May 7, 1904, on Artocarpus.
Chrysomphalus rossi (Maskell).

Lucban, Tayabas, March 30 and April 19, 1904, on cultivated
sago palm; Lucban, March 30, Ig04, on ‘‘Nangcanongcaong,’’
cultivated.

Chrysomphalus aonidum (Linné).

Manila, June 5, on cultivated banana; Manila, May 7, 1904,
on Artocarpus; Manila, June 5, on large spreading palm, culti-
vated, and May 19, on native palm (like Oveodoxa), cultivated.

Chrysoniphalus aurantii (Maskell).
Manila, May 7, 1904, on Artocarpus.
Parlatoria proteus (Curtis).
Manila, June 5, on Augenia malaccensis, cultivated.
Parlatoria pergandii (Comstock).

Manila, May 19, on aloe-like plant, cultivated. The scales
look like proteus, but the fourth lobe of pergandii is very distinct.

Aulacaspis rose (Bouché).

Lucban, Tayabas, on rose, cultivated, March 30, 1904. A
variety with the second skin black, tipped with light reddish.
Phenacaspis eugenia (Maskell).

Manila, June 5, on a large spreading palm, cultivated. This
seems to be exgeniz, but it will be more critically examined by
Professor Cooley, who is revising the genus.

135 COCKERELL—COCCID£ FROM PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

Hemichionaspis townsendi, n. sp.

?. Scale light greyish or yellowish, exactly the color of the
back on which it rests, the exuviz a little yellower; shape pyri-
form, rather broad, varying to nearly circular.

&. Scale white, bluntly tricarinate, the exuvia very pale
yellowish.

?. Color after boiling light yellowish, with some blue pig-
ment at the cephalic end; length of mounted example 672),
breadth 600, the insect therefore shorter than usual; sides of seg-
ments bulging, forming on each side about four large rounded
prominences; eggs in body of female (well-developed with eyes
showing) 155/ long; five groups of circumgenital glands, median
about 16, anterior laterals about 19 or 20, posterior laterals about
25; anal orifice round, about 12/ diameter, and 112 from tips of
median lobes; dorsal glands not very numerous; median lobes
contiguous, low and broad (about 12/ long, the two together 22
broad) with four crenulations produced by three notches, the first
two being very deep and strong; second lobes quite rudimentary,
not or hardly rising above general margin; first spine-like
squame small, but the others (three single ones at rather long
intervals, and then a pair) very large and long.

Lucban, Tayabas, on bark of Gossypium, April 12. The male
scales are in groups and conspicuous, but the female scales are so
inconspicuous that I very nearly overlooked them. ‘The notches
of the median lobes are considerably deeper than in any species
figured on Cooley’s Pl. 1X. The rudimentary second lobes afford
a character to distinguish the species from //. ‘hee and aspidistre.

Lepidosaphes cocculi (Green).

Manila, June 5, on large spreading cultivated palm. Probably
some forms from elsewhere, found on palms and recorded as ZL.
gloveri, may have been this.

Lepidosaphes rubrovittatus, 1. sp.

2. Scales broader than g/overi, but narrower than z/mz or
beckii, and of a peculiar greenish-yellow or yellowish-green color;
the exuviz dull orange, with a dark red longitudinal stripe down
the middle of both skins. Circumgenital glands close together,

136 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the groups forming a sort of broad V, exactly as in Z. serrifrons;
median group of 3, anterior laterals 7 to 8, posterior laterals 4;
dorsal glands conspicuous; anal orifice small, about 82,4 from
hind end; three segments before the terminal area produced
laterally, and bearing spines; anterior end with the skin finely
striate, but not in the least provided with the spines or projec-
tions of serrifrons,; lobes, etc., similar to those of serrifrons,; third
lobe (second lobule of second) more or less rudimentary, so that
it is not readily noticed; median lobes striate, slightly notched
on each side, and very slightly inclined to be crenulate; squames
all spine-like and simple; marginal oval fusiform gland-orifices
very distinct, as in z/7, etc.

Manila, June 5, on cultivated Augenia malaccensis, with Par-
latoria.

This insect belongs to a group consisting of ZL. gloveri,
(Packard), 2. pallida, (Green), L. pallida maskelli, (Cockerell)
and itself. Itis nearest to maskelli, and is perhaps only a variety
or race of it, maskelli itself being probably a species distinct
from pallida.

THE GOMMON DRONE-FLY

(Eristalis tenax Linn.)

Its Prevalence in the Old World, Probably for Genturies, from the Atlantic Ocean

to Japan, and the Remarkable Circumstances ot its Sudden Invasion of the
New World (North America and New Zealand) Between
the Years 1870 and 1888.

BY C. R. OSTEN SACKEN

It has been truly said that ‘‘ chance is the zxcognito of Provi-
dence,’’ and I am involuntarily reminded of this saying when I
recall the succession of chances which have enabled me to witness
the extraordinary history of the invasion of the common drone-
fly (Zvistalis tenax Linn.) into the continents of the New World.

Lristalis tenax had been known for centuries to occur in most
of the temperate regions of the Old World, from the shores of the
Atlantic Ocean across all Europe through Siberia and China to
Japan, but it had never been found in the New World. For
twenty years I have been collecting Diptera in North America,
north of Mexico, without ever meeting with it. To all appear-
ances, nothing would have been easier than for £. fexax, with its
aquatic larva, thriving in stagnant and putrescent waters, to have
been among the first insects carried across the Atlantic Ocean in
one of the innumerable vessels which, for more than four cen-
turies, had been plying between the two continents. That this
has never taken place appears to me to add one more to the
unsolved problems of the geographical distribution of animals.

It was in November, 1875, that, to my great astonishment, J
discovered a specimen of £. fexax on a window in Cambridge,
Mass., where I resided at that time. Next year I observed spec-
imens in Newport, R. I., and a few years later (when I had already
settled in Europe) the species was reported from all the States of

[Proc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 18 [Dec. 23, 1905]

138 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the Union and also from Canada. Further inquiry proved that
the fly had not been imported across the Atlantic Ocean, but that
it had wandered across the continent from the west, and that it
had been observed in St. Louis before 1870. The natural infer-
ence from these facts was that it had been imported from Japan
to the Pacific Coast, perhaps long ago, and had spread eastward
much later, when the necessary conditions for its existence (drains,
cesspools, sewers, etc.) had been gradually introduced by civili-
zation across the immense plains which separate the Pacific from
the Atlantic Ocean.

Still more astonishing was the almost contemporaneous appear-
ance of £. tenax in New Zealand. It had never been found there
until it was suddenly discovered in the North Island in 1888, and
became widely dispersed in both islands two years later. How is
it that, after the failure of 4. ferax to cross the Atlantic Ocean
during nearly four centuries, it reached New Zealand by a sudden
leap, probably by way of California, across a distance at least
twice as great as that between Europe and North America?
The intervening islands of the Pacific Ocean may have served as
a bridge to it (it was found in the Sandwich Islands in 1892:
comp. Grimshaw, Fauna Hawaiiensis, p. 19); still, the simultan-
eousness of the invasion of such distant regions of the New World
within such a brief period of time remains an extraordinary and,
it seems to me, unexplained phenomenon. It affords me no mean
satisfaction to have had the privilege of witnessing and putting
on record the history of this invasion.

Note.— &. ¢enax had not been found in South America as late as 1893.
About its occurrence on the continent of Australia I have no positive data.
(Compare my essay: ‘‘On the Oxen-born Bees,” etc., 1894, p. 37-)

To trace the réle of &. ¢enax in past times we must look for it
among the mentions of dees in history, because this fly, in olden
times, was invariably mistaken for a bee. From the frequent
occurrence of /. zenax in the vicinity of carcasses of dead animals,
and especially of oxen, the ancients concluded that bees could be
produced artificially from dead oxen. This was called apes facere
(to make bees), and thus the term Oxen-born Bees (dugenes mel-
iss@ in Greek and faurigene apes in Latin) became of common use
in ancient literature. "The method consisted in burying the car-
cass of an ox and thus producing what was believed to be bees;

OSTEN SACKEN—THE COMMON DRONE FLY. 139

but nobody took the trouble of verifying whether these ‘‘bees’’
ever made honey.

This absurd notion prevailed not only among the ancients; it
persisted through the middle ages, up to comparatively recent
times. The celebrated Italian naturalist, Aldrovandi (1602), the
Englishman, Moufet, (Theatrum insectorum, 1634,) the learned
Frenchman, Bochart, (Hierozoicon, 1664,) and other authors of
that time considered the practice as a matter of every-day expe-
rience. The final confutation of this craze took place when, with
the progress of natural science, the belief in spontaneous genera-
tion upon which it was based was abandoned and replaced by the
doctrine of evolution, represented by the formula: all life begins
with an egg (omne vivum ex ovo) proclaimed by later naturalists,
by the Englishman, Harvey, (1651) and the Italian, Redi, (1668).

Under the heading ‘‘On the Oxen-born Bees of the Ancients
(Bugonia) and Their Relation to £7istalis tenax, a Two-winged
Insect’’ (xiv + 80 pages; Heidelberg, J. Hérning, 1894), to
which in 1895 I added ‘‘Additional Notes In Explanation of the
Bugonia-lore of the Ancients’’ (ibidem, 23 pages), I published an
- elaborate research upon the whole question, based upon more
than one hundred references to the existing literature. I con-
cluded the first of these essays (p. 37) with ‘the following words:

‘Except the silkworm and the honey-bee, I hardly know of
any insect that can show an historical record equal to that of
Eristalis tenax. The record begins in the dusk of prehistoric
times, and continues up to the present date. In its earliest days
E. tenax appears like a myth, a misunderstood and unnamed
being, praised for qualities which it never possessed, a theme for
mythology in prose and poetry; later on, the bubble of its glory
having burst, it gradually settles into a kind of commensalism
with man, it obtains from him ‘a local habitation and a name,’
it joins the Anglo-Saxon race in its immense colonial develop-
ment, it vies with it in prodigies of fecundity, and at present ren-
ders hitherto unrecognized services in converting atrocious ‘stuff’
into pure and clean living matter!’

In the Book of Judges, XIV, the story of Samson (who, after
killing a lion, found, some time later, a hive of bees in the carcass
and ate the honey) has been for centuries a puzzle for interpret-
ers. Professor Max Miller, at Oxford, saw a solar myth in it,

140 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

like the story of Hercules, to which he attributed a similar origin.
(The same explanation is found in the recent novel of B. Bjorn-
son, ‘‘Auf Gottes Wegen.’’) A more natural explanation was
offered by me in my work on the Bugonia (p. 18) that Samson’s
bees were carcass-born flies, Av7stalis tenax. Dr. Adalbert Merx,
Professor of Scriptural Exegesis in Heidelberg, accepted this inter-
pretation with joy, as it proves the truth of an otherwise incred-
ible story. The hive and the honey were, in this case, a stretch
of imagination of the story-tellers (l.c. p. 62-68. I have repro-
duced in English translation Prof. Merx’s article on this subject).

I closed my chapter on the Bugonia-lore of the ancients with a
sentence of Goethe (1. c. p. 38).

‘‘Man sieht nur was man weiss.’’

NOTES ON SOME IOWA PLANTS.

BY B. SHIMEK.

Recent discoveries of species new to the state, and the segrega-
tion of forms hitherto confused with other species, have added
materially to our known state flora, and the latter cause has
resulted in the elimination of names heretofore applied to species
which are now considered distinct. In the following notes a
brief discussion of some of these interesting cases is presented.

Ricciocarpus natans (1,.) Corda. This floating liverwort was
found by the writer in great abundance in a pond near Scarville,
Winnebago county, late in the fall of t902. It is here reported
for the first time from the state.

Woodsia ilvensis (1,.) R. Br. The discovery of this interesting
fern in Iowa was reported by the writer at the St. Louis meeting
of the A. A. A. S. last winter. It was found upon exposures of
St. Peter sandstone in Winneshiek county. Mr. O. M. Oleson
has since submitted specimens which were collected at Ft. Dodge.
It has been known from Wisconsin and Minnesota, but is new to
Iowa. Its occurrence, therefore, at two such widely separated
localities in the state, is of special interest. In Winneshiek
county it was found at two points near Hesper, both about half a
mile from the state line.

Smilax pseudochina 1,. ‘This species, and S. Aispida, with which
it has been confused, are our only native woody endogens. Well-
defined specimens of this species were collected by the writer in
Cerro Gordo county, and by Mr. J. E. Cameron in Delaware
county. It will probably be found widely distributed in the state.
It was reported in Vol. 38 of the Transactions of the Iowa Hort.
Society, p. 461.

Salix missouriensis Bebb. An interesting form of this species
was collected on the sand-dunes west of California Junction, Har-
rison county, May 19th, 1903. Fruiting specimens were then

142 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

common, but most of the capsules had dehisced. Several shrubs
and small trees still bore staminate flowers. In this habit of pro-
ducing staminate flowers irregularly through spring and early
summer, this species resembles S. rivularis. The specimens on
the sand-dunes are dwarfed, more or less tufted or clustered, and
approach S. glaucophylla Bebb, both in the character of the leaves
and the style. Twigs which were grown in water, however,
developed leaves characteristic of S. missouriensis. Leafless stam-
inate and pistillate twigs, collected at the same place by Messrs.
Bruce McGavern, David Moore, and P. Tierney, April 18, 1904,
later developed typical leaves of S. missourviensis, but the pistillate
flowers showed a distinct, rather slender style, thus approaching
S. glaucophylla. The latter species occurs on the sand-dunes
along Lake Michigan, and is evidently closely related to S. mzs-
souriensis, if, indeed, it does not connect with it.

Populus candicans Ait. Native, or if introduced, well-estab-
lished, on river bluffs in Winneshiek county, especially
along the Upper Iowa above Kendallville. While this has been
cultivated quite commonly it has not heretofore been recognized
as belonging to our flora.

Corylus rostrata Ait. Much doubt has been entertained concern-
ing the occurrence of this species in Iowa, but the writer found it
sparingly in the vicinity of Kendallville, Winneshiek county, in
1903. Several specimens were observed on rather low ground at
the base of a shaded rocky slope.

Quercus borealis Mx. f. This is the common black oak of
higher dry grounds in the northern part of Winneshiek county.
It has thin, very brittle bark; the leaves are small and regularly
lobed, like those of the red oak though rather more deeply, and
the acorns are intermediate in their character between those of
O. rubra and Q. velutina. ‘The inner bark is light yellow, and
very brittle. Some of the phases of this species approach Q.
schneckii which is more common in the north-central part of the
state. Our Iowa forms agree well with Engelman’s specimens
of O. ambiqua Mx. f. (Q. borealis) in the Shaw herbarium at St.
Louis.

Asarum acuminatum (Ashe) Bicknell. This and the follow-
ing species were formerly included under A. canadense L., a

SHIMEK—NOTES ON SOME IOWA PLANTS. 143

species which does not occur in the state. All published refer-
ences to A. canadense are, therefore, valueless so far as concerns
this state. A. acuminatum is. the common species of mossy,
shaded, rocky banks, and is readily recognized by its long-acumi-
nate calyx-lobes. ‘The herbarium of the State University con-
tains specimens from Emmet county (2. /. Cratty), Delaware
county (/. &. Cameron), Dubuque county (/. A. Anderson), and
from Johnson and Cerro Gordo counties, collected by the writer.
This is the more common Asavwm of the northeastern part of the
state.

Asarum reflexum Bicknell. This species is readily recognized
by its smoother surface, and shorter, reflexed calyx-lobes, as well
as by its habit. It grows in low, rich alluvial woods, in com-
pany with Claytonia virginica, Lsopyrum biternatum, Cardamine
purpurea, etc. The University herbarium contains specimens
from Polk county (/. Des Moines Highschool), Pottawattamie
county (/. &. Cameron), Wayne county (/. A. Stromsten), Mus-
catine county (/erd. Reppert), and Johnson, Muscatine, Monroe,
Appanoose, and Cerro Gordo counties, collected by the writer.

Polygonum camporum Meisn. ‘This and the following species
were also reported at the St. Louis meeting of the A. A. A. S.
This species has heretofore been confused with P. ramosissimum
Mx., but is very distinct. It is found upon sandy ridges in
Winnebago county, and westward.

Polygonum douglasit Greene. This is locally very common on
St. Peter sandstone exposures in the northern part of Winne-
shiek county, where it grows on sandy talus with the compara-
tively rare P. tenwe Mx. Flowering specimens were abundant in
August, 1903. :

Talinum parviflorum Nutt. This was reported* by the writer
from Lyon county as 7. /eretifolium, but our specimens are
undoubtedly 7. parviflorum. Arthur also reported 7. feretifolium
from the same locality in Lyon county,+ and probably made the
same error. ‘The species is locally rather common at two points
near the northwest corner of the state, where it grows on Sioux
Quartzite exposures, in crevices and upon the scant dry soil
which accumulates in places upon the rock.

*Ia. Geol. Sur., Vol. X, p. 175; Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci., Vol. IV, p. 73.
+ Proc. Dav. Acad., Vol. III, p. 169.

144 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Brasenia purpurea (Mx.) Casp. This species, better known as
B. peltata Pursh, was collected by the late Ferd. Reppert in Musca-
tine county, and was reported in the Proc. of the Davenport Acad.
of Sciences, Vol. VIII., p. 202. This was the only record of its
occurrence in this state until the writer discovered it growing
commonly in Dead Man’s Lake, in the northeast corner of Han-
cock county, during the last week of September, 1902. It was
then fruiting abundantly.

Atragene americana Sims. ‘This species, hitherto known from
Winneshiek and Delaware counties only, was recently reported
in the Trans. Iowa Hort. Society (1. c.). It is found sparingly
upon rocky bluffs and banks in the northwestern part of the
county, and probably occurs in the adjoining portions of both
Delaware and Clayton counties. Its conspicuous flowers appear
about the middle of May.

Ribes missouriensis Nutt. This species was also reported with
the preceding, but without specific localities. The University
herbarium contains specimens from Pottawattamie county (/. &.
Cameron), and from Harrison, Lyon, Webster and Johnson coun-
ties, collected by the writer. It was formerly confused with 2.
gracile, and seems to be the more common species, especially
westward.

Opulaster intermedius Ryd. This form grades more or less into
O. opulifolius (L,.) Kuntze, and is probably a mere illustration of
the tendency of some species to develop xerophytic characters,
such as increased hairiness of the surface, etc., as they extend
westward into the drier, more open prairie portions of the state.
Specimens referable to this form were collected by the writer in
Johnson county.

Rubus baileyanus Britt. This species was also reported in the
Trans. Iowa Hort. Society, l. c., p. 463, where a typographical
error assigns it to the southeastern part of the state. The speci-
mens there reported were collected in Winneskiek county. The
species has since been collected by the writer near Unionville, in
Appanoose county, where it grows on moist banks in rather deep
woods.

Potentilla tridentata Sol. This species was first reported in
Iowa from Hesper, Winneshiek county, by Arthur,* and is still

* Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. III., p. 169.

SHIMEK—NOTES ON SOME IOWA PLANTS 145

very common on the St. Peter sandstone exposures northeast of
Hesper. Fruiting specimens were common in August, 1903, and
the leaves were afflicted with a Phragmidium, probably fragarie,
a new host for this fungus in Iowa.

Aronia nigra (Willd.) Britt. This species was also recently
reported by the writer,* together with the following species with
which it was found growing on exposed ledges of St. Peter sand-
stone northeast of Hesper. Some of the specimens were in fine
fruit in August, 1903.

Prunus pumila I,, Found with the preceding. It is rare, only
a few plants being found on the most exposed parts of the sand-
stone ledges.

Scrophularia marylandica I, ‘This and the following species
were formerly called a variety of S. xodosa. They differ both in
structure and in habit. This species is readily recognized by its
deep purple abortive stamen, and by the more puberulent lower
surface of the leaves. It is found more frequently in woods and
on lower grounds. The University herbarium contains speci-
mens from Jones county (/. &. Cameron), and from Johnson,
Cerro Gordo, Lyon, Winneshiek and Lee counties, collected by
the writer. Earlier records of this species in the state are of
little value, because they undoubtedly in part include the follow-
ing species.

Scrophularia leporella Bick. ‘This differs from the preceding
species in having a greenish-yellow abortive stamen, and smoother,
leaves. It grows more commonly on the prairie, and in openings
and along borders in wooded country. The University herbarium
contains specimens from Johnson, Floyd and Winneshiek coun-
ties, collected by the writer. It is, however, much more widely
distributed than this would indicate.

* Trans. Ia. Hort. Soc., Vol. XXXVIII, p. 466.

[Proc. D. A.S.. VoL. X.]} 19 [Dec. 24, 1906. ]

MURAL RELIEF FIGURES OF EL GASA DEL
TEPOZTEGO

BY J. WALTER FEWKES

On a recent visit to Mexico the author made an excursion to
Cuernavaca in order to visit! the wonderful ruin called Xochic-
alco in the state, Morelos. He likewise visited the little-known
temple, El Casa del Tepozteco, situated in the mountains above
the Indian pueblo, Tepoztlan. The mural figures described in
the following pages occur on the walls of the latter ruin.

In order to visit this ruin the author and a companion® left the
railroad between Mexico and Cuernavaca at the station called El
Parque, which is nothing but a solitary train house on the moun-
tains. A short walk from this place brought us to the Cerro del
Tepozteco, on the apex of which, a thousand feet above the plain,
could be readily seen the ruined temple appearing as a white spot
on the side of the mountain.

After a climb up one of the most precipitous cliffs? known to
him, with the exception possibly of some parts of the old trail
from the Colorado River to the rim of the Canyon, the author
reached the summit of the mountain, where a camp was made in
the thatched cabin of the Custodian. In this elevated pinnacle
the author and Dr. Le Baron remained over night and the greater
part of two days, which were profitably occupied in a study of
the monument and its various parts. Several good photographs
and a few notes were obtained on this short visit, but the data

1. This article is published by permission of the Secretary of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

2. The author was accompanied on this excursion by Dr. Eugene Le

Baron of Cuernavaca, to whom he is indebted for many kindnesses, includ-
ing the photographs reproduced in plates I-III.

3. This trail has been much improved of late by the introduction of iron
ladders and platforms so that the difficulties in following it have been much
reduced.

FEWKES—MURAL RELIEF FIGURES. 147

most prized is a series of drawings of certain figures on the ban-
quette of the interior walls made by the Custodian, Sr. B. Veraz-
aluce. On comparing these drawings with the original reliefs on
the temple walls their fidelity in minute details was apparent, and
later, when it was possible to consult existing descriptions and
photographs of the ruin, it was recognized that this series is
more complete than any that have yet been printed. It is espe-
cially fitting that this important series should be published not
only from its intrinsic value as illustrating the designs, but also
because it was made by one of the natives of Tepoztlan pueblo to
which we already owe so much in the preservation of their
highly-prized ancient monument.

The ruined temple, El Casa del Tepozteco, was formerly intro-
duced to the archzological world by a native of Tepoztlan, Sr.
Francisco Rodriguez, the talented engineer who is now Acting
Director of the Museo Nacional of Mexico. A brief communica-
tion calling attention to the ruin was made at the meeting of the
Americanists in Mexico in 1895 and was later! published in the
proceedings of the session of the year. Under his initiation and
personal supervision the Tepoztlan? Indians, who take much
pride in this ancient monument of their race, cleared away the
accumulated debris and improved the trail leading to it from the
plain, thus making it accessible to visitors.

Penafiel, in his work on Teotihuacan* published in 1900, claims
that the Casa del Tepozteco was first described by D. Jesus
Quiroz, but gives no reference to the place where this description
appeared. He reproduces Saville’s illustrations in part and com-
piles his short description mainly from that of Rodriguez. The
account by Penafiel adds little to what was already known of
this ruin. Although Sr. Rodriguez’s article before the Congress
of the Americanists was a brief one it attracted much attention
and led several archzeologists to visit the temple, and later to the

1. Congress Internacional des Americanistas. Actas de la undecima Re-
union. Mexico; pp. 233-237. 1595-

2. On the 7th September, yearly, it is said that the 7efonaxtdi or drum
kept in Tepoztlan is carried up to this temple and beaten. On the following
morning, at sunrise, certain rites are performed in the temple. There is like-
wise a personation of the ‘‘Rey de Tepoztlan,’’ who receives ‘‘ Ambassadors’’

from neighboring pueblos.
3. Teotihuacan. Estudio Historico y Arqueologico, pls. 76, 76.

148 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

appointment of a custodian of the ruin. Among others who
climbed the precipitous Cerro de Tepozteco under guidance of
Sr. Rodriguez, was Professor Marshall H. Saville of New York,
who made excellent photographs that he later published! in his
valuable articles on this subject. One of the important contri-
butions made by Saville to our knowledge of the ruin was a
determination of the date of its construction obtained from a slab
on which were cut relief figures. This stone was found in the
lower stone of the pyramid and later removed to Mexico. A
ground plan of the ruin made by Rodriguez also appears in the
same work.

Dr. Seler® supplemented Saville’s account with many import-
ant suggestions regarding the patron god to whom the tempie
was dedicated and the inscriptions on its walls. He likewise
identified several of the relief designs here considered, including
one not now in place and therefore not considered in our series.
This slab formerly occupied what is now a gap in the middle of
the east wall and was apparently the key not only to the age but
also to the character of the worship in the old temple.

Architecturally the ruin consists of a temple standing on a
solid pyramidal base with almost perpendicular sides, the eleva-
tion of which is broken by two narrow shelfs or terraces. The
superstructure or building on top of the pyramid, which was the
temple proper, opened to the west, being approached by two
broad stairways, an upper now somewhat dilapidated and a lower
rising from a landing to which access was gained from a lower
level. ‘T‘he walls of the once roofed temple enclosed two rooms,
a rear chamber, which may be called the cella and an anteroom.
The former was entered by a passage-way in the partition, occu-
pying the space between offsets arising from the north and south
walls. ‘The anteroom contains, besides other structures, the

1. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History, Vol. VIII, Monu-
mental Records, Vol. I. No. 1, July, 1897.

2. Die Temple pyramide von Tepoztlan. Globus, Bd. 73, No. 8, pp. 123-
129. Gesamimelte Abhandlungen Sprach und Alterthumskunde. Berlin,
1904, 2nd vol., pp. 200-214. The article in Globus is translated, ‘‘Temple
Pyramid of Tepoxtlan,’’ in Bulletin, Bureau of American Ethnology, No. 28,
pp. 341-352. Since these articles were written new excavations have been
made in the neighborhood of the base of the temple of Tepozteca and im-
portant undescribed walls and other structures brought to light.

*

FEWKES—MURAL RELIEF FIGURES. 149

remains of foundations and pillars. The structure which especially
concerns us in this article is a narrow ledge slightly raised above
the floor, extending around the north, south and east walls of the
cella, and a part of the north and south walls of the anteroom.
It served as a kind of banquette or seat, recalling a similar struc-
ture in Hopi kivas. The vertical face of this banquette is con-
structed of square or rectangular blocks of stone, the surface of
which is ornamented with figures cut in low relief. The edge of
the seat projects slightly beyond the rise and is also decorated
with relief designs. The rock used in its construction is the com-
mon building stone of the present day, a kind of lava (/ezont/z).
This stone is readily worked and is softer than that used at
Xochicalco and some other ruins. ‘The carved relief figures were
painted red. The two offsets that stand out from the north and
south walls forming the partition separating the cella from the
anteroom have no banquettes and are destitute of relief decora-
tions on their east side, although their other surfaces are elabor-
ately ornamented with geometrical relief figures that will not
now be considered. There are at present no mural decorations
on the walls of the cella or antechamber above the banquette,
although remnants of color show that formerly paintings and
other ornamentations adorned this part of the wall.

For convenience of reference and description the relief figures
are arranged and numbered beginning at the northwest corner
of the cella, passing from it to the east or rear wall, then to the
south wall, ending in the southwest corner. Then follow the
figures on the banquette of the anteroom, where the figures are
imperfect and the series incomplete. There are, all told, sixteen
figures now present on the upright walls of the cella, four on the
north, four on the south, and eight on the rear wall. The num-
ber of small relief figures on the projecting edge of the seat is
unknown, but there are more than twenty' in this position. The
original relief figures from which these drawings were made do
not follow each other in a continuous series. There is a break
directly opposite the entrance into the cella, and at one or two
other points, from which stones were removed a short time ago.
The position of the former is between numbers 7 and 8; that of
the latter is shown in the drawings.

1. No resemblance was noted. between these signs and the Mexican day
symbols.

I50 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The little that has been published on the relief figures of the
inner wall of the Casa del Tepozteco is derived from photographs
published in Saville’s descriptions of the ruin, which appear to
have been used in Dr. Seler’s interpretations. These photographs
show only parts of the series, and in one or two instances are too
indistinct for outlines of relief designs.

The author will begin his comments on Sr. Verazaluce’s series
of drawings with those on the north side of the cella at the
northwest corner, where there are four figures, Nos. 1-4, carved
in relief on seven stones, six of which are now, 1905, in place, the
seventh having been removed later than Saville’s visit. Accord-
ing to Dr. Seler, the design No. 1 represents a bundle composed
of several objects bound together, having a water or blood sym-
bol issuing from each side. "The design No. 2 on the third and
fourth stones is identified by the same authority as a/#/, water,
with an eye, zx//z._ The circle here identified by Seler as an eye is
elsewhere, No. 4, duplicated and having a somewhat modified
form is there identified by the same author as a shield.

An elaborate design, No. 3, on the fifth stone, according to Dr.
Seler, represents a pulque bowl with two lateral ring-like append-
ages. On the middle of the design is depicted the half-moon-
formed nose ornament, yacametzli, a characteristic ornament of
the Pulque god.

No. 4, according to Dr. Seler, represents war, yaoyot/, consisting
of a shield, spears and banner.' The part of this design that is
cut on the sixth stone shows the points of the spears. The
symbol in the lower right-hand corner represents dlood or water.
Apparently Dr. Seler had no available material adequate for the
identification of the relief figures on the east wall, for he does
not discuss the designs that are found in this place.

The relief on the east banquette are well made and apparently
significant as their position would imply. The series of decora-
ted stones is broken midway or directly opposite the. entrance
into the cella by absence of a decorated stone. This space was
formerly occupied by a slab bearing one of the most important of
all the mural designs of the temple.

On the north banquette of the cella, or on the left of this space,

1. This design closely resembles that on the ‘‘ Victory Stone’’ or chim-

alli near Cuernavaca.

FEWKES—MURAL RELIEF FIGURES. I5I

the four stones arranged in a series have the designs, Nos. 5-7;
on the banquette, at the observer’s right hand, there are seven
stones with five designs, Nos. 8-12, one of which, No. 6, the
median of the three former, repeats a constant symbol among the
mural designs.

The first, No. 8, of the five on the right side of the middle of
the east wall is duplicated on the north wall by a figure in which
the conventional water symbol plays an important part. In the
middle of this figure, No. 9, there is represented an object that
might be interpreted as a nose ornament of the Pulque god, but
the whole figure, unlike that elsewhere mentioned, has no resem-
blance to a pulque cup or bowl.

No. 10, the third design in this series, somewhat resembles a
hatchet with unknown objects tied to the handle. The follow-
ing figure, No. 12, is like a wreath with enclosed designs repre-
senting water and feathers.

Among the symbols that once decorated the edge of the seat
there are nine which are well preserved, but the tenth is some-
what mutilated. Dr. Seler has suggested that the figures on the
edge of the banquette represent day signs, but the material at
hand is not sufficient to verify or disprove this suggestion. On
the row of six stones forming the south side of the cella there
are four relief designs.

No. 13, the first figure on the banquette at the left or east end,
according to Dr. Seler, represents a skull from which issues blood
or water which is represented as flowing over the surface of the
second stone. The following figure, No. 14, according to the
same author, is the symbol a//, water with an eye, zx#z, upon its
surface. This figure occupies a greater part of the exposed sur-
face of the second and third stones on this side. The significa-
tion of the third design, No. 15, is not clear that it is connected
in some way with ‘‘ blood or water’’ as the accompanying sym-
bols would appear to indicate. The most elaborate design on the
walls of the cella is a relief identified by Dr. Seler as a dog (éz-
cuit) and undoubtedly representing some carnivorous animal.
The appendages to the arch are considered by the author above
mentioned as feathers of the gwefza/, concerning which identifi-
cation he is, however, in some doubt, as he later adds, ‘‘ das ich
wederum nicht sicher zu deuten ware.”’

152 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

In addition to the relief figures on the cella walls, there are
similar designs on the vertical stone slabs, and fragments of a seat
on the north and south sides of the anteroom, evidently parts of -
a large series. Four figures, two of which resemble certain
reliefs on the cella walls, still remain zz sz/ on the north side and
on the opposite wall there are likewise two reliefs, one of which
is duplicated on the north wall and on the seat of the inner room.

The relief designs of El Casa del Tepozteco above described
are among the most instructive relics of serial paleography to be
found in place north of Chiapas. These reliefs are now in their
original place on the banquette of the Casa del Tepozteco and
are represented in the accompanying figures. As shown above,
plausible suggestions have been made of the meaning of certain
of these designs but many others are not yet identified.

Fewkes—Mural Relief Figures PLATE |

EL GASA DEL TEPOZTEGO (East Side )
Photographed by Dr Le Baron

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X

uoleg 97 “J 4q hq paydeasojoyug X IPA “PS “pery Aeg ‘901g
OOdLZOdaL TAd VSVO 1d ‘(NOOYALNV

Il JLW1d sainaty joragy [eanyy— seyme p

uoleg eT “J uq 4q paydeasojoyy X IPAS PS peoy “seq “9014

VE(E Oi Cl SOUR) -ObalZOdaly 140) VSvVS 1a

Il 3LV 1d saingi yj JRyPy [Fan — seqmo J

Sn sd, oka Si

i ' i
uv 7 7
; } lee are LA Rett whi y
' 7 , y a : ; ' , a <4 “Bod + \ ?
a) ; : / , ' ‘coe ats : ;
F : yA \ A " i #
' ‘ Vv? 4 ’ Ds uf fd ‘
a . en ; Phe 2
. ' : : 4 ¥ ’ ‘ad ty A i : nid ' H
a? Pi ; al ry
' tr ‘ \ “ bi
: i , ae . . 7 9
‘ 4 da aT
. ' . 4 i
: ‘ Py
i , \ . ‘ Fi
fed, ? ay) \
; Ps we '

} . u
¥ ‘
: iy 1 Mf eo”
; , A
’ Dies ‘ f
4 ri ° F A . ,
n m7 7 4
yj 4 af
, er nat
5 .
P : R \, / ; oe
i. : : j
id r ‘
\
-_ nl ‘> (e f
” VAv *
‘ P *.
’ )
i ; : : ‘
j »!
i
’ t 7
’ J
, ’ . “
. fi
‘ ‘ , . “
fl A it
‘ » . ‘
’ ‘
. ¥ h . :
1 P
‘ e ’ M4 .
‘ ‘
~
i t ~—
‘ \ '
: e P
‘ .
pe PF oe,

quoN

4 “PA “19§ “peoy mT @ | “901g,

“yeu pe *aonjezeia A ‘g
ss ~WT1d9 dO LVAS NO SdalTae’SVa

ae =

iy Ke Cu) am)

Was AS ah beeen Nae ea hes oe Boe ee
song J JOP yeanw—seqymey

Al JLV 1d

X ‘IPA “1s “Peoy “seq “oo1g

yeu pe *aonlezns9 A ‘qd

V11d9 AO LVaS NO SdgITaAd’sva

~yeu pe ‘eonjeze1oA “gq X IPA “PS peoy “aeq “901g
WOOUYdULNV JO LVAS NO SdoITaYySVg

—_—— a

ON CERTAIN FOSSIL PLANT REMAINS IN THE
IOWA HERBARIUM

BY THOMAS H. MACBRIDE

The herbarium of the State University of Iowa contains a not
inconsiderable amount of paleobotanical material, the gradual
accumulation of many years. Of these accumulations the greater
part consists of thousands of leaf-prints from various beds, both
in the state and outside its boundaries; but certain plant-stems
and fragments of the woody parts of ancient plants form also a no
less valuable part of the collection, and to some of these, perhaps,
present attention may for a little with profit be directed.

In the investigation of fossil stems the student is confronted at
once by certain obvious disadvantages. In the first place his ma-
terial is always more or less fragmentary. He has, in the main,
only microscopic structure as a basis of identification. This is the
more unfortunate since in the study of the existent types all sorts
of characters prove more convenient than these to which we are
here largely, sometimes entirely, limited. In the present prob-
lems ordinary experience, therefore, brings us less assistance.

The determination of specific difference by considering micro-
scopic structure of the stem alone would be difficult enough did
we compare the forms that stand about us; how much is that
difficulty increased when we attempt to compare with existing
types structures that belong to a different geologic age!

In the second place, the material to be studied is often but im-
perfectly preserved. Silicification is sometimes attended by sec-
ondary crystallization or has been in various ways disturbed so
that the structure is obscured, and tantalizes the student by sug-
gesting that which cannot be exactly ascertained. This is true
also even of material fossil, but not silicified. Wood from pleisto-
cene deposits is not infrequently obscure in microscopic structure
although, at first sight, well preserved.

[Proc. D. A. S., VOL. X.] 20 [Feb. 20, 1907.]

154 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Under these circumstances the study of such material would
seem to offer little encouragement indeed; and yet it has seemed
better to accumulate and record some of the facts we have, in the
expectation that these may at length, in some future day, become
a part, however small, of a body of knowledge sufficient for more
exact inference and conclusion, and so help men in that day better
to understand and realize the orderly succession of the flora of the
world. ,

Our fossil stem-fragments fall naturally into two divisions ac-
cording as they represent paleozoic or pleistocenic material, and
Wwe may conveniently present them in this order. As is well
known, the coal-bearing strata everywhere offer abundant casts
which have been sufficiently described as Lefpidodendron, Sigitl-
laria, Stigmaria, etc., and our collections are not destitute of these
things; but these will not be here considered. We consider in
this discussion only such of our fragments as lend themselves to
sectioning or in such way reveal the original microscopic struct-
ure, and only such of these again as show a reasonably secure
identification. The paleozoic stems studied are ail silicified: the
pleistocene material is only slightly changed; would be termed
half-rotten wood.

PALEOZOIC STEMS.
PTERIDOPHYTA.

Our pteridophytic material consists first of several fragments of
beautifully preserved Sigillaria stems. These are only fairly well
shown in the accompanying illustrations. No illustration can
give exact idea of the clean beauty of the preserved material.
Fresh material was in some ways never finer. For the sake of
reference we have ventured to give the material in hand a name,
with the distinct understanding that specific characters are in the
case largely a matter of assumption.

Sigillaria calvini Macbr., n.s. Plates I, II, III, IV.

The specimens upon which, for sake of reference, this species is
founded are three. They belong, as will appear, possibly to two
or three different plants, but show in so far identical structure.

A. The fossil described is fourteen centimeters long and about

MACBRIDE—FOSSIL PLANT REMAINS. 155

five thick and represents almost throughout the characteristic
scalariform woody tissue described below in detail. The specimen
has been subject to some compression and in fact represents per-
haps no more than one-half the original trunk, as in cross-section
the wedges that make up the wood-cylinder have a length of three
and one-half centimeters. From the curvature of the circle
bounding a section of the stem we estimate the original diameter
of the woody cylinder as ten centimeters, which would leave for
the pith a diameter of four centimeters. This pith seems to have
disappeared completely before silicification.

The cortex in the present specimen is also almost entirely lack-
ing. If we may judge from traces present, the entire cortex seems
to have been converted into coal.

B. ‘The second specimen so exactly resembles the first in gen-
eral detail that it may be assumed part of the selfsame trunk. It
comes from the same place and was furnished by the same col-
lector. This specimen measures about ten centimeters in length
and about five centimeters in greatest width. Of this width
about one and one-half centimeters represents the persistent rem-
nant of the inner cortex. Plate I, Fig. 1. The woody part of
this stem has been perfectly silicified, but has been subject to no
compression, no distortion, and the entire structure is perfect.

C. The third specimen of the set, about twenty-five centime-
ters in length, is a portion of a stem entirely flattened by pressure
applied previous to silicification. The woody cylinder, stele,
was comparatively thin, seven or eight ™™ in thickness, but the
total diameter of the stem apart from cortex must have been sev-
eral centimeters, as will appear from the description following:

The outer cortex seems to have, as usual, passed into coal.
Very little of the inner cortex remains; perhaps only a trace ob-
scurely fluted as in Sigillaria, and with traces here and there of
the ordinary leaf-scar, the central pit usually discoverable. In
flattening, the medulla seems to have disappeared altogether and
the stele or hollow cylinder of this woody tissue collapsed by
breaking into a succession of small arcs which are conjoined by

NG

156 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

their ends. At least three of these arc-sets resulted from the
breaking down of the cylinder under a uniform lateral pressure.
In the process of flattening the cylinder, under a tangential cleav-
age, separated as upon a line of growth, in such fashion that the
older wood parted easily from the younger, leaving these parts to
form singular flattened, delicately fluted columns, of which the
sections are shown in the accompanying diagram. See also Plate
I, Pigso) and, Plate If, Fiesa:

The primary or younger wood which forms the walls of these
columns is made up of scalariform ducts of unusual width, .o1o—
.o14"™™ in diameter. These are of varying length and marked by
slender, distant, transverse thickenings which must have lent to
the structure entire, lightness with considerable strength. The
_ secondary wood is composed of similar ducts about one-half as
great in thickness and increasing in diameter towards the per-
iphery; but the secondary wood is everywhere shot through by
cell-masses representing medullary rays and in this particular
differs in marked manner from the inner or primary structures.

In all three specimens the general structure is essentially the
same; in each the secondary wood is prominent, distinguishable
by its smaller cells; but in B the primary wood is wholly lacking.
Medullary rays, as stated, characterize the secondary wood only.
Plate II, Fig. 2, and Plate III, Figs. 1 and 2. These are very im-
perfectly developed, uneven and irregular; sometimes consisting
of a single row of transverse cells only, sometimes of many, form-
ing, in section, a figure several cells high and two or three cells
thick. We have not been able to trace the continuity of the med-
ullary system with leaf structures in the cortex, as is to be ex-
pected. This, partly because it is not deemed advisable to attempt
further mutilation of our material. The cortex, where still in
place, was evidently largely decomposed prior to silicification.
Most of the structure has been replaced by mineral deposits in
which only crystalline organization is evident. Occasionally,
however, remnants of the same curious tracheary tissue appear
which has been above described. These remnants doubtless rep-
resent thé woody strands of foliar organs. Plate IV, Fig. 1.
The medullary cells also show scalariform markings and seem not
dissimilar to the prosenchymatous elements.

The relation between primary and secondary wood is made clear

MACBRIDE—FOSSIL PLANT REMAINS. 157

in several sections. Plate IV, Fig. 2. On the outer side of the
primary stele merismatic cells developed. These gave rise out-
wardly to the secondary wood much as cambium in the modern
exogen gives rise to phloem. The difference between the ancient
structure and the modern appears, however, in that in old Sigil-
laria growth seems to have proceeded by differentiation of the
outer meristem only. Also, this differentiation was apparently
slow ; the cells set off were like the trachea of the primary wood
but of small diameter, and surprising as it may seem, capable of
slowly growing in size as they were pushed farther and farther
out from the stem center. As stated, in the secondary wood the
cells of greatest diameter are peripheral, but on the outer face of
these there is no indication whatever of asecond meristem. The
woody tissue was probably pushed out into a parenchymatous
cortical mass similar to that which made up the medulla, and
which must have given way in every direction before the energy
of endogenous structures whether of stele or leaf-stems. These
apparently followed for some distance the course of the primal axis.

It may be further remarked, as is evident in our plate, Plate IV,
Fig. 2, that the line of separation between the two phases of
woody growth in the stem is not a simple curve such as is met,
usually, in modern stems, but is strangely sinuate. This gives to
the inner stele, where freshly exposed, a peculiar fluted appear-
ance otherwise difficult to understand. See also Plate I, Fig. 2.
It would seem as if the merismatic cells themselves arose not as
a continuous sheath, but rather as strands which presently be-
come laterally continuous.

This peculiar stem is referred to the genus Sig7//aria because of
the leaf-scars on the surface of the ribbed stem, and because of
the microscopic structure dbove detailed. As to specific identity
it may be compared with .S. menardi Brogn., from which the dif-
ferent structure of the primary wood-cylinder easily separates it.
The same peculiarities of structure seem to separate the Iowa
material from .S. spinulosa Germ. In our Iowa specimens the
primary cylinder is well developed, of large tracheides without
rays or any indication of individual bundles. The merismatic
tissue which appears on its outer surface shows, by no indications
now legible, any relationship to the older or primary structure.

All specimens referred to .S. calvini are from the Des Moines

158 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

stage of the Upper Carboniferous, as exposed near Panora, Guth-
rie county, Iowa. The specific name is in honor of Professor
Calvin of the University, through whose courtesy the material
came to my hand.

Psaronius borealis Macbr., n.s. Plates V, VI.

The fossil here described is represented by several fragments of
a pteridophytous stem about ten centimeters in length and six in
width. The whole specimen is strongly impregnated with iron,
probably hematite. The iron deposits are so extensive as to have
replaced almost entirely the vascular parts of the associated struc-
tures. The central mass of the stem seems to have been com-
posed of two elements, a parenchymatous, as we infer from the
homologies of the case, now wholly lost and replaced by sand, and
a vascular element preserved only in part, but showing the band-
like form characteristic of the stems of larger ferns, as, for in-
stance, some Cyatheas, where the section of each bundle is arcuate
with the tips of the arc more or less reversed or flexed. This
feature of the fossil is indicated in Plate V, Fig. 1. The entire
stem, when perfect, must have been fifteen or eighteen centime-
ters in diameter.

The outer part of the stem, Plate V, Fig. 2, much better pre-
served than the central axis, shows a vast multitude of vascular
strands more or less parallel to each other and to the principal
axis; not straight, however, but interwoven, grown through each
other apparently in a most intricate mass. Between the strands
a crude, rather thick-walled parenchyma is seen. Each strand
has for its center a fibro-vascular bundle of the concentric type,
showing scalariform ducts of unequal diameter; but the bundle
is itself surrounded by a strongly developed sheath or mass of
sclerenchymatous cells everywhere well preserved. Plate VI,
Figs. 1 and 2.

The generic reference of this fossil would seem sufficiently clear.
Specific distinctions here, as elsewhere, are purely tentative, but
for convenience of reference the specimen may be called by a spe-
cific name. ‘The distribution of the principal vascular strands
may possibly here suggest specific characters, although in exist-
ing forms such arrangement is generally significant of a much
larger group.

——— ss o—oe

MACBRIDE—FOSSIL PLANT REMAINS. 159

Our material is from Hardin county, Iowa, and represents, ap-
parently, the Des Moines stage of the upper Carboniferous.

SPERMATOPHYTA.
GYMNOSPERM 4.
CONIFERALES.

The collections of the University contain a very considerable
number of fossil stem-fragments referable to coniferal species.
These are from one or other of two horizons, from the carbonif-
erous and from the pleistocene. They are from various localities
and, as noted, of wide-sundered geologic age. Only those col-
lected in Iowa are presented at this time.

Araucarioxylon occidentale Macbr.,n.s. Plates VII, VIII.

Our first species is represented by certain large stump-like
masses of petrified wood from Van Buren county. Plate VII,
Fig. 1. These great masses, from forty to fifty centimeters in
either diameter, show at sight their origin and are instantly rec-
ognized as petrified wood. The specimens occur detached and
free upon banks and bottoms of watercourses and have been, evi-
dently, long exposed to weathering. As a result the silicified
layers of wood are liable to separate from each other, and nowhere
yield the clearest sort of microscopic sections. Nevertheless, as
shown by Plates VII-VIII, legible structures have been obtained.
We have to do with a conifer, apparently, with large pith; with
distinct lines of growth; without resin ducts, or at least with few;
with bordered pits in single or double series upon the radial faces
of the elongate cells or .tracheides (Plate VII, Fig. 2), the pits
closely placed but not mutually interfering. For these reasons
we refer the material to the genus Avaucarioxylon Kraus. ‘The
small bordered pits in single or double rows, with apparently
elongate openings, suggest the structure of no ordinary conifer
and emphasize the uncertainty of all our reference in absence of
facts other than those largely by the microscope revealed.

The fossils before us, then, show the usual tracheides quadratic
in transverse section with an average diameter of 22. These are
furnished on the radial sides with small bordered pits, more often

160 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

in single rows, along the middle of the face, sometimes in double
rows, closely placed but not compressed, in diameter about one-
fourth the width of cell. The pit or opening is, as stated, slit-
like or oval and the two openings on opposite sides of the trach-
eide wall appear to have been transverse to each other. An occa-
sional pit appears on the tangential face of the cell. In trans-
verse section the pits show the usual figure as seen in recent forms.

On sections of the material uncertain lines of growth appear, or
at least the rock tends to split in concentric fashion. The con-
centric plates are remarkable for their thickness, being from seven
to eight ™™ broad. Under the microscope the line of growth is
not always distinguishable, owing to the irregularity of the silici-
fication. Some sections, however, are sufficiently clear, Plate
VIII, Fig. 1; the autumn-wood shows some modification, but
less pronounced thickening. Possibly the difference shown in the
fossil corresponds to the chemical rather than the physical condi-
tion of the wood replaced. There is no apparent reduction in the
radial diameter of the tracheides nearest the line of growth-
boundary, as is commonly the case in our recent woods.

The medullary rays are composed of simple parenchyma cells,
quadrate, rather long, extending across four to seven tracheides
or more, showing in the sections at hand no pits or openings of
any kind. Seen in tangential section the medullary rays appear
as simple vertical cell-rows, Plate VIII, Fig. 2, occasionally, but
rarely, two cells in width, but in such cases only for a short dis-
tance. ‘The number in a section is variable, from six to twenty.
No resin ducts have been discovered in any of the many sections
studied, and we presume their absence.

Our material is from weathered slopes representing the expos-
ures of the Des Moines stage of the Upper Carboniferous, Van
Buren county, Iowa.

In connection with those palzeozoic stems it is proper to place
upon record one other fragment interesting for what it records
rather than for its own identity. In Plate IX, Figs. 1-2, we show
views of a bit of drift from the Wisconsin or most recent glacial
deposits of Northwest Iowa. Its history is inferable only from
what we learn from other sources. Here we have a piece of ex-
ogenous material, a piece of an exogenous trunk perforated in

MACBRIDE—FOSSIL PLANT REMAINS. 161

almost every part by the borings of some old-time Teredo. The
specimen is so cut to pieces by the borings, now filled up, of.
course, that a fair section of the wood is with difficulty obtained.
From the fact that Cretaceous rocks lie in the pathway of the ice-
sheet that brought us the drift, and the further fact that the
upper Cretaceous deposits are everywhere full of dicotyledonous
fossils, we are led to the conclusion that our fossil is probably of
the age named. ‘Teredines are found fossil in the Old World from
the Jurassic up. :

In our fossil the laminated substance of the shell is shown in
several sections.

PLEISTOCENE STEMS.
CONIFERALES.
Picea mariana (Miller) Britt. Plate X.

In our collection are a great number of specimens of wood from
the forest bed found in Iowa everywhere, usually immediately
beneath the blue clay. These wood-fragments are generally well
preserved, so much so that microscopic sections are easily made
and microscopic structures easily observed. Such examination,
so far, has brought to light coniferous wood, and coniferous wood
only. In the absence of foliage and fruit our determination of
even these almost modern materials is attended with some uncer-
tainty. Some of the fragments have been referred to Larix /ar-
cina, others to Picea mariana, P. nigra auctor., the common black
spruce of our northern coniferous forest.

Our present specimens are cones about one inch in length and
about one-third of an inch in diameter; one with the scales slightly
expanded, the other closed as prior to seed-dispersal. Whether the
latter contain seed has not been determined,—cannot be without
destroying the fossil. Accompanying the cones were found bits
of wood. ‘These, however, represent the following named species.

Our illustration, Plate X, Fig. 1, shows the cones above men-
tioned about twice natural size, from beneath the Kansan drift,
in Washington county, Iowa.

Picea canadensis B.S. & P. Plates X, XI.

The fine block of fossil wood shown in our Plate X, Fig. 2, is
from the base of the blue clay near What Cheer, Keokuk county.

162 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

The wood has fairly well resisted decay, is strongly impregnated
with ferrous sulphide, in some parts carbonized so that it breaks
with smooth black fracture and resembles lignite. In other parts
the tracheides, especially in the neighborhood of the spring wood,
show evidence of crushing and the structure is largely obscured.
But in some places the cell-walls are almost perfect and sections
are entirely satisfactory.

The specimen represents a stem which must have been origin-
ally twenty or thirty centimeters in thickness. At present the
fragment is twenty-five centimeters long, about eight centimeters
in the shorter, about twelve centimeters in one-half of the longer
diameter; the block in this direction is imperfect and incomplete.

The identification here proposed is based wholly upon the mi-
croscopic structure of the wood. In Plate XI, Figs. 1 and 2, this
is shown in the upper figure contrasted or compared with the fig-
ure of a corresponding section made from the fresh wood of the
species as now grown by cultivation in Iowa. The correspond-
ence of structure is, it is thought, remarkable. The microscopic
sections suggest an identity even more exact than the illustration
shows. ‘The peculiar oblique or spiral striae which mark the wall
of the tracheide and which leave their trace upon our plate illus-
trating the fossil, are distinguishable in microscopic sections of
recent wood, but do not come out very plainly in our photo-
graphic print. It must be noted too that these spiral markings ©
appear equally distinct on the tracheides of Picea abies (L.) Kars-
ten, as we have learned by comparison of material grown in Iowa.
In fact the two species of modern spruce named may, by the mi-
croscope, only with difficulty be distinguished. We have referred
the fossil to the one species rather than the other simply because
P. canadensis is still a habitant of North American forests, while
P. abies is not, and if it ever was, which is certainly by no means
improbable, it is hard to see why the approach and recession of
the ice-sheets should have brought it to total extinction. Our
reference to the existent species is more plausible, even although
the microscopic evidence inclines rather to the European form.
Plate XII, Figs. 1 and 2, shows further the microscopic structure
of this fossil spruce, in sections transverse and radial.

gy
-
¥
b
:,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Figure 1.—Radial view of specimen B of Sigillaria calvini. The
remains of the cortex appear above and the medullary
cleavage of the wood appears clearly shown.

Figure 2.—Tangential view of specimen C, Sigi/laria calvini. A
small fragment of cortical structure appears at the upper
left hand corner of the figure; in the middle we have
the natural (?) outer surface of the wood-cylinder, show-
ing obscure S/gi//aria imprints; next the inner surface
of an arc of secondary wood, and at the bottom the outer
surface of a similar corresponding are of primary wood.
Note that the fluted or channeled appearance is due to
the crenulate or wavy line of separation between the
primary and secondary wood. See Plate V, Fig. 2.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE |

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig 2

~~

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Figure 1.—A transverse section of one portion of the compressed
wood cylinder, primary wood only, Sigillaria calvinti,
magnified about 30 diameters. The pith has been en-
tirely supplanted by silicious deposits. The crushed
cells are to be noted at the extreme left of the figure.

Figure 2.—A transverse section of secondary wood of the same

species, x 100. The medullary rays are here conspic-
uous.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE tt-

i RR RS EES
oe

it At re
p hu
ie

i]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Figure 1.—Radial section of Sigi//laria calvini. ‘The figure is

made to show the comparative breadth of the medullary
rays.

Figure 2.—Tangential section of wood of the same species to

show the irregularity and imperfections of the whole
medullary system.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE Ill

Se Mie ie i
ee a

Bay

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig. 2

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Figure 1.—Transverse section of the fragment of Sig7//aria cal-
vint shown in Plate I, Figure 1. The section was made
in an attempt to show the cortex structure. A piece of
the secondary wood has slipped in the preparation so as
to obscure the structure in part. In the upper part of
the figure the contact of wood and cortex is shown.

Figure 2.—Transverse section of the fragment of the same mate-
rial shown on Plate I, Figure 2. Here the primary and
secondary wood rings appear in more or less exact con-
tact, showing apparently the merismatic cells from which
the secondary tracheides are developed.

PLATE IV

Macbride —Fossil Plant Remains

i Cie y ry»

LS

Fig. 2

Acad. Sci., Vol. X

Proc. Dav.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Figure 1.—End-view of a fragment of Psavonius borealis. To the
left are shown the peculiar vascular bands, arcuate and
involved; to the right the peculiar cortex characteristic
of the genus.

Figure 2.—Tangential view of the same specimen. The peculiar
vascular thread-like descending roots are fairly shown.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE V

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig. 2

?
\

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Figure 1.—A transverse section of a fragment of Psavonius bore-
alis. ‘The section shows, at the lower left hand corner,
tracheze in the center of the bundle.

Figure 2.—A similar section of the same fragment to illustrate
the general structure. Five bundles are shown nearly
entire; between these, extending transversely across the
figure, is the ordinary modified parenchyma, forming
here the fundamental tissue of the stem. The scleren-
chymatous bundle sheaths are well shown, much as in
the case of the bundle of a modern endogen.

PLATE VI

Macbride— Fessil Plant Remain,

Fig. 2

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X

ll

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Figure 1.—Stump of Avaucarioxylon occidentale, x 75.

Figure 2—Longitudinal, radial section of the silicified wood of
the species figured above. Medullary rays appear at the
left.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE VII

=

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig. 2

=

“a

Aw 4 ie

a“

Wwe

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Figure 1.—Transverse section of Avaucarioxylon occidentale. The
section shows a line of growth (so assumed) extending
vertically almost in the middle of the plate.

Figure 2.—Tangential section of the same material to show the
distribution and height (measured in superimposed cells)
of the medullary rays.

PLATE VIII

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains ©

Fig. 1

a

ie,

~ es Sg rors reel

ST it tT

rs

wR

a

Fig. 2

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figure 1.—Silicified block of some deciduous tree, almost entirely
consumed by teredos prior to silicification. About one-
half natural size.

Figure 2.—Fragment of the same block showing the toredo bur-
rows: in cross-section.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE IX

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig. 2

orf nos ARLE 4 ee yest gar l-
t ag hb 2 a ow
yl fry oh. Mi ee yee > th eaeeagct eT:

lit Pi Binsin? tag? f heat fo : fee a ere
IT ek rah. igs tok iss PSG tReet

oes eae we . eo re.
pe are REL ES. oy Lirie

.

= ¥
J *
ee - .
4 J
ey 1)
;
-
om
a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Figure 1.—Two cones of Picea mariana from below the blue clay.
The figures are shown about twice the natural size.

Figure 2.—A fragment of wood from beneath the blue clay. The
fragment is referred to Picea canadensis. ‘The figure is
about one-half natural size.

PLATE X

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains’

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci, Vol. X

=*

—
7 a

k

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Figure 1.—Tangential section of the wood of the fragment shown
on Plate X, Figure 2. The section of a resin passage
occupies the center, and the strize of the tracheides come
out well in all”parts of the section.

Figure 2.—A correspondnig section of recent wood, Picea cana-
densis, introduced for comparison. ‘The striz on the
tracheides are less distinctly shown in the fresh unstained

wood as here.

Macbride —Fossil Plant Remains PLATE XI

gee

ee

Proc. Dav. Acad; Sci., Vol! X Fig. 2

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Figure 1.—Transverse section of Picea canadensis from the so-
called ‘‘forest-bed’’ beneath the blue clay. The section
shows three resin-ducts.

Figure 2.—Radial section of the same material cut so as to show
the bordered pits.

Macbride—Fossil Plant Remains PLATE XiIl

=r > pied ans ag
BROS Ses

.

Mad eae ~~ po 7. St @.s ©
ts, “s el Shs ~~, ¢
SOU gee:
: Sees \ 5 SO « Jb

Oa se

pyaiekeree ads as

SS
as
e nee pas

<>

ie ee ee

Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., Vol. X Fig. 2

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS OF JASSIDAE

HERBERT OSBORN

DORYCEPHALUS PUTNAMI DN. sp.

Black, head produced but shorter than other species of the
genus, longer than width between the eyes, margins very thin,
elytra long, extending almost to tip of pygofer; length, male, 5™™"-

Head much less produced than in p/atyrhynchus, narrowed to a
rather broadly rounded apex, margin thin, foliaceous, slightly
upturned, becoming somewhat spoon-shaped at apex; the surface
of the vertex rather distinctly marked with longitudinal rugosi-
ties. Eyes elongate, extending about half their length on margin
of pro-thorax, ocelli on margin between vertex and front and
close to the compound eyes; front somewhat tumid, becoming car-
_ inate where it merges into the vertex, flattened at base of clypeus;
the sutures converging sharply from antennal sockets; lorz wid-
ening apically, nearly reaching margin of the cheek; clypeus
with parallel sides, apex reflexed and very slightly expanded.
Pro-thorax shorter than vertex, wider than long, with a distinct
median carina reaching nearly to the hind border; the surface
strongly punctate and, posteriorly, with transverse rugze; scutel-
lum punctate, faintly rugose. Central transverse impression dis-
tinct and two fainter longitudinal impressions. Elytra scarcely
reaching tip of abdomen, opaque, faintly and minutely punctate,
inner claval vein joining the outer near its tip.

Color.—Black throughout.

Genitalia.—Male valve short with an obtuse angle behind;
plates as wide as valve at the base, the outer margins sinuate, the
- apices acute, reaching about two-thirds the length of the pygofer.
Pygofer conical, opening posteriorly, obliquely truncate.

Described from two specimens, males, one from Chester, Ga.,
from the Georgia State Collection through the kindness of Mr.
Wilmon Newell; the other from Jacksonville, Fla., collected by

[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X,] 21 [April 8, 1907.]

164 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson and kindly loaned to me by Prof.
E.D. Ball. This is an interesting addition to this genus, differ-
ing in shorter head and black color from our previously known
species and occupying a new range; hitherto no species has been
recognized in our southeastern fauna. I take pleasure in nam-
ing it in honor of Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam who, during her life-
time, did so much for the encouragement of science, especially in
Entomology.

DELTOCEPHALUS SANDERSI Ni. Sp.

Gray with black points on apex of vertex, disc of clavus and
corium and black border to reflexed costal veins. Face dusky,
gradually paling below. Length, female, 3.55", male, 3".

Head acutely produced, rounded at extreme apex, vertex about
one and one-half times as long as broad, flattened front broad and
prominent. Clypeus narrowing to truncate apex, lore rather
small, borders of cheeks nearly straight. Pronotum distinctly
truncate behind, lateral margins extremely short, forward costal
veins sharply reflexed.

Color.—Ashy gray, a quadrate spot including a white dot on
apex of vertex, an oblique spot on clavus and at base of discal
cell, hinder edge of reflexed veins and border of central apical
cell black, face dusky above with five or six light arcs becoming
paler on lower portion; beneath and legs uniformly gray with
black points at tip of hind tibiae, bases of tibial spines and a band
on the hind tarsi blackish.

Genitalia.—Female ventral segment short with a central pro-
duced rounded lobe with a black border; pygofer, short, thick,
dusky with whitish points from which arise short, stiff, blackish
hairs. Male valve triangular, posterior. border slightly acumi-
nate, plates broad at base, narrowing sharply, produced apically,
slightly divergent, acute at tip, scarcely twice as long as valve,
about two-thirds as long as pygofer.

Two specimens, one male and one female, from Ch. Bridge, Va.,
collected: by Mr. J. G. Sanders, and two specimens, one male and
one female, the latter with upper half of face darker than other
specimens, collected at Monticello, Ga., by E.S. G. Titus. This
species resembles flexwosws Ball in general appearance but differs
decidedly in genitalia of both male and female. I take the liberty

ee ee

ay

a

i:

OSBORN—NEW FORMS OF JASSIDA). 165

to name it in honor of my friend and former student, Mr. J. G. San-
ders, who has added many interesting specimens in this group.

A somewhat larger specimen, similarly marked above, but with
the face almost entirely black with very faint indications of light
arcs, and under side of abdomen black, collected at Hyattsville,
Md., by Prof. J. S. Hine, is also referred here.

DELTOCEPHALUS PICTUS N. sp.

Grayish, marked with lighter lines, head strongly produced,
elytra with reflexed veins, upper half of face black, lower half
yellow. Length of male, 3™™.

Head produced, vertex about one and one-half times as long as
broad, nearly flat, front broad, margins nearly straight, converg-
ing towards base of clypeus. Clypeus slightly longer than broad,
tapering slightly toward rounded apex, cheeks nearly triangular,
lorze rather broad, outer border semi-circular, margins of genze
almost straight. Pronotum with hind border straight, lateral
margins very short. Elytra reaching nearly to tip of abdomen,
three costal cross-veins reflexed, central anteapical cell constricted
but not meeting at middle.

Color.—Gray, vertex with a black spot at apex including light
yellow dot at tip, transverse fuscus band half way from apex to
border of eyes, a darker transverse narrow band or line even with
front border of eyes and two dusky stripes from near the center
of each lateral area of the disc, connecting with similar colored
bands on the pronotum, central impressed line distinctly marked,
and black. Eyes gray, front black down to level of the eyes, with
clypeus, lorze and cheeks light lemon yellow; scutellum with four
dark dots on disc and faint fuscus stripe near lateral angle; elytral
veins whitish, the borders on apical half strongly bordered with
fuscus or blackish, and a rather distinct blackish spot at apex;
beneath blackish with margins of thoracic and abdominal seg-
ments narrowly yellow, lorze and base of anterior femora blackish,
remainder of legs yellowish with dusky spines and claws.

Genitalia.—Male valve short, transverse, plates broad at base,
tapering uniformly to rather blunt point; pygofer very long, more
than twice the length of plates, converging apically and passing
the tip of elytra.

Described from one specimen collected on Staten Island, N. Y.

166 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCHS.

It is a very striking species and although only a single specimen
is in hand it seems desirable to describe it.

THAMNOTETTIX BRITTONI Nn. sp.

Resembles fevnicotti but narrower, somewhat lighter, markings
of prothorax and elytra, especially in the male, less distinct.
Length, female 9.750 males

Vertex subangulate, about one and one-third as long at middle
as at eye, transversely depressed on the disc, rounded over to front;
front nearly twice as long as broad, with two round black points
between the ocelli, tapering to clypeus; clypeus narrow, widening
slightly to apical third; lorze extended, touching the margin;
pronotum faintly, transversely striate, polished, posterior border
almost straight; elytra translucent.

Color.—Fulvous brown, males a brighter golden fulvous, with
yellow markings less pronounced. Female, with front of vertex,
most of face, transverse band on the pronotum, prominent claval
stripe from near the base to apical cells and body beneath the legs,
yellow; elytral veins pallid; venter somewhat more golden yellow
and sutural lines touched with sanguineous. In the male the yel-
low markings are very faint, the whole body suffused with golden
fulvous. The two prominent round black spots between ocelli, on
border between vertex and front, are perfectly visible from above.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female nearly twice as long
as the preceding; hind border rounded, slightly thickened at the
middle, forming a slight and faintly notched median lobe which
is slightly embrowned laterally. Male valve very short, plates
broad at base, margins curving to form narrowed, acuminate tips
reaching nearly to end of pygofer; border finely ciliate.

Described from one female and three male specimens received
from Prof. W. E. Britton, New Haven, Conn., to whom I take
pleasure in dedicating the species. Of these, one was collected
by W. E. Britton, July 15, 1904; one by B. H. Welden and one
by W. E. Britton, July 20, 1904; one by H. L. Viereck, July 6,
1904. The species bears a striking resemblance to hennicott?, but
aside from smaller size and narrower body, has lighter color and
lacks the black markings of the pleurze and has a shorter female
ventral segment,

THE FUNCTION OF THE PROVINCIAL MUSEUM.

C., C. NULEING.

If the psychologists are correct when they tell us that civilized
man is ‘‘ eye-minded,’’ it follows as a natural sequence that the
easiest way to educate in regard to concrete objects is through
the eye. While it is doubtless true that we have been influenced
largely in the direction of eye-mindedness by the prevalent habit
of reading, a habit which leads to a discrimination of small dif-
ferences in form, it still remains a fact that the most direct and
common appeal to the intellect is through the eye, and that we
remember largely in terms of vision.

Thus it comes about that the two most important agencies in
popular education are intended to appeal to the consciousness
directly through the eye. These agencies are the library and
the museum.

An enormous impetus has been given to the former through
the princely and wise munificence of a single man, Mr. Carnegie,
and the time will come when the importance of the second, the
museum, will be recognized as widely as that of the library is at
present.

Dr. Edward S. Morse, Director of the Peabody Academy of
Sciences, has published a paper with the significant title, “‘ If
Public Libraries, Why Not Public Museums?’’ from which I
quote the following:

‘Lessons from books, and not from nature, have been the tire-
some lot of school children. Questions and answers, cut and
dried, have tended to deaden the enquiring spirit. That portion
of the child’s brain which is involved in observation has been
reduced to atrophy by the usual public school methods.’’ “I
shall never forget the bitter disappointment I felt as a boy, on
my first journey, when the stage driver pointed out to me with
his whip the dividing line between the states of Maine and New

168 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Hampshire. There was no colored line! There was no change
in the color surfaces of the two sides! I felt grieved and rebel-
lious at the imposition that had been practiced upon me.’’ ‘‘The
book method of education has almost paralyzed public desire for
museums, and the result has been that the museum, when insti-
tuted, has been in the interest of specialists, and mainly through
their efforts.”’

The museum, then, is an educational force that cannot be neg-
lected. It should be regarded as of codrdinate value with the
library. This does not mean that it can ever supplant the latter,
but that it can be its most effective supplement and aid, as Pro-
fessor Goode, the ablest museum organizer that this country has
ever produced, points out in the following words:

‘‘T am confident, also, that a museum, wisely organized and
properly arranged, is certain to benefit the library near which it
stands in many ways through its power to stimulate interest in
books, thus increasing the general popularity of the library and
enlarging its endowment.’’

The meaning of ‘‘ provincial museum,’’ as used in the title of
the present paper, needs some explanation. Museums may be
classified in various ways. For instance, they are most com-
monly distinguished by their main contents, as Art Museums,
Natural History Museums, Historical Museums, Commercial
Museums, etc. On the other hand they can be classified in
accordance with the power by which they are owned or controlled.
This gives rise to the National Museum, owned and governed by
the Nation. This should be, but often is not, the most dignified
and comprehensive of all museums. In our country, however,
there are at least three museums that are, or soon will be, much
more extensive than the National Museum at Washington, even
when the latter is installed in the proposed new building.?

Then there is what may be designated as the Metropolitan
Museum, situated in a great city and controlled neither by the
Government nor by a college or university. In this class would
come the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburg and the Field Colum-

1. Reference is made here to the American Museum at New York, the Carnegie
Museum at Pittsburg, and the Field Columbian Museum at Chicago, each of which has
buildings planned or already erected that will more than double that of the proposed
new National Museum in capacity, and each of which is more munificently endowed
than the latter.

NUTTING—FUNCTION OF THE PROVINCIAL MUSEUM. 169

bian Museum at Chicago. The American Museum in New York
City is practically in the same class, but its connection with
Columbia University excludes it from this group on technical
grounds. These three institutions are, or soon will be, among
the foremost in the world in point of size and endowment.

Again, we have the University Museum, such as that at Oxford
or Cambridge in England and Harvard or Yale in this country,
the primary function of which is to aid in the education of the
college man, thus differing fundamentally from that of the
National or Metropolitan Museum.

Lastly, we have the class which furnishes the subject for this
paper—the Provincial Museum. ‘The term is used in a not very
exact sense, but is intended to include all of the public museums
that are neither national, metropolitan nor university museums
as defined above. Such institutions are necessarily more limited
in scope than either of the other classes because they are not
backed by the resources of a nation, a great city, or a university.
They are limited in number in this country and have not as yet
secured the public support that their real importance should com-
mand. In England there are a number of such institutions sup-
ported by public funds, and many of them are doing a work
creditable to themselves and of recognized utility to the public.
The ‘‘ Hancock Museum”’ at Newcastle-on-Tyne is an example
of a thoroughly dignified and useful museum of this sort. {t is
not large. Indeed, as I remember it, it is not very much larger
than the Davenport Academy of Sciences Museum, but it con-
tains much that is of very unusual interest, and its scope is
almost exactly that which I am about to indicate as the ideal one
for such an institution.

One has to look in vain for such a museum in our central
states, the nearest approach to it being our own museum at Davy-
enport. But the time is coming when such institutions will rank
in aggregate importance with either of the other classes enumer-

ated above.

In a report made by a committee to the British Association for
the Advancement of Science, the following are set forth as the
special objects of the Provincial Museum! of the United Kingdom:

‘‘t. ‘To contribute its share to the general scientific statistics

1 Report of the United States National Museum for 1893, P. 777.

170 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of the country by collecting and preserving specimens of the
natural and artificial productions of the district in which it is
situated.

‘“5. To procure such other specimens as may be desirable for
illustrating the general principles of science, and the relation of
the locality to the rest of the world.

‘©3. To receive and preserve local collections or single speci-
mens having any scientific value which the possessors may desire
to devote to public use.

‘‘4. So to arrange and display specimens collected as to afford
the greatest amount of popular instruction consistent with their
safe preservation and accessibility as objects of scientific study.

‘‘5. ‘To render special assistance to local students and teach-
ers of science.’

According to the views of the present writer, the functions of
the provincial museum, as defined in this paper, are:

First. The securing of as complete a local collection as can
possibly be obtained. This should, it appears to me, be the pri-
mary object of the institution. Ordinarily, however, it is the
very last thing to engage the attention of the bodies governing
such museums. The idea that we must ransack foreign countries
for museum material of first-class value is a fundamental mistake.
The primary object of the museum is the education of the people;
and a complete, well-displayed and well-labeled series of the local
fauna, flora and minerals will stimulate interest and impart infor-
mation more quickly and surely than any other means.

It is a mistake to think that the people are not interested in
familiar things. On the contrary there are no specimens that
are more attractive to the average child or adult than the birds
and flowers and insects familiar to him. Such specimens are a
more welcome sight than those from foreign localities for the
same reason that familiar human friends are more appreciated
than strangers. A somewhat long and extended acquaintance
with the public in its relation to a natural history museum has
brought conviction of this fact to the writer, and any one who
lingers long in a museum and watches the visitors will be inevi-
tably forced to the same conclusion. !

1’The writer would not have it inferred that he would exclude general collections
from the provincial museum, On the contrary, the local series should be the nucleus

NUTTING—FUNCTION OF THE PROVINCIAL MUSEUM. ee

But it is not enough to have our local collection installed and
displayed in the ordinary way, the specimens arranged in stiff
rows, with equally stiff labels giving the technical names and
localities, with, perhaps, the name of the donor.

Dr. F. A. Bather, in a paper with the somewhat whimsical title,
‘“How May Museums Best Retard the Advance of Science?’’ says:

-** None of us but has been taught how to bewilder the eyes of
the public with thirty specimens of an object, all placed the same
way up, and displaying as few of its essential characters as possi-
ble, when one specimen properly labeled would have sufficed.
We know how to strike dullness through the hearts of thousands
by our funereal rows of stuffed birds with their melancholy lines
of Latin names.”’

The installation of collections has become a real art in modern
museums, and nowhere has there been more striking advance
than in the manner of showing to the public the things that
we want it tosee. The amount of thought and effort that has
been devoted to this purpose has brought more reward to the
conscientious curator than any other part of his work. The vis-
itor merely feels that the effect is pleasing or tiresome, as the
case may be, but does not realize that the difference between
pleasing and tiresome is almost always and surely a difference in
the method of installation. This has assumed the dignity of an
art of recent years, and the most painstaking attention is given
to such matters as background, illumination, cases, accessories
and labels.

As regards the very important subject of labels, Professor G.
Brown Goode has said: ‘‘ An efficient educational museum may
be described as a collection of instructive labels, each illustrated
by a well-selected specimen.’’

In general it may be said that the aim of the provincial museum
should be to install its specimens in such a way that the visitor
will be pleased and not wearied, and that certain definite facts
will be taught thoroughly and impressively. For example: The
collection of birds should not be limited to a systematic series in
monotonous rows, but should enforce the life history of a number

around which should gather typical specimens illustrating the relationships of the local
material to that of the world at large. The local collections should, however, make a
serious attempt at completeness, while the exotic material must necessarily be frag-
mentary, at least in comparison.

[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.] 22 [April 9, 1907.]

172 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

of familiar forms in such a way that the merest child can not fail
to understand and appreciate it. Not only the adult form should
be exhibited, but the young, the nest, and the eggs. If possible
these should be combined in an artistic group that will be, above
all things, correct in every detail. Then the label should tell the
story simply and clearly. If the species is of either positive or
negative economic importance, this fact should be stated together
with the most effective means of encouraging the birds if of eco-
nomic value, or of destroying them if harmful. Fortunately the
latter will seldom be the case.

In addition to these concrete lessons, the museum can and
should teach much regarding the general laws of nature. For
instance, such matters as protective coloration, mimicry, geo-
graphical distribution, variation, etc., can be very effectively
illustrated by definite examples taken from the familiar woods
and fields.

Second. The securing and exhibition of a notable collection
in some one field of science. In other words, some special
‘“ hobby ”’ should find a place in every museum of any pretension.

Just what this special collection will be in any particular
instance is more often determined by accident than design. The
original curator of the institution may have been a specialist in
some limited field, and hence the collection is fore-ordained to be
built up in that particular direction. Again, it often happens
that the founder of the museum has long been interested in gath-
ering together material in some one field, and has donated this
collection as a nucleus for the future museum.

In the case of the museum of the Davenport Academy there
are two collections of special value—namely: The entomological
collection, contributed by Mr. J. Duncan Putnam, and the very
valuable anthropological collection, mainly from eastern Iowa
and western Illinois, which can be regarded as almost unique in
its scientific value. This latter seems destined to be the collec-
tion par excellence which will be forever associated with this
very creditable museum; and it is, in my opinion, the feature
that should be most energetically pushed and endowed by those
in charge of the Academy. This collection should be jealously
guarded and effectively displayed, and no effort should be omitted
that will tend to add to its treasures or increase its efficiency.

NUTTING

FUNCTION OF THE PROVINCIAL MUSEUM. 173

Third. Our ideal provincial museum having decided on the
policy of securing a good local collection and seeing that it is
installed and exhibited in a pleasing and adequate manner, and
having further decided energetically to pursue the plan of keep-
ing up some special hobby, should see to it that the necessary
accompaniment of the museum, the library, should not be neg-
lected. With the limited means usually at the disposal of the
provincial museum, there should be no attempt at providing
books for the use of the general public, although this is very
desirable. Books of a technical nature, embracing those scien-
tific fields covered by the collections, should be added as rapidly
as possible, so that the specialist may find his tools ready at hand
when he enters upon the study of the museum material. It will
be necessarily a long and laborious task to provide a good work-
ing library, even in a few limited fields of scientific endeavor. It
seems to the writer that nothing so clearly demonstrates the long-
headed wisdom of the founders of the Davenport Academy as
does their persistent work along the line of building up a good
scientific library. There are very few such well-selected collec-
tions of scientific works in any provincial libraries in America,
and not many in Europe.

I say that this policy is essentially far-sighted because it makes
it possible for the institution itself to engage in the making of
books and other scientific tools. It is altogether probable that
no part of the endeavor of any soundly organized society pays
more surely and more amply than the publication of its Proceed-
ings and Reports. For this at once ranks a given institution
among the solid and serious forces at work for the advancement
of science, and secures a certain recognition among the world-
wide sisterhood of similar: institutions. This recognition is not
by any means a purely sentimental one, but at once begins to
prove its practical value in the tide of literature that sets toward
the library of the favored Society or Academy, a tide that is ever
on the increase and which goes far toward filling the empty
shelves of the book room.

Fourth. Having spread the feast of good things for the pub-
lic and for the special investigator, having provided attractively
displayed collections and a good working library, the next thing
for the museum administration is to see to it that the collections

174 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

are brought into vital touch with the public for which they are
prepared. It is not enough to have certain days or certain hours
during which the rooms are open to the general public, but spe-
cial means must be taken to insure not a casual but an habitual
attendance of the people. Care must be taken -that the visitors
depart with a sense of having been distinctly pleased rather than
with a feeling of weariness that will inhibit habitual use of the
museum.

Most of the remarks in the preceding pages concerning meth-
ods of attractive installation are directed toward the securing of
the pleased attention of the visitor, but there are other means
that the wise curator will not fail to use, and which in the Dav-
enport Academy have already been used most effectively. I refer
to the establishing of close relations with the public schools of
the city and surrounding region. I know of no instance where
this object has been more thoroughly and admirably attained
than here. It will not do for a provincial museum to content
itself with attracting to its halls the scientific specialists, nor even
securing the passing interest of the casual visitor; but an inti-
mate contact with the public, a contact which means real service,
is essential to any lasting success. If the teachers and pupils of
the public schools are once brought to the point that they feel
that they are distinctly benefitted by the museum and can be kept
to a realizing sense of that fact, a foundation is laid for recipro-
cal benefits.

This leads us directly to a vital question relating to the welfare
of the provincial museum, and that is the question of public sup-
port in a concrete, that is, a financial way.

No museum or other public utility can hope to have a healthy
growth unless it have a certain support upon which it can count
in-advance. In my opinion it would be no very difficult task to
defend the thesis that a municipal or provincial museum should
be supported by taxation, just as most city libraries are now sup-
ported. There is no question but that so good and well-mana-
ged a museum as that owned by the Davenport Academy of Sci-
ences would, in almost any community in England, be regularly
supported by astated tax. Every argument that can be brought
forward to defend the proposition that public libraries should be
supported by funds raised by taxation is equally available in favor

NUTTING—FUNCTION OF THE PROVINCIAL MUSEUM. 175

of a like support for properly conducted museums. Such a mu-
seum should be able to secure such support by virtue of services
rendered, and the funds thus provided should be given as a right,
and not doled out ascharity. It is my belief that the services
now being rendered by the Davenport Academy are of such real
value to the community that the burden of its support should no
longer fall entirely, or even mainly, on the generosity of private
individuals. This institution has long ago passed the experi-
mental stage, and has proved beyond possibility of cavil its
potency for good service to the community. It is in a position
to ask and receive regular financial support from the City of
Davenport as a small return for a great service which has been
continuously rendered for many years.

In conclusion the writer would plead the excuse of a somewhat
long service in museum work as an apology for offering two sug-
gestions regarding things that should not be done, although they
very generally are done in the smaller museums everywhere.

The first of these things to be avoided is the purchase of speci-
mens brought in by local collectors. If the museum is in a posi-
tion to pay for everything, then nothing can be said against this
practice. But it is safe to say that there are no provincial muse-
ums that are sufficiently endowed to be beyond the need of strict
economy. ‘The fact is that if it once becomes understood among
the local sporadic collectors, particularly boys, that the museum
will pay for specimens, it will almost invariably be compelled to
pay for material which would otherwise naturally be freely dona-
ted. This course works a double injury. It prevents the
museum from realizing a sure and constant revenue in the way
of donated local specimens, and it also results in a most unfortu-
nate attitude on the part’ of the local youth. The boys should
be induced to collect and bring in specimens for the good of the
museum and the public, instead of placing the transaction on the
low level of a commercial enterprise. The public or individual
will take a keener personal interest in an institution that it is
actively aiding than in one that it simply regards as a possible
source of revenue. Every boy, girl, or man who brings a speci-
men and donates it outright will then feel a direct personal inter-
est in the collections. He will bring his friends to see the bird
or other specimen that he has given, and thus there will be estab-

176 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

lished a community of interest and effort that no amount of mere
buying and selling could ever effect.

Another thing to avoid is the acceptance of special collections
with the understanding that they are to be kept separate from
the other collections in the museum. Few things have caused —
more real distress to the conscientious curator than this form of
incubus that is forever being pressesd upon his unwilling shoul-
ders. On the other hand, there are few more insidious tempta-
tions than that held out to the trustees of a museum by the man
who offers a really valuable collection as a gift, provided that it
be given a separate room or case and bear the name of the donor.
But the wise and experienced museum man will at once gently
but firmly refuse any such donation, and in most cases a little
frank explanation will convince the would-be donor that, if his
object is to serve the public or the cause of science, he should
make his gift absolutely free of any such conditions.

Nothing is more certain than that the acceptance of such a
gift will sooner or later be regretted if the museum involved ever
attains the dignity of a well arranged and well balanced exhibi-
tion of material. The curator will inevitably find that his well-
planned schemes for a consistent display are forever being con-
fronted by this ghost that will not down, and the result will be
that he wishes that that particular collection, however valuable
it once seemed, could be cast into the bottom of the sea, or any-
where else, so that it is forever out of his way. While it occa-
sionally happens that a special collection is so nearly complete
that it can logically be kept separate, such cases are so excep-
tional that they do not conflict with the general rule that should
be rigidly adhered to in every museum that expects a healthy
and long continued growth with elbow room for a correct system
of installation.

STATE UNIVERSITY OF Iowa,
Sept. 18, 1905.

RECORDS

OF THE

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

1904-1906

1904

OFFICERS

Elected at Annual Meeting January 29, 1904

President, ; : : : . A. W. ELMER
Vice-President, . ; ; 2 C. H. PRESTON
Curator, : : 3 : . J. H. PAARMANN
Recording Secretary, ; : . A. A. MILLER
Corresponding Secretary, . : . Muss §. G. F. SHELDON
Treasurer, : : b , Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM
Librarian, : ; ‘ : . CC. E. Harrison
TRUSTEES

W. L. ALLEN DR. JENNIE MCCOWEN

A. F. CUTTER E. C. ROBERTS

C. A. FICKE J. H. PAARMANN

E. S. HAMMATT C. H. PRESTON

C. E. HARRISON W. C. PUTNAM

J. F. LARDNER Miss S. G. F. SHELDON

COMMITTEES

Publication—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, C. H. Preston, Samuel Calvin,
E.S. Hammatt, J. H. Paarmann.

Library—C. E. Harrison, J. H. Paarmann, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon.

Finance—W. C. Putnam, C. A. Ficke, E. C. Roberts.

Lectures and Entertainments—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, A. F. Ewers,
A. A. Miller, C. E. Harrison, E. S. Hammatt.

Museum—Zoology, J. H. Paarmann; Conchology, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon;
Botany, A. F. Ewers; Ethnology, Miss E. D. Putnam; Archeology, C. E.
Harrison; Geology and Paleontology, Dr. A. W. Elmer.

REPORTS OF MEETINGS

January 29, 1904—Regular Meeting.

Voted that the Museum should be opened free one Sunday afternoon in
each month.
The following memorial resolution was adopted:

In Memoriam.—Again must the name of a long-time member and trustee of this
Association be transferred from the roll of its active workers to that of its honored dead.
The genial, kindly presence of J. H. Harrison will henceforth be missed from our assem-
blings. Exemplary in every relation of life, pure of heart, esteeming honor incalcu-
lably above profit, he was one of those truly successful men who through altruistic
service win their richest and most prized treasures. 7

Resolved, That this tribute of our love and respect be spread on the minutes of the
Academy and a copy transmitted to the bereaved family with the assurance of our sym-
pathy in their deep grief, C. H. PRESTON,

C. A. FICKE,
A. A. MILLER,
Committee.

February 26, 1904—Regular Meeting.

J. H. Paarmann reported on the meeting of the Iowa Anthropological As-
sociation in Iowa City.

Standing Committees for the year were announced.
March 3, 1904—Trustees’ Meeting.

Voted to send an exhibit to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition in St.
Louis.
March 25, 1894—Regular Meeting.

Routine business and discussion.

April 5, 1904—Trustees’ Meeting.
Routine business.

May 3, 1904—Trustees’ Meeting.
Routine business.

May 18, 1904—Trustees’ Meeting.

Voted to accept a proposition from the School Board, that the curator
should devote half time to the public schools, the first and last ten weeks of
the school year at the Academy and the intervening twenty weeks at the
schools.

Voted that the curator’s salary for the half time devoted to Academy work
be fixed at $600 a year.

May 27, 1904—Regular Meeting.

G.R. Putnam, of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, gave a talk
on the Philippine Islands.

September 30, 1904—Regular Meeting.

Routine business and discussion.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 179

October 28, 1904—Regular Meeting.

Professor Frederick Starr was appointed delegate to the St. Louis Conven-
tion of the International Geographical Congress.

J. H. Paarmann reported on the Anthropological exhibit at the St. Louis
Exposition; also that the Academy’s exhibit of mound relics had been
awarded a silver medal.

November 9, 1904—Trustees’ Meeting.
Routine business.
December 30, 1904—Regular Meeting.
Routine business and discussion.
January 27, 1905—Annual Meeting.

Dr. A. W. Elmer, President, in the chair.
Reports of the officers and committees were read.
Officers for the year 1905 were elected.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY FOR 1904.

The report of the Corresponding Secretary, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon, showed
that arrangements had been made for the better handling of the Academy
exchange list.

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1904.

The report of the Recording Secretary, A. A. Miller, noted the meetings,
elections to membership, etc., during the year.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR I904.

GENERAL FUND—RECEIPTS.

Balance on hand January, 1904... ....-....--.----- ---22+.2----+------ Bes ent eae yaee cere $ 31.25
Dues and subscriptions of members. Bens Ie pea ee teg ice eae ene oe Re oe, LODO SSO)
SMSC GIP L ICIS HO Gali pLOVEMUGW tS ress... 0-20-20 45< sae=-~a>aanean-ennnwesnc--ccenen seed -eeene 500.00
ILeLestmrOlilenGowiMentMUiG) © jyc.s-.-cnve: -2t2--e-ee eee ae none sanneonaseecancrscomascees 103.81
Re Ce IP ES CW OMECLULE:COUMLSCS seer atnese lee) seaneworcaneraeasesuse easecesenca= pr ee 632.76
Income, (Sieevey ove TSAI = m5 <a ee ene 160,00
OOM LECEIPUS = un.2) eed o eens tase [SET he ied AOR 8 EE Re REE Eto te = 37880
Cy Piehiay | Gay ee ae la ee CO ee eee Bae a Pe Wt ce eens Teena 1,126.30 $3,278.42
EXPENSES
SAETIEN GAT LITO BOY ooo) oer ce ee pes ee eee ok So ee a COON OM
AM CO TS 23 oes ooo aoc ro csaceeceees Bee cic a SNe ee eee re ese, Pearce ee nasa Re FOLD
Current expenses. . ae eee
Expenses, two lecture courses... .
Transportation and expenses, Palmer collection... 000-0 cee eeeeeeen 240.00
Bills for 1903. esters eceeees | FAOARA.
Paid on note and interest on account it building improve rements.- eeeeeee) OZ Ds2y,
Balance on hand January, 1905. soriegeectouc Be a eS EES 10.39 $3,278.42
PUBLICATION ACCOUNT—RECEIPTS.
Balance on hand January, 1904.. ..-..seesessee ee cree ee cess cet eee eee ee eens $ 271.14
From Putnam Memorial Fund.... 2.2... .260 ce: cece eee cree ce eeee ce eeee ens 570.00
Interest from bank account ....0. 22. 2eceeseeceseee vsce ee ce cnse cect ae saneenens 4.24 $845.38
EXPENSES
Printing Proceedings: ... occ cesses cece er sce we tee ees eciceee seins secaees $ 435-00
Illustrations for Proceedings, ......-..e06 cee cece eer ee eeee Diese Oe hee aee wae LO TAO
Preparation of index to Proceedings .......65.-eceee eee ee cere Dilahs sisiwte Corer 30.00
Wrappers. ete, Vol. EX .....5 «sss ats Uk, delbviere, Fei Gap peinetelsfesiiethrapemtain | MOIRGY
BA eTICOTOM! ATI fe .csce ojcisic.ce, ce ciian ios as ceeeeauntizere | =r» siesibisiniss wislele I8t.1r $845.38

ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, Treasurer.

[PRroc. D. A. S., Vou. X.] 23 [May 9, 1907.]

180 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ENDOWMENT FUND.
General Endowment..... Ss sb wiotaity eresale) igs We stlvarac a claret baler eLalatee erekevctere vie terete po teiecle tal ctelaiatener eee $2,200.00
Publication Endowment Fund (approximately)...... ..... are cishales MREZOLOG

In addition to these are the Putnam Memorial Fund, Beeahienen) ay phe will of Mary
L,. D. Putnam for publishing the Proceedings, and a bequest of J. Monroe Parker, not yet
paid to the Academy. ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, Treasurer.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN FOR 1904.

The report of the Librarian, C. E. Harrison, for 1904, showed 1,112 acces-
sions, of which 8 volumes were acquired by purchase, 368 by gift, and the
balance by exchange. A list of missing numbers of serials has been pre-
pared, as well asa check list on cards for keeping account of exchanges,
both by Miss Sheldon.

REPORT OF THE PUBLICATION COMMITTEER FOR 1904.

The Publication Committee reported the completion of Volume IX of the
Proceedings, at a cost of $1,056.65.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR FOR 1904.

In addition to giving an outline of the improvements needed in the mu-
seum, the curator reported as follows:

Work Accomplished During the Year:

Installation of the Palmer Collection of heads and horns.

Re-arrangement of the natural history collections.

Preparation and installation of an exhibit for the World's Fair at St.
Louis.

Editing the material for Volume IX of our Proceedings.

Lectures to the school children.

Continuing the cataloguing of the library, writing for missing num-
bers of incomplete sets of serial publications, and making other
improvements in the library.

Fitting up a room for the storing of our publications.

Summary of Donations:

MOL AIS, 5 seicenc cco dem sciene/seremiareine sey cietahel emt earare ets Golantane Several Collections
FOSsils: 2h.1e ne, Comite Ge sere aemenourae dolee cS nintoeaai,cia SERA aoe SU ORS Le REISE
BirdSea, sag eeteieeneecces Jada eS IO erates ee isueaplere ornare ste BoE Gaon. Y
Birds) Cg 2S aie ojo, coeqcece acainie aiciein ais tapote(elers/cretere cvetein eral s)alayersisie aasterersauatel ts vac « 40)SELS
Mountedianinral heads as ce cermin’ teieiers ervtnrstevel ccwicteroe) otetmeinietete sialaitysioreietets 42 specimens
Mounted animal horns ..... Se icieituasaasr eldialabsiane sisal Sees eeeen

Other zodlogical specimens, aboutes occa dinccseee oe ee -400 o
Ethnographical specimens...........- Pe eeaterakte) ta onanay ee ce tone . 106 ~
Stone implentents yeas o<tsiswociy Maesierasinecces aithanreett mls ative . 200 oF

Visitors to Museum (see appendix) :

Tanuary. ieee.) ae e250 ITY, ciaiecremislaeattia’ Aisterer yee September ,,.1,005
MEDLUMEY detec oe AMINE a ce atusteraieeieisiacratekne 660 @ctober.ccsscu gio
Wares cscaten ries id) (ged an mnanurodacicioing sere ac 138 November,... 486
APU lcwae sero 1,262 AIS USES 6 ot 8 scita cca 148 December .... 137

‘Total for the year, 7,290
ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

Ladies and Gentlemen—At the time of the discovery of America the whole
of North America was inhabited by a wild nomadic race to whom was given
the name of ‘‘Indians.’’ This people was found to be divided into many
tribes and federations, but were all of the same character and habits, slightly
diversified, as they were influenced by climate and environment. Their
houses and shelters were of the most primitive description, and they clothed
themselves, where they found clothing convenient, in the skins of animals.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 181

For food they depended mostly on the fruits of the chase and the natural
products of the soil, with very little attempt at cultivation.

Each tribe dwelt within certain boundaries when not at war, but still
moved about within these limits in search of game or as fancy might lead
them. Their modes of sepulture were as crude as their modes of life, con-
sisting in shallow graves or placing the remains on elevated platforms out of
the reach of wild beasts, where time and decay brought both to mother earth
in the end.

As the white races gradually occupied the land, it was soon observed that
there were certain evidences of a more advanced development, and perma-
nent habitation in the relics and works of a former race or generation.

These relics consisted mostly in earth-works such as are found the world
over. In England they are called ‘‘Barrows’’ and associated with the Stone-
henge, and in North Germany they are called ‘‘Hiinengraber.’’ They are
mounds of various sizes, and were left by the ancient people of all countries.
The prehistoric races of America left works over most of the Western Conti-
nent, in many instances in North America surpassing in size the Barrows of
England and the North German graves, but differing in form and design
from any found in other parts of the world. In Wisconsin, for instance, we
find them taking the forms of men, beasts and birds, rudely sketched in em-
bankments of earth many thousands of feet in extent. In Ohio are two
monuments called ‘‘The Serpent’’ and ‘‘ The Alligator,’’ the names of which
sufficiently describe them, and which attracted even the attention of the in-
different observers among the early settlers.

Many cities hiave received their names from the earth-works of prehis-
toric times in their vicinity, such as Moundville, W. Va., near which is one
of the largest mounds on record, and Circleville, Ohio, where one of the
curious forms of earth-works known as the ‘‘square and circle’’ suggested
the name of the town.

In the Lake Superior copper region we find the remains of ancient mines
worked by this people, and according to Newberry the lead mines of Ken-
tucky and the oil wells of Canada and northwestern Pennsylvania were
known to them and were to some extent developed.

Many of the mounds have been explored and most of them yielded noth-
ing of interest, but in many instances there have been rich finds, including
weapons of the chase and war, together with implements of domestic use,
consisting of pottery, woven cloth, and charred remains of grain. The
weapons are mostly of stone; but a few are of copper all flecked with silver,
showing that they came from the Lake Superior region, as there copper is
native and has this characteristic.

There has been much diversity of opinion as to the antiquity of these
monuments and the possible origin of the people which left them; but it
seems that the best accepted authorities consider them very old, and the race
that they commemorate, one distinct from any found in these regions at the
time of America’s discovery. Certain it is that the oldest traditions of the
Indian could not account for them, and no tribes found in the localities
ever built such mounds or earth-works or even imitated them. The conclu-
sion, therefore, is but reasonable that a very different race, or at least a gen-
eration of a very much greater degree of civilization, once inhabited the
greater part of North America, and especially the Mississipi Valley.

MOUNDS OF SOUTHERN TEXAS.

With this introduction, the writer wishes to call the attention of the soci-
ety to a certain peculiar variety of mounds found in the southern part of
Texas and which, as far as he knows, have never been reported or described.
The region in which they are found is a continuance of the Staked Plains,
extending from the Mexican border and the Rio Grande along a plateau
some 3,000 or 4,000 feet in elevation, to the north, where it broadens out into

182 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the Llanos Estacados, or Staked Plains. This plateau is cut into deep cafions,
some of them containing the beds of rivers, but most of them dry and run-
- ning water only during the wet season and only for a few hours at a time.

These cafions are from 100 to 1,000 feet in depth, that of the Pecos being
one of the deepest, while the Howard, extending nearly parallel for a hun-
dred miles or so, deepens until it joins the Pecos fifteen miles from the river
Rio Grande, and is fully 1,000 feet deep at the point of juncture. These
great ravines are joined by side cafions which are again joined by others of
the same kind until the country is an intricate network of depressions, deep
and steep-sided, and of such intricacy that it makes it very discouraging for
one to attempt extended excursions unless well acquainted with the country.

There is no rainfall during the greater part of the year; but during the
early months of summer there are downpours which, draining from the
slopes as from the roof of a house, produce torrents which sweep everything
before them; but the watercourses are again dry in a few hours, and water
must be obtained from wells as soon as a few days’ evaporation has dried up
the natural pools. The ranchmen are obliged to drill wells from 200 to 600
feet in order to get water, and in places it has not been found even at 1,000
feet, and windmills are required to bring it to the surface. There is no
chance for existence for man or beast a greater part of thelyear where these
wells are not located.

There is very little soil and the vegetation is consequently scanty and of
such character that only the native cattle can exist upon it eight months out
of the twelve. Much of the surface is bare limestone where even the cactus
cannot grow. ;

One would scarcely expect to find the remains of former inhabitants in
such an inhospitable country, yet over this region are scattered the peculiar
mounds before mentioned. They are not built of earth, as are the mounds
of other localities, but are almost entirely constructed of stone, not mere
stone heaps carelessly piled together nor laid so as to form any structure, but
piled into regular, symmetrical mounds, and composed of stone broken into
fragments all of about the same size. One is at once reminded of the mac-
adam which is used on our roads and streets, and the mounds contain all the
way from a dozen to fifty or more wagon-loads of this material. Mingled
with the stone is a blackish earth, seemingly darker and richer than the sur-
rounding soil, and forming a compact mass, over which grows the sparse
vegetation found here,

These works are found mostly in the mesa, or upland, but to some extent
they also occur in the shallower side cafions. In some instances they appear
to be situated quite a distance from the source of the material of which they
are made, and in others they lie among the limestone fragments and are only
distinguished by the regularity of the stones which compose them.

They are mostly isolated, but are also found in groups, and occur at fre-
quent intervals along the junction of the cafions and, as before mentioned,
in the higher side depressions.

There is a very interesting group of these mounds about a cave on the
range of Fred Wilkins of Val Verde county. ‘The mounds were the larg-
est seen in this whole region, being some five or six feet high and having
a circumference of thirty or forty feet. They lie overlapping one another,
as though the builders were short of space, and completely surround the
entrance to the cave. At present the cavern shows but little room for
habitation, but from appearances it was formerly much more extensive
than now. The roof has fallen in at the inner end so that it has the appear-
ance of having been filled up with earth and limestone débris. Why the
mounds should have been built here so extensively is not very clear unless
at some former time water was to be found within the depths of the cave,
but at present it would offer neither shelter nor water.

An exploration of these mounds and the cave would doubtless give inter-

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 183

esting results, but would require considerable time and expense, being so far
removed from the railroad and so difficult of access.

The few mounds which have been explored have yielded nothing of in-
terest, but the investigation has been only cursory and superficial and there-
fore no indication that nothing is to be found in them. Most of the mounds
in Arkansas and in other parts of the country contain no remains, just as
might be expected from their great age. Under especially good conditions
some parts of skeletons are found in the mounds opened throughout the
states, but in many instances they are evidently of later date than the orig-
inal builders, as it is well known that the Indians used the mounds as they
found them as resting places for their dead, and excavators have taken these
remains to be those of the original occupants.

That nothing has been thus far found in these stone mounds is, then, no
argument that they are not the remains of an early race,:but rather evidence
of their antiquity, and more extended exploration will surely bring to light
something of interest belonging to them. The mystery about these works
lies in their distance from water and in the inhospitable conditions of the
country. During most of the year the nearest water to some of the locations
is not nearer than twenty miles, and yet the size of the mounds show that
there must have been prolonged stays in their vicinity, where water is not
known, and any food plants scarce during most of the year.

The Mexicans claim that the mounds were made by the Indians for the
purpose of roasting sotol, a plant growing all about this region, having a
thick, bulbous base, rich in starch, and which is sometimes used as food by
the natives. This claim is manifestly absurd, as no such labor would need
to be expended in making a mound of stone for this purpose, and the utility
of such work for such an end is not in the least manifest. Were these mon-
uments found only on the watercourses, or near the few springs, we, might
account more easily for their presence; and we can only conclude that the
climate conditions must have been different when this mysterious people
lived and died among the cafions of the Pecos in southern Texas.

WORK OF THE ACADEMY.

With 1904 ended a very satisfactory year for the Davenport Academy of
Sciences. In all its departments there has been more than usual activity,
and its financial prospects are steadily improving under the management of
our able treasurer.

Many valuable specimens have been added to the museum, chief among
which is the remarkable collection of heads and horns donated by D. D.
and B.J. Palmer. This collection enables the observer to make a scientific
comparison between the heads and horns of various animals, both as weap-
ons of offense and defense, and ornamental head-dress. Among the antlers
of the cervidz are found the many curious anomalies peculiar to these an-
nual growths, and the interlocked heads of the battling bucks give an idea
of one of the tragedies of plain and forest.

The collection of mounted birds in the museum is growing very rapidly
and is now probably, to the general visitor, the most interesting part of the
exhibit. There have been many donations to this department during the
year, and we have been notified by C. A. Ficke that he has shipped the
Academy a collection of mounted birds from the far-away and interesting
land of Japan. Other donations too numerous to mention have been received,
among which are the archzological and zoological specimens given by Mrs.
Anna Wuestenberg, collected and owned by her late lamented son, Otto H.
Wuestenberg. ;

The library has been increased by many additions, some by purchase but
mostly by generous donations, and under the management of our correspond-
ing secretary have been so well catalogued and listed that they are accessi-

184 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ble to the reader and can be readily reached for sale or exchange where there
are duplicates.

There have been the usual number of meetings during the year, with
good attendance, and besides the regular lecture course we have been favored
with two addresses, one on the Philippines by George R. Putnam, and
one on the anthropological exhibit at the World’s Fair in St. Louis by J. H.
Paarmann. The regular lecture course has been particularly successful both
as to attendance and general interest as well as remunerative to the society,
while the course of instruction to the school children has become a part of the
public school training and gives our Academy an undisputed place among the
institutions of education. This has been a long wished for consummation
and was first originated and worked for by our late president, Mrs. Putnam,
and undoubtedly is the most important part of our labors. That we have
attained this point is most gratifying, and there is no doubt but that our
field of usefulness will open wider and wider as time goes on.

During the summer past we have given the world a chance not only to
learn of us but to learn /vom us in the exhibit placed in the ethnological de-
partment of the Louisiana Purchase Exposition at St. Louis. A silver medal
was awarded us for this, which has become one of our valuable possessions,
and will represent to future generations the work of the society in the early
years of the twentieth century.

We have lost two members during the past year, J. J. Humphrey and
Capt. W.P. Hall. In each we have lost a good friend, but in the latter we have
lost much more. Capt. Hall was not only a friend to our institution, but was
an integral part of it, and the Academy became a part of him, in his thoughts
and deeds. During the most vigorous years of his life he devoted his whole
time to the exploration and excavating of the mounds of the Mississippi Val-
ley for the benefit of our musuem, as every shelf will testify, and in his later
and failing years he never lost an opportunity of acquiring, by gift or pur-
chase, any specimen which came within his notice for the same purpose. As

‘long as the Davenport Academy of Sciences stands it will owe a debt of grat-
itude to Capt. W. P. Hall for the generous and single-hearted zeal with which
he labored for its advancement.

1905.

OFFICERS
Elected at Annual Meeting January 27, 1905. ‘
President, : F ‘ : . A. W. ELMER
First Vice-President, : ; : C. A. FICKE
Second Vice-President, : ; . CHE PREesioN
Curator, : : : : . J. H. PAARMANN
Recording Secretary, : : 3 A. A. MILLER
Corresponding Secretary, . - . . Miss S. G. F. SHELDON
Treasurer, 2 : : ; Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM
Librarian, : P , : , ©. EB. BARRISON
TRUSTEES
W. L. ALLEN DR. JENNIE MCCOWEN
A SE. Comite J. H. PAARMANN
A. F. EWERS C. H. PRESTON
C. A. FICKE W. C. PUTNAM
E.S. HAMMATT E. C. ROBERTS
C. E. HARRISON Miss S. G. F. SHELDON

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 185

: COMMITTEES

Publication—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, C. H. Preston, Samuel Calvin,
E.S. Hammatt, J. H. Paarmann.

Library—C. E. Harrison, J. H. Paarmann, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon.

Finance—W.C. Putnam, C. A. Ficke, E. C. Roberts.

Lectures and Entertainments—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, A. F. Ewers,
A.A. Miller, C. E. Harrison, E. S. Hammatt.

Museum—Zoology, J. H. Paarmann; Conchology, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon;
Botany, A. F. Ewers; Ethnology, Miss E. D. Putnam; Archzology, C. E.
Harrison; Geology and Paleontology, A. W. Elmer.

February 24, 1905—Regular Meeting.

A. W. Elmer and J. H. Paarmann were appointed delegates to the meeting
of the Iowa Society of the Archzeological Institute of America to be held in
“Iowa City.

J. H. Paarman reported on the meeting of the Iowa Anthropological So-
ciety held in Iowa City, February 17-18, 1905.

March 31, 1905—Regular Meeting.

The following papers were presented for publication and referred to the
Publication Comittee:

“‘The Aftonian Gravels and their Relations to the Drift Sheets in the Re-
gion about Afton Junction,’’ by Prof. Samuel Calvin, of the University of
Iowa. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

“A Comparative Study of the Vegetation of Swamp, Clay, and Sandstone
Areas in Western Wisconsin, South-eastern Minnesota, and North-eastern,
Central and South-eastern Iowa,’’ by Prof. L. H. Pammel, of the Iowa State
College, Ames, Iowa. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

May 26, 1905—Regular Meeting.

A paper on the ‘‘Fishes of Hong Kong,”’ by Dr. David Starr Jordan, of
Leland Stanford Jr. University, was presented for publication and was re-
ferred to the Publication Committee. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X. ]

Edward K. Putnam, of Leland Stanford Jr. University, California, read a
paper on ‘‘The Value of Natural History to the Student of English.” ~

June 30, 1905—Regular Meeting.

J. H. Paarmann exhibited a case of seventeen-year locusts collected by
Miss Sheldon in Fejervary Park, showing different stages of development.

September 29, 1905—Regular Meeting.

A. W. Elmer reported that he had opened two mounds during the sum-
mer, but had found nothing of importance.

A. A. Adams, Director of Manual Training Department, Davenport Public
Schools, lectured on ‘‘Travels in Mexico,’’ illustrated by lantern slides. The
lecture described the people, their manners, customs, and dress.

October 27, 1g905—Regular Meeting.

The following papers were presented for publication and referred to the
Publication Committee:

“Some Coccidz from the Philippine Islands,’’ by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell,
of the University of Colorado. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

186 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

‘‘Provincial Museums,’’ by Prof. C. C. Nutting, of fhe Universty of Iowa.
[Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

Miss Bush gave an account of her work of preparing Indian stories for ¥
primary children. She had found much material in the Academy library.

The report of the mound exploration party showed that five mounds were
opened near Dixon, Iowa, with no finds except some badly decomposed bones
in the mound in Clinton county.

November 24, 1905.

C. A. Ficke gave a lecture on ‘‘Japan’’ at the Grand Opera House. No
business meeting.

December 29, 1905—Regular Meeting.

The following papers were presented for publication and referred to the
Publication Committee: :

‘*The Drone Fly,’’ by Baron C. R. Osten Sacken, of Heidelberg, Germany.
[Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

‘‘On Certain Fossil Plant Remains in the Iowa Herbarium,’’ by Thomas
H. Macbride, of the University of Iowa. [Published in the Proceedings,
Vol. X.]

‘‘Descriptions of New Forms of Jassidz,’’ by Herbert Osborn, of the
Ohio State University. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. X.]

Voted to offer the Davenport Public Library any duplicates the Academy
had that the Library could use.

January Io, 1906—Trustees’ Meeting.

W.C. Putnam and Elizabeth D. Putnam, trustees of the Putnam Memorial
Fund, under the will of the late Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, presented the fol-
lowing report:

REPORT OF THE PUTNAM MEMORIAL FUND.

The undersigned, Elizabeth D. Putnam and W. C. Putnam, have the honor
to report that W. C. Putnam, the legal trustee of the Putnam Memorial Fund
under the will of Mary L. D. Putnam, deceased, has received the sum of
twenty-four thousand ($24,000) dollars (approximately) from the estate of
Mary L. D. Putnam, deceased, and now holds this sum invested for the ben-
efit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences under the provisions of said will.
It is provided in this will that the distribution of the income of the Putnam
Memorial Fund shall be under the control of a board of three (3) trustees,
two of these being the undersigned named in the will and the third to be
chosen by the trustees of the Academy. And these trustees would now ask
that they place the name of Hon. C. A. Ficke to fill the vacant place on this
board. ELIZABETH DUNCAN PUTNAM.

WILLIAM CLEMENT PUTNAM.

The report was accepted and Mr. Ficke was elected.
The Finance Committee presented the following report:
REPORT OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE FOR 1905.

The undersigned, chairman of the finance committee, has the honor of
presenting to the Davenport Academy of Sciences and to its board of trus-
tees their report of its operations for the past year. It shows that by stren-
uous efforts the Academy was at last enabled to pay off all its debts and close
its books without owing a dollar in the world, directly or indirectly. This
is probably the first time since the founding of the Academy nearly forty
years ago, that this could be said in connection with this report. The com-

|
.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 187

mittee desires to state that the grounds and buildings of the Academy, which
consists of a frontage of 190 feet on Brady street by 140 feet on Seventh street
and improvements thereon, are all in splendid repair and condition. And
futhermore, that the general endowment fund of the Academy consists as
follows:

General endowment
PIA NAME YI COT AUREL Pos is cio caewledie sn aed vase Sid eine oe Rd/aS OAS tees eRe aIOZS AD
and in addition a bequest of $1,000.00 from the estate of the late J. Monroe
Parker not yet paid over to the Academy. So we feel that the Academy is
to be congratulated on its splendid financial condition, but people must re-
member that this is only a means for accomplishing still greater ends in the
future, in developing the internal work of the Academy in providing new
cases and apparatus and assisting in the important work of the Academy in

the schools. Respectfully submitted,
W. C. PUTNAM,
Chairman Finance Committee.

January 10, Ig906—Annual Meeting.

A. W. Elmer, President, in the chair.

The annual reports of the officers were received and filed and the Presi-
dent’s address read.

Officers and trustees were elected.
The President-elect, C. A. Ficke, upon taking the chair, spoke of the

creditable position held by the Academy in the community and urged that
all join in an effort to add one hundred new members.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY FOR 1905.

The report of the Corresponding Secretary, Miss S.G. F. Sheldon, showed
that many missing numbers of serials had been secured and that Vol. IX
of the Proceedings had been distributed and a number of institutions added
to the exchange list.

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1905.

The report of the Recording Secretary, A. A. Miller, recorded the meet-
ings, elections to membership, etc., during the year.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN FOR I905.

The report of the Librarian, C. E. Harrison, showed 1,637 accessions for
the year. Donations had been received from Miss J. E. Sanders, the Misses
Decker, Miss E. D. Putnam, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon, and C.G. Plummer. A
number of handbooks, useful for the educational work of the Academy, had
been purchased. -

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR 1905.

RECEIPTS.
Cash on hand January 31, 1905....----.---+0scesese cocces cocee ceeeceeeeces =$) “10:20
imitiation fees, subscriptions and CueS « ....02 20... cccsee cree cesses ceeeee 849.50
SEAMES HOE ALTOS ARG DEQUESES. «ccs \a cic nines vin. aiesosinisinn alessio sines.se) telviclne\Ae 435.00
Subscriptions to building fund. .... 2.2... ..cece serene cones ce cree eeee 75.00
Mee ates Pe sol eis i eiaictieiere ooo clnioia oan o sicinc ine. sanaansevle'e Su misis's an einie isco obes 186.61
APLC LOM SCIETICONIALL (S1EL)) ¢ cis cies vino nres soienlsis/am wo ntewion)s/e\mielnioi) (n'ala nieiels we 141.30
WMS MENSA OOTP ECELDES! ic lcicis 1.5 0:0 goes ovslee ss ee onisicin aris o(PWeisacina'se 6 aiek.sie 39.20

Museum contributions.........

Sale of duplicate books, etc 30.65 $1,772.85

SENOS OIL AEH. (alee deselojass.cio.esje's sleapsice, a's Sones thas Saal a13 aoe te en oe Sp COOLS
Salaiyy OF JANILOT 2... ccs ccs aoe wre nee Te Sen iOS eC Oe ene Ie 250.00
WaALET coe cease cece ete cs core cc ecee sens ORE i pr Sif OS RCE I 21.12

[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.] 24 [May 27, 1907.]

at fh |

188 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Plumbing ... 2... eee cee ce eee e cect ee cee eens eens conten cece cece neces cones 8r.15
BOOKS 2 oot. cca ons werciee lee alainte nsf lon oles baleln pla aiatsiats ain cae avg Retna are) eet Dioner 38.17
Gas and electric light .... ......c20- 02 00, ccc ncce cece sees oe cece ceunen conn 27.45
Fixtures’. 0 ocsc hos ooo ona eels ie wncels te cine wiaisloie\ eine = siery ica eae a siete ne : 9.50
Buel: 255 225 6c co wewewiesioe cers eew el nae tela elmore ete eee a (0 wlth pare etal al de mete ea ze 74 54
REPAisS i. 2s ces cece cw cee aces wna am sista -iainalewnalaw oar aiane) semen ea 55-51
SUMNGTICS) “ic. cece ene oe ees peste caine ecmmntaloe Mie eas item tae ane Some ohare a 9.60
Bills payable (note and interest) .....-....-----0.----eee cece cere es eeee-s+ 409.64
Binding . 2.0.22... eccee ccct en nene cece ence ccnceesnccinene seen acer onmm eine ase 21.05
Birds and. taxidermy. ...... 002. c<0 os cece voces coon sence once cone an cscs ans 36.95
Photographs .........220s002 eee> seas a1 2s casclcs sna ce corn scenes eccelenen 6.00
Archzological Institute, two memberships ..... .....--++++ esses see 20.00
Freight and ExpreSsS..... 2.2... -.seceee cee cee ce teee ne cee cceene cece rceces 7-53
Supplies eeiee somes t= cemeteries i= ara ststoe «aon oan eter 15.65
Balance on hand January, 1906. ...... ...00. ee sees cece ee cece cee e -nnnenenes 88.69 $1,772.85
PUBLICATION ACCOUNT—RECEIPTS.
Balance on hand January 31, 1905........ Dalewisinew iia sia se'sieiepe sae tema $ 181.11
Income Putnam Memorial Pusid:.- 2... 2<< e-em ene eee emacs Soaeee 1,770.00
Interest from bank............. BRAge: hotter cane cece eee cae Sete a em eee 3.99 $1,955-10
EXPENSES.
Printing, electrotyping and binding ................002-e00--+ vere eeee 8 957-85
Distribution of ProceedingS..............-2-e ee cee ee cee cece cece cece eeeee 57-30
Drawings: 5.6 slcc.es- sal ee sewe ore wetwieciae tela eo meine a stds enna 199.88
Balance on hand January, 1906......-..-.. cece cc ce cece se ececne coerce 740.07 $1,955.10
ENDOWMENT FUND.
General Endowment...........- OPE IGE eC sO Sone aes nae ence ec oess $ 2,200.00
Publication Endowment Fund, approximate..................eceeeeeees 125.00

In addition to this are the Putnam Memorial Fund, established by the will of Mary
L. D. Putnam for publishing the Proceedings, and a bequest of J. Monroe Parker, not yet
paid to the Academy. ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM, Treasurer.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR FOR 1905.

The curator, J. H. Paarmann, discussed the needs of the museum, and
reported in part as follows:
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE MUSEUM.

During the past year a large number of new specimens have been in-
stalled. A beginning has been made in collecting an exhibit illustrating the
native trees of our state. For this purpose it is desirable to display wood,
bark, leaves, fruit, and pictures showing the characteristic mode of growth
of each species. Portions of the trunks of sixteen species of trees, collected
by Prof. L. H. Pammel of the Iowa State Agricultural College, are now on
exhibit in the museum.

The Eskimo exhibit, consisting of articles illustrating the dress, hunting
implements, household utensils, and boats of the Alaska and Greenland Es-
kimo, has been increased by a large loan collection of Eskimo clothing de-
posited in the museum by G. M. Cole.

The Academy may justly be proud of its shell collections, which are
probably more complete than those of any other group in the museum.

RELATION OF THE ACADEMY TO THE SCHOOLS.

There are several ways in which the Academy may be of use to the
schools. As teachers of the elementary schools become more familiar with
the Academy library they realize that from its shelves they may draw much
that will be helpful in the teaching of geography, history, and nature study;
while to the science teachers of the High Schools and Colleges of the tri-
cities the library is an invaluable help. The museum offers to almost all
classes of teachers material with which to illustrate their lessons. How
much more vivid, for instance, a picture of Eskimo life becomes to the little
children when the words of the teacher, pictures, and text-book are supple-
mented with the real objects made and used by these people. I believe there
is not a more useful field for the Academy than helping teachers to obtain

—— ———— i i ie

wa

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 189

material with which to illustrate their lessons in geography, history, nature
study, and other subjects.

Besides offering to the schools its library and museum the Academy seeks
to aid in developing interest in the study of nature by offering courses of in-
struction to the school children. For several years lessons were given to
classes at the museum whenever teachers made application to the curator
for the same.

In 1904 the School Board of the City of Davenport voted to employ the
curator of the Academy for one-half time to teach science in the public
schools of the city. Since September, 1904, therefore, the forenoon of each
school day has been spent in giving instruction and the remaining time has
been devoted to the Academy. The work was at first in an experimental
stage. Two questions came up: How many and which grades should re-
ceive this instruction? Should the lessons be given at the museum or at the
schools? It seems to me that with the amount of time now at our disposal
the best results may be obtained by confining the work to the upper grades,
say from the fifth to the ninth, inclusive. Much of city life is artificial and
opposed to the symmetrical and healthy development of mind and body.
From the kindergarten to the post-graduate course in the university excel-
lent opportunities are afforded for the study of nature. In the kindergarten
are the nature games; in the first four or five grades the language lessons
about trees, flowers, and animals; in the high school and university, required
work in some natural science; but in the latter half of the elementary school
course, especially the upper grades, nature study at present receives very
little attention. In answer to the second question I should say that most
subjects can be better taught at the schools than atthe museum. There are,
of course, exceptions to this rule, as where the nature of the specimens to
be studied, on account of size or number, prevents their being taken from
school to school. In such cases classes would have to come to the museum.
When lessons are of such a nature that specimens lend themselves to being
carried, then I should give the lesson at the school for the reason that much
time is saved, as five school-rooms may be visited in half a day, while but
one class can profitably receive instruction at the museum during the same
time.

VISITORS TO THE MUSEUM.

(See Appendix).
ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM.

NO. SPECIMENS. NO SPECIMENS.
HSE OR LATING 2 5,015:5)s) 0a wicierate clowie le LF eo GLAS xe... <ars 7- Grerei> isin oie eee etn
American Archzology........... SP eUNSECES xtais ans, xis re hi jsleies ee eee I
Egyptian Archzology........... 1 Other Zoological specimens... i
ES ae rere tate: otehs sete Bo Sa MB OLALR Ye ter dic aie wisi’ erate aiaia eee 66
MNES ra aid ciainis. ova ia.agye ss « Gpevinnerals 4 5 5) .15-6 epee 3
OF ee eee Pek OO

Several hundred specimens of Periodical Cicada (seventeen-year locusts)
showing different stages from the eggs to the adult form were collected.

ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

Ladies and Gentlemen—As each year brings its failures and successes,
they are fortunate who are able to find a balance on the side of success, be it
ever so small; but most fortunate are they who at the end of the year find
their failures few and their successes many.

The Davenport Academy of Sciences leaves another milestone behind on
a road of prosperity, and can look from accomplished work and achieved
success to new aims and higher ambitions for the coming year.

We find there has been a marked increase in the number of visitors to the
museum and library during the last twelve months, which can be taken as

190 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the surest indication of the interest taken in our institution by the public,
and the number of donations to both gives evidence of the hearty good will
which is constantiy shown us.

The monthly meetings have been held with more than usual regularity,
and the attendance has been above the average, while many of our meetings
have been made instructive as well as entertaining by means of papers and
illustrated lectures.

There has been considerable increase in the membership, and the Acad-
emy has acquired some very valuable members, both at home and abroad,
who will help to shape our future with their work and add their names to
our roll of honor.

Our work in the schools has met with deserved recognition, an interest
in the natural sciences has been shown by the pupils of the public schools,
which is most gratifying; and the society has assumed and holds a place in
educational work worthy of its resources, with promise of more extended
fields of operation in the years to come.

The lecture course, as. in the past years, has proven a success, and this
feature of our labors bids fair to rival the work done in the schools, from an
educational standpoint, reaching as it does the minds of maturer years, and
presenting knowledge in a way that is both pleasure-giving and instructive.

For the first time in many years we are able to say that our society is free
from debt, our obligations all canceled, and a fine property assured to us
which will make possible any extension the growth of museum and library
may make desirable.

That we have been able to acquire this property at so little sacrifice is due
in the first place to our lamented president, Mrs. Putnam, and in the second
to the generous effort of two of our members who have had the welfare of
our Academy at heart and have spared no exertion or expense to make it pos-
sible to say today that we are out of debt. There are many who have con-
tributed liberally, both among our members and our friends, and to them
too is due much of the credit; and while we thank them one and all, we
still owe the greatest part of our gratitude to Miss Putnam and to the Hon.
GAG ricke:

Our publications are being put out as fast as the matter is ready for the
printer, and this very important part of our work has been carried on under
the able direction of our publication committee, crystalizing and condensing
the results of our annual efforts into the neat volumes of our publications.

During the summer there were some attempts made to renew the arche-
ological investigation of our region, and on two occasions mounds were
opened in Clinton county, one of which the writer begs to report. The
location of the group of mounds visited at the time is on the bank of the Wap-
sipinicon River in Clinton county, section 13, range 1 east, and township 81
north, in Spring Back township. These mounds are situated along a high
ridge overlooking in part the old bed of the river and terminating in a high,
abrupt bank, the foot of which was washed by the waters of the river in
time out of memory before its course changed. The mounds were distrib-
uted in groups and singly along this ridge for nearly half a mile, and before
the plow and harrow effaced them fifteen or twenty of these tumuli might
have been counted over this extent. When the land was first taken up a
house was built on the site of the most prominent group, and the changes
which have taken place since then in remodeling and rebuilding dwellings,
barns and other outhouses have now obliterated all trace of what was the
most interesting part of these ancient works. Within the writer’s memory
some of these mounds were yet some six or eight feet high, with a diameter
of fifteen or twenty feet. All these have now been leveled off with the sur-
rounding surface, leaving no means by which to locate where they once
stood or to direct where to excavate in order to find what may have been
placed beneath their foundations.

=e oo

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. ~*- IgI

Through the kindness of Mr. Henry Ficke of Wheatland it was made
possible to open two of the mounds at the farther end of this group where
they overlook the present course of the river on the farm of Fred Rowald.
It was with extreme difficulty that the outlines of these mounds could be
traced, as the fields in which they lie have been under constant cultivation
for more than fifty years, and where twenty-five years since they were still
several feet high and very clearly outlined, they are now so little above the
common level that they blend in outline with the curves of the hill and
their location is made well nigh impossible. In fact, had it not been fora
previous knowledge of their location, gained in former years, they would
undoubtedly have escaped notice.

A trench was opened through each mound from north to south and
another was made at right angles to the first, what seemed the longest diam-
eter being taken for the first trench. At the junction of the trenches in both
mounds bones were found after the first few strokes of the spade, which
unhoped for good luck made subsequent proceedings much lighter than
might have been expected. A stone knife and an arrow point were the only
finds in the second, but the location of three layers of bones in the first was
more interesting. The first found were so near the present surface that the
plow had disturbed and brought them to light. The next layer was about a
foot below the first, but lying in a different direction, while a third skeleton
was found, in part at least, four feet below the first and extending also in a
different direction from the other two. No stone weapons or instruments
were found here, but throughout the mound were found small bits of char-
coal and fragments of stone, all of the same character, as if this peculiar
variety may have had some purpose in the burial rites. Nothing was found
of interest in the second mound save a single layer of bones at about the
level of the second burial in the first, with the same fragments of stone and
charcoal dispersed throughout, together with the knife and arrow point
above mentioned.

The lowermost bones in the first mound must, at the time of its comple-
tion, have been something like eight feet below the surface, while the top-
most interment was at about the general surface level. All through the
fields in this region, and especially where the mounds are situated, arrow
heads and other stone weapons or implements have been found for many
years, and flint flakes may still be seen after every rain scattered in profu-
sion over the surface. Many of the mounds have been opened in former
years by the farmer boys and many relics taken from them, but there is no
account of any metal of any description being found, and the absence of
iron in any shape would tend to prove that the mounds were erected before
the advent of the white man, probably centuries before, as in many places
the bones can only be followed by an ash-like trace in the earth so complete
is the disintegration. A few hundred years since in this locality there was
a community teeming with life and activity which has disappeared, leaving
only these earthworks to tell that they once lived and but a few years more
and there will be no trace of them left, and even that their monuments once
were here will be forgotten.

Death has again claimed for his own from our membership, and we
mourn the loss of Dr. J. W. H. Baker and Mrs. J. B. Phelps. In the former
we have lost one whose long and useful life made him a shining example of
all that is good, kind and skillful as a physician, and generous, clear-headed
and conscientious as a citizen; in the latter we have lost a good woman and
a good friend of the Davenport Academy of Sciences.

In giving over the cares and responsibilities of the office with which the
Society has honored the writer the past two years, it might be well to call
attention to the fact that we are at present deficient in original work and
investigation along certain lines which our location makes possible and even
advantageous. Our adjacent quarries afford a fine field for paleontology,

192 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

the flora of our adjoining fields and the woods and meadows of the Rock
Island Arsenal offer a wide range to the botanist, and the many earthworks
of a vanished race still untouched in our Vicinity leaves room for archzeolog-
ical investigation in which our Society once held the foremost position in
the state, and possibly in the country at large. Formerly our members dis-
covered and named fossils; described plants new to science, or gave to the
world the secrets of unknown insect life, and today while we can no longer
boast a Barris, a Parry or a Putnam in these sciences, we must still have
those among us who, fired by their example, might, with the help our
museum and library, take any of these branches and win for themselves a
name in the scientific world and gain further honors for the Davenport
Academy of Sciences.

1906.
OFFICERS
Elected at Annual Meeting January 10, 1906.
President, : : : . CAS BICKE
First Vice-President, 3 : s C. E. HARRISON
Second Vice-President, : : . HENRY MATTHEY
Corresponding Secretary, . : . Miss S. G. F. SHELDON
Recording Secretary, . d é A. A. MILLER
Treasurer, 5 : : 2 Miss ELIZABETH D. PUTNAM
Librarian, Fs , : : CARS EWERS
Curator, : : : ; . J. H. PAARMANN
TRUSTEES—EX-OFFICIO
President, C. A. FICKE Treasurer, Miss E. D. PUTNAM
Recording Secretary, A. A. MILLER
TRUSTEES

W. L. ALLEN DR. JENNIE MCCOWEN

ASKS Currer J. H. PAARMANN

A. W. ELMER C. H. PRESTON

A. F. EWERS W..C. PuTtNAM*

E.S. HAMMATT E. C. ROBERTS

C. E. HARRISON Miss S. G. F. SHELDON

COMMITTEES FOR 1906
Publication—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, C. H. Preston, Samuel Calvin,
E.S. Hammatt, J. H. Paarmann.
_ Library—Edward K. Putnam, J. H. Paarmann, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon.
Finance—Nathaniel French, M. N. Richardson, J. H. Hass.

Lecture—Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, A. F. Ewers, A. A. Miller, C. E. Har-
rison, Charles Grilk.

Museum—History, C. M. Waterman; Ethnology, Miss E. D. Putnam;
Conchology, Miss S. G. F. Sheldon; Zodlogy, A. W. Elmer; Botany, A. F.
Ewers; Geology, H. E. C. Ditzen; Archeology, C. E.Harrison.

Program—J.H. Paarmann, W. D. Wells, L. F. Guldner.
January 15, 1906—Special Meeting.

Voted to close the Academy on January 17th, the day of the funeral of the
late W. C. Putnam.

*Died January 13, 1906.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 193

Voted to adopt the following resolution:

In the death of William Clement Putnam, which took place at his home in this city,
January 13th, 1906, the Davenport Academy of Sciences has suffered the loss of a most
helpful associate and adviser. Deeply interested in its welfare and wisely active in its
counsels from his boyhood, he accepted as a filial trust the burden laid down by his hon-
ored mother, and together with his sorrowing sister has since given to its interest the
most watchful care. To his wise business management are very largely due the Acad-
emy’s present prosperity and usefulness.

To business talents and legal ability of a high order Mr. Putnam joined rare schol-
arly tastes and the purest integrity. Public spirited, and having the best interests of the
community deeply at heart, his many beneficent activities will be sadly missed.

Recognizing the Academy’s great loss in his untimely death, be it

Resolved, That this expression of our high esteem be transmitted, together with the
assurance of our deepest sympathy, to the bereaved family, and that it be spread on our
minutes for publication in our Proceedings. C. H. PRESTON,

A. W. ELMER, Committee.
C. A. FICKE, s

January 29, 1906—Trustees’ Meeting.

Voted to authorize the President to act for the Trustees in legal matters
connected with the probate of the will of the late W. C. Putnam, by which
his estate will eventually go to the Academy.*

January 29, 1g906—Regular Meeting.

The President, C. A. Ficke, referring to the death of W. C. Putnam, spoke
in part as follows:

You will recall how, just five years ago, when the Academy, on its thirty-
third anniversary, opened Science Hall, which it acquired chiefly through
the efforts of Mrs. Mary L. D. Putnam, that noble woman made an earnest
appeal for an endowment of $50,000 for the Academy in order that its useful-
ness might be enlarged and its valuable museum and library might be prop-
erly cared for and enlarged. Search where you will and where can you find
a more beautiful and inspiring example of filial love and devotion than that
which we behold in the response that was made by her own son to this ap-
peal. This son, William Clement Putnam, although professional and busi-
ness interests were taxing his time and energies to the utmost, during her
life not only gave cheerfully and unstintingly of these, but of treasure, too,
in support of the institution his mother so dearly loved. Upon her death,
in loyalty to her memory he redoubled his efforts in behalf of that institu-
tion and thenceforth until his own untimely death, like his sister, Miss Eliz-
abeth D. Putnam, was indefatigable in building up the Academy and devel-
oping its usefulness upon the lines planned by their mother.

But note the climax. When he came to meditate upon the question, what
would become of the institution to whose upbuilding his mother had given
the best years of her life when he no longer in person should be able to guard
its interests and watch over its welfare, he penned that memorable document
in which he answered the appgal made by his mother at the opening of Sci-
ence Hall. He gave the Academy not only the $50,000 asked for, but gave
to it property valued at many times that sum. I repeat, you will search in
vain for a more inspiring example of filial love. And to add to the beauty of
their mother’s loyalty to an institution dedicated to the advancement of
learning, and to their brother’s loyalty to both mother and this institution,
an equally devoted daughter, and equally devoted sons, applaud from the
depth of their heart the noble response of their brother to the appeal of their
mother.

But, with this noble gift to our institution, there comes not only to us, its
members, but also to the people of our city and state, a solemn duty. That
duty is to guard with never ceasing vigilance the interests of this institution;

*The portions of the will of W.C. Putnam relating to this bequest to the Davenport
Academy of Sciences are published with his memoir at the beginning of this volume.
The entire will is also published as a separate pamphlet.

194 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

to be ever mindful of the high purposes for which it was established; to de-
velop it on the broad lines on which it was planned by its founders and on
the yet broader lines on which it was being built up by its benefactors; to
make it in the truest sense of the word an institution for the increase and
diffusion of knowledge among men; to make it a center of science and art.

February 23, 1906—Regular Meeting.

The first clause of Article II of the By-Laws was amended as follows:

Regular members shall be elected in the manner hereinafter prescribed.
Candidates for regular membership must be recommended, in writing by two
members, and shall be proposed at a regular meeting, and balloted for at a
subsequent regular meeting. ‘The business of the Academy shall be managed
by, and its officers elected from, the regular members.

Also voted to repeal the next to the last clause of Section 5 of Article II,
reading as follows: ‘‘ Every regular member shall be subject to an annual
fee of three ($3.00) dollars, commencing on the 1st of January first following
his election, and payable to the Treasurer, in advance,’’ and to substitute for
the same the following:

Every regular member shall be subject to an annual fee of three ($3.00)
dollars, payable to the Treasurer, in advance, on January Ist of each year.
New members elected after the first quarter of the year shall, upon their
election, pay only the pro rata portion of the annual dues for that year. All
members shall, upon payment of annual dues, receive a membership card
signed by the Treasurer, which shall entitle them to free admission to the
lectures given under the auspices of the Academy.

One hundred and sixteen persons were elected to regular membership.

The Standing Committees were announced.

An official seal for the Academy was adopted.

H. E. C. Ditzen read a paper on ‘‘Life and Habits of the Starfish.”’

March 30, 1896—Regular Meeting.

The Lecture Committee reported the successful conclusion of the course.
Twenty-nine persons were elected to regular membership.
A. F. Ewers read a paper on ‘‘The Vegetable Cell,’’ illustrated by lantern
slides.
April 27, 1g906—Regular Meeting.
J. A. Udden, of Augustana College, Rock Island, gave a lecture on ‘‘Some
Evidences of Glaciation.”’
The following papers were presented for publication and referred to the
Publication Committee:
‘The Birds of Iowa,’’ by Rudolph Martin Anderson, of the State Uni-
versity of Iowa. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. XI.]
‘The Protozoa of Iowa,’’ by Charles Howard Edmondson, of the State
University of Iowa. [Published in the Proceedings, Vol. XI.]
May 25, 1905—Regular Meeting.
Routine business and discussion.
May 29, 1906—Trustees’ Meeting.

Voted to expend a sum not to exceed $200 for binding books.
Voted to employ a taxidermist, as needed, to care for the collection of
mounted birds.

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 195

June 29, 1906—Regular Meeting.
Routine business and discussion.
July 27, 1906—Regular Meeting.

Voted to send the California Academy of Sciences a set of the Academy
Proceedings to replace those lost in the San Francisco fire.

August 31, Ig06—Regular Meeting.

Demonstration of the Opaque Projector, an instrument for projecting im-
ages upon a screen by means of reflected light.

September 28, 1906—Regular Meeting.

Edward K. Putnam gave an account of the California earthquake, illus-
trated by photographs.

October 26, 1g906—Regular Meeting.

Curator Paarmann reported upon the opening of a mound [No. 65]* near
Albany, Ill., by a party of Academy members. This mound yielded some
important additions to the Academy’s museum. The objects found were
shown, and views showing the progress of the work were thrown upon a
screen. Discussion.

November 5, 1906—Trustees’ Meeting.

Edward K. Putnam, Trustee of the Putnam Memorial Fund for the bene-
fit of the Academy, explained the present condition of the fund. This was
followed by a general discussion of the present needs of the Academy, and
also of the objects to be sought for in its future development.

A committee was appointed to recommend changes in the Constitution.
November 30, 1906—Trustees’ Meeting.

The Executive Committee reported on the most pressing needs of the
Academy.

The Committee on Constitution presented a revision of the Articles of In-
corporation and Constitution and recommended its adoption.

Voted that the Executive Committee be instructed to carry out certain
recommendations to lessen the danger of fire in the Academy buildings.

Voted to grant the application of Ludwig Guldner, J. H. Paarmann, C.F.
Kemmerer, T. W. Kemmerer, H. E. C. Ditzen, C. Meyer, Jr., C. A. Kellogg,

Jr., O. H. Lowary, and A. F.*Ewers, to form a Section of the Academy to
stimulate individual research.

November 30, Ig906—Regular Meeting.

Prof. C. C. Nutting, of the University of lowa, addressed the Academy on
“The Function of the Provincial Museum.” [ Published in the Proceedings,
Vol. X.]

December 28, 1g06—Trustees’ Meeting.

Voted to recommend to the Academy the adoption of the revised Articles
of Incorporation and Constitution.

* Hereafter, Albany mounds will be designated by the numibers given them in the plat
made by W. H. Kimball, 1907.

[Proc. D. A. §.,VoL. X.] 25 [June 12, 1907.]

196 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Voted to utilize Science Hall for museum purposes, the alterations to be
made as soon as finances will permit. A. F. Ewers, E. K. Putnam, and A. F.
Cutter were appointed a committee for this purpose with power to act.

December 28, 1906—Regular Meeting.
The Articles of Incorporation and Constitution were amended in accord-

ance with the recommendations of the Board of Trustees. [Printed at end

of this volume. |
A. W. Elmer read a paper on ‘‘Tron Found in the Albany Mounds,”

The Curator reported on the finds in the second mound | No. 70] opened at

Albany.
January 8, 1907—Annual Meeting.

The President, C. A. Ficke, in the chair. :
Reports of the officers and committees were read.
Officers for the year 1907 were elected.
REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY FOR 1906.

The report of Miss $. G. F. Sheldon, the Corresponding Secretary, gave
details of the correspondence during the year, and also of matters connected

with the exchange of publications.
REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR 1g06,
The report of Miss Elizabeth D. Putnam, the Treasurer, follows:

RECEIPTS,
DUCS cacsacn coceriscs sous cin noa-keS be abienlesiet pmpleerie wis’ . BvV Ne weiale ce Webel $ 628.00
Subscriptions. ...... 20. ee eee eee eee ee ce eee ee tence creeds cee ee eee eee eee 544.25
Putnam: Memorial Fund) 325 .s:c (2b Soca evi ales ovis vicinie > ceimey shee nsely ome <a0) 110000;
TmtereSts <cscncSachehna ce pveines, monlmasinmeie tank es » Antes isles entries sass ree 100,56
TectureS. 2.22. cece cece cece eect ee eee neces Pee veees Sete cnet ee eet e es ce teee wanes 544 Io
Science. Halls, cs sheer a ear ee Ca Centon ete e cle heee <oeluhe seen eta rin 100,00
Rebate, account of water ........ eee SN ADS Set cn eR en ATS EO ce 1.96
Door receipts..........20-2-.-0-0e : +6 ' 22.48
Sale of publications ...... 6.000. sees ee cee e eee eee e ee eee ee eens cence cree eee 26.15 ;
Cash balance as per last report 22... 205. cee cone crete seseeeseer esas 88.69 $2,166.19
EXPENSES

Salary of Curator...... L... cece seen ee cee ee cece tent rere eee ee dex $ 600.00
Salary of Jamitor........ 0 ws sees eee eeeee Sinnott ye ces eee Meine Gr ci en bale eee ea
Fuel .. au didw a Denies seston yeo-N usin tivleetee =ate is oumisiol "am sie elsin tesie'e ete 151.48
Tights. cc.ccccce nese ce tee tser ces cpetecee see pete creenser eras snes dete os 15.90 —
Water. ccvcscrcs «dime opmigckbiemesian ss ere tigre meen es ane ele © : 8.25 '
Building repairs and EXPeMSES. «2... see ce cote eee e cece ecee see eeeeueceens 16.9%
Office supplies and Expense.... seeee cere ee tere eee es cos eiale'y mame! “aa /ahes enroll On
Printing, < vssy s\esccns ee see Rees wee See Wess Res hie eas sui ass ark + oe re
Addition to library ...... ..-.. MDs cee ven tae eels ERED Ie CURE CNIS ee 10.40
Library EXPeMse ...... ce ecee cece eee e eee n ee eee e reer ee ents eect 1.65

Addition tO MIVSEUIML 6A Fo sas ew wicwew Se cette one sieaee paws renee ey nee rte see 9.00
MUSCUM EXPENSE... cere cere eee cere eee eee teen ee weet eee eeee Lee ites sere

un
9
4)
[oe <)

,

IMSUFANICE 2... oe ccs cons cere weer eee sere cues sens cece eure ereres cece sete eeasnee g0.00
Freight and ExpresSage. .... ..60 eee eeee eee cee teee Sih ARO pectic scot 12.74
Mound-eaploring EXPense .... 2... sere eee eee e cece ee eee e cee eee cee cette 135.10
Tecture EXPENSES . 26... cece ee cece cee ees cee tees tree et tese eres etes essences © 350,70 ?
Electric light fixtures...) . 20 ese. secees conn ence errvivesbisess cane s9se ares 960 197.65
TYPEWwriter. 2... cece cece eeeee sett enee cee euemenes cess eceeereseres oe + 73.50
Balance on Wand hip seswe caus coonleegs eae viepoh es telake tae ak oat ees eee 22.76 $2,166.19
: PUBLICATION ACCOUNT—RECEIPTS,
From Putnam Memorial Fund: < ): 5 ocs0cs.dsscouent ctu sissv cstv eee pease sen $1,000.00
From interest on bank deposit ©. (o.. ounces scab yeu? susste ue quince PRC Re: 12,56
From refund, typographical Changes. ...... 62.01 ces seen cece est eeeeese « 23.00
Balance on hand Jamuary, 1906.... --..-sese ee ener cece seer ecnnces 740.07 $1,775.63
EXPENSES.
Pim tin W ic wis cm nnn wna ot dose co gee tess Cece keen oss eeees Ravan skies eee s+ $1,376.65
BEN GV AVING «oc acc avec sb aciwslyenied vcahn sub uee eres Re Ce SGA) 6 tte canna emaes 298.90
Binding ..5.iio.. sos Scan doen) v eeseek ise Naey oeeekh een el Mes RpenS deaas eae 67.00
Minscellavi@ous).. 5... .. sas. wsah= As eraess v Vda aMees shieas Eh LAness oS vem oOuE Tam + 29.60
Balance on hand... .... PE Oy Ce TMS Cre 3-48 $1,775.63"

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 197

REPORT OF THE PUBLICATION COMMITTEE FOR 1906.

The Publication Committee reported that owing to many unforeseen de-
lays Volume X had not been completed, but would be in afew months. Two
papers had been accepted and printed in Volume XI.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR FOR 1906.

The first part of the report of J. H. Paarmann, the Curator, treats of the

museums, outline of the past year’s work, suggestions for the

work of the coming year, the need of a larger staff for carrying on the work

of the museum, library, publications, etc., and the need of additional floor
space, cases, and accessories, for the museum. The report continues:

An exhibit and a study series of the mussel shells from this locality has
been prepared. It contains every species of mussel found in the vicinity of
Davenport. A pearl and pearl shell exhibit has been arranged; also one to
illustrate the pearl button industry of the Mississippi Valley, this latter col-
lection being the gift of J. F. Boepple. These exhibits, together with the
remainder of our shell collections, have been installed in a fine new case de-
signed especially for the purpose. A catalog of the shell collection has been

on cards. About 6,000 library cards were used for this catalog.
The entire work of preparing this exhibit was done by Miss Sheldon, to
whom the Academty is also indebted for the case and the card catalog and
other supplies used in preparing the specimens for exhibition or study. Miss
Sheldon has also classified and stored, so as to be easily accessible for study
or exchange, our large supply of duplicate specimens of land and river shells
from this and other localities.

LECTURES TO SCHOOL CHILDREN.

_ On beginning my work as teacher of science in the public schools of this
city I had planned that the teachers of the various schools should bring their
classes to the Academy during the spring and fall to study such subjects as
could be illustrated with objects from our museum, and that I give talks at
the school buildings during the winter months. Had it been practicable to
carry out this idea, as first contemplated, it would have taken up much less
of the curator’s time than under the present system. But the teachers of the
outlying schools felt that it would be a hardship to bring classes, especially
those of primary or intermediate grades, for such great distamces. Under
the present system, therefore, I visit each school once every three weeks dur-
ing the fall and winter, giving from four to eight (usually five) lectures at
each school during a single forenoon. My plan is to go from room to room,

_ taking with me specimens from our museum for illustrating the lesson. In

most of the schools I take the rooms two and two and am thus enabled to
talk to from 250 to 400 pupils per day. During the months of May and June
of the present year the Ninth Grades from the different schools were taken

~ on excursions to the Government Island, one school at a time, for the pur-

pose of studying the birds and their habits, and the Seventh and Eighth
Grades were given lectures at Science Hall on our.common wild flowers.

These tectures were illustrated with stereopticon slides. After the lectures

the classes were taken through the museum by their teachers. I believe the
children are taking interest in this work, and it seems that the teachers and
principals are willing that it should be continued. Yet I feel that there is
much work accumulating at the Academy which is now neglected on account
of want of time. It would not be well for the Academy to give up the lec-
tures in the schools, nor can we longer postpone the work that should be

_ done atthe museum. It might be advisable to confer with the School Board

regarding the employment of an assistant who would continue the lectures

_ at the schools, thus allowing me once more to give full time to the Academy.

The Academy can be made still more helpful to the schools through the

198 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

preparation of loan collections, accompanied by study outlines, for use at the
various schools. By coOperation with the School Board a series of illustrated
lectures for children might be arranged, these to be given by local persons,
admission being free. These free lectures to children are meeting with much
favor in the museums of our larger cities.

Summary.

1.—Each school visited once in three weeks (forenoons).

2.=Numiber of lectures idatly.>:.-. 2-2 - tee eee eee ee Pacers Sea ae ey

3.—Number of lectures at schools during year............... she ice ome Oe

4.—Lectures to children, Science Hall, illustrated with lantern. “cee ee

5.—Excursions to Government Island for bird studv.............. ieee ls

6.—Number of classes that visited the museum....................00- a) 26
EXPLORATIONS.

During the summer of 1906 the attention of the Academy was called to
the groups of mounds in Whiteside county, Ill., not far from the town of
Albany. After obtaining permission from the owners of the land on which
the mounds are located, a number of expeditions were sent out. Two of the
larger mounds were explored, resulting in some. very interesting finds. A
survey of the region is to be made during the present winter. After the ma-
terial has been worked over a more complete report will be prepared.

DONATIONS.

The museum has increased rapidly in size and usefulness during the past
five years. All this is due to the generosity of our numerous patrons and
their pride in maintaining a good local museum. V ery seldom is the Acad-
emy called upon to purchase z a specimen for its collections. Almost our en-
tire museum has grown up through donations. It is gratifying to know that
a large percentage of the specimens in the Natural History department are
brought in by children.

ACCESSIONS TO MUSEUM.

Geology. |< acerelreniressis see wags Sereertet tmaietele tetera : 3 specimens
Paleontology, ; inc vi Rec. « sinensis ........several hundred

BOLARY hin. c saint asiete woes cin ole od eens SOS BS 26h Soon na scos I si
ZOOLOSY 5. c2e Sas ae ee S eee Soe. Soha eeie eves die Pe ea eeteeee 20 #%
EXISCOL ys -2 os Kafiia. bin *etateye Siecdlon lovers ee eete SR ins Seaton pote ete 3 oe
American Archzology salad Shes er oum Se weve ie eel eas tidied cacateet 240 sf
American Ethnography ........ Roc DOSE GoMo ab Doe Ate ob Amu. 102 ss
Miscellaneous. ....... wierels inte tape la tore Wes alete s aleras ou tater tienen 10 ef

VISITORS TO MUSEUM.
(See Appendix.)
The plan of opening the museum on the first Sunday of each month was
begun in November, 1903, and is still continued.

ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

Members of the Academy, Ladies and Gentlemen—The year for which
you honored me with the presidency of the Academy comes to a close with
the present annual meeting. Glancing back over this year I am both grati-
fied and impressed with the activity manifested by the association during
that period—an activity which marks the year 1906 as a memorable one in
the history of the institution.

The Academy during that year added 169 new names to its membership;
it completed the publication of one volume of its proceedings and started
upon the publication of another; it held many interesting and well attended
meetings; it provided a regular course of lectures by noted scientists and

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 199

also a number of lectures by its own members; it continued its good work in
the public schools; it attracted an increased number of visitors to its mu-
seum; it explored a number of mounds; it organized among its members a
section for study and research; it rearranged and relabeled many of the col-
lections of its museum; it added many new specimens to these collections
and many volumes to its library; and it revised its constitution and by-laws
to make them better serve its needs in its ambitious and far-reaching plans
for the future.

Let me speak more in detail of the work of the Academy. During the
year Volume X of its proceedings was practically completed. This volume
as a whole will soon be ready for distribution. Besides a memoir to Mrs:
Mary L. D. Putnam, it contains a biography of William Clement Putnam,
and valuable papers by Prof. David Starr Jordan, Dr. Alfred Seale, Prof.
Samuel Calvin, Prof. L. H. Pammel, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, Baron C. R.
Osten Sacken, Prof. Walter J. Fewkes, Prof. Thomas H. Macbride, and Prof.
C.C. Nutting. It is expected that Volume XI will be completed before the
close of the present year. One of its parts, a valuable paper upon ‘‘The Pro-
tozoa of Iowa,’’ by Charles H. Edmondson, is already out. In the publication
of this and all future volumes the Academy changes the manner of publica-
tion of its proceedings. It issues the separate papers in pamphlet form and
distributes them as soon as printed, leaving it to those who desire to keep
the files intact to bind each volume when all the parts are complete. It is
these pullications of the Academy that carry its name and fame to all cor-
ners of the globe. It is these too that bring us in exchange valuable addi-
tions to our library.

During the year the Academy gave its usual annual course of lectures.
This course proved to be one of the most successful in the history of the Acad-
emy. The lecturers were all authorities upon the subjects upon which they
spoke, and several of them were men of international renown. ‘The list in-
cluded Prof. Samuel Calvin, Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, Dr. Duren J. H. Ward,
Prof. C. C. Nutting, Dr. John P. Peters, and Prof. Thomas H. Macbride.
The attendance was uniformly large. Additional lectures were delivered at
the monthly meetings. of the association by H. E. C. Ditzen, A. F. Ewers,
Prof. J. A. Udden, J. H. Paarmann, Prof. C. C. Nutting, and Dr. A. W. Elmer,
all members of the Academy. These lectures, too, were well attended. Lec-
tures by members will continue to be the feature of the monthly meetings of
the Academy. Of this winter course of lectures, those by Prof. Charles H.
Weller, of the University of Iowa, and Prof. R. G. Thwaites, Secretary of
the Wisconsin Historical Society, have been already delivered. The remain-
ing ones by Prof. Arthur P. Farwell, Prof. Frank G. Chapman, Prof. William
Trelease, Prof. Samuel Calvin, Prof. T. H. Macbride, and Prof. Arthur Fair-
banks will be delivered during January and February. Probably several more
lectures will be added to this course. All these are free to members. The rule

-admitting its members free to all its lectures was adopted by the Academy in

February. It met with much favor and continues in force.

The close and cordial relations which for years have existed between the
Academy and the public schools were still further strengthened during the
past year. The Academy’s curator, J. H. Paarmann, delivered $20 lectures
before classes from these schools in their respective classrooms during the
school year. He addressed between 250 and 4oo pupils daily, and used
specimens brought from the Academy’s museum to illustrate all his lec-
tures. In addition, he delivered four illustrated lectures before classes from
these schools, at Science Hall, escorted thirteen excursions to Government
Island for bird study, and addressed many classes from the schools at the
Academy, where with the aid of specimens from the museum he greatly in-
creased the interest of the pupils in nature studies. Through the pupils
whose interest in the Academy was thus awakened, their parents also became
visitors and friends of that institution.

200 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

In order that the Academy may still further enhance its value as an edu-
cational factor, it should offer to hold its future regular lectures in the aud-
itorium of the new high school and admit students of that school free to these
lectures under such reasonable restrictions as its trustees may see fit to im-
pose. Negotiations with this end in view should be opened with the Daven-
port School Board as soon as the new high school building is completed.

The cordial relations which have also long existed between the Academy

and all other educational institutions of the three cities continue unchanged.
Pupils from these institutions make free use of our museum and are at all
times heartily welcome.
» During recent years the Academy, through gifts and in exchange for its
own publications, has received many additions to its library. The most im-
portant of the gifts were the library of Griswold College, presented by its
trustees, and that of D. S. Sheldon, which, with many additional volumes,
was presented by Miss Sarah Foote Sheldon. These gifts are highly appre-
ciated. The books and pamphlets of our library now number 48,553. It is
one of the most valuable scientific libraries west of Chicago.

During recent years the Academy, through gifts, also received many ac-
cessions toits museum. The most important of these were a large collection
of baskets of Indian make and a large collection of stuffed native birds pre-
sented by W.C. Putnam shortly before his death; a large and valuable col-
lection of animal heads and horns presented by Dr. D. D. Palmer; a collec-
tion of natural history specimens presented by Mrs. Anna Wuestenberg; a
collection of marine invertebrates presented by Webb Ballord, and a collec-
tion illustrating the manufacture of pearl buttons presented by J. F. Boepple.
Besides these there were received many welcome gifts of small collections
and single specimens from other friends of the institution. To all of these
donors the Academy feels itself deeply indebted.

Within the last few days the Academy has also received by gift a collec-
tion of Indian relics consisting of 1,200 specimens found in this vicinity.
This collection was purchased from its owner and presermted to the Academy
by its president. Charles J. Beenck, who devoted twenty-five years to mak-
ing this large and valuable collection of local Indian relics, and who either
found these specimens himself or obtained them from those who found them,
has rendered this community services for which great credit is due him. I
suggest that he be presented with a life membership in the Academy in rec-
ognition of these services.

During the past year many of the collections of the Academy’s museum
were rearranged and supplied with descriptive labels that convey the maxi-
mum information regarding the specimens. , This has added much to the
scientific value of these collections. It has made them of greater service for
study purposes and of greater interest to the general public. Special thanks
are due to Miss Sarah Foote Sheldon and our curator for this work. The
decision of the Academy, recently reached, to use Scienee Hall for museum
purposes after the close of the present course of lectures, is a most commend-
able one. This will provide the much needed space for collections which
heretofore could not be properly displayed. There is great need, however,
of additional cases if these collections are to be displayed at their best. I
hope to see these provided before the close of another year.

It is the aim of the present officials of the Academy to develop its museum
on broad lines. While each museym should have its special features, as has
ours in its collection of mound-builders’ relics, and should also have a not-
able collection in some line and aim at completeness for this, that museum,
nevertheless, will be of greatest benefit to the general public in which all
lines are represented. When, therefore, the Academy shall once possess a
spacious new museum building I hope to see not only rooms for anthropo-
logical, archeological, geological and botanical collections, but also rooms
for historical and art collections.

———

~

SYNOPSIS OF PROCEEDINGS. 201

The number of visitors at the museum during the last year exceeded
6,000. This large attendance is most gratifying proof of the growing inter-
est in the Academy’s work. It is also proof of the wisdom of opening the
museum to the public on the afternoon of the first Sunday of each month,
and of granting free admission at such time as well as on certain week days.

The financial condition of the Academy continues most satisfactory. At
its last annual meeting the association for the first time in its history found
itself free from debt. It has remained so since and enters upon the new year
with a surplus. However, its needs are many and it is hoped that the citi-
zens of Davenport who, during the last thirty years through their liberal
contributions made the Academy what it is, will continue to exercise toward
it their usual liberality.

Last autumn the Academy resumed its old-time activity in search of light
on the ever puzzling question, Who were the mysterious people who in pre-
historic times built the myriads of mounds which are found along the Missis-
sippi and its tributaries? The results of its explorations of mounds at Albany,
Illinois, were magical. Not only were its discoveries of great scientific inter-
est, but the Academy through these again became as much the center of in-
terest of scientists the world over as it was when in earlier years it was active
in exploring the Toolesboro and Cook Farm groups of mounds. Its fame
is again spreading to all points of the compass. Given the exclusive priv-
ilege by the owners of the Albany group of mounds to explore these, the
Academy confidently looks forward to further interesting discoveries that
will doubtless throw additional light on the question whether their builders
were the ancestors of the present day American Indians, or a race now ex-
tinct, or a people now represented only by descendants dwelling in regions
remote from the early homes of their ancestors in the valley of the Missis-
sippi.

During the last year a section for study and research was organized within
the Academy. ‘This is the most encouraging of all the signs of that institu-
tion’s reawakening. Here at last is a united effort to aid the Academy in
serving its highest purpose by making it the center of active scientific work.
From the ranks of this section will come the men to whom in future years
the Academy will entrust its highest interests. From it may also rise some
future Agassiz or Audubon.

The most important matter affecting the Academy I have reserved for
the last. It refers to William Clement Putnam’s princely bequest. Under
his will and as a memorial to his parents, Mr. Putnam left practically his
entire fortune in trust for the benefit of the Davenport Academy of Sciences,
to be used by it for the increase and diffusion of knowledge. Seldom have
the savings of a lifetime been consecrated to nobler purposes than were those
of Mr. Putnam when they were thus made subservient to science, art, and
education. Generations of grateful people will carry the name of William
Clement Putnam, philanthropist, down through the centuries until the end
of time. Let me here once mtore record our deep sense not only of Mr. Put-
nam’s noble gift, but also of the confidence he reposed in the Academy when
he chose it as the instrument for carrying out his high purposes.

Through this bequest the year 1906 is marked as that of the beginning of
the renaissance of this institution. Henceforth its ambition will soar to
heights never dreamed of by its founders. Let us bear in mind, however,
that only that is destined to endure which is carefully planned and is made
to rest on solid foundations. It is meet, therefore, that we proceed with the
deliberation due the important workin hand. But when once the Academy's
carefully-to-be-considered plans for the future shall have been fully ma-
tured, its progress in placing itself in the front rank of America’s scientific
institutions will be by leaps and bounds.

Doubtless you would be glad to know how long it will be until the cor-
ner-stone for the new fire-proof museum building, for which there is great

202 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

need, and for the erection of which Mr. Putnam provides in his will, can be
laid. We hope it will not be many years. Mr. Putnam, with the object of
making his estate further in the greatest measure the purposes for which it
was given, left specific instructions regarding its management. But the
trustees charged with carrying out these instructions are also given certain
discretionary powers. Inasmuch as these trustees are themselves most
warmly attached to the institution which was so near the heart of Mr. Put-
nam, the members of the Academy may well feel that its interests are in the
best of hands. They may rest assured that the discretionary powers will
be wisely exercised, and that funds for the erection of the new museum
building, and for the development of the institution in compliance with the
wishes of Mr. Putnam, will be made available as speedily as the best inter-
ests of the Academy will permit.

Meanwhile, officers, trustees and members of the Academy, it behooves
us to relax none of our efforts to advance, and to guard jealously, the inter-
ests of this institution while they are entrusted to our care.

APPENDIX.
ACCESSIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
1904-1906.

All accessions are by gift. Donors are citizens of Davenport unless other-
wise noted.

GEOLOGY.

Baker !Gharlés Ja: taats seen oe ae Specimens of wolframite, antimony, and
uranium from the Black Hills.

Collister, Clayton feeem eee .2 fossil crinoids, Quarry, Iowa.

Bdwards; Allanes seme seis Fossil, Montana.

Gronen;, Ws Osenucpeene cece Copper ore, petrified wood.

Hammatt, HS ace. sce teeeee ] COMeCtHON oltossts:

Ilarrison),, Re. es ceae emer Minerals, Jackson county, Mont.

Petersen; Ai oases cee eee Ammonite.

Petersberger, Isaac............57 specimens of rocks.

Putnam) Mass ote nae Trilobites.

Putnam, Wis Cy... fect Ichthyosaurus, ammonites sp., Charmouth,

Dorset, England; 10 specimens of native
copper, 2 of iron ore, 1 of lead ore, Mich-

igan.
Rutnsey, By tou... bests tet. Geological specimen.
South, Mrs Shih Fee eee Minerals, Colorado.
Wuestenberg, Mrs. Anna....... 40 specimens of rocks,

ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY.

AterOCHS, May: cctan.n rere cr Wilson’s Thrush.
Ballord, B.S;) oo. anaes ae ee Ss Uke s ence
DECKtel, LIArOlCen. . a eemtners tee Rabbit, young. >
Berwald: Walter! fsa see Little Green Heron, Pleasant Valley, Iowa.
Biait, pardette./- cs. me seo Cedar Waxwing.
Brouse, Charles, and Van Patten,
USAT eis cn 5 nia 5 ei nee re eats Muskrat.
brown, Mabel Av..; sue een Golden -crowned Kinglet.

Burts, Mrs. Mattie... 2.28. oe Hornet’s nest.

BUGO WS) VinSe be alsh eens ae
Busch Ralphs siec,.:-vemsten shoe's

mer T psionic cee nck eee es
TENS R50 Gy Cee 9 a ee

Goodwin) Mabel. sis sc6 00 2s
PlartiSOnmiC aya. cis acti bees oa

Einiimmens a@arl Son. 8 arctoe scree *
MOM eke ITS SIR ams iecteancleootoene
itibbelll Wawrenees 2c. 2%... .. «
1S eB Ee ae eee
Moeller, Mrs lenty. o........-
BSA ZA ES CN cretentre cecil eeiwiciew, ove

Metsel, William’, . os. 65. .3 5
WMiaiselcht EMenIcy ys,c <1 sx, «fe.

Pee ects cs hn die g ae Medes
NEISONNGEOLSEs 2. ss culestewie ast
Palmers Ds and (Bo Yes. oe.sctee

APPENDIX. 203

Snowy Owl, mounted.

Gray-cheeked Thrush, Rose-breasted Gros-
beak 2 , Davenport.

Myrtle Warbler 2, Davenport.

54 birds, mounted and labelled, Japan; 2 Leaf
Insects, East Indies ; 46 specimens of coral,
Singapore,

Wilson’s Thrush, Davenport.

Centipede, nest of Trap-door Spider, horn of
Swamp Ox, India, used as a container for
Civet.

Sora Rail, Davenport.

Shell containing 3 Mississippi River pearls.

Fox Sparrow, Davenport.

Deep sea shells.

Stem and beans of coffee tree.

Woodchuck, Davenport.

Ring-necked Pheasant, Oregon.

Wood Duck; Willow Ptarmigan, Colorado;
group of Bobwhite, pair of Bobwhite, pair of
Woodcock, Baltimore Oriole, Egret, Flying
Squirrel, Scott county, Iowa; Valley Part-
ridge, California.

Black-crowned Night Heron.

Cardinal, Ont.; Lamprey eel, St. Lawrence
River.

Rabbit, abnormal.

40 sets of bird’s eggs.

42 mounted mammal heads; 147 mounted
pairs of horns; 5 Rhinoceros horns; 1 pair
Giraffe horns; Walrus skull; Walrus tusk;
Six-banded Armadillo, mounted; Squirrel,
mounted; Wapiti; whalebone; two saws of
Sawfish; Mastodon tusk, Alaska; Babirussa
skull, Borneo; Lobster, mounted; Giant
Clam, East Indies; 2 Narwhal tusks.

Pammel, Prof. L. H., Ames, Iowa, 50 cominon weeds of Iowa, mounted and

Rinestet wAGOl ph setae vas ieee
AE MTrne tM cher em yuna pers toyee fescle role cactegs

Jeti Ghana WY GaSe ge -S
JPA» Ved Chee Se eee

TRADES dol Be a ckonnts Ope eaae
Schlessmann, Barbara.........
NICITOOMN OF iL as /siavaicieincte 64.65.60 0"
SEMOOIMINOS Audet. «0's dewiees
TEL INO MALO splay cy cicts,cikvs, 0 0 Sere
AS Tale SRWEST@ CLEC crepe 80. die etoie| ows einer or
Stattord, Charles.........

Truckenmiller, Charles.......

Tdiebtay.) Bio let heen Nee Set se eR ICL
[Proc. D. A. S., VoL. X.]

labelled; 32 specimens of wood (sections of
tree trunks), Iowa.

Ferns.

Snake, in alcohol, Florida.

Oven Bird, Davenport.

Collection of insects, mostly butterflies.

Botanical specimens, California; pine cones
from the Sierra Nevada.

Trout, mounted, Sweden.

Kallima Butterfly, India; Purple Heron,
Europe.

Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, Davenport.

Long-billed Marsh Wren, Davenport.

Mourning Warbler 2, Davenport.

Nashyille Warbler 2, Sora Rail, Davenport.

Nashville Warbler 2 , Davenport.

Cape May Warbier, Davenport.

.. Ovenbird, White-throated Sparrow, Daven-

port.

Bay-breasted Warbler, Yellow Warbler, Day-
enport.

Golden-crowned Kinglet,j\, Davenport.

26 {June 21, 1907.]

204 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES:

Valens: OSCit 2a ease see .Flying Squirrel, Davenport.

Voelkers, Lawrence ...........Golden-crowned Kinglet 2, Davenport.

Vollmer eblanry =cnsce= a see Canadian Warbler, Davenport.

Wihite Ward. Riietsc. sae oe Specimens of Curly White Pine and Curly
Yellow Pine lumber.

Wuestenberg, Mrs. Anna...... 20 specimens of coral, 5 Starfish, 206 shells,
alligator, young, mounted.

Wrandram\) Oscarie. wee eer Golden-crowned Kinglet 2, Davenport.

ANTHROPOLOGY.

Bronner, Miss Anna.......... Stone gorget, Erie county, New York.

Fisher, Francis J., Chicago, Il]., Mummified hawk from the tombs of Abydos,
Egypt.

Grabbe, Charles...............157 arrow and spear heads.

Haase Walliaris see memes ies 8 stone implements from near Fox Lake,
Minnesota.

[Blaine Sorin Cling sods a7 ... .. Discoidal stone, Carrollton, Ky.

Kempker, Rev. J. BS 8 ee ot Arrowheads.

Koehler, Mrs. Henry....-...-- Tapa cloth.

Moore, Clarence B.A --tin.--:-© 62 shell implements, 10 perforated shells, 34
wrought shells, Marco, Florida.

WitserelOns Neds hooncsccctos se Copper ax.

Petersberger, Isaac ........... Spearhead.

Plummer EC with Voesecrecs ee Zulu war club, Africa.

Pitham= Missa3 0 eee 5 pieces of Mexican pottery, modern; Sulu

garment; Eskimo throwing stick; sample of
Navajo weaving.
J g

[2Mhaarhiol) Jp Sea amarmc cds Shlecob. 12 specimens of the work of the Washoe and
Paiute Indians of Nevada; stone ax.

iPiriotebole Cade Gas bos So Soo ce Native straw hats, Philippines.

jBbisiehive Was Coccugmancwoqs ooo 102 Indian baskets.

Tucker, Harvey, Albany, Ill...Shell vessel and potsherds from mound No.
71 at Albany, Il.

Wuestenberg, Mrs. Anna...... 36 stone axes, 2 pestles, chipped-stone hoe,
g articles of polished stone, 6 sets shell
beads, 275 arrow and spear heads, 6 flint

perforators.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Boepple, J. F.. ....+..-...-Exhibit to illustrate pearl button industry.
Burmeister, W alter: veh, ae Candlestick, 150 years old; pocket-knife, 200
years old; seal, old-fashioned, Germany.
Duncan; JOsephy ses ase eee Chest of carpenters’ tools.
ls Ghagtforih) (CeO an ag oe Seen pace ‘Panorama of Davenport in the year 1872,”

photograph of oil paintings of Fort Arm-
strong, Rock Island; 4 other historical relics.

Naeckel & Sons .......2...--- Exhibit to illustrate process of making white
lead.
Mueller) A ni@n tics aeesemeet orn Burmese prayer-book; Chinese back-

scratcher; model boat of birch bark; histor-
ical specimens, Michigan.
Raodler, Or Accs. none ese Japanese muscle roller (for massage ).
Sheldon, MissS.G.F..:....... Cases for exhibiting and storing shells; 5
dozen frames, with ‘glass, for mounting but-
terflies for study.

Spink, Mts. Hentyisi<sacs gens Chinese hat; Night lamp and food warmer,
England.
Wihataker, Charles... 3.52 ccs. Carding combs for cotton, pair of holsters.

Wuestenberg, Mrs. Anna...... 20 miscellaneous articles.

‘
1
"
1
‘

APPENDIX. 205

VISITORS TO THE MUSEUM.

The museum is open to the public from 1 to 5 Pp. M. every week day and
from 1:30 to 5 P. M. on the first Sunday in each month.

Year. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Total
1904 250 450 III9 1262 722 660 138 148 1008 g10 486 137 7290
1905 305 427 1440 1329 1058 1589 320 480 580 490 442 7 O47
1906 446 468 538 515 175 1420 230 180 I90 287 592 378 5419

The figures given are taken from the visitors’ register and, as many visit-
ors do not register their names, these figures are only approximately correct.
This is especially true for 1906, when the attendance was probably larger
than ever.

ACCESSIONS TO LIBRARY, 1904-1906.

BY GIFT

ECS ONT TU CATO MMIC Cease eM nee mp tye cova e es 4.” satalere aie ocala larg acta: olen, cod. Sls eosin ule SeenON I
TOAGUFLOTS) IY Dr eSig TN a OS A I eS LK NG. cote 4
Piste gare, IMUSS TERRA MCERNS) eae DE Bl Oe on er ee Pi Eo 20
Democrat Co...... es ete i ahha cs Griccainle Sha sieies w bishays win ache GEIS 285
iC warhee, INGAS , 5 56 na 66 o CO ORPRIEE © BCE eet eae emer ire etc 2
IBfals. Io hn. ws Som gane Ae Ge Bgl Rte roe Stee ie ao aera ene Prete 2
Gil, Mitssy 13 Jim 2S te pe ode see eis een aeiee reer be Rate alee ee I
EEDA eT ERE ea ee EL nie Re ay aye aha hcolc scot yo. nici ofe',e, cc susie cide site ale ofa ferevers Pecie Ge
lLiendlar (Qo tgs h ae A a ee PPE ES OSA Oe bale
ie uibimmaners. (SAGE 5 5 ry ae Se PRES on Me ee ne ag ca ae eae Ree tee ee Rt Te ICI ht 3
iPitesineedi, IDV; (Ce Ta Stes ee een Oe ne an nee rE ARS eA ir 12
Pagan, MEGS IB) IDS G eeusibcs os SEI aoe Aeterna ee encreeerr SoCise II
merci USS SE OEN GS SRE oh oie 5 (ayn a, Sieg #20 dap aree ts tontp eee y emer 12
SEC OviL INU SSG Bs oc er ei Eee Cae (o 13
Warez) eo Ca el Pe a a ee eee BACAR Coke 2
RuidestenDen rma tA ese ets leis ficie cists isis caisicies ble whesls acl slog st aerebgemne 21
‘Thargill (DOGHES Se ooo s US ee OS ene soa ae eres p 43
IBS WIREUESE., oF 5 ogacld diene den SOOO Gps e SOO mEUO poSOr arian cerca or 4o books
IBY) GRCIGIIES: Fhe nocUGuo bod pReemneeee 3,761 accessions (incl. pamphlets)

LECTURES, 1904-1907.

, LECTURE COURSE, SEASON 1903-IG04.

January 4, 1904. Dr. L. O. Howard, Washington, D. C., ‘‘ Some Interesting
Features of Insect Life.”’ :

January 11, 1904. Prof. C. C. Nutting, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Protective
Coloration Among Animals.”’ :

January 18, 1904. Prof. Thomas H. Macbride, University of Iowa, ‘‘Alam-
ogordo— a Problem of the Desert.’’ :

January 25, 1904. Prof. Charles S. Magowan, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Sani-
tary Engineering.”’ ;

February 1, 1904. Prof. Bohumil Shimek, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Man in the
Tropics.”’ f :

February 8, 1904. Prof. A. A. Veblen, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Ancient Ship
Building in Northern Europe.”’

February 15, 1904. Prof. Samuel Calvin, University of Iowa, ‘‘ The Geology
and Scenery of the Pipestone Region.”’

206 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

SEASON Ig04—-Igo5.

October 31, 1904. Prof. Thomas H. Macbride, ‘‘ The Plant Responsive to
Human Preference.”’

November 7, 1904. S. P. Verner, St. Louis, Mo., ‘‘ Adventures and Studies
Among the African Pigmies.”’

November 14, 1904. Prof. Bohumil Shimek, University of Iowa, ‘‘ The Use
and Abuse of Trees.”’

November 21, 1904. Prof. C. C. Nutting, University of Iowa, ‘‘ The Alaskan
Fur Seal.”’

November 28, 1904. Prof. Samuel Calvin, University of Iowa, ‘‘ A Geologi-
cal Excursion Among the Rockies of Colorado.”’

December 5, 1904. Prof. Laenas G. Weld, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Life His-
tory of a Star.”’

ADDITIONAL LECTURES.

January 19, 1905. Charles S. Lummis, Los Angeles, California, ‘‘The Primi-
tive Songs of the Southwest,’’ given with the cooperation of the Archz-
ological Institute of America.

February 12, 1905. WJ McGee, Washington, D. C., ‘‘ Fire, Knife and the
Wheel.”’

November 24, 1905. C. A. Ficke, Davenport, ‘‘Japan.”’

SEASON 1905-1905.

January 15, 1906. Prof. Samuel Calvin, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Vulcanism
and Related Phenomena in the Yellowstone National Park.’

January 26, 1906. Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, Sweden, ‘‘ Two Years Amongs
the Ice of the South Pole.”’

February 5, 1906. Dr. Duren J. H. Ward, Iowa City, Iowa, ‘‘ Our Iowa In-

dians, the Meskwakis of Tama County.”’

February 12, 1906. Prof. C. C. Nutting, University of Iowa, ‘‘ Marine
Investigation on the Coast of Southern California.”’

February 19, 1906. Dr. John P. Peters, New York, ‘‘The Pennsylvania
Expeditions to Babylon.”’

February 26, 1906. Prof. Thomas H. Macbride, University of Iowa, ‘‘Luther
Burbank and His Garden.”’

ADDITIONAL LECTURES.

March 15, 1906. Dr. Alfred M. Tozzer, Harvard University, ‘‘Central Amer-
ican Archezology,’’ given with the codperation of the Archzeological In-
stitute of America.

December, 1906. Prof. C. H. Weller, University of Iowa, ‘‘Here and There
in Greece,’’ given with the codperation of the Archzological Institute of
America.

November 30, 1906. Prof. C. C. Nutting, University of Iowa, ‘‘The Function
of the Provincial Museum.”’

———

eS eS Oe

APPENDIX.

LIST OF PRESIDENTS

OF THE

207

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Deon oueldou:......... December 14, 1867 to..........
Pee AIiY = = .,< <)- . ct : JOctober'o,.1868; 102.046. «cenie-
ele HAAZET 0. 2% 2 ss Jannary: 9;1975),t0) ee ec sce ane
W. H. Barris. . Polatitiaky 55.1570; tO oa. sek
De, Eunting.:........ January, 21577 /tO-- 4. Sec sc aces
R. J. Farquharson...... Jannary. 25, 1978) 40:..)..50 ota see
Mrs. Mary 1. D. Putnam.January I, 1579, to............
NPeEIewETArt. 2.2.0.4 Sp aUIALY 7, lGOOs LO: v5.07 = peor
jpeputican, Putnam .....-. January 5, "1881, to his death...
Cre Preston ... - > January AS LS62.tOl eee sacs
Pome Lyne toe. 2... january 3; 1883; tors. seer ace
eG. wulton: 2... : SN anHAGy 2 VLSOAy tOscrs cise e
oS iti fanWaTy 7 .FOS5, (Os s2 secu S=

C. E. Harrison January 26, 1887, to
Miss Jennie McCowen. January 16, 1889, to
James Thompson January 7, 1891, to his death ..
el wANLETIE 2 Stas February 11, 1892, to
E. S. Hammatt.. . .January 2, 1895, to
Charles Francis ........January 18, 1899, to. ‘
Mrs. Mary L. D. Beane January 5, 1900, to her death
A. W. Elmer February 20, 1903, to
©. A. Ficke January I0, 1906, to

ee

October 9, 1868.
January 9, 1875.
January 5, 1876.
January 3, 1877.
January 25, 1878.
January 1, 1879.
January 7, 1880.
January 5, 1881.
December Io, 1881.
January 3, 1883.
January 2, 1884.
January 7, 1885.
January 26, 1887.

. January 16, 1889.

January’7, 1891.
February 11, 1892.
January 2, 1895.
January 15, 1899.

. January 5, 1900.

. February 20, 1903.

January 10, 1906.

208 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ELECTIONS TO MEMBERSHIP.

January 29, 1904— December 31, 1906.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Gifford Pinebot,, Washington, DAG a. eee eee .... January, 1905

Charles F. Lummis, Los Angeles, California ...........-.. January, 1905

Otto Nordenskjold, Gothenburg, Sweden ........ ......... January, 1906
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Foy> Beckers Lowa: City, slOwale- ope eee ee ee March, 1904

Harlan (Smiths New sViorks | Neovi sore ee ee September, 1904

Joseph Zawodny, Prague, Austsia, ©.2 20-2. 22.-24e- 2. 45... December gas

Cleveland Abbe, Washington, D.C............ Joan oe MEAG swGOG

But,. Lefebure, Cedar apis, fOwa.< 25.2 ae ee eee September, 1906

S: A; Maxwell. Morrison aillinoiset).... ones eee November, 1906

REGULAR MEMBERS.

(Residence Davenport, unless otherwise stated.)

Iitzen, Henry Bo Ce

.January, 1904 Donahue, Mrs.J.P.. . February, 1906

Brugman, John] . . February, 1904 Donald, Gustav ......
Lau, Charles Ws. -5-- Donegan, iM Shes 42. a is
Udden, J. A., Jr., Rock Dowiiter, Elbe oe “ us
Island, Tle. .September ‘‘ OUESER Eh eee fs e
Cable, Mrs. Ben T., VANS. cece nc cette Ss oe
Rock Island, Ul -sjJannazy, T9054 Evans, ts Joos. os eee os -
Davison, Donald .. x a Farrand, Willis ...... 3 oy
Decker, Miss F.S....February, ‘ Bigke; BIO F226 sne~s * =n
Ells, Miss Louise a ae Bickes: GAbnes.. shes wee aE “
Lambach, Fred H.... i aS Ficke, Miss Helen... ee a
Glueck, Fred, Jr. .... . December, ‘‘ Bicke Rh. Cos aes “s 4;
Beenck;, Ji,iGun. eee January, 1906. Fidlary W. :.-2-2.2- SS €s
Atkinson, Arthur..... February, ‘ FUSHEE Wy, ces eee sg i
Atkinson, Mrs. Arthur a o Friedholdt, B.C...... ee
Baldwitis Weisser es et Gehrmann, W. H..... oy os
Banus |G. Wisse x ES Grilk, Charles. ..... es es
Birehard, C2. sa: 3 as as Guldner, Ludwig F... “ fs
Block sous: 5. a225 x a Haase, William ..... bi
Braunlich, Henry.... « ee Haase, Mrs. William.. $6 ‘
Buren; tra Ces e ee : . Haight Wr Re eer i <
Butrows; Peale. 3 us we Han ya e: ive Bs os
Burrows, Mrs. P. T... os $ Harkness, GB wa Ss
Bushnell, Horace T... rs “s Hartz, HeW.asei eae : s S
Calis, J. Biss seen S 4g Hartz, PUCOs. + aces eS “
Campbell, TR 223. =. ns mi Hayward, A. W...... “i ny
Carstens; 1). Poosse sa es ce ELGChts Jee eee se af
Coley Tat. wk a Hetzel (Cit seen eee se ‘9
Collins, Edward...... af s Horiby, capo. ee ‘ 5
Cram, Ralph W...... gS x Huber, C.S . eae $ ie
Grouch, Preg: Alec... ; “ Humphrey, W.W ... ot
Crouch, Mrs. Fred A . a uA Jacobs, J. H. er. i
DAVIS i einas see ee RS a Jennings, W. c= ae ‘S s
Decker WW. oo. oe af “ Kaufmann, Ed....... J fi
Dilworth, W.H., Rock Kellogos iC.5 a. sacri: es i
iC) Fos Co lO) OTe pe cs i Kemmerer, C.T ..... + -
PIGHANHE Te Ec sans oe as a Kemmerer, T. W..... SS <

Koehler, Herbert O.. .February,

Krohn, Hugo ...-----
Kulp, Ray R...----- , s
Ladenberger, Otto L.. :
Lischer, Fred A....--
Lischer, Oscar ..-----
Lowary, O. 4
McCandless, C. R-.-- BS
McCullough, W.J.--- =
Mcintyre, C.C..-----
Marks, M.L..----- :
Martin, Wellington ie
Meyer, C., Jr. es
Meyer, Edward U...- *
Middleton, George... Rs
Nagel, J. J-------+°°:
Nagy; [Bow ates eet
Nutting, J.R-..--.----
Nutting, Mrs.J.R----
Ochs, Joseph. -..------

Otis, E. L =
Ottesen, Realff..-.--- J
Parsons, Alfred.....-- ee
Petersen, Adolph....-
Phillips, C. E.------:
Pierce, S. W...-------
Porter, J. R
Preston, Charles | ee
Redfield, R.P..------
Richter, August ..
Robeson, C. E
Rothschild, Moses. .-.
Rudolf, F.E...------
Schaefer, J. 1S bees, ae
Sears, I. H-.--------°
Sherier, J. W.-------- es
Smith, Martin 1S Ganson aS
Stibolt, V. A...------ ss
Stolle, W.J---------- we
Suksdorf, C. L.------ se
Temple, S.J.---- +--+:
Vincent, C.S
Vollmer, Arthur....--
Vollmer, Karl...-----

oe sae e pis =e

roma e were

Wadsworth, Mrs. W. (on ues

Waldman, George L.-
Walker, F.J.--------
Wallace, A. S..------
Watzek, Mrs. J. W----
Weir, W.R.---------
Weir, Mrs. W.R.-.--- =
Wells, W. D....------ 2
Williams, H. L...---- %

Teaeil at Wats (Ce oOr
Carmichael, Joe ----
Carstens, H.

APPENDIX.

1906

ec

March, 1906

ae

ae

Creswell, Miss Grace. March,

Ditzen, Julius.....--
Dixon, E. W...----- 5
Dixon, Mrs. E. Wieser Se
Giglinger, G ..----- “4
Goenne, E.C...----- ul
Hartz, B. C., Rock
Island, Ill......--- ck
Hornby, Ben H. .--- <
Kerker, H. W...---- &
Kerker, Mrs. H. W.. ae
Mann, Otto....----- ey
Mueller, Alfred C.... oe
Nabstedt, Henry..-- os
Nabstedt, J. M....-- ‘
Riepe, Adelbert...-- es
Rothschild, Mrs. 5") Oe -
Silberstein, Emil.... *
Silberstein, Louis.. -. <
Silberstein, Martin . . a
Silberstein, Max ...- se
Smith, J.J.---- aoe «s
Smith, Mrs.J.J ---- ae
Whitaker, Byron --- Ht
Whitaker, Miss Edna SOs,
White, I. S.; Rock
Island, Ill.......-- os
Austin, John....---- April,
Berger, Fred ... --- sk
Borcherdt, Miss Olga ss
Billstein, Miss Stella. ae
Brandt, Miss Clara I os
Brown, Miss Mary... es
Ells, Louise..-- ---- ss
Engelhardt, R. Ries -
Hansen, Martin B... e
Hass, Leon H......--
Henley, Mrs. Ella Miz ae
Kersch, Paul, Rock
Island, Ill.....---- Ae
Koch, G. H...---+-: es
Melville, Mrs. M. IDs - os
Plummer, Charles G. ts

Putnam, Mrs. E. Ke:

Godfrey, N. L..---+:
Godfrey, Mrs. N. L.. a
Eldredge, Miss G. M. a
Harrison, Mrs. F. E. ce
McCartney, G. S., Al-

bany, Ill.....----- re

Silberstein, Mrs. Martin ‘“
Smart, F.L...- ¢

Thomas, Miss Emma ae
Wiswell, Mrs. F. J... es
Gast, A. E....-----> December,
Green, William ..... te

August
Brockmann, John.. November,

210 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

MEMBERS OF THE DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Andrews.) Wautcelot W ccc oe eee eee St. Louis, Missouri

‘Baird, Speticer. EF ,. snes seein Washington, D. C.
Billings, JOHU SUAW: ae ciieraiieie aslo eis aor New York City, New York
Calvin: Samuel: - 0c sce eee eee ee Iowa City, lowa

*Candolle Al phonses. Syn ce cteiaee a ine: Geneva, Switzerland

* Carpenters: W + 3s. Scns dapuaale nc ayab atte a wisias, London, England
*Etheridge; Roberts. (fleas ers faa South Kensington, England
Kernow, beribards Ei see eee oe Ithaca, New York

(SLAY, (ASA: > | sc eetaete ner ate ace erape otal Cambridge, Massachusetts
*Hagen, Ho Avs. . cwpe ieeis is ne aes eee COD ee, IMassachmeers
*Henry, Joseph oie, uc ieice basic axues WVASHIMO TOT Dye.
Holmes, William Henny <3. fierce. se seer Washington, D. C.
Hooker, Josephy Den ip oeeanse. sans oien. ee Kew, England

Howard) Ueland Oye tee eee Washington, D. C.

Joudan; David (Stark cos s:tedarpica teen eee Stanford University, California
Fhartland, seb nce ox toe aor aaa cae eee Cleveland, Ohio

AT eCOUTE, pliaic teri eee terial on icra ete ee ee Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
onubat. Diueidew 22.3. as peace sesiecnoisehatae a LAKIS pMrance

Tomrmis. Charles i= ie oo eee eee Los Angeles, California
Macbride? Thomash? . 23225. eee ...lowa City, lowa

Moore, ClaréncesBo- someon ecm sues ... Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
*Nadaillac, Marquis Gen: .ccrm.shae yee eres Paris, France
Nordenskidld,: QE. cain ic aicts nts acetal ee mer Gothenburg, Sweden
Witittists. (iar les et etree eerie aa tants vide Iowa City, Iowa

Osborn= Herbert sees. secse io tates ae Columbus, Ohio

* Osten. Sacken, Vth tuo gains pacloe tre oes Heidelberg, Germany
Pinchot; Giocd .-.5 wets Bio eee Washington, D. C.
Pritchett: Henry 9) eee aa ie eo ee New York, New York
Putian sredentcka ww. aera state terete tea ee Cambridge, Massachusetts
Start) Fredenele 7 ye me eastvicis crete seein ...Chicago, [linois

¥ West wood,: J Over casth seo ate nae tate Oxford, England

White, ‘(Charles ian sf. 0s p22 2 ance ners. te WSIS TOny Dee

* Deceased.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS

Abbe, Cleveland tee. .2 cee sss on te ..... Washington, D. C.
Abbott, CharlesiGws. yecstcsccmics keer eer ee Trenton, New Jersey
Agassiz, Alexander .................... ..Cambridge, Massachusetts
Allen, JoeWA.......- edness © sels ye a wajseeNEWeLOr NeW Mole
Andreen, Gust.-Ay..<.. ass cecce ces ou, or ROCK Island enue
Andrews, idence emit. ven eke teres oe Chicago, Illinois
Arthur, JosephiGa, 1. ssirser Fath matalogeer Lafayette, Indiana
AtwOOd, Eiri pen) cera aiatet eters ........ Rochester, New York
Ball, Welmer I); cee aes ehceris athena et aarats Logan, Utah

Balorty, We btis cian cic aetpsls Palette me akeiahere New York, New York
Barcena,. Warraiio®, \> sneer emt eee Mexico, Mexico
Barties; (Ws) os +e teittetete tent arcie eee cya a .Morgan Park, Illinois
Barrois, Charles ..... er der riate torre ict Lille, France

Beachy iiss Alice -h. ep ace ee L) snes ee vlUrpana Tillinors
Beckecys lye siieeisniels DOMED Shiv ire Mier one Iowa City, Iowa
Bessey, Charles Hy)... e = vanes ars aiWatatete ate Lincoln, Nebraska

Bethune, Charles iS.viy sa ee ei ceanes Guelph, Ontario, Canada

ta a i, te ee ee ee,» ie

APPENDIX. 2X3

islererishivesdaly 302 WS lose ae GOCE iene mee ICreRe Chicago, Illinois

Bareloitel Wie Wi) Se SO

ibyeretehiers, Ak Sis Boag Dee eee ee eee .San Diego, California
lesneicvetell) Jape! 95. ee Sok eee ane eer Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Toragedlell, Tisd2a hc ni cn Se pO eo eee reece Peoria, Illinois
Broadhead, Garland C........... it2.a8- . Columbia, Missouri
ERTIES S EN LUV AL CL Sy Ne cies ccsin'so5)0 42 wie sve ae New York, New York
Peer i te een he Gen =tos25e>-...»s . Madison, Wisconsin
Od, rate JO oa pie,8 sa 'ae aves 2 ie Denver, Colorado

(ene GGG Rt a ee ee ee Wilmington, Delaware
Crhistty, Iie Meta Ae ee Eee OO eee Cambridge, Massachusetts
et One |PeD ae. el iekrn cure dea. «ss. Oucawa, Illinois

Channon, Irving ee Le et Kusaie, Caroline Islands
Chapman, W.Albert ........- AG SORES Smithville, Lawrence Co., Ark.
Clayoole, Bdwatd We... . 2: oc tse es seeces Akron, Ohio

Cleveland, Daniel : ran ease. San Diego, California
Cockerell, Theodore D. os ee eee ee boulder Colorado

MOmMStOCKan | 7 MACHT Y's, vsis.0 Hrmin tied och wee .Ithaca, New York
Comstock, Theodore B...... SEE eRe Los Angeles, California
(Crorevolarn’s IM Cee Fenner eer Portland, Oregon
POM ANUIIGRIS Vio. |: iayayaystovclerau aypians @)eew oiavei ete Claremont, California
iter, ML OMmMVeTle 5 2..)250) tse cores oh eee = Chicago, Illinois
RNR ARAN So chi wie ne Sis ws a bin pears ap sds Greensburg, Pennsylvania
ER MASUOSLCAS. oro 5 Go fie ds s\e.s te cata a mee wee 2,2 Keokuk, Iowa
Mencmipton Charles Al. a. a. eau s a <i 0.0 22.0 Washington, D. C.
ee CSUPIMM ELT TA AL. scsi iS oie cls cts ies .. ... .Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Mepepulomiy lt citr ie lice fo arsine ast neve /oneyMova sie sina 3 Washington, D. C.
Iweuee, Charles Richards. ....52: 22. «.02-- Washington, D. C.
Edwards, William H....... DOM ORAS ree Coalburgh, West Virginia
Re RN EG 552.5 2s 5 iolafacie sae > b> a3 6 5% Sie Highland Park, Llinois
CS ame ett ai niaia lertisvarsrevso Mcrae >, a/sieis, des Portland, Oregon
EAITCEUOH MT AIIES) ELF 2e) cise Mesipeiscie.s socio Boston, Massachusetts
Engelmann, George J....... .s+.-.+-+--- Framingham, Massachusetts
earl Oem wall tat Gy, 221. 5 oe oie e's ste sree. a siete Cambridge, Massachusetts
EAI AS WOGU eLIVO: Vests as os Pad siece <7 cls, siesere See Clinton, Iowa
HDT SES BOEING cc 7 oo cue cieia stein sieve Shears tabeh ora ais Urbana, Illinois
SEU Seyi Thor Cif Ce Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
BME EDMOLO IY 5 cio a cn aruidch ses sic done. Washington, D. C.
(LER SS EES oe OR ee Cambridge, Massachusetts
RL WAL Eye on bio aoa e vies apes en oe .. Washington, D. C.
EIAWVOREM sp OL ASHULIS 5/5 ois iar2S se )etatis, a) 0: o'e ees Lawrence, Kansas
Ea SEU Sw orth Ji) .6:..%s80 « Bo Rapa eee hele Chicago, Illinois
AMGIACHS WIGdISCAVIISss Uc ccs ne44 5+ 0c00 > doecot. Jos, Missouri
a em Veta WV coe os ic on cioipays siarea poe SNS Los Angeles, California
Werpersoll, Hrnest...2. 2.0.20. Pe ee eee New York, New York
ISS OSC Pe atecerenaicie:c d.n:s.elevsid,s 0 avo overs ial ers
PETER TD ICE Top) OL TAO Sas ro afos'e a, Sayers ig essie/ eve oveungeots Davenport, Iowa
Lone Tg ID i en ee
mock Carli Wudwit 1h. 21.0... eh ike Toe Nurnberg, Germany
PEC DML Ge yO MICASS 5.5.5 wef sive bee HS sts Geile Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Wemunon, JonmGill . oo... ...22-50..,05-. «Oakland, California
Re REGAN ears. s ie ate sie caw wialet Ann Arbor, Michigan
Lindahl (Johan Harald) JOSUWalsee eis ....Cincinnati, Ohio
eee AG Yes osc noi0ie.a v= xian 6 women he Chicago, Illinois
ME EMUSIC EA SaaS rains oysc<-¢ bie ede , a ieiinve’y; obi srelt Albany, N. Y.
Wiel Sroveite. 15 (ey hea Al OF An ae nA RE eae acne oe Devon, Pennsylvania
AG EMU bei Nete tele eccvsc haceie\eves +. chove aim’ scbroye a> St. Louis, Missouri
IAT ee ws Sates ciatois, oo” trims efevers!tretzes oe bis Greenville, Ohio

[Proc. D. A. S., VOL. X,] 27 [August 5, 1907.]

212 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

McNeill, Jerome: 22,724,426 socom ee Richmond, Indiana
Mann, BPickman st canteen Washington, D. C.
Mark, dwar sliin ss qees ornare eter eit Cambridge, Massachusetts
Mason; Otis 1s oer tian eek ear ee Washington, D. C.
Maxwell iS. 0As 2 eee eee So Mee SRS Morrison, Illinois
uleletbty IPR.) 9 neo nedne = oot hee ee eee ss ee blad elpliake Penns wilivernnic
Morse: HdwardiSt-oes4. hee SR ee ert. Salem, Massachusetts
Nipher, Fran cists. ase sees eee Coete niece St. Louis, Missouri
Patterson; Jel ING a eee ence ie eee Oquawka, Illinois
Peckham, George W .-........-.----..-.--Mullwaukee, Wisconsin
Peet Stephen nas ee eee eee ieee Chicago, Illinois

IR bulip pis gRevAGr eae tastes a eee ee Santiago, Chili

Pigeon, . Mrs): (Gat incrctee eee tence Roxbury, Massachusetts
Radowar wROWeKey eee eae ae netics Mae Washington, D. C.
Sanchez seSus Pte ioe eee ene Mexico, Mexico
Saunders) Walliatitere. ace ae eee OuLaway Canada
Saussure: tlennikdes. ees se eis eee cee Geneva, Switzerland
Scudder, Samuel H..... fee ac ee iats eccaa eon Cambridge, Massachusetts
Shaw, James B a Be or ec BRP MER arc Decatur, Illinois
Shimek, Bohumil....... ae | ophaaeCaene aes eeceone Iowa City, Iowa

Simon), Usenet eee eke yes yaa are Paris, France

Sli psons Charles mysaceetu ya ose se eee mies Lemon City, Florida
Siamnqea, IS Gsdleyey lees eee OR ese Selon BRE New York, New York
Silith poltaneyul sn sere eee erie eee New Haven, Connecticut
Syston vaya Shgch Oty seca ase ah coomAeteonU came Lawrence, Kansas
Stearns Robert rier ear aas aaee reson eee Los Angeles, California

4 Meta (6 hh OOS cata ares ie CEP csc metic Gata Dallas City, Illinois
sDhomasy Cys aerc cle res eeteie( ele siaioisl iene SHUI COME ay Oe
Bhorell ie. wate ae an ae ee meets ... Upsala, Sweden
PraGynoatiel MER a.terrds ssiseaneretesers see ee Biloxi, Mississippi
AerMmeny WROLAME AE. 2 case credomyaicie nine stetssunrels England
Wher eR rR ees sass cays cie erence eee Baltimore, Maryland
WL elite iceoten py oompcenbeb ondecouradae Washington, D. C.

Velie: cas sptecteeittak <ttacsroth sites eleinaleteiaienes St. Joseph, Michigan
Wernille Addison tet. so- ssiecne eee cite New Haven, Connecticut
Willada.,Wanielii’ sn sae renee SU eae Mexico, Mexico

Vining, Edward P.......... SO renee © San Francisco, California
Ward virlentrysAGe Ant seas. cesta ariner ene Rochester, New York
Webster Charles sive wits occs ie pee tee Charles City, Iowa
Wie MALAI ase cma, ctr mcert ate mia ae Ithaca, New York
WihitheldRoberiviara-c.eeeRenoereone New York, New York
Wickinamieleniny Hae ee cere sete cere eee ...lowa City, Iowa

Walder: PB uct Go ons crt etote terres sin tet eieeee Ithaca, New York
WinchellssNewtonll ssc emt e cee eee Minneapolis, Minnesota
Walther: Jae VIE S RON eens nectar hae ec eae Muscatine, Iowa
Zawodny, JOSepiw.cne sem see ce eee seat Prague, Austria

.

APPENDIX. 7 te

LIFE MEMBERS.

(Residence Davenport, unless otherwise stated.)

Adams, Mrs. Mary P.
Andresen, Richard
Balch, Frank A.
Ballord, Miss Elizabeth W.
Ballord, Webb

Beenck, J. C.

Berger, Edward

Best, Louis P.

Burdick, Anthony
Cable, George W.

Cable, George W., Jr.
Crossett, Edward S.
Crossett, Edward C.
Cutter, Amos F.

Davis, Frank O.
Davison, Miss Ella
Donaldson, John B.
Elmer, Albert W. -
Ficke, Charles August
Ficke, Mrs. Charles August
Ficke, Miss Alice

Ficke, Arthur D.
French, George W.
French, Mrs. George W.
French, Nathaniel
Grant, Mrs. Elizabeth L.
Griggs, Francis H.
Haak, Ferdinand

Hall, Channing
Harrison, Charles E.

Iles, Thomas, Jr.

Leonard, Miss Eleanor E.

Lindsay, James E.

McClelland, Mrs. Anna M.
McClelland, Wilson

Morrison, Theodore N.

Mueller, Frank W.

Paarmann, J. Herman

Parry, John E., New York
Pendleton, Mrs. E. H., Cincinnati, O.
Phelps, Mrs. Cornelia R.

Putnam, Benj. R., Redding, Cal.
Putnam, Charles M., Huron, S. D.
Putnam, Edward K.

Putnam, Miss Elizabeth D.

Putnam, George R., W ashington,D.C.
Putnam, H. St. Clair, New York
Renwick, William G., California
Richardson, Jenness J.

Richardson, Mrs. Emma A.
Roberts, Edward C.

Roberts, Mrs. Julia A.

Robinson, Mrs. J. F., Rock alana: Ill.
Roddewig, Paulo

Rothschild, Isaac

Sheldon, Miss S. G. F.

Torry, Mrs. Henry, Cambridge, Mass.
Vollmer, Henry

Whitaker, Mrs. Lottie H.

MEMBERS.

(Residence Davenport, unless otherwise stated.)

Allen, W. L.
Atkinson, Arthur
Atkinson, Mrs. Arthur
Austin, John

Baker, Charles R.
Baker, George T.
Baldwin, J. Robert
Ballord, Esek S.
Banning, George W.
Bechtel, George M.
Bemis, Fred P.
Berwald, John
Bettendorf, William P.
Billstein, Miss Stella
Birchard, Charles E.
Block, Louis
Borcherdt, Edward
Borcherdt, Miss Olga
Bowman, Edward 5S.
Brandt, Miss Clara L.
Braunlich, Henry

Brockmann, John
Brown, Miss Mary
Brugman, John J.
Bryan, Miss Gertrude W.
Burch, Ira C.

Burrows, Parke T.
Burrows, Mrs. Parke T.
Bush, Arthur G.
Bushnell, Horace T.
Cable, Mrs. Ben T., Rock Island, Il.
Calkins, Jason E.
Carmichael, Joe
Carstens, Harry A.
Carstens, Louis P.

Cole, Fred L.

Collins, Edward

Cram, Ralph W.
Creswell, Miss Grace
Crossett, Mrs. Edward S
Crouch, Fred A.
Crouch, Mrs. Fred A.

214 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Davis, James J.
Davison, Donald B.
Decker, Miss Frances S.
Decker, George F.

Dilworth, W. H., Rock Island, Ill.

Ditzen, Henry E. C.
Ditzen, Julius

Dixon, Edward W.
Dixon, Mrs. Edward W.
Donahue, James P.
Donahue, Mrs. James P.
Donald, Gustav
Donegan, Morris F.
Downer, Harry E.
Dueser, Fritz H.
Eldredge, Miss Grace
Ells, Miss Louise C.
Evans, Samuel J.
Evans, Thomas J.
Ewers, Albert F.
Farrand, Willis
Fatherson, T. W.
Ficke, Emil O.

Ficke, Gustave H.
Ficke, Miss Helen
Ficke, Robert C.
Fidlar, Frank S.
Fidlar, Wilber F.
Fineshriber, William H.
Fisher Lewis M.
Francis, Charles
French, Miss Alice
French, Lucius
Friedholdt, Bernard C.
Garstang, Frank W.
Gast, A. E.

Gehrmann, William H.
Glueck, Fred, Jr.
Godfrey, N. L.
Godfrey, Mrs. N. L.
Goenne, Ernst C.
Goldschmidt, Henry G.
Gould, Miss E. M.

Green, Wesley, Des Moines, Iowa

Green, William

Grilk, Charles

Guldner, Ludwig F.
Haase, William

Haase, Mrs. William
Hageboeck, Alfons L,.
Hagemann, Charles J.
Hall, J. Clark

Hammatt, Edward S.
Hansen, Martin B.
Hanssen, Louis

Harkness, Gordon F.
Harrison, Mrs. Frances E.
Hartz, B. C., Rock Island, Ill.

Hartz, Hans W.

Hartz, Theodor

Hass, John Henry
Hass, Leon H.
Hayward, Albert Wyman
Hecht, Joseph L.
Helmick, John M.
Henley, Mrs. Ella V.
Henley, Hadley M.
Hetzel, Clarence C.
Hill, John

Holmes, Miss Clara M.
Hornby, Ben H.
Hornby, John A.
Huber, Charles S.
Humphrey, W. Wallace

Hurst, Mrs. E. W., Rock Island, Ill.

Jacobs, J. H.
Jennings, William H.
Judy, Arthur M.
Kaufmann, Edward
Kellogg, Charles E.
Kemmerer, Charles T.
Kemmerer, T. Willert

Kersch, Paul, Rock Island, Ill.

Kerker, Henry W.
Kerker, Mrs. Henry W.
Klenze, Mrs. Ly. A.
Koch, G. H.

Koehler, Herbert O.
Krohn, Hugo
Ladenberger, Otto L.
Lage, Edward
Lambach, Fred H.
Lardner, James F.

Lau, Charles W.

Lewis, Jerome

Lillis, William M.
Lischer, Fred A.
Lischer, Oscar
Lorenzen, Jens
Lowary, O. H.
McCandless, Charles R.

McCartney, G.S., Albany, Ill.

McCowen, Miss Jennie
McCullough, William J.
McIntyre, Charles C.
Mann, Otto

Marks, Morton LL.
Martin, Wellington H.
Mason, John L. }
Mast, Charles A.
Matthey, Carl

Matthey, Heinrich
Matthey, Mrs. Hilda
Melville, Mrs. Martha E.
Meyer, Christian, Jr.
Meyer, Edward U.

APPENDIX. 215

Middleton, George Silberstein, Emil

Miller, Alonzo A. Silberstein, Louis
Miller, Miss Julia Silberstein, Martin
Mueller, Alfred C. Silberstein, Mrs. Martin
Nabstedt, Henry Silberstein, Max
Nabstedt, Jacob M. Smart, Frank L.

Nagel, Jens J. Smith, John James
Nagy, Bela A. Smith, Mrs. J. J.
Nutting, James R. Snider, William H.
Nutting, Mrs. James R. Stibolt, Victor A.
Oberholtzer, E. C. Stolle, William J.

Ochs, Joseph Suksdorf, Carl L.
Ostrom, Lewis, Rock Island, Il. Temple, Seth J.

Otis, 1. Thatcher, J. L.

Parsons, Alfred Thomas, Miss Emma
Peck, Mrs. Maria Purdy Tillinghast, Benjamin F.
Peck, Raymond E. Udden, John A., Rock Island, Ill.
Petersen, Adolf Udden, John A., Jr., Rock Island, Ill.
Pierce, S. W. Vander Veer, A. W.
Plummer, Charles G. Van Patten, J. 2:
Porter, J. R. Vincent, Charles 5.
Preston, Charles H. Vollmer, Arthur
Preston, Charles I. Vollmer, Karl

Putnam, Mrs. Edward K. Von Maur, Charles J.
Redfield, Robert P. Voss, Miss Anna
Renwick, Miss Margaret Voss, Charles N.
Renwick, Miss Rebecca Wadsworth, Mrs. W. C.
Richardson, Maurice N. Waldman, George L.
Richter, August Walker, Fred J.

Riepe, Adelbert Wallace, Arthur S.
Roberts, Horace G. Waterman, Charles M.
Robeson, Charles E. Waterman, Mrs. Charles M.
Rothschild, Moses Watts, William A.
Rothschild, Mrs. Moses Watzek, Mrs. John W.
Rudolf, F. Eugene Wells, William D.
Ryan, Edgar H. Whitaker, Byron
Schaefer, John H. Whitaker, Miss Edna
Schmidt, William O. Whitaker, John H.
Schroeder, Henry White, Edmund M.
Sears, Isaac H. White, I. S., Rock Island, Ill.
Sheaff, Mrs. Isabella Williams, Howard L.
Sherier, Julius M. Wiswell, Mrs. F. J.

Sieg, Mrs. Victoria Yaggy, Louis J.

216 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF THE

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

As amended December 28, 1906.

Article I.—NAME AND OBJECT.

Section 1.—This Society shall be known as THE DAVENPORT ACADEMY
OF SCIENCES and shall have for its objects the increase and diffusion of a
knowledge of, and the encouragement of an interest in the arts and sciences,
by the establishment of a museum, art gallery, and library, by the reading
and publication of original papers, and by other suitable means.

Article II.—MEMBERS.

Section 1.—This Society shall consist of regular, honorary, and corres-
ponding members, who shall be elected in such manner as the by-laws may
prescribe.

Section 2.—The right of voting and holding office shall be confined to
regular members, but honorary and corresponding members shall be entitled
to all other privileges.

Article III.—OFFICERS AND TRUSTEES.

Section 1.—The officers of the Academy shall consist of a President, Vice-
President, Secretary, and Treasurer. E

Section 2. The President, Secretary, and Treasurer, with nine (9) other
members, shall form a Board of Trustees for the management of the business
of the Academy, and to conduct its proceedings, and a majority of such
members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 3.—The officers, and three members of the Board of Trustees to
serve three years, shall be elected at the annual meeting on the second Tues-
day of January in each year, and must receive a majority of the votes cast.
In case of a vacancy, caused by the death or resignation of any officer or trus-
tee, the Trustees shall fill the same.

Article IV.—ACQUISITION AND MANAGEMENT OF PROPERTY.

Section 1.—The Academy may receive, hold, and manage all property
acquired by gift or purchase necessary or proper to promote its objects.

Section 2.—The Board of Trustees shall be empowered to purchase real
estate and to make such improvements thereon as it deems necessary or
proper to promote the objects of the Academy, but no such property of the
Society shall be sold except in accordance with an affirmative vote of a ma-
jority of the Board of Trustees, ratified by a majority of the members of the
Society present at a special or business meeting held after due notice given,
specifying the objects thereof.

APPENDIX. 217

Article V.—By-Laws.

Section 1.—The Board of Trustees shall have the power to make all need-
ful by-laws, rules, and regulations for the purpose of carying out the objects
of the Society and conducting its affairs, and not inconsistent with the Arti-
cles of Incorporation.

Article VI.—AMENDMENTS.

Section 1.—The provisions of the Articles of Incorporation may be
amended by a two-thirds vote of those present at any regular meeting of the
Trustees, provided that the same shall be ratified by a vote of two-thirds of
the members present at any regular meeting of the Academy or at a special
meeting called for such purpose, notice of such special meeting to be pub-
lished in some newspaper in the city of Davenport at least one week prior to
the time of holding same.

218 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

BY-LAWS
OF THE

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Amended February 5, 1907.

Article I.—MEMBERS.

Section 1.—Regular members shall be elected as follows: The name of
any person who is recommended in writing by two regular members shall be
posted in the Academy building for at least one week and then voted upon
by the Executive Committee, a two-thirds vote being necessary for election.

The annual dues of the Regular Members shall be three ($3.00) dollars
payable on the first day of January, in advance, except that for members
elected after March a deduction of seventy-five (75) cents shall be made for
each fully completed quarter.

Any Regular Member may become a Life Member by paying fifty ($50)
dollars to the Treasurer and notifying the Secretary, thereby becoming ex-
empt from further dues.

Section 2.—Any person not residing in Davenport may become a Corre-
sponding Member of the Academy in the same manner as that prescribed for
Regular Members. Corresponding Members shall have the privileges of
Regular Membership except those of voting and holding office, but shall be
exempt from dues. Any Corresponding Member may become a Regular
Member by notifying the Secretary and paying his dues.

Section 3.—Any person eminent for his attainments in science may be
elected an Honorary Member at the annual meeting only of the Academy
upon nomination by the Board of Trustees, and shall have the privileges of
Regular Membership except those of voting and holding office, but shall be
exempt from dues. The number of Honorary members shall not exceed
twenty-five.

Article II.—DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

Section 1. The President, or in his absence or inability to serve, the
Vice-President, shall preside over the meetings of the Academy and of the
ee of Trustees, and shall perform such duties as usually appertain to his
office.

Section 2.—The Secretary shall keep a record of meetings, shall notify
members and officers of election, and shall perform such duties as ordinarily
appertain to his office both for the Academy and for the Board of Trustees.

Section 3.—The Treasurer shall receive and disburse all moneys of the
Academy under the direction of the Board of Trustees, shall make a written
annual report, shall give such bonds as the Board of Trustees shall require,
and in general shall perform such duties as ordinarily appertain to his office.

Section 4.—The Board of Trustees shall transact the business of the Acad-
emy, shall have control of all expenditures of money, shall engage such offi-
cials as are hereinafter provided for or as may be needed for the welfare of
the Academy, shall make rules for the Museum and Library, and shall have
full power to act for the interests of the Academy in any way not inconsist-
ent with the Constitution and’ By-Laws.

Section 5.—Any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any officer
or trustee shall be filled by the Board of Trustees, but a Trustee so elected

shall hold office only until a successor is chosen at the next annual meeting
of the Academy.

APPENDIX. 219

Article® III.—STAFF.

Section 1.—The Board of Trustees shall appoint a Director, a Curator, a
Librarian, an Editor, and such other officials and assistants as may be needed
for the welfare of the Academy, and shall fix the term and compensation
for all such appointments.

Section 2.—The Director, subject to the Board of Trustees, shall be en-
trusted with the general executive direction of the scientific and other activ-
ities of the Academy.

Section 3.—The Curator shall have general charge of the Museum.

Section 4.—The Librarian shall have general charge of the Library.

Section 5.—The Editor shall have general charge of the publications of
the Academy.

Article [V.—CoMMITTEES.

Section 1.—The Standing Committees shall consist of an Executive Com-
mittee, Finance Committee, Advisory Committee, Museum Committee, Li-
brary Committee, Historical Committee, Art Committee, Publication Com-
mittee, and Lecture Committee.

The President shall appoint all the Standing Committees, except as here-
inafter provided, at the annual meeting or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Section 2.—The Executive Committee shall consist of five members, the
President, the Vice-President, the Secretary, and the Treasurer, e2-officio,
and one Trustee to be appointed by the President. The Committee, under
the direction of the Board of Trustees, shall act in all matters of routine and
shall elect the members of the Academy as hereinbefore provided.

Section 3.—The Finance Committee shall consist of three members and
consider all matter concerning the financial interests of the Academy. The
Treasurer shall be an ¢1-officio member of this committee.

Section 4.—The Advisory Committee shall consist of the President, the
Director, the Curator, the Librarian, the Editor, and of the Chairman of the
Museum, Library, Historical, Art, Publication and Lecture Committees.

It shall be the business of this Committee to consider such matters deal-
ing with the scientific and other activities of the Academy as are referred to
it by the Board of Trustees, and to present to the Trustees recommendations
for the welfare of the Academy.

Section 5.—The Museum Committee shall consist of three members and
shall consider all matters that have to do with the welfare of the Museum.
The Director and Curator shall be consulting members of this committee,
ex-officio.

Section 6.—The Library Committee shall consist of three members and
shall consider all matters that have to do with the welfare of the Library.
The Director and Librarian shall be consulting members of this committee,
€X-Officio.

Section 7.—The Historical Committee shall consist of three members and
shall consider all questions that’have to do with historical matters. The Di-
rector shall be a consulting member of this committee, e2-officio.

Section 8.—The Art Committee shall consist of three members and shall
consider all matters that have to do with the welfare of the Gallery. The
Director shall be a member of this committee, ex-officio.

Section 9.—The Publication Committee shall consist of five members and
shall direct the publications of the Academy. The Director and the Editor
shall be members of the Publication Committee, e2-officio.

Section 1o.—The Lecture Committee shall arrange for lectures and public
meetings of the Academy. The Director shall be an e2-officio member of
this committee.

Article V.—MEETINGS.

Section 1.—The regular annual meeting of the Academy shall be held on
the second Tuesday in January, at which time the order of business shall be
as follows:

[Proc. D. A. S., Vor. X,] 28 [August 22, 1907.]

220 DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Reading of minutes of last annual meeting.
Annual reports of officers and committees.
The President's address.

Election of officers.

Other business.

. Adjournment.

Section 2.—Regular meetings of the Academy for the reading of papers
and discussion shall be held on the last Friday of each month.

Section 3 Regular meetings of the Board of Trustees shall be held on
the second Friday of each month at which the order of business shall be:
Reading of minutes.

Reports of officers and committees.
Deferred business.

New business.

Adjournment.

Section 4. Special meetings of the Academy may be called at any time
by the President or the Board of Trustees, or upon written request of five
members. Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called at any
time by the President, or upon the written request of three Trustees.

Section 5.—Ten members shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the
Academy, and four Trustees at any meeting of the Board of Trustees.

Section 6.—Where not in conflict with the Constitution and By-Laws, the
Academy shall be governed by Robert’s Rules of Order.

NU te Oo

On ft O22 Ne

Article VI.—SECTIONS.

Section 1.—Sections of the Academy holding separate meetings may be
formed upon the written application of five members, by consent of the
Trustees.

Section 2.—Membership in the Sections shall be open only to members
of the Academy.

Section 3.—All collections, books, and permanent funds of the Sections
shall be the property of the Trustees of the Academy.

Section 4.—Sections shall make an annual report to the Academy.

Section 5.—Sections shall have the right to make additional regulations
for perfecting the organization, subject to the approval of the Trustees.

Article VII.—PUBLICATIONS.

Section 1.—Under the direction of the Editor, subject to the approval of
the Publication Committee, the Academy shall publish a series to be known
as the ‘‘Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences’’ and such other
publications as may seem to promote the objects of the Academy.

Section 2.—The Academy shall exchange its publications with those of
other societies, universities, libraries, and journals.

a Dah Ae Os DY cee

PAGE}

Abies balsamea ............ Fi peera
Acer nigrum. 37, 60, 70, 71, 96, 99, 100, Io1
108, 109, III
kage OD BIA A oes

AIDEN si. 02.

saccharinum. .60, 72, 87, 96, IoI, 117
BOMG@ADOME. G2 .6.- 05 2 Pee ee ln 735 LO
COMMIT UMCINALUIN, - 2.6. .scene+- 91
PRCORUSTCALATAUS .cciclc.cice 0s ccs ces wee 83, 91

PREPS PICAtA. 62.55... Toaiins am DOA
meas eA. Paper by........... 185

D2 os re I19|
Adiantum pedatum.:....:....... 10g, 108

MESCMIUNS ClaDtAt =. Siwc ee ses
ZEsopia quagga Sharks Cob Ee 15
Attonianioravels......... 18, 19, 26, 28, 30
and their Relations
to the Drift Sheetsin
the Region About
Afton Junction and

ia

Thayer. By Samuel
Call at ae ieee 18 |
inter glacialinterval ..... 19, 29
(PSEIb, oc ono ecopindsoon. 19
Agrimonia eupatoria....... 69, 1or, 108
Peeeatiot a tess. ses. es. |) TG
OTOSUIS al Das. ss... 253s Beene ak 727 LO
“LeU LA 109
Stal Rila. son pepe Ss peeereae 108
URMUCHMENETACUTG)<,2....0-); 6-228 -- 59
Albany, Ill. Opening Mound No.65_ 195
No.7o 196
SenetaIem I ANILADO. os wes eee 2 83
GIO ICOCCUM! —.. Las ss ee ces 72, 116
Alnus incana...... RN ae Sos. 2, 81, 88

Amelanchier canadensis, 99, ior, Gan 109

124, 126

Ama elizabethze ......... Sate Piersivs it x2)
Amorpha canescens........ ae 108
Ampelopsis quinquefolia........... 77
Amphicarpzea monoica ............ 108
Amphiprion japonicus............. 13
AGM MINIS 2 5.5 2 ic rise

Anabzena flos-aquz .......... Sit], LLG
PekapOPON ...........-- Nee teaet . OB
Seaparius..2:.../.... .70),00|

Anemone caroliniana.............. 113
nemorosa....65, 69, 70, 100, 10g
Paves. -)- - 1 DO ioe PER
pennsylvanica <0... .c-.-) Tg
PIARCEPGIGes: s2.26~ scccss OF

PAGE

Anemonella thalictroides........... 69
Angelica atropurpurea............. 116
Anomodon minor. arses ae juaveee EOL
Antennaria plantaginifolia . . serie.) LOS)
Apocynum cannabinum........ S20, ROG
Aporonichthiyid 23-2 cers ser eee ee 9
Apoleetismiger’. .22/- 55.52 2525 8
Aquilegia canadensis..... 62, 65, 70, 73, 91
Arabis lyrata....... slae 4c eee MO
Jesvigatan. Jc 5s Pacey ts oe ee
lyrata: sss s<-s09 oe TOs a A

Aralia nudicaulis...2.5.¢o.....73; 100, Leg
quinquefolia......... gsecese, OL

TFACEMOSA 5... sn 7Ss QL, 100, 109
Araucarioxylon occidentale ........ 159
Archangelica atropurpurea......... 82
Arctostaphylos ......... Sons oosoee, 6 WAS

WYATUPSI s/o clots stecrss cls eed
Arenatia laterifolia .... ..2. 2. fe 116

Ariseema triphyllum............62, 70, 72

Mronial seta. Sse. ae ees tons eters 145
Articles of Incorporation of the Dav-

enport Academy of Sciences...... 216

Asarum acuminatum .... vale eT LA

canadense....70, 71, 108, III, 142

igsilee tbr eemignpmnC soo cob.) Tele

Asclepias incarnata......... Sateen 103

Asplenium filix-foemina ........... 73

thelypteroides'..-.2..... “I15

Aspidiotus lataniz ............ bation elt e8

simillimus translucens.. 133

tay banuSerrs ese eas

Aspidium acrostichoides ........... 115

chistatunl o..2 a cee Tolls

PTACTATNS! Voc ssc ws cee eee

MAT SINALCs\a..0) «= eee ROO PELE

noveboracense...........78, 89

Sjopuaysilo sehen! Gago rqo mc oe

Asprella nystrixys cn. «<sicise sincere fete)
FNSEGH AZUGLECUST. no ctatelarere ale! sls l=iso1s) te LOS,
Cerio enw ncoghodGdacods, Ie
COLYMIDOSUSts stele cele elelaat set

DSS WIS" cree ayecreieract tiaras le eid GOMOD

IMA CKO PMY MUS 7 crete ete

reat Minb keyg’ saamonaD coool Wot)
novee-angliz...... Reno) Nae.
SHOMELOMMUS cia x wise state ove se LOL
SALI OMUST a airs Given ts eee ome raL
tradescanti.... <2 ..s,.. +2 72) 03) 210

AIEUDEOLUQUIS cierersctisteroretets ainisieicvah on

222
PAGE
Astragalus canadensis ............ 60, 109
CaryOCarpus. ccscs cisise/sie™ 93
Atragene americana.............. 144
Anlataspis OSG S <4 «okie sida ete 134
B
Bacillus‘albuseo: > Asse eee 68
delicatuliis#. sere een 68
epideraitdiss.j.32 tte oe 68
THCANUS! 252.0106 eee ee 68
ULE LACH Ser eet tattle 68
TUDESCENS crete een eee 68
VENENOSHS saa eeesete see 68
RES nooo bc ba unas 68
liquefaciens....... 68
Bacteria; 2.0% sn eee 67, 68, 104
Bain, Hi. Fosters. ‘Cited! > 2119, 23,-25.28
BalliGoR.. Cited st site ee 34, 121|
Balsam Pir woodss-+- ease eee gI
Baptisia lencophiia_ 2 =. 25.0 oo 113
Basalts, 82 Gen coipe eet ig 22
Bather. PAG aCitedeer. ape eee ra
BeesyOxen=DOLU aa ae eines 138
Bessey, Cab.“ Citedtyesn ears 116, 122
Betula alba: s saga nse ease eee 100
LEILA ac eee 65, 72, 98, IOI, 122
oth aq WARE oh ate cae eta = W725 tee
papyrifera, 65, 70, 89, 91, 98, IoI, 122
pumilaten eee Tjn7O ols Lele L232
BEVEL, Oa Ve) Cliedaee ee 39, 40, 47, 49
Bidenssbeckite eee eee 5s On O4
frondosdysscr nee eCne TIO
Boltonia asteroides................ 72, 83
Botrychium virginianum........... 109
Bouteloua curtipendula... ........ 70
Bowilderclay:): s.scccose eee riees 25
Bowlders, Pre-Kansan ............ 28|
Sand.’ stasasehoeaes eee 2725
Brasesia purpurea; 2.1. jcisiestseeen 144
Brewetia pickeritigig ys. scene 116
Bromus ciliatus......... 65
almiineyeae se aoe 64, 82, $4, ‘gl, 94
PUurgvans.. He ee ees 69, 91, 109
Buchananvoravels poe eee een 23
ROE. Cited : 104
Notes onalgz...- 116
BHelliaal bo-atrae ae eee nee gI
Bush, Miss. Talk by..... 186
By-laws of the Davenport Academy
of Sciences 218

ee

Calamagrostis canadensis. .65, 69, 103, 112
Callyodon imbatas :. J. ues cnaces 13
Calopogon pulchellus......... 79, 116, 121
Caltha palustris, 64, 65, 78, 82, 84, 10, 112
Calvin, Samuel. Cited..........43, 44, 50

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PAGE

Calvin, Samuel. The Aftonian Gray-

els, and Their Re-

lations to the Drift

Sheets in the Re-

gion About Afton
June. and Thayer 18
Camassia fraseri....-.- a5 ecc eee 116
(Cameron, J. B.. Cited? 22 ceaeeee 34, 141
Campanula americana.......... gI
aparinoides. . ae ce heereens eo 121
rotundifolia, 65,70,73,74,91,99

Camptosorus rhizophyllus.74, 105, 108, 115

Capsella bursa-pastoris ..........- 62, 108
Carangidee. . 2.5 .c02-s6eae eee 6
Caran altissimus? 4.22045 Jee 1,7
ALEODUS 2) Jel) 0 <)= (aie) eee 7
equula... 2: nn = eee 7
kala... Jy. 00. ces sos eee 6
maruads! .....o. 2. See 6
MIPTIPES . .. 2.350 «= se 7

Carboniferous sandstone ledges, flora

OF oon oe cae loses ee 106
Carchariidée. oo... :...5tn. oo eee I
Cardamine hirsuta, sere Tio; D2

rhomboidea....... $2, Lie, 12

Carex, Crus-corvi. (4) Anes 114 -
pennsylvanica~: |.) s.r 109
straminea.2...03es 0 eee 109
stricta '../. 4. .eceeee eee III
trichocarpal..... ccs eee TIL, wus
trisperma. 85
Carpinus caroliniana ..... 69, 50, Iot, 109
Caryas: 1c ade. brie cin hee eee 126
albay 2.8.50 dtes eee 65, 69, 100, 109
ANTAL = G ode ease 69, 72, 96, 109
POTCiNa.. ... «wees oa 100
Ssuleata . ic. os5 st ee 124
COMEHLOSA 6.05% in cee ee 124

Casa del Tepozteco. Mural Relief

Figuresof El. ByJ.Walter Fewkes 146

Cassandra calyculata’.. >. -.. sees 85, 86
-sphagnum vegetation. . 85

Castilleia coccinea....... é 6 See 82, 84
sessiliflora....... "-89, 93, 103, 113
Ceanothus americanus ..... 70, 89, 93, 103
OVAUUS 505s < eicivie Slee eee 93, 113

Celastrus scandens <.c% ...<.0 ase Io!
Celtis candidissima: <=... seen 124
occidentalis. 2c. jeje ene TIT, 124
paniculata ...:: ..).2 scape 124
Cenchrus trbuloides..2: oc. aereeree 65
Cerastitim nutans}... cose oe 115, 116
vulpatuin. ace seer 70, 71

Cercis Canadensis... .<c seen 115, 116
Chzrops schoenlemii.~. 5. sss eee
bbotbual:Qoyooe-Weiae Ree ee he 13
Chzstophora elegans). ..).. seinen 117

INDEX.

Cnicus muticus . 79, 82, 94, 102, I
Coccide from the Philippine Islands.

223
PAGE PAGE
Chamberlain and Salisbury. Cited. 43] Cornus sericea...................- IOL
CMATACIIM NECElIL co. oe aa he seen es 119 stolonifera...64, 65, 77, 81, 88, 124
MENALCESSUS AQUOSUSK ee. c0 25 fe «0a 3} Corylus.. 89
(Q]ovelloyat® (9 EN) eo an ae Se 94, 113, 116 americana, 65, 70, 71, ‘89, 1or ,103, 109
(Oils aley DEAS G3 id (0 ee re 34 rostrata sty sone ees 71, 91, 142
and True. Cited . 34| Cossyphus cyanostolus............. 2
Chenopodium hybridum........... 108 OMMMODEeHIS |. eee eee 13
Whestemeh wR Cited! fs masts ee cle os 67 SChCEnLe niin eee 13
Piicerops GYANOstola... 6... wos 250. 13| Crataegus margaretha..... = 9Qy MOO
ommopterus ...... 13 mollis ......60, 62, 96, 100, Tot
Chrysomphalus aonidum........... 13 pUNCtataly.-ssee 61, 96, 100, 101
Chrysomphalus aurantii........... 134) (Gristatella jamesii«,.. a. teen cece 116
ROSS GS OOn oo OORIOr 127, 134| Ctenopharyngodon idella.......... 3
RE VEODUTYS ATIES, occ sc scaw se. 1G | (Guernavaea’.... . sic. ane- see eee 146
MSWEPROEUCCHS ALTIS.. oe sees eee 68| Cylindrospermum macrospermum . 119
PH CUMEAMOU bILeT Av... sicice st cece cs « FO ico Cyumbellareuspidatcaaes eas sere Tie7
Ha PEKCTHULET EE oe Oe CIRO EERE Oe TOO; Irs) Cynoslossus areli eas eee nae 17
ACUMMMARATTIMOIMAGCCE . 25.50 ce 6. cee o's 14 ]KG))KCivaoqolobk:) Vabesabibi saan 46 ho ope copes 115
(Cihveteg), gill cbt as Gals em eioO eee TIONS S| | CY penis Chiat Ges sore eee 96
Pine WIDILELA .6 56.5 F. ace aes- oie 94 | erythrorhizoas,, 9. )..0 4-8 eee
eladomarsyivaticds. 25.5... sc. 108, 109 Schiwelnitz isn eee 65
Cladophora fracta..: .s.06. sce. .s's-% mio) Cypninidae:.. 34 05,925 ei nee ere 3
Clay, Ramsan..-...........:...24, 26, 29| Cyprinus carpio........-.-.68- e222 3
POMELALOMOt ast csc 88 ee see. 32) Cypripedinimyparietimumn meee aaee 78
Clayionia virginica... 2.5. ...5..6. 62 candidum..... Dac O2s OR!
- Climatology, Lansing, Iowa........ 54 pubescens. .65, 69, 70, 71, 91
Muscatine, Iowa...... 56 108
Ogden Mowar: se... 55 Spectra bilessena ee 65, 78, 99
lipoatiia WOLealiS..)./) .. 000 sss.s. 7X, 73 Cystoptenis fraciliss. ce. 65, 108, 109, 115
Closter! acerOsum .....2........ 119| D
UD SEUSS a ee 2
MOUITELOCOMPYa Re ried -<scus taiss we os dis 2)| Danthonia spicatan).\- eee 74, 99, 108
I

| Dasyatidas s.\.< Vinnie sehen eee nae 2

| Dasyatisdkcajet, *.....00 seeneemier ee B

kublt: o0) us decease 2

ADR) Cer MN tosh Cyl ke 2
Davenport Academy of Sciences.

Articles of Incorporation......... 216
Articles of Incorporation, commit-

tee on revision Of..:;........... 195

Ne VASION Of. sateen. ace cece 196

By-lawSie minds sient es «once 218

amendments to......... 194

Gonstitution: =.) s-. eepereeree 216
committee on revi-

sion of . 195

LEVISLO Ole tape rere 106

Curator; salary Obs. specs eee 178
to devote half time to pub-

IW@SCHOOISH seracieeetrcters 178

Elections to membership, 1904-06 208

IWVECTUTES, WiGOA O07. erent 205

ibrary, aCCessionSitO}je. een 205

Wykesonl ses WCE, G6 dao Go obo oo. 210

Museum, accessions to.......... 202

free Sunday opening of. 178

VASILOFS'LO! ne arent ieee eters 205

Bye. AmGockerell ° icc. 127
ISO CISIULVELSI PES. a-6 sae a's eee oc 130
HOU WMS Eee oe cers soe woe - 130
Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Coccide
from the Philippine Islands...... 127
Comandra umbellata........... .65, 108 |
Comparative Study of the Vegetation
of Swamp, Clay, and Sandstone
Areasin Western Wisconsin, South-
eastern Minnesota, Northeastern,
Central, and Southeastern Iowa.
Byles Paminmel.. so. %.65 sees a's 32
Concretionary nodules............ A ee
ou SELL ES eee 159, 161
Conium maculatum.. : 82|
Constitution of the Davenport “Acad-
CMMVAONMSCICNICES. 5055-0 2 see cece = 216
Convolvulus spithamzus Bier Sateets 70, 116
“SiG ingle) 1 a ae 71, 78|
Cornus alternifolia....... 74, 101, 108, 109
candidissima........ 109
circinata...73, 95, 99, IOI, 108, 10g
OATS MLACAN a aceite teks o10\ 5 sieloue « 109

224

PAGE

Davenport Academy of Sciences.
Obes ate (0). nen os Ciogas cade 177
LQOH Mae hoa sees oketasenan ers 184
1Q06) i sia J Geter an eee 192
NGO tevoree Following title page
Presidents, 1867 to date ......... 207
Records, 1904) 24 si.(eemceane reer iclete 177
iKe'O ei oon CODE axon 184
1906... 192
Report of Corresponding Secretary 179
187, 196
CuratorsssoRseee 180, 188. 197
Finance Committee.... 186
Jibrantaneseres cee 180, 187
Presidetit me. 180, 189, 198
Publication Com..... 180, 197
Recording Secretary.179, 187
MreaSurerhec oes 179, 187, 196

Trustees of Putnam Me-
MOnial ends eee ee 186

Science Hall to be used for museum
PULEPOSES 2 eee sacra eee ee 196

Section to stimulate individual re-

search, application to organize
Sranted. 4eae ne 195
MISIEORS IN ce Sap Oe ones ae 205
Decapterus THsselae sss geben 6
Delphinium azureum........ 65, 70, 89, 93
tHICOLMe Bee aac sete 115
Deltocephalus pictus. ............. 165
Sandersi .....- 164

Descriptions of New Forms of Jass-
idz. By Herbert Osborn ....... 163
Desmids . : sae Sete ein Od.
Desmodium ‘nudiflorium . WE SaAS Sisle fotets 109
Dicentra cucullaria. 339-2 eee 62, 100
Diervilla trifida.... 71, 91, 98, 99, 101
Diploprion bifasciatis 22. 3... 224 9
Dircaipalustris eavciocs eee ners 99
Distichlis.spicatas:.. 42. . 6.5 63
Paizen, Fi doC. Paper bynetee. sac: 194

Dixon, Iowa. Mound po
near. 186

Dodecatheon meadia. . 65, 70, 74, nes ue

Donors to museum and library .. .202, 205
Derosomatida 3...250. te cemear 2
Dorycephalus putnami............. 163
Draba carolintana 2... ss00..5 68: 100, 113
Dre pane puntata a. e1s - tame iatacie 14
Drift Sheets, in the Region About Af-
ton Junction and Thayer. The Af-
tonian Gravels, and Their Rela-
tions tothe. By Samuel Calvin. 18
DTOCeras <5 oe as Sed ida Semeree vo 87
rotundifolia ........ .79, 88, 121
Drone-fly, The Common. By C. R.

Osten Sacken

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PAGE
Dulichium spathaceum ........... 72ROs
E
Batonia obtusata: 5... - eee 74, 108
pennsylvanica. ....225.6--- 7O
Echinacéa purpurea <2. .5..-. sere 93
El Casa del Tepozteco .146, 152
Elections to membership in the Dav-
enport Academy of Sciences, I904—
1906" |, - 5) -. S25 Ae 208
Elmer, A. W. Delegate to meeting
of Arch. Inst. of
AMenCas 22.75
Paper by . «3 166
President’s addr .180, 189
Report on mound ex-
plorations .. 185
Eleocharis. «..< sh. es saceeeeeeen 85, 87
acicularis.. is 84
palustis>.~.- eee 84s 93, 103
Elodea canadensis. ...-.... . 83, 84
Blymus vireinicus., 5... IIo
Ephippidz. 4... -2. 5.00 beet 14
| JE piecea TepenS) 2.) 2. eee Flare
Epinephelus moara \.s\-/-1- cyan 9
nebulosus . sees 9
Bquula imsidiator, \ <2 25. qse eee 8
Equulid:. .. ..%.3: das eee 8
Eragrostis capillaris .-<. .-aaee= eee 99
reptans. .. : i Sh
Erigeron canadensis 4... 2756. seer 108
divaricatus:.\..,. see 99
Eriophorum. |...:-- — sphies@eneeee 85
Eriophorum virginicum........... 79
Bristalisitenasx 222) pases eee 137, 140
Erythronium albidium. .. 62
Euglena viridis. 2... 2. -<eeeeee 11g
Eupatorium ageratoides ........... 108
pertoliatumee.. eer 103, 113
purpureumi. ..i.saass 103, 112
Euphorbia corollata - ..-)...4 aaa 108
Bwers, A. EB. Paper bycesseeeenene 194
F
Festuca natans <...5... «river 65
Fewkes, J. Walter. Mural Relief
Figures of El Casa del Tepozteco. 146
Ficke, C.A. Elected as one of the
trustees of the Put-
nam Memorial Fund 186
Lecture by. cc. weauet 186
On the death of W. C.
Putnant= os ter TOS
President’s address. . 198
Fishes collected at Hong Kong by
Captain William Finch. List of.
By David Starr Jordan and Alvin
Seale ccs sind baa cds ace eee I

INDEX. 225
PAGE | PAGE
Flora of i aes sandstone H
REE 5 eemain 6 Sees 106 ; :
Ss ate aie te tae 96 | ee codes ee Pie 64
Wisconsin Drift ........ Ql) oF hee are ee “=
Fossil Plant Remains in the Iowa Harvey, it. ye nere Giteds tie ae e
Herbarium. On certain. By Fede hides os 65
2a) ee chee Earn 0% a ee Helianthemum canadense.65, 99, 108, 109
s virginiana = , en Helianthus grosse-seratus.......... 61, 72
Fraxinus.... ; ee 88 a aes Rage ey 1 Ye aS
americana. +++. +++ +s... 100, 1OT| Heliopsis ee gees ve oe
pubescems ....-..+++-+--. 109 Hemicarpha subsquarrosa.......... 83, 96
BAMIVHCIOMAl: 5.5.5. 0... 69; OL emiehinnacois townsend ae
viridis... .69, 72, 96, IoI, 103, 110 Hepatica eatishe te 739
Pauaria flayicans............ 109) Pernclausy lanatin ee Fie
Function of the Provincial Museum, Picton herd graminea oT ae a 83
ee VULNS... . 5. sen 167 Hieracium eanadense) i. 4 oe 109
G [opus ales. ee
‘ : ; Holocertridse: 2.4: 32 sacar eee 5
Galium aparine -..-.108, 109) Holocentrus praslin .........+..... 6
EUEING acter tacts ss 69, 108, 10g faber : zs
Gaultheria procumbens........ 71, 73,124 Hong Kong. ° List of Fishes collected >
Gaylussacia resinosa............. EPS Ie ee By David Siare Jordan and Al-
Gemliand andrewsil......--.......: SISOA ia Seale... <*> ie ae -
Beaaion -- +. 51,94, 1 = = Hordeum jubatum ............... 63, 103
Geology of Central Iowa .......... 47 Pep URE Re Oe virginica. , ee
Northeastern Iowa. .... 43! Hypnums ...... ee ee f i
a Minnesota 43) Hypnum tamariscinum ............ g!
SSROLISH oi:<'s"<is5 2 2 <:30;'37, 43
Geranium maculatum .. 61, 62, 69, 70, 93 I
@erardia teniifolia............... GI, 116) Icerya #2eyptiacum: fcc. nesses 128
Geum album. FO fl candida 3.6 ° ose eee 128
Glacial deposits GOI Ae ise 21 02. 18 seychellarnim’: 5; esse ees 128
BeeeNOUSR eo on a dec sess 26) [lisha elongata. 5 in. eece core 3
PEE lcs ns ae ess» 606 25-27 | MMnOManwGLittsy <G> = et eee ee 20
OTS RCHTISAT fc, ¢.. clas atsis > odes 26, 29| Llysanthes ripaa «2025565 seae ee 83
Glyceria arundinacea ...... 65, 81/84, 103| bupatiens pallida... ..-.2-ncryste>s 109
Ts: Sin 44,103, 112) Insidiator detrasns. 1 55--eee eee ae
Gomphonema constrictum........- 117 Nee leChSy-- = pee eee 15
LE Seg oe 117| Iowa. Central, Geology of. 47
Gomtevenr. (Cited: ..i.....-.ee.- 171 Comparative study of vegeta-
Goodyera pubescens......--.....- ce cE} tion of swamp, clay, and
Patgersyer Pit... .. asc. oes ese s-- 20 | Sandstone areas”. sesso 32
0 eae 22| Herbarium. On Certain Fossil
Gravel Pits, Afton Junction........ 20, 24| Plant Remains in the. By
iGratid River. 2.2. 2.2.2 20 Thomas H. Macbride...... 153
101 J,
ae seas). Rete Cie
Rise eta cidia = aa ete care 0, } ; Of ck
etek ALTONA 2... s+. sens oes « 18, 30} Tenant of Pr
LL Sl es: 50) Plants, Noteson Some. By B.
Great Western Railway ....... 20, ‘24, 28 HIME, LS 5) ay bnkeee ¢ I4I
oS eee 22 To eee pi ss shan cet 39
Gymnocladus canadensis.......--.. 124) Tawar brits, o- con okeee bce ene 20, 47
TONG AE arala mc < 20 8es 72| Iris versicolor :.... 81, 84, 93, 103, III, 114
Gymnospermz....----++++..+..-.- 159) Isopyrum Ditetiia cin nee eee 61, 100

PAGE
J
Jassidz. Descriptions of New Forms
of, By Herbert) Osborn: 2 163)
Johnius carutta......... 11]
Jordan, David Starr and Alvin Seale.
List of Fishes collected at Hong
Kong by Captain William Finch. I
Juglans Bf ars Se lsat See 126
cinerea . 70, 71, , 96, 99, 100, Tol, 116
UGTA SS ea.5 > Seek 72, 96, IOI, 123
JUHLCUS, LENIISS .. - ciep- eae eee 103, 113
Juniperus COMM INS nena ee 77,99
virginiana, 65,70,99, 101, 108, 109
K
Kalmia angustifolio: 3125 25 e250 85
PAGER eRe eongobarneco bot 85
Kansamiclay 22s 3.022. eee oe eA pee
dEPOSIESy 25 /s3.c/ semen ee 24
drifts; . 20,21, 22,'23;:25, 26427;'20|
: 47, 49
PIACIETS ee} eee ees 26, 27, 29
King, Charlotte M. _ Phenological
Gata) Me ere nese eit a Cr 160
Keeleria cristata’ sccace seieieacre 70, 74, 108
Konosirus punctatus..... WOR 8
EhGISSas Fa pte eee ae ee 2
LU
We ADTIdce x. Kyat. sctaetaiote eters cise er sciers 13
Laportea’ canadensis ......2 2.2 +<<2. 109
Larix americana, 65, 76, 85, 86, 87, 122, 123
lareitia. =o. azote ecm 161
Lathyrus ochroleucus. <..<2---.- 108, 109
palustris... eaaeee 103
VEHOSUS e-nie eere ‘108, 12, EES
ecanora (cale@area so kere saree gI
MAUTANISS «he Sete aera ere OI
Privigna s:5 oat aw len QI
Pecheasmajor-saracnieee gg, 108, 109
LECUUEES;, TOO4—1907.o- = omeie are sic ie 205
Pedi! latiio lime. a ease 121
Leersiad OF YZO1GES S52. satan se ate 96
Vit@inica «21s ces eee 83, 96, 110
Letina Wa jor «0° ks 20 seer oe = 84
MiInOr-2 «fens idee eee 83
ErASULOA saeco $3, 84
Lepidosaphes cocculi....:......+:. 135
rubrovittatus,.<0...<- 135
Lespedeza reticulata. .):+ igen tveaas 116
ViOlaCEa |) 555 snen swine nic te 116
PAAtIIS *. wccokyrsatiie s oe 93
pycnostachya ... ........5 113
SCATIOSA Fi5's.c cee tee se ee ae 113
Lilium canadense ...... 61, 64, 81, 113
philadelphicum........... 61, 113
kame nodules... cats vivisys awed 25

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PAGE
Linnzea borealis .< 2... 4.55 cee eee
Lippia lanceolata’ 52:7 eee 109

Lithospermum anetee ea 93, 103, 113

canescens ~2 7203; -— 113
hittum 22 eee 89
latitolium) -22 eee 10g
Livingston, Dr. ‘Cited.222. ee 3 SPIZo
Lobelia cardinalis...... 2. ....0% g29ean9o
ieallrniaet se - 79, 94, 121
syphilitica ... i. OF OOo
LOeSS °: jc, {30.5 -2 oo setae ee Be 25
Lonicera glauca PEO IBC oS x gI
sullivantii........2:o0aaaee 99
Louisiana Purchase Exposition, re-
port ON) = .04-26) =. .wo eee 179
Vote to send ‘exhibit £0), ndeietee 178
Tutianid 5.22 a.sa eee 10
Lutianus johnii.>.:: ....) eee seee IO
WAILCA 5 oto.cve oly ol ol see ee 10
Lycopodium lucidulum.... 73, 99, 116
yycopus simuatus) 2. . 4-2-6 81
Lysimachia thyrsiflora............. 78
lythrinn elatum. - =: 2). eee 83
M
Macbride; ‘I: Hi. ‘Cited Sea aseeeeee 88
On Certain Fossil
Plant Remains
in the Iowa Her-
barium: 2a 153
MacMillan, Conway. Cited........ 76
Maianthemum canadense. ...... 65, 116
McGee; W J. Cited = eed AS
Melicanmutica sy). ..cs- ese eee 65, 73
Melilotus: alba. ..:...). 2.02 oe 61, 109
Members of the Davenport Academy
OF SCIENCES», 2g). col eee 210
Mentha canadensis... soe eee 81
Menyanthes trifoliata .. .78, 87, 104, 121
Merismopedia glauca. -....o.neees 119
Meteorological Record, Ames, Iowa. 60
Summary, Davenport,
Iowa... 57
Des Moines
Iowa.. 57
La Crosse
Wis? me 57
Microccus‘agihs). 3c... 68
CItreUSs ss... Gua 68
Microspora abbreviata............. 119
Mimulus jamesii . .....).5-seseuaer 84
TINGENUS’...4. s,s Mea stem. | aod
Minnesota, Southeastern. Compar-
ative study of vegeta-
tion of swamp, clay,
and sandstone areas.. 32
Geology Of... se<iowelciemene 43

INDEX. 227
PAGE PAGE
Minnesota. Topography of........ 35) Officers of the Davenport Academy
Merelia Giphiyila..24..5.665+4...%. 73,108| of Sciences. Ann. reports, 179, 187, 196
MH ACAMEMIOCS <5 iste se ce ee 14| On Certain Fossil Plant Remains in
Monacanthus chinensis............ 14; the Iowa Herbarium. By Thomas
Monarda fistulosa............ Gr; 105; 105) | PE Macbride.237 2 eee 153
Monophlebulus townsendi... ... .. 127] Onosmodium carolinianum ........ 103
_ SS 5 aS 4\ Opliteephalides:. 742, Se avee. gaa 12
MIGHOPLerus AlDUS x3..--2- 2.26.20. 4| Ophicephalus naculatus ........... 12
Morse, %.S. Cited ........ -- 167| Opulaster intermedius. ......:...-. 144
IREMANGAN Se icp oi so x Sie'— <0! wns 2's 72, 124| Osborn, Herbert. Descriptions of
Mound explorations, Albany, Ill.195, 196| New Forms of Jasside........... 163
byA.W.Elmer 185| Oscillaria natans.................. nny)
Wapsipinicon tenertina (ioe eae 117
River....186, 190 feHHISs tee eee eee 117, 119
Mounds of southern Texas......... 181 violacea.'.). sence ee 117
MRE ce Fi yh ss sites - ee 4 WITIGIS: oo ee oe ee 119
MeeetheCepEAlOtHS...-.....:....++-- 4| Osmunda cinnamomea........ 78, 79, 116
SET LCUTRS 3 Seon ee eee 4 claytonianal => 2 5 eee 99, 116
PENPRMIPEES G0 5 os kiwis st - os 4 fegalis:. y. kee eee 78, 79, 116
Genii ey ies 2 bi c's Sree s 4| Osten Sacken, C.R. The Common
LD JGsge Se er Ah \oDronefhy. 2c woes ee eee eee 137
Witcewewss talavon)s....-.5.25... 4| Ostrya virginica.......... 69, 70, 100, Log
Mural Relief Figures of El Casa del Oxalis corniculata:|.>. 202 see oe oe 65
Tepozteco. By J. Walter Fewkes. 146] Oxen-born Bees... ............... 138
Museum. The Function of the Pro- Pp
wineial. By €.C. Nutting ....... 167
Lo So Se 115| Paarmann,J.H. Delegate to Arch.
N : Inst. of America 185
; Report on exhibit
LS 2| at St. Louis Ex-
Oe 2| position........ 179
Nasturtium palustra............-.. IIO Report on mound
Negundo aceroides........ 61, 96, LOI, 110 explorations .195, 196
si i@) oo) 84 Report on meet-
ikptytt = US ae eee ae #33 ings of lowa An-
Nemopanthes canadensis........... 77 thro. Assn... .178,185
fascieniaris:.2.).-... 65,421 || Paleozoie Stems: 7 a. 2 22. es eee 154
Nodules, concretionary .........-... 27| Pammel,L.H. A Comparative Study
MAAAA atte yon Stare asin s,2,4 24k = os 25| of Vegetation of Swamp, Clay, and
North Manitou Island, Bogs of..... 85| Sandstone Areas in Western Wis-
IPI CORIIMEANE. - 5 a ine cio sce ee I1g| consin, Southeastern Minnesota,
MERISCOLTMIM feos es 117, 118| Northeastern, Central, and South-
Notes on Some Iowa Plants. By B, easter Towa 2... fa<% bees Sees 32
SUP Ge 253 ee ee 141| Panicum autummale:..............- I16
LLP ii «de gee aaeeee ee 84, 85 Cris-gallis 2 3-5 83, 110
Rechastizite 2 bens ss. .83, 104] SlADEUMH sha? aie terete a
Nutting, C.C. The Function of the lanuginosum............
Provincial Museum ....60.5 3... -. 167 macrocarpon...... 65, 69, 70, =
EEBEIMEN atte. 218. Si ws >: 83, 84 scribnerianum.......... 93, 113
EUSETOCAN C. eke s. 83, 93, 104| Vit patiiiyen. kL ee 93, 113
O Parlatoria peroanidi. 3.9... e eee 134
DPLOLEUS SE Posen. oe eee 134
CEdogonium capillare.............. 119| Parnassia caroliniana........... 79, 81, 94
(Enothera biennis... 108, Tog) Patiyy Cr@- s Cited 2200 a, iene on 34
PEMCOSHEs os 6. 73| Pedicularis lanceolata............. 81,94
PHombipetala ys 245 FT, 63} Pellzea atropurpurea............... 74
SOPGUIAGA Teens » isis ne « 103, 113] gracilis..... Shieh eae ithe 65, 73
[Proc. D. A. S., Vo. X,] 29 [August 26, 1907.]

228

PAGE
Pentstemon grandiflorus........... 116
Petalostemon candidus............ 108
Wiolacelsitscle eae 108
Phalaris arundinacea..........-.. 84, 114
Phesopteris calcareae- © eee QI
dryopteris..... 65, 73) 99, IOI
polypodioides......... 73
iphenacaspis eugene rt aa 134
Phenolovicalidata san. eee see 60
Philippine Islands. Some Coccidee
from the. By T.D.A.Cockerell. 127
Pete Prater. <2 «reciever oie 72
Phlox: bifida s.:2 26 sae ee eee ee 116
Givanicatatnes eee 61, 65, 69, 111
pilosa.. ..........+..05. 61, 70, 93
Phragmites communis........ 84, 104, 114
Phryma leptostachya............ 108, 109
Physocarpus opulifolius........... 61, 65
Pieea ales... o2ae< cet Rees 162
CanadensiS4.is- ccs acheter 161
MMATIATIA. oi ete aieis crore cso 161
PUSSE A jo! cath 2sicteievacnie! = ee 77, 85, 86, 161
teagan tl ee ter ote keretc Veer oh yet ieie 108, 110
Pints Oat KSAT a sy eniessieyst sie eters 123
EESINOSAN<\.) 4 sists/ess)svers cle eiere els 87. 123

strobus, 65,70,71,72;87,90,98, 101,123
Plant formation of clay ridge....... 6

exposed limestone
flats-is ert 69
grassy slopes..... 70
higher alluvial
bottoms... 2
lower clay slopes 71
Mississippi alluvi-
(B50 0 onkainate ho cae 72
rocky limestone
tals Mesa 74
St..Croianrea, #5) 270
St. Croix sand-
stone ledges.... 72

tamarack swamps
tree covered slopes
western Wiscon-

sin and north-

eastern Iowa... 69
Plant Remains in the Iowa Herbar-
ium. On Certain Fossil. By
Thomas H. Macbride......... 153
Plants. Notes on Some Iowa. By
BeShimelk 575d. ee eee ee 141
Platinus occidentalis............ TLE, es
Piapycephalidse .y | Sra aeeecnetess 15
Platycephalus insidiator........... 15
PUNCCALUS yee pices 16
BIEISCOCEHE .<.. s:c\v.crd ae cia enone 25,271
history of Northeastern
TOWas aaron oer ceubettete 29

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PAGE
Pleistocene stens|--; .... eee 161
Plenronectidee .5-.....- 4. eee 16
Poa) COMPressa s.. 2..<\ <0 72
memoralis. 24.5... - eee 73, 91
PLAtensis eee 71, 72, 74, 103, 109
SELOUINA . .4.5S0b<,see eee 72
trivialis.:. . sc S:cce eee II5
Pockets; sand’. ..4... 3322 ae eee 22
Podophyllum peltatum......... 61, 62, 70
POgonia . o's. 35s ins = soe 87, 88
ophioglossoides.......... 79; 121
Polygala,senesar nc ssa 65, 108, 109
Sanpuined... ... So assem 108
verticillata’, ssc ROU D OCU 108
Polygonum camporum....... sieteietetel LAS
douglasii. 2 seeeeeeee 143
muhlenbersti- a. 2e sae 63
Polypodium vulgare...... oe g9,, 108, 115
Polyteenia nuttallii.......... trees 113
Polytrichum commune..... sia tate (ROS
juniperium >. scceeeeee 108
Pomacentnide:..522. ccc eee eee Te
Pontederta cordata = 5-5 see eee 83
Populus candicans.;. <1: pe sees 142
grandidentata...69, 108, 109, 126
monilifera...72, 96, Ior, 110, 125
tremuloides. ..69, 88, 94, 100, 126
Potamogeton heterophyllus evens etree 83
Nnatans. 33.2. cee eee 84
Potentilla argentea ....--sssasmeiee 65
canadensis . 2 ac geen 69
palustris >: 3/3) veces .-.65, 78
tridentata. .\... s: aaeaeeee 144
Prairie -yepefation. .... = 32.2 s.eeee 113
Pre-Kansam drifts; . .scjsseeee eee 20,27
Prenanthes ‘alba ~..2.2.- aseeeeeeee 108
Presidents of the Davenport Acade-
my Of SCIENCES «|... ase eee 207
Priacanthidae..2 25 «3. . yee 10
Priacanthus tayenus: 2... see 10
Protococcus viridis 24 See 117
Provincial Museum. The Function
of the. By C.C: Nuttingieeeecnas 167
Prunus americana .. 61, 62, 70, 71, 90, 96
100, IOI
pennsylvanica....... IOI, 109, 123
pumilas sca se cere 65, 145
Serouina:......4 «a0. sees LOO Ones
Vitoiniana acy. . OF;,70; 7s LOO:
Psaronius borealis. ....5..esseeeeee 158
Pseudaonidia trilobitiformis. ....... 134
Pseudococcus lilacinus. ..... 128
tayabanus...... eidiewt | (2G
VITLALUS «.<) 5) efalete eer 130
Pseudorhombus cinnamomeus...... 17
Pseudoscizena amblyceps....... tench» MnTe
undovittata.... Teter

PAGE
Pteridophyta. ..........-....- +000. 154
2S ne 69, 115
Pulvinaria een philippina........ 132
POlyeONdEAa ee ai," were, = 131
BYIGLEEN, Foe ee cede so 132
Putnam, Elizabeth Duncan. Mary
Louisa Duncan Putnam,
MMNICIHOIG 9 fa,ce ces ok ae i
Elizabeth Duncan. Will-
iam Clement Putnam, a
1 UGSTT (Ol ERY Se ee ee xliii
ok. ‘Paper by. .:... 185, 194
eke Wal koi ee ssc <3 178
Mary Louisa Duncan, a
Memoir. By Elizabeth
Duncan Putnam....... i
Mary Louisa Duncan, Will
SIA esi fie Ose ts a liii|
Memorial Fund. Report
Gingtustees OF 22. .5%%7-- 2 186 |

William Clement, a Me-
moir. By Elizabeth
Duncan Putnam........ xiii

William Clement, resolu-

tions on death of ....... 193

William Clement, will of. ~ lv
Pycnanthenum lanceolatum........ 61|
pole Lita) ates ee 79
POPPE OMAs 5-02 cen se vce 78, 79
PepeesoiMeniCana...............- 87, 121
ZA NETO) gI, 121

BASES IARG dias oo SA aioe Asin s oe 100 |
HGOHSISS) ssa es so 61, 70, 71, 96, IOI
GEAINIIIE (oc. es anc occas oe 61)

) |
SEE Soa sw wea es es 22
a JEEETS co5- cb nee Ue bbeoe One eBIgerE 126|
alba... .65, 69, 70, 71, 90, 100, IoI

108, 109, 116

Pei eine <i e ee a 72,87
borealis. . f aXe 142
macrocarpa, vps 90, 96, 100, JOT, 103
fAUnIeHDEroi ss... =: = 108, 109

rubra. .65, 69, 70, 71, 72, 88, 90, 96
99, I00, ToT, 108, 109, 116, 142

229
PAGE
Ranunculus septentrionalis........ 61, 62
5 | Rhamtns cathartica:...s....2+.-.- 109
laneeolatay. 224). -5 eo 108
Rhaphidium polymorphum........ 118
Whiekia virginica... c4eccss See eo 116, 121
Rhodora canadensis: 4....../.-.-:- 121
Rhus. glabra. s220 5 sac8 ts 0s 2s 103, 109, 124
toxicodendron-2....56oese- 103, 124
venienatan: 2252 veeeceee wees 77, 124
Riyuchaspora alba...226.2555..55 79, 121
i] RIDES: ANIPOH . 02 Fels ois Settee oe 62
PEACHES Lee acess siasca's sae Tol
TMISSOUMENSIS= 427.7% san nee ee 144
Ricciocarpus natans..25 52 aslo. I4I
Resa blanda jake noe ee 70, 89, 93, 124
Rubus: baileyanas. 2.22.) cise 205% 144
cuneifolins 5.54 chs seseo ete 116
StLIBOSHS- 2.2. 9 soar oe 74, 101, 126
tHIHOEHS A o2 ocak «ee 78
Rudbeckiashitta: 5.32925 32 52- 2 TOO. TL
RiUMiex iantiMnus..0 5s: ecco ener 63
Rutter, Cloudsley. Cited.......... 14
SS)
Sasittaria variabiliss. .-)-. eeeeeee 83
Saissetia hemisphzerica.<.--2- 22... 130
AOR Ay ffi PEA ee emis 130
OlEL sister ad aie oe eae 130
Salix amygdaloides ... 5k0 s ALO; or!
COLGALA So Sesee ace eens 124
candida... Pa 79, 81, 88, 94, 121
discolor. ..77, 81, 88, 94, 99, III, 112
slaricopliylla:c shoes een 142
lonniGlia:. 322 cascn seuiaee IIo
lncrdaet = ee ere eee 77, SI, 88, 121
LMSSORTCHSIS 3c.Ac. nici ctomeere I4I
TAGTAS Ne oe ets cys! ce eee eons IIo
Hichardsonif 2 jf. sven ae 94
Piyularisy. V2 sete cen wie teens 142
TOStLATA’ to oa. ao oes 77, 88, 112, 121
Sam DUCHS TACEMOSA:. 55.00 6 soe ae gI
Sandibowlders). fic, 432 cms sos ate 27, 28
Sandstone areas. Vegetation of.... 32
Sanguinaria canadensis............ 65, 70
SarrAaceHiaies).c. ose l-ihss dae eee

purpurea.....

GH EG Mey cy seca 's, «215 010%e 142| Saurida argyrophanes............. 3
tinctoria ...65, 69, 71, 90, 100, IOI eloucatad Gyeas canoe ae z
MEERA NS tea ivicls aids» = b'e eye = 142| AAROMICA! ( Livhanieaee =) a eee 3

| Saxifraga pennsylvanica, 1, 64, 65, 78, 81, 91

= | 121

Radiation thermometer in oats..... 60 Scarichtiyidee ss tassios, seco io etal 13
Ranunculus abortivus ............. 62] Scarus nuchipunctatus............. 14
(GPE nie Sie 83, 84] GVICEPS Biers s orcs. epee 14

PAS CICMUAGIS £7.05 shave sess 65, 71| Scenedesmus dimorphus........... 117

resielhon0(s hie ieee 83, 114] ObtusHs=: sve o iecnie LI
EHOMIDOIGENS. . . 55.50. . 70) Scheuchzeria palustris............. 85

230

PAGE
SOUSA. Sos, 5, joey bs eh sles eee II
CLOCEA SNe st cisene cise mers oe 12
Seizenide i, .iic22 ec citrate ees © II
SCMPUS ya « abe /s ges Ss vbeerestoe woe eater 85
ALLOVATCHS hase cies 83, 93, 103, 114
Tacustriss.. en 84, 93, 104, I10, 114
INATILIMUIS!. <0 4 eek ee eee 63
palustris 2-2 ..c\qsneaaeeieeeee 63
PUNEUS ous eRe 63
Scoliodon-acutis.. . 2.2 Aseiseeseeee I
Scomberomorus guttatus........... 6
ScCoOmbpridae so. cuisine settee ees 6
Seorpeenidse = <5... santsereeestse 14
Scrophiulana leporellas: (55. 2-e555 145
mary landied esse eee . TAs
Scutellariacalericnlatar seer eee 103
Seal of the Academy, adoption of... 194
Seale, Alvin, and David Starr Jordan.

List of Fishes collected at Hong

Kong by Captain William Finch. I
Sebastiscus marmoratus............ 14
Senecio aces 7: of. 5 cca ee 69
SEL ratidas scr. ac.sys Seer 9
Shimek, B. Notes on Some Iowa

Plants pene 2 ~ < - pa cate eee 141
sipillanta: Calvitit- sical a cies 154
Silene antirebina 2.35. eee 7o

TULVEAS ss orn eee eee 109
stellatam oa ae eerie 71, 109
SUlaginides |... Sse aca ee ee 12
Sillago sthaina.. co. Soseee Seeemeee 12
Silphium perfoliatum.............. IOI
Smmilacina tofolia:...:). 0esee nase 78, 85
Sailax hispida’... 2.25. eaasceeee 141
pseudochina .... ./2..;saee 141
Snyder, J.O. Explorations by..... I
Soil temperatures > >... 2s 58
Soils, bacteriological analyses of.... 67
chemical analysis of ......... 66
mechanical analysis of....... 64)
Poletdss;22 2; «a<k.- st Bene uy
Solidago canadensis........ccse0.- Iol
lattiolia. oo.) iiiae Soe 61
MMISSOUHIENSIS «055. Po. s .sos 61
nemoralis ..... . 70, 103, 109
ohioensis ... ete) LS

Hisida:s.: haa '.61, “Zo, 103, 109

Sserotina. So. eons 113

nlmatiolia: scree se nes IOI, 109
Sparganium eurycarpum........... 83
SIMPLE -)..62> eee toes 83

SEATING | 1. ba aeacaak ceca Gee Penh 10
Spartina cynosuroides... ......... 110
hcg 2 C Se eee a ap Io
BERD fase doen Sheed th dieits SEM 10
Spermatopay tansy isa vem s wcebens 159

Sphagnum bogs.........75, 78, 85, 87, 88

DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

PAGE
Spheroides lumaris:. +s.) 425 eee 14
Sphiyxcenidée.\- 2223.5: . 0. eee 4
Sphyxcena chinensis. 52 2. ene eee 5
japotiica, ::.o<:.</s eee 5
puUlnawMice. s.r OY
Sphyrna zygeena. 3. Ls io. s.r I
Sphyreenidz) ( .~-25 i.5.eeee eee I
Splranthes cerns’ si eeeices eee nf Pe)
Spiraea AUN CUS) 4-4. 1. ae ee 116
Spirogya decintinata, ».-).. aes 119
dubia j... cont sane 119
imaiuscula: ze eee 11g
Varlatis;.2 2° shu. scene 119
Spirogyran:. ion. vs:dcece sos eee 84, 110
crassa"). &3!.<d).. dane 119
fluviatilis... iJ0esaneeeeeee 119
Sporobolus airoidesise. a. seers 63
Stachys palastris.,........ 2 seeeaee 81
Starr, Frederick. Appointed dele-
gate to Internat. Geog. Congress.. 179
Stauroueisisp.; «20.4. -er see 117
Steironenia ciliatum: -— 2. seeeeeee 69
Stems, Paleozoic\. 2 22s. eeeeeeeee 154
Pleistocene: ../ 3.5 22ers 161
Stigeoclinum: tenia; , .\<2/dsce gels ete eee
Stipa spartea © ss )cjc 0/5: chasers 93, 113
Stromateid |......3..<2a)) eee 8
Stromateoides argenteus........... 8
Strong, Moses A.) Citedeeees - 37,43
Strophostyles angulosa ............ 109
Sub-Aftonian dritts:. 5 see eee 20, 21, 29
Sullivantia ohionisi-....seeeeee 73
Swamp areas, vegetation of ........ 32
Symplocarpus foetidus..... 64, 82, 84, 116
Symphoricarpos occidentalis..... 103, 124
vulgaris: 7... ssc 124
Synedtra Sp: ..2....ccceteiseloci ee ELy
Synodontidee..<... <<. «a5 eee 3
ay
TLalinum paryillorum ..- asses 143
teretifolium! 7.22 54eeeeeee 65
Tamarack swanip’...s...ssceeee 85, 87, 88
Taraxacum officinale...... 61, 62, 108, 109
‘Tass canadensis.:..\.eee 715/72; Gl; wee
Temperature; air... ..anaaeWeeee 59
Soils. ee eee 58, 59
Tephritis sinensis ..... 16
Tephrosia virginiana ...... cvse san 65
Tepozteco. Mural Relief Figures of
E1 Casa del. ByJ. Walter Fewkes 146
Teredines 5c) simo.teleeeeee eens wie cies OL
Tetreedon longispinum............. 119
TLetraodontidee ~ v0 9a sees Pen Goce ot 14
Tetraspora cylindrica, 7... seer sees 118
librica. SSesinwes Rt ay 117; 0219
Teucrium canadenses... 1s. « abe ae

INDEX. 231
PAGE PAGE
Thalictrum dioicum . . .... 108| Vegetation, Boone county-......... 106
purpurascens. . 78, Sr, 94, 103 Des Moines River...... 110
PI2, 713 Muscatine county .. II5

Thamnotettix brittoni........... 166 | of swamp, clay, andsand-
LES Gi? (2) ie 8 Ee 20, 22 stone areas .....<. 22
EAE IS 2 tt leices aie I 8| Praifie.csuet «2 -o5eh «oie 113
Malini ATOCEIGETILANS 5.02.) 2c. atts << 77, 121) | Verbena bracteosa........ ....+-:- 103
Tilia americana.69, 70, 71, 72, 88, 100, ror} MgStata. coat cc soem aoe 61, 103
103 | Stricta.« aottaos estes gece ee 103
Topography, central Iowa .........-. 39| Vernonia fasciculata...... IIo
mort central Lowa... 42] Veronica yirginiea...5 2.66.00, semi 61
Wisconsin, Minnesota, | Viburnum cassinoides eS Ss saree aan 121
anU OWS 28 osc 3: 35. OpPuUlUssaoccue sia 77, 81, 124
Townsend, C.H.T. Inseetscoll. by 127) pubescens... 108, 10g
reiMescAutia VITPIMICA . 2.2.5.2... 62/| Vicia. americatia,£.. ssc. os ose 61, 93, 113
UAT elisha le 6) Viola-blands J" soe. peaR 81, 82, 91, 121
SELUEMCNTHS JAPONICUS... 2 <.c. so 2-0 6) Canina’ +22 sas Ben sy, 2
rITOMMT PLALENSE 2... ans esas cee 71| GHeiHlitay ee sees elon oe ‘62, 109, 112
GPSS Sear Ane 72 | lanceolata Sod Mee TE
aia lest GreCttim... 6. . 2.4.0: OAT | palmata 5.2 sais sis <9 79, 93, 109
icin Hi 61, 100, 108 | PR GAEA bie sic ieee ta rela terete 70; 93, 113
Trosteum perfoliatum... ......:... 69| pedatafida : 25. ..5.-2-- 5. 70, 89, 113
WISH MCANAGENSIS 02... ..6560 6 00~ FT oe pubescens.......... 62, 70, 100, 109
Ppeieralin., 6... .2...83,93, 104, 111| Vitis cinerea .... 125. c0c- sens ooo” 124
U tipatia:. <2. ,/i 5.6 soem ose 61, 124

Ww .

Udden, J.A. Paper by............ at | Water, bacteriological analysis of.. won

Ulmus americana .72,87,88, 96, 101, 103, I10|

iV) ea 41, 96, IOI, 103, III
HL(UETTOSH SAR en Sore .96, 109
Mena SUDUULIS. <3. 5262 seco ses os II
ZEB UA 2A RO eee EY?
WiriGHiatta woIOATIS. <0. 2c.tescs aes II4|
Uvularia grandiflora............... 62
v

DUET A ier 126
ange vere lt (ee 12%

SHE VTIDOSHM «2. - 22. 226 12r
macrocarpon ...85, 86, 121, 124}
pennsylvanicum ....65, 74, 124|

Weletiatga GQUIS:. 20. lec 065 6. Fao? i EOI
Mearemieria spiralis... 5..55...7% ses Se
Vaucheria geminata racemosa...... 118

sessilis... 2 EIO, 119

cere eee

| Wheeler, W.A. Cited .
Whitford, Nicholas. Cited.. 50, 36, 84, 3.
| Wisconsin drift 20, 47, 49

vegetation of swamp, clay,

and sandstone areas... 32
western, geology of ..... 43
topography of.. 35
Woodsiattlyensis;....2- .u.ae- 65, 73, 141
OUUISA Dsia:dsssaiaos sees 65, 73, 108

Z
Zebrias zebra... 22 <- aia ls oe asta nesters 17
Zigauia AGuaGend 625, came acs =e 83, 93, 104
ZY FAMewWwS. scc05 aibiaree Uista.cie mia Jo
BIER ANS fou i see 5 chee ee
(oy PAN Sb EN Ss Saeco anne Iceo ce 84, I1o
Stelitunan 25,5 ws. s v0, ae neces 119

Page 4, 3d line from bottom, add (Plate 13).

S e For Acer nigra read Acer nigrum.
ees A Acer saccharninum Acer saccharinum.

402) S\Sinusiniva: ““ Ulmus fulva.
as oe ‘“ Hordem jubatum ‘“ Hordeum jubatum.
ae 3. ‘* Scripus palustris ‘Scirpus palustris.

“63. “ Polygonum muhlenbergi “Polygonum muhlenbergii.
“ 63. ‘* Rumex martimus “ Rumex maritimus.
ate ‘* Distichlis apicata ‘* Distichlis spicata.

“64. ‘* Habenaria psychodes ‘“ Habenaria psycodes.
ie 5. ‘* Dodecatheon media ‘* Dedecatheon meadia.
“65. ‘“* Maiantherum canadense “\ Maianthemum canadense.
“ 5. ‘* Viola blanca ‘* Viola blanda.

A uO5: Cypriepedium pubescens ‘* Cypripedium pubescens.
“68. ‘* B. venenosur liquefaciens “* B. venenosus liquefaciens.
“ “69. ‘© Quercus miba ““ Quercus rubra.

“69. ‘* Triosetum perfoliatum ‘ Triosteum perfoliatum.
“70; ~““ Avabiililyrata ‘“ Arabis lyrata.

#970; ~ =» -Acerirubra “Acer rubrum.

“70. ‘* Pyrus iowensis ‘ Pyrus ioensis.

“70. ‘* Dodecatheon media ‘“ Dodecatheon meadia.

sO) S75 ‘““ Diervillea trifida ‘ Diervilla trifida.

o N71 “ Coptri trifolia ‘© Coptis trifolia.

“71. +‘ Pyrus iowensis ‘“ Pyrus ioensis.

“71. ‘* Quercus macrcarpa ** Quercus macrocarpa.

= 72. ~ Poa pratense ‘Poa pratensis.

“72. ‘“ Populus monolifera ‘* Populus monilifera.
“72. ‘* Dulichtrium spatuaceum “ Dulichium spathaceum.
72. '* Poa scratina “Poa serotina.

72. * Pinusistroba ‘* Pinus strobus.

“72. ‘** Texus canadensis ‘“* Taxus canadensis.
“73. ‘© (Phecoteris ‘““ Phegopteris.

a7 2 ee Phegoteris polypodioides ‘* Phegopteris polypodioides.
“74. ‘* Dodecatheon media ‘* Dodecatheon meadia.
“78. ‘ Wysimachia thrysiflora ‘“ Lysimachia thyrsiflora.
“78. “ Menyanthes trifolia “ Menyanthes trifoliata.
“79. +‘ Eriophorus virginicum “Eriophorum virginicum.
: 79. ‘* Cnicus miticus “ Cnicus muticus.

70; ‘ Parnassia carolinians ‘“ Parnassia caroliniana.
“81. ‘* Glyceria arundinaceze ‘* -Glyceria arundinacea.
Se mis2: * Viola carina “* Viola canina.

83. ‘ Tlysanthus riparia ‘* Tlysanthes riparia.

83. ‘* Nymphea tuberosa ‘““ Nymphea tuberosa.
“84. ‘“* Phyragmites communis ‘““ Phragmites communis.
“84. ‘ Burnus kalmii ‘* Bromus kalmii.
= 685. 9° sBlockharis “Eleocharis.

“« 87. ‘* Menyanthes trifolia ‘ Menyanthes trifoliata.

“88. ‘* Populous tremiloides ** Populus tremuloides.

“89. ‘* Castilleia sessilifolia “ Castilleia sessiliflora.

“gt. ‘* Poa nemoralis ‘* Poa memoralis.

“93. ‘* Lithospermum angustifolius ‘‘ Lithospermum angustifolium.
Sere 93% ‘ Castilleia sessilifolia ‘* Castilleia sessiliflora.

196, Pyrus iowensis * Pyrus ioensis.

98. Dierville trifida ‘* Diervilla trifida
“99. ‘* Heliathemum canadense ‘“ Helianthemum canadense.

Io0, ‘* Pruuus virginiana ‘ Prunus virginiana.

Eo oTOYe Fraximus viridis ‘ Fraxinus viridis.
= ator Pyrus iowensis ‘\ Pyrus ioensis.

‘“ to2. ‘* Cnicus mutians ‘“ Cnicus muticus.

“104. ‘“* Menythayhes trifoliata ‘* Menyanthes trifoliata.
“105. ‘* Camptosorus rbeizophyllus ** Camptosorus rhizophyllus,
“tro. ‘* Scripus lacustris ‘* Scirpus lacustris.

“110. ‘* Populus monolifera “Populus monilifera.
ee UE ‘““ Asarum canadensis ‘\ Asarum canadense.
“112, +‘ Calamagrostic canadensis ‘* Calamagrostis canadensis.
“312, ** Dodecatheon media ‘* Dodecatheon meadia.
ae oe Dodecatheon media ‘* Dodecatheon meadia.

AN ate * Arenaria latifolia ‘“ Arenaria laterifolia.
“116. ‘* Spirea aruncus ‘““ Spireea aruncus.

“116. ‘“* Panicium autumnale “Panicum autumnale.

Following page 162.

CORRECTIONS.

The unnumbered plate is Plate X.

Page 205, line 16 from bottom. For 1907, read 1906.

Explanation of Plate IX, figure 2, Fossil Plant Remains. For toredo, read teredo.

y))

| a ae

i, JUN 8 1966

QH Proceedings of the Davenport
1 Academy of Sciences

D2
vol. 9=LO

Biological
& Medical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
ee
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

a

Fs

'

farts $. br pees

ea ee